Skip to main content

Full text of "North American fauna"

See other formats


K*TONPUBUCUW«« 


399990631765C^ 


•    ,A 


A*-  V-* 


ww$ 


$v< 


i  n*w 


/ 


■E" 


di 


V\ps.X4-» 


W.^.^^l.ci^otuAwv^ 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 

No .    2  4 

[Actual  date  of  publication,  November  23,  1904] 


A  BIOLOGICAL  RECONNAISSANCE  OF  THE  BASE  OF 
THE  ALASKA  PENINSULA 


WILFRED    H.   OSGOOD 

ASSISTANT,*  BIOLOGICAL.    SURVEY 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.    C.    HART    MERRIAM 

CHIEF   OF    DIVISION    OF    BIOLOGICAL.  SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE 

19  04 


North  American   Fauna   No.  24. 


Sketch  Map  of  the  Vicinity  of  the  Base  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula. 
konte  of  expedition 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OE  AGRICULTURE 

DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 

No.    2  4 

[Actual  date  of  publication,  November  23,  1904] 


A  BIOLOGICAL  RECONNAISSANCE  OF  THE  BASE  OF 
THE  ALASKA  PENINSULA 


WILFRED    H.  OSGOOD 

ASSISTANT,    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.    C.    HART    MERRIAM 

CHIEF   OF    DIVISION    OF    BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1904 


°\ 


y 


6\\  > 


w*> 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 


[J.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Biological  Survey, 
Washington,  D.  C,  August  15,  1904-. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  transmit  herewith  for  publication,  as  North 
American  Fauna  No.  24,  the  results  of  a  biological  reconnaissance  of 
the  base  of  Alaska  Peninsula  by  Wilfred  H.  Osgood,  an  assistant  in 
the  Biological  Survey  who  visited  this  part  of  Alaska  in  1902.  It 
comprises  observations  made  in  the  field  and  subsequent  S}Tstematie 
studies,  and  is  entirely  the  work  of  Mr.  Osgood. 

The  illustrations,  consisting  of  two  maps  and  five  half-tone  plates, 
are  necessary  to  a  clear  understanding  of  the  text. 
Respectfully, 

C.  Hart  Merriam, 

( 1hief  Biological  Surety. 
Hon.  James  Wilson, 

Secretary  of  Agrtcult are. 

3 


CONTENTS. 

Page. 

Introduction 0 

( General  account - 10 

Outline  of  route 10 

Itiamna  Bay  to  Lake  Clark 10 

Lake  Clark  to  Nushagak 14 

Nushagak  to  Cold  Bay 19 

Life  zones 21 

Previous  work 25 

List  of  mammals 27 

List  of  birds 51 

5 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

Plate  I.  Sketch  map  of  vicinity  of  base  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula Frontispiece. 

II.  Fig.  1 . — Mountains  near  entrance  to  Iliamna  Bay.     Fig.  2. — Mountain 

meadow  on  west  side  of  Iliamna  Pass 10 

III.  Fig.  1. — Lower  end  of  Lake  Clark.    Fig.  2.— Mountains  on  LakeClark, 

opposite  mouth  of  Tleekakeela  River.     Fig.  3. — Keejik  Mountain, 

near  Keejik,  Lake  Clark 12 

IV.  Fig.  1. — Mixed  woods  along  Chulitna  River.     Fig.  2. — Semitundra 

along  upper  course  of  Chulitna  River 16 

V.  Fig.  1.  —  Upper  part  of  Chulitna  River.     Fig.  2. — Chulitna  River  ... 
VI.  Fig.  1. — Mountains  nearColdBay.    Fig.  2. — Mountains  near  Kanatak.         20 
VII.  Map  showing  the  life  zones  .of  the  region 24 


No.  24.       NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.      NOVEMBER,  1904. 


A  BIOLOGICAL  RECONNAISSANCE  OF  THE   BASE  OF  THE 
ALASKA  PENINSULA. 

Bv  Wilfred  H.  Osgood. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  present  report  contains  an  account  of  a  hasty  trip  made  dur- 
ing the  latter  part  of  the  summer  and  fall  of  1902  to  the  base  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula.  Work  was  done  on  both  coasts  and  in  part  of 
the  interior.  On  account  of  the  importance  of  the  region  as  a  meet- 
ing- ground  of  some  of  the  life  areas  of  Alaska,  it  was  desired  that 
more  time  be  spent  in  the  field,  but  the  shortness  of  the  season  pre- 
vented. Since  it  is  not  feasible  at  present  to  continue  work  in  this 
region,  it  has  been  decided  to  record  such  results  as  were  obtained. 

Throughout  the  trip  Alfred  G.  Maddren  acted  as  my  assistant  and 
Walter  Fleming  was  employed  as  camp  hand.  During  the  season  of 
1903  Mr.  Maddren  spent  considerable  time  in  the  Cold  Bay  and 
Becharof  Lake  region.  Although  for  the  most  part  occupied  other- 
wise, he  secured  a  considerable  number  of  specimens,  as  well  as  some 
important  notes  for  which  1  am  indebted  to  him.  M.  W.  Gorman, 
of  Portland,  Greg.,  who  was  engaged  in  botanical  work  for  the  Depart- 
ment, accompanied  us  during  July  on  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  and  his 
cheerful  cooperation  was  greatly  appreciated. 

Travel  was  chiefly  by  canoe.  On  account  of  the  inclement  weather, 
which  prevailed  most  of  the  time,  progress  was  slower  than  if  the 
party  had  been  able  to  start  before  the  fall  rains  began.  Natives  were 
employed  from  time  to  time  as  carriers  and  guides,  and  as  a  rule 
proved  faithful  and  efficient.  The  employees  of  the  Trans-Alaska 
Company,  which  had  some  stores  in  the  region,  rendered  considerable 
assistance,  and  we  were  particularly  indebted  to  H.  Hicks  and  C.  T. 
Brooks.  Much  of  the  region  has  seldom  been  visited  by  white  men, 
and  such  of  the  streams  and  lakes  as  were  shown  on  published  maps 

9 


10  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [n<>.  :M. 

were  indicated  on  little  more  basis  than  hearsay  or  the  unreliable 
sketches  of  natives  and  prospectors.  The  accompanying  map,  made 
from  rough  sketches  and  estimates,  is  doubtless  incorrect  to  a  great 
degree,  but  will  show  the  points  to  which  it  is  necessary  to  make  spe- 
cial reference.  Until  actual  surveys  are  made  in  the  region,  it  may 
prove  helpful  to  future  travelers. 

GENERAL  ACCOUNT. 
OUTLINE    OF    ROUTE. 

Landing  at  Iliamna  Bay  (PI.  I,  Frontispiece)  on  July  10,  the  party 
immediately  proceeded  across  the  mountains  to  Lake  Iliamna  and 
thence  to  Lake  Clark,  where  a  few  days  were  spent.  On  August 
10  the  journey  up  the  Chulitna  River  was  begun.  Some  short  dela}\s 
were  caused  by  the  uncertainty  of  the  native  guides  as  to  the  correct 
route,  but  on  the  18th  of  the  month  the  head  of  the  small  south  fork  of 
the  river  was  reached.  Crossing  from  there  to  Swan  Lake  and  start- 
ing down  stream  August  27,  the  Swan,  Kakhtul,  and  Nushagak  rivers 
were  successively  descended  and  Nushagak  reached  September  L2. 
After  considerable  delay  a  small  sailboat  was  secured  to  take  us  across 
Bristol  Bay,  and  on  September  26  we  started  for  Igagik.  Thence  the 
Ugaguk  River  was  ascended  and  Becharof  Lake  crossed  to  the  head 
of  its  southwest  arm,  which  was  reached  October  7.  Continuing  from 
here  over  the  mountains  to  Kanatak,  on  Portage  Bay,  we  skirted  the 
coast  to  Cold  Bay,  which  was  reached  October  13.  A  small  steamer 
called  on  the  26th  of  the  month  and  we  took  passage  for  the  United 
States,  very  glad  to  flee  from  the  exceedingly  stormy  weather  which 
had  prevailed  during  the  last  two  months  of  the  trip. 

For  convenience  of  description  the  route  outlined  above  may  be 
divided  into  three  parts:  (1)  Iliamna  Bay  to  Lake  Clark,  including  the 
Lake  Iliamna  and  Lake  Clark  region;  (2)  Lake  Clark  to  Nushagak, 
including  the  Chulitna  River  region  and  the  Nushagak  drainage  from 
Swan  Lake  to  Nushagak;  and  (3)  Nushagak  to  Cold  Bay,  including 
the  peninsula  region  in  the  vicinity  of  tin1  Ugaguk  River  and  Becharof 
Lake. 

ILIAMNA  BAY  TO  LAKE  CLARK. 

The  coast  of  Iliamna  Bay,  like  nearly  all  the  southeast  side  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula,  is  extremely  mountainous.  The  mouth  of  the  bay 
is  wide,  but  the  upper  end,  for  1  or  .~>  miles,  is  quite  narrow.  Even  in 
summer  it  is  a  very  windy  place.  When  we  landed,  on  July  1".  a 
howling  gale  was  blowing  down  the  funnel  formed  by  the  mountains 
on  each  side,  and  we  reached  shore  with  considerable  difficulty.  The 
mountains  are  from  3,000  to  6,000  feet  in  altitude,  and  are  quite  pre- 
cipitous (PI.  II,  fig.  1).  They  support  notices  worthy  of  the  name,  but 
there  are  several  groves  of  fair-sized  balsam  poplars  {Popvlus  h<ilsttm- 
iferci)  in  the  narrow  valley  at  the  h<  r-d  <  f  the  bay  and  also  on  some  low 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  24. 


Plate  II. 


Fig.  1.— Mountains  near  Entrance  to  Iliamna  Bay. 
Plant  in  foreground  dwarf  birch  {Bettda glandulosa  rotundifolia). 


Fiq.  2.— Mountain  Meadow  on  West  Side  of  Iliamna  Pass. 
Shrubby  plant,  alder  (  A  lints  viridis). 


November,  1904.]  OUTLINE    OF    ROUTE.  11 

ground  about  a  small  indentation  on  the  west  side  called  Cottonwood 
Bay.  ( )n  the  mountain  sides  a  few  tiny  spruces  from  one  to  two  feel 
high  proudly  raise  their  heads  above  the  matted  mosses,  lichens,  and 
small  shrubs.  A  few  depauperate  sprouts  of  the  paper  birch  {JBetula 
papyrifera  alaskana)  also  occur.  The  characteristic  shrubs  are  the 
alder  (Alnus  viridis?)  and  the  dwarf  birch  (Betula  glandulosa  rotundi- 
folia),  which  are  found  in  great  abundance.  The  portage  trail  leads 
up  the  narrow  valle}7  of  a  small  stream  flowing  into  the  head  of  the 
bay,  and  after  3  or  4  miles  crosses  a  low  mountain  pass  possibly  less  than 
1,000  feet  high.  On  the  other  side  it  runs  down  through  several  moun- 
tain meadows  (PI.  II,  fig.  2),  around  a  small  lake,  and  along  a  stream 
draining  toward  Lake  lliamna.  Passing  for  3  or  4  miles  through  a  good 
growth  of  spruce  timber,  it  terminates  at  lliamna  River,  opposite  the 
native  village  of  lliamna.  From  the  head  of  lliamna  Bay  to  lliamna 
village  is  about  12  miles.  Outfits  and  supplies  are  easily  taken  across  1  >y 
pack  horses,  or  natives  from  lliamna  village  may  be  secured  to  'pack' 
them.  The  lliamna  River  is  a  stream  of  fair  size  flowing  from  the 
mountains  east  of  lliamna  Pass,  and  at  the  village  is  about  50  yards 
wide.  Six  miles  farther  on  it  enters  Lake  lliamna.  The  timber  in 
this  vicinity  is  of  the  characteristic  type  found  throughout  the  Hud- 
sonian  zone  in  northern  Alaska.  The  white  spruce  (Picea  canadensis) 
is  the  dominant  tree,  and  with  it  are  found  its  usual  deciduous  neigh- 
bors, the  balsam  poplar  and  the  paper  birch.  Alders  abound  on  the 
hillsides  and  willow  thickets  border  the  streams.  Mosses,  lichens,  and 
small  woody  plants,  chiefly  Ericaceae,  cover  the  ground.  A  few  small 
ponds  near  the  river  are  bordered  with  grasses  and  sedges,  and,  where 
conditions  favor,  are  tilled  with  large  yellow  pond  lilies  {Nymphsea). 

Lake  lliamna  is  about  00  miles  long  and  from  15  to  25  miles  wide. 
It  can  not  be  more  than  a  few  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  as  the 
Kviehak  River,  its  outlet  to  Bristol  Bay,  is  navigable  for  small  sloops. 
At  its  upper  end  it  is  rather  shallow  and  contains  many  small  islands, 
while  the  lower  end  is  an  uninterrupted  expanse  of  comparatively 
deep  water.  The  southeast  shore  is  rather  mountainous.  Several 
peaks  immediately  southwest  of  the  mouth  of  the  lliamna  River  are  at 
least  3,000  feet  high  and  are  probably  continuous  with  the  mountain 
mass  which  is  seen  so  prominently  on  the  coast  near  Cape  Douglas. 
Fair-sized  mountains  are  also  to  be  seen  to  the  northward  between  the 
mouths  of  the  lliamna  and  Nogheling  rivers,  but  some  10  miles  east  of 
the  latter  they  dwindle  to  very  small  size.  Spruce  timber  is  found  on 
the  southeast  shore  all  the  way  down  to  the  Kviehak  River,  but  on  the 
other  side  it  ceases  about  10  miles  beyond  the  Nogheling.  From  this 
point  to  the  Kviehak  there  are  no  coniferous  trees.  Timberline  is 
quite  low,  being  only  100  to  200  feet  above  the  lake. 

In  going  from  Lake  lliamna  to  Lake  Clark  a  portage  of  about  b' 
miles  is  necessary  in  order  to  avoid  the  Petroff  Falls  in  the  lower  part 


12  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

of  the  Nogheling  River.  The  carry  begins  a  few  miles  east  of  the 
mouth  of  the  Nogheling  and  crosses  the  triangular  peninsula  to  the 
river  al)<>\c  the  falls.  The  first  half  of  the  trail  is  over  rather  swampy 
open  country  and  the  last  through  open  forest  on  comparatively 
hard  ground.  Above  the  portage  there  is  one  stretch  of  a  third  of  a 
mile  of  swift  water,  easily  descended  by  canoes  hut  difficult  of  ascent 
except  at  low"  water  when  'tracking'  is  practicable;  otherwise  the 
river  is  ascended  without  great  difficulty  although  the  current  is  strong. 
The  entire  length  of  the  Nogheling  is  from  25  to  30  miles.  In  the 
vicinity  of  the  portage  it  flows  in  one  general  direction  between  banks 
from  50  to  75  feet  high,  but  toward  its  upper  end  it  traverses  lower 
country  and  its  course  is  more  devious.  Near  Lake  Clark  it  expands  in 
two  places,  the  larger  being  about  a  mile  wide  by  3  miles  long.  Low 
mountains,  somewhat  sparingl}'  covered  with  small  spruce  timber, 
rise  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  those  on  the  west  being  higher  and 
reaching  an  approximate  altitude  of  1,500  feet. 

Our  first  view  of  Lake  Clark  from  the  low  ground  near  the  head  of 
the  Nogheling  River  was  not  an  impressive  one,  as  we  were  so  situated 
that  only  the  lower  end  (PI.  Ill,  tig.  1),  where  the  shores  are  com- 
paratively low,  could  be  seen.  When  once  on  the  lake  itself,  however, 
with  an  unobstructed  vista  of  the  greater  part  of  its  length,  the  view 
was  magnificent.  The  mountains,  which  are  from  500  to  1,000  feet  in 
height  at  the  lower  end,  extend  along  each  side  of  the  narrow  stretch 
of  water,  and  gradually  become  higher  and  higher  and  more  and  more 
rugged  (PI.  Ill,  fig.  2).  In  reality  the  peaks  are  not  very  high,  but 
their  gradual  increase  from  the  lower  end  of  the  lake  to  the  upper, 
with  the  misleading  vista  effect,  causes  them  to  appear  quite  lofty. 
The  higher  peaks  immediately  surrounding  the  head  of  the  lake  are 
possibly  of  an  altitude  of  5,000  feet;  others,  farther  back,  which  may 
be  seen  at  a  distance,  are  somewhat  higher. 

All  the  mountains  on  the  south  side  of  the  lake  and  most  of  the 
others  also  are  of  eruptive  origin  and  evidently  date  from  no  very 
remote  geological  period.  Those  about  the  upper  end  are  steep  and 
but  slightly  eroded,  being  too  precipitous  in  most  places  to  hold  large 
snow  banks.  On  the  south  side  near  the  upper  end.  however,  several 
small,  high-hanging  glaciers  may  be  seen  at  the  head  of  narrow  can- 
yons. On  the  north  side  for  about  5  miles  at  the  upper  end.  the 
mountains  are  slates,  which  are  possibly  exposures  of  similar  forma- 
tions known  to  occur  to  the  northward  in  the  main  part  of  the  Alaskan 
Range.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  lake  and  also  on  the  north  side  of 
the  Nogheling  River  are  several  terraced  beach  benches,  the  appar- 
ent evidence  of  former  occupation  by  salt  water  at  receding  levels. 
Much  of  the  valleys  of  the  Chulitna  and  Nushagak  rivers  is  of  a  recent 
sedimentary  character,  doubtless  once  part  of  an  old  lake  or  inland 
arm  of  the  sea,     The  whole   region   is  only  a  little  above  the  present 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  24. 


Plate  III. 


Fig.  1.— Lower  End  of  Lake  Clark. 


Fig.  2.— Mountain  on  Lake  Clark  Opposite  Mouth  of  Tleekakeela  River. 


Fig.  3.— Keejik  Mountain,  near  Keejik,  Lake  Clark. 


November,  1904.]  OUTLINE    OF    ROUTE.  13 

sea  level.  A  very  slight  areal  depression  would  allow  the  waters  of 
Bristol  Bay  to  occupy  the  basins  of  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark  and  the 
greater  part  of  the  valleys  of  the  Chulitna  and  Nushagak  rivers. 

Several  fair-sized  streams  empty  into  Lake  Clark  at  its  upper  end. 
All  carry  more  or  less  silt  and  glacial  wash,  which  give  the  waters  of 
the  entire  lake  and  its  outlet,  the  Nogheling  River,  a  brownish-gray 
color.  One  of  these  streams,  called  by  the  natives  the  Tleekakeela, 
which  comes  in  on  the  north  side  near  the  head  of  the  lake,  has  deposited 
sand  and  silt  in  such  quantity  that  a  wide  delta  is  formed  which  effec- 
tually blocks  this  side  even  at  high  water.  As  a  result,  the  water 
above  the  delta  is  virtually  cut  off  as  an  individual  basin.  Along  the 
south  side  of  the  delta  there  is  a  strong  current  from  the  upper  basin 
into  the  main  lake  through  a  channel  not  more  than  200  yards  wide. 
The  Tleekakeela  is  navigable  for  a  considerable  distance  for  canoes  or 
bidarkas.  At  some  point  on  its  upper  course  there  is  a  difficult  port- 
age which  is  sometimes  used  in  going  to  Cook  Inlet  in  the  vicinity  of 
Tyonek.  At  the  extreme  head  of  the  lake  is  another  stream  of  fair 
size  called  the  Chokotonkna.  Various  other  streams  drain  to  the  lake 
on  both  sides  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  end,  the  most  important 
being  Achteedeedung  or  Portage  Creek,  Keejik  Creek,  Koonthrashi- 
boona  River,  and  Chulitna  River.  We  estimated  the  entire  length  of 
Lake  Clark  to  be  between  50  and  60  miles.  The  width  varies  from  2 
to  8  or  10  miles,  the  widest  part  being  about  opposite  the  mouth  of 
the  Chulitna  River.  No  soundings  were  made,  but  the  water  must  be 
of  a  considerable  depth,  particularly  on  the  south  side,  where  the 
mountains  rise  abruptly  from  the  water's  edge.  According  to  Schanz, 
one  of  the  original  discoverers,  the  bottom  can  not  be  reached  within 
100  fathoms.  On  the  north  side  the  lake  is  comparatively  shallow, 
numerous  gravelly  beaches  occur,  and  small  islands  are  scattered  along 
near  the  shore. 

A  good  growth  of  timber  surrounds  the  entire  lake  and  runs  up  the 
mountain  sides  from  500  to  about  1,500  feet.  It  is  of  much  the  same 
character  as  that  at  the  head  of  Lake  Iliamna.  The  black  spruce 
{Plcea  mariana),  which  was  not  found  about  Lake  Iliamna,  however, 
is  quite  abundant  on  Lake  Clark.  This  is  particularly  the  case  about 
the  lower  end  of  the  lake,  from  the  head  of  the  Nogheling  River  to 
Keejik,  where  there  is  more  or  less  low,  moist  ground  suited  to  the 
tree.  The  aspen  {JPoputus  tremuloides)  is  also  found  in  a  few  places 
near  the  Nogheling  and  about  Lake  Clark.  On  the  steep  mountain 
sides  south  of  the  lake  the  white  spruce  is  the  principal  tree,  and  in 
many  places  composes  the  entire  forest.  On  the  north  side  it  is  also 
abundant,  but  the  deciduous  poplars  and  birches  are  largely  mixed 
with  it.  This  difference  in  the  timber  of  the  two  sides  is  doubtless 
due  to  slope  exposure.  Many  of  the  small,  low  peninsulas  projecting 
into  the  lake  on  the  north  side  are  almost  entirely  occupied  by  groves 


14  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

of  poplars  {Populus  balsamifera),  many  individual  trees  slightly 
exceeding  12  inches  in  diameter.  A  beautiful  open  forest  of  birch 
and  spruce  is  found  in  some  localities,  and  much  of  the  ground  in  such 
places  produces  tall  grass  {Agrostis)  in  great  abundance.  Devil's  club 
{Echinopanax)  occurs  in  a  few  dark,  sheltered  places  near  the  head  of 
the  lake,  and  perhaps  reaches  the  northwestern  limit  of  its  range  there. 
Willows  and  alders  abound  in  their  respective  relative  positions,  while 
smaller  shrubs  and  boreal  plants  are  in  characteristic  profusion. 

LAKE    CLARK    TO    NUSHAGAK. 

The  route  now  most  frequentty  traveled  between  Lake  Clark  and 
Nushagak  is  by  way  of  the  Nogheling  River  to  Lake  Iliamna,  and 
thence  by  the  Kvichak  River  to  Bristol  Bay  and  around  the  coast  or 
across  country  from  Koggiung  to  Nushagak.  Our  route,  which  is 
more  practicable  for  summer  travel,  was  by  the  Chulitna  River,  across 
to  the  Nushagak  drainage,  and  on  down  to  the  coast.  This  route  was 
formerly  used  to  a  considerable  extent  when  the  region  was  inhabited 
by  many  more  natives  than  at  present.  Now  it  is  well  known  to  the 
older  natives  only,  and  signs  of  travel  along  it  are  few  and  obscured 
by  time. 

The  Chulitna  is  the  largest  stream  emptying  into  Lake  Clark.  It 
enters  on  the  northwest  side,  about  15  miles  above  the  outlet  of  the 
lake.  Its  waters  are  of  the  dark  amber  color,  characteristic  of  north- 
ern streams  which  drain  tundra  and  semitundra  areas;  and  its  mouth, 
where  the  current  is  scarcely  evident,  might  be  mistaken  for  an  arm 
of  the  lake,  but  for  the  sudden  change  in  the  color  of  the  water. 
Looking  upstream  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  the  country  appears 
comparatively  level,  as  far  as  can  be  seen.  On  the  rightare  a  few  low 
hills,  spurs  from  the  higher  range  along  the  lake;  on  the  left  also  are 
scattered  hills,  outliers  of  the  ridges  which  extend  down  the  northwest 
side  of  the  Nogheling  River  and  Lake  Iliamna.  For  several  miles 
above  the  mouth  of  the  river  the  country  is  low  and  swampy.  At  one 
place  there  are  several  channels  traversing  a  wide,  grassy  swam]),  the 
habitat  of  various  waterfowl.  Several  days  were  spent  here,  while  a 
fresh  supply  of  provisions  was  brought  up  from  a  cache  made  on  the 
Nogheling  River.  On  August  10  we  were  ready  to  start  up  the 
Chulitna.  Up  to  this  time  the  weather  had  been  comparatively  mild 
and  bright,  with  only  an  occasional  squall.  Now,  however,  there 
began  a  continuous  rain,  which  for  days  and  days  did  not  abate  for 
more  than  several  hours  at  a  time.  Progress  upstream,  slow  enough 
at  best,  was  rendered  more  so  by  the  disagreeable  weather. 

Owing  to  the  low,  swampy  nature  of  the  country  near  the  mouth  of 
the  river,  the  timber  consists  chiefly  of  scrubby  growths  of  black 
spruce,  with,  clumps  of  birches  and  poplars  On  the  occasional  higher 
and  drier  spots.     Some  8  or  L0  miles  up,  however,  the  land,  though 


November,  1904.]  OUTLINE    OF    ROUTE.  15 

still  low  and  comparatively  level,  becomes  drier,  and  the  banks  of  the 
stream  are  better  defined.  Alders  and  willows  line  the  banks,  and  40 
or  50  feet  back  of  them  is  nearly  continuous  forest  of  white  and  black 
spruce  mixed  with  birch  and  aspen  (PI.  IV,  fig.  1).  Occasionally  the 
stream  divides  into  several  channels,  and  here  the  current  is  usually 
swift.  A  day  and  a  half  took  us  through  most  of  the  bad  water, 
for,  strangely,  the  swiftest  part  of  the  river  is  in  its  lower  courses. 
On  the  third  day  there  was  less  swift  water,  and  good  progress  was 
made.  Small  areas  of  open  moss}T  tundra  were  passed  (PI.  IV,  fig.  2). 
In  the  few  places  where  the  banks  expose  it,  this  mossy  mat  is  seen  to 
be  from  one  to  two  feet  in  thickness,  with  gravels  or  clays  beneath, 
apparent  evidence  that  the  region  was  once  part  of  a  lake  or  sea  basin. 
Occasional  small  hills  are  seen,  some  with  slight  exposures  of  lava-like 
rock,  but  nearly  all  blanketed  with  moss.  At  intervals  are  thick 
clumps  of  white  spruces,  many  of  which  are  at  least  50  feet  high  and 
about  li  feet  in  diameter.  Another  day  through  similar  country 
brought  us  to  Neekahweena  Lake,  which  is  a  very  beautiful  little 
pieee  of  water  of  an  extent  of  10  or  15  square  miles.  From  the  middle 
of  the  lake  small  detached  mountains  and  hills  can  be  seen  in  various 
directions  and  at  considerable  distances.  One  of  these,  an  elongate, 
apparently  fiat-topped  mountain,  lying  to  the  southwest,  our  native 
guide  pointed  out  to  us  as  his  landmark,  calling  it  the  'Portage 
Mountain.' 

Nearly  all  the  region  about  this  lake  is  low  and  swampy.  For  5  or 
6  miles  up  the  river  the  course  is  between  dense  thickets  of  alders  and 
willows.  Tall  grass  (Agrostis)  grows  very  luxuriantly  along  the  edges 
of  the  banks  and  well  back  into  the  thickets,  being  universally  dis- 
tributed except  where  tundra  conditions  prevail.  For  some  15  miles 
above  the  lake,  the  stream,  which  is  very  devious  throughout,  becomes 
particularly  tortuous  and  winds  and  turns  in  a  continuous  series  of 
convolutions.  The  '  Portage  Mountain '  alternated  on  all  sides  of  us, 
and  a  small  conical  hill  which  in  the  morning  appeared  about  half  a 
mile  ahead  was  not  passed  until  late  in  the  afternoon.  Particularly 
fine  clumps  of  white  spruce  were  encountered  along  this  part  of  the 
route;  several  trees  were  measured  and  found  to  be  from  5  to  6  feet 
in  circumference.  Others  noticed  in  passing  were  evidently  some- 
what larger  than  these.  Four  or  5  miles  farther  on  the  river  sud- 
denly narrows  down  to  a  uniform  width  of  40  to  60  feet  (PI.  V,  fig.  1), 
and  flows  canal-like,  with  a  steady,  even  current,  against  which  we 
were  able  to  row  with  ease  our  heavily  loaded  canoe.  The  banks  are 
covered  with  characteristic  tundra  vegetation  nearly  to  the  water's 
edge,  but  a  thin  line  of  spruce  timber  still  persists  near  the  border  of 
the  stream. 

The  mouth  of  the  south  branch  of  the  river  was  reached  after  five 
days  of  travel  from  Lake  Clark.     With  a  light  canoe  and  good  weather 


16  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

the  trip  might  be  made  in  three  or  three  and  a  halt'  days.  The  so-called 
South  Fork  of  the  river  is  much  smaller  than  the  main  stream,  and 
averages  only  about  15  feet  in  width.  It  is  of  nearly  uniform  depth, 
however,  without  shallow  bars — a  typical  tundra  stream.  It  was  from 
3  to  6  feet  deep  when  we  ascended,  but  several  days  later,  when  we 
last  saw  it,  the  continued  rains  had  caused  a  rise  of  water  of  about  ?> 
feet.  It  is  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  thin  line  of  spruce  timber, 
behind  which  is  practically  open  tundra  with  man}7  small  scattered 
ponds. 

An  entire  day  was  occupied  in  ascending  the  south  branch  for  about 
9  miles  to  a  big  bend  which  lies  about  northwest  of  the  'Portage 
Mountain.'  In  many  places  the  stream  was  so  narrow  that  the  canoe 
could  barely  be  eased  around  the  turns,  and  in  others  large  trees  had 
fallen  across,  blocking  the  way,  so  that  the  axe  was  in  use  almost  as 
much  as  the  paddles.  Camp  was  made  at  the  bend,  and  after  several 
days'  search  Swan  Lake  was  found  and  a  portage  route  selected. 
During  this  time  a  trip  was  made  to  the  top  of  the  '  Portage  Moun- 
tain,' from  which  an  extensive  view  of  the  country  was  obtained. 
The  mountain  is  about  1,400  feet  above  sea  level  and  stands  somewhat 
alone,  being  connected  only  by  a  low  ridge  with  the  mountains  about 
the  head  of  the  Kakhtul  River.  From  the  summit  one  views  to  the 
eastward  the  broad,  comparatively  level  region  drained  by  the  Chu- 
litna,  and  to  the  westward  a  similar  region  along  the  Swan  River.  To 
the  southward  the  course  of  the  Kakhtul  is  easily  followed  from  its 
source  in  the  bare-looking  mountains  between  it  and  Lake  Iliamna  to 
the  vicinity  of  its  junction  with  the  Swan.  From  this  elevated  view- 
point one  fully  appreciates  how  closely  the  heavier  growth  of  conifer- 
ous trees  is  confined  to  the  banks  of  the  streams.  Although  the  water 
itself  is  only  occasionally  seen,  both  the  Chulitna  and  the  Kakhtul  can 
be  traced  as  far  as  the  eye  can  distinguish  by  the  lines  of  dark  green 
spruce  along  their  banks.  The  Swan  is  less  easily  followed  on 
account  of  the  small  lakes  which  comprise  most  of  its  upper  course. 
The  whole  region,  in  fact,  presents  a  panorama  of  small  lakes.  It  is 
reasonably  safe  to  state  that  a  thousand  bodies  of  water  of  varying 
size  and  conformation  can  be  seen  from  a  single  point  on  the  top  of 
the  'Portage  Mountain.' 

The  land  is  largely  swampy  and  is  covered  with  typical  tundra  vege- 
tation. Beneath  the  tundra  throughout  the  region  are  waterworn 
rocks  and  coarse  gravels,  and  along  some  of  the  hills  are  well-marked 
terraces  of  former  lake  or  sea  shore.  The  lakes  or  ponds  are  usually 
sunken  a  few  feet  below  the  general  level.  Around  their  banks  is  a 
somewhat  better  growth  of  dwarf  birch  and  willow  than  elsewhere. 
In  the  occasional  areas  of  higher  and  drier  ground  and  on  the  low 
slopes  and  detached  mound-like  hills  about  the  base  of  the  mountai 
there  is  considerable  spruce,  which  in  protected  'draws'  on  the  sout 


: 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  24. 


Plate  IV. 


Fig.  1.— Mixed  Woods  Along  Chulitna  River. 
Trees:  Picea  canadensis,  Populus  tremuloides,  Betula  papyrifera. 


Fig.  2.— Semitundra  Along  Upper  Course  of  Chulitna  River. 
Trees  in  middle  distance  Picea  mariana. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  24. 


Plate  V. 


Fig.  1.— Upper  Part  Chulitna  River. 


Fig.  2.— Chulitna  River. 
Pirtti  canadensis  being  undermined  by  current. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.] 


OUTLINE    <)F    ROUTE.  17 


side  ascends  to  an  altitude  of  perhaps  TOO  feet.  A  few  cold  streams 
course  down  the  mountain,  their  narrow  gulches  crowded  thickly  with 
alders  and  the  ground  beneath  luxuriantly  clothed  with  grass.  The 
open  mountain  sides,  except  in  the  rockier  parts,  are  blanketed  with 
reindeer  moss  and  semi-procumbent  shrubs,  chiefly  Vaccmvum,  Arctos, 
( 'hamaecistus,  and  Salise.  Among  the  foothills  poplars  (Fbpufrus  trt  m- 
uloides  and  P.  lahamifera)  and  birches  (Betula  papyri/era  alashemd) 
are  fairly  common. 

The  route  selected  for  the  carry  from  the  camp  on  the  Chulitna  to 
Swan  Lake  covered  a  distance  of  about  5  miles,  half  of  it  being  over 
wet,  boggy  tundra  and  the  remainder  over  comparatively  hard  ground. 
The  divide  between  the  drainages  is  scarcely  more  than  50  feet  high. 
Swan  Lake  is  clear  and  cold,  and  is  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile  long 
by  one-third  as  wide;  its  depth  is  not  more  than  2  or  3  feet,  except  in 
a  few  holes.     The  bottom  is  diatomaceous  ooze. 

Leaving  Swan  Lake  on  August  27,  we  passed  successively  through 
six  similar  lakes  and  the  short  streams  connecting  them.  The  first  ten 
hours  of  travel  were  disagreeable,  as  the  shallow  and  tortuous  streams 
made  it  necessary  to  wade  and  drag  the  heavily  loaded  canoe  over  a 
long  series  of  gravel  bars.  Below  the  lakes  the  water  of  the  Swan 
becomes  deeper  and  flows  in  one  general  direction  to  the  Kakhtul.  It 
is  a  rather  sluggish  stream,  however,  as  the  much  larger  and  swifter 
Kakhtul  apparently  backs  up  the  water  to  some  extent.  At  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Swan  and  Kakhtul  we  left  temporarily  the  level  country 
and  passed  between  low  ranges  of  hills,  the  one  on  the  right  being 
immediately  adjacent  to  the  river  and  that  on  the  left  lying  about  two 
miles  distant  and  parallel.  Near  the  mouth  of  the  Kakhtul,  that  is, 
its  junction  with  the  Malchatna  River,  we  camped  for  several  days, 
being  favored  with  definitely  clear  weather  for  the  first  time  since 
leaving  Lake  Clark.  The  hills  on  each  side  of  the  Kakhtul  are  very 
similar  to  the  'Portage  Mountain'  near  Swan  Lake.  Spruce  timber 
of  fair  size  is  found  along  the  immediate  banks  of  the  river  and  for 
considerable  distances  on  the  small  tributaries,  but  the  intervening 
country  is  open  tundra.  From  the  tops  of  the  low  hills  on  the  right 
side  of  the  river  the  view  extends  across  to  the  valley  of  the  Malchatna, 
which  is  much  like  that  of  the  Kakhtul,  but  wider.  To  the  southward 
toward  Nushagak  the  view  is  unobstructed.  As  far  as  the  eye  can 
see,  the  country  appears  to  be  low  and  nearly  level.  Somewhat  to  the 
westward  one  lone  but  conspicuous  hill  of  peculiar  contour  rises  out 
of  this  low  country.  This  is  the  so-called  Tikchik  Mountain,  a  well- 
known  landmark  for  the  natives  and  other  travelers  in  the  region. 

Breaking  camp  on  the  Kakhtul  September  3,  we  soon  entered  the  flat 
country  where  the  river,  now  considerably  larger,  begins  to  divide  its 
channel  as  it  passes  around  many  small  wooded  islands.     The  current 
6389— No.  24—04 2 


18  BASE    OF    THE    ALASKA    PENINSULA. 


[NO.  2-1. 


is  swift  and  the  banks  show  many  evidences  of  rapid  dissolution  and 
change.  Early  on  the  morningof  September  4  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik 
River  was  l  cached,  and  some  much-needed  provisions  obtained  at  the 
cabin  where  remnants  of  the  supplies  of  the  defunct  Trans-Alaska 
Company  were  for  sale.  Below  the  Tikchik  the  volume  of  water  is 
much  increased.  Although  there  are  many  islands  and  long  sand  bars, 
the  water  seems  to  be  of  a  depth  sufficient  for  a  small,  light-draft 
steamboat,  if  carefully  piloted,  to  navigate  the  stream.  Although  the 
country  is  for  the  most  part  low,  the  banks  of  the  river,  particularly 
on  the  northwest  side,  are  frequently  from  50  to  100  feet  high.  At 
the  village  of  Kakwok  about  25  natives  were  found,  and  nearly  as 
many  more  were  seen  going  upstream  on  hunting  trips.  They  were 
in  a  very  destitute  condition,  and  many  were  much  enfeebled  or  dis- 
eased. Ikwok,  a  small  collection  of  igloos  and  caches  a  few  miles 
above  Kakwok,  was  found  deserted,  but  with  evidences  of  recent 
occupation,  probably  only  temporary,  by  Kakwok  natives.  These 
were  the  only  native  habitations  seen  on  the  river.  About  10  miles 
below  Kakwok  we  began  to  observe  indications  of  tidal  influence, 
which,  as  we  proceeded,  rapidly  became  more  marked.  The  lower  part 
of  the  river  is  not  peculiar.  Along  the  banks  considerable  spruce 
timber  is  found  all  the  way  to  Nushagak,  though  for  the  last  20  miles 
it  is  rather  small  and  scattered.  Within  30  miles  of  Nushagak,  how- 
ever, there  are  many  good-sized  clumps  of  white  spruce,  the  trees 
averaging  about  10  inches  in  diameter.  Similar  timber  is  said  to  be 
found  along  Wood  River  somewhat  nearer  to  Nushagak.  Birch  and 
poplar  are  in  great  abundance,  as  well  as  alders  and  other  charac- 
teristic Hudsonian  shrubs,  wherever  conditions  meet  their  various 
individual  preferences. 

The  estuary  of  the  Nushagak  River  is  a  wide  bay  traversed  by  swift 
tidal  currents.  At  low  water  broad  mud  Hats  and  long  bars  are 
exposed,  particularly  on  the  east  side.  Although  good-sized  vessels 
are  able  to  enter  the  bay,  navigation  is  difficult.  A  sandy  bluff  about 
50  feet  high  begins  a  short  distance  above  Nushagak  and  extends  along 
the  bay  nearly  to  Point  Etolin.  Behind  this  bluff  is  a  rolling  country 
of  the  same  general  level,  largely  tundra,  but  with  here  and  there 
clumps  of  small  spruces.  On  the  opposite  shore  of  the  bay  consider- 
able timber  is  seen  scattered  over  low  benches  and  irregular  hills,  [n 
the  distance  appears  a  range  of  sharp-peaked  mountains  running  about 
north  and  south,  evidently  the  feeder  of  the  Wood,  Snake,  and  Igushik 
rivers.  Late  in  September  this  range  was  covered  with  snow.  Nusha- 
gak, or  Fort  Alexander,  as  it  was  formerly  called,  is  the  oldest  of  some 
eight  or  nine  settlements  which  are  clustered  about  various  salmon 
canneries  on  the  bay.  From  July  to  September,  while  fishing  is  in 
progress,  it  is  a  populous  place;  but  during  the  remainder  of  the  year 
it  is  practically  a  closed  port,  inhabited  only  by  a  half  dozen  watch- 


hovembee,  1904.]  OUTLINE    <>K    ROUTE.  19 

ben  and  traders,  with  the  usual  parasitic  settlement  of  natives.  It 
was  formerly  one  of  the  best  fur-trading  stations  in  Alaska,  and, 
indeed,  still  is,  as  the  business  can  hardly  be  said  to  have  decreased 
there  more  than  elsewhere. 

NUSHAGAK   TO    COLD    BAY. 

When  Nushagak  was  reached,  September  12,  all  the  larger  fishing 
boats  were  found  beached  and  housed  in  for  the  winter.  No  suitable 
sailboats  were  to  be  had  for  the  trip  across  Bristol  Bay,  and  we 
finally  decided  upon  the  hazardous  undertaking  of  coasting  around 
to  Koggiung  in  our  own  canoe.  By  great  good  fortune,  however,  a 
small  schooner,  which  had  been  reported  lost,  suddenly  appeared,  and 
passage  was  engaged  to  Igagik.  Start  was  made  on  September  26, 
and  the  next  evening  Igagik  was  reached.  Here  a  salmon  cannery  is 
situated  just  inside  the  mouth  of  Ugaguk  River  and  surrounded  by  a 
half  dozen  rude  dwelling  houses  for  the  watchmen  and  a  small  collection 
of  igloos  or  native  huts.     The  region  is  low  and  treeless. 

The  Ugaguk  River  offered  no  great  difficulties,  as  it  is  only  a  little 
more  than  40  miles  in  length,  and  all  but  the  upper  5  miles  is  affected  by 
the  tide.  Starting  at  <3.3<>  a.  m.  on  September  29,  and  stopping  a  half- 
hour  for  luncheon,  we  were  still  able  to  make  camp  only  one  mile  below 
Becharof  Lake  at  2  p.  m.  of  the  same  day.  The  lower  partof  the  Ugaguk 
at  flood  tide  has  the  appearance  of  any  ordinary  tidal  slew.  It  begins 
to  look  more  like  a  stream  about  10  miles  above  its  mouth,  where 
there  are  a  few  low  bluffs,  which,  however,  are  not  continuous.  The 
river  is  wide  and  contains  many  shallow  stretches,  where  long  sand- 
bars are  doubtless  exposed  at  ebb  tide.  The  banks  are  lined  with  low. 
scrubby  willows,  with  now  and  then  a  clump  of  small  alders  on  an 
occasional  higher  and  more  protected  bank.  Often  the  banks  are 
mere  swamps  only  0  inches  or  a  foot  above  high-water  mark.  The 
stream  cuts  through  a  ledge  of  granite  just  as  it  issues  from  Becharof 
Lake.  For  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  the  current  is  very  swift, 
and  many  granite  bowlders  project  above  the  water.  This  stretch  of 
swift  water  is  called  the  Ugaguk  Rapids.  Several  days  were  spent  at 
the  foot  of  the  rapids,  as  high  winds  caused  a  strong  surf  to  break 
along  the  beaches  at  the  lower  end  of  Becharof  Lake,  making  it 
impossible  to  put  off  in  a  canoe.  The  country  around  the  lower  end  of 
the  lake  is  very  desolate.  A  stretch  nearly  a  mile  in  width  immedi- 
ately bordering  the  shore  consists  of  sandy,  wind-swept  dunes  almost 
devoid  of  vegetation  except  for  thin  irregular  mats  here  and  there  on 
protected  slopes.  Farther  back  plant  growth  is  more  continuous,  but 
very  depauperate.  The  chief  woody  plants  are  Emju  trum  and  several 
small  species  of  SaMx. 

On  October  4,  during  a  temporary  lull  of  the  wind,  the  canoe  was 
lined  up  the  rapids  and  the  journey  continued  around  the  end  of  the 


20  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no. 2*. 

lake  to  the  south  shore.  After  a  long*  clay  of  rowing,  camp  was  made 
in  a  little  bay  near  the  northeast  base  of  the  volcano  called  by  the 
natives  Smoky  Mountain.  The  lake  is  bordered  by  an  almost  con- 
tinuous gravel  beach,  back  of  which  are  bluff-like  hills  clothed  with 
tundra  vegetation.  Small  willows  are  excessively  abundant,  and  rein- 
deer moss,  Labrador  tea,  and  crowberry  are  in  great  profusion.  The 
alders  at  this  time  had  shed  their  leaves,  and  at  a  short  distance  the 
scattered  patches  had  the  appearance  of  burnt  ground.  The  willow 
leaves  were  turning  yellowish,  and  some  of  the  smaller  plants  reddish, 
and  the  whole  effect  was  attractive.  Continuing  on  the  second  clay 
around  the  base  of  the  mountain,  we  passed  several  stretches  of  high 
bluffs  and  rounded  two  or  three  rocky  points  and  made  camp  on  a  nar- 
row peninsula  on  the  west  side  of  the  mouth  of  the  long  southern 
arm  of  the  lake.  On  the  following  day,  having  threaded  the  small 
islands  of  the  south  arm,  we  continued  on  to  the  head  of  the  arm 
and  up  a  stream  about  one  mile  to  a  small  subcircular  lake  at  the 
base  of  the  coast  mountains.  The  course  up  Becharof  Lake  was  along 
the  south  shore,  and  at  no  time  was  it  more  than  a  half  mile  from  the 
beach.  Along  this  route  the  water  is  seldom  more  than  15  feet  in 
depth.  It  is  very  clear  and  cold,  and  the  bowlder-strewn  bottom  is 
easiby  visible  all  the  way.  The  region  about  the  head  of  the  arm  is 
rather  swampy  and  is  characterized  by  a  luxuriant  growth  of  grass 
(A</rostis),  which  in  many  cases  reaches  to  a  man's  shoulders.  A  small 
collection  of  native  igloos  or  barabaras  is  located  near  the  mouth  of 
the  stream.  There  is  another  on  the  little  lake  where  we  camped  and 
made  ready  for  the  portage  across  the  mountains.  These  mountains 
form  an  irregular  semicircle  about  the  small  lake.  They  are  from 
2,000  to  3,000  feet  in  height,  and  are  rough  and  rocky  except  for  the 
first  500  feet,  where  the  rolling  slopes  are  more  or  less  covered  with 
grass  and  dwarf  shrubs. 

The  portage  trail  runs  from  the  east  side  of  the  small  lake  across  a 
half  mile  of  swamp,  and  thence  up  about  1,000  feet,  traversing  a 
rocky  pass  and  continuing  on  down  over  more  rocks  to  the  native  vil- 
lage of  Kanatak,  situated  just  above  high-water  mark  on  the  bay  of 
the  same  name.  This  bay  is  frequently  called  Portage  Bay,  which 
seems  ill-advised  on  account  of  the  existence  of  a  better  known  Port- 
age Bay  farther  west  on  the  same  coast.  Two  days  of  hard  work  in 
stormy  weather  sufficed  to  transport  impedimenta  to  Kanatak.  A 
small  rowboat  was  immediately  loaded,  and  we  coasted  around  the 
rocky  shore  of  Shelikof  Strait  to  Cold  Bay,  as  this  was  the  only 
hope  of  securing  passage  on  the  southbound  mail  steamer.  Cold  Bay 
was  reached  on  October  13  after  a  hard  passage  and  a  very  narrow  escape 
in  a  sudden  storm  off  Cape  Kanatak.  Here  we  waited  until  October  26, 
when  the  steamer  arrived,  being  hospitably  entertained  meanwhile  by 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  24. 


Plate  VI. 


Fig.  1  .—Mountains  near  Cold  Bay. 


Fig.  2.— Mountains  near  Kanatak. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  LIFE    ZONES.  21 

Mr.  J.  H.  Lee,  who  had  charge  of  a  small  camp  engaged  in  Locating 
petroleum  lands.  Cold  Bay  is  surrounded  by  bleak-looking  mountains, 
in  many  places  stoop  and  bare,  exposing  sandstones  and  conglomerates 
(PL  VI,  tig-.  1).  A  scanty  growth  of  alder  and  willow  is  found  along 
some  of  the  streams,  which  arc  short,  swift,  and  shallow.  At  the  head 
of  the  bay  there  is  a  small  area  of  levTel  ground  of  a  swampy  nature. 
The  hillside  blanket  of  tundra  vegetation  is  very  thin,  and  the  gravel 
or  shingle  beneath  shows  through  in  many  places.  Several  low  pas-<  ■- 
exist  near  Cold  Bay,  from  which  one  looks  down  over  a  gently  undu- 
lating descent  to  Becharof  Lake,  beyond  which  looms  the  snowy  cap 
of  the  Smoky  Mountain. 

LIFE  ZONES. 

Practically  all  the  region  under  consideration  in  the  present  paper 
lies  along  the  border  of  the  Hudsonian  and  Arctic  zones.  By  using 
the  actual  limits  of  coniferous  trees  as  a  guide,  the  Arctic  and  Hud- 
sonian may  be  sharply  dehned.  The  Arctic  occupies  the  main  part 
of  the  Alaska  Peninsula  southwest  of  the  vicinity  of  Naknek  Lake, 
together  with  a  narrow  strip  northward  along  the  coast  of  Bristol  Bay 
and  Bering  Sea^'  the  Hudsonian,  stretches  over  the  region  to  the 
northward  on  the  mainland.  Throughout  most  of  the  part  which  may 
be  assigned  to  the  Hudsonian  there  are  frequent  occurrences  of  appar- 
ent Arctic  intrusions  in  so-called  faunal  islands.  Tundra  conditions, 
in  more  or  less  insular  form,  occur  throughout  the  Hudsonian  zone, 
and  in  this  border  country  are  merely  more  numerous  and  extensive 
than  farther  south.  By  tundra  is  meant  absolutely  treeless  country, 
where  vegetation  forms  a  thick  mat  consisting  largely  of  mosses, 
lichens,  saxifrages,  dwarf  willows,  and  such  small  plants  as  Empe- 
trum,  Ledum,  Andromeda,  Chamaeeistits,  Vaccini/wm,  Arctos,  and 
Dryas.  Throughout  the  Hudsonian  of  this  region  such  tundra  is 
found  in  patches  varying  in  size  from  a  few  acres  to  several  square 
miles.  About  the  upper  end  of  Lake  Iliamna,  which  may  be  regarded 
as  a  timbered  region,  there  is  considerable  tundra,  and  the  lower  end 
of  Lake  Clark  presents  similar  conditions.  The  valley  of  the  Chulitna 
River,  though  containing  much  timber,  some  of  it  of  fair  size,  is 
largehr  a  tundra  region,  except  along  the  immediate  border  of  the 
stream  and  its  more  important  affluents.  Along  the  Nushagak  drain- 
age the  .subordination  of  the  forest  is  still  more  pronounced,  and  the 
coniferous  trees  are  strung  out  in  thin  lines  confined  to  the  very  banks 
of  the  water  courses.  The  accompanying  map  (PL  VII),  intended  to 
indicate  the  limits  of  the  coniferous  forest,  obviously  fails,  in  the 
nature  of  the  case,  to  show  this  mixture  of  forest  and  tundra,  and  pre- 

«The  extension  of  the  Arctic  zone  to  Bristol  Bay  was  recognized  by  Nelson  in 
1887,  when  an  'Alaskan-Arctic'  was  defined  to  include  the  'treeless  coast  belt.' 
(See  Natural  History  Collections  in  Alaska,  U.  S.  War  Dept,  pp.  27-32,  1887.) 


22  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

scuts  only  a  somewhat  generalized  boundary  along  the  front  of  the 
region  in  which  timber  grows." 

The  Arctic  and  Iludsoniun  faunas  appear  to  coincide  reasonably  well 
with  the  limits  of  the  treeless  and  timbered  regions.  This  delimita- 
tion of  the  coniferous  trees,  therefore,  may  fairly  be  used  to  mark  the 
boundary  between  the  Arctic  and  Hudsonian  zones.  Of  the  mammals 
found  in  the  treeless  region  about  Bristol  Bay  and  the  base  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula,  the  most  characteristic  Arctic  species  are  the  pied 
lemming  (Dicrostonyor),  the  Arctic  hare  (Lepus  othui),  and  the  Arctic 
fox  ( Vulpes  lagopus  subsp.).  Besides  these,  the  following  marine 
Arctic  mammals  which  occur  along  the  coast  should  be  mentioned: 
Delphinapterus,  Balsena,  Erignathm,  and  Odob&nus.  Among  Arctic 
birds  known  to  breed  as  far  south  as  Nushagak  are:  Stercora/rvus para- 
siticus, Poly  sticta  stelleri,  Somateria  v-nigra,  S.  speetabilis,  Charad/rius 
d.  fnhms,  Sqwitarola  squatarola,  Crymophilus  fulicarius,  Lagopus 
lagopus,  Acanthis  h.  exilipes,  A.  I.  holbazlli,  Calcarim  I.  alascenxls, 
Passerhta  nivalis,  and  Budytesf.  alascensis. 

The  Hudsonian  division  of  the  region  of  the  base  of  the  peninsula 
has  in  general  the  same  fauna  found  throughout  this  zone  in  Alaska. 
Practically  the  entire  fauna  reaches  to  the  very  edge  'of  the  zone — that 
is,  to  the  limit  of  coniferous  trees.  Some  genera,  and  doubtless  also 
some  species,  extend  into  the  Arctic  for  considerable  distances  or 
throughout.  Among  these  genera  are  Citellus,  Evotomys,  JHficrotus, 
Rangifer,  Gulo,  Lutra,  Putorius,  and  Sorex.  Such  forms  are  very 
wide-ranging,  for,  as  has  been  stated  in  a  previous  paper,6  the  fauna 
of  the  Hudsonian  zone  in  Alaska  is  not  characterized  by  peculiar 
forms,  but  consists  largely  of  genera,  and  in  many  cases  of  species, 
which  continue  on  from  the  Canadian.  Those  common  to  the  Arctic 
and  Hudsonian,  therefore,  also  occur  in  the  Canadian  and  are  common 
to  all  three.  Among  Hudsonian  genera  of  mammals  which  do  not 
enter  the  Arctic  in  this  region  are  Sciurus,  Synaptomys,  Mustela,  and 
Ursus  (subgenus  Euarctos). 

The  distribution  of  the  races  of  native  people  in  this  region  shows 
an  interesting  agreement  with  that  of  the  plants  and  lower  animals. 
The  true  Eskimos  extend  down  the  coast  of  Bering  Sea  to  the  vicinity 
of  Nushagak,  and  are  represented  on  the  peninsula  by  the  Aleuts,  who 
are  generally  regarded  as  modified  Eskimos.  The  Indians  of  undoubt  ed 
derivation  from  pure  Athabascan  stock  occupy  the  greater  part  of  the 
region  here  assigned  to  the  Hudsonian.  At  present  Eskimos,  Aleuts, 
and  Indians  arc  much  mixed  in  the  vicinity  of  the  base  of  the  penin- 
sula.    Under  more  primitive  conditions  the  Eskimo  tribes  undoubt- 

«For  information  as  to  forest  conditions  in  various  parts  of  the  region  not  visited 
by  our  party  in  1902,  T  am  indebted  to  L.  L.  Bales,  of  Seattle,  Wash.,  and  to  A.  (i. 
Maddren. 

B  North  American  Fauna,  No.  21.  p.  59,  1901. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  LIFE    ZONES.  28 

edly  occupied  the  Arctic  zone  almost  exclusively,  while  the  Indians 
remained  in  the  timbered  Hudsonian  region." 

"The  boundaries  of  the  several  zones  rarely  coincide  with  absolute 
mechanical  barriers,  being-  fixed  in  the  main  by  temperature."  h  In  the 
case  of  the  Hudsonian  and  the  Arctic,  the  line  between  the  timbered 
and  the  treeless  regions  offers  a  sharp  boundary  which,  with  regard  to 
the  respective  faunas,  seems  to  be  effective  to  a  considerable  degree. 
So  far  as  the  region  immediately  adjacent  on  either  side  of  this 
boundary  is  concerned,  it  seems  probable  that  temperature  is  not  so 
effective  in  restricting  the  faunas  as  the  local  environment,  That  is, 
the  animals  peculiar  to  the  treeless  Arctic  and  those  characteristic  of 
the  timbered  Hudsonian,  while  doubtless  restricted  to  their  general 
ranges  by  temperature,  are  confined  in  the  vicinity  of  the  boundar}^ 
respectively,  to  the  Arctic  because  it  is  treeless,  and  to  the  Hudsonian 
because  it  is  timbered,  rather  than  as  the  result  of  any  appreciable 
difference  in  temperature  on  either  side  of  the  dividing  line.  Along 
the  boundary  line  between  two  zones  where  there  are  no  important 
controlling  factors  except  temperature,  there  is  usually  a  belt  in  which 
occurs  an  overlapping  of  animal  forms.  This  overlapping  between 
the  Hudsonian  and  Arctic  zones  is  minimized  by  the  difference  in 
external  conditions  other  than  temperature.  For  the  general  areas  of 
the  two  zones,  temperature  is  of  course  the  chief  controlling  factor. 
Points  on  the  Yukon  River  in  the  heart  of  the  Alaska  Hudsonian,  for 
example,  are  known  to  be  decidedly  different  from  points  in  the 
Arctic  like  St.  Michael,  both  in  respect  to  the  hottest  part  of  the  year 
and  to  the  total  quantity  of  effective  heat.  Although  there  are  no 
records  in  confirmation,  it  hardly  seems  possible  that  there  is  a  cor- 
responding or  even  an  appreciable  difference  of  this  sort  between  the 
timbered  Hudsonian  around  Lake  Clark,  for  example,  and  the  treeless 
Arctic  region  around  Becharof  Lake/ 

The  coniferous  trees  themselves  are  doubtless  in  the  same  manner 
restricted  in  their  general  range  by  temperature,  but  along  their 
extreme  limits  other  factors  must  have  considerable  effect  upon  them. 
This  is  particularly  true  in  the  Alaska  Peninsula  region  where  the 
limit  is  a  southern  rather  than  a  northern  one.  Just  what  are  all  the 
causes  determining  the  nonexistence  of  coniferous  trees  on  the  greater 

"  See  Nelson,  The  Eskimo  About  Bering  Strait,  18th  Ann.  Rept.  Eur.  Am.  Ethnology, 
p.  23,  1900,  in  which  it  is  stated  that  "the  western  Eskimo  described  in  the  present 
work  is  found  mainly  within  the  limits  of  the  area  which  I  have  designated  else- 
where as  the  Alaskan-Arctic  district." 

''  Merriam,  Laws  of  Temperature  Control  of  the  Geographic  Distribution  of  Ter- 
restrial Animals  and  Plants.     <  Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  VI,  p.  230,  1S94. 

c  St.  Michael  and  Holy  Cross  Mission,  for  which  there  are  some  temperature  rec- 
ords, occupy  nearly  the  same  relative  positions,  one  being  on  the  treeless  coast  anil 
the  other  just  within  the  timber  limits.  The  difference  in  their  effective  tempera- 
tures is  practically  nil. 


24  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

part  of  the  peninsula  can  hardly  be  ascertained  until  more  work  is  done. 
Possibly  one  of  the  most  effective  checks  to  the  extension  of  timber 
southward  is  the  prevalence  of  wind  and  storm  regardless  of  tempera- 
ture. The  topography  and  situation  of  the  peninsula  are  most  favor- 
able for  stormy  weather.  Being  long  and  narrow,  with  a  ridge  of 
high  mountains  extending  throughout  its  length,  and  situated  as  it  is 
between  Bering  Sea  and  the  North  Pacific  Ocean,  it  must  necessarily 
receive  at  nearly  all  seasons  the  force  of  many  atmospheric  disturb- 
ances. In  the  fall  it  is  swept  by  fierce  winds,  whether  the  temperature 
be  moderate  or  not.  Such  conditions  would  restrict  arborescent  vege- 
tation  in  almost  any  latitude.  It  is  possible  that,  in  spite  of  these 
adverse  circumstances,  the  timber  may  be  advancing  along  the  penin- 
sula and  that  it  may  ultimately  extend  much  farther  than  now.  There 
are,  of  course,  no  data  on  this  subject;  and  any  such  would  be  difficult 
to  obtain,  for  the  growth  of  individual  trees  is  extremely  slow  and  any 
general  movement  could  scarcely  be  detected  except  by  observations 
at  great  intervals. 

A  more  extended  study  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula  and  the  Aleutian 
Islands  southwest  of  it  may  show  that  the  region  as  a  whole  merits 
recognition  as  a  separate  faunal  district,  but  if  so  it  will  certainly  be 
as  a  subdivision  of  the  Arctic.  Such  a  district  was  recognized  by 
Nelson,a  but  the  animals  noted  as  characteristic  are  merely  geographic 
forms  of  well-distributed  mainland  genera  and  species,  chiefly  pro- 
duced by  isolation,  and  not  such  as  could  be  used  safely  to  characterize 
anything  more  than  a  district  of  subordinate  rank. 

Although  the  mean  annual  temperature  of  the  peninsula  and  Aleu- 
tian region  is  much  higher  than  that  of  the  more  northern  treeless 
region,  the  effective  temperatures  do  not  differ  to  any  degree.  For- 
tunately there  are  observations  enough  to  make  this  reasonably  cer- 
tain. Unalaska  may  be  taken  to  represent  the  peninsula  and  Aleutian 
region,  and  St.  Michael  the  undoubted  Arctic  farther  north.  The 
means  for  the  four  hottest  months  (June,  July,  August,  and  Septem- 
ber) at  St.  Michael  are  as  follows:  46.3J,  53.6°,  51.9°,  and  43.9°  F. 
For  the  same  months  at  Unalaska:  46.3°,  50.6°,  51.1)  ,  and  45.5°  F. 
These  records  were  based  on  eleven  years'  observations  at  St.  Michael 
and  six  years  at  Unalaska.6  From  this  it  appears  that  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  hottest  part  of  the  year  is  practically  the  same  at  the  two 
places.  Moreover,  these  four  months  are  the  only  ones  at  either 
locality  in  which  the  mean  temperature  exceeds  the  minimum  of  6°  C. 
(=  42.8°  F.).'  Therefore  the  total  quantity  of  effective  heat  is  essen- 
tially the  same.'' 

«  Natural  History  Collections  in  Alaska.  U.  S.  War  Dept.,  p.  27,  1887. 
b  Henry,  Climate  of  Alaska,  Bui.  No.  62,  Office  Exp.  Stations,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agri- 
culture, p.  51,  1899. 

c  See  Merriain,  Laws  of  Temperature  Control,  loc.  cit.,  p.  231. 

<^It  would  be  slightly  different  if  the  minimum  were  reduced  from  6°  C.  to  0°  C. 


Fauna   No.   24. 


LIFE    ZONES    AND    DISTRIBUTION    OF    CONIFEROUS    TREES. 
Dotted  area  represents  Arctic  zone  beyond  limit  of  conifers.        Undotted  area  represents  Hudsonian  zone  characterized  by  coniferous  trees. 


NOVEMBER,  1901. 


PREVIOUS    WORK.  25 


In  consideration  of  this  agreement  of  effective  temperatures  and  the 
occurrence  of  numerous,  distinctly  arctic  mammals  and  birds,  it  seems 
safe  to  include  the  Alaska  Peninsula,  particularly  the  northeastern 
part  of  it,  in  the  unqualified  Arctic  Zone. 

PREVIOUS   WORK. 

Nushagak,  or  Fort  Alexander,  as  it  was  known  formerly,  was  one  of 
the  early  stations  of  the  Signal  Service  of  the  United  States  Army  in 
Alaska.  Through  the  well-directed  efforts  of  Prof.  Spencer  F.  Baird, 
Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  observers  selected  for 
these  stations  were  young  men  interested  in  natural  history  and  quali- 
fied to  make 'good  use  of  valuable  opportunities  during  the  time  not 
devoted  to  meteorological  work.  Under  orders  issued  April  11,  188 1 . 
C.  L.  McKay  was  sent  to  establish  the  station  at  Fort  Alexander. 
For  the  two  years  following  he  spent  considerable  time  in  natural  his- 
tory work,  and  made  valuable  collections  in  several  branches.  On  April 
19,  1883,  he  went  out  on  the  bay  with  some  natives  in  a  small  boat, 
and  in  some  mysterious  manner  the  craft  was  capsized  and  the  unfor- 
tunate naturalist  drowned."  His  collection  of  birds  and  mammals, 
numbering  about  100  specimens,  was  transmitted  to  the  National 
Museum,  where  many  of  them  are  still  preserved,  while  others 
have  been  distributed  or  sent  in  exchange  to  other  institutions.  The 
mammals  numbered  59  specimens  belonging  to  23  species  as  recog- 
nized by  F.  W.  True,  who  published  a  briefly  annotated  list  of  them  in 
1886.6  Those  of  importance  have  been  referred  to  again  in  the  present 
paper.  No  account  of  the  collection  of  birds  as  a  whole  has  been  pub- 
lished, but  scattered  references  to  various  species  have  appeared  from 
time  to  time,  usually  in  lists  of  specimens.  The  entire  collection  was 
recorded  in  the  National  Museum  catalogues,  however,  and  so  far  as 
there  are  specimens  for  confirmation,  the  specific  names  entered  are 
nearly  all  correct. 

Since  it  relates  to  the  same  region  in  which  McKay  worked,  this 
paper  contains  frequent  references  to  his  specimens,  particularly  in 
the  cases  in  which  his  work  supplemented  my  own.  Such  instances 
are  quite  numerous  in  the  case  of  birds,  owing  to  McKay's  oppor- 
tunities for  collecting  at  all  seasons.  Among  many  interesting  spe- 
cies in  his  collection  was  the  beautiful  snowtlake  {Passerina  hyper- 
borea),  which  is  now  called  the  McKay  snowtlake.  His  botanical 
specimens  also  went  to  the  National  Museum,  and  formed  the  basis  of 
a  list  of  123  species  published  in  1885  by  Dr.  F.  H.  Knowlton.'' 
McKay  was  unquestionably  a  careful  and  enthusiastic  collector,  and  his 

«  Rumor  at  Nushagak  still  persists  to  the  effect  that  the  drowning  of  .McKay  was 
brought  about  by  foul  means. 

&Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  IX,  pp.  221-224,  October/ 1886. 
fProc.  U.  8.  Nat.  Mus.,  VIII,  pp.  213-221,  L885. 


2C)  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

accidental  death  at  an  early  age  was  a  distinct  loss  to  science.  He  evi- 
dently made  numerous  short  excursions  from  Nushagak,  and  among 
the  localities  thus  visited  were  Lake  Aleknagik  and  Ugasbik.  He  also 
made  a  trip  over  a  considerable  part  of  the  route  traveled  by  our  party. 
He  visited  Lake  Iliamna  and  Iliamna  Village,  and,  according  to  an 
account  received  from  a  native,  crossed  the  Chulitna  portage.  By  a 
strange  coincidence,  the  same  native  who,  as  a  young  man,  accom- 
panied McKay  on  this  trip,  went  with  us  from  Lake  Clark  to  Swan 
Lake,  and  related  to  us  various  incidents  of  the  trip  made  twenty 
years  before.  By  another  coincidence,  while  at  Nushagak  we  lodged 
in  the  old  log  house  which  was  the  home  of  McKay.  On  some  shelves 
in  one  of  the  rooms  we  found,  still  untouched,  several  pounds  of  his 
arsenic  and  some  of  the  old  station  records  of  his  meteorological  work. 

McKay  was  succeeded  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  who  was  ordered  from 
Washington,  D.  C,  to  Fort  Alexander,  on  April  21, 1884,  and  directed 
to  return  from  there  April  12,  1880.  Johnson  made  natural  history 
collections,  including  125  specimens  of  birds,  which  were  sent  to  the 
National  Museum.  In  all  important  cases  these  have  been  recorded 
in  the  present  list. 

Aside  from  the  natural  history  work  of  McKay  and  Johnson,  noth- 
ing of  importance,  previous  to  11)02,  was  done  anywhere  in  the  region 
of  the  base  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula. 


LIST  OF  MAMMALS. 

?Balsena  sieboldi  (Gray).     Pacific  Right  Whale. 

The  carcass  of  some  species  of  baleen  whale  was  washed  ashore 
early  in  September,  1902,  between  Kanatak  and  Wide  Bay.  When 
we  arrived  at  Kanatak  the  natives  had  secured  great  quantities  of  the 
blubber.  This  they  had  cut  in  strips  and  chunks  and  hung  up  in  most 
of  the  available  places  about  the  village.  Our  natives,  who  came  with 
us  from  Igagik,  were  much  elated  at  the  chance  of  securing  some  of 
the  blubber.  They  lost  no  time  in  bargaining  for  a  small  quantity, 
which  they  carried  back  with  them,  intending  to  use  the  oil  to  grease 
their  bidarkas.  For  this  purpose  they  say  it  is  far  superior  to  the 
seal  oil,  which  they  ordinarily  use.  Two  white  men  from  Cold  Bay 
visited  the  carcass  and  secured  the  baleen  from  one  side  of  the  jaw, 
the  other  half  having  been  washed  awa}^.  The}^  estimated  by  pacing 
that  the  animal  was  about  63  feet  in  length.  The  baleen  was  rather 
coarse  and  short,  the  largest  pieces  being  not  more  than  2  feet  in 
length.     The  amount  secured  weighed  approximately  250  pounds. 

Delphinapterus  leucas  (Pallas).     White  Whale. 

White  whales  or  belugas  often  come  into  the  mouth  of  the  Nushagak 
River  or  the  neighboring  small  bays  in  pursuit  of  salmon,  on  which  it 
is  said  they  feed  quite  extensively.  When  a  school  appears,  the 
natives  become  much  excited  and  make  every  effort  .to  secure  as  many 
as  possible.  The  skins  of  the  belugas  are  highly  valued,  particularly 
for  covering  kyaks  and  bidarkas.  Belugas  are  said  to  occur  also  on 
the  south  side  of  the  peninsula,  about  the  mouth  of  Cook  Inlet. 

Phocsena  phocaena  (Linn).     Harbor  Porpoise. 

Two  skulls  of  the  common  harbor  porpoise,  secured  from  the  natives 
of  Kanatak,  were  added  to  our  collection  by  A.  G.  Maddren  in  the  fall 
of  1903.  So  far  as  I  can  learn,  this  is  the  most  northerly  record  of 
this  species  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

Rangifer  granti  Allen.     Peninsula  Caribou. 

Signs  of  caribou  were  seen  at  the  upper  end  of  Lake  Clark,  along 
the  Chulitna  and  Kakhtul  rivers,  and  near  Becharof  Lake.  The 
animals  were  formerly  very  abundant  in  all  this  region,  but  are  now 
much  reduced  in  numbers.  Their  distribution,  however,  is  undoubtedly 
continuous  from  the  peninsula  to  the  mainland  of  Alaska  by  way   of 

27 


28  NOKTH    AMEKICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

the  region  of  hikes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  and  the  idea  that  the  supposed 
species  granti  is  entirely  isolated  from  the  other  caribou  of  Alaska  is 
unquestionably  erroneous."  The  few  tracks  of  caribou  seen  were  those 
of  solitary  individuals  or  of  very  small  bands  of  five  or  six.  Several 
caribou  were  killed  by  natives  in  July,  1902,  some  20  miles  northwest 
of  Keejik,  Lake  Clark.  One  was  also  killed  in  July  by  a  prospector 
about  15  miles  northeast  of  Cold  Bay.  During-  the  winter  of  1901  a 
herd  of  20  was  seen  by  natives  between  Becharof  and  Ugashik  lakes, 
and  several  were  killed,  and  in  the  winter  of  1902-3,  7  were  killed 
on  Becharof  Lake  near  Smoky  Mountain.  Two  skulls,  labeled  '  Nush- 
agak,'  secured  by  McKay  in  1882,  are  in  the  National  Museum.  They 
were  doubtless  procured  b}^  natives  at  some  distance  from  Nushagak. 
A  party  of  natives,  encamped  near  us  at  the  mouth  of  Becharof  Lake, 
were  engaged,  in  the  latter  part  of  September,  in  a  caribou  hunt.  Dur- 
ing two  weeks  of  steady  work  six  hunters  succeeded  in  killing  a  total 
of  6  animals.  Their  method  is  a  lazy  one,  but  with  unlimited  time 
gives  a  fair  degree  of  success.  They  built  a  small,  innocent-looking 
cairn  of  rocks  on  the  summit  of  a  hill  a  few  hundred  yards  from  their 
camp,  to  which  one  of  them  would  go  every  hour  or  two  and  scan  the 
surrounding  country.  In  case  a  caribou  was  sighted,  the  whole  party 
would  then  go  out  to  stalk  it.  The  animals  are  very  light-colored  at 
this  season  and  are  easily  seen  at  a  long  distance. 

The  large  herds  which  occur  farther  west  on  the  peninsula  do  not, 
as  a  rule,  come  as  far  east  as  Becharof  Lake,  although  small  herds  are 
scattered  all  along.  These  herds  are  being  rapidly  killed  off  both  by 
white  men  and  natives,  au-d  at  the  present  rate  the  caribou  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula  bid  fair  to  be  exterminated  in  a  comparatively  short 
time.  Nearly  the  year  round  they  are  brought  in  regularly  to  all  the 
mining  and  fishing  camps  along  the  peninsula,  being  hunted  not  only 
for  their  flesh  but  also  for  their  skins,  which  are  in  great  demand. 
The  mail  steamer  which  runs  along  the  south  side  of  the  peninsula 
takes  on  a  supply  of  caribou  meat  on  nearly  every  trip.  The  animals 
are  usually  killed  in  the  Port  Moller  region,  and  the  carcasses  taken 
to  the  mining  village  of  Unga,  where  the  steamer  makes  regular  stops. 
On  the  October  run.  when  I  was  a  passenger,  caribou  chops,  roasts, 
and  stews  were  a  feature  of  the  bill  of  fare.  On  each  trip  since  then 
a  good  supply  has  been  on  board.  On  the  December  run  9  carcasses 
were  secured  at  Unga  for  consumption  on  the  vessel,  and  in  January 
about  the  same  number  were  consumed,  as  I  am  informed  from  reliable 
sources.  In  September,  1902,  a  trading  post  was  established  atUnan- 
gashik,  east  of  Port  Moller,  on  the  north  side  of  the  peninsula,  for  the 
express  purpose  of  trading  for  caribou  skins.  A  stock  of  goods  rep- 
resenting an  investment  of  about  $1,000  was  put  in,  and  a  man  placed 


«See  Allen,  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.   Hist.,  XVI,  p.   L27,  March  31,  1902,  and  Grant, 
7th  Ann.  Rep.  X.  V.  Zool.  Soc,  ]».  15,  1902. 


NOVEMBER,  1904. 


MAMMALS.  29 


in  charge.  One  of  the  employees  of  the  proprietor  of  this  station 
informed  me  that  the  receipt  of  about  1,000  caribou  skins  was  confi- 
dently expected  during-  the  following  year.  Since  then  I  have  learned 
that  approximately  500  caribou  were  killed  by  the  natives  of  Unanga- 
shik  between  October  1,  1902,  and  May  1,  1903,  and  the  skins  disposed 
of  to  the  trader.  These  skins  are  not  shipped  out  of  the  country,  so 
the  traffic  in  them  is  only  locally  known.  The  trader  pays  about  $1  in 
trade  fer  a  skin,  which  is  worth  to  him  from  $2  to  $5.  The  skin  of 
the  body  is  widely  used  for  clothing  and  bedding  material.  The  short- 
haired  skin  of  the  legs  is  especially  desired  for  making  the  tops  of  the 
skin  boots  which  are  very  extensively  used  by  natives  and  whites  alike. 
This  traffic  is  carried  on  openly.  The  occasional  killing  of  caribou 
out  of  season  by  natives  and  prospecting  parties  can  not  be  stopped, 
nor  does  it  seem  necessary  that  it  should  be.  If  the  wholesale  traffic 
in  meat  and  hides,  however,  is  not  checked,  the  animals  are  surely 
doomed  to  speedy  extinction. 

The  Aleut  name  for  the  caribou  is  Toontoo;  the  Indians  call  it  Budga. 

Alee  americanus  gigas  (Miller).     Alaska  Moose. 

Moose  arc  found  in  comparatively  small  numbers  in  the  region  of 
Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark.  Near  the  head  of  Lake  Clark  two  weather- 
beaten  shed  antlers  were  found  on  a  wooded  flat,  and  old  tracks  of  one 
animal  were  seen  near  there.  The  natives  say  that  moose  are  not 
often  killed  in  this  vicinity  and  were1  not  abundant  in  times  past.  We 
saw  more  signs  of  them  on  the  upper Chulitna  River,  where  in  several 
places  near  the  portage  to  Swan  Lake  fresh  tracks  were  found  in  the 
soft  mud  on  the  banks  of  small  streams.  A  few  signs  were  also  seen 
on  the  Kakhtul  River.  The  natives  of  Nushagak  frequently  go  up 
the  Nushagak  River  on  hunting  trips,  but  do  not  often  bring  back 
moose,  as  caribou  and  smaller  game  are  much  more  abundant.  Moose 
are  scatteringly  distributed  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula  and  extend  farther 
west  than  has  been  generally  supposed.  In  a  native's  camp  on  the 
Igaguk  River  I  saw  fresh  meat  and  pieces  of  the  skin  of  a  moose 
which  was  killed  about  October  1  on  the  upper  waters  of  the  King 
Salmon  River,  a  northeastern  tributary  of  the  Ugaguk.  One  of  our 
guides,  an  intelligent  half-breed  from  Igagik,  said  that  he  killed  two 
small  moose  near  the  Ugashik  lakes  in  the  fall  of  1901.  During  the 
spring  of  1903  A.  G.  Maddren  received  reports  that  nearly  20  moose 
were  killed  by  natives  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Naknek  River.  A  moose 
was  said  to  have  been  killed  several  years  before  as  far  west  as  Port 
Moller,  but  no  confirmation  of  the  report  could  be  obtained.  There 
is  no  spruce  timber  near  any  of  these  localities  except  the  Naknek 
River,  and  very  little  there.  Along  the  King  Salmon  River  and 
about  the  Ugashik  lakes,  however,  there  is  a  considerable  growth  of 
poplar  and  willow  and  possibly  some  birch,  and  the  moose  are  found 


30  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.24. 

there  regularly.  It"  they  ever  do  occur  as  far  west  as  Port  Moller, 
it  must  be  only  as  stragglers.  As  to  the  westward  distribution  of 
the  moose,  Mr.  Maddren,  from  his  experience  in  1903,  writes  as 
follows: 

In  regard  to  the  moose  extending  down  the  peninsula  beyond  the  limit  of  spruce, 
it  seems  to  me  their  range  is  governed  by  the  limits  of  the  birch  which  they  eat. 
Birch  extends  beyond  the  limits  of  the  spruce,  growing  thickly  on  the  Naknek 
River  and  over  into  the  valley  of  the  King  Salmon.  This  is  practically  the  limit  of 
moose  range,  though  a  few  may  wander  down  south  of  Becharof  as  stragglers,  but 
no  quantity  of  birch  grows  south  of  Becharof  Lake. 

The  Indians  of  Iliamna  call  the  moose  Kochtai,  and  the  Aleuts  at 
Igagik  have  it  Toondookbuk. 

Ovis  dalli  kenaiensis  Allen.     Kenai  Sheep. 

White  sheep  are  found  in  small  numbers  in  the  mountains  between 
Lake  Clark  and  Cook  Inlet,  and  are  probably  more  or  less  continuously 
distributed  from  there  northward  along  the  Alaskan  Range.  They 
are  not  reported  from  the  mountains  near  Iliamna  Bay,  so  it  is  prob- 
able that  they  do  not  occur  farther  west  than  the  vicinity  of  Lake 
Clark.  In  winter  they  are  said  to  come  to  the  mountains  immediately 
bordering  Lake  Clark,  but  at  the  time  of  our  visit,  in  July,  they  had 
crossed  to  the  next  range  to  the  eastward.  I  found  one  old  weather- 
beaten  skull  in  the  mountains  near  the  head  of  the  lake.  Two  speci- 
mens are  in  the  National  Museuin,  collected  by  McKay  in  the  'Chig- 
mit  Mts.'  This  locality  perhaps  refers  to  the  mountains  near  Iliamna 
Village,  where  it  is  probable  McKay  obtained  the  specimens  from 
the  natives.  I  have  examined  one  of  these  specimens  and  tind  it  refer- 
able to  the  subspecies  kenaiensis  rather  than  to  true  dalU.  0.  d. 
h  nan  mis  appears  to  possess  other  characters  besides  the  slight  cranial 
peculiarities  noted  in  the  original  description."  Most  noticeable  of 
these  is  the  color  of  the  upper  side  of  the  tail,  which  is  dusky  or 
brownish  in  true  dalli  and  pure  white  in  kenaiensis.  The  horns  of 
kenait  nsis  average  thicker  at  the  base,  particularly  on  the  lower  side, 
and  less  divergent  at  the  tips  than  in  dalli.  I  have  not  examined 
specimens  of  kenaiensis  in  all  pelages,  but  in  those  seen  there  is  no 
mixture  of  dusky  hairs  on  the  back  and  sides  as  in  dalU,  the  pelage 
being  entirely  pure  white  except  for  extraneous  stains. 

The  Indians  of  Lake  Clark  call  the  white  sheep  Nootyee. 

Sciurus  hudsonicus  Erxleben.      Hudson  Bay  Red  Squirrel. 

Red  squirrels  were  found  sparingly  in  the  timbered  regions.  Their 
characteristic  nests  were  seen  only  occasionally,  and  their  chattering 
calls,  usually  such  a  feature  of  travel  in  the  northern  woods,  were  not 
often  heard.  This  scarcity  of  red  squirrels  is  doubtless  because  they 
reach  the  extreme  western  limit  of  their  range  in  this  region.     Speci- 

a Allen,  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  145,  April  23,  1902. 


November,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  31 

mens  were  taken  at  the  following  localities:  Nogheling  Portage,  Lake 
Clark  (near  head),  mouth  of  Chulitna  River,  Neekahweena  Lake  south 
fork  Chulitna  River,  Kakhtul  River  (near  Malchatna  junction).     These 
are  all  referable  without  hesitation  to  true  Scivms  hudsonicus. 
The  Indians  of  Lake  Clark  call  the  red  squirrel  Tsilkar. 

Citellus  plesius  ablusus  Osgood.     Nushagak  Ground  Squirrel. 

Otellus plesius  ablusw  Osgood,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XVI,  pp.  25-26,  Mar.  19, 
1903. 

Spermophiles  were  found  on  the  higher  ground  all  along  our  route. 
The  Hist  seen  were  on  the  hillsides  on  the  north  side  of  Iliamna  Pass, 
some  in  comparatively  bare  rocky  places  and  others  in  little  swales 
where  the  tall  grass  partly  sheltered  them  from  view.  They  were  not 
found  in  the  low  country  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Iliamna  Village, 
nor  between  there  and  the  upper  part  of  Lake  Clark.  Scattering  indi- 
viduals were  found  on  the  mountains  about  the  head  of  Lake  Clark, 
and  a  few  specimens  were  taken  there.  A  few  pairs  were  found  occu- 
pying a  short  stretch  of  beach  on  Lake  Clark,  where  their  burrows 
were  made  in  sandy  sediment  so  soft  and  tine  as  to  seem  almost  imprac- 
ticable for  the  purpose.  They  also  occur  on  the  hills  back  of  Keejik, 
whence  one  specimen  was  brought  by  an  Indian  boy  who  had  been 
keeping  it  as  a  pet.  Spermophiles  were  not  seen  along  the  Chulitna 
River,  which  Hows  through  low.  swampy  country,  but  the  natives 
report  their  occurrence  on  most  of  the  higher  ground  in  the  vicinity. 

Several  small  mountains,  visible  from  Neekahweena  Lake,  are  said 
to  be  inhabited  by  spermophiles  of  a  larger  size  than  those  ordinarily 
found  in  the  region,  and  therefore  particularly  sought  by  the  natives. 
A  more  or  less  continuous  colony  of  several  hundred  individuals  was 
found  about  the  Chulitna-Swan  portage,  extending  from  the  north 
slopes  of  the  '  Portage  Mountain '  around  the  upper  end  of  Swan  Lake. 
Several  specimens  were  taken  there.  Others  were  taken  on  low  hills 
near  the  Kakhtul  River,  and  again  at  Nushagak  and  Cold  Bay.  In 
1903,  A.  G.  Maddren  secured  others  in  the  Becharof  Lake  region.  At 
Nushagak  spermophiles  were  found  on  sandy  bluffs  along  the  river. 
Their  burrows  frequently  opened  on  the  side  of  the  bank,  2  or  3  feet 
below-  the  top.  and  trails  from  them  led  to  the  top  and  down  the  bank 
to  the  narrow  beach.  Sometimes  the  animals  were  seen  sitting  in  front 
of  such  burrows,  where  they  commanded  a  wide  view  over  the  water, 
and  barked  vigorously  at  passing  boats.  At  other  times  they  were 
startled  on  the  beach,  or  even  on  the  tidal  mud  flats,  when  they  would 
scurry  in  great  alarm  up  the  side  of  the  bluff  to  their  burrows.  Sev- 
eral living  specimens  from  this  colony  at  Nushagak  were  taken  to 
Unalaskaand  liberated  some  years  ago  by  Mr.  Samuel  Applegate,  of 
the  United  States  Signal  Service.  The  colony  has  since  prospered, 
and  numerous  specimens  have   been  secured  for  the   United  States 


32  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [NO.  :M. 

National  Museum  by  various  Government  parties.  Specimens  taken 
on  Lake  Clark  in  July  are  in  a  fresh  but  short-haired  pelage;  those 
taken  in  late  August  and  early  September  are  changing1  to  a  much 
longer,  fuller  pelage,  in  which  the  buffy  colors  are  reduced  in  intensity 
or  replaced  b}T  grays.  October  specimens  from  Cold  Bay  are  entirely 
changed  and  the  buffy  under  color  of  the  preceding  pelage  has  been 
entirely  replaced  by  grayish  white.  The  Cold  Bay  specimens  are  not 
typical  ablusus,  but  at  present  can  be  referred  to  no  other  form.  The 
animals  were  more  or  less  active  at  Cold  Bay  as  late  as  October  18, 
although  comparatively  cold  weather  was  prevailing.  Six  adults  were 
weighed  before  skinning,  with  the  following  results:  Males,  1^  pounds, 
li  pounds,  li  pounds;  females,  1£  pounds,  14  ounces,  14  ounces/' 

In  the  Aleut  dialect,  sometimes  used  by  the  natives  at  Iliamna  vil- 
lage, the  spermophile  is  called  Ananuchgh;  in  the  Kenai  Indian  of  the 
same  place,  Koonschar;  and  in  the  dialect  spoken  at  Igagik,  Kananuk. 

Marmota  caligata  (Eschscholtz).     Hoary  Marmot. 

The  'whistler'  is  said  to  occur  on  the  mountains  about  Iliamna  Bay 
and  is  also  reported  from  the  hills  back  of  Keejik  on  Lake  Clark. 
We  failed,  however,  to  find  it  on  the  mountains  around  the  head  of 
the  lake.  It  lives  in  small  colonies,  and  may  be  abundant  on  one  par- 
ticular mountain  and  entirely  absent  from  all  the  others  in  the  vicin- 
ity. A  solitary  mountain  visible  from  Neekahweena  Lake  is  said  to 
support  such  a  colon}^,  and  others  are  said  to  occur  similarly  on  indi- 
vidual mountains  near  Kanatak  and  Cold  Bay.  One  specimen,  a  skull 
from  Kanatak  procured  by  W.  J.  Fisher  of  Kodiak,  is  in  the  Bio- 
logical Survey  collection,  and  16  others  from  the  same  locality  are 
among  the  specimens  received  from  the  Kanatak  natives  by  A.  G. 
Maddren.  McKay's  collection  contained  two  specimens  from  Aleknagik 
Lake. 

The  Indian  name  for  this  species  is  Skootlah,  and  the  Aleuts  call  it 
Chigighbuk  and  Kanganughbuk. 

Castor  canadensis  Kuhl.     Beaver. 

Three  beaver  lodges,  evidently  being  used,  were  seen  on  the  Chu- 
litna  River,  two  on  the  lower  river  below  Neekahweena  Lake,  and  one 
on  the  south  fork  near  the  Swan  portage.  Tracks  in  soft  mud  banks 
and  fresh  cuttings  of  alder  and  willow  bushes  were  seen  quite  fre- 
quently. We  had  no  large  traps,  and  time  was  very  valuable,  so  no 
attempt  was  made  to  trap  the  animals,  although  several  unsuccessful 
nocturnal  expeditions  were  made  in  (he  hope  of  obtaining  a  shot  at  one. 
The  lodges  were  small  and  perhaps  occupied  temporarily,  each  by  only 
one  animal.  They  were  roughly  dome-shaped,  about  <'>  feet  in  diame- 
ter and  3  to  1  feet  high,  having  been   excavated  on  the  inside  some- 

° These  weights,  as  well  as  those  of  other  species,  \  eresecured  with  spring  scales, 
which  have  been  carefully  tested  and  found  to  lie  reasonably  accurate. 


November,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  33 

what  below  the  level  of  the  top  of  the  bank.  The  mud  floor  sloped 
toward  the  exit,  which  seemed  barely  large  enough  to  admit  a  medium- 
sized  beaver.  There  was  no  air  of  coziness  about  the  interior,  as  all 
was  cold,  dark,  and  wet.  The  extensive  region  of  low  land  about  the 
sources  of  the  Chulitna  River  is  covered  with  hundreds  of  small  lakes 
and  ponds  connected  in  most  cases  by  small,  sluggish  streams  emi- 
nently suitable  for  beavers,  and  no  doubt  a  great  many  are  still  scattered 
throughout  this  area.  Our  natives  noted  the  location  of  the  lodges 
with  a  look  in  their  eyes  that  meant  a  return  when  the  season  was 
more  favorable  for  trapping,  and  no  doubt  a  few  weeks  later  they  were 
doing  their  best  to  thin  out  the  remaining  animals.  No  signs  of 
beaver  were  seen  on  the  Swan  and  Kakhtul  rivers,  but  the  animals 
are  said  to  occur  on  some  of  the  smaller  streams  in  the  vicinity.  A 
small  isolated  colon}"  still  exists  high  up  on  the  side  of  the  Smoky 
Mountain  or  Mount  Peulik,  near  Becharof  Lake.  Specimens  of  skulls 
from  this  mountain  were  secured  from  natives.  A  small  number  of 
skins  are  brought  annually  to  the  trader  at  Nushagak. 

The  Aleut  name  for  beaver  is  Parluktuk;  the  Indians  call  it  simply 
Choo. 

[Mus  norvegicus  Erxleben.     Norway  Rat. 

Although  large  sailing  vessels  have  been  visiting  Nushagak  for  a 
number  of  years,  rats  have  seldom  escaped  from  them,  since  there  are 
no  wharves,  and  anchorage  is  at  some  distance  from  shore.  A  few, 
however,  have  sometimes  been  found  about  the  warehouses  and  lum- 
ber piles,  but  thev  have  never  become  established.] 

Evotomys  dawsoni  Merriam.     Dawson  Red-backed  Mouse. 

Red- backed  mice  were  found  in  abundance  at  all  points  visited,  and 
a  large  series  of  specimens  was  collected.  They  seem  to  be  the  most 
universally  distributed  of  any  of  the  mice  of  the  North,  not  only  rang- 
ing over  a  great  area,  but  occupying  every  variety  of  local  habitat 
within  this  range.  Thus  they  replace  in  the  North  the  ubiquitous 
white-footed  mice  of  more  southern  distribution.  In  a  good-sized 
series,  mainly  from  Iliamna  Village,  Kakhtul  River,  and  Nushagak, 
there  are  some  slight  and  inconstant  variations  in  cranial  characters, 
but  taken  collectively  specimens  from  this  region  do  not  materially 
differ  from  supposed  typical  dawsoni  f rom  the  upper  Yukon  River. 
Nushagak  specimens,  as  a  rule,  have  slightly  shorter  and  broader 
nasals  than  Yukon  specimens,  but  individual  variation  in  this  respect 
is  considerable.  A  small  series  from  the  Ugaguk  River  near  the  out- 
let of  Becharof  Lake  are  uniformly  of  small  size,  indicating  the  pos- 
sible existence  of  a  peninsular  form,  the  validity  of  which  may  be 
established  by  future  collections  from  more  western  parts  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula.  .In  connection  with  the  identification  of  the  Nusha- 
6389— No.  24—04 3 


34  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

gak  series,  all  the  immediately  available  specimens  from  northern 
Alaska  were  examined,  several  hundred  in  number.  From  a  study  of 
these  it  appears  that  the  slight  cranial  peculiarities  supposed  to  char- 
acterize specimens  from  St.  Michael,  which  have  been  called  alascensis, 
are  covered  by  individual  variation.  Indeed,  this  variation,  upon 
reexamination,  is  found  to  exist  in  the  St.  Michael  series  itself,  so  that 
alascensis  should  be  considered  a  s}^nonym  of  dawsoni.  The  reference 
of  Nushagak  specimens  to  dawsoni,  therefore,  is  not  unwarranted  by 
geographical  considerations.  Throughout  the  series  examined  there 
is  extremely  little  variation  in  color.  The  winter  pelage  is  shown  by 
October  specimens  from  the  Ugaguk  River,  Becharof  Lake,  and  Cold 
Bay.  It  is  brighter  and  clearer  reddish  on  the  back  and  paler  on  the 
sides  than  the  preceding  pelage. 

Microtus  operarius  kadiacensis  (Merriam).     Kodiak  Vole. 

Voles  of  the  ''operarius  group'  were  found  all  along  our  route,  but 
were  rather  uncommon  except  at  Nushagak  and  the  region  immediately 
surrounding  the  mouth  of  the  Nushagak  River.  Specimens  were 
taken  at  the  following  localities:  lliamna  Bay,  Iliamna  Village,  Lake 
Ilianma  at  Nogheling  Portage,  head  of  Nogheling  River,  mouth  of 
Chulitna  River,  head  of  Chulitna  River,  Kakhtul  River,  Kakwok, 
Nushagak,  Becharof  Lake,  and  Cold  Bay.  At  Nushagak  they  were 
exceedingly  abundant  and  fairly  swarmed  about  the  houses  in  the 
village  as  well  as  in  much  of  the  surrounding  country.  They  invade 
the  vegetable  gardens  and  do  considerable  damage,  particularly  to 
potatoes,  which  the}7  dig  out  and  carry  to  underground  storehouses. 
The  Indian  boys  at  Kanulik,  near  Nushagak,  found  several  of  these 
places  well  filled  with  small  potatoes.  The  trails  of  the  voles  and  the 
small  mounds  of  earth  in  front  of  their  burrows  were  found  from  the 
hillsides  to  within  a  few  feet  of  high-water  mark  on  the  beach.  It 
was  scarcely  possible  to  walk  50  yards  anywhere  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
village  without  encountering  signs  of  them.  Evidently  they  continue 
to  breed  until  the  beginning  of  winter  weather,  as  small  young  were 
taken  in  September.  One  very  tiny  little  fellow  was  found  one  cold, 
raiiry  evening,  doubtless  having  wandered  so  far  from  the  nest  that  he 
was  unable  to  find  his  wav  back.  He  was  so  small  that  his  weight  was 
easily  supported  by  the  blade  of  coarse  grass  on  which  he  was  perched. 
A  large  series  of  specimens  was  taken  at  Nushagak,  and  scattering 
individuals  at  other  points  along  the  route.  All  of  these  seem  to  be 
more  similar  to  kadiacensis  than  to  typical  operarius,  though  to  a  slight 
extent  they  partake  of  the  characters  of  each.  From  the  examination 
of  a  very  large  series  of  both  it  appears  that  in  color  operarius  and 
kadiacensis  are  absolutely  alike,  and  that  in  cranial  characters  they  are 
very  closely  related.  The  cranial  characters  are  not  invariable,  but 
seem  to  hold  true  in  the  majority  of  cases.     In  kadiacensis  the  skull 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  35 

is  larger,  slightly  wider,  the  audital  bullae  are  a  trifle  larger,  and  the 
teeth  are  larger.  The  Nushagak  specimens  are  fully  equal  in  size  to 
those  from  Kodiak,  and  have  large  teeth  as  well.  The  audital  bulhe 
average  slightly  smaller  than  in  Kodiak  specimens,  possibly  on  account 
of  a  tendency  toward  typical  operarius. 

Microtus  pennsylvanicus  drummondi  (Aud.  &  Bach.).  Drummond  Vole. 
The  Drummond  vole  was  found  to  be  rather  rare  in  the  region  we 
worked.  One  specimen  was  taken  on  Lake  Clark,  near  Keejik,  5  near 
the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River,  and  one  on  the  Kakhtul  River,  near 
its  junction  with  the  Malchatna.  These  localities  doubtless  represent 
the  extreme  western  limit  of  the  range  of  the  species,  from  which  it 
m&y  safely  be  assumed  that  it  is  found  over  the  large  area  between 
Lake  Clark  and  the  Yukon,  along  the  drainage  systems  of  the  Kus- 
kokwim  andTanana.  The  western  specimens  are  typical  druinmondi, 
and  agree  perfectly  with  others  from  the  Yukon  River  previously 
referred  to  this  species. 

Fiber  spatulatus  Osgood.     Northwest  Muskrat. 

Muskrats  are  common  in  suitable  localities  throughout  the  region. 
Conditions  are  particularly  favorable  for  them  in  the  wide  expanse  of 
grassy  swamp  just  above  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River.  Several 
were  seen  swimming  along  the  bank  in  this  vicinity,  and  also  at  other 
points  on  the  river.  Specimens  were  taken  near  the  head  of  Lake 
Clark,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River,  and  near  the  head  of  Becharof 
Lake.  They  are  said  to  be  very  abundant  at  some  points  not  far  from 
Nushagak  and  on  one  or  two  of  the  smaller  tributaries  of  the  Ugaguk 
River.  Specimens  were  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  and  Ugashik, 
and  11  complete  specimens  from  Becharof  Lake  were  secured  in  1903 
b}T  A.  G.  Maddren.  The  measurements  of  an  adult  male  from  Lake 
Clark  are  as  follows:  Total  length,  512;  tail  vertebrae,  225;  hind  foot, 
69.  The  weights  of  2  females  are  If  pounds  and  2f  pounds, 
respectively. 

In  Aleut,  as  spoken  at  Iliamna  Village,  the  muskrat  is  called  Elig- 
wagh;  as  spoken  at  Igagik,  it  is  Kughwa'luk,  and  in  the  Kenai  of  the 
Lake  Clark  Indians  it  is  Toochoodah. 

Synaptomys  dalli  Merriam.     Dall  Lemming  Mouse. 

Our  first  night's  trapping  at  Iliamna  village  yielded  several  lem- 
ming mice  and  later  more  were  taken  at  the  same  place.  They  were 
again  found  near  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River,  near  the  head  of 
the  south  branch  of  the  Chulitna  River  and  on  the  Nushagak  River 
near  Kakwok.  They  were  usually  found  in  small  colonies  in  very  wet 
swampy  places,  preferably  in  wet  moss.  They  undoubtedly  make 
their  own  runways,  but  share  them  to  some  extent  with  Microtus  and 
Evotomys.     It  was  generally  possible  to  distinguish  their  runways 


36  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

from  those  of  Microfrm  by  their  slightly  smaller  diameter  and  lr\r  their 
situation  in  moss  rather  than  grass  and  weeds.  In  one  place  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  they  occupied  a  small  boggy  place  which 
had  become  partially  filled  with  decaying  logs  and  dead  branches  over- 
grown with  moss.  Their  runways  perforated  the  entire  mass  in  all 
directions,  taking  advantage  of  the  situation  at  every  possible  point. 

In  our  entire  series  of  21  specimens  nearly  all  ages  are  represented, 
from  young  just  out  of  the  nest  to  very  old,  battle-scarred  males. 
They  show  but  little  variation  in  color.  Some  of  the  slightly  imma- 
ture ones  have  a  uniform  brownish  cast  to  the  whole  pelage,  but  the 
majority  have  the  coloration  so  characteristic  of  all  the  species  of  the 
subgenus  Mictomys  and  do  not  differ  from  specimens  from  other  parts 
of  Alaska.  There  is  considerable  variation  in  cranial  characters,  most 
of  which  is  due  to  differences  in  age.  These  variations  are  particu- 
larly in  respect  to  the  shape  of  the  nasals  and  the  size  of  the  audital 
bullae,  indicating  that  some  of  the  characters  supposed  to  distinguish 
S.  dalli  from  S.  wrangeli  may  not  prove  constant  when  good  series 
of  both  are  compared.  The  average  measurements  of  10  specimens, 
males  and  females,  are  as  follows:  Total  length,  127;  tail  vertebra?, 
19.2;  hind  foot,  18.7. 

The  natives  of  Lake  Clark  call  the  lemming  mouse  Kunjoonee,  the 
same  name  also  being  used  for  the  genus  Lemmus. 

Lemmiis  minusculus  sp.  nov. 

Type  from  Kakhtul  River  near  its  junction  with  the  Malchatna  River, 
Alaska.  No.  119612  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Biological  Survey  Col- 
lection. $  ad.  September  1, 1902.  W.  H.  Osgood  and  A.  G.  Maddren. 
Original  number  1903. 

General  characters. — Similar  in  general  to  L.  alascensis  but  much 
smaller;  color  of  anterior  parts  less  contrasted  with  that  of  rest  of 
bod}r;  skull  slightly  characterized. 

Color.— Undev  parts  and  lower  sides  nearly  clear  ochraceous  or 
tawn3r  ochraceous;  pervading  color  of  upper  parts  also  ochraceous  but 
accompanied  with  considerable  mixture  of  black  and  blackish,  which  is 
usually  somewhat  concentrated  medially  to  form  an  indistinct  line  from 
the  nose  to  the  shoulders;  rump  patch  hazel  or  light  chestnut,  less 
extensive  and  less  contrasted  than  in  alascensis  and  trvmucronatiisj 
ears  dusky  or  occasionally  with  a  tew  ochraceous  hairs;  base  of  whisk- 
ers dusky;  feet  seal  brown;  tail  variable,  sometimes  dusky  or  blackish 
above  and  light  buff  below,  and  sometimes  nearly  uniform  pale  buff 
above  and  below. 

Skull. — Similar  to  that  of  alascensis  but  very  much  smaller;  zygo- 
mata less  angular  and  bowed  out;  audital  bullae  more  nearly  parallel, 
usually  more  inflated  and  less  inclined  to  be  compressed  anteriorly; 
basioccipital  and  basisphenoid  correspondingly  slender;  naso-frontal 
region  decidedly  elevated  and  rostrum  depressed. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  37 

Measurements. — Average  of  10  males  from  the  type  locality — total 
length,  131;  tail  vertebra1,  12;  hind  foot,  19;  of  5  females — 122,  12, 
18.5.  Skull:  Greatest  length,  28.5;  basilar  length  of  Ilensel,  25.4; 
zygomatic  width,  19;  mastoid  width,  15;  nasals,  8.9;  diastema,  8.8; 
postpalatal  length,  12.2;  upper  molars,  8. 

Remarks. — Lemmings  were  first  met  with  at  the  upper  forks  of  the 
Chulitna  River,  where  two  specimens  were  taken  August  17.  They 
were  again  found  on  the  south  fork  of  the  river  at  the  Swan  Lake 
portage,  and  again  on  the  Kakhtul  River  near  its  junction  with  the 
Malchatna,  and  on  the  Nushagak  River  near  Kakwok.  Signs  of  them 
were  seen  at  various  places  between  these  points.  They  were  found 
for  the  most  part  in  the  tundra-like  openings  in  the  forest  in  both 
moist  and  comparatively  dry  situations.  The  low,  sloping  banks  of 
small  ponds  where  there  is  particularly  rank  vegetation  seem  to  be 
especially  chosen  by  them.  In  these  places  their  runways  were  found 
in  labyrinths  weaving  through  the  moss  and  in  and  out  among  the 
roots  of  the  shrubby  plants,  particularly  those  of  the  dwarf  birch 
(Betula  glandulosd).  The  runways  were  very  well  beaten  and  evi- 
dently much  used.  Many  very  small  young  were  taken,  but  breeding 
was  evidently  about  over.  One  pregnant  female  containing  4  embryos 
was  taken  on  the  Kakhtul  River  August  29,  and  another  containing  6 
on  September  1.  A  series  of  58  specimens  was  secured,  representing 
various  ages  from  very  small  young  to  adults.  In  color  they  show 
little  variation,  some  few  being  more  suffused  with  ochraceous  than 
others.  Many  of  the  adults  are  in  bright,  fresh-looking  pelage,  but 
the  hair  is  rather  short  and  in  some  the  pelage  is  quite  worn.  None 
of  them  approach  L.  alascensls  in  size,  and  the  slight  differences  in 
color  and  cranial  characters  which  distinguish  them  are  quite  constant. 

Dicrostonyx  nelsoni  Merriam.     Nelson  Pied  Lemming. 

The  catalogues  of  the  National  Museum  record  4  specimens  of 
this  lemming  collected  by  McKay  at  Nushagak.  All  were  taken  in  mid- 
winter— one  in  1881,  two  in  1882,  and  one  in  1883.  True,  in  recording 
them,  quotes  McKay's  notes  as  follows:  "Not  very  common.  Found 
in  the  tundras,  etc."  Careful  search  for  signs  of  these  mice  was  with- 
out success.  A  few  small  burrows,  possibly  of  Dicrostonyx,  were 
found  in  some  sandy  banks  near  the  lower  end  of  Becharof  Lake,  but 
excavation  proved  them  deserted. 

Zapus  hudsonius  (Zimmermann).     Hudson  Bay  Jumping  Mouse. 

Jumping  mice  occurred  sparingly  throughout  the  wooded  region. 
They  were  also  found  beyond  the  limits  of  coniferous  trees  at  Iliamna 
Bay  and  Cold  Bay.  Apparently  favorable  conditions  for  them  exist 
in  much  of  the  tundra  region,  and  it  is  possible  that  they  may  range 
a  short  distance  into  it.  A  badly  mutilated  specimen,  killed  by  dogs, 
was  seen  at  the  head  of  Iliamna  Bay;  another,  in  similar  condition,  was 


38  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

seen  at  Cold  Bay  by  Maddren.  Several  were  taken  in  the  sedges 
about  small  ponds  near  Iliamna  village,  and  in  similar  places  along-  the 
Nogheling  River,  and  near  Keejik  on  Lake  Clark.  Others  were 
secured  near  the  head  of  the  south  branch  of  the  Chulitna  River,  near 
Kakwok  on  the  Nushagak  River,  and  at  Nushagak.  In  all  cases  the}?" 
wore  taken  in  tall  grass  or  sedge,  in  moist  situations.  They  were  seen, 
however,  in  several  instances  in  the  daytime  in  tall  grass  on  compara- 
tively high,  dry  ground. 

Our  specimens  are  much  smaller  than  typical  Zapus  />.  alascensis  and 
plainly  referable  to  true  hudsonius.  The  hind  foot  in  adults  measures 
:>L  mm.,  which  is  about  the  extreme  in  hudsoniux,  indicating  a  possible 
slight  difference  in  size.  The  skulls  are  indistinguishable  from  those 
from  Hudson  Bay. 

Two  specimens  of  Zapus  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  and  recorded 
by  True  were  the  first  jumping  mice  to  be  reported  from  Alaska. 

The  natives  of  Lake  Clark  call  the  jumping  mouse  Un-giry-ah. 

Erethizon  epixanthus  my  ops  Merriam.     Alaska  Porcupine. 

Alaska  porcupines  are  found  sparingty  throughout  the  region.  In  a 
general  way  their  range  corresponds  to  that  of  the  coniferous  forest, 
but  they  have  a  great  fondness  for  the  aments  and  j^oung  leaves  of  the 
alder,  which  probably  accounts  for  their  occasional  or  possibly  regular 
occurrence  in  the  tundra  region.  Two  skulls,  secured  by  Maddren  in 
1903  from  the  Kanatak  natives  and  said  to  have  been  taken  near  the 
head  of  Becharof  Lake,  attest  the  occurrence  of  the  porcupine  con- 
siderably beyond  the  conifers  on  the  peninsula.  We  found  them 
only  along  the  Kakhtul  River,  where  two  specimens  were  taken. 
The  natives  of  Lake  Clark  say  that  porcupines  are  quite  common  in 
that  vicinity.  An  adult  male  taken  on  the  Kakhtul  River  September  1 
weighed  26  pounds.  McKay's  collection  contained  four  specimens 
from  Kakwok  and  Nushagak. 

The  native  name  for  porcupine  is  Nainee.     The  Aleuts  call  them 
Eshaluk. 
Ochotona  collaris  (Nelson).     Collared  Pika. 

Pikas  were  not  found  on  any  of  the  mountains  visited,  although 
conditions  seemed  to  be  favorable  for  them  in  nearly  all  cases.  The 
Indian  guide  insisted  that  they  were  to  be  found  on  a  small  mountain 
which  he  called  Keejik  Mountain,  near  Keejik  Village,  on  Lake  Clark. 
As  he  described  them  fairly  well  and  imitated  their  bark,  it  seems  prob- 
able that  they  are  there.  Two  specimens  are  in  the  National  Museum, 
collected  by  McKay  in  the  Chigmit  Mountains,  which,  in  this  case. 
probably  refers  to  the  mountains  northeast  of  Lake  Iliamna.  True, 
in  his  list  of  McKay's  mammals,  quotes  from  McKay's  notebook  in 
regard  to  these  .specimens  as  follows:  "Said  to  be  very  plentiful  in 
the  mountains.  The  Indians  in  their  vicinity  have  a  superstitious 
dread  about  killing  them,  and  can  not  be  hired  to  do  so." 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  89 

Lepus  othus  Merriam.     Alaskan  Arctic  Hare. 

Arctic  hares  inhabit  the  treeless  region  around  Bristol  Bay  and  out 
on  the  Alaska  Peninsula  probably  for  its  entire  length.  They  occur 
very  sparingly,  however,  and,  although  we  spent  considerable  time 
within  their  range,  we  failed  to  see  any  or  any  fresh  signs  of  them. 
During  1903,  A.  G.  Maddren  secured  a  small  series  of  skulls  from 
Cold  Bay,  Kanatak,  and  the  Becharof  Lake  region.  These  agree  in  all 
important  respects  with  topotypes  of  othus  from  St.  Michael,  and  fail 
to  show  the  narrow  rostrum  of  poadromus  from  the  western  part  of 
the  Alaska  Peninsula.  Two  specimens  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak 
are  recorded  by  True. 

The  Aleut  name  for  the  Arctic  hare  is  Ushkanuk. 

Lepus  amerieanus  dalli  Merriam.     Dall  Varying  Hare. 

Common  throughout  the  timbered  region.  Hares  were  especially 
abundant  about  Lake  Clark  and  along  the  Chulitna  River,  where  their 
conspicuous  runways  were  encountered  nearly  every  time  we  went 
ashore.  These  runways  are  usually  most  numerous  in  low  ground, 
not  too  wet,  but  thickly  carpeted  with  moss,  although  this  preference 
is  not  very  decided.  In  following  them  one  is  led  uphill  and  down, 
through  moss,  grass,  or  brush,  across  open  flats  or  through  dense  for- 
ests, and  over  rocky  knolls  or  through  wet  swamps  where  water  often 
stands  several  inches  deep  in  the  runways  themselves.  In  summer  the 
hares  feed  largely  on  the  tops  of  the  dwarf  birch  which  abounds. 
About  Lake  Clark  we  seldom  saw  a  clump  of  it  that  had  not  been 
nipped.  They  also  eat  twigs  of  other  small  shrubs  and  occasionally 
try  green  grass  stems,  long  cuttings  of  which  we  sometimes  found  in 
their  runways.  Specimens  were  easily  secured,  and  a  small  series, 
chiefly  from  Lake  Clark,  was  preserved.  These  are  very  similar  to 
specimens  of  true  amerieanus  from  Hudson  Bay,  and  there  is  consid- 
erable variation  among  them,  nearly  sufficient  to  cover  the  characters 
of  dalli.     There  is,  however,  a  slight  average  difference. 

Lynx  canadensis  (Kerr).     Canada  Lynx. 

We  saw  no  signs  of  the  Canada  Lynx,  and  were  informed  by  the 
natives  that  it  is  of  rather  rare  occurrence  in  the  region. 

The  Kenai  name  for  it  is  Kashznah;  the  Aleut  is  Etochtoolik. 

Canis  albus  (Sabine)/'     Northern  Wolf. 

Wolf  tracks  were  seen  on  a  few  of  the  beaches  of  Lake  Clark  and 
also  about  the  portage  from  the  Chulitna  River  to  Swan  Lake.  We 
saw  a  skin  of  one  that  had  been  killed  by  prospectors  in  the  winter  of 

"Possibly  the  Alaska  wolf  is  separable  from  other  northern  forms,  but  until  this 
is  determined  the  name  albus  Sabine,  1823,  may  be  used.  The  only  name  prior  to 
albus  is  mexicanus  Linn.,  1766,  which  unquestionably  applies  to  another  form. 
Say's  name,  nubilus,  which  is  of  even  date  with  albus,  may  be  disregarded  on  the  same 
grounds. 


40  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [ho.  24. 

1901  near  the  Malchatna  River.  Wolves  are  said  to  be  common  on 
the  Alaska  Peninsula,  but  we  failed  to  see  or  hear  them,  or  even  to 
find  their  tracks. 

Vulpes  alascensis  Merriam.     Alaska  Red  Fox. 

Foxes  are  very  abundant  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula,  and  fairly  com- 
mon in  the  adjacent  regions  to  the  northeast  through  which  we  traveled. 
Their  tracks  were  frequently  seen  about  Lake  Clark  and  along  the 
Chulitna  River.  On  August  24,  near  Swan  Lake,  W.  L.  Fleming  saw  a 
bright-colored  red  fox  running  rapidly  along  a  ridge.  The  following 
day,  while  crossing  the  portage,  I  surprised  one  that  was  calmly  brows- 
ing on  huckleberries  on  the  side  of  a  little  gully.  Later,  members  of 
the  party  saw  foxes  on  several  occasions  on  Becharof  Lake  and  at 
Cold  Bay,  where  several  specimens  were  taken.  During  the  winter 
of  1902-3  the  natives  of  Kanatak  trapped  over  100  red  foxes,  chiefly 
about  the  head  of  Becharof  Lake.  Twelve  perfect  specimens  were 
secured  from  them  by  Maddren,  besides  a  splendid  series  of  50 
skulls.  A  few  skulls  were  obtained  from  natives  at  Kakwok  and 
Ikhok  on  the  Nushagak  River.  Fox  tracks  were  seen  in  great  num- 
bers on  all  the  sandy  beaches  about  Becharof  Lake.  According  to 
the  natives  the}7  are  to  be  found  in  similar  numbers  all  along  the 
peninsula.  Specimens  from  Becharof  Lake  and  Cold  Bay  are 
decidedly  more  richly  colored  than  V.  fulvus.  The  pervading  color 
is  deep  hazel,  except  where  diluted  by  creamy  white;  it  is  most  con- 
centrated on  the  middle  of  the  shoulders  and  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
tail.  The  face,  nose,  and  forehead  have  considerable  admixture  of 
white  hairs,  but  the  predominating  rufous  effect  is  much  deeper  than 
in  V.  fulvus.  The  flesh  measurements  of  two  young  adults  from  Cold 
Bay  are  as  follows :  Male — total  length,  1,115;  tail  vertebra?,  440;  hind 
foot,  188.  Female — total  length,  1,040;  tail  vertebra?,  375;  hind  foot, 
175.  The  skulls  of  the  Cold  Bay  specimens  differ  from  the  type  only 
in  having  slightly  more  slender  z}7gomata  and  longer  and  narrower 
nasals.  In  these  respects  they  approach  abietorum.  The  type,  which 
is  a  male,  agrees  in  size  of  teeth  with  females  from  Cold  Bay,  and  is 
slightly  smaller  than  the  males  from  the  same  place. 

McKay's  collection  contained  "two  very  fine  male  specimens  (13618, 
13619)  from  Nushagak,  captured  on  February  20  and  15,  1882, 
respectively."    (True,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  IX,  p.  221,  1886). 

Vulpes  lagopus  innuitus  Merriam.     Continental  Arctic  Fox. 

Straggling  individuals  of  the  Arctic  fox  are  not  infrequently  found 
as  far  south  as  the  north  shore  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula,  doubtless 
having  followed  the  pack  ice  in  winter.  One  was  killed  by  fishermen 
near  Igagik  in  the  spring  of  1902.  They  are  also  said  to  be  found  in 
the  Togiak  district  and  very  rarely  at  Nushagak. 


nov  kmber,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  41 

Ursus  americanus  Pallas.     Black  Bear. 

The  Indians  of  Uiamna  Village  say  that  according  to  tradition  a  few 
black  bears  were  formerly  found  in  the  mountains  northeast  from 
there,  but  that  in  recent  years  none  have  been  seen.  As  far  as  we 
could  learn  they  do  not  occur  elsewhere  in  the  region.  Their  west- 
ward limit  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  peninsula  is  about  coincident  with 
that  of  the  coniferous  trees,  which  cease  a  short  distance  east  of 
Iliamna  Ba}r.  The  westernmost  records  of  the  black  bear  known  to 
the  writer  are  those  of  two  killed  at  Chinitna  Bay  in  1901  by  the  party 
of  J.  H.  Kidder,  of  Boston,  Mass/'  Two  specimens  of  small  cubs 
secured  by  McKay  from  the  Kakwok  Indians  in  1882  were  question- 
ably referred  to  Ursus  americanus  by  True.  These  may,  however, 
have  been  the  }Toung  of  the  large  brown  bear. 

The  Kenai  Indians  call  the  black  bear  Yerdeeshlah. 

TJrsus  kidderi  Merriam.     Kidder  Bear. 

Ursus  dalli  gyas  Merriam.     Peninsula  Brown  Bear. 

Brown  bears  were  formerly  abundant  in  much  of  the  country 
through  which  we  passed,  but  the  persistent  hunting  by  the  natives 
since  the  introduction  of  modern  repeating  rifles  has  reduced  their 
numbers  greatly.  They  still  occur  in  many  localities,  but  have 
become  extremely  sh}r  and  are  seldom  obtained  unless  a  special  cam- 
paign for  them  is  conducted.  In  the  course  of  our  entire  trip  we 
saw  remarkably  few  signs  of  bears.  In  fact,  the  only  really  fresh 
tracks  seen  were  those  of  a  medium-sized  one  which  had  been  fishing 
along  a  small  stream  emptying  into  Lake  Iliamna  near  the  Nogheling 
portage.  This  region  about  Lake  Iliamna  was  formerly  a  favorite 
hunting  ground  for  the  natives.  Chief  Michaluf,  of  the  small  remain- 
ing village  known  as  Iliamna  Village,  enjoys  the  reputation  of  being 
the  greatest  bear  hunter  of  his  generation,  having,  according  to  local 
report,  scores  of  bears  to  his  credit.  There  are  yet  a  good  many  bears 
in  the  vicinity  of  this  big  lake,  and  a  few  have  been  killed  each  season 
in  recent  years.  Several  old  bear  trails  were  found  on  the  mountains 
near  the  head  of  Lake  Clark.  In  following  them  we  noticed  a  few 
'  bear  trees '  with  the  bark  torn  off  and  the  trunks  scored  with  claw 
marks.  The  highest  scratches  were  found  to  be  only  7  feet  and  9 
inches  from  the  nearest  place  where  a  bear  might  stand,  indicating 
that  no  very  huge  individuals  had  passed  that  way.  In  all  cases  the 
trees  marked  in  this  manner  were  white  spruce.  Considerable  old 
'sign1  of  bears  was  seen  along  the  Kakhtul  and  Nushagak  rivers,  but 
the  fishing  season  was  over  and  the  big  fellows  had  presumably  retired 
to  the  mountains,  though  no  traces  of  them  were  found  during  the 
limited  trips  we  made  away  from  the  water  courses.     We  saw  very 

« Outing  Magazine,  Jan.,  1903,  p.  474. 


42  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

little  'sign'  along  the  Ugaguk  River  and  Becharof  Lake.  The  natives 
say  that  this  is  not  a  good  place  for  bears,  though  they  are  quite 
common  about  the  Ugashik  lakes  near  there. 

The  following  notes  on  the  habits  of  the  brown  bears  of  the  Alaska 
Peninsula  are  largely  such  as  have  been  derived  from  old  native 
hunters.  Most  of  the  statements  have  been  corroborated  to  a  certain 
degree  by  independent  discussion  of  the  same  subjects  at  different 
times  with  different  individuals.  As  to  the  former  great  abundance 
of  these  bears  there  can  be  no  doubt.  The  records  of  the  fur  traders 
do  not  fairly  indicate  this,  for  bearskins  have  usually  been  compara- 
tively low  priced  and  the  natives  have  been  urged  to  secure  the  smaller, 
more  valuable,  and  more  easily  handled  furs.  Not  more  than  fifteen 
years  ago  it  was  not  uncommon  to  see  from  eight  to  fifteen  bears  scat- 
tered about  on  one  mountain  side.  Those  natives  who  have  had  an 
opportunity  to  see  cattle  feeding  on  the  hills  of  Kodiak  Island  invari- 
ably compare  them  to  the  bears  they  saw  in  their  younger  days.  Pio- 
neer white  men  also  say  the  same  of  the  great  abundance  of  the  ani- 
mal in  the  not  very  distant  past.  The  season  of  activity  of  the  bears 
varies,  but  is  usually  from  the  latter  part  of  March  or  earty  April  to 
the  earl}T  part  of  November.  They  are  not  particularly  averse  to  snow, 
and  their  tracks  are  often  seen  in  it,  but  the  date  of  their  retirement  in 
fall  and  of  their  reappearance  in  spring  depends  upon  the  severity  of 
the  season,  so  that  sometimes  they  may  go  in  as  early  as  October  and 
not  come  out  until  April.  Sometimes,  when  disturbed,  they  come  out 
for  a  short  while  in  midwinter.  Their  dens  are  chosen  in  rocky, 
remote  places  in  the  mountains,  to  which  they  are  sometimes  tracked 
by  the  natives,  both  with  and  without  the  aid  of  dogs.  The  }7oung  are 
always  born  before  the  female  comes  out  of  her  winter  quarters.  The 
date  of  birth  is  ordinarily  sometime  in  January,  doubtless  varying 
considerably  in  individual  cases,  for  during  the  summer  cubs  of  differ- 
ent sizes  may  be  seen  on  the  same  date.  At  birth  the  young  are  blind, 
naked,  and  helpless;  they  vary  in  number  from  one  to  four.  Two 
is  the  usual  number,  three  is  not  very  uncommon,  while  four  is  quite 
rare.  They  follow  the  mother  until  the  end  of  their  second  summer, 
when  they  are  often  nearly  as  large  as  she  is. 

Although  numbers  of  the  adults  frequent  some  localities,  it  is  gen- 
erally safe  to  assume  that  -three  or  four  bears  found  together  constitute 
one  family.  The  cubs  are  mischievous  and  playful  and  receive  many 
a  stern  reproving  cuff  from  their  mother.  The  brown  bears  avail 
themselves  of  everything  the  country  affords  in  the  way  of  food, 
including  fish,  flesh,  fruit,  roots,  and  grass,  a  variety  that  was  scarcely 
exceeded  by  the  natives  when  under  aboriginal  conditions.  When 
the}'  first  come  out  in  the  spring,  they  eat  young  grass,  herbage,  and 
roots,  and  if  they  are  near  the  coast,  take  a  little  kelp.  In  secur- 
ing and  handling  these  as  well  as  their  other  food  they  display  much 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  .  43 

deftness  and  a  control  of  their  foreclaws  seldom  accredited  to  their 
kind.  In  the  spring-  they  also  enjoy,  now  and  then,  a  meal  on  a  ground 
squirrel  (Oitelltts).  Hunting  these  squirrels  and  digging  them  out 
seems  to  be  a  combination  of  business  and  pleasure  for  the  bears,  and 
the  antics  they  go  through  are  very  interesting  to  the  onlooker. 
The  bear  is  usually  so  intent  on  the  game  that  he  himself  is  easily 
approached.  Sometimes  he  slips  along  a  hillside  and  tries  to  catch  the 
squirrel  by  a  sudden  pounce,  but  this  usually  fails.  When  the  squir- 
rel dodges  into  its  near-by  burrow,  new  tactics  are  adopted.  The  bear 
immediately  begins  to  dig,  throwing  out  big  turfs  and  clods  at  each 
stroke,  using  the  left  hand  chiefly  and  watching  the  hole  intently  all 
the  time.  While  this  is  going  on,  the  squirrel  sometimes  runs  out 
between  the  legs  of  the  bear  and  makes  for  another  hole.  Possibly 
he  is  caught  by  a  quick  pounce.  If  he  escapes,  excavations  begin 
immediately  at  the  new  hole.  The  bear  digs  for  a  few  strokes,  and 
then  stops  to  poke  his  nose  into  the  hole  and  sniff.  Finally  his  efforts 
are  successful  and  the  luckless  squirrel  is  devoured. 

As  soon  as  the  salmon  begin  to  enter  the  streams,  bruin  makes  fish- 
ing his  chief  business.  He  varies  his  diet  somewhat,  however,  and 
occasionally  leaves  the  streams  for  the  mountain  sides,  but  in  a  short 
time  returns  again  to  the  fish.  The  fish  in  large  numbers  usually 
ascend  the  streams  for  the  entire  summer,  and  the  supply  is  practically 
unlimited.  In  fishing  the  bears  do  not  get  all  their  prey  in  shallow 
water  or  on  bars  and  riffles  in  small  streams,  as  is  generally  supposed, 
but  often  go  into  comparatively  deep  water  in  large  streams.  Practi- 
cally all  the  fishing  is  done  at  night  or  very  early  in  the  morning; 
though  their  habits  in  this  respect  have  doubtless  changed  in  recent 
decades,  since  they  have  been  hunted  so  much.  It  is  most  interesting 
to  watch  an  old  she  bear  with  cubs.  The  cubs  do  not  attempt  to  fish, 
but  stay  on  the  bank  and  receive  contributions.  The  old  she  bear 
stands  upright  and  wades  in  water  even  up  to  her  neck,  going  very 
slowly  with  the  current,  watching  the  water  and  scarcely  making  a 
ripple  in  it.  She  holds  her  arms  down  at  her  sides  with  her  hands 
spread,  and  when  she  feels  a  salmon  coming  up  against  her,  clutches 
it  with  her  claws  and  throws  it  out  on  the  bank  to  the  expectant 
cubs.  Often  she  stands  perfectly  motionless  for  a  considerable  time, 
and  when  she  moves,  it  is  with  extreme  deliberation  and  caution. 
After  supplying  the  cubs  she  puts  the  next  fish  in  her  mouth  and  goes 
ashore  to  eat  it.  If  salmon  are  plentiful  or  easily  obtained,  the  two 
sides  of  a  fish  are  all  that  she  will  eat;  sometimes  she  even  scorns 
these  and  fastidiously  crunches  the  head  and  leaves  the  rest.  The  gills 
are  never  eaten.  The  cubs  are  not  so  particular,  but  chew  their  por- 
tions haphazard.  In  case  they  have  any  difficulties  among  themselves 
in  apportioning  the  tidbits,  they  are  promptly  cuffed  by  the  parent. 

When  fishing  in  shallow  water,  the  bear  walks  slowly  on  all  fours  as 


44  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

silently  as  possible,  and  when  a  fish  appears  in  a  riffle  deals  it  a  sharp 
blow  on  the  head.  During1  the  fishing  season  the  bears  make  deep 
trails  in  the  grass  along  the  bank,  where  at  short  intervals  bones  and 
other  remnants  of  salmon  in  large  quantities  testify  to  bruin's  ability 
as  a  piscatorial  sportsman.  Occasionally  by  following  some  of  the 
branches  of  these  trails  one  may  discover  the  midday  resting  place  of 
the  nocturnal  fishers.  One  that  I  saw  on  the  Kakhtul  River  was  an  ideal 
retreat.  A  soft  bed  was  made  in  the  grass  and  moss  under  the  thick 
shelving  branches  of  a  small  spruce.  Around  this  small  alders  and 
willows  formed  a  sort  of  inclosure  which  opened  on  one  side  and  gave  an 
outlook  upon  the  river.  The  whole  place  had  an  air  of  coziness  which 
would  appeal  to  anyone  accustomed  to  selecting  camping  sites.  In  the 
fall,  toward  the  end  of  the  salmon  run,  when  fishing  becomes  unprofit- 
able, most  of  the  bears  retire  to  the  hills,  where  they  feed  on  berries 
and  put  on  fat  during  the  last  few  weeks  preceding  hibernation.  The 
black  crowberry  {Empetrwn  nigrum)  is  eaten  in  great  quantities,  and 
various  species  of  Yaccinium  which  abound  are  also  taken.  In  mov- 
ing up  and  down  the  mountains  the  bears  usually  follow  the  ridges, 
as  shown  by  their  trails,  which  often  indicate  years  of  use.  These  old 
trails  do  not  resemble  ordinary  game  trails,  which  are  merely  paths,  but 
each  consists  of  a  succession  of  distinct,  irregularly  oblong  indentations 
in  the  turf,  alternating  from  side  to  side,  a  sort  of  composite  of  the 
prints  that  have  been  made  by  many  feet  during  many  seasons.  These 
depressions  become  nearly  18  inches  in  length  by  10  inches  in  width  and 
from  two  to  four  inches  in  depth.  They  are  often  quite  conspicuous 
and  can  be  seen  for  a  considerable  distance. 

The  two  types  of  coloration  commonly  shown  by  these  species  of 
bears,  the  dark  brown  and  the  light  brown  or  even  creamy,  do  not 
seem  to  be  anything  more  than  color  phases  or  individual  variations. 
I  have  examined  numbers  of  skins,  and,  in  all  lots  exceeding  a  half 
dozen,  both  phases,  or  modifications  of  both,  were  represented.  More- 
over, the  natives  tell  me  that  the}T  have  often  seen  a  light  and  a  dark 
cub  following  the  same  mother.  A  certain  amount  of  this  difference 
in  color  among  the  adults  ma}r  be  seasonal,  but  it  does  not  seem 
probable  that  it  is  entirely  so,  for  skins  of  both  general  types  are 
frequently  seen  in  the  same  apparent  condition,  and  are  alleged  to 
have  been  secured  at  the  same  season. 

The  geographic  distribution  of  the  various  forms  of  the  Alaska 
brown  bears  is  still  imperfectly  known.  Even  the  range  of  the  group 
as  a  whole  is  not  thoroughly  understood  owing  to  the  impossibility  of 
distinguishing  them  from  grizzlies  in  reports  which  come  from  locali- 
ties not  represented  by  specimens.  JJ.  dull!  gyas  extends  westward 
at  least  from  Cook  Inlet  to  and  including  Unimak  Island;  large  bears 
are  found  also  on  Nunivak  Island  and  on  the  coast  of  Bering  Sea  from 
Bristol   Bay  northward,  and  probably  range  over  much  of  the  north- 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  MAMMALS. 


45 


era  and  western  part  of  Alaska.  To  what  extent  the  group  ranges 
into  the  interior  of  the  Territory  is  not  known,  and  specimens  with 
good  skulls  and  reliable  data  from  any  point  in  the  interior  are  greatly 
desired. 

Lutra  canadensis  (Schreber).     Land  Otter. 

Land  otters  were  formerly  quite  common  on  the  Iliamna  River, 
and  a  few  are  still  obtained  there  every  year.  The}r  are  also  found 
along  the  shores  of  Iliamna  Lake  and  on  some  of  the  small  islands  in 
the  lake,  as  well  as  on  Lake  Clark.  Considerable  '  sign '  of  otters  was 
seen  on  the  Swan  River,  and  one  evening  three  of  the  animals  were 
startled  from  the  bank  as  we  were  floating  downstream  near  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Swan  and  the  Kakhtul.  On  sighting  the  canoe  they  plunged 
into  the  water  and  swam  frantically  downstream  at  about  10  yards 
from  the  shore,  evidently  making  for  refuge  in  holes  in  the  bank. 
We  were  on  the  other  side  of  the  river  and  crossed  the  current  with 
some  difficulty,  being  so  much  interested  in  watching  the  evolutions 
of  the  otters  that  we  did  not  get  within  shotgun  range  of  them  until 
they  hauled  out  on  the  bank  about  100  yards  below  the  point  from 
which  they  started.  A  charge  of  buckshot  was  tired  at  the  last  one  as 
he  was  leaving  the  water,  but,  though  wounded,  he  managed  to  escape. 
The  animals  swam  with  great  rapidity,  proceeding  by  a  succession  of 
leaps  and  dives  and  coming  clear  out  of  the  water  like  porpoises. 

Otters  are  quite  common  in  the  vicinity  of  Becharof  Lake,  and  are 
said  to  be  found  in  considerable  numbers  all  along  the  Alaska  Penin- 
sula. Their  trails  were  frequently  found  along  small  streams  empt}r- 
ing  into  the  lake,  and  generally  ran  through  tall  grass,  up  and  down 
and  along  the  banks.  Several  skins  taken  in  the  vicinity  of  the  lake 
were  brought  in  October  by  natives  to  be  traded  at  Cold  Bay.  An 
immature  specimen  from  the  Nushagak  River  was  contained  in  McKay's 
collection  as  recorded  by  True.  One  complete  specimen  and  several 
skulls  from  Becharof  Lake  were  secured  in  1903  by  Maddren. 

The  Aleut  name  for  the  land  otter  is  Ah'kweeah;  the  Kenai  Indian 
is  Chweeneelingoch. 

Lutreola  vison  melampeplus  Elliot.     Kenai  Mink. 

In  spite  of  continued  trapping  by  natives  for  furs,  the  mink  is  still 
fairly  common  in  much  of  the  region  of  the  base  of  the  Alaska  Penin- 
sula. It  is  said  to  be  found  in  small  numbers  along  the  Iliamna  River. 
More  or  less  'sign'  of  it  was  found  along  the  Nogheling,  Chulitna, 
Kakhtul,  Nushagak,  and  Ugaguk  rivers,  but  usually  at  such  times 
and  under  such  circumstances  that  an}^  attempt  to  secure  specimens 
was  impossible.  Tracks  were  frequently  seen  in  soft  mud  along  the 
narrow  course  of  the  south  branch  of  the  Chulitna.  While  gliding 
down  the  stream  one  dark  night  with  a  native  in  a  bidarka,  I  startled 
a  mink  at  a  sudden  bend  in  the  stream.     It  did  not  perceive  us  until 


46  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

we,  also  unaware,  were  within  a  few  feet,  and  then,  instead  of  diving 
as  might  have  been  expected,  it  dashed  up  the  bank  and  away  through 
the  long  grass  and  low  bushes,  making  a  great  commotion.  Two 
specimens  were  secured  near  the  head  of  Becharof  Lake  and  three 
at  Cold  Bay,  and  several  odd  skulls  were  obtained  from  natives  on 
the  Kakhtul  and  Nushagak  rivers.  These,  on  account  of  their  large 
size  and  very  dark  color,  and  particularly  on  account  of  the  absence 
of  any  white  pectoral  spot,  are  provisionally  referred  to  L.  v.  melam- 
j)rj>/i/,s  Elliot,"  although  they  have  not  been  compared  with  specimens 
from  the  Kenai  Peninsula,  the  type  locality  of  melampeplus.  The  live 
skins  from  Becharof  Lake  and  Cold  Bay  are  all  characterized  b}r  uni- 
form dark  underparts  without  the  usual  white  pectoral  patch/  The 
measurements  of  the  largest  male  are  as  follows:  Total  length,  660; 
tail  vertebra?,  220;  hind  foot,  73.  Other  males,  respectivel}r :  647, 
215,70;  651,212,70.  Females:  563,189,  61;  557,  190,  63.  Weights: 
Male,  3  pounds;  female,  If  pounds. 

At  Iliamna  Village  the  mink  is  called  in  Aleut  Emachamooduk;  in 
Kenai  Yarkeechah;  at  Igagik  it  is  Ko'chcheechuk. 

Putorius  arcticus  Merriam.     Arctic  Weasel. 

One  weasel  was  secured  at  Nushagak  and  another  near  the  head  of 
Becharof  Lake;  several  others  were  added  to  the  collection  in  1903  by 
A.  G.  Maddren.  Six  specimens  were  taken  in  1881  b}r  McKay  fit 
Ugashik. 

The  Indians  of  Iliamna  Village  call  the  weasel  Tahkiak  and  Kahool- 
cheenah;  the  Aleuts  call  it  Ameetahduk. 

Mustela  americana  Turton.     Marten. 

Evidently  quite  rare,  as  we  heard  very  little  of  it  from  the  natives. 
This  might  naturally  be  expected,  as  it  is  a  forest-loving  animal,  and 
the  region  under  consideration  is  on  the  edge  of  its  range.  The 
natives  of  Iliamna  call  it  Kcheegochah. 

Gulo  luscus  (Linnaeus).     Wolverine. 

Wolverines  are  found  sparingly  throughout  the  region,  being  rather 
common  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula.  A  few  skins  were  seen  in  the 
trader's  store  at  Nushagak.    The  traders  take  advantage  of  the  natives' 

"  Field  Columbian  Mus.,  Zool.  Ser.,  Ill,  pp.  170-171,  April,  1903. 

&Since  this  was  written  a  series  of  eight  skins  and  a  large  number  of  skulls  from 
Becharof  Lake  have1  been  received  from  A.  (i.  Maddren.  These  show  the  same 
dark  color,  four  of  them  being  without  trace  of  white  and  the  other  four  with  only 
very  tiny  spots  on  chin  and  breast.  Specimens  without  white  are  very  rare  in  L.  v. 
energumenos,  which  usually  has  an  extensive  pectoral  patch.  A  single  specimen 
from  Tyonek,  Cook  Inlet,  was  previously  referred  to  energumenos  (North  Am. 
Fauna,  No.  21,  p.  69,  September,  1901),  its  dark  brown  immaculate  underparts  being 
regarded  as  due  t<>  individual  variation.  Willi  a  scries  of  fourteen  specimens,  in  all 
of  which  the  white  markings  are  nearly  or  entirely  obsolete,  it  now  seems  evident 
that  a  recognizable  subspecies  occurs  in  the  Cook  Inlet  and  Alaska  Peninsula  region. 


November,  1904.]  MAMMALS.  47 

peculiar  fondness  for  the  coarse  fur  of  the  wolverine  as  trimming  for 
their  garments,  and  never  ship  the  skins  out  of  the  country,  but  resell 
them  to  the  natives  at  high  prices.  A  single  skin  obtained  from  a 
native  in  urgent  need  of  provisions,  for  from  $2  to  $5  in  trade.  is 
sometimes  cut  up  into  sections  and  bartered  piecemeal  for  other  furs 
to  the  value  of  as  much  as  $30. 

The  Aleut  name  used  for  the  wolverine  at  Iliamna  Village  is  Drak- 
linyuk;  at  Igagik  it  is  Machawhii'luc;  the  Lake  Clark  Indians  call  it 
Brush/ili. 

Latax  lutris  (Linnams).     Sea  Otter. 

The  coast  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula  from  Iliamna  Bay  westward  was 
formerly  much  frequented  b}^  sea  otters.  Kamishak  Bay  was  a  favor- 
ite hunting  ground  for  the  natives  of  Iliamna  Village  and  others. 
Even  within  the  last  five  years  parties  have  hunted  otters  there  with 
considerable  success.  A  sea  otter  is  occasionally  secured  by  hunting 
from  shore  in  calm  weather,  when  the  animal  ma}T  come  in  near  enough 
to  be  shot.  The  hunter  stations  himself  on  a  high  lookout,  usually  a 
rocky  bluff,  and  carefully  watches  the  w^ater.  If  an  otter  is  seen 
within  rifle  shot,  and  a  lucky  shot  is  made,  the  chances  are  good  that 
the  prize  will  be  secured.  One  was  taken  in  this  manner  in  December, 
1902,  at  Wide  Bay,  and  another  the  preceding  winter  near  Cold  Bay. 
One  skull  secured  by  Maddren  from  a  Kanatak  native  is  in  our  col- 
lection. 

The  Aleut  name  for  the  sea  otter  is  Ah'chgh-nahchgh. 

Erignathus  barbatus  nauticus  (Pallas).     Western  Bearded  Seal. 
Phoca  nautica  Pallas,  Zoog.  Rosso-Asiat.,  I,  pp.  108-109,  1811. 

A  young  bearded  seal  was  killed  by  natives  near  our  camp  on  the 
Ugaguk  River  October  3.  I  offered  a  variety  of  articles  in  exchange 
for  its  'skin,  but  all  were  scornful^  rejected.  The  skull,  however, 
was  secured  for  a  trifle.  The  natives  prize  the  skin  very  highly  on 
account  of  its  great  utility  as  material  for  making  the  soles  of  their 
skin  boots.  It  was  also  used  formerl}T  for  making  kyaks  and  bidarkas, 
but  on  account  of  its  scarcity  its  use  has  now  become  restricted  almost 
entirely  to  the  making  of  boot  soles.  The  flesh  and  blubber  of  this 
seal  are  also  much  in  favor  with  the  natives.  Their  name  for  the 
animal  is  Makluk,  very  similar  to  "mukluk,"  which  is  what  their  skin 
boots  are  called. 

On  comparing  the  skull  from  the  Ugaguk  River  with  others  from 
Greenland  and  the  eastern  coast  of  North  America  several  slight  differ- 
ences were  noticed.  These  cranial  characters  are  constant  in  the  small 
series  from  each  side  of  the  continent  which  I  have  been  able  to 
examine,  and  I  have  therefore  adopted  the  name  Phoca  nautica  of 
Pallas  for  the  bearded  seal  of  the  northern  coasts  of  Alaska  and  Siberia. 
Several  skulls  from  Plover  Bay,  Siberia,  agree  with  those  from  the 


48  NORTH    AMP;RICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Alaska  coast,  which  confirms  the  belief  that  the  Bering  Sea  form  is 
a  general  entity  as  contrasted  with  the  form  of  the  northeastern 
Atlantic  coasts.  The  most  obvious  and  constant  character  of  the 
skulls  from  Bering  Sea  is  the  shortness  of  the  nasals.  They  are 
shorter  and  wider  than  in  typical  barbatus,  and  correspond  to  a  general 
biachycephalic  condition  of  all  parts  of  the  skull.  The  brain  case  is 
wider  and  fuller;  the  rostral  portion  of  the  skull  anterior  to  the  infra- 
orbital foramina  is  heavier  and  thicker,  and  the  palate,  basisphenoid, 
and  basioccipital  are  wider.  Another  possible  character  is  shown  in 
the  lack  of  a  decided  space  between  the  last  two  upper  molars.  In 
the  skulls  which  I  have  seen,  this  space  is  very  pronounced  in  typical 
barbatus  and  almost  or  totally  lacking  in  naicticus. 

Phoca  richardi  Gray.     Pacific  Harbor  Seal. 

The  skulls  of  seven  harbor  seals  taken  by  natives  along  the  Alaska 
Peninsula  between  Kanatak  and  Katmai  were  secured  in  the  fall  of 
1903  by  A.  G.  Maddren.  The  adults  of  these  agree  essentially  with 
skulls  from  the  Pribilof  Islands,  and  in  case  the  subspecies  pribilqfensis 
proves  entitled  to  recognition  they  should  be  referred  to  it.a  Among 
the  immature  ones  are  several,  strictly  comparable,  which  do  not 
differ  from  the  only  available  skulls  of  true  richardi  from  Puget 
Sound. 

«  Doctor  Allen's  recent  separation  of  the  northern  hair  seals  under  the  name  pribilo- 
fensis  may  fairly  be  called  provisional,  since  the  available  material  was  admittedly  a 
rather  meager  basis  for  such  separation.  (Cf.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p. 
495,  Dec.  12,  1902. )  While  admitting  the  probability  that  the  seals  of  Bering  Sea 
may  differ  subspecifically  from  those  of  Puget  Sound,  I  am  unable  to  appreciate 
any  characters  whatever  after  an  examination  of  all  the  material  now  available. 
Even  if  the  alleged  characters  should  prove  real  and  constant,  there  still  might  be 
some  question  as  to  the  advisability  of  recognizing  three  forms  on  the  Pacific  coast, 
for  it  would  be  a  case  of  two  extremes  (geronimensis  and  ])ribilofensis)  and  an  inter- 
mediate (richardi).  The  differences  between  the  extremes  being  only  of  size,  and 
these  not  very  marked,  there  would  scarcely  seem  to  be  room  for  more  than  two 
definable  forms. 

In  the  light  of  Doctor  Allen's  careful  study  of  the  seals  of  the  North  Pacific,  it  is 
evident  that  the  name  Phoca  largha  can  no  longer  be  used  for  the  hair  seals  of  the 
Alaskan  coast.  The  summary  disposition  of  the  name  altogether  as  entirely  unidenti- 
fiable is  surprising,  however.  Like  many  other  names  (possibly  the  majority)  pro- 
posed by  early  authors,  this  one  applies  equally  well  to  several  species.  It  is 
restricted  to  a  reasonably  definite  locality,  and  is  not  composite  in  the  ordinary  sense 
of  the  term,  but  merely  insufficiently  diagnosed,  as  judged  by  recently  established 
standards.  Therefore,  to  be  consistent,  it  should  be  restricted  to  one  of  the  fornix  to 
which  it  unquestionably  applies,  as  has  been  done  in  many  similar  cases.  Its  rejec- 
tion at  the  present  time  is  largely  a  matter  of  accident,  for  if  we  suppose  a  different 
history  of  the  knowledge  of  the  animals,  there  would  now  be  no  question  as  to  the 
use  of  the  name.  That  is,  if  specimens  of  only  one  of  the  three  spotted  seals  of 
Kamchatka  had  come  into  the  hands  of  a  modern  naturalist,  instead  of  all  three  at 
the  same  time,  the  name  largha  would  have  been  applied  to  it  without  question,  and 
the  subsequent  discovery  of  the  other  two  could  not  have  affected  its  status  in  the 
least. 


NOVEMBER,  190-1. 


MAMMALS.  49 


A  spotted  seal  is  reported  as  a  permanent  resident  of  the  fresh 
waters  of  Lake  Iliamna.  While  in  this  vicinity  we  made  efforts  to 
secure  specimens  of  this  seal  from  the  natives,  and  Maddren  tried 
again  in  1903,  but  none  were  obtained.  All  reports  are  to  the  effect 
that  it  differs  from  the  ordinary  harbor  seal,  but  the  only  character 
mentioned  b}^  the  natives  is  size,  some  stating  that  it  is  larger  and 
others  that  it  is  smaller  than  the  salt-water  form.  Most  of  those 
killed  are  said  to  have  been  found  in  the  Kvichak  River  or  in  the 
lake  near  the  outlet  into  the  river,  which  seems  to  indicate  that  the 
animals,  whether  distinct  or  not,  go  back  and  forth  from  Bristol  Bay 
to  Lake  Iliamna. 

The  Aleut  name  for  the  seal  is  Ishooik. 

Odobenus  obesus  (Illiger).     Pacific  Walrus. 

A  very  limited  number  of  walruses  still  occur  about  some  of  the  small 
islands  in  Togiak  Bay  west  of  Nushagak,  and  on  the  north  coast  of  the 
Alaska  Peninsula  in  the  vicinity  of  the  native  village  of  Unangashik. 
Large  quantities  of  walrus  bones,  witnesses  of  bygone  slaughters,  are 
to  be  found  at  various  points  along  the  peninsula.  ®ne  such  place 
was  reported  by  the  fishermen  of  Igigik,  who  had  recently  found  it 
while  on  a  hunting  trip  near  there.  From  their  accounts,  the  remains 
must  be  in  great  quantities.  The  trader  at  Nushagak  informed  me 
that  in  recent  years  he  had  obtained  annually  from  9  to  15  walrus 
tusks  from  the  Togiak  region.  He  intimated  that  the  natives  had 
given  him  to  understand  that  they  would  not  be  able  to  get  many 
more.  A  sailor  from  Nushagak  visited  Unangashik  in  August  and 
September,  1902,  and  while  there  saw  five  walruses.  They  haul  out  on 
a  sand  spit  near  this  place,  but  seldom  get  far  from  the  water.  Clams, 
which  they  feed  on,  are  abundant  there.  The  same  man  stated  that 
he  was  at  Unangashik  with  a  trophy  hunter  in  the  previous  year,  at 
which  time  they  secured  several  of  the  ponderous  animals.  They  also 
visited  Togiak  Bay,  but  found  no  walrus. 

Sorex  personatus  arcticus  Merriam.     Arctic  Shrew. 

Shrews  of  the  personatus  t}rpe  were  found  sparingly  all  along  the 
route,  being  most  common  in  the  coast  region.  The  entire  series  col- 
lected numbers  44  specimens.  In  color  they  are  not  definitely  distin- 
guishable from  true  personatus  of  the  eastern  United  States,  but  after 
comparing  them  with  series  of  true  personatus  I  am  inclined  to  refer 
them  to  arcticus  on  the  basis  of  cranial  characters.  In  the  Alas- 
kan specimens  the  skull  is  characterized  by  small  size  and  general 
slenderness;  by  a  narrow  and  rather  high  braincase;  and  by  having 
the  palatomaxillary  region  between  the  upper  unicuspids  rather 
abruptly  narrowed.     Specimens  from  Cook  inlet,  previously  referred 

6389— No.  24—04 4 


50  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.         [no. 24.    November,  1904.] 

to  personatus,a  possibly  represent  a  slight  tendency  toward  the  large 
dark  form  streatori,  although  they  are  very  much  nearer  to  arcticus 
and  personatus.b 
Sorex  obscurus  shumaginensis  (Merriam).     Shumagin  Shrew. 

Sorex  alascensis  shumaginensis  Merriam,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  II,  p.  18,  Mar.  14, 
1900. 
This  shrew  was  not  found  about  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  but  sev- 
eral specimens  were  taken  on  the  Kakhtul  River  near  its  junction  with 
the  Malchatna.  From  that  point  on  to  Nushagak  it  was  found  in  con- 
siderable numbers.  It  was  also  taken  on  the  Ugaguk  River,  Becharof 
Lake,  and  at  Kanatak  and  Cold  Bay.  It  is  found  about  the  houses  in 
the  village  of  Nushagak  in  company  with  Microtus  and  Eootomys. 
Specimens  taken  early  in  October  were  beginning  to  acquire  the  dark 
plumbeous  winter  pelage,  and  by  the  middle  of  the  month  the  change 
had  been  completed  in  the  majority  of  cases.  In  the  brown  pelage 
preceding  this,  the  color  is  the  same  as  that  of  shumaginensis  from 
the  type  localit}T,  and  somewhat  paler  than  in  alascensis.  The  skulls 
are  practically  jdentical  with  those  of  shumaginensis  and  smaller  than 
those  of  alascensis.  On  comparing  the  Nushagak  series  and  others 
from  the  same  vicinity  with  typical  obscurus  from  the  United  States, 
a  surprising  resemblance  is  found;  in  fact,  some  specimens  of  each, 
although  of  slightly  different  dimensions,  are  almost  indistinguisha- 
ble either  by  color  or  by  cranial  characters,  which  increases  the  proba- 
bility that  the  two  forms  have  a  continuous  range  by  way  of  the 
interior  of  Alaska  and  northwestern  Canada. 

Sorex  (Microsorex)  eximius  Osgood.     Northern  Microsorex. 

One  specimen  of  this  rare  shrew,  an  adult  female,  was  taken  by 
A.  G.  Maddren  on  the  south  branch  of  the  Chulitna  River  near  the 
portage  to  Swan  Lake.  Its  skull  is  not  quite  so  elongate  as  that  of 
the  type  specimen,  but  otherwise  agrees  with  it. 

Myotis  lucifugus  (Le  Conte).     Little  Brown  Bat. 

Several  bats  were  seen  in  July  at  Iliamna  Village  and  near  the  head 
of  Lake  Clark,  but  no  specimens  were  taken.  At  this  season  they  do 
not  fly  until  quite  late  in  the  evening,  sometimes  not  until  11  o'clock 
and  later.  Even  if  one  denies  himself  sleep  until  this  hour  and  is  then 
able  to  shoot  them,  the  chances  of  retrieving  them  are  slight  on  account 
of  the  dense  vegetation  into  which  they  usually  fall.  One  specimen 
is  recorded  by  True  as  secured  by  McKay  in  the  spring  of  1882  on 
Lake  Iliamna. 

«Cf.  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  21,  p.  70,  1901. 

fi  Doctor  Allen's  recent  reference  of  Cook  inlet  specimens  to  streatori  is  difficult  to 
understand  in  the  face  of  the  measurements  lie  publishes,  which  are  decidedly 
smaller  than  those  of  streatori.  In  referring  specimens  to  S.  alascensis  he  is  equally 
inexplicable,  since  he  states  that  they  differ  from  true  alascensis  in  precisely  the 
characters  which  distinguish  shumaginensis  from  alascensis.  Cf.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  N.  Y.,  XVI,  pp.  228-230,  July,  L902. 


LIST  OF  BIRDS. 

Colymbus  holboelli  (Reinh.).     Holboell  Grebe. 

A  line  adult  male  of  this  species  was  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay, 
October  12,  1881,  and  the  specimen  is  now  in  the  National  Museum. 
Another  is  recorded  as  taken  at  Point  Constantine,  Bristol  Bay,  May 

30,  1882. 

Colymbus  auritus  Linn.     Horned  Grebe. 

Several  small  grebes,  assumed  to  be  this  species,  were  seen  at  the 
upper  end  of  Becharof  Lake  October  6-7.  McKay  took  a  specimen  at 
Nushagak  June  21,  1881. 

Gavia  adamsi  (Gray).     Yellow-billed  Loon. 

A  large  loon,  either  this  species  or  G.  irriber,  was  killed  and  eaten 
by  natives  at  Cold  Bay  October  17.  This  was  the  only  large  loon  seen 
by  us.  An  immature  specimen  is  in  the  National  Museum,  collected  at 
Igushik,  across  the  river  from  Nushagak,  September  21,  1882. 

Gavia  pacifica  (Lawr.).     Pacific  Loon. 

This  was  the  most  common  loon  on  the  lakes  and  rivers.  It  was 
found  on  the  Nogheling  River,  the  Chulitna,  the  Swan,  Kakhtul,  and 
Nushagak,  as  well  as  about  many  small  ponds  a  short  distance  back 
from  the  rivers.  It  was  exceedingly  abundant  along  the  Chulitna 
River,  where  from  8  to  15  individuals  were  seen  almost  daily.  These 
were  generally  seen  going  up  and  down  the  river,  flying  singly  or 
more  often  in  pairs,  about  100  yards  above  the  water  and  religiously 
following  the  course  of  the  stream.  They  were  quite  wary  and  we 
seldom  approached  one  on  the  water  nearer  than  150  yards,  even  when 
we  were  slipping  noiselessly  downstream.  The  adult  birds,  sitting  on 
the  water  at  a  little  distance,  appear  as  if  their  heads  were  entirely 
white,  particular^  if  a  ray  of  sunlight  bears  on  them.  The  rapidity 
with  which  they  swim  under  water  is  amazing,  as  we  repeatedly 
observed  when  one  would  dive  at  a  point  about  150  yards  in  front  of 
our  canoe  and  in  a  few  moments  appear  at  about  the  same  distance 
astern.  Being  unable  to  carry  such  large  birds  we  preserved  no 
specimens.  Specimens  were  taken  by  McKay  and  Johnson  at  Nusha- 
gak, Cape  Constantine,  and  Ugashik. 

Gavia  lumme  (Gunn.).     Red-throated  Loon. 

A  pair  flew  by  camp  on  the  Chulitna  River  on  the  evening  of 
August  12,  and  a  few  others  were  seen  at  comparatively  long  inter- 

51 


52  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

vals  along  this  river  and  the  Kakhtul.  They  were  far  exceeded  in 
numbers  by  the  Pacific  loon.  Specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by 
McKay. 

Lunda  cirrhata  Pall.     Tufted  Puffin. 

Four  tufted  puffins  were  taken  by  J.  W.  Johnson  at  Nushagak 
May  9,  1885.     The  species  was  not  seen  by  our  party. 

Fratercula  corniculata  (Naum.).     Horned  Puffin. 

The  catalogue  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  records  three  speci- 
mens of  the  horned  puffin  taken  at  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson 
May  9,  1885.     I  have  been  unable  to  find  them. 

Cyclorrhynchus  psittaculus  (Pall.).     Paroquet  Auklet. 

A  paroquet  auklet  (No.  106601,  U.  S.  N.  M.)  was  taken  near  Nush- 
agak by  J.  W.  Johnson  May  22,  1885. 

Simorhynchus  cristatellus  (Pall.).     Crested  Auklet. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  April 
22,  1885.     One  was  taken  by  McKa}7  at  Nushagak  and  one  at  Ugashik. 

Brachyramphus  marmoratus  (Gmel.).     Marbled  Murrelet. 

Several  murrelets  (apparently  this  species)  were  seen  on  Kanatak 
Bay,  October  13.  A  single  immature  specimen  (No.  106605  U.  S.  N.  M.) 
was  taken  near  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  September  5,  1885. 

Brachyramphus  brevirostris  Vigors.     Kittlitz  Murrelet. 

Three  specimens  of  this  rare  murrelet  were  taken  by  C.  L.  McKay 
at  Point  Etolin,  near  Nushagak,  April  3,  1883. 

Cepphus  columba  Pall.     Pigeon  Guillemot. 

Five  specimens  were  taken  near  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  May 

20-22,  1885. 

Una  troile  californica  (Bryant).     California  Murre. 

Five  specimens  were  taken  near  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  April 
20-22,  1884.  No  murres  were  seen  in  this  region  by  our  party  in 
September  and  October. 

Stercorarius  parasiticus  (Linn.).     Parasitic  Jaeger. 

One  specimen  of  the  parasitic  jaeger  in  the  dark  phase  was  taken 
by  McKay  on  the  Ugashik  River,  July  28,  1881.  The  species  was  not 
seen  by  our  paily. 

Stercorarius  longicaudus  Vieill.     Long-tailed  Jaeger. 

A  single  long-tailed  jaeger  was  seen  among  a  few  gulls  on  Lake 
Iliamna,  July  16.  Specimens  were  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  and 
Ugashik  in  July  and  August,  1881. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.] 


BIRDS.  53 


Kissa  tridactyla  pollicaris  Ridgw.     Pacific  Kittiwake. 

A  few  kittiwakes  were  noticed  among  the  numerous  gulls  at  Nusha- 
gak  September  12-26.  Two  specimens  were  taken  at  Ugashik  by 
McKay  September  11,  1881. 

Larus  glaucescens  Naum.     Glaucous-winged  Gull. 

A  large  gull  occasionally  flew  over  camp  at  lliamna  village,  and 
numbers  were  seen  on  Lake  lliamna  July  16-17.  Gorman  reports 
them  in  very  large  numbers  at  the  lower  Nogheling  rapids,  where 
natives  were  catching  large  quantities  of  salmon  in  August.  They  are 
said  to  breed  on  many  of  the  islands  in  Lake  lliamna.  They  were 
very  rarely  seen  on  Lake  Clark,  and  none  were  found  along  the 
Chulitna  River.  A  solitary  gull  appeared  at  intervals  near  Swan  Lake, 
and  scattering  individuals  were  seen  from  there  on  down  to  the  mouth 
of  the  Tikchik  River.  From  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik  they  were  in 
immense  numbers — thousands  without  doubt.  At  the  time  we  passed 
down,  the  salmon  run  was  practically  ended,  but  it  had  been  a  very 
large  one  and  the  banks  of  the  river  were  strewn  with  dead  fish,  upon 
which  the  gulls  were  regaling  themselves  ro}Tally.  During  the  few 
da}Ts  we  were  passing  down  this  stretch  of  the  river,  hundreds  of 
cackling,  screaming  gulls  were  overhead  from  morning  till  night.  As 
soon  as  one  flock  tired  of  following,  another  white  cloud  would  rise 
from  its  resting  place  on  one  of  the  long,  smooth  sand  bars  and  accom- 
pany the  party  until  thoroughly  satisfied  as  to  its  character.  Appar- 
ently one  species  monopolized  the  salmon  business,  for  I  saw  none  that 
I  did  not  take  to  be  glaucescens.  Some  were  so  fat  that  they  seemed 
to  fly  with  difficult}^,  and  many  showed  a  prominent  abdomen  and 
general  corpulenc}r  quite  unlike  the  usual  trim  appearance  of  their 
kind.  They  were  abundant  on  the  mud  flats  and  about  the  salmon 
canneries  at  Nushagak,  but  there  they  were  mixed  with  other  species. 
Many  were  also  seen  at  Igigik  and  on  Becharof  Lake,  where  they  are 
said  to  breed  in  some  numbers.  About  the  lake  they  appeared  only 
in  scattering  numbers  except  at  the  mouths  of  the  small  salmon 
streams,  where  they  fairly  swarmed.  They  were  also  seen  at  Kanatak 
and  Cold  Ba}T,  where  the}7  often  afforded  us  amusement  by  their 
maneuvers  against  the  high  winds  that  were  prevailing  while  we  were 
there.  One  specimen  was  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay,  but  at  pres- 
ent 1  am  unable  to  find  it  in  the  National  Museum. 

Larus  brachyrhynchus  Rich.     Short-billed  Gull. 

A  small  gull,  supposed  to  be  this  species,  was  seen  on  Lake  lliamna 
near  the  Nogheling  portage  July  17.  The  species  was  not  seen  again 
until  we  reached  a  point  on  the  Nushagak  River  about  25  miles  above 
Nushagak,  where  it  became  common.      It  was   quite  abundant  at 


54  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Nushagak,  probably  outnumbering  all  other  gulls.  A  few  were  seen 
at  Igagik  and  from  there  to  Kanatak  and  Cold  Bay.  Specimens  were 
taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay. 

Larus  Philadelphia  (Ord).     Bonaparte  Gull. 

A  pair  of  these  beautiful  gulls  in  full  plumage  was  seen  hovering 
solicitously  about  a  sandy  beach  on  Lake  Iliamna  July  16.  A  short 
search  failed  to  disclose  the  nest,  which  was  evidently  located  in  the 
vicinity.  The  species  was  not  met  with  elsewhere.  Specimens  were 
taken  by  McKay  and  Johnson  at  Nushagak,  Lake  Aleknagik,  and 
Ugashik. 

Xema  sabinei  (Sab.).     Sabine  Gull. 

A  single  specimen  of  the  Sabine  gull  was  taken  by  C.  L.  McKay  at 
Lake  Aleknagik  September  2,  1881. 

Sterna  paradisaea  Briinn.     Arctic  Tern. 

A  few  were  seen  on  July  16  on  Lake  Iliamna,  where  they  doubtless 
breed  on  some  of  the  numerous  islets.  None  were  seen  after  this  date 
by  our  part}^.  Specimens  were  taken  near  Nushagak  in  Ma}^  and  June 
by  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Diomedea  albatrus  Pall.     Short-tailed  Albatross. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  by  McKa}^  on  Bristol  Bay  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Ugashik  River  July  20,  1881.  The  species  was  not  seen  by  us 
except  in  the  north  Pacific. 

Puffinus  tenuirostris  (Temm.).     Slender-billed  Shearwater. 

The  National  Museum  catalogue  records  one  specimen  of  this  bird 
taken  near  Ugashik  by  McKay  September  15,  1881.  The  entiy  does 
not  seem  open  to  question  and  is  probably  correct,  though  the  speci- 
men is  not  now  at  hand  to  substantiate  it. 

Oceanodroma  furcata  (Gmel.).     Fork-tailed  Petrel. 

Several  specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  Johnson  and  at 
Igushik  and  Ugashik  by  McKay. 

Oceanodroma  leucorhoa  (Vieill.).     Leach  Petrel. 

One  specimen  of  the  common  petrel  was  taken  at  Ugashik  by  McKay 
December  3,  1881. 

Phalacrocorax  dilophus  cincinatus  (Brandt).  White-crested  Cormorant. 
Cormorants  occasionally  flew  over  our  camp  at  Iliamna  Village  while 
on  the  way  to  and  from  their  nesting  places  on  some  of  the  islets 
in  Lake  Iliamna.  On  July  16  we  passed  several  small  rookeries, 
where  the  birds  could  be  seen  in  considerable  numbers  coming  and 
going  or  standing  in  groups  on  the  rocks  near  the  water's  edge.  Sev- 
eral were  seen  flying  up  and  down  the  Nogheling  River  July  21,  doubt- 
less following  their  usual  highway  between  the  two  large  lakes.     One 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  55 

specimen  was  taken  by  Maddren  on  Lake  Clark  August  2,  and  a 
few  others  were  seen  about  the  upper  end  of  the  lake,  but  evidently 
very  few,  if  any,  breed  there.  After  leaving*  Lake  Clark  no  more 
cormorants  were  seen  until  we  reached  the  Malchatna  River  a  short 
distance  above  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik,  when  this  species  again 
appeared  and  was  seen  daily  thence  to  Nushagak,  but  not  in  great 
numbers.     Several  were  seen  on  Becharof  Lake  October  4  to  7. 

Phalacrocorax  pelagicus  Pall.     Pelagic  Cormorant. 

The  pelagic  cormorant  was  not  seen  on  the  lakes  and  was  found  only 
in  rather  small  numbers  in  the  lower  Nushagak  River,  on  Bristol  Bay, 
and  on  Becharof  Lake.  Specimens  were  taken  at  Cape  Constantine 
and  Ugashik  by  McKay,  and  at  Nushagak  by  Johnson. 

Merganser  americanus  (Cass.).     American  Merganser. 

The  National  Museum  catalogue  records  one  specimen  of  the  Ameri- 
can merganser  taken  b}^  McKay  on  the  Nushagak  River,  October  15, 
1881.  With  the  exception  of  one  adult  male  among  a  number  of 
ducks  killed  by  natives  on  Becharof  Lake,  I  think  none  of  the  mer- 
gansers seen  were  referable  to  this  species,  all  others  being  M.  serrator. 

Merganser  serrator  (Linn.).     Red-breasted  Merganser. 

Exceeding^  abundant  on  all  the  lakes  and  rivers  visited  by  us. 
Camp  had  barely  been  pitched  on  the  banks  of  the  JQiamna  River,  near 
lliamna  village,  July  12,  when  an  old  female  merganser  with  a  flock  of 
11  young  came  sailing  down  the  current  of  the  river.  During  the  two 
following  days  this  family  party  was  seen  every  few  hours.  When 
alarmed,  the  old  bird  dove  or  flew,  and  the  little  fellows  flapped  their 
tin}r  down-covered  wings  and  paddled  frantically  with  their  little  feet, 
streaking  over  the  water  upstream  against  a  strong  current,  at  an 
almost  incredible  speed.  Many  such  families  of  young  of  various 
ages  were  seen  along  the  Chulitna,  Kakhtul,  and  Nushagak  rivers. 
Whenever  we  approached  near  enough  to  alarm  them,  this  performance 
was  repeated,  their  frantic  efforts  to  get  out  of  harm's  way  being  often 
quite  ludicrous.  Flocks  of  8  to  15  young  adults  were  frequently  seen 
on  the  lower  Nushagak,  and  scarce  a  half  hour  passed  while  we  were 
traveling  on  the  rivers  that  one  or  more  individuals  were  not  in  sight. 
From  start  to  finish  probably  more  mergansers  were  seen  than  any 
other  species  of  water  bird,  with  the  exception  of  the  large  gulls.  Two 
downy  young  wTere  taken  at  lliamna  village,  and  adults  were  killed, 
but  not  preserved,  on  the  Nushagak  River.  McKay  took  specimens 
at  Nushagak  and  Lake  Aleknagik. 

Anas  boschas  Linn.     Mallard. 

An  old  female  of  this  species  in  very  poor  flesh  was  shot  in  a  grassy 
overflow  swamp  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  stream  near  the  head  of  Lake 
Clark;  two  others  in  similar  condition,  with  no  primaries  except  short 


56  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  21. 

pinfeathers,  were  taken  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  4. 
No  others  were  seen  in  this  vicinity,  but  their  familiar  quack  was 
heard  frequently  as  migrating  flocks  Hew  over  on  the  nights  of  Au- 
gust 7,  8,  and  9.  In  spite  of  this  scarcity  of  mallards  on  the  Chulitna 
side  and  indication  that  they  were  moving  south,  they  began  to  appear 
later  on  Swan  River.  Thence  to  the  end  of  our  route  they  were  more 
or  less  abundant,  probably  outnumbering  all  other  fresh-water  ducks. 
On  Swan  River,  nearly  every  turn  of  the  stream  or  little  bight,  where 
slack  water  gave  opportunity  for  a  growth  of  grasses  and  water  weeds, 
harbored  at  least  a  pair  of  mallards,  and  often  a  small  flock.  From 
the  junction  of  the  Swan  and  the  Kakhtul  rivers  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Tikchik  very  few  were  seen,  as  the  banks  are  unfavorable  and  covered 
with  spruce  timber;  but  from  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik  down  the 
Nushagak  to  its  mouth  they  were  very  abundant  September  3  to  12. 
Here  they  were  found  on  the  open,  barren  sandbars  or  in  shallow 
coves  near  them  where  the  pebbly  bottom  afforded  but  little  growth 
of  vegetation,  so  that  it  scarcely  seemed  possible  that  they  were  feed- 
ing. They  were  found  in  such  places,  however,  at  all  times  of  the 
day,  from  the  first  streaks  of  dawn  until  it  was  quite  dark.  Others 
were  found  along  the  numerous  sluggish  branches  of  the  river  in  more 
favorable  feeding  places;  but  by  far  the  greater  number  were  out  on 
the  main  river,  among  the  thousands  of  gulls,  geese,  and  cranes,  along 
the  stretches  of  sand.  One  foggy  morning,  as  we  were  slipping  down 
the  current  of  one  of  the  narrow  side  channels,  a  brace  of  mallards  flew 
across  a  small  peninsula  to  our  left  and  alighted  in  a  little  cove,  whence 
they  hauled  out  on  the  mudd}?"  bank.  Thinking  to  secure  a  good  fat 
duck  for  dinner,  we  quickly  swung  the  canoe  into  an  edd}^  and  pad- 
dled upstream  toward  the  little  cove.  One  of  the  birds  flew  while  out 
of  range,  and  at  about  the  same  time  the  other  somehow  disappeared, 
although  there  was  but  a  small  patch  of  grass  for  concealment.  Expect- 
ing the  bird  to  rise  at  any  moment,  we  paddled  on  but  were  beginning 
to  feel  baffled,  when  just  before  the  canoe  touched  the  bank,  we  found 
our  game  giving  a  very  pretty  exhibition  of  its  confidence  in  protective 
coloration.  It  was  a  female  mallard,  and  lay  on  the  brown  mud  bank, 
strewn  with  dead  grass  and  decaying  matter,  which  blended  perfectly 
with  the  markings  of  its  back.  It  was  not  merety  crouching,  but  lay 
prostrated  to  the  last  degree,  its  wings  closely  folded,  its  neck  stretched 
straight  out  in  front  of  it  with  throat  and  under  mandible  laid  out 
straight,  and  even  its  short  tail  pressed  flatly  into  the  mud.  The  only 
sign  of  life  came  from  its  bright  little  eyes,  which  nervously  looked  at 
us  in  a  half  hopeful,  half  desperate  manner.  When  a  paddle  was  lifted, 
with  which  it  could  almost  be  reached,  the  bird  started  up  and  was 
allowed  to  escape  with  its  well-earned  life. 


NOVEMBER,  190-1.] 


BIRDS.  57 


Mallards  were  seen  in  large  flocks  at  Nushagak  September  16  to  20;  a 
few  flocks  were  also  seen  about  Beeharof  Lake,  and  one  was  killed  at 
the  head  of  the  lake  as  late  as  October  16.  High-flying-  flocks  of  ducks, 
apparently  mallards,  were  seen  at  Cold  Bay  October  20.  McKay 
found  the  species  breeding  at  Nushagak  and  took  a  number  of  speci- 
mens there  in  May  and  June,  1881. 

Mareca  americana  (Gmel.).     Baldpate. 

Several  specimens  were  taken  by  McKay  at  Cape  Constantine  and 
at  Ugashik  September,  1881.     The  species  was  not  seen  by  us. 

Nettion  carolinense  (Gmel.).     Green- winged  Teal. 

Green-winged  teal  were  very  scarce  on  the  interior  lakes  and  rivers. 
One  old  female  was  seen  on  the  Nogheling  River  July  21,  and  no  more 
appeared  until  we  neared  the  coast  on  the  lower  Nushagak  River. 
Immense  flocks  were  seen  in  late  September  in  the  vicinity  of  Nushagak. 
McKay  obtained  several  specimens  at  Nushagak  and  at  Ugashik. 

Spatula  clypeata  (Linn.).     Shoveller. 

One  specimen  was  taken  near  Nushagak  by  McKay  August  14,  1881, 
and  another  September  24,  1882.  The  species  was  not  seen  by  our 
party. 

Dafila  acuta  (Linn.).     Pintail. 

No  pintails  were  seen  by  us  among  the  large  flocks  of  other  ducks 
met  along  the  Nushagak  River.  Numerous  specimens  were  taken  from 
June  to  August  at  Nushagak  b}^  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Aythya  marila  (Linn.).     Scaup  Duck. 

Scaup  ducks,  doubtless  this  species,  were  seen  in  small  flocks  along 
the  Nushagak  River  September  4  to  9.  McKay  took  them  in  May 
and  July  at  Nushagak  and  Ugashik. 

Clangula  islandica  (Gmel.).     Barrow  Golden-eye. 

One  was  seen  on  the  Nogheling  River  July  20,  and  one  was  killed 
there  some  days  later;  another  was  shot  by  W.  L.  Fleming  on  a  small 
pond  near  the  head  of  Lake  Clark  July  28.  Several  immature  birds 
were  killed  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  4.  Rather 
common  at  intervals  along  the  Chulitna  River  August  12  to  17;  gen- 
erally seen  in  family  parties  of  6  to  10.  Near  Swan  Lake  a  flock  of 
about  15  was  seen  feeding  on  a  shallow  lake  in  company  with  a  flock 
of  10  swans.  Seen  almost  daily  in  pairs  or  small  flocks  along  the 
Malchatna  and  upper  Nushagak  September  3  to  6. 

Charitonetta  albeola  (Linn.).     Buffle-head. 

Two  specimens  were  seen  at  Cold  Bay  October  17  among  some  ducks 
killed  on  the  bay  by  natives.  One  was  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay 
May  2,  1882. 


58  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Harelda  hyemalis  (Linn.).     Old-squaw. 

A  few  old-squaws  were  seen  on  the  Nushagak  River,  about  25  miles 
above  its  mouth,  September  11.  Others  were  seen  in  small  flocks  from 
this  point  to  Nushagak,  and  they  were  also  common  on  Bristol  Bay. 
between  Cape  Etolin  and  Igagik.  Several  parties  of  them  were  seen 
on  the  lower  Ugaguk  River  September  29.  Most  of  these  were  imma- 
ture birds.  Those  that  were  killed  were  found  to  be  very  good  eat- 
ing, though  of  a  decidedly  different  character  from  mallards,  which 
were  sometimes  baked  in  the  same  pan. 

Histrionicus  histrionicus  (Linn.).     Harlequin  Duck. 

Seen  in  small  flocks  along  the  Ugaguk  River  and  in  and  about  the 
mouths  of  the  larger  streams  that  empty  into  Becharof  Lake;  com- 
mon on  salt  water  at  Kanatak  and  Cold  Bay.  They  spend  much  time 
out  on  the  open  water  with  other  species  of  ducks,  but  frequently 
leave  their  company  to  visit  the  mouths  of  small  streams  or  to  ascend 
them  for  considerable  distances.  When  slightly  startled  on  a  stream 
they  do  not  fty,  but  keep  at  a  safe  distance  from  danger  by  allowing 
the  current  to  carry  them  downstream,  unconcernedly  passing  through 
riffles  and  rapids,  and  deftly  avoiding,  without  apparent  effort,  the 
rocks  and  whirlpools. 

Among  the  considerable  number  that  we  killed,  none  were  in  adult 
plumage,  nor  were  any  such  seen,  all  being  birds  of  the  year.  Speci- 
mens were  taken  at  Igushik  and  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Polysticta  stelleri  (Pall.).     Steller  Duck. 

Evidently  a  common  duck  about  Bristol  Bay,  but  not  seen  by  us, 
as  we  made  no  attempt  to  collect  large  birds.  McKiiy  and  Johnson 
collected  it  as  follows:  Nushagak,  May  20,  August  14,  October  8; 
Ugashik,  July  17,  November  12,  November  28. 

Somateria  v-nigra  Gray.     Pacific  Eider. 

Eiders  were  found  in  great  abundance  about  Bristol  Ba}7  and  at 
Nushagak.  Good-sized  flocks  were  seen  all  along  the  Ugaguk  River  as 
well  as  on  Becharof  Lake.  One  specimen,  a  young  male  in  transition 
plumage,  was  taken  near  the  head  of  Becharof  Lake  October  7. 
Large  flocks  were  seen  at  Kanatak  and  at  Cold  Bay.  McKay  secured 
specimens  at  Cape  Constantine  and  Ugashik. 

Somateria  spectabilis  (Linn.).     King  Eider. 

Evidently  quite  common  at  Nushagak  and  about  Bristol  Bay.  and 
doubtless  seen  by  our  party,  but  not  recognized.  McKay  took  several 
specimens  at  Nushagak  and  also  at  Ugashik. 

Oidemia  americana  Swains.     Scoter. 

A  few  American  scoters  with  broods  of  small  young  were  seen  on 
ponds  a  few  hundred  }"ards  back  from  the  shore  of  Lake  Clark  Jul}"  23. 


NOVEMBER,  1904]  BIRDS.  59 

Females  with  young  were  also  seen  occasionally  along-  the  more  slug- 
gish courses  of  the  Chulitna  River.  Scoters  were  common  at  Cold 
Bay,  and  specimens  of  this  species  were  killed  while  we  were  there. 
Numerous  specimens  were  taken  Iry  McKay  and  Johnson  at  Nushagak, 
Cape  Constantine,  Point  Etolin,  and  Ugashik. 

Oidemia  deglandi  Bonap.     White-winged  Scoter. 

A  flock  of  6  was  seen  on  Neekahweena  Lake,  about  halfway  up  the 
Chulitna  River,  August  14.  This  was  the  only  time  we  met  with  this 
species.  Specimens  were  taken  by  McKay  and  Johnson  at  Nushagak, 
Cape  Constantine,  and  Lake  Aleknagik/' 

Oidemia  perspicillata  (Linn.).     Surf  Scoter. 

Surf  scoters  were  not  positively  identified  among  the  numbers  of 
other  species  seen  by  us.  Specimens  were  taken  at  Cape  Constantine 
by  McKay  September  12,  1881. 

Anser  albifrons  gambeli  (Hartl.).     White-fronted  Goose. 

Several  white-fronted  geese  were  killed  on  the  Chulitna  River  in 
early  August,  and  small  flocks  were  seen  frequently.  One  was  taken 
on  the  Malchatna  River,  a  few  miles  above  its  junction  with  the  Tik- 
chik,  September  3.  From  this  point  down  to  Nushagak  large  flocks 
were  seen  daily,  either  flying  noisily  overhead  or  resting  on  sandy 
spits  and  islands.  On  the  rare  days  or  hours  of  sunshine  they  take 
life  easily,  squatting  on  the  sand  in  large  groups  or  waddling  lazily 
and  apparently  aimlessly  about  on  it. 

Branta  canadensis  hutchinsi  (Rich.).     Hutchins  Goose. 

A  flock  of  10  flew  over  camp  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River 
August  5.  The  species  was  not  seen  again  until  we  reached  the  Mal- 
chatna River,  a  few  miles  above  its  junction  with  the  Tikchik.  From 
this  point  down  to  Nushagak  flocks  were  seen  daily.  This  species 
seemed  to  outnumber  the  white-fronted,  the  only  other  species  of 
goose  that  we  saw.  The  two  species  do  not  mingle,  but  flock  sepa- 
rately, though  flocks  of  each  were  sometimes  seen  occupying  respective 
areas  on  the  same  sand  bar.  Although  there  were  a  large  number  of 
geese  in  the  region,  we  did  not  see  such  immense  flocks  as  occur  on 
the  lower  Yukon,  possibly  because  the  season  was  not  far  enough 
advanced.  The  largest  flocks  were  of  about  150  birds  each.  Their 
center  of  abundance  seemed  to  be  about  midway  between  Kakwok  and 
Nushagak. 

Philacte  canagica  (Sevast.).     Emperor  Goose. 

An  emperor  goose  was  collected  by  McKay  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Nushagak  River  May  5,  1882.     Two  others  were  taken  at  Ugashik  in 

«No.  92149,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  was  recorded  as  Melanetta  fusca,  but  proves  to  be  0.  deg- 
landi.    Cf.  Kidgway,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  VII,  p.  68,  1884. 


60  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.24. 

the  fall  of  1881.  A  series  of  11  specimens  was  also  taken  by  McKay 
on  Bristol  Bay  (exact  locality  not  recorded)  in  May,  1881.  Most  of 
these  have  been  exchanged  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  and  few  are  at 
present  in  the  National  Museum  collection. 

Olor  columbianus  (Ord).     Whistling  Swan. 

More  or  less  common,  and  breeding-  in  suitable  places  along  the 
Chulitna  River,  the  upper  waters  of  the  Nushagak  system,  and  near 
the  Ugaguk  River  and  Becharof  Lake.  Several  were  seen  flying  at 
a  distance  over  the  marshes  about  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River 
August  1  to  9,  and  a  flock  of  1  was  seen  on  Neekahweena  Lake, 
about  halfway  up  the  Chulitna  River,  August  11.  One  was  shot  on 
Swan  Lake  August  18  by  one  of  our  natives.  This  proved  to  be  such 
a  desirable  addition  to  our  bill  of  fare  that  effort  was  made  to  secure 
others,  and  within  the  next  few  days  two  more  were  killed  on  small 
lakes  near  Swan  Lake.  Several  small  flocks  were  seen  flying  over  the 
swampy  country  between  Swan  Lake  and  the  mouth  of  the  Swan 
River  August  27  and  28.  No  others  were  noted  until  September  29,  when 
a  line  of  8  or  10  big  snowy  fellows  was  seen  slowly  winging  over  the 
lake-dotted  tundra  near  the  Ugaguk  River.  A  few  days  later  2  speci- 
mens were  killed  from  a  large  flock  on  a  little  lake  near  the  southwest 
shore  of  Becharof  Lake,  October  5. 

Wild  swans  in  their  natural  habitat  seem  infinitely  more  beautiful 
than  the  domestic  varieties  in  artificial  ponds.  On  two  occasions  I 
was  favored  with  opportunities  of  seeing  them  under  conditions  seldom 
equaled  in  an  ornithological  experience.  The  first  was  on  the  evening 
of  August  14,  on  the  beautiful  little  Neekahweena  Lake,  after  a  long- 
day  of  hard  paddling  against  the  current  of  the  Chulitna  River.  We 
entered  the  lake  just  after  sundown  and  glided  slowty  across,  enjoying 
the  light  of  a  glowing  sky  mirrored  in  absolutely  placid  wTater.  When 
we  were  about  midway,  the  soft  musical  call  note  of  a  swan  attracted 
attention  to  several  small  white  objects  on  the  far  side  of  the  lake.  The 
canoe  was  headed  toward  them  while  the  natives  imitated  the  call.  In  a 
few  minutes  the  objects  appeared  larger,  and  seven  of  the  great  snow- 
white  birds  were  distinguished  slowly  approaching,  calling  softly  and 
swerving  in  and  out  among  themselves,  half  curious  and  half  timorous. 
As  they  drew  nearer,  we  ceased  paddling  and  remained  perfectly 
silent,  wrapt  in  the  spectacle,  until  the  swans  were  so  near  that  their 
breasts  and  gracefully  arched  necks  could  be  seen  reflected  in  the 
glassy  water.  This  occupied  but  a  few  minutes,  as  they  soon  decided 
that  the  situation  was  dangerous  and  took  flight.  Until  they  flew, 
the  scene,  in  itself  extremely  impressive,  was  made  doubl}-  so  by  their 
presence. 

At  another  time,  while  seeking  a  vantage  point  for  taking  a  photo- 
graph near  Swan  Lake,  1  ascended  a  slight  eminence  from  which  I 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  61 

looked  down  through  some  scattered  timber  to  a  little  silvery  lake, 
twinkling  through  the  trees,  and  showing  here  and  there  spots  of 
white  which  I  recognized  as  swans.  After  a  short  detour  and  consid- 
erable crawling  from  tree  to  tree,  good  cover  was  reached  on  the  bank 
of  the  lake,  from  which  1  could  thoroughl}r  appreciate  the  beautiful 
sight  of  10  stately  swans,  variously  disposed,  enjoying  a  quiet,  lazy 
afternoon.  The  place  was  evidently  much  frequented,  for  many  loose 
feathers  were  scattered  along  the  shore  and  on  the  water,  and  bits  of 
grass  and  water  weeds  were  floating  about.  Several  were  young  birds 
of  the  3^ear,  and  though  of  large  size  were  easily  recognized  by  their 
juvenile  manners.  A  flattened  tussock  in  shallow  water  a  few  feet 
from  the  shore  appeared  to  have  been  used  as  a  nest  earlier  in  the 
season. 

The  flesh  of  the  swan  was  found  excellent  eating,  the  young  birds 
naturally  being  preferable,  though  some  of  the  older  ones  were  not 
particularly  tough.  In  fact,  swan  was  voted  the  best  meat  in  camp, 
when  there  was  at  the  same  time  an  abundance  of  young  mallard, 
grouse,  ptarmigan,  and  rabbits.  The  natives  make  various  uses  of 
the  swan's  skin,  often  taking  it  entire,  exclusive  of  the  wings,  to  make 
a  winter  garment  for  a  small  child.  The  skin  of  the  foot  they  use  for 
making  a  small  bag  or  purse. 

Grus  canadensis  (Linn.).     Little  Brown  Crane. 

Little  brown  cranes  were  first  seen  September  3  on  the  Malchatna 
River,  a  few  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik,  and  from  that 
point  down  to  the  vicinity  of  the  mouth  of  the  Nushagak,  they  were 
very  abundant.  The  river  for  this  distance  abounds  in  islands  and 
long  sand  bars  and  spits  upon  which  large  water  birds  spend  much  of 
their  time.  When  not  flying  the  cranes  are  seldom  seen  except  on 
these  sand  bars,  where  they  mingle  with  the  more  numerous  gulls  and 
geese.  On  fine  daj^s  they  stand  for  hours  in  small  groups  enjo}Ting 
the  sun,  scarcely  ever  making  a  move.  Their  unmistakable  rattling, 
metallic  cry  usually  kept  one  informed  of  their  whereabouts  when 
they  were  flying  anywhere  within  half  a  mile.  They  were  quite  wary 
and  rarely  came  within  gunshot.  A  specimen  is  in  the  National 
Museum,  taken  by  McKay,  on  the  Nushagak  River,  80  miles  above  its 
mouth. 

Crymophilus  fulicarius  (Linn.).     Red  Phalarope. 

A  single  phalarope,  supposed  to  be  this  species,  was  seen  on  Becharof 
Lake  October  6.  Two  specimens,  in  full  breeding  plumage,  were 
taken  by  McKay  at  Cape  Constantine,  Bristol  Bay,  May  15, 1883. 

Phalaropus  lobatus  (Linn.).     Northern  Phalarope. 

Two  northern  phalaropes  were  taken  by  McKa}"  at  Igushik  May 
23-24,  1882,  and  two  others  at  Ugashik,  July  15  and  August  10, 
respectively.     Our  party  did  not  meet  with  the  species. 


(32  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Gallinago  delicata  (Ord).     Wilson  Snipe. 

Several  were  seen  in  tundra  swamps,  near  the  Kakhtul  River,  Sep- 
tember 1,  and  a  half  dozen  individuals  were  seen  flying  while  we  were 
descending  the  upper  Nushagak  September  4.  A  small  flock  was  seen 
on  the  Ugaguk  River  September  29.  One  specimen  was  taken  at 
Nushagak  by  McKay  April  25,  1882. 

Macrorhamphus  griseus  (Gmel.).     Dowitcher. 

One  specimen  (No.  92132  U.  S.  N.  M.)  was  taken  near  Nushagakby 
McKay  September  21,  1882,  and  another  (No.  101228  U.  S.  N.  M.)  at 
the  same  place  by  Johnson  June  9,  1884.  Both  of  these  are  decidedly 
referable  to  M.  griseus  and  do  not  even  equal  in  length  of  bill  the 
smallest  specimens  of  M.  seolopaceus  available.  The  culmen  of  No. 
101228  measures  52  mm.,  and  that  of  No.  92132  is  60  mm.  Both  are 
labeled  male. 

Arquatella  couesi  Ridgw.     Aleutian  Sandpiper. 

One  flock  of  about  20  birds  was  found  at  Cold  Bay,  October  16,  and 
specimens  were  secured.  They  were  found  as  usual  huddled  closely 
together  on  a  slippery,  spray-washed  rock,  apparently  oblivious  of 
everything,  and  showing  no  particular  interest  in  life.  When  startled 
they  left  as  one  bird,  and  with  a  slight  twittering  flitted  around  the 
first  big  bowlder  and  unconcernedly  alighted  in  another  dark,  dank 
place.  Numerous  specimens  were  taken  in  April  by  McKay  and 
Johnson. 

Arquatella  ptilocnemis  (Coues).     Pribilof  Sandpiper. 

Four  typical  specimens  of  the  Pribilof  sandpiper  were  taken  by 
J.  W.  Johnson  at  Nushagak  April  1-18,  1884. « 

Actodromas  maculata  (Vieill.).     Pectoral  Sandpiper. 

One  was  taken  by  Johnson  at  Nushagak  October  15,  1884.  The 
species  was  not  seen  by  our  party. 

Actodromas  minutilla  (Vieill.).     Least  Sandpiper. 

One  was  taken  on  the  portage  between  lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark 
July  19.  A  few  others  were  seen  at  Keejik,  Lake  Clark,  July  25. 
After  that  date  no  more  were  observed.  One  specimen  which  I 
have  not  been  able  to  find  is  recorded  as  taken  by  McKay  on  the 
Aleknagik  River  June  16,  1881. 

Pelidna  alpina  sakhalina  (Vieill.).     Red-backed  Sandpiper. 

Several  small  flocks  were  seen  Hying  up  and  down  the  Ugaguk  Rivei 
September  l-M>.  None  were  seen  on  the  mud  flats  about  Nushagak, 
doubtless  because  the  water  there  is  brackish.  McKay  took  several 
specimens  in  May  and  July,  1881,  at  Ugashik. 

«Cf.  Palmer,  Birds  Pribilof  Ids.,  Fur  Seals  and  Ids.  of  N.  Tac,  pt.  3,  p.  403, 
Wash.,  1899. 


NOVEMBER,  1901.]  BIRDS.  63 

Ereunetes  occidentalis  Lawr.     Western  Sandpiper. 

In  the  National  Museum  are  two  specimens  of  this  sandpiper  col- 
lected by  C.  L.  McKay  at  Nushagak  July  30  and  August  10,  respec- 
tively. 

Limosa  fedoa  (Linn.)     Marbled  Godwit. 

Two  immature  specimens  of  the  marbled  godwit  were  taken  by 
McKay  at  Ugashik  July  16-18,  1881.  These  are  recorded  in  the 
National  Museum  catalogue  as  '  Limosa  hudsonica,'  together  with  two 
other  specimens  from  the  vicinity  of  Nushagak  which  I  have  not  seen. 

Totanus  melanoleucus  (Gmel.)     Greater  Yellow-legs. 

A  male  bird  was  taken  at  Iliamna  Village  July  14.  It  came  sweep- 
ing in  zigzag  flight  down  into  a  little  pond  and  alighted  near  where  I 
was  setting  a  trap,  startling  me  by  its  sudden  loud  outcry.  A  few  days 
later  we  found  a  pair  in  possession  of  a  small  pond  on  the  portage 
trail  between  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark.  During  a  great  part  of  each 
of  several  trips  that  we  made  back  and  forth,  they  accompanied  us, 
making  noisy  and  belligerent  demonstrations.  Time  was  too  valuable 
to  search  for  the  eggs  or  young,  which  were  doubtless  the  cause  of 
these  outbreaks.  Each  time  when  we  came  within  about  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  of  the  pond,  one  of  the  birds  would  be  heard  in  a  loud,  high- 
pitched  'yip!  yip!' — at  least  three  or  four  cries  to  the  second. 
Presently,  as  we  came  nearer,  one  of  them  would  be  seen  flying 
swiftly  down  the  trail,  about  5  feet  above  the  ground.  When  within 
about  1  or  5  feet  of  us,  it  would  suddenly  swoop  up  a  few  inches  overhead, 
and  with  a  few  wide  careens,  would  alight  after  considerable  balancing 
on  the  tiptop  of  a  small  spruce.  In  a  few  moments  the  performance 
would  be  repeated  with  some  variations  and  continued  until  we  were 
a  half  mile  or  more  from  the  pond.  During  the  entire  time  the  pitch 
and  pace  of  the  cries  did  not  abate  in  the  least,  and  continued  long 
after  we  had  passed  the  danger  limit,  and  the  birds  were  out  of  sight. 
The  long-legged  birds  perched  on  the  topmost  twigs  of  spruce  trees 
looked  very  much  out  of  place.  When  I  went  over  the  trail  last, 
at  midnight  of  July  18,  the  yellow-legs  were  as  much  excited  as  ever. 
The  grotesque  appearance  the}*-  made  on  the  tops  of  the  spruces, 
silhouetted  against  a  moonlit  sky,  was  particularly  noticed. 

Yellow-legs  were  not  again  found  until  Swan  Lake  was  reached, 
where  one  was  seen  frequently,  standing  in  a  few  inches  of  water  at 
the  edge  of  a  riffle  in  a  small  stream  and  watching  the  water  intently. 
Another  was  seen  on  the  Malchatna  River  September  3.  Two  speci- 
mens were  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  August  11  to  28,  1881. 

Actitis  macularia  (Linn.).     Spotted  Sandpiper. 

When  we  arrived  at  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  in  the  latter  part  of  July, 
the  majority  of  the  spotted  sandpipers,  which  doubtless  breed  in  the 


64  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

region,  had  migrated,  and  only  scattering  stragglers  remained.  One 
small  flock  of  8  or  10  hornotines  was  seen  nervously  flitting  from  point 
to  point  along  the  gravelly  beaches  of  Lake  Clark  July  25.  Some 
days  later  a  few  belated  individuals  were  found  along  the  lower  part 
of  the  Chulitna  River.     Practically  all  were  gone  before  August  10. 

Numenius  hudsonicus  (Lath.).     Hudsonian  Curlew. 

Three  specimens  of  this  curlew  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay 
in  August,  1881.     No  species  of  curlew  were  seen  by  our  party. 

Squatarola  squatarola  (Linn.).     Black-bellied  Plover. 

Two  black-bellied  plover  were  collected  by  McKay  at  Nushagak 
August  8  to  14, 1881. 

Charadrius  dominicus  fulvus  (Gmel.).     Pacific  Golden  Plover. 

A  few  small  flocks  were  seen  on  the  tide  marshes  and  along  the  mud 
flats  about  Nushagak  September  12  to  26.  Several  were  seen  at  Igagik 
and  others  occasionally  along  the  Ugaguk  River,  as  far  up  as  the  mouth 
of  Becharof  Lake.  Specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  in 
June,  1881. 
iEgialitis  semipalmata  Bonap.     Semipalmated  Plover. 

McKay  took  one  specimen  of  this  species  on  the  Nushagak  River, 
80  miles  above  Nushagak,  June  25,  1881;  another  at  Lake  Aleknagik 
June  17,  and  another  at  Point  Constantine,  in  Bristol  Bay,  May  15.  It 
doubtless  breeds  commonly  in  the  region,  but  was  not  found  by  us 
owing  to  our  late  arrival. 

Aphriza  virgata  (Gmel.).     Surf  Bird. 

One  surf  bird  was  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  August  9,  1881. 
The  species  was  not  seen  by  our  party. 

Arenaria  interpres  (Linn.).     Turnstone. 

One  specimen  was  taken  on  the  beach  at  Nushagak  September  22, 
where  it  was  frequenting  the  wharves  and  lumber  piles  in  company 
with  the  black  turnstone.  One  was  taken  by  McKay  at  the  same  place 
August  12,  1881. 

Arenaria  melanocephala  (Vig.).     Black  Turnstone. 

One  was  taken  and  another  seen  on  one  of  the  islets  near  the  middle 
of  Lake  Clark  July  23.  Turnstones  were  not  met  again  until  we 
reached  Nushagak,  where  a  flock  of  about  half  a  dozen  were  seen  daily 
along  the  beach  in  front  of  the  village.  Specimens  were  taken  by 
McKay  and  Johnson  at  and  near  Nushagak  and  also  at  Ugashik  in  June 
and  July. 

Canachites  canadensis  osgoodi  Bishop.     Alaska  Spruce  Grouse. 

A  few  small  flocks  were  seen  in  the  timber  near  Ilianma  Village. 
July  13-15,  and  several  scattered  individuals  between  Lake  Ilianma 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS. 


65 


and  the  Nogheling  River.  They  were  found  in  abundance  all  about 
Lake  Clark,  being  more  common  there  than  1  have  ever  found  them 
elsewhere  in  Alaska.  We  seldom  made  a  landing  or  walked  more 
than  100  yards  into  the  timber  around  the  lake  without  finding  one 
or  more  grouse.  They  feed  largely  on  berries  in  the  summer  time, 
being  particularly  fond  of  those  of  Vaccinivnt  vitis-idaea,  which  they 
eat  almost  exclusively  from  the  time  the  little  green  berry  first  begins 
to  swell  until  it  is  dead  ripe.  At  this  time  the  flesh  of  the  birds  is 
sweeter  than  in  the  early  winter,  when  a  diet  of  spruce  needles  has 
made  them  fatter  but  less  palatable.  In  the  spruce  forest  which  is 
their  ordinary  habitat,  they  are  unable  to  obtain  on  the  moss-covered 
ground  the  grit  necessary  for  a  gallinaceous  bird,  so  they  make  daily 
excursions  to  the  shores  of  the  rivers  and  lakes  where  tine  gravel  is  to 
be  had  in  abundance.  Early  morning  before  sunrise  is  the  time  for 
this;  then  they  may  often  be  seen  on  the  beaches,  singly,  in  pairs, 
or  in  small  flocks.  Doubtless  they  also  come  to  the  rivers  to  drink, 
though  pools  are  common  enough  in  the  swampy  openings  in  the 
timber.  On  the  Chulitna  River  one  was  caught  in  a  steel  trap  which 
had  been  set  for  a  possible  mink  or  weasel  in  the  marsh  grass  at  the 
water's  edge. 

The  range  of  the  spruce  grouse  is  practically  coextensive  with  that 
of  the  spruce  tree.  We  traveled  much  of  the  time  near  the  west- 
ern limit  of  the  timber,  and  found  grouse  fairly  common,  even  up  to 
the  edge  of  the  tundra,  where  the  spruce  was  considerably  scattered. 
The  last  one  seen  was  a  tine  cock,  which  was  startled  very  early  on 
the  morning  of  September  10,  from  a  small  beach  on  the  Nushagak 
River  about  '25  miles  above  its  mouth.  The  grouse  are  said  to  occur 
within  a  very  few  miles  of  Nushagak,  however.  Specimens  were 
taken  by  McKay  at  Lake  Aleknagik. 

Lagopus  lagopus  (Linn.).     Willow  Ptarmigan. 

Willow  ptarmigan  were  found  in  nearly  all  the  tundra  and  semi- 
tundra  regions  along  our  route.  In  July  old  females,  with  partly 
grown  young,  were  found  on  Iliamna  Pass  and  about  Lake  Iliamna. 
They  were  also  seen  along  the  Nogheling  River.  In  the  thick  timber 
about  Lake  Clark  there  are  of  course  no  ptarmigan,  though  they  may 
occur  on  some  of  the  mountains.  They  were  abundant  along  the 
upper  Chulitna  River,  and  particularly  so  on  the  portage  to  Swan 
Lake.  There,  in  the  latter  part  of  August,  the  young  wTere  still  fol- 
lowing their  parents,  though  they  quite  equaled  them  in  size. 
Whether  the  young  are  restrained  by  their  parents  who  fear  that  they 
are  not  able  to  care  for  themselves,  or  whether  the  adults  reluctantly 
remain  with  the  j7oung  who  are  too  timid  to  expose  themselves,  it 
seems  that  both  old  and  young  at  this  time  seldom  attempt  to  escape 
6389— No.  2-4—04 5 


66  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

danger  by  tiight.  We  repeatedly  passed  within  a  few  feet  of  family 
parties  of  about  a  dozen  birds  which  displayed  small  alarm,  beyond  a 
little  craning  of  necks  or  a  slight  crouching,  with  now  and  then  a  warn- 
ing cluck.  Often  they  would  not  fly  until  almost  stepped  upon,  and 
then  only  for  a  short  distance.  Once,  while  walking  across  the 
portage  with  a  native,  we  came  upon  a  small  flock  of  ptarmigan  and 
I  witnessed  a  simple  method  of  securing  game  without  the  use  of  shot 
and  powder.  Several  of  the  birds  were  within  about  20  feet,  and 
stretched  their  necks  to  look  at  us  from  the  farther  side  of  some 
tundra  hummocks,  behind  which  the}r  were  standing.  The  native 
dropped  on  one  knee,  pulled  out  his  jackknife,  and  without  opening 
it  tossed  it  lightly  at  one  of  the  bobbing  heads.  The  bird  dodged  the 
first  throw  and  fluttered  away  for  about  10  feet,  enabling  the  native 
to  recover  the  knife  and  try  again.  This  time  the  knife  just  tapped 
the  bird's  cranium,  causing  it  to  flutter  over,  stunned.  Before  it 
could  recover,  its  neck  was  wrung. 

Willow  ptarmigan  were  found  along  the  Kakhtul  and  Malchatna 
whenever  we  went  into  the  open  tundra  beyond  the  timber  immedi- 
ately bordering  the  rivers.  Occasionally  a  few  were  flushed  in  the 
sparse  timber  near  the  edge  of  the  tundra.  Sometimes  a  pair  or  two 
were  found  on  the  mountain  sides  up  to  about  1,000  feet  elevation, 
well  within  the  domain  of  the  rock  ptarmigan.  Like  the  grouse,  the 
ptarmigan  visit  the  gravel  beaches  along  the  rivers  and  lakes  to  obtain 
grit.  A  flock  was  seen  on  such  a  beach  on  the  lower  Nushagak  River 
September  11.  They  were  abundant  on  the  tundra  about  Nushagak, 
and  in  the  latter  part  of  September  were  collected  in  large  flocks.  At 
one  of  our  camps  near  Nushagak  immense  flocks  came  whizzing  over 
the  tent  every  evening  just  before  dark,  and  sometimes  for  a  short 
time  after  dark,  evidently  on  the  way  to  a  resting  place  for  the  night. 
Earlier  in  the  season,  through  late  July  and  early  August,  we  often 
heard  the  whirr  of  their  wings  at  night  near  camp,  as  well  as  their  half- 
croaking,  half-rattling  cry  which  seems  to  be  an  invariable  and  per- 
haps involuntary  accompaniment  of  their  flight.  The  food  of  the 
willow  ptarmigan  is  much  the  same  as  that  of  the  rock  ptarmigan. 
Stomachs  of  birds  taken  in  July  contained  berries  of  Vaccinium  and 
JE/mpetrum;  those  of  a  few  weeks  later  were  crammed  with  the  amenta 
of  the  dwarf  birch,  and  those  of  still  later  date  showed  buds  and 
leaves.  Specimens  in  various  plumages  were  taken,  but  our  limited 
carrying  capacity  made  it  impossible  for  us  to  save  large  series. 
McKay  and  Johnson  preserved  large  numbers  from  Nushagak,  chiefly 
of  birds  in  winter  plumage,  however. 

Lagopus  rupestris  nelsoni  Stejn.     Nelson  Ptarmigan. 

A  few  pairs  were  seen  on  barren,  rocky  parts  of  the  'Portage 
Mountain, '  between  the  head  of  the  Chulitna  River  and  Swan  Lake, 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS. 


G7 


August  19.  They  were  unwary  ut  this  time  and  allowed  approach 
within  easy  shotgun  range.  The  natives  recognize  their  distinctness 
from  the  willow  ptarmigan  and  seem  to  think  their  differently  pitched 
cry  the  most  important  consideration.  They  were  again  seen  in  the 
mountains  on  the  Kanatak  portage  and  about  Cold  Bay,  October  12 
to  26.  At  this  time  both  rock  and  willow  ptarmigans  were  to  be 
found  in  the  same  Hock,  though  in  the  more  mountainous  regions  the 
former  predominated.  Although  permanent  snows  had  not  yet  come, 
the  birds  were  rapidly  losing  the  dark  summer  plumage,  so  that  as 
they  rested  on  the  browned  vegetation,  their  white  bodies  were  veiy 
conspicuous,  and  could  often  be  seen  and  recognized  though  more  than 
a  mile  away  on  the  mountain  side.  They  had  also  begun  their  winter 
diet  of  buds,  but  obtained  a  larger  variety  than  if  snow  had  been  on 
the  ground. 

An  examination  of  the  crops  of  10  birds  killed  at  Cold  Bay  showed 
a  variety  of  food,  but  buds,  particularly  willow  buds,  predominated. 
Tiny  buds  and  twigs  of  some  small  species  of  Vaccihium  were  found 
in  large  numbers,  which  must  have  been  secured  by  a  very  tedious 
process.  Some  of  the  craws  contained  nothing  but  buds,  others  had 
a  few  leaves  of  Dryas  and  Ledum,  and  occasionally  one  contained 
some  broken  pieces  of  the  large  aments  of  AVnus  viridis. 

With  the  material  at  hand  I  have  been  unable  to  satisfactorily 
distinguish  the  rock  ptarmigan  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula  from  those  of 
Unalaska  Island. 

Lagopus  leucurus  Swains.     White-tailed  Ptarmigan. 

Without  being  solicited,  our  guide,  Zachar,  a  very  intelligent  native 
from  Keejik  village,  described  this  species.  He  said  that  it  was  found 
in  a  few  restricted  localities  in  the  mountains  on  the  northwest  side 
of  Lake  Clark. 

Circus  hudsonms  (Linn.).     Marsh  Hawk. 

One  was  seen  near  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  6,  and 
others  at  intervals  almost  daily  along  the  river.  Several  were  seen 
along  the  Kakhtul  River  or  beating  over  the  swampy  tundra  back  of 
it.  Others  were  seen  occasionally  thence  to  Nushagak.  Specimens 
from  Nushagak  of  McKay's  take  are  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Accipiter  velox  (Wils.).     Sharp-shinned  Hawk. 

A  sharp-shinned  hawk  was  seen  giving  battle  to  a  pair  of  ravens  on 
the  Malchatna  River  September  3.  The  conflict  was  watched  for  fully 
fifteen  minutes.  During  that  time  both  sides  won  several  apparent 
victories,  but  each  time  hostilities  were  renewed  by  one  or  the  other 
and  continued  until  we  were  out  of  sight.  The  species  was  not  seen 
elsewhere.     It  is  not  contained  in  McKa}r's  collection. 


68  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Accipiter  atricapillus  striatulus  Ridgw.     Western  Goshawk. 

A  goshawk  was  seen  soaring  over  the  mountains  about  Iliamna 
Pass  July  13,  and  several  immature  birds  were  seen  daily  near  camp 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  4  to  8.  No  others  were 
observed  until  we  reached  Nushagak,  where  on  two  or  three  occasions 
several  were  seen  flying  over  a  piece  of  swamp}^  tundra. 

Archibuteo   lagopus  sanctijohannis  (Gmel.).     Rough-legged  Hawk. 

A  pair  and  two  young  able  to  fly  were  found  in  possession  of  an  islet 
near  the  middle  of  Lake  Clark.  One  of  the  young  attempted  to  fly  to 
the  mainland  about  a  mile  away,  but,  becoming  exhausted,  fell  into 
the  water  near  the  shore  and  was  killed  with  a  paddle.  One  adult 
was  seen  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  2,  and  another 
was  killed  a  few  days  later  on  the  upper  river.  On  the  Nushagak  side 
we  saw  but  one.  This  came  screaming  over  the  boat  on  the  lower 
Nushagak  about  September  8.  One  was  taken  on  the  Aleknagik  or 
Wood  River  by  McKay  August  25,  1881. 

Aquila  chrysaetos  (Linn.).     Golden  Eagle. 

According  to  the  record  of  the  National  Museum  Catalogue,  a  golden 
eagle  was  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  September  30,  1882.  1  have 
looked  through  the  collection  with  considerable  care,  but  have  been 
unable  to  And  this  specimen. 

Haliseetus  leucocephalus  alascanus  Towns.     Northern  Bald  Eagle. 

In  the  course  of  our  entire  trip  but  five  eagles  were  seen,  as  follows: 
At  Iliamna  village  July  15;  near  the  head  of  Lake  Clark  July  28;  at 
Swan  Lake  August  27;  on  the  Malchatna  River  September  3,  and  on 
Becharof  Lake  October  0.  The  natives  report  them  as  occurring 
sparingly  all  through  the  region.  Their  primaries  and  rectrices  are 
used  by  the  natives  for  vanes  on  arrows,  and  a  neat  little  pocket  needle 
case  is  made  from  the  large  part  of  the  quill  by  merel}T  cutting  it  off 
and  fitting  a  bone  or  wooden  plug  in  the  open  end. 

Falco  rusticolus  gyrfalco  (Linn.).     Gyrfalcon. 

Several  falcons,  presumably  this  species,  were  seen  flying  about  a 
high  volcanic  cliff  on  Becharof  Lake  October  1.  An  unsuccessful  shot 
sent  them  screaming  away  and  they  were  not  seen  again.  Specimens 
were  taken  at  Nushagak  and  at  Ugashik  by  McKay. 

Falco  columbarius  Linn.     Pigeon  Hawk. 

One  was  taken  and  another  seen  on  the  Nogheling  River  about  half- 
way between  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark  July  19.  Several  were  seen 
flying  over  or  unsteadily  balancing  on  the  topmost  twig  of  some  tall 
spruce  along  the  Chulitna  River.  A  second  specimen  was  taken  at 
the  forks  of  the  upper  river  August  17.     The  species  was  also  seen 


NOVEMBER,  1904. 


BIRDS.  69 


occasionally  along  the  Kakhtul  and  Nushagak  rivers.     Specimens  were 
secured  at  Nushagak  and  Aleknagik  Lake  by  McKay. 

Pandion  haliaetus  carolinensis  (Ginel.).     Osprey. 

Ospreys  were  found  quite  commonly  on  nearly  all  the  river  courses 
we  traversed.  Fish  are  plentiful  throughout  the  region,  and  the  birds 
doubtless  find  an  easy  living.  The  first  was  seen  soaring  over  the 
Nogheling  River  July  21.  The  next  day  a  nest  was  seen  in  the  top  of 
a  spruce  on  the  bank  of  the  same  stream.  Ospreys  were  seen  at  inter- 
vals along  the  Chulitna  River  and  nearly  always  in  the  vicinity  of  their 
nests,  which  are  bulky,  flat-topped  affairs,  invariably  located  on  the 
very  top  of  a  live  spruce  near  the  river  bank,  thus  being  very  con- 
spicuous. In  several  places  along  the  Chulitna  the  young  ospreys 
were  seen  perched  on  the  edge  of  the  nest.  A  few  ospreys  were  seen 
along  the  Kakhtul  River.  One  pair  had  a  nest  about  half  a  mile  from 
one  of  our  camps  on  the  Kakhtul.  The  old  birds  made  one  or  two 
trips  over  us  every  day,  maneuvering  about  in  the  air  above  the  tent, 
dangling  their  legs  characteristically  and  crying  loudly  or  whistling 
shrilly. 

Asio  accipitrinus  (Pall.).     Short-eared  Owl. 

The  short-eared  owl,  as  well  as  most  other  species  of  the  coast 
region,  was  met  some  25  miles  above  Nushagak,  and  was  seen  in  con- 
siderable numbers.  It  was  attracted  by  the  light  in  the  tent  at  night 
and  came  about  several  of  our  camps  near  the  mouth  of  the  Nushagak 
River  and  on  Becharof  Lake.  Several  were  seen  flying  over  the  houses 
at  twilight  in  the  villages  of  Nushagak  and  Igagik.  Numerous  speci- 
mens were  taken  by  McKay  and  Johnson  at  and  near  Nushagak  and  at 
Ugashik. 

Cryptoglaux  tengmalmi  richardsoni  (Bonap.).     Richardson  Owl. 

The  catalogue  of  the  National  Museum  records  one  specimen  of  Rich- 
ardson owl,  taken  at  Nushagak  by  J.  W.  Johnson  February  20,  1884. 
I  have  been  unable  to  find  this  specimen  in  the  Museum,  but  since 
the  occurrence  of  the  species  in  the  region  is  altogether  probable, 
and  since  most  of  the  names  entered  in  the  catalogue  are  correct,  the 
record  may  be  accepted. 

Bubo  virginianus  algistus  (Oberh.).     Great  Horned  Owl. 

Horned  owls  are  only  fairly  common  in  the  region  traversed.  One 
was  heard  at  Iliamna  village  July  14,  another  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Chulitna  River  August  6,  and  a  third  on  the  lower  Kakhtul  River  Sep- 
tember 1.  A  specimen  in  immature  plumage  was  taken  at  the  forks 
of  the  upper  Chulitna  River  August  16.  While  this  specimen  was 
being  prepared,  our  native  guide  asked  that  the  body  be  saved  for 
him.  When  it  was  delivered  to  him  it  promptly  went  into  the  pot, 
and  shortly  after  'boiled  owl'  was  eaten  with  a  relish  by  the  natives. 


70  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

On  being  questioned  about  it  they  replied:  "  Eat  urn?  Yes;  eat  um. 
Good!  All  same  glouse."  A  specimen  of  this  owl  was  taken  by 
McKay  near  Aleknagik  River  August  24,  1881. 

Nyctea  nyctea  (Linn.).     Snowy  Owl. 

A  poorly  mounted  snowy  owl  was  seen  in  the  trader's  store  at 
Nushagak.  The  species  is  said  to  be  a  regular  winter  visitant  there, 
as  well  as  at  Igagik  and  Becharof  Lake.  Specimens  were  taken  on  the 
Malchatna  River  and  at  Lake  Aleknagik  by  McKay. 

Surnia  ulula  caparoch  (Mull.).     Hawk  Owl. 

An  immature  bird  was  taken  in  some  thick  woods  near  the  head  of 
Lake  Clark  Jul}7  27.  One  was  seen  giving  battle  to  a  pair  of  ravens 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  8.  It  was  shot  later  from 
the  top  of  a  tall  spruce,  where  it  was  resting  after  its  exertions.  A 
third  was  killed  a  few  miles  up  the  river  on  the  following  da}r.  One 
was  taken  by  McKay  on  the  Aleknagik  or  Wood  River,  October  20, 
1881,  and  four  were  taken  by  Johnson  at  Nushagak  in  November  and 
December,  1884. 

Ceryle  alcyon  (Linn.).     Belted  Kingfisher. 

One  was  seen  on  the  Kakhtul  River  August  28;  another  near  the 
same  place  August  31,  and  a  third  flew  cackling  by  us  down  the  Mal- 
chatna River  September  3.  These  were  the  only  kingfishers  observed 
on  the  entire  trip. 

Picoides  arcticus  (Swains.).     Arctic  Three-toed  Woodpecker. 

An  adult  male  was  taken  on  the  Malchatna  River  by  McKay,  in 
March,  1883.  It  is  the  only  specimen  of  this  species  from  Alaska  in 
the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  and,  as  far  as  I  can  learn,  there  is  no  other 
record  of  its  occurrence  in  the  Territory."  During  three  seasons' 
work  in  various  parts  of  Alaska  I  have  never  seen  this  woodpecker 
nor  heard  any  report  of  it. 

Picoides  americanus  fasciatus  Baird.  Alaska  Three-toed  W'oodpecker. 
A  woodpecker  was  heard  near  Uiamna  Village  July  15;  another 
near  Keejik  Village,  on  Lake  Clark,  July  24,  and  two  specimens 
were  taken  near  the  head  of  Lake  Clark  July  29.  Another-was  heard 
on  the  Chulitna  River  early  in  August,  and  this  ended  our  experience 
with  woodpeckers.  Though  conditions  are  everywhere  favorable  for 
them  in  this  region,  they  seem  to  be  quite  rare.  One  specimen  was 
taken  by  McKay  on  the  Nushagak  River  January  10,  1882. 

Sayornis  saya  (Bonap.).     Say  Phoebe. 

One  specimen,  probably  a  migrant,  was  taken  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Chulitna  River  August  6;  no  others  Were  seen. 


a  Nelson  records  one  specimen  from  Fort  Reliance,  which  is  not  in  Alaska  hut  in 
Yukon  Territory.     Cf.  Nat.  Hist.  Coll.  in  Alaska,  }».  157,  1887. 


NOVEMBER,  190-1.]  BIRDS. 


71 


Otocoris  alpestris  arcticola  Oberh.     Alaska  Horned  Lark. 

A  small  flock  of  10  or  15  was  seen  flying  about  the  summit  of  the 
'Portage  Mountain,'  between  the  head  of  the  Chulitna  River  and  Swan 
Lake,  August  19.  No  specimens  were  secured  there,  and  the  species 
was  unfortunately  not  seen  elsewhere. 

Pica  pica  hudsonia  (Sab.).     Magpie. 

A  magpie  was  brought  in  bv-  a  native  boy  at  Keejik  Village,  on  Lake 
Clark,  July  26,  and  several  others  were  seen  in  the  mountains  near 
the  head  of  the  lake  July  28.  Magpies  were  not  found  again  until 
Becharof  Lake  was  reached,  where  one  was  taken  October  6.  A  small 
flock  was  seen  at  Kanatak  October  12.  One  was  taken  by  McKay  on 
the  Malchatna  River  December  25,  1881,  and  four  others  on  the 
Nushagak  River  December  13-27,  1881.  They  doubtless  occur  spar- 
ingly throughout  the  entire  region. 

Perisoreus  canadensis  fumifrons  Ridgw.     Alaska  Ja}T. 

As  soon  as  we  reached  the  timber  on  the  interior  side  of  lliamna  Pass, 
we  met  the  jays,  and  from  that  time  until  we  reached  Nushagak  we 
saw  a  good  deal  of  them.  They  were  perhaps  most  common  about 
Lake  Clark,  but  were  frequently  seen  along  the  Chulitna  River  and  on 
the  divide,  and  thence  to  Nushagak.  They  frequently  came  about  our 
camps,  but  never  attempted  any  great  familiarity.  Sometimes  they 
picked  up  scraps  of  meat  near  the  tent,  but  were  usually  very  cau- 
tious about  it,  at  least  while  we  were  in  the  vicinity.  They  generally 
preferred  to  sit  a  few  rods  away  in  a  spruce  and  entertain  us  by  prac- 
ticing some  of  their  vocal  accomplishments,  which  are  not  a  few,  and 
well  warrant  their  being  given  the  title  of  '  Mockingbird  of  the  North.' 
Specimens  were  taken  at  lliamna  Village,  at  Lake  Clark,  and  on  the 
Kakhtul  River.  They  were  also  taken  in  small  numbers  at  Nushagak 
by  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Corvus  corax  principalis  Ridgw.     Northern  Raven. 

A  small  party  of  ravens  were  about  camp  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chu- 
litna River  and  kept  it  well  cleaned  of  bits  of  meat  and  refuse.  The 
raven's  ability  to  appear  from  space  and  discover  a  cubic  inch  of  decay- 
ing meat  in  a  secret  place  seems  second  only  to  that  of  the  bluebottle 
fly  and  the  turkey  buzzard.  The  birds  were  among  the  first  to  be 
active  in  the  morning,  and  many  times  awakened  us  when  it  was 
scarcely  dawn  by  the  peculiar  whizzing  sound  made  by  their  wings 
as  they  flew  slowly  back  and  forth  over  the  tent.  Ravens  were  more 
or  less  common  all  along  the  route.  Several  wTere  seen  along  the 
Nogheling  River  July  21;  scattering  pairs  and  small  flocks  were  seen 
or  heard  at  various  points  about  Lake  Clark;  others  now  and  then 
attracted  our  attention  as  we  went  down  the  Kakhtul  and  the  Nusha- 
gak.    They  were  common  at  Nushagak  and  at  Igagik.     Large  flocks 


72  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  lM. 

were  seen  at  Kanatak,  doubtless  attracted  by  the  carcass  of  a  right 
whale  which  had  drifted  ashore  near  there.  A  few  were  seen  at  Cold 
Bay. 

Nucifraga  columbiana  (Wils.).     Clarke  Nutcracker. 

A  tine  specimen  of  the  Clarke  nutcracker  was  taken  by  J.  W.  John- 
son at  Nushagak  November  5,  1885.  This,  I  believe,  is  the  second 
specimen  of  this  species  known  to  have  been  taken  in  northern  Alaska." 

Euphagus  carolinus  (Mull.).     Rusty  Blackbird. 

One  specimen  was  taken  in  a  willow  thicket  near  Keejik  Village, 
Lake  Clark,  July  24;  no  others  were  seen  in  this  vicinity.  They  were 
next  found  along  a  small  creek  near  the  headwaters  of  the  Chulitna 
River,  where  they  were  quite  common  for  a  few  miles.  Several  were 
seen  about  the  deserted  huts  of  the  native  village  of  Ikwok,  on  the 
Nushagak  River,  September  5.  McKay  took  one  specimen  on 
the  Nushagak  River  and  two  at  Lake  Aleknagik. 

Pinicola  enucleator  alascensis  Ridgw.     Alaska  Pine  Grosbeak. 

Pine  grosbeaks  were  collected  b}^  McKa}'  near  Nushagak,  near  Lake 
Aleknagik,  and  on  the  Nushagak  River.  Among  these  was  the  type 
of  P.  e.  alascensis  (No.  86510,  U.S.N.M.),  taken  June  9,  1881,  in  spruce 
woods  6  miles  above  Nushagak.  No  pine  grosbeaks  were  seen  by  our 
party. 

Loxia  leucoptera  Gmel.     White-winged  Crossbill. 

Crossbills  were  seen  in  much  less  numbers  than  I  have  usually 
found  them  elsewhere  in  Alaska.  A  few  small  flocks  were  seen  at 
a  distance  about  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  but  they  were  not  noted 
elsewhere.  A  single  adult  female  was  taken  in  January,  1883,  on  the 
Malchatna  River,  by  McKay. 

Leucosticte  tephrocotis  griseonucha  (Brandt).     Aleutian  Leucosticte. 

One  adult  male,  doubtless  a  straggler  from  the  Alaska  Peninsula, 
was  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKa}",  November  1,  1882.  It  is  inter- 
mediate in  size  between  L.  griseonucha  and  L.  litt&ralis,  being  similar 
to  some  specimens  from  Kodiak  Island. 

Acanthis  hornemanni  exilipes  (Cones).     Hoary  Redpoll. 

Flocks  were  seen  in  September  at  Nushagak  and  along  the  lower 
Nushagak  River;  also  found  commonly  about  Becharof  Lake  and  at 
Kanatak  and  Cold  Bay,  October  1-26.  Several  specimens  were  taken 
on  Becharof  Lake-  and  at  Cold  Bay.  June  and  July  specimens  in 
breeding  plumage,  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson,  are  in 
the  National  Museum,  and  afford  a  good  example  of  the  residence  of 
arctic  birds  at  this  point. 

(f.  Ridgway,  Man.  X.  Am.  Birds,  j>.  364,  1SS7;  Grinnell,  Birds  Kotzebue  Sound, 
Pac.  Coast  Avifauna  No.  1,  j>.  77,  1900. 


NOVEMBER,  VMl.] 


BIRDS.  73 


In  the  fall,  after  most  of  the  other  small  birds  are  gone,  the  little 
redpolls  are  more  conspicuous,  and  many  a  long-  tramp  in  a  dreary 
region  is  relieved  of  some  of  its  monotony  by  their  cheerful  appear- 
ance at  frequent  intervals.  They  are  intensely  gregarious,  seeming 
to  have  no  individuality  whatever.  One  even  recalls  their  notes  col- 
lectively as  a  medley  of  clicking  and  chipping,  not  musical  but  agree- 
able nevertheless.  After  the  alders  have  shed  their  leaves  the  redpolls 
frequent  them  a  great  deal.  They  alight  in  small  clouds  in  these 
thickets,  swerving  suddenly  from  their  course  as  if  one  and  all  had 
suddenly  changed  their  minds,  or  as  if  shying  from  a  fancied  danger, 
and  in  a  flash  they  disappear  in  the  bushes  and  immediately  begin 
feeding  in  matter-of-fact  fashion  on  the  pendent  aments.  When 
startled  they  fly  out  hurriedly  in  all  directions,  chipping  excitedly. 
When  Hying  high  they  undulate  and  utter  a  'cheep1  much  after  the 
manner  of  siskins  and  goldfinches. 

Acanthis  linaria  (Linn.).     Redpoll. 

Redpolls  were  common  in  the  timbered  regions  about  lakes  Iliamna 
and  Clark  and  along  the  Chulitna  River.  One  was  taken  at  Iliamna 
Village,  July  13,  and  another  on  Lake  Clark,  July  23,  both  of  which 
were  adult  males  referable  to  typical  linaria.  Among  a  number  of 
redpolls  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson  is  one  (No.  86526 
U.S.N.M.)  which  seems  also  to  be  true  linaria.  It  was  collected  June 
2],  1881,  and  is  in  very  much  abraded  plumage. 

Acanthis  linaria  holbcelli  (Brehm).     Holbcell  Redpoll. 

Taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson.  Four  June  and  Julv- 
birds  which  have  been  examined  are  quite  characteristic  of  this  form. 
It  was  not  recognized  among  the  numbers  of  A.  exilipes,  seen  by  us  at 
Nushagak  in  September.  Nushagak  is  perhaps  near  the  southern  limit 
of  its  breeding  range. 

Spinus  pinus  (Wils.).     Pine  Siskin. 

One  was  taken  at  Iliamna  Village,  July  13,  and  a  few  others  seen. 
Several  were  seen  on  the  Nogheling  River,  July  21.  They  were  not 
seen  later,  and  no  specimens  are  mentioned  as  taken  by  McKay  at 
Nushagak. 

Passerina  nivalis  (Linn.).     Snowflake. 

One  specimen  was  taken  on  the  beach  at  Nushagak,  September  2<», 
and  another  was  seen  in  company  with  it.  A  small  flock  was  seen  on 
Becharof  Lake,  October  6,  and  a  few  more  were  seen  in  the  mountains 
between  Becharof  Lake  and  Kanatak.  Numerous  specimens  were 
taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson.  Most  of  these  are  winter 
birds,  but  at  least  one  (No.  110128)  is  in  full  nuptial  plumage.  It  was 
taken  July  3,  1886,  which  would  indicate  its  breeding  in  the  vicinity. 


74  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

It  also  breeds  at  Cold  Bay,  where  Maddren  found  it  nesting  in  high 
rock}'  cliffs  in  the  summer  of  1903. 

Passerina  hyperborea  (Ridgw.).     Hyperborean  Snowflake. 

The  bird  used  as  the  basis  for  the  original  description  of  the  female 
in  winter  plumage  of  this  species  was  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak, 
November  16,  1882.  A  male  bird  was  taken  by  him  at  the  same 
locality,  December  10, 1882.  The  species  is  evidently  a  regular  winter 
visitant  to  this  locality,  for  Johnson  took  two  specimens  November 
12,  1881,  and  March  13,  1885,  respectively. 

Calcarius  lapponicus  alascensis  Ridgw.     Alaska  Longspur. 

Longspurs  were  first  found  in  numbers  in  the  coast  region  on  the 
lower  Nushagak  River,  though  a  few  high-flying  birds  supposed  to  be 
this  species  were  seen  in  the  mountains  along  the  Kakhtul  River,  Sep- 
tember 3.  They  were  practically  the  only  small  land  birds  to  be  found 
in  the  tundra  about  Bristol  Bay  during  middle  and  later  September. 
They  were  not  in  large  flocks,  but  in  parties  of  10  to  20,  or  very  fre- 
quently in  twos  and  threes.  When  flushed,  they  usually  rose  up 
against  the  strong  wind  that  was  blowing  most  of  the  time  and  swung 
around  with  it,  and  in  a  few  long  sweeps  alighted  within  a  short  dis- 
tance. When  the  vegetation  is  dead  and  browned  in  the  fall,  their 
changed  plumage  makes  them  very  inconspicuous  birds.  They  were 
seen  daily  at  Nushagak,  at  Igagik,  along  the  Ugaguk  River,  and  at 
various  points  along  Becharof  Lake.  A  few  were  seen  at  Kanatak 
and  several  at  Cold  Bay  as  late  as  October  25.  Numerous  specimens 
were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Passerculus  sandwichensis  alaudinus  (Bonap.).  Western  Savanna 
Sparrow. 
Breeding  abundantly  on  the  treeless  slopes  and  in  the  small  grassy 
mountain  valleys  on  the  west  side  of  Iliamna  Pass,  where  one  specimen 
was  taken  July  12.  Seen  in  small  numbers  in  open  places  in  the 
vicinity  of  Iliamna  Village  and  along  the  Nogheling  River.  None 
were  seen  about  Lake  Clark  until  August  7,  when  they  suddenly 
appeared  in  considerable  numbers  near  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna 
River,  not  in  the  open  swamps,  but  in  scattering  twos  and  threes  in 
the  thick  willow  brush,  evidently  preparing  for  migration.  After 
this  date  none  were  seen.  McKay  and  Johnson  found  the  species 
breeding  at  Nushagak. 

Zonotrichia  leucophrys  gambeli  (Xutt.).     Intermediate  Sparrow. 

First  seen  on  the  portage  between  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark,  where 
it  was  found  in  company  with  Z.  <-<>i'<>n<tt<i  July  18.  Scattered  indi- 
viduals were  observed  later  about  Lake  (lark  and  along  the  Chulitna 
River.      One  specimen  was  taken  and  a   tew  others  were  seen  near 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  75 

Swan  River  August  27.  They  were  quite  rare  at  this  time,  and  the 
majority  that  breed  in  the  region  had  doubtless  migrated.  One  speci- 
men was  taken  at  Nushagak  as  late  as  September  18.  Specimens  were 
also  taken  'at  this  locality  by  McKa}7,  June  6  to  August  9,  1881. 

Zonotrichia  coronata  (Pall.).     Golden-crowned  Sparrow. 

The  golden-crowned  sparrow  was  the  first  land  bird  seen  when  wo 
reached  Iliamna  Bay.  It  was  very  common  in  the  low  brush  on  the 
steep  mountain  sides  about  the  bay,  where  M.  W.  Gorman  found  several 
nests  in  the  latter  part  of  June.  These,  he  says,  usually  contained 
four  eggs,  though  one  with  six  was  found.  The  bird  was  abundant  at 
Iliamna  village  and  between  there  and  the  bay.  Large  streaked 
3'oung  were  found  on  Lake  Iliamna  July  17,  and  a  few  were  seen  about 
Lake  Clark,  which  is  probably  as  far  as  the  species  ranges  into  the 
interior.  The  birds  are  rather  erratic  about  going  south  in  the  fall 
and  do  not  all  leave  at  once,  as  straggling  individuals  remain  until 
quite  late.  One  of  these  stragglers  was  taken  by  Johnson  at  Nushagak 
as  late  as  November  5.  Breeding  birds  were  also  taken  there  by 
McKay  in  June. 

Spizella  monticola  ochracea  Brewst.     Western  Tree  Sparrow. 

Several  were  seen  on  Iliamna  Lake  July  16  near  the  Nogheling 
portage,  where  one  specimen  was  taken.  A  few  were  seen  about 
Lake  Clark,  and  a  specimen  was  taken  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna 
River  August  3.  On  the  trip  up  the  Chulitna,  tree  sparrows  were 
found  to  be  quite  common,  being  the  characteristic  birds  of  the  low' 
brush  and  almost  the  only  small  birds  that  were  regularly  seen  each 
day.  They  were  also  common  about  the  Chulitna  portage  and  from 
there  on  down  the  Swan  River  and  the  Kakhtul  to  the  Malchatna, 
after  which  they  were  seen  no  more.  McKay  secured  specimens  at 
Nushagak  and  on  the  Nushagak  River  80  miles  above  its  mouth. 

Junco  hyemalis  (Linn.).     Slate-colored  Junco. 

Up  to  the  second  week  in  August  j uncos  were  seen  almost  daily  from 
Iliamna  village  to  the  lower  Chulitna  River.  They  were  in  scattered 
family  parties,  the  older  members  of  which  took  particular  pains  to 
follow  us  through  the  woods  whenever  occasion  offered,  persistently 
scolding  and  flitting  excitedly  about,  making  more  disturbance  than 
many  other  birds  would  at  the  invasion  of  their  nests.  Like  the 
chickadees,  they  were  particularly  responsive  to  *  squeaks.1  and  sel- 
dom failed  to  appear  promptly  when  calls  were  given  for  more  desir- 
able species.  Several  specimens  were  taken.  They  were  not  taken  at 
Nushagak  bjT  McKay  and  Johnson.  Perhaps  they  do  not  occur  farther 
west  than  the  Iliamna  region,  though  it  would  be  strange  if  they  did 
not  range  throughout  the  spruce  timber. 


7(3  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Passerella  iliaca  (Merrem).     Fox  Sparrow. 

A  .specimen  of  typical  Passerella  iUaca  (No.  86535  U.  S.  N.  M.)  in 
breeding  plumage  was  taken  by  McKay  at  Nushagak  June  6,  1881. 
From  this  it  would  seem  that  the  species  breeds  all  along  the  coast  of 
Bering  Sea.  north  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula,  since  it  is  known  to  be  a 
common  breeder  at  St.  Michael.  A  specimen  (No.  110105)  collected 
by  J.  W.  Johnson  at  an  unknown  locality  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula  is 
intermediate  in  character  between  iliaca  and  unalaschcensis,  but  nearer 
to  iliaca. 

Passerella  unalaschcensis  (Gmel.).     Peninsula  Sparrow. 

One  specimen  was  taken  and  several  were  seen  in  the  mountains 
near  Iliamna  Bay  July  12;  two  others,  one  adult  and  one  immature 
bird,  were  taken  at  Iliamna  village  July  14;  and  another  }roung  bird 
was  taken  on  Lake  Iliamna  at  the  Nogheling  portage  July  18.  These 
agree  well  with  birds  from  the  Shumagin  Islands  and  localities  to  the 
westward  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula.  Doubtless  these  localities  are  near 
the  eastern  limit  of  the  range  of  typical  unalaschcensis,  since  aberrant 
birds  are  found  in  Cook  Inlet. a  The  young  are  easily  distinguishable 
from  young  of  insularis  and  annectens  by  much  the  same  characters  as 
the  adults.  .  They  are  generally  grayer  and  less  rufeseent  and  the  light- 
creamy  areas  on  the  under  parts  are  more  extensive.  On  the  upper- 
parts  the  head,  neck,  and  forepart  of  the  back  are  gra}^er,  and  show 
greater  contrast  with  the  rump  and  upper  tail-coverts. 

A  specimen  of  typical  unalaschcensis  in  fresh  fall  plumage  was  taken 
at  Nushagak  September  19;  another,  which  is  not  quite  typical,  but 
easily  referable  to  imalaschcensis,  was  taken  at  the  same  locality  by 
J.  W.  Johnson  October  22,  1884.  These  birds  may  have  been  wan- 
derers, but  if  so  they  must  have  wandered  out  of  their  regular  course 
of  migration  and  traveled  in  a  northerly  or  westerly  direction  for  a 
considerable  distance,  as  their  known  breeding  range  is  to  the  south 
and  east.  Nushagak,  where  typical  iliaca  breeds,  is  scarcely  100 
miles  from  Lake  Iliamna  and  points  on  the  Alaska  Peninsula  where 
we  have  typical  unalaschcensis.  Between  these  localities  there  is  no 
physical  barrier  and  no  appreciable  difference  in  temperature  or 
environment.  If  we  assume  that  intergradation  takes  place  between 
these  two  birds  in  this  short  distance,  we  must  do  it  merely  on  the 
evidence  of  a  very  limited  number  of  specimens  showing  a  combina- 
tion of  characters.  Without  apparent  environmental  cause  it  hardly 
seems  possible  thai  differentiation  takes  place  in  such  a  short  distance 
between  two  such  well-marked  forms;  one  a  distinctly  rufeseent  bird, 
the  other  as  distinctly  olivaceous  gray;  one  with  bright  chestnut  pri- 
maries and  rectrices,  the  other  with  these  parts  of  quite  different 
color;  one  a  bird  with  white  wing-bars,  the  other  with  none;  one  with 

«Cf.  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  21,  p.  79,  1901. 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  77 

back  striped,  the  other  with  back  plain.  If  it  be  -true  that  gradual 
intergradation  according  to  a  sequence  of  geographical  units  does 
take  place  in  this  case,  it  is  certainly  the  most  remarkable  on  record. 
If  we  consider  the  few  intermediate  specimens  as  hybrids  pure  and 
simple,  there  is  much  less  to  be  explained.  Additional  specimens  from 
different  parts  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula  would  perhaps  decide  the  ques- 
tion, but  while  it  is.  necessary  to  choose  from  hypotheses,  1  prefer 
the  hybrid  theory  to  that  of  gradual  geographic  intergradation.  In 
this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  most  of  the  supposed 
' intergrades '  are  winter  birds  from  California  and  that  no  typical 
iUaca  has  been  taken  in  California."  Accepting  the  hybrid  theory,  it 
is  possible  to  believe  that  these  birds  were  led  to  take  a  western  route, 
while  typical  iUaca,  although  breeding  in  practically  the  same  region, 
has  invariably  followed  its  own  route  to  the  eastward. 

Hirundo  erythrogastra  Bodd.     Barn  Swallow. 

Barn  swallows  breed  commonly  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Iliamna  and 
Lake  Clark,  where  we  found  them  in  late  July  and  early  August. 
It  is  probable  that  they  are  also  summer  residents  of  much  of  the  other 
country  through  which  we  traveled,  but  we  arrived  too  late  to  find 
them.  They  were  seen  in  small  numbers  at  Iliamna  Village  July  14; 
on  Lake  Iliamna  July  15;  about  the  islands  in  Lake  Clark  July  23; 
and  near  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  6  to  10.  They 
appeared  with  other  swallows  in  considerable  numbers  August  (>,  and 
soared  about  all  day.  The  majority  of  them  disappeared  the  next  day 
(August  7),  and  by  August  10  practically  all  were  gone. 

Iridoprocne  bicolor  (Vieill.).     Tree  Swallow. 

A  few  unmistakable  tree  swallows  were  seen  in  company  with  flocks 
of  violet-green  swallows  at  Iliamna  Village  July  13  to  15.  The}T  were 
not  recognized  with  certainty  elsewhere. 

Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  (Mearns).  Northern  Violet-green  Swallow. 
Violet-green  swallows  were  found  in  considerable  numbers  at  Iliamna 
Village  and  several  specimens  were  taken  July  13  to  15.  At  this  time 
they  were  flying  actively  as  late  in  the  evening  as  9.30.  Earlier  in 
the  season  they  doubtless  fly  much  later.  Small  numbers  were  seen 
on  Lakes  Iliamna  and  Clark.  On  August  6  they  were  preparing  to 
migrate.  None  were  seen  after  August  10,  when  I  left  the  mouth  of 
the  Chulitna  River. 

Ttiparia  riparia  (Linn.).     Bank  Swallow. 

No  signs  of  bank  swallows  were  seen  except  along  a  short  stretch  of 
the  Nushagak  River  between  the  mouth  of  the  Tikchik  and  Kakwok, 
where  most  of  the  high  banks  were  drilled  along  the  upper  edges  with 

a  I  believe  I  am  correct  in  this.  P.  iliaca  has  been  variously  recorded  from  Cali- 
fornia, but  so  far  as  I  know  the  specimens  are  of  the  hybrid  type. 


78  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

their  characteristic  holes.  The  birds  themselves  were  not  seen,  doubt- 
less having-  migrated  early  in  August.  Summer  specimens  taken  at 
Nushagak  by  McKay  are  in  the  National  Museum. 

Lanius  borealis  Vieill.     Northern  Shrike. 

An  immature  bird  was  taken  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River 
August  5,  and  another  at  Swan  Lake  August  25.  One  was  seen  on 
the  Kakhtul  River  August  31.  Another,  the  last  one  seen,  was  found 
near  Nushagak  September  17.  Two  specimens  were  taken  b}T  McKay 
at  Ugashik  September  20,  1881. 

Helminthophila  celata  (Say).     Orange-crowned  Warbler. 

A  few  scattering  birds  were  seen  in  the  low  bushes  about  Lakes 
Iliamna  and  Clark  in  July.  One  specimen  was  taken  at  Iliamna 
Village  July  11,  and  another,  an  immature  bird,  near  the  head  of 
Lake  Clark  July  26.  The  species  doubtless  went  south  with  the 
other  warblers  soon  after  the  1st  of  August,  as  we  saw  none  after  that 
date.  The  immature  example  differs  quite  decidedly  from  the  adult, 
in  having  two  buffy  wing  bars,  buffy  sides,  grayish  head  and  throat, 
a  decided  whitish  loral  stripe,  and  a  grayish  brown  pileum  and  nape 
distinct  from  olivaceous  back.  The  species  breeds  in  the  vicinity  of 
Nushagak,  as  testified  by  several  specimens  .taken  in  June  by  McKay. 

Dendroica  aestiva  rubiginosa  (Pall.).     Alaska  Yellow  Warbler. 

The  yellow  warbler  was  one  of  the  least  common  of  the  warblers 
seen  about  Lake  Iliamna  and  Lake  Clark  during  the  early  part  of  our 
trip.  One  specimen  was  taken  at  Iliamna  Village  July  15,  and  another 
about  10  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  August  11. 
Several  others  were  seen  or  heard  near  Iliamna  Village  and  about  Lake 
Clark.     Specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  and  Johnson. 

Dendroica  coronata  (Linn.).     Myrtle  Warbler. 

The  myrtle  warbler  was  found  in  considerable  numbers  about  Lake 
Clark,  where  it  doubtless  breeds.  It  was  most  abundant  August  6,  when 
a  slight  migrating  wave  was  observed  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna 
River.  Several  specimens  were  taken,  including  both  adults  and  young 
of  the  year.     The  species  was  collected  at  Nushagak  by  McKay. 

Dendroica  striata  (Forster).     Black-poll  Warbler. 

This  was  the  most  common  of  the  warblers  seen  from  July  14  to 
August  12.  It  was  fairly  common  at  Iliamna  Village;  a  few  were 
seen  along  the  Nogheling  River,  and  man}7  at  various  points  along 
Lake  Clark.  They  frequented  the  tops  of  the  deciduous  trees  more 
than  the  other  warblers,  which  generally  kept  lower  down  in  the  willow 
brush.  Our  camp  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River  was  situated  in 
a  grove  of  birch  and  poplar.     From  August  0  to   August  10  it  was 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  79 

possible  to  step  outside  the  tent  at  almost  any  time  during  the  day 
and  see  one  or  more  black-polls  flitting  through  the  tree-tops.  Of  the 
seven  specimens  taken  nearly  all  are  young  in  transition  plumage. 
One  taken  on  Lake  Clark  July  23  is  irregularly  patched  with  parts  of 
the  juvenal  and  the  first  fall  plumages.  The  light  olivaceous  of  the 
new  plumage  is  appearing  strongly  on  the  pileum,  breast,  and  sides, 
and  a  few  new  feathers  are  scattered  through  the  scapular  tracts. 
Elsewhere  is  the  more  or  less  mottled  dusky  and  creamy  of  the  juvenal 
plumage.  The  species  undoubtedly  breeds  throughout  the  timbered 
region  traversed  by  us.  McKay's  collection  contains  two  breeding- 
birds,  one  taken  on  the  Nushagak  River,  80  miles  above  its  mouth, 
June  25,  1881,  and  one  at  Aleknagik  Lake  June  17,  1881. 

Seiurus  noveboracensis  notabilis  Ridgw.     Grinnell  Water  Thrush. 

A  pair  of  water  thrushes  was  seen  at  Iliamna  Village  July  11.  They 
flew  nervously  about"  in  a  willow  thicket,  and  acted  as  if  a  brood  of 
3Toung  might  be  secreted  in  the  vicinity.  No  more  were  seen  until 
August  3,  when  the}-  became  quite  common  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chu- 
litna  River,  where  they  were  beginning  to  migrate.  Their  quick, 
nervous  actions  and  decisive  call  note  made  them  very  noticeable. 
Three  specimens  were  taken  there,  one  of  them  being  caught  in  a 
mouse  trap  under  a  deca}red  log  in  a  boggy  place.  None  were  seen 
later  than  August  7.  One  specimen  was  taken  by  McKay  on  the 
Nushagak  River,  85  miles  above  its  mouth,  June  6,  1881. 

Wilsonia  pusilla  pileolata  (Pallas).     Pileolated  Warbler. 

Pileolated  warblers  were  found  in  abundance  among  the  thickets  of 
alder  and  willow  from  the  summit  of  Iliamna  Pass  to  Iliamna  Village. 
They  were  found  about  Lake  Clark  and  were  particularly  numerous 
among  other  migrating  warblers  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River 
August  5  to  7,  perhaps  being  second  in  abundance  only  to  the  blackpoll 
warbler.  They  were  found  in  low  brush,  particularly  willow,  rather 
than  higher  up  in  birches  and  spruce,  where  other  species  preferred 
to  be.  Specimens  were  taken  at  Iliamna  Pass,  Iliamna  Village,  head 
of  Lake  Clark,  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chulitna  River.  In  1881 
McKay  took  four  specimens  at  Nushagak. 

Budytes  flavus  alascensis  Ridgw.     Alaska  Yellow  Wagtail. 

McKay  and  Johnson  secured  four  breeding  birds  of  this  species  in 
June  and  July  at  Nushagak.  This  is  doubtless  near  the  southern 
limit  of  its  breeding  range  on  this  continent. 

Anthus  pensilvanicus  (Lath.).     Pipit, 

A  few  small  flocks  were  seen  in  barren  rocky  places  about  the  tops  of 
some  low  mountains  near  the  Kakhtul  River  August  29-31.  McKay 
secured  two  specimens  at  Nushagak  August  25,  1881. 


80  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  24. 

Cinclus  mexicanus  Swains.     Dipper. 

One  adult  was  taken  at  the  mouth  of  a  cold  rushing-  stream  near  the 
head  of  Lake  Clark  August  1.  It  was  accompanied  by  a  young  bird, 
able  to  fly  but  not  lacking  in  juvenile  manners.  The  parent  skipped 
about  the  rocks  or  dove  unconcernedlv  into  the  icy  riffles.  Mean- 
while the  young  one,  with  feathers  ruffled  and  head  thrown  slightly 
back,  fluttered  about,  making  frequent  stops,  while  it  kept  up  a  plain- 
tive cry,  accompanied  by  a  fretful  expression  about  all  its  movements 
which  reminded  me  of  a  wilful  child.  These  were  the  only  ouzels  met 
with  until  near  the  end  of  our  trip,  when  a  specimen  was  taken  on  a 
small  mountain  stream  at  Cold  Bay  October  IS.  McKay  took  five 
specimens  on  the  Malchatna  River  December  15-20,  188-1. 

Parus  atricapillus  turneri  Ridgw.     Turner  Chickadee. 

Chickadees  were  found  sparingly  all  along  our  route.  Toward 
the  end  of  the  season  they  shared  places  in  our  affections  with 
the  redpolls,  as  most  of  the  other  small  land  birds  had  migrated. 
Specimens  were  taken  on  Lake  Clark,  on  the  Nushagak  River,  at 
Nushagak,  and  at  Cold  Bay.  Specimens  from  Nushagak,  taken  by 
McKay  and  Johnson,  are  also  in  the  National  Museum.  These,  as 
well  as  others  from  Alaska,  seem  to  indicate  that  Parus  dtrica/pillus 
turneri  merits  recognition  as  a  form  subspecifically  different  from 
P.  a.  septentrionalis.  The  Alaska  bird  contrasted  with  1\  a.  septen- 
trionalis is  characterized  by  a  decidedly  smaller  and  more  slender  bill, 
shorter  wing  and  tail,  and  general  grayer  coloration.  The  black  of 
the  pileum  is  more  dead  bluish-black,  without  any  brownish  cast  as  in 
septentrionalis i  the  white  on  the  outer  webs  of  the  secondaries  is 
broader  and  more  extensive;  and  on  the  outer  web  of  the  outer  rec- 
trix  there  is  less  tendency  to  a  dusky  wedge  next  to  the  shaft.  In 
fall  plumage  particularly  there  is  less  buffy  tingeing  on  the  back  and 
rump,  as  well  as  on  the  sides,  than  is  the  case  with  septentrionalis. 

Parus  hudsonicus  Forst.     Hudsonian  Chickadee. 

The  Hudsonian  chickadee  was  much  less  common  than  I  have 
usualby  found  it  elsewhere  in  Alaska.  Only  two  specimens  were 
collected,  one  at  the  head  of  Lake  Clark,  July  31,  and  another  ;it 
Nushagak,  September  19.  A  few  small  flocks  were  seen  at  other 
points,  but  at  rather  long  intervals. 

Acanthopneuste  borealis  (Bias.).     Kennicott  Willow  Warbler. 

Two  specimens  of  this  interesting  bird  were  secured  near  Iliamna 
Village,  July  13  and  11.  They  were  found  in  small  deciduous  trees, 
where  their  actions  were  not  noticeably  different  from  those  of  other 
warblers  with  which  they  were  associated.  McKay's  collection  con- 
tains one  specimen  of  this  species  taken  near  the  Aleknagik  River, 
August  24,  1881.  Two  specimens  taken  by  J.  W.  Johnson,  at  Nusha- 
gak, June  19,  1881,  are  in  the  National  Museum.     Previous  records 


NOVEMBER,  1904.]  BIRDS.  81 

include  9  specimens   from  Alaska — 6  from  Norton  Sound/'  2   from 
the  Kowak  River,6  and  1  from  Port  Clarence/ 

Hylocichla  alicise  (Baird).     Gray-cheeked  Thrush. 

A  gray-cheeked  thrush  was  seen  at  Swan  Lake  August  25,  and 
another  a  few  da}Ts  later  on  the  Kakhtul  River;  a  third  was  collected 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Kakhtul  River  September  1.  This  specimen  is 
more  olivaceous  than  any  other  I  have  seen,  which  is  perhaps  due  to 
its  being  in  newly  acquired  fall  plumage.  McKa}T  secured  two  speci- 
mens, one  at  Aleknagik  Lake  and  one  near  Nushagak. 

Hylocichla  ustulata  swainsoni  (Cab.).     01ivre-backed  Thrush. 

This  thrush  was  heard  rarely  in  late  Jul}"  in  the  Lake  Iliamna  and 
Lake  Clark  region,  and  not  at  all  after  we  left  the  mouth  of  the 
Chulitna  River  early  in  August.  The  lateness  of  our  arrival  doubtless 
deprived  us  of  the  pleasure  of  hearing  the  beautiful  night  song  of  the 
bird,  so  well  known  to  summer  travelers  in  Alaska.  One  specimen 
was  taken  on  Lake  Clark,  near  Keejik,  July  21. 

Hylocichla  guttata  (Pall.).     Alaska  Hermit  Thrush. 

Two  specimens  taken  at  the  head  of  Lake  Clark  July  29  were  the 
only  hermit  thrushes  seen.  Two  specimens  taken  at  Nushagak  by 
McKay  and  Johnson  are  recorded  in  the  National  Museum  Catalogue, 
but  I  have  been  unable  to  find  them. 

Merula  migratoria  (Linn.).     Robin. 

A  few  robins  were  seen  near  Iliamna  Village,  and  one  specimen  was 
taken  there  July  15.  From  this  point  on  to  the  upper  Chulitna  River 
robins  were  seldom  seen,  though  once  in  a  great  while  we  heard  their 
familiar  note.  They  were  quite  abundant  in  small  flocks  about  Swan 
Lake  August  25,  and  considerable  numbers  were  also  seen  near  there 
in  the  brush  and  young  timber  around  the  base  of  the  'Portage  Moun- 
tain.'    Specimens  were  taken  at  Nushagak  by  McKay  in  June,  1881. 

Ixoreus  naevius  (Gmelin).     Varied  Thrush. 

The  unmistakable  note  of  this  species  was  heard  on  the  Kakhtul 
River  on  the  evening  of  August  28,  and  the  following  day,  a  few 
miles  farther  downstream,  one  of  the  birds  was  seen  perched  in  the 
top  of  a  spruce.  The  species  was  not  observed  elsewhere.  McKay 
secured  specimens  in  June  on  the  Nushagak  River  near  its  mouth,  and 
at  Aleknagik  Lake. 

"  Dall  and  Bannister,  Trans.  Chicago  Acad.  Sci.,  I,  p.  278,  1869;  Baird,  Ibid.,  p. 
313;  Nelson,  Nat.  Hist.  Coll.  in  Alaska,  pp.  214-215,  1888;  McGregor,  Condor,  IV, 
p.  144,  1902. 

>>  Townsend,  Auk,  IV,  p.  13,  1887,  and  Cruise  of  Rev.  Strnr.  Convin  in  1885,  p.  94, 
1887;  Grinned,  Birds  of  Kotzebue  Sd.,  Pac.  Coast  Avifauna  No.  1,  p.  60,  Nov.,  1901, 

c  Townsend,  Auk,  loc.  cit. 

6389— No.  24—04 6 


INDEX. 


Acanthis  exilipes,  22,  72-73. 

holboelli,  22,  73. 

linaria,  73. 
Aoanthopneuste  borealis,  80. 
Accipiter  striatulus,  68. 

velox,  67. 
Aetitis  niacularia,  63-64. 
Actodrornas  maculata,  62. 

minutilla,  62. 
JSgialitis  semipalmata,  64. 
Agrostis,  14,  15,  20. 
Albatross,  short-tailed,  54. 
Alee,  22. 

gigas,  29-30. 
Alnus  viridis,  11. 
Anas  boschas,  55-57. 
Andromeda,  21. 
Anser  gambeli,  59. 
An  thus  pensilvanicus,  79. 
Aphriza  virgata,  64. 
Aquila  chrysaetos,  68. 
Arehibuteo  sancti-johannis,  68. 
Arctos,  17,  21. 
Arenaria  interpres,  64. 

melanocephala,  64. 
Arquatella  couesi,  62. 

ptilocnemis,  62. 
Aspen,  13. 

Asio  accipitrinus,  69. 
Auklet,  crested,  52. 

paroquet,  52. 
Aytbya  rnarila,  57. 
Balaena,  22. 

sieboldi,  27. 
Baldpate,  57. 
Bat,  little  brown,  50. 
Bear,  black,  41. 

Kidder,  41^5. 

peninsula  brown,  41-45. 
Beaver,  32-33. 
Betula  alaskana,  11,  17. 

rotundifolia,  11,  16. 
Birch,  dwarf,  11,  16. 

paper,  11. 
Birds,  list  of,  51-81. 
Blackbird,  rusty,  72. 
Braehyramphus  brevirostris,  52. 

marmoratus,  52. 
Branta  hutchinsi,  59. 
Bubo  algistus,  69-70. 
Budytesalascensis,  22,  79. 
Buffle-head,  57. 
Calcarius  alascensis,  22,  74. 
Canachites  osgoodi,  64,  65. 


Canis  albus,  39-40. 
Caribou,  peninsula,  27-29. 
Castor  canadensis,  32-33. 
Cepphus  columba,  52. 
Ceryle  alcyon,  70. 
Chamsecistus,  17,  21. 
Charadrius  fulvus,  22,  64. 
Charitonetta  albeola,  57. 
Chickadee,  Hudsonian,  80. 

Turner,  80. 
Cinclus  mexicanus,  80. 
Circus  hudsonius,  67. 
Citellus,  22. 

ablusus,  31-32. 
Clangula  islandica,  57. 
Colymbus  auritus,  51. 

holboelli,  51. 
Cormorant,  pelagic,  55. 

white-crested,  54-55. 
Corvus  principalis,  71-72. 
Crane,  little  brown,  61. 
Crossbill,  white-winged,  72. 
Crowberry,  black,  44. 
Crymophilus  fulicarius,  22,61. 
Cryptoglaux  richardsoni,  69. 
Curlew,  Hudsonian,  64. 
Cyclorrhynchus  psittaculus,  52 
Darila  acuta,  57. 
Delphinapterus,  22. 

leucas,  27. 
Dendroica  coronata,  78 

rubiginosa,  78. 

striata,  78-79. 
Devil's  club,  14. 
Dicrostonyx,  22. 

nelsoni,  37. 
Diomedea  albatrus,  54. 
Dipper,  80. 
Dowitcher,  62. 
Dryas,  21. 
Duck,  harlequin,  58. 

scaup,  57. 

Steller,  58. 
Eagle,  golden,  68. 

northern  bald,  68. 
Echinopanax,  14. 
Eider,  king,  68. 

Pacific,  58. 
Empetrum,  19,  21. 

nigrum,  44. 
Erethizon  myops,  38. 
Ereunetes  occidentalis,  63. 
Erignathus,  22. 

uauticus,  47-48. 


83 


84 


INDEX. 


Euarctos,  22. 
Euphagus  carolinus,  72. 
Evotomys,  22. 

dawsoni,  33-34. 
Falco  columbarius,  68-69. 

gyrfalco,  68. 
Fiber  spatulatus,  35. 
Pox,  Alaska  red,  40. 

arctic,  22. 

continental  arctic,  40. 
Fratercula  corniculata,  52. 
Gallinago  delicata,  62. 
Gavia  adarusi,  51. 

lumme,  51-52. 

pacifica,  51. 
God  wit,  marbled,  63. 
Golden-eye,  Barrow,  57. 
Goose,  emperor,  59-60. 

Hntchins,  59. 

white-fronted,  59. 
Goshawk,  western,  6.8. 
Grebe,  Holboell,  51. 

horned,  51. 
Grosbeak,  Alaska  pine,  72. 
Grouse,  Alaska  spruce,  64-65. 
Grus  canadensis,  61. 
Guillemot,  pigeon,  52. 
Gull,  Bonaparte,  54. 

glaucous-winged,  53. 

Sabine,  54. 

short-billed,  53-54. 
Gulo,  22. 

luscus,  46-47. 
Gyrfalcon,  68. 
Haliseetus  alascanus,  68. 
Hare,  Alaska  arctic,  39. 

arctic,  22. 

Dall  varying,  39. 
Harelda  hyemalis,  58, 
Hawk,  marsh,  67. 

pigeon,  68-69. 

rough-legged,  68. 

sharp-shinned,  67. 
Helrninthophila  celata,  78. 
Hirundo  erythrogastra,  77. 
Histrionicus  histrionicus,  58. 
Hylocichla  alicia\  81. 

guttata,  81. 

swainsoni,  81. 
Iridoprocne  bicolor,  77. 
Ixoreus  naevius,  81. 
Jaeger,  long-tailed,  52. 

parasitic,  52. 
Jay,  Alaska,  71. 
J  unco  hyemalis,  75. 
J  unco,  slate-colored,  75. 
Kingfisher,  belted,  70. 
Kittiwake,  Pacific,  53. 
Lagopns  lagopus,  22.  65-66. 

leucurus,  67. 

nelsoni,  66-67. 
Lanius  borealis,  7s. 
Lark,  Alaska  horned,  71, 
Larua  brachyrhynchus,  53-54. 

glaucescens,  53. 

Philadelphia,  54. 
Lata  v  lutris,  47. 


Lemming,  Nelson  pied,  37. 

pied,  22. 
Lemmus  minusculus,  36-37. 
Lepus  dalli,  39. 

othus,  22,  39. 
Leucosticte  griseonucha,  72. 

Aleutian,  72. 
Life  zones,  21-25. 
Limosa  fedoa,  63. 
Longspur,  Alaska,  74. 
Loon,  Pacific,  51. 

red-throated,  51-52. 

yellow-billed,  51. 
Loxia  leucoptera.  72. 
Lunda  cirrhata,  52. 
Lutra,  22. 

canadensis,  45. 
Lutreola  melampeplus,  45-46. 
Lynx,  Canada,  39, 
Lynx  canadensis,  39. 
Macrorhamphus  griseus,  62. 
Magpie,  71. 
Mallard,  55-57. 
Mammals,  list  of,  27-50. 
Mareca  americana,  57. 
Marmot,  hoary,  32. 
Marmota  caligata,  32. 
Marten,  46. 
Merganser  americanus,  55. 

serrator,  55. 
Merganser,  55. 

red- breasted,  55. 
Merula  migratoria,  81. 
Microsorex,  northern,  50. 
Microtus,  22. 

drummondi,  35. 

kadiacensis,  34-35. 
Mink.  Kenai,  45-46. 
Moose,  Alaska,  29-30. 
Mouse,  Dall  lemming,  35-36. 

Dawson  red-backed,  33-34. 

Hudson  Bay  jumping,  37-38. 
Murre,  California,  52. 
Murrelet,  Kittlitz,  52. 

marbled,  52. 
Mus  norvegicus.  33. 
Muskrat,  northwest,  35. 
Mustela,  22. 

americara,  46. 
Myotis  lucifugus,  50. 
Nettion  carolinense,  57. 
Nucifraga  columbiana,  72. 
Numeniua  hudsonicus,  61. 
Nutcracker,  Clarke,  72. 
Nyctea  nyctea,  70. 
Nymphsea,  11. 
Oceanodroma  furcata,  54. 

h'ucorhoa,  54. 
Ochotona  collaris,  38. 
Odobenus,  22. 

obesus,  19. 
( tidemia  americana,  58  59. 

deglandi,  59. 

perspicillata,  59. 
Oldsquaw,  58. 
Olor  columbianus,  60-61. 
i  isprey,  69 


INDEX. 


85 


Otocoris  arcticola,  71. 
Otter,  land,  45. 

sea,  47. 
Ovis  kenaiensis,  :>0. 
Owl,  great  horned,  69-70. 

hawk,  70. 

Richardson,  69. 

short-eared,  69. 

snowy,  70. 
Pandion  carolinensis,  69. 
Parus  hudsonicus,  80. 

turneri,  80. 
Passerculus  alaudinus,  74. 
Passerella  iliaca,  76. 

unalaschcensis,  76-77. 
Passerina  hyperborea,  25,  74. 

nivalis,  22,  73-74. 
Pelidna  sakhalina,  62. 
Perisoreus  fumifrons,  71. 
Petrel,  fork-tailed,  54. 

Leach,  54. 
Phalacrocorax  cincinatus,  54-55. 

pelagic  us,  55. 
Phalarope,  northern,  61. 

red.  61. 
Phalaropus  lobatus,  61. 
Philafcte  canagica,  59-60. 
Phoca  richardi,  48-49. 
Phoca.'na  phocsena,  27. 
Phtebe,  Say,  70. 
Pica  hudsonia,  71. 
Picea  canadensis,  11,13,15. 

mariana,  13. 
Picoides  arcticus,  70. 

fasciatus,  70. 
Pika,  collared,  38. 
Pinicola  alascensis,  72. 
Pintail,  57. 
Pipit,  79. 
Plover,  Pacific  golden,  64. 

semipalmated,  64. 
Polysticta  stelleri,  22,  58. 
Populus  balsamifera,  10,  13-14,  17 

treniuloides,  13,  17. 
Porcupine,  Alaska,  38. 
Porpoise,  harbor,  27. 
Ptarmigan,  Nelson,  66-67. 

white-tailed,  67. 
Puffin,  horned,  52. 

tufted,  .".2. 
Puffinus  tenuirostris,  54. 
Putorius,  22. 

arcticus.  it;. 
Rangifer,  22, 

granti,  27-29. 
Rat,  Norway,  33. 
Raven,  northern,  71-72. 
Redpoll,  hoary,  72-73. 

Holboell,  73. 
Riparia  riparia,  77-78. 
Kissa  pollicaris,  53. 
Robin,  81. 
Salix,  17,  19. 
Sandpiper,  Aleutian,  62. 

least,  63. 

pectoral,  62. 


Sandpiper,  Pribilof,  62. 

red-backed,  62. 

spotted,  63-64. 

western,  63. 
Sayornis  saya,  70. 
Sciurus,  22. 

hudsonicus,  30-31. 
Scoter,  58-59. 

surf,  59. 

white-winged,  59. 
Seal,  Pacific  harbor,  48-49. 

western  bearded,  47-18. 
Seiurus  notabilis,  79. 
Shearwater,  slender-billed,  54. 
Sheep,  Kenai,  30. 
Shoveller,  57. 
Shrew,  arctic,  49-50. 

Shumagin,  50. 
Shrike,  northern,  78. 
Simorhynchus  cristatellus,  52. 
Siskin,  pine,  73. 
Snipe,  Wilson,  62. 
Snowflake,  25,  73-74. 

hyperborean,  74. 
Somateria  spectabilis,  22,  58. 

v-nigra,  22,  58. 
Sorex,  22. 

arcticus,  49-50. 

eximius,  50. 

shumaginensis,  50. 
Sparrow,  fox,  76. 

golden-crowned,  75. 

intermediate,  74-75. 

peninsula,  76-77. 

western  savanna,  74. 

western  tree,  75. 
Spatula  clypeata,  57. 
Spinus  pinus,  73. 
Spizella  ochracea,  75. 
Spruce,  black,  13. 

white,  11,  IS,  15. 
Squatarola  squatarola,  22,  64. 
Squirrel,  Hudson  Bay  red,  30-31. 

Nushagak  ground,  31-32. 
Stercorarius  longicaudus,  52. 

parasiticus,  22, 52. 
Sterna  paradisa?a,  54. 
Surf  bird,  64. 
Surnia  caparoch,  70. 
Swallow,  bank,  77-78. 

barn,  77. 

northern  violet-green,  77. 

tree,  77. 
Swan,  whistling,  60-61. 
Synaptomys,  22. 

dalli,  35-36. 
Taehycineta  lepida,  77. 
Teal,  green-winged,  57. 
Tern,  arctic,  54. 
Thrush,  Alaska  hermit.  81. 

gray-cheeked,  81. 

Grinnell,  water,  79. 

olive-backed,  81. 

varied,  81. 
Totanus  melanoleucus,  63. 
Turnstone,  64. 

black,  64. 


86 


INDEX. 


Uria  ealifornica,  62. 
Ursus,  22. 

arnericanus,  41. 

gyas,  41-45. 

kidderi,  41-45. 
Vaccinium,  17,21,44. 
Vole,  Drummond,  35. 

Kodiak,  34-35. 
Vulpes  alascensis,  40. 

innuitas,  40. 

lagopus,  22. 
Wagtail,  Alaska  yellow,  79. 
Walrus,  Pacific,  49. 
Warbler,  Alaska  yellow,  78. 

black-poll,  78-79. 

Kennicott  willow,  80-81. 

myrtle,  78. 


Warbler,  orange-crowned,  78. 

pileolate'd,  79. 
Weasel,  arctic,  46. 
Whale.  Pacific  right,  27. 

white,  27. 
Wilsonia  pileolata,  79. 
Wolf,  northern,  39-40. 
Wolverine,  46-47. 
Woodpecker,  Alaska  three-toed,  70. 

arctic  three-toed,  70. 
Xema  sabinei,  54. 
Yellow-legs,  greater,  63. 
Zapus,  22. 

hudsonius,  37-38. 
Zones,  life,  21-25. 
Zonotrichia  coronata,  75. 

gambeli,  74-75. 


o 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 

No.    2  5 

[Actual  date  of  publication,  October  24,  1905] 


BIOLOGICAL  SURYEY  OF  TEXAS 

LIFE  ZONES,  with  Characteristic  Species  of  Mammals,  Birds,  Reptiles,  and  Plants 

REPTILES,  with  Notes  on  Distribution 

MAMMALS,  with  Notes  on  Distribution?  Habits,  and  Economic  Importance 

BY 

VERNON    BAILEY 

CHIEF    FIELD    NATURALIST 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  C.  HART    MERRIAM 

CHIEF    OF    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING     OFFICE 
19  0  5 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 


No.    2  5 


[Actual  date  of  publication,  October  24,  1905] 


BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  TEXAS 

LIFE  ZONES,  with  Characteristic  Species  of  Mammals,  Birds,  Reptiles,  and  Plants 

KEPTILES,  with  Notes  on  Distribution 

MAMMALS,  with  Notes  on  Distribution,  Habits,  and  Economic  Importance 


VERNON    BAILEY 
CHIEF    FIELD    NATURALIST 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 

Dr.   C.   HART    MERRIAM 
CHIEF    OF    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT    THIN  TING     OFFICE 

.  19  0  5 


^ 


\     £ 


\  /o\  vgw**W\ 


LETTER   OF   TRANSMITTAL. 


IT.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Biological  Survey, 
Washington,  D.  C,  July  10.  1005. 
Sir  :  I  have  the  honor  to  forward  herewith,  for  publication  as  North 
American  Fauna  No.  25,  a  report  on  the  results  of  a  biological  survey 
of  Texas,  by  Vernon  Bailey.  The  report  consists  of  three  sections: 
The  first  characterizes  the  life  zones  and  defines  the  distribution  areas 
of  the  State;  these  are  mapped  in  detail  and  are  accompanied  by 
practical  suggestions  as  to  their  adaptation  to  agricultural  uses.  The 
second  comprises  a  brief  report  on  the  snakes  and  lizards,  adding  con- 
siderably to  previous  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  these  groups. 
The  third  consists  of  a  report  on  the  mammals  of  the  State,  and  con- 
tains much  of  a  practical  nature  on  distribution,  habits,  and  economic 
relations  of  the  several  species. 

The  maps  and  illustrations  are  essential  to  the  clearness  and  brevity 
of  the  report. 

C.  Hart  Merriam. 
Chief,  Biological  Surrey. 
Hon.  James  Wilson, 

Secretary  of  Agriculture. 

3 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

Introduction : 9 

Personnel  of  Biological  Survey  work  in  Texas 10 

Acknowledgments - 10 

New  species  of  inammals 10 

Fauna  and  flora  of  Texas  in  relation  to  life  zones  and  minor  distribution 

areas 11 

Tropical  element  of  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  region 14 

Lower  Austral  zone . .  -  16 

Gulf  Strip  of  Texas 16 

Austroriparian  of  eastern  Texas 18 

Grand  and  Black  prairies 19 

Coast  prairie 19 

Coast  marshes 20 

Beaches  and  islands 20 

Mammals  of  eastern  Texas  Austroriparian 20 

Birds  breeding  in  eastern  Texas  Austroriparian 21 

A  few  of  the  lizards  and  snakes  of  eastern  Texas    21 

Plants  characteristic  of  humid  eastern  in  distinction  from  arid 

western  Texas . ,. 22 

Lower  Sonoran  of  western  Texas 23 

Semiarid  Lower  Sonoran 23 

Extreme  arid  Lower  Sonoran . . 25 

Mammals  of  Lower  Sonoran  of  western  Texas 26 

Breeding  birds  of  Lower  Sonoran  of  western  Texas 27 

Reptiles  of  Lower  Sonoran . . 28 

Conspicuous  plants  of  Lower  Sonoran 29 

Upper  Austral  zone,  Upper  Sonoran  division 33 

Mammals  of  Upper  Sonoran 34 

Birds  of  Upper  Sonoran 34 

Lizards  and  snakes  of  Upper  Sonoran 35 

Plants  of  Upper  Sonoran  plains 35 

Plants  of  Upper  Sonoran  mountains  and  foothills 35 

Transition  zone ; 36 

Canadian  zone • . . 38 

Report  on  the  Biological  Survey  collection  of  lizards  and  snakes  from  Texas  . .  38 

Report  on  the  mammals  of  Texas 51 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PLATES. 

Page. 

Plate  I.  Map  of  life  zones  of  Texas  and  parts  of  New  Mexico.  Oklahoma, 

and  Indian  Territory Frontispiece 

II.  Cypress  and  other  swamp  timber  near  Jefferson 18 

III.  Map  of  distribution  of  mesqnite  in  western  Texas . 24 

IV.  Map  of  distribution  of  red-bellied  and  Texan  woodpeckers  in 

eastern  and  western  Texas . :         24 

V.  Fig.  1.  Fouquiera  splendent  and  Covillea  tridentata ..         C6 

Fig.  2.  Desert  vegetation  of  Great  Bend  region ~6 

VI.  Agave  lecheguilla,  near  Boquillas,  Great  Bend  of  Rio  Grande 32 

VII.  Agave  wislizeni  in  flower.  Davis  Mountains,   humming  bird  at 

flower  cluster  on  left  _  . . .   32 

VIII.  Sotol  before  and  after  the  leaves  are  burned  off.  on  mesa  near 

Comstock  ( photographed  by  Oberholser ) 32 

IX.  Views  on  Staked  Plains  neat  Hereford  and  Dimmitt  ( photographed 

by  Oberholser) .    36 

X.  Fig.  1.  Transition  zone  timber  of  Guadalupe  Mountains 36 

Fig.  2.  Head  of  Dog  Canyon.  Guadalupe  Mountains 36 

XL  Transition  zone  timber  of  Chisos  Mountains  (photographed  by 

Oberholser) 36 

XII.  Map  of  distribution  of  eastern  rattlesnake  and  Texas  diamond 

rattlesnake -         50 

XIII.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  thirteen-lined  ground 

squirrels  ( Citellus  texensis  and  pallidus) 66 

XIV.  Map  of  distribution  in  Texas  of  Baird  and   Mexican  wood  rats 

{Neot&ma  micropus  and  mexicana)-. ._ 112 

XV.  Head  of  wild-cat  ( Lynx  baileyi) .  drawing  by  Fuertes 1  TO 

XVI.  Chet  cat,  drawing  by  Fuertes.- 182 


TEXT  FIGURES. 

Page. 

Fig.  1.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  huisache  {Vachellia  farne- 

siana) .. 17 

3.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  creosote  bush  (Covillea  tri- 
dentata)   25 

3.  Map  of  distribution  area  of  Agave  lecheguilla 30 

4.  Map   of   distribution  area  of    the  black  and  yellow  persimmons 

i  B  rayodendron  texanum  and  Diospyros  virgin  in  nn)  ._ 32 

5.  Skull  of  armadillo,  Tatu  n.  te.va num.  from  Brownsville,  Texas 52 

6.  Skull  of  armadillo,  Tatu  n.  mexica num.  from  Colima.  Mexico 53 

7 


o  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Page. 
Fig.  7.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  armadillo 55 

8.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  peccary 59 

9.  Photograph  of  a  gray  mule  deer  yearling  buck,  at  Langtry 65 

10.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  fox  squirrels  (Sciurus  lud- 

ovicianus  and  limitis) 76 

11.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  gray  squirrel  (Sciurus 

carolinensis) . .   7fc 

12.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  flying  squirrel  (Sciurop-      » 

terns  v.  querceti) 80 

13.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  antelope  squirrel  (Ammo- 

spermoph tins  interpres) _ go 

14.  Map  of  the  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  prairie  dog 89 

15.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  Peromyscus  taylori  and  subnter.  102 

16.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of   white-throated  wood  rat 

(Neotoma  albigula) 

17.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  cotton  rats  of  the  genus  Sigmo- 

don - . 115 

18.  Photograph  of  cotton  rat  and  nest  in  Pecos  Valley  .... 118 

19.  Photographs  of  large  pod  et  mouse  (Perognathus  hispidus)  caught 

in  traps  at  Seguin 

20.  Photograph  of  long-eared  cottontail  (Lepus  a.   minor)   in  Pecos 

Valley 

21.  Gray  fox  ( Urocyon  c.  scotti)  photographed  in  trap  at  Langtry  by 

Oberholser 

22.  Prairie-dog  burrow  enlarged  by  badger,  Pecos  Valley 18.r 

23.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  spotted  skunks  of  the  genus 

Spilogale 

24.  Map  of  distribution  area  in  Texas  of  the  white-backed  skunks  of 

the  genus  Conepatus . 


No.  25.  NOKTH  AMEEIOAN  FAUNA.  Oct.,  1905. 


BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  TEXAS. 

By  Vernon  Bailey. 


INTRODUCTION. 

For  a  number  of  years  the  Biological  Survey  has  been  collecting 
information  and  specimens  bearing  on  the  natural  history  of  Texas. 
Some  of  the  results  are  here  brought  together  in  a  discussion  of  the 
life  zones  and  their  subdivisions  and  a  report  on  the  mammals  and 
reptiles  of  the  State.  The  original  plan  included  also  a  report  on  the 
birds  of  Texas,  by  H.  C.  Oberholser,  but  the  present  paper  has  grown 
to  such  proportions  that  the  bird  report  will  be  published  separately. 

Much  of  the  field  work  has  been  carried  on  in  connection  with  that 
in  adjacent  regions,  and  on  several  occasions  it  has  been  possible  to 
continue  parties  in  the  field  until  late  in  the  season  or  throughout  the 
winter  by  moving  them  southward  into  Texas  in  the  fall,'  or  to  begin 
work  there  early  in  the  spring  before  the  season  had  opened  suffi- 
ciently for  operations  farther  north.  Hence,  while  the  Texas  work 
has  the  appearance  of  being  desultory  and  scattered,  the  ground  in 
reality  has  been  covered  with  great  economy  of  time  and  labor. 
Part  of  the  field  work  has  been  carried  on  in  connection  with  special 
studies  of  urgent  economic  problems,  as  the  prairie  dog,  coyote*  and 
boll  weevil  pests,  and  throughout  all  of  it  the  economic  status  of  birds 
and  mammals  has  received  special  attention.  The  distribution  of  mam- 
mals, birds,  reptiles,  and  plants,  so  far  as  they  have  an  important 
bearing  on  the  extent  and  boundaries  of  faunal  areas,  has  been 
studied  in  detail  in  the  field,  and  in  the  case  of  most  species  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  specimens  has  been  collected  to  show  the  variation 
due  to  climatic  differences.  Of  many  of  the  larger  game  mammals, 
and  especially  of  the  deer,  bear,  and  panther,  it  has  not  been  possible 
to  secure  enough  material  to  satisfactorily  establish  the  present  geo- 
graphic limits  of  the  species  and  subspecies,  but  it  is  greatly  to  be 

9 


10  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

hoped  that  the  growing-  interest  in  natural  history  will  inspire  local 
hunters  and  residents  of  the  country  to  send  specimens  of  these  van- 
ishing forms  to  the  National  Museum  before  it  is  too  late.  Many 
important  problems  can  be  solved  only  by  aid  from  local  naturalists 
or  other  intelligent  residents  of  the  State.  The  skull  that  is  left  in 
the  woods  or  thrown  away  would  often  aid  in  solving  one  of  these 
problems. 

PERSONNEL    OF    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY    WORK    IN    TEXAS. 

Ill  carrying  on  the  field  work  in  Texas  the  writer  was  assisted 
at  different  times  by  the  following  regular  or  temporary  field  natural- 
ists of  the  Biological  Survey :  William  Lloyd,  Clark  P.  Streator, 
William  L.  Bray,  Harry  C.  Oberholser,  N.  Hollister,  Merritt  Gary, 
Gordon  Donald,  Arthur  H.  Howell,  and  James  H.  Gaut. 

Several  local  naturalists  and  collectors  have  added  materially  to 
the  results  of  the  work  in  Texas,  and  among  these  thanks  are  espe- 
cially due  to  Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  and  Mr.  Howard  Lacey. 

Extensive  collections  of  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  batrachians, 
crustaceans,  mollusks,  and  plants  have  been  made  from  localities 
practically  covering  the  State,  and  the  field  reports  of  the  collectors 
contain  a  mine  of  important  facts  on  habits,  distribution,  correlation, 
and  economic  importance  of  species.  Much  of  this  material  has 
already  been  published  by  the  Biological  Survey  in  the  form  of  bul- 
letins and  papers  on  economic  subjects,  and  much  still  remains  for 
use  in  future  papers. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

To  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam,  under  whose  direction  the  work  was 
planned  and  carried  out,  I  am  indebted  for  the  use  of  his  private 
collection  of  mammals  deposited  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum.  To  Mr.  F.  W.  True,  curator,  and  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr., 
assistant  curator  of  mammals  in  the  National  Museum,  I  am  indebted 
for  the  use  of  the  museum  collection:  also  to  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen,  curator 
of  birds  and  mammals  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History: 
Mr.  Outram  Bangs,  curator  of  mammals  in  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Anatomy:  and  Mr.  Witmer  Stone,  curator  of  birds  and 
mammals  in  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Sciences,  for  the  loan  of 
types  and  topotypes  of  mammals  from  the  collections  under  their 
supervision 

NEW    SPECIES   OF    MAMMALS. 

A  number  of  new  species  of  plants,  reptiles,  birds,  and  mammals 
has  been  found  in  the  Texas  collection.  Most  of  these  have  been 
described   and   named  by  various  specialists,  but   descriptions  of  a 


OCT.,  1905.]  FAUNA    AND    FLORA    OF    TEXAS.  11 

few  previously  undescribed  mammals  are  included  in  the   present 
report.     They  are  as  follows: 

Page. 

Tatu  novemcinctum  texanum 52 

Peromyscns  boylei  laeeyi  . 99 

Peromyscns  taylori  subater .   . . 102 

Reith  rodontomys  griseus -  - -  106 

Castor  canadensis  texensis 122 

Geomys  breviceps  lla nensis . .  129 

Lepus  pi  net  is  robnstns  . . 159 

Can  is  uebracensis  texensis -  - . 175 

Conepatus  mesoleucus  telmalestes 203 

FAUNA  AND  FLORA  OF  TEXAS  IN  RELATION   TO  LIFE  ZONES 
AND  MINOR  DISTRIBUTION  AREAS. 

The  fauna  and  flora  of  Texas  are  wonderfully  rich  and  varied,  not 
only  in  abundance  of  individuals  and  species,  but  in  the  number  of 
genera,  families,  and  orders,  some  of  which  do  not  occur  in  any  other 
part  of  the  United  States.  This  richness  is  due.  not  so  much  to  the 
enormous  extent  of  the  State,  as  to  its  varied  physical  and  climatic 
conditions,  for  it  embraces  areas  of  abundant  humidity  and  extreme 
aridity,  of  dense  forest  and  extensive  plain,  of  low  coast  prairies 
and  rugged  mountains.  Besides  stretching  across  the  aerial  pathway 
of  north  and  south  migrating  birds  and  bats,  it  lies  at  the  threshold 
of  the  Tropics  and  claims  a  large  contingent  of  Mexican  species.  On 
the  east  it  includes  the  fauna  and  flora  of  the  lower  Mississippi  Val- 
ley, with  most  of  the  species  ranging  to  the  Atlantic  coast,  and  on  the 
west  reaches  far  into  the  desert  region  of  highly  specialized  forms, 
while  in  the  middle  portion  it  is  traversed  by  a  wide  tongue  of  ihe 
more  northern  fauna  and  flora  of  the  Great  Plains.  In  the  vesc 
several  mountain  masses  reach  an  altitude  of  8,000  feet,  with  peaks 
rising  to  8,500  and  9,500  feet.  This  range  of  altitude,  together  with 
the  great  extent  of  latitude,  suffices  to  include  within  the  State  the  full 
width  of  three  of  the  principal  life  zones.  Lower  Austral.  Upper 
Austral,  and  Transition,  each  with  its  characteristic  series  of  plants 
and  animals.  In  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  and  Gulf  Coast  region  there 
is.  moreover,  a  slight  overlapping  of  tropical  species,  accompanying 
the  almost  tropical  climate,  while  high  up  in  the  Guadalupe.  Davis, 
and  Chisos  mountains  are  mere  traces  of  Canadian  zone  species. 

The  agricultural  and  commercial  interests  of  the  State  are  as  varied 
as  the  climatic  conditions  on  which  they  largely  depend,  and  when 
mapped  they  are  found  in  many  cases  closely  to  correspond  with  the 
areas  of  distribution  of  certain  species  of  native  plants  and  animals. 
In  other  words,  various  agricultural  industries  are  being  slowly 
developed  by  endless  and  costly  experiment  along  the  same  lines  that 
the  native  species  have  followed  in  the  course  of  adaptation  to  their 
environment.     Thus  the  lumbering  industries  of  the  State  are  pre- 


12  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

scribed  by  the  distribution  of  certain  species  of  trees.  On  the  other 
hand,  successful  stock  raising  depends  in  part  on  the  absence  of 
forests  and  the  abundance  of  certain  grasses,  and  in  part  on  the 
absence  of  certain  disease-conveying  parasites.  Several  varieties  of 
wheat  are  successfully  raised  over  a  limited  area  near  the  upper  edge 
of  humid  Lower  Sonoran  zone,  but  most  of  the  State  lies  below  the 
belt  of  small  grains.  Rice  and  sugar  cane  are  standard  crops  of  the 
semitropical  coast  region,  and  cotton  is  the  staple  for  the  whole  Lower 
Sonoran  zone,  wherever  the  rainfall  is  sufficient  to  mature  the  crop  or 
water  is  available  for  irrigation.  Parts  of  the  State  are  peculiarly 
adapted  to  the  production  of  early  fruits  and  winter  vegetables  for 
the  northern  market,  but  these  industries  are  as  yet  more  or  less 
restricted  by  inadequate  facilities  for  quick  transportation. 

The  division  of  the  State  into  wheat,  cotton,  and  stock-raising  dis- 
tricts is  no  matter  of  accident,  nor  is  it  a  matter  of  choice  on  the  part 
of  those  engaged  in  the  various  industries.  While  usually  there  is 
no  room  for  doubt  in  the  middle  of  each  area  as  to  the  crop  it  is  best 
adapted  to,  there  is  always  a  question  along  the  boundaries.  For 
instance,  where  does  the  successful  production  of  cotton  yield  to  that 
of  wheat?  Nature  in  her  processes  avoids  sharp  lines  and  hard-and- 
fast  rules,  but  usually  gives  reliable  averages.  Even  after  a  season 
of  copious  rainfall  in  a  valley  clothed  with  cactus  and  scrubby  mes- 
quite  trees,  the  experienced  ranchman  knows  better  than  to  ploAv  and 
plant  with  the  idea  that  the  following  season  will  be  similar:  but 
from  the  character  of  the  vegetation  and  of  the  animals  present  he 
may  not  only  learn  approximately  the  average  amount  of  rainfall, 
but  also  the  life  zone  in  which  he  is  located,  with  its  average  range 
of  temperature  and  many  of  the  crops  best  adapted  to  it.  While 
much  has  been  done  and  much  more  will  be  done  to  overcome  arid 
conditions  and  to  convert  the  now  almost  worthless  desert  soil  into 
the  most  productive  in  the  State,  the  normal  conditions  limiting  life 
zones  can  not  be  materially  overcome,  nor  can  they  be  safely  ignored. 
The  attempt  to  raise  cotton  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone  results  only  in 
failure  and  loss,  but  enough  of  this  zone  lies  within  the  State  to 
produce,  with  the  water  available  for  irrigation,  an  abundance  of 
the  finest  apples,  as  well  as  many  other  fruits  and  crops  not  adapted 
to  lower  zones. 

The  primary  object  of  the  present  report  is  a  careful  definition  of 
the  ranges  of  native  species  of  plants  and  animals  and  a  correlation 
of  these  ranges  into  well-defined  areas  of  distribution.  In  '  Life 
Zones  and  Crop  Zones  of  the  United  States'  Doctor  Merriam  has 
given,  with  as  much  detail  as  the  data  collected  to  1898  would  allow, 
the  adaptation  of  various  crops  to  the  zones  and  their  subdivisions, 
and  has  clearly  set  forth  the  practical  application  of  the  knowledge 


Oct.,  1905.] 


FAUNAL   AREAS.  13 


of  faunal  areas  to  agriculture.     Under  the  heading  '  Relations  of  the 
Biological  Survey  to  Practical  Agriculture,'  he  says:0 

The  Biological  Survey  aims  to  define  and  map  the  natural  agricultural  belts 
of  the  United  States,  to  ascertain  what  products  of  the  soil  can  and  what  <an 
not  he  grown  successfully  in  each,  to  guide  the  farmer  in  the  intelligent  intro- 
duction of  foreign  crops,  and  to  point  out  his  friends  and  his  enemies  among 
the  native  birds  and  mammals,  thereby  helping  him  to  utilize  the  beneficial 
and  ward  off  the  harmful.     *     *     *     * 

The  farmers  of  the  United  States  spend  vast  sums  of  money  each  year  in 
trying  to  find  out  whether  a  particular  fruit,  vegetable,  or  cereal  will  or  will 
not  thrive  in  localities  where  it  has  not  been  tested.  Most  of  these  experiments 
result  in  disappointment  and  pecuniary  loss.  It  makes  little  difference  whether 
the  crop  experimented  with  comes  from  the  remotest  parts  of  the  earth  or  from 
a  neighboring  State,  the  result  is  essentially  the  same,  for  the  main  cost  is  the 
labor  of  cultivation  and  the  use  of  the  land.  If  the  crop  happens  to  be  one 
that  requires  a  period  of  years  for  the  test,  the  loss  from  its  failure  is  propor- 
tionately great. 

The  cause  of  failure  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  is  climatic  unfitness. 
The  quantity,  distribution,  or  interrelation  of  heat  and  moisture  may  be  at 
fault.  Thus,  while  the  'total  quantity  of  heat  may  be  adequate,  the  moisture 
may  be  inadequate,  or  the  moisture  may  be  adequate  and  the  heat  inadequate, 
or  the  quantities  of  heat  and  moisture  may  be  too  great  or  too  small  with 
respect  to  one  another  or  to  the  time  of  year,  and  so  on.  What  the  farmer 
wants  to  know  is  how  to  tell  in  advance  whether  the  climatic  conditions  on  his 
own  farm  are  fit  or  unfit  for  the  particular  crop  he  has  in  view,  and  what  crops 
he  can  raise  with  reasonable  certainty.  It  requires  no  argument  to  show  that 
the  answers  to  these  questions  would  be  worth  in  the  aggregate  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  dollars  yearly  to  the  American  farmer.  The  Biological  Survey 
aims  to  furnish  these  answers. 

Agricultural  colleges,  experiment  stations  and  substations,  horti- 
culturists, and  countless  fanners  are  working  out  the  details  of  these 
problems  in. different  parts  of  the  country  and  constantly  pushing 
their  experiments  into  new  regions.  As  a  crop  becomes  an  estab- 
lished success  in  one  locality,  a  study  of  the  zone  map  will  show  over 
what  adjoining  country  it  can  be  profitably  extended.  For  instance, 
Roswell,  N.  Mex.,  where  apple  raising  has  proved  a  great  financial 
success,  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran 
zones,  or  in  a  mixed  belt  of  overlapping  of  the  two,  at  the  western 
edge  of  the  Staked  Plains.  By  tracing  this  lower  border  of  Upper 
Sonoran  zone  around  the  southern  arm  and  along  the  eastern  edge 
of  the  Staked  Plains,  a  belt  approximately  1,000  miles  long  of  the 
same  zonal  level  and  climatic  conditions  is  found,  lying  within  the 
State  of  Texas.  This  is  largely  undeveloped  agricultural  land,  but 
a  considerable  part  of  it  can  be  irrigated,  and  there  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  it  will  be  found  perfectly  adapted  to  the  varieties  of 
apples  that   thrive   in   the  Pecos  Valley   at  Roswell.     The   Staked 

i  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones  of  the  United  States,  by  C.  Hart  Merriam.  Bui. 
10,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Div.  Biol.  Survey,  pp.  9,  12,  1S98. 


14  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Plains,  lying  within  this  belt,  arc  pure  Upper  Sonoran,  the  real  home 
of  most  of  the  standard  varieties  of  apples.  Other  northern  crops, 
both  cereals  and  fruits,  have  proved  a  success  along  this  southern  pro- 
jection of  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  but  have  not  been  introduced  as  sys- 
tematically as  the  advantages  of  its  position  seem  to  warrant.  To 
quote  again  from  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones,  page  15,  under  the 
heading  "  Special  value  of  narrow  extensions  of  faunas,"  Doctor 
Merriam  says: 

In  looking  at  the  map  of  the  life  zones  it  will  he  seen  that  nearly  all  of  the 
helts  and  areas  send  out  long  arms,  which  penetrate  far  into  the  heart  of 
adjoining  areas.  When  such  arms  occupy  suitahle  soils  in  thickly  inhabited 
regions,  so  that  their  products  may  he  conveniently  marketed,  they  are  of  more 
than  ordinary  value,  for  the  greater  the  distance  from  its  area  of  principal  pro- 
duction a  crop  can  he  made  to  succeed  the  higher  price  it  will  command. 
Hence,  farms  favorably  situated  in  northern  prolongations  or  islands  of  south- 
ern zones,  or  in  southern  prolongations  or  islands  of  northern  zones,  should  be 
worth  considerably  more  per  acre  than  those  situated  within  normal  parts  of 
the  same  zones.  The  obvious  reason  is  that  by  growing  particular  crops  at 
points  remote  from  the  usual  sources  of  supply,  and  at  the  same  time  conven- 
iently near  a  market,  the  cost  of  transportation  is  greatly  reduced  and  the  profit 
correspondingly  increased. 

Since  the  publication  of  Doctor  Merriam's  zone  map,  detailed  work 
in  Texas  has  enabled  me  to  make  minor  corrections  and  to  establish 
the  zone  boundaries  with  more  precision  than  has  been  possible  here- 
tofore. 

TROPICAL  ELEMENT  OF  THE  LOWER  RIO  GRANDE  REGION. 

Until  recent  years  more  thorough  biological  collecting  had  been 
done  in  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  region  than  in  any  other  part  of 
Texas,  with  the  result  of 'giving  a  somewhat  exaggerated  impression 
of  the  tropical  element  found  there.  Later  and  more  systematic  field 
work  over  the  State,  together  with  the  extensive  investigations  of 
Nelson  and  Goldman  in  Mexico,  have  shown  that  the  Texas  mam- 
mals of  tropical  groups — -as  the  armadillo,  ocelot,  jaguar,  red  and 
gray  cats,  and  spiny  pocket  mouse — elsewhere  range  through  Lower 
Sonoran  zone,  or  at  least  its  Tamaulipan  subdivision,  while  a  more 
critical  study  of  these  groups,  based  on  the  rapidly  increasing  amount 
of  material,  has  resulted  in  every  case  in  the  specific  or  subspecific 
separation  of  the  Texas  forms.  The  single  specimen  of  IVasua,  ap- 
parently of  a  tropical  species,  from  Brownsville  may  have  been  im- 
ported, and  if  this  is  so  not  a  strictly  tropical  mammal  reaches  the 
border  of  Texas. 

The  close  proximity  to  the  Tropics  is  shown  most  pronouncedly  by 
the  birds  of  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  region.  A  considerable  number 
of  species,   mainly   tropical    in    distribution,   reach   southern   Texas, 


Oct.,  1005.]  TROPICAL    ELEMENT.  15 

where  some  breed  regularly,  while  others  are  more  or  less  regular 
visitors. 

BIRDS    OF    MAINLY   TROPICAL   RANGE    WHICH    EXTEND    INTO   SOUTHERN    TEXAS. 

Columbus  dominion*  braohyptorus.  Polyborus  cheriway. 

Phalacrocorax  vigua  mexicanus.  Glaucidium  phalainoides. 

Fregata  aquila.  Crotophaga  sulcirostris. 

Nomonyx  dominions.  Ceryle  torquata. 

Dendrocygna  autumnalis.  Ceryle  amerioana  septentrionaUs. 

Guam  alba.-  Nyctidromus  albicollis  merrilli. 

Mycteria  americana.  Amizilis  tzacatl. 

Ajtiia  ajaja.  Amizilis  cerrinivontris  ohaloonota. 

Jacana spinosa.  Tyrannus  melanoholicus  couchi. 

Ortalis  vefula  maeealli.  Pitangus  derbianus. 

Leptotila  fvlviventris  braehyptera.  Myiarchus  me.vicanus. 

Columba  flarirostris.  Pyrooophalus  rubincus  mexicanus. 

Melopelia  leucoptera.  Omithion  hnborbo. 

Scardafella  inca.  Tangavius  <rnem  inroluoratus. 

Elanus  loucurus.  Agelaius  phccniceus  richmondi. 

Purubutco  unioinotus  harrisi.  Megaquisealus  major  maorourus. 

Butoo  abbreriatus.  Arremonops  ruflvirgatus. 

Buteo  albioaudatiis  sennctti.  Sporaphila  morelleti. 

UruMtinga  anthracina.  Vireo  fldvoviridis. 

Falco  fusco-oarulcscens.  Geothlypis  polioocphala. 

A  few  species  of  reptiles  supposed  to  be  of  tropical  origin  enter 
southern  Texas,  but  the  task  of  verifying  the  records  and  determining 
ranges  has  not  been  undertaken  in  connection  with  the  present  work. 

In  the  case  of  plants,  as  of  mammals,  the  tropical  element  of 
southern  Texas  has  been  overestimated.  A  number  of  species  of 
genera  that  are  mainly  tropical  extend  into  the  Lower  Rio  Grande 
region,  but  very  few  species  of  known  tropical  range.  The  Texas 
palm  (/nodes  texana  Cook)"  is  found  in  limited  numbers  in  the 
Brownsville  region,  but  apparently  nothing  is  known  of  its  southern 
extension  or  zonal  significance.  So  with  other  supposedly  tropical 
forms  the  southern  limits  and  zonal  position  have  not  been  satis- 
factorily determined,  but  evidently  no  purely  tropical  species  holds 
an  important  place  in  the  flora  of  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  region. 
This  absence  or  scarcity  of  tropical  plants  is  fully  accounted  for  by 
Professor  Bray  in  the  Botanical  Gazette  for  August,  1901  (p.  102), 
as  follows : 

A  record  of  sixteen  years  at  Brownsville  showed  a  minimum  temperature  of 
18°  (the  minimum  in  February,  1899,  was  12°)  and  five  years  without  frost. 
At  Indianola  a  record  of  fifteen  years  showed  a  minimum  of  15°  and  four  years 
without  frost.  Probably  a  freeze  severe  enough  to  kill  tropical  woody  vegeta- 
tion occurs  in  periods  of  ten  to  twelve  years.  The  fatal  temperature  for  trop- 
ical plants  in  this  region  is  that  due  to  northers,  which  bring  abnormally  low 
temperatures  suddenly,  and  not  infrequently  during  the  growth  season. 

a  Sabal  mexieana  Mart,  of  Sargent,  Coulter,  and  Small. 


16  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25 

A  striking  example  of  the  fatal  effects  of  a  '  norther  was  wit- 
nessed over  the  coast  region  of  Texas  from  Galveston  to  Port  La- 
vaca in  the  spring  of  1899,  following  the  extremely  cold  Avave  of  the 
preceding  February,  when  the  abundant  huisaehe  trees  were  killed 
to  the  ground.  In  the  Brownsville  region,  however,  as  I  found  in 
the  following  spring,  these  trees  had  escaped,  but  all  of  the  bananas 
had  been  killed.  Under  such  climatic  conditions  tropical  species  could 
hardly  be  expected  to  persist,  and  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  pre- 
ponderating species  of  plants  and  mammals  are  those  characteristic 
of  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  Nor  is  it  surprising  that  tropical  species  of 
birds,  with  their  greater  freedom  of  motion,  should  overlap  the 
limits  of  their  zone  slightly  beyond  the  more  stationary  groups. 

Bananas  offer  a  good  illustration  of  the  partial  success  of  a  tropical 
fruit  in  this  region.  During  a  period  of  warm  years  they  thrive  and 
even  bear  fruit,  but  only  to  be  killed  by  the  first  hard  freeze.  Even 
at  Brownsville  they  require  artificial  protection  to  insure  their  living 
through  the  winter.  Oranges  in  like  manner  are  a  partial  success. 
but  an  assured  success  only  where  artificial  protection  can  be  afforded 
during  the  winter. 

LOWER  AUSTRAL  ZONE. 

By  far  the  greater  part  of  Texas,  including  all  but  the  Staked 
Plains  with  their  northern  and  southern  extensions  and  the  mountain 
elevations  in  the  western  part  of  the  State,  lies  within  the  Lower 
Austral,  or  cotton-producing  zone,  the  subdivisions  of  which  within 
the  limits  of  the  State  equal,  if  they  do  not  exceed,  in  practical 
importance  the  more  restricted  intrusions  of  other  transcontinental 
zones.  The  most  important  of  these  subdivisions  of  Lower  Austral 
are  the  narrow  Gulf  strip,  with  its  semitropical  climate,  and  the 
Austroriparian,  or  humid  eastern,  and  Lower  Sonoran,  or  arid  west- 
ern, areas,  which  divide  the  zone  in  Texas  into  approximately  equal 
parts. 

GULF    STRIP    OF    TEXAS. 

A  compartively  narrow  strip  of  country  bordering  the  Gulf  coast 
of  Texas  is  characterized  by  a  limited  number  of  species  of  unques- 
tioned tropical  affinities,  ranging  as  extensions  from  Mexico  or 
Florida  part  or  all  of  the  way  along  the  Gulf  coast,  but  not  extending 
back  over  the  rest  of  Lower  Austral  zone.  While  associated  with  a 
preponderance  of  characteristic  Lower  Austral  species,  they  mark  a 
border  of  modified  climatic  conditions  too  important  to  be  ignored. 
This  strip  has  been  mapped  as  a  semitropical  or  Gulf  strip  of  the 
Lower  Austral  zone,  of  which  it  is  merely  a  subdivision. 

In  mammals  the  best  representatives  of  a  mainly  tropical  group 
(subgenus  Baiomys)   are  the  little  Peromyscus  taylori  and  its. sub- 


Oct.,  1905.] 


HUISACHE. 


17 


species  subater,  which  inhabit  the  coast  prairies  from  Brownsville  to 
Galveston.  Among  birds  the  caracara,  a  bird  of  wide  tropical  range, 
is  common  in  the  coast  region  of  Texas  as  far  east  as  Port  Lavaca, 
while  the  jackdaws — the  great-tailed  and  boat-tailed  grackles — of  the 
genus  Megaquiscalus,  extend  in  one  form  or  the  other  from  the  tropics 
of  eastern  Mexico  along  the  Gulf  coast  to  Florida,  and  breed  abun- 
dantly along  the  whole  Texas  coast  region. 


Fig.  1. — Distribution  area  of  huisache   (Vaehellia  farnesiana). 

In  plants  some  of  the  species  marking  the  Gulf  strip  extend  into 
the  tropical  regions  of  Mexico  or  Florida,  while  others  are  limited  to 
some  part  of  this  narrow  strip.  As  stated  by  Professor  Bray,°  the 
outlines  of  the  strip  are  approximately  indicated  in  Texas  by  the 
range  of  Vaehellia  (=  Acacia)  farnesiana  and  Parkinsonia  aculeata, 
both  species  of  partly  tropical  range,  and  to  these  I  should  add 
Daubentonia  longifolia  (Sesban  cavanillesii)  and  Lantana  camara  as 
equally  important,  while  others  of  less  extensive  range  in  Texas  are 

«  Botanical  Gazette,  August,  1901,  103. 
3873— No.  25—05  m 2 


18  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Gastela  nicholsonii,  Amyris  parvifolia,  Karwinskia  humboldtiana, 
Ibervillea  lindheimeri,  Castalia  elegans,  Yucca  treculeana,  Manfreda 
maculosa,  Tillandsia  baileyi,  Jatropha  macrorhiza  and  midtifida, 
Malpighia  glabra,  and  Solatium  triquetrum.  It  is  worthy  of  note 
that  none  of  these  plants  enter  the  swamp  and  timber  country  to  any 
extent. 

AUSTRORIPARIAN  OF  EASTERN  TEXAS. 

The  eastern  part  of  Texas,  west  to  approximately  the  ninety-eighth 
meridian,  agrees  very  closely  in  climate,  physiography,  and  the  bulk 
of  its  species  of  plants  and  animals  with  the  lower  Mississippi  Valley. 
Except  for  the  strip  of  coast  prairie,  and  farther  north  the  areas 
known  as  the  Black  Prairie  and  Grand  Prairie."  it  is  largely  a 
forested  region,  comprising  both  deciduous  and  coniferous  trees  and 
inhabited  by  forest  species  of  birds  and  mammals. 

While  a  rich  though  only  half-developed  agricultural  region 
devoted  mainly  to  cotton,  corn,  fruits,  and  vegetables,  it  still  com- 
prises extensive  areas  of  native  forest  and  uninhabited  cypress 
swamps.  Most  of  the  numerous  streams  have  wide  bottom  lands  sub- 
ject to  occasional  floods,  from  which  they  derive  a  deep  rich  soil 
especially  adapted  to  luxuriant  forest  growth.  These  rich  bottoms 
are  largely  grown  up  to  sweet  gum,  sour  gum,  various  oaks,  swamp 
hickory,  sycamore,  willow,  holly,  and  magnolia,  while  along  the 
streams  and  in  swamps  and  shallow  lagoons  the  cypress,  tupelo  gums, 
and  palmettoes  are  often  the  characteristic  growth.  Where  inter- 
laced with  vines  these  bottom-land  forests  are  almost  impenetrable 
thickets.  The  uplands  and  ridges  arc  usually  more  openly  forested 
with  deciduous  trees,  such  as  oaks,  hickories,  dogwood,  and  sassafras, 
or  often  densely  covered  with  one  or  more  of  the  three  species  of  pines 
which  furnish  most  of  the  lumber  of  the  State.  Of  these  Phi  us  taeda 
and  echinata  are  distributed  over  the  State  as  far  west  as  Houston. 
Hockley,  Trinity,  and  Palestine  in  about  equal  abundance.  The  long- 
leaf  pine  (Pinus  palustris)  occupies  the  southeastern  part  of  the 
State,  and  where  untouched  by  ax  or  fire  forms  miles  of  dense  forest 
of  the  cleanest,  most  uniform,  and  symmetrical  body  of  pine  to  be 
found  on  the  continent,  excelling  the  yellow  pine  forests  of  Arizona 
and  California  in  the  close  array  of  graceful  trunks. 

In  eastern  Texas  many  species  stop  short  of  filling  the  whole  humid 
area,  and  when  their  ranges  are  carefully  mapped  are  found  to  be 
absent  from,  or  in  fewer  cases  to  be  restricted  to.  some  of  the  follow- 
ing nohforested  sections:  The  Grand  and  Black  prairies  of  the  Fort 
Worth  and  Dallas  region:  the  coast  prairie;  coast  marshes:  islands 
and  beaches. 

a  Physical  Geog.  of  the  Texas  Region.  R.  T.  Hill,  r.  S.  Geol.  Survey.  Topo- 
graphic Atlas,  p.  13,  L900. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25 


Plate  II 


Fig.  1.— Cypress  Swamp,  near  Jefferson. 


Fig.  2.— Mixed  Swamp  Timber  near  Jefferson,  Eastern  Texas. 


OCT.,  1905.]  AUSTliORIPAMAN    AREA.  19 


GEAND    AND   BLACK    PRAIRIES. 


The  Grand  and  Black  prairies,  lying  parallel,  with  only  the  narrow 
strip  of  Lower  Cross  Timbers'  between,  extend  from  near  Austin 
north  in  a  broad  strip  to  the  Red  River  bottoms  and  east  to  Paris, 
forming  an  extensive  area  over  which  trees  and  forest  species  are 
mainly  restricted  to  narrow  stream  bottoms.  The  rich  black  '  wax- 
land  '  soil  of  these  prairies  is  almost  proof  against  burrowing  rodents, 
which  penetrate  the  region  only  along  some  sandy  stream  bottoms, 
while  the  open  country  tempts  jack  rabbits,  coyotes,  and  other  plains 
species  eastward  slightly  beyond  their  usual  bounds.  Few,  if  any, 
species  are  restricted  to  these  prairies,  however,  and  the  effect  on  dis- 
tribution is  mainly  negative. 

Here  and  there  island  strips  of  rich  soiled  grassy  prairie  occur  in 
the  timbered  region  farther  east,  becoming  smaller  and  less  frequent 
as  they  recede  from  the  Black  Prairie  and  Grand  Prairie,  and  in 
some  cases  these  islands  are  inhabited  by  a  few  plains  species  of  birds, 
mammals,  and  reptiles  nearly  to  the  eastern  edge  of  the  State.  Such 
an  example  is  Xevils  Prairie,  near  Antioch,  where  N.  Hollister  found 
scissor-tailed  flycatchers,  jack  rabbits,  and  horned  toads. 


COAST    PRAIRIE. 


Over  a  wide  strip  of  level  coast  prairie,  extending  along  the  Gulf 
from  western  Louisiana  to  San  Antonio  Bay  and  irregularly  beyond, 
the  timber  is  restricted  to  relatively  narrow  strips  in  the  river  bottoms, 
while  the  greater  part  of  the  surface  is  characterized  by  a  rich  growth 
of  grass  and  many  flowering  plants.  Spreading  live  oaks,  loaded 
with  Spanish  moss,  border  the  prairies  or  grow  in  scattered  motts 
over  them.  In  addition  to  the  strictly  shore  species  and  those  of  the 
salt  marshes  which  occasionally  range  over  it  or  follow  up  the  rivers 
to  the  limits  of  the  open  country,  a  few  species  of  birds  and  mammals 
are  characteristic  of  these  coast  prairies. 

The  most  characteristic  mammals  are  Didelphis  v.  pigra,  Peromys- 
cus  taylori  and  subater,  Oryzomys  palustris,  Reithrodontomys  </nj'<m- 
tiuSj  R.  nicrriami,  Sigmodon  h.  texianus,  Microtus  ludovicianus, 
Geomys  sagittal  is,  Lepus  merriami,  and  Spilogale  indianola,  and  of 
these  Peromyscus  taylori  and  subater,  Microtus  ludovicianus,  and 
Geomys  sagittdlis  are,  so  far  as  known,  restricted  to  it. 

The  characteristic  breeding  birds  of  the  coast  prairies  are  Tympa- 
nuchus  attwateri,  Otocoris  a.  giraudi,  Megaquiscalus  major  and 
macrourus,  Ammodramus  in.  sennetti,  Ooturnicujus  s.  bimaculatus, 
and  Geothlypis  t.  brachidactyla. 

Among  its  flowering  plants  Baptisia,  Oenothera,  Meriolix,  Hart- 
mannia,  Monarda,  Coreopsis,  Ratibida,  Grindelia,  <'<illir]i<><\  Eustoma, 
and  Hymenocallis  are  conspicuous  genera,  with  numerous  species, 


20 


NORTH    AMKKK'AN     FAUNA. 


[No. 


while  such  low  shrubs  as  Daubentonia  longifolia,  Vachellia  farnesi- 
(i)Ki,  Morella  cerifera,  Ascyrum,  and  low  willows  are  found  here  and 
there  in  favorable  localities. 

COAST    MARSHES. 

Extensive  marshes  border  the  Gulf  shore  irregularly  as  far  west  as 
Port  Lavaca,  and  recur  at  intervals,  mainly  near  the  mouths  of  the 
streams,  to  the  Rio  Grande.  These  brackish,  sedgy,  tide-washed 
marshes  are  inhabited  by  rice  rats,  rails,  water  snakes,  and  grea< 
numbers  of  crustaceans.  They  are  favorite  resorts  also  for  numerous 
migrating  waders  and  water  birds. 

BEACHES    AND    ISLANDS. 

The  Gulf  beaches  and  low  islands  offshore  have  a  largely  maritime 
fauna,  the  most  striking  feature  of  which  is  the  abundance  of  shore 
birds,  pelicans,  cormorants,  gulls,  and  terns.  Not  until  the  long 
reef-like  bar  of  Padre  Island  is  reached  do  we  find  any  restricted 
forms  of  island  mammals,  and  here  only  two — Perodipus  compactus 
and  Geomys  personatus. 

The  following  species  and  subspecies  of  mammals,  breeding  birds, 
reptiles,  and  plants  occur  more  or  less  commonly  in  the  Austroriparian 
or  humid  subdivision  of  Lower  Austral  zone  in  eastern  Texas,  but 
rarely,  if  at  all,  in  the  arid  western  subdivision  of  the  zone.  None  of 
the  lists  are  complete. 

MAMMALS    OF    EASTERN    TEXAS    AUSTRORIPARIAN. 


Didelphis  virginiana. 
Didelphis  virginiana  pigra. 
Sciuropterus  volans  querceti. 
Sciurus  ludovicianus. 
Sciurus  carolinensis. 
Citellus  tridecemlineatus  texensis. 
Peromyscus  gossypinus. 
Peromyscus  leucopus. 
Peromyscus  taylori  subater. 
Oryzomys  palustris. 
Reithrodontomys  a  it  cant  ins. 
Reithrodontomys  merriami. 
Neotoma  floridana  rubida. 
8igmod<Tn  Kispidus  texensis. 
Wicrotus  pinetorum  auricularis. 
Microtus  ludovicianus. 
Castor  canadensis  texensis. 
Geomys  breviceps. 
Geomys  sagittalis. 
Perognathus  hispidus  spilotus. 
i.i  /ins  doridanus  alacer. 


Lepus  aquaticus. 

Lepus  aquaticus  attwateri. 

Felis  (sp.?)   (panther). 

Lynx  rufus  texensis. 

Cants  tiler. 

Vulpes  fulfil*. 

i  'rocyon  cinereoargenteus  fioridanus. 

I  is  its  Jut  col  IIS. 

Procyon  lotor. 

Liiini  ( canadensis?). 

Lutreola  lutrcocephala. 

Spilogale  indianola. 

Mephitis  mesomelas. 

Conepatus  mesoleucus  telmalestes. 

Scalopus  aquaticus. 

Blarina  brevicauda  carolinensis. 

Blarina  parva. 

Nycticeius  humeralis. 

I  a  sin  r  tis  borealis. 

Lasiurus  borealis  seminolus. 

Pipistrellus  subflavus. 


Oct.,  1905.] 


AIISTRORIPARIAN    AREA. 


21 


BIRDS' BBEEDING    IX   EASTERN   TEXAS    U'KTKOIUPABIAN. 


ffydranassa  tricolor  ruficollis. 

Florida  cwrulea. 

Colinus  virginianus. 

Tyriipannchus  americanus. 

Tympanuchus  americanus  attwateri. 

Meleagris  gallopavo  silvestris. 

Elanoides  forflcatus. 

Buteo  lineatus. 

Falco  sparverius. 

Syrnium  v.  helveolum. 

Bubo  virginianus. 

Megascops  asio. 

Campephilus  principalis. 

Dryobates  pubescens. 

Dryobates  villosus  auduboni. 

Dryobates  borealis. 

Ceophlosus  pileatus. 

Melanerpes  erythrocephalus. 

Cent  ii  r  its  carol  in  us. 

Colaptes  aural  us. 

A  nirostoiinis  carolinensis. 

Chordeiles  (  virginianus?). 

Chordeiles  virginianus  chapmani. 

Trochilus  colubris. 

Cocci/.:  iis  americanus. 

T  lira  mi  its  ti/ run  nits. 

M iiiarclnis  crinittts. 

Contopus  rirens. 

Empidonax  virescens. 

Cyanocitta  cri statu. 

Agelaius  phozniceus. 

Agelaius  phoeniceus  floridanus. 


Icterus  galbula. 

Quiscalus  quiscula  uncus. 

Megaquiscalus  major. 

Spizella  socialis. 

Spizella  pusilla. 

Pcitcaa  aestivalis  bachmani. 

Cardinal  is  cardinal  is. 

Ouiraca  cazrulea. 

Cyanospiza  cyanea. 

Piranga  rubra. 

V.ireo  olivaceus. 

Vireo  noveboracensis. 

Vireo  flavifrons. 

Mniotilta  varia. 

Protouotaria  citrca. 

Dendroica  dominica  albilora. 

Dendroica  vigorsi. 

Geothlypis  trichas  brachidactyla. 

Geothlypis  fdrmosa. 

Icteria  rirens. 

Wilsonia  m  it  rat  a. 

Mini  us  polyglottos. 

Galeoscoptes  carolinensis. 

Thryothorus  iudovicianus. 

Sitta  carolinensis. 

Sitta  pusilla. 

Biroi oph  us  bicolor. 

Pants  carolinensis  agilis. 

Polioptila  curiileu. 

Hylocichla  mustelina. 

Sialia  sialis. 


A   FEW   OF  THE  LIZARDS   AND   SNAKEC    OF   EASTERN   TEXAS. 


Lizards. 


A  nolis  carolinensis. 

PUrynosoma  cornutum   (local  form). 

Ophisaurus  ventralis. 


Cnemidophorus  sexlineatus. 
Leiolopisma  luterule. 
Eumeces  quinquelineatus. 


Snakes. 


Opheodrys  wstivus. 

Callopeltis  obsoletus. 

Larnpropeltis  getula  holbroolci. 

Xatri.r  clarkii. 

Xatri.r  fasciata  transversa. 

Storeria  dekayi. 

Eutainia  proxima. 


Tropidoclonium  Uneatum. 
Tuntilia  gracilis. 
Elaps  fulvius. 
A  gleistrodon  piscivorus. 
Agkistrodon  contortrix. 
Crotalus  ftorridus. 


22 


NORTH    AMERICAN     FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


PLANTS    CHARACTERISTIC   OF    HUMID    EASTERN    IN    DISTINCTION    FROM    AKID    WESTERN 

TEXAS. 


Pinus  tarda. 
J'iiuis  palustris. 
Pinus  echinata. 
Taxodium  distichum.. 
Juniperus  virginiana. 
Liquidambar  styracifiua. 
Nyssa  sylvatica. 
Nyssa  aquatica. 
Plata  a  us  occidentalis. 
Magnolia  foet.ida. 
Magnolia  virginiana. 
Tilia  leptophylla. 
Acer  drummondi. 
Acer  rubrum. 
Hicoria  ovata. 
II  in  iiia  a  I  ha. 
Hicoria  glabra. 
Hicoria  aquatica. 
Juglans  nigra. 
Cast  a  iica  pumila. 
Carpinus  caroliniana. 
Ostrya  virginiana. 
Betula  nigra. 
Quercus  phellos. 
Quercus  nigra. 
Quercus  marylandica. 
Quercus  digitata. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Quercus  virginiana. 
Quercus  acuminata. 
Quercus  macrocarpa. 
Quercus  lyrata. 
Quercus  minor. 
Quercus  alba. 
Populus  deltoides. 
Salix  (  nigra .'). 
I  tin  us  americana. 
I  I  in  us  fiitra. 
I  I  in  us  alula. 
Toxylon  pomiferum. 
<  'eltis  in  ississippiensis. 
Asimina  triloba. 
Diospyros  virginiana. 
Sassafras  sassafras. 
Cynoxylon  florid  am. 


Crataegus  spathulata. 
Crataegus  texana. 
Persia  borbonia. 
Leitneria  floridana. 
Ilex  opaca. 
Ilex  decidua. 
Ilex  vomitoria. 
Ilex  lucida. 
Morns  rubra. 
Gleditsia  tricanthos. 
Gleditsia  aquatica. 
Fagara  clavaherculis. 
Aratia  spinosa. 
Viburnum  rufotomentosum. 
Viburnum  molle. 
Viburnum  ( nudum?). 
Callicarpa  americana. 
Cyrilla  racemiflora. 

Vaccihium  sp. ? 

Morella  crispa. 

Azalea  sp. ? 

Schmaltzia  lanceolata. 
Schmaltzia  copallina. 
Ix  tins  radicaus. 
CepKalanthus  occidentalis. 
Ji'tia m nus  caroliniana. 
Hamamelis  virginiana. 

Vitis  sp. '; 

Smilax  laurifolia. 
Smilax  ( renifolia?) . 
Smilax  pumila. 
(lelsemiiim  sem gerrirens. 
Bignonia  crucigera. 
Campsis  radicaus. 
Bradleia   (  wisteria ). 
Passiflora  incarnata. 
Putins  ( trivialis?) . 
Rubus  ( procumbensf). 
Yucca  louisianensis. 
Yucca  urkuusanu. 
Salmi  adiuiitiuum. 
A  rundiuuria  macrosperma. 
Dendropogon  usneoides. 
Mitchella  repens. 
Sphagnum  sp.  ? 


For  crops  of  the  Austroriparian  faunal  area  of  the  United  States 
see  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones,  page  4(*>.  under  the  headings 
'Cereals/  '  Fruits,'  k  Nuts/  and  '  Miscellaneous."     Only  a  part  of  the 


Oct.,  1905.]  LOWER    SONORAN    AREA.  23 

« 

crops  listed  are  adapted  to  the  cast  Texas  region,  however,  while 
other  varieties  have  been  introduced  since  the  preparation  of  these 
lists. 

LOWER    SONORAN    OF    WESTERN    TEXAS. 

In  Texas  the  annual  rainfall  decreases  gradually  from  about  50 
inches  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  to  about  10  inches  in  the 
extreme  western  part.  While  the  extremes  are  so  great  and  there  is 
no  abrupt  change  from  eastern  humid  to  western  arid,  there  is  still 
a  well-defined  division  between  the  two  regions,  approximately 
where  the  annual  rainfall  diminishes  to  below  30  inches,  or  near  the 
ninety-eighth  meridian.  By  combining  the  limits  of  range  of  east- 
ern and  western  species  of  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  and  plants  an 
average  line  of  change  can  be  traced  across  the  State,  beginning 
on  the  north  at  the  ninety-eighth  meridian,  just  east  of  Henrietta,  and 
running  south  to  Lampasas,  Austin,  Cuero,  and  Port  Lavaca.  This 
line  conforms  in  a  general  way  to  the  eastern  limit  of  the  mesquite, 
which  more  nearly  than  any  other  tree  or  shrub  fills  the  whole  of  the 
arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  While  scattering  outlying  mesquite.  trees 
are  found  farther  east,  the  line  is  intended  to  mark  the  eastern 
edge  of  their  abundance,  or  the  transition  from  eastern  prairie 
and  timber  country  to  the  region  dominated  by  the  mesquite  and 
associated  plants.0 

West  of  this  line  the  region  may  be  again  subdivided  into  semiarid. 
or  region  of  mesquite  and  abundant  grass,  stretching  west  to  the 
Pecos  Valley  and  from  the  northern  Panhandle  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Rio  Grande,  and  extreme  arid,  or  region  of  creosote  bush  and  scanty 
grass,  lying  mainly  between  the  Pecos  and  Rio  Grande. 

SEMIARID    LOWER    SONORAN. 

The  semiarid  region  is  largely  mesquite  plains,  varying  from  open 
grassy  plains  with  scattered  mesquite  bushes  to  a  miniature  forest 
of  mesquite  trees,  in  places  densely  filled  in  with  other  thorny 
bushes  and  cactus,  as  along  its  southern  stream  valleys  and  over  much 
of  the  plains  of  the  Lower  Rio  Grande.  Scattered  oaks  and  other 
scrubby  timber  growth  characterize  the  higher,  rougher  parts  of  the 
region,  and  narrow  strips  of  tall  timber  are  found  along  some  of  its 
streams.  Toward  the  coast,  flower-strewn  grassy  prairies  extend 
irregularly  nearly  across  the  southern  part  of  the  State,  forming  a 
broken  westerly  extension  of  the  more  continuous  eastern  coast 
prairie.     West   of  Matagorda   Bay  this  prairie   is   mainly   crowded 

a  The  Mesophytie  plant  region  of  eastern  Texas  and  the  Xerophytic  of  west- 
ern Texas  of  Coulter  and  Bray.  (See  Plant  Relations,  by  John  M.  Coulter,  pp. 
168,  193,  230,  1899,  and  Ecological  Relations  of  Vegetation  of  Western  Texas. 
I«y  William  L.  Bray.  Botanical  Gazette,  XXXII.  p.  Ill,  1901.) 


24  NORTH    AMERICAN    1AUNA.  [No.  25. 

back  from  the  coast  by  dense  thickets,  consisting  of  mesquite, 
huisache,  and  numerous  thorny  shrubs  mixed  with  cactus,  or  of  miles 
of  live-oak  brush,  in  places  only  knee  high;  again,  in  dense  jungles 
10  or  20  feet  high,  in  patches,  strips,  or  isolated  oak  w  motts.'  In 
Cameron  County  the  oak  motts  occur  as  widely  scattered  islands  on 
the  prairie,  and  are  usually  made  up  of  a  few  gnarled  old  trees. 
Along  the  stream  bottoms  and  on  the  low  coast  flats  the  chaparral 
is  especially  dense  and  in  places  almost  impenetrable  from  the 
abundance  of  cactus  and  thorny  branches  that  interlace  over  the 
trails.  The  bulk  of  this  chaparral  is  composed  of  common  arid 
Lower  Sonoran  shrubs,  such  as  Momesia  pallida,  Zizyphus  obtusi-* 
folia,  Condalia  obovata,  Koeberlinia  spinosa,  Opuntia  engelmanni, 
O.  lepticaulis,  and  other  associated  species,  which  in  this  semiarid 
region  of  rich  soil  grow  with  unusual  vigor.  Many  other  widely 
distributed  species,  such  as  Parkinsonia  aculeata,  Vachellia  farne- 
siana,  Tillandsia  recurvata,  and  Manfreda  maculosa,  range  through 
it,  while  a  few  others  are  peculiar  to  it  or  barely  extend  into  it  from 
farther  south. 

As  Padre  Island  lies  within  this  semiarid  division,  and  is  suffi- 
ciently large  and  isolated  to  provide  a  habitat  for  a  few  species  of 
mammals,  the  following  brief  description  by  William  Lloyd,  who 
traveled  its  whole  length  in  November,  1891,  is  of  interest: 

Padre  Island  is  about  90  miles  long,  and  at  the  south  end  runs  out  to  a  point, 
the  last  10  miles  of  which  is  not  over  a  mile  wide,  while  for  the  last  .r»  miles  it 
is  only  300  or  400  yards  wide.  Its  central  and  greater  breadth  is  nearly  4  miles. 
including  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  a  muddy  flat  so  soft  that  one  sinks 
in  it  over  3  inches.  From  here  it  tapers  again  to  its  north  extremity,  which  is 
about  300  yards  wide.  It  is  divided  from  the  mainland  by  the  Laguna  Madre, 
which  is  only  about  a  mile  wide  from  Point  Isabel  and  2  miles  wide  opposite 
Arroyo  Coloral.  Here,  however,  the  water  is  8  to  P)  feet  deep  in  the  channels. 
Farther  north  at  the  noted  wagon  crossing,  about  15  miles  south  of  Corpus 
Christi,  near  the  north  end  of  the  island,  the  channel  is  7  miles  wide,  with  the 
water  4J  to  5  feet  deep  at  its  ordinary  elevation,  although  south  winds  raise 
it  very  rapidly  so  as  to  be  impassable.  The  main  island  is  surrounded  by  a 
network  of  smaller  islands,  with  Mustang  Island  at  the  north  end  separated 
from  it  by  a  channel  a  mile  wide.  The  drift  or  wrack  and  floating  timbers  on 
the  Gulf  side  are  rapidly  embedded  in  the  restless  sand  and  form  a  nucleus  for 
the  sand  dunes  which  stretch  along  the  beach  and  form  the  backbone  of  the 
island.  Beyond  them  are  smaller  mounds  with  some  little  vegetation,  and  at 
their  feet  lie  sandy  fields  of  grass,  broken  by  numerous  salt-water  lakes  where 
the  sea  has  washed  in  from  time  to  time. 

The  island  has  no  arborescent  growth  worth  noticing,  with  the  exception  of  a 
shin-oak,  which  extends  from  the  north  end  for  about  a  mile  and  continues  on 
sandy  bills  on  the  lagoon  side  for  5  or  6  miles  farther.  This  is  usually  0 
inches  to  IS  inches  liiirli.  but  there  are  trees,  perhaps  a  different  species,  G  to  8 
feet  high.  As  this  oak  is  always  loaded  with  acorns,  even  now  it  is  the  favorite 
wintering  ground  of  birds  such  as  wood  ibis,  whooping  and  sand-hill  cranes. 
Wild  celery  abounds  also  in  the  lagoon  and  attracts  great  numbers  of  ducks  of 
various  species. 


North  American  t-.uiu    No 


Notth  Ameiican  Fauna.  No    25 


/'       fc^ 


Oct.,  1905.] 


ARID    LOWER    SONORAN    AREA. 


25 


A  few  willows,  presumably  Salix  nigra,  grow  ;it  t li< -  settlement  and  at  one 
point  north  of  it.  and  a  few  patches  of  buttonbush,  Cephalanthus  occidentalism 
were  observed,  also  a  few  stunted  '  huisache,'  Acacia  farnesiana,  and  crab  grass, 
COCkleburr,  and  wild  grapes.  These  are  all  on  the  north  and  center  of  the  island, 
south  of  which  grow  salt  grass  and  various  waxy  and  creeping  plaids. 

Strange  to  say,  neither  hackberry,  mesquite,  nor  Mexican  persimmon,  though 
abundant  on  the  adjacent  mainland,  have  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  footing  any- 
where, and  two  straggling  prickly  pears  (Opuntia  engelmanni)  were  the  sole 
representatives  of  the  cactus  family.  Although  palmetto  and  banana  stumps 
wash  ashore  in  great  numbers,  none  were  seen  growing. 

dales  cover  the  (Jult*  side  of  the  island  with  debris  that  must  come  from  the 
districts  of  Tampico  or  Vera  Cruz.  An  iguana  was  taken  a  short  time  since  on 
the  island,  and  at  least  three  species  of  snakes,  including  the  rattlesnake,  occur 
there.  Deer  and  coyotes  have  been  seen  by  several  parties  swimming  or  wading 
across  to  and  from  the  island  and  mainland. 


Fig.  2. —  Distribution  area  of  creosote  bush  (Cocillcu  tridaituta) 


EXTREME    ARID    LOWER    SONORAN. 


The  extreme  arid  section  of  the  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  Texas 
includes  the  Pecos  Valley  and  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  south  to  about 
Eagle  Pass  and  all  the  country  between  the  two  valleys  except  the 


26  NORTH   AMERICAN   FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

several  mountain  masses  that  rise  as  somewhat  less  arid  Upper 
Sonoran  and  Transition  zone  islands.  It  has  an  irregular  annual 
rainfall  of  10  to  20  inches,  and  a  half-barren  soil,  rich  and  mellow 
in  the  valleys,  stony  and  baked  on  the  mesas.  It  is  subject  to  long, 
scorching  drought,  but  after  a  single  heavy  rainfall  bursts  into  ver- 
dure and  bloom  with  a  sudden  brilliancy  seen  only  in  the  desert. 
Its  most  characteristic  shrub  is  the  evergreen  creosote  bush,  the  range 
of  which  defines  its  extent  better  than  any  other  plant,  but  its  most 
conspicuous  vegetation  consists  of  yuccas,  agaves,  sotol,  cactus,  fou- 
quiera,  allthorn,  and  mesquite.  Its  mammals  are  mainly  the  species 
of  the  whole  arid  Lower  Sonoran.  but  a  few  of  these  extend  farther 
west  without  extending  farther  east  than  the  Pecos  Valley,  among 
which  are  the  following  species: 

Odocoileus  hemionus  canus.  Perodipus  ordi. 

Ammospermophilus  interpres.  Dipodomys  merriami. 

Citellus   spilosoma    arens.  Dipodomys  merriami  ambiguus. 

Onychomys  torridus.  G'eomys  arenarius. 

Peromyscus  leucopus  texanus.  Thomomys  aureus  lachuguilla. 

Peromyscus  sofioriensis  blandus.  Canis  meamsi. 

Peromyscus  eremicus.  Vulpes  macrotis  neomexicanus. 

Perognathus  penicillatus  cremicas.  Myotis  californicus. 

Perognathus  intermedius.  Myotis  yumanensis. 

Perognathus  nelsoni.  Pipistrellus  hesperus. 

Perognathus  nelsoni  canescens.  Corynorhinus  macrotis  pallescens. 

Perognathus  flavus.  Antrozous  pallidus. 

Perognathus  merriami  (/Unix.  Promops  californicus. 

Including  these  somewhat  mixed  elements  of  semiarid,  half  open 
plains,  strips  of  low  prairie,  dense  cactus,  thorny  chaparral,  and 
the  more1  barren  region  of  extreme  aridity,  under  the  heading  of 
"Lower  Sonoran  Zone,"  we  have  in  Texas  an  area  which  covers  a 
little  more  than  half  of  the  State,  and  includes  by  far  the  largest 
number  of  species  of  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  and  plants  common 
to  any  subdivision  in  the  State.  It  is  characterized  by  the  following 
species,  some  of  which  fill  the  subdivision  and  are  restricted  to  it, 
while  many  more  are  restricted  to  definite  areas  within  its  limits,  and 
still  others  range  beyond  through  one  or  more  of  the  other  zones. 
Few  of  the  species,  however,  extend  through  both  arid  and  humid 
divisions  of  the  zone  without  undergoing  at  least  a  subspecific  change. 

MAMMALS   (il     LOWER   SONORAN    OF    WESTERN    TEXAS. 

Tatu  novemcinctum  texanum.  Citellus  variegatw  couchi. 

Didelphis  marsupialis  texensis.  Citellus  buckleyi. 

Tayassu  angulatum.  Citellus  mexicanus  parvidens. 

Odocoileus  virginianus  tenants.  Citellus  spilosoma  major. 

Odocoileus  hemionus  canus.  Citellus  s.  arens. 

Sciurux  ludovicianus  limitis.  citellus  s.  annectens. 

Ammospermophilus  interpres.  Onychomys  torridus. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  V. 


Fig.  1.— Ocotillo  (Fouquiera  splendensi  and  Creosote  Bush 
(covillea  tridentatal. 


Fig.  2.— Desert  Vegetation  of  Great  Bend  Region. 


Oct..  1905.] 


LOWER    SONORAN    BIRDS. 


27 


Onychomys  longipes. 
Peromyscus  leucopus  texanus. 
Peromyscus  leucopus  meamsi. 
Peromyscus  michiganensis  pallescens. 
Peromyscus  sonoriensis  blandus. 
Peromyscus  eremicus. 
Peromyscus  attwateri. 
Peromyscus  taylori. 
Oryzomys  aquaticus. 
Reithrodontomys  intermedins. 
Beithrodontomys  megalotis. 
Reithrodontomys  griseus. 
Neotoma  micropus. 
Sigmodon  hispidus  berlandieri. 
Filter  zibethicus  ripensis. 
Castor  canadensis  frondator. 
Liomys  texensis. 
Perognath  as  li  ispidus. 
Perognathus  penicillatus  eremicus. 
Perognathus  intermedins. 
Perognathus  nelsoni. 
Perognathus  nelsoni  canescens. 
Perognathus  flavus. 
Perognath  us  merriami. 
Perognathus  merriami  gilvus. 
Perodipus  ordi. 
Perodipus  sennetti. 
Perodipus  compactus. 
Dipodomys  spectabilis. 
Dipodomys  elator. 
Dipodomys  merriami. 
Dipodomys  merriami  ambiguus. 
Geomys  breviceps  attwateri. 
Geomys  breviceps  llanensis. 
Geomys  arenarkis. 
Geomys  texensis. 
Geomys  pet  sonatas. 
Geomys  personatus  falla.r. 
Cratogeomys  castanops. 
Thomomys  aureus  lachuguilla. 


Thomomys  perditus. 
Lepus  merriami. 
Lepus  te.riainis. 
Lepus  arizomr  minor. 
Lepus  ftoridanas  ehapmani. 
i-'ctis  onca  hernandezi. 
Felis  hippolestes  aztecus. 
Felis  pardalis  limitis. 
Felis  cacomitli. 
Lynx  texensis. 

Canis  rufUS. 

Canis  nebracensis  texensis. 
Canis  microdon. 
Canis  meamsi. 

Vulpes  maerotis  neome.rieanus. 
Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scotti. 
Bassariscus  astutus  paras. 
Taxidea  taxus  berlandieri. 
Procyon  lotor  mexicanus. 
Nasua  narica  (yucatanicaf). 
Putorius  frenatus. 
V  a  tori  as  neomexicanus. 
Spilogale  leucoparia. 
Mephitis  mesomelas  varians. 
Conepatus  mesoleucus  meamsi. 
Conepatus  leuconotus  texensis. 
Scalopus  texensis. 
tfotiosorex  crawfordi. 
Blarina  berlandieri. 
Myotis  relifer. 
Myotis  californicus. 
Myotis  incautus. 
Myotis  yumanensis. 
Pipistrellus  hesperus. 
Dasypterus  intermedins. 
Antrozous  pallidas. 
Corynorhinus  maerotis  palleseens. 
Nyctinom  as  mexicanus. 
Promops  californicus. 
Mormoops  megalophylla  senienla. 


BREEDING    BIRDS    OF    LOWER    SONORAN    OF    WESTERN    TEXAS. 


Col  in  as  virginianus  texanus. 

Callipepla  squamata. 

Callipepla  squamata  castanogastris. 

Lophortyx  gambeli. 

Meleagris  gallopavo  intermedia. 

Leptotila  fulviventris  brachyptera. 

Melopelia  leaeoptera. 

Columbigallina  passerina  pallescens. 

Scardafella  inca. 

Flan  as  leucurus. 

Parabuteo  unicinctus  harrisi. 

Buteo  borealis  calurus. 


Buteo  abbreviatus. 
Buteo  albicaudatus  sennetti, 
Buteo  swainsoni. 
Urubitinga  anthradna. 
Faleo  mexicanus. 
Faleo  fusco-ccerulescens. 
Faleo  sparverius  phahvna. 
Polyborus  cheriway. 
Syrnium  varium  helveolum. 
Megascops  asio  mccalli. 
Bubo  virginianus  palleseens. 
Speotyto  cunicularia  hypogcea. 


28 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


Micropallas  whitneyi. 
Crotophaga  sulcirostris. 
Qeococcyx  calif  ornianus. 
Coccyzus  americanus  occidenfalis. 
Ceryle  americana  septentrionalis. 
Dryobates  scalaris  bairdi. 
('cut iir us  aurifrons. 
Phalcenoptilus  nuttalli. 
Nyctidromus  albicollis  merrilli. 
Chordeiles  acutipennis  texensis. 
Amizilis  cerviniventris  chalconota. 
Tyrann  us  vociferans. 
Myiarch  us  cinerascens. 
Sayornis  saya. 
Sayornis  nigricans. 
Pyrocephalus  rubineus  mexicanus. 
Xanthoura  luxuosa  glaucescens. 
Gorvus  corax  si  mint  us. 
Corvus  cryptoleucus. 
Molothrus  (iter  obscurus. 
Tangavius  uncus  involucratm. 
Sturnella  magna  hoopesi. 

/(■terns   mid iihoui. 

Icterus  cnctillat its  sennetti. 
Icterus  parisorum. 
Icterus  bulloclci. 

Megaquiscalus  major  macrourus. 
Carpodacus  mexicanus  frontalis. 
Astragalinus  psaltria. 
A  mphispiza  bilineata. 
Amphispiza  b.  deserticola. 


I'ciicira  cassini. 

Aimophila  ruficeps  eremceca. 

Arremonops  rufi  rirgata. 

Card  iiia  I  is  card  in  a  lis  cauicaiidiis. 

I'jirrtinlo.iia  siuuata. 

Pyrrhuloxia  s.  texana. 

Quiraca  car  idea  lazula. 

Cyanospiza  versicolor. 

Piranga  rubra  coo/ieri. 

Phainopepla  nitens. 

Lanius  ludovicianus  excubitorides. 

Vireo  africapillns. 

Vireo  belli  medius. 

Vireo  b.  arizonm. 

Vireo  noveboracensis  micrus. 

Dendroica  wstiva  sonorana. 

Dendroica  chrysoparia: 

fcteria  rirens  longicauda. 

Mini iis  polyglottos  leucopterus. 

Toxostoma  longirostre  sennetti. 

Toxostoma  curvirostre. 

llclcod  i/tes  brunneicapillus  couesi. 

Salpinctes  obsoletus. 

Catherpes  mexicanus  albifrons. 

Thryomanes  bewicki  cryptus. 

Thryomanes  h.  leucogaster. 

Bwolophus  atricristatus. 

A  uriparus  flaviceps. 

Polioptila  carulca  obscura. 

Polioptila  plumbea. 


REPTILES    OF    LOWER    SONORAN. 


Lizards. 


Crotaphytus  reticulatus. 

('rota [ih jit ns   irislizeuii. 
Holbrookia  texana. 
HolbrooJcia  propinqua. 
Holbrookia  uiaciilata. 
HolbrooJcia  m.  lacerata. 
Sceloporus  clarkii. 
Sceloporus  spinosus  floridanus. 
Sceloporus  consobrinus. 


Sceloporus  dispar. 
Sceloporus  merriami. 
Phrynosoma  cornutum. 
Phrynosoma  modestum. 
Coleonyx  brevis. 
Ophisaurus  ventralis. 
Cnemidophorus  tessellatus. 
Cnemidophorus  perplexus. 
Cnemidophorus  gularis. 


Snakes. 


Diadophis  regal  is. 
Heterodou   nasieiis. 
Bascanion  flagellum. 
Bascanion  ornatum. 
Drymobius  margaritiferus. 
Callopeltis  obsoletus. 
Drymarchon  corn  is  melanurus. 
Rhinocheilus  leconti. 


Xatri.r  fasciata  transversa. 
Eutainia  elegans  marciana. 
Eutainia  proxima. 
Tantilla  gracilis. 

I :  In  /is   fill  riiis. 

Agkistrodon  piscivorus. 

Crotalits    atro.r. 


Oct..  1905.1 


LOWER    SONORAN    PLANTS. 


29 


CONSPHTOl'S    PLANTS    OF   LOWEB    SONORAN. 


Prosopis  glandulosa. 
Prosopis  pubescens. 
Acacia  constricta. 
Acacia   tortuosa. 
Acacia   roemeriana. 
Acacia   schottii. 
Acacia    wrightii. 
Acacia  amentacea. 
Acacia   berlandieri. 
Vachellia  farnesiana. 
Leuccena  retusa. 
Mimosa   emoryana. 
Mimosa  Undheimeri. 
Mimosa    borealis. 
Mimosa  fragrans. 
Parkinsonia  aculeata. 
Cercidium  floridanum. 
Cercidium  texanum. 
Eysenhardtia  amorphoides. 
Sophora  secundiflora. 
I'aroscJa  frutescens. 
Parosela  formosa. 
Juglans  rupestris. 
Celtis  helleri. 
Momesia  pallida. 
Chilopsis   linearis. 
Ehretia  eliptica. 
Kceberlinia  spinosa. 
Adelia  angustifolia. 
Adelia  neomexicana. 
Fraxinus  greggii. 
Porlieria  angustifolia. 
Covillea    trident  at  a. 
Sch  maltzia  m  icroph  ylla. 
Schmaltzia  mexicana. 
Schmaltzia  virens. 
Nicotiana   glauca. 
Brayodendron  texanum. 
Bcrbcris    trifoliata. 
Zizyph  us  obtusifolia. 
ZAzypn  us   lycioidesi 
Condalia  obovata. 


Condalia  spathulata. 
Lycium  berlandieri. 
Lycium   pallidum. 
Leucophyllum  texanum. 
Leucophyllum  minus. 
Krameria  canescens. 
Fouquiera  splendens. 
Aloysia  ligustrina. 
Tecoma   stans. 
Ephedra  antisyph ilitica. 
Ephedra  trifurcata. 
Croton  torreyanus. 
Bernard ia  mi/ricafolia. 
E uph orb ia  ant isyph ilitica. 
Mozinua  spathulata. 
Baccharis  (salicina  f ) . 
Baccharis   (glutinosaf). 
Flourensia  cernua. 
Agave  lecheguiUa. 
Hechtia    texensis. 
Tillandsia  recur  rata. 
Tillandsia  baileyi. 
Yucca    macrocarpa. 
Yucca   treculeana. 
Yucca   radiosa. 
Yucca    rostrata. 
Yucca    rupicola. 
Samuela   faxoniana. 
Sam  uela  camerosana. 
Hesperaloe  parviflora. 
Opuntia  Undheimeri. 
Opuntia  engelmanni. 
Opuntia  leptocaulis. 
Vereus  puueispiuus. 
Cereus  enneacanthus. 
Cereus  strain  incus. 
Echinocactus  horizonthalonius. 
Ech  in  ocaet  us   h  a  m  a  toca  nth  us. 
Ech  inocactus  wislizeni. 
Echinocactus  wrighti. 
Cactus   heyderi. 


For  crops  adapted  to  Lower  Sonoran,  see  Life  Zones  and  Crop 
Zones,  pages  42-45,  under  heading  "  Crops  of  the  Lower  Sonoran 
Faunal  Area,"  where  under  kw  Cereals,"  "  Fruits,"  "  Nuts,"  and  "  Mis- 
cellaneous "  are  listed  the  varieties  that  have  proved  a  success  in  other 
parts  of  the  area.  Although  many  of  these  have  not  been  tested  in 
the  Texas  region,  and  while  varieties  other  than  those  listed  have 
proved  successful,  the  list  will  be  found  helpful  in  selecting  varieties 
for  experiments. 


30 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


I  No.  25. 


Some  practical  suggestions  may  be  derived  also  from  the  native 
species  of  plants,  as  in  the  case  of  Schmaltsia  mexicana,  variously 
known  as  Rhus  mexicana  and  Pistacia  mexicana,  and  related  to  the 
Pistacia  vera  of  the  Mediterranean  region,  from  which  the  pistachio 
of  commerce  is  obtained.  In  places  in  the  canyons  of  the  Rio  Grande 
this  large  shrub  grows  in  profusion, suggest ing  that  the  real  'pistachio 
also  might  succeed  here. 

One  of  the  conspicuous  plants  often  dominant  over  much  of  the 


Fig.  3. — Distribution  area  of  lecheguilla   (Ayavc  lecheguilla). 

extreme  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  western  Texas  is  a  little  cen- 
tury plant  (Agave  lecheguilla),  best  known  by  its  Mexican  name  of 
'  lecheguilla.'  Its  rigid  leaves  are  about  a  foot  long,  well  armed  with 
marginal  hooks  and  stout  terminal  spines,  which  effectually  protect 
them  from  the  attacks  of  grazing  animals.  Even  the  hardy  burros 
and  hungry  goats  refrain  from  eating  them,  and  pick  their  way  cau- 
tiously among  their  dagger  points.  But  within  each  leaf  is  a  bundle 
of  smooth,  strong  fibers  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  brushes, 
matting,   coarse    twine,    and    rope.     These    plants   grow    in    greatest 


Oct.,  1905.]  PLANTS   OF   ECONOMIC    VALUE.  31 

abundance  over  limestone  and  lava  mesas  and  steep  rocky  slopes  that 
can  never  be  irrigated  and  are  often  too  steep  and  rough  for  grazing, 
even  if  the  scanty  grass  were  not  crowded  out  by  the  cactus  and  agaves. 
Here,  over  thousands  of  square  miles  of  the  most  worthless  part  of 
the  desert,  is  a  crop,  not  only  offering  in  its  leaf  fibers  a  profitable 
industry  awaiting  development,  but  also  suggesting  that  other  species 
of  agaves,  yielding  fiber  of  still  more  valuable  quality,  can  be  success- 
fully introduced  into  this  region — a  region  that  now  lies  unimproved 
and  almost  uninhabited  while  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  worth 
of  agave  fibers  are  annually  imported  from  Mexico. 

In  the  Davis  and  Chisos  and  Guadalupe  mountains  the  large 
Agave  wisliseni  and  applanata,  the  mescal  plants  of  the  Mescalero 
Apaches,  offer  a  nutritious  food  that  might  well  find  place  on  our 
tables  as  a  delicacy.  They  grow  over  the  barest  and  roughest  slopes, 
not  only  yielding  in  the  starchy  caudex  a  rich  store  of  food,  but  in 
the  beautifu,l  flowers  a  quantity  of  delicious  honey  equaled  by  few 
other  plants.  A  single  plant  during  its  flowering  period  of  about  a 
month  bears  from  one  to  two  thousand  flowers,  each  yielding  nearly 
half  a  teaspoonful  of  honey.  That  the  country  is  well  adapted  to 
I  ices  is  evidenced  by  numerous  and  extensive  bee  caves  in  the  rocks. 
by  bee  trees,  and  by  the  success  of  domestic  swarms.  The  numerous 
leguminous  shrul >s — acacias,  mimosas,  and  mesquites,  several  species 
of  the  '  bee  bush'  (Lippia  and  Goniostachyum) ,  and  the  abundant 
flowers  of  numerous  species  of  Composite — all  yield  rich  stores  of 
honey.  In  semiarid  gulches  where  the  native  black-fruited  Texan 
persimmon  (Brayodendron  tescanum)  bears  an  abundance  of  its 
almost  worthless  fruit  it  is  probable  that  varieties  of  the  delicious 
Japanese  persimmon  would  thrive. 

Other  plants  besides  grass  and  cactus  are  important  as  food  for 
stock  or  are  of  service  to  man.  The  sotol  (Dasylirion  texanum), 
with  its  double-edged  saw-bladed  leaves  and  stout  caudex,  when  split 
open  so  that  the  inner  starchy  heart  can  be  reached,  yields  a  large 
amount  of  hearty  food  for  stock.  The  plant  is  widely  distributed 
over  most  of  the  region  west  of  the  Pecos  and  Devil  rivers,  and  is 
most,  abundant  over  the  barest  and  stoniest  slopes.  Like  most  desert 
plants,  it  is  of  slow  growth,  and  its  greatest  value  has  been  in  tiding 
stock  over  periods  of  scarcity.  Sotol  cutting  becomes  an  important 
business  with  sheep  and  cattle  men  when  a  dry  summer  is  followed 
by  a  winter  of  bare  pastures. 

The  value  of  the  mesquite  and  screw  bean  {Prosopix  glandulosa  and 
pubescens)  to  stockmen  and  ranchers  of  western  Texas  can  hardly 
be  overestimated.  Over  much  of  the  arid  and  semiarid  region  of 
the  State  they  yield  fuel,  fence  posts,  and  building  material  for  the 
ranch,  and  also  shade,  shelter,  and  food  for  stock.     The  common 


32 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No. 


mesquite,  though  barely  reaching  the  dignity  of  a  tree  and  often 
dwarfed  to  a  mere  shrub,  is  the  only  available  timber  over  thousands 
of  square  miles.  The  wood  is  heavy,  strong,  and  durable.  The 
feathery  foliage,  while  so  thin  that  glass  grows  under  the  trees, 
affords  a  welcome  shade  to  man  and  beast,  The  fragrant,  honey- 
laden,  catkinlike  flowers  blossom  quickly,  and  in  warm  weather 
after  a  good  rain  a  crop  of  long  bean  pods  will  mature  and  ripen  with 


Brayodendron  texanum 
Diospyros  virgin iana  ■ 


FIG.  4. — Distribution   area   of  the   black   and   the  yellow   persimmons    (Brayodcndron   1<x- 
anum  and  Diospyros  virginiana). 

little  regard  to  season.  Often  two  crops  a  year  mature  if  rains 
come  at  proper  intervals.  The  sugary  pods  serve  to  fatten  cattle, 
horses,  mules,  burros,  sheep,  and  goats.  The  small,  hard  beans  pass 
through  animals  and  seed  new  ground,  so  that  the  spread  and 
increase  of  the  mesquite  has  been  a  notable  result  of  stock  raising. 
The  use  of  the  sweet,  nutritious  pods  as  food  by  both  Indians  and 
early  settlers  seems  to  have  been  mainly  given  up.  but  the  actual 
food  value  of  the  pods  needs  no  better  demonstration  than  is 
a  Honied  by  the  condition  of  animals  feeding  on  them. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  VI. 


Fig.  1.— Lecheguilla  with  Flowers  and  Fruit. 


Fig.  2.— Lecheguilla  (Agave  lecheguilla)  near  Boquillas,  Great  Bend  of 

Rio  Grande. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  VII. 


Agave  wislizeni  in  Flower,  Davis  Mountains.    Hummingbird 
at  Flower  Cluster  on  Left. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  VIII. 


Fig.  1 .— Sotol  on  Mesa  near  Comstock. 


Fig.  2.— Sotol  After  the  Leaves  are  Burned  Off. 


Oct.,  1905.]  UPPER    SONORAN    AREA.  33 

A  much  neglected  product  of  the  mesquite  is  the  gum  which  exudes 
from  the  branches  and  can  be  gathered  in  large  quantities.  Apparently, 
it  has  all  the  qualities  of  gum  arabic,  the  gum  of  closely  related  Old 
World  acacias,  and  needs  only  introduction  to  a  market  to  become  of 
commercial  value. 

The  seeds  and  pods  of  other  leguminous  shrubs,  the  acorns  of  sev- 
eral species  of  oaks,  and  the  sugary  berries  of  the  alligator-barked 
juniper  also  are  of  considerable  value  in  special  areas  as  feed  for 
stock  or  poultry. 

UPPER  AUSTRAL  ZONE,   UPPER  SONORAN  DIVISION. 

East  of  the  Pecos  Valley.  Upper  Sonoran  zone  covers  most  of  the 
Panhandle,  the  Staked  Plains  and  the  narrower  secondary  plain,  or 
Edwards  Plateau,  running  south  as  far  as  Rock  Springs,  as  well  as 
the  tops  and  cold  slopes  of  the  ridges  and  bottoms  of  shaded  gulches 
breaking  down  from  the  edge  of  these  plains.  West  of  the  Pecos 
Valley  it  covers  the  foothills  and  lower  slopes  of  the  mountains, 
extending  on  southwest  slopes  nearly  or  quite  to  the  tops  of  most  of 
the  peaks,  but  on  the  northeast  slopes  of  the  Guadalupe,  Davis,  and 
Chisos  mountains  giving  place  to  Transition  zone  at  about  6,000 
feet.  On  such  steep,  arid  slopes  as  these  mountains  present  to  the 
sun's  rays  the  difference  of  zone  level  on  opposite  sides  is  often 
2,000  or  3,000  feet,  increasing  with  the  steepness  and  barrenness  of  the 
slope.  Over  the  mountains  and  rough  country  the  zone  is  marked 
by  a  scattered  growth  of  nut  pines,  junipers,  and  oaks,  but  over  the 
plains,  where  short  grass  is  the  principal  vegetation,  its  limits  are 
often  best  determined  by  the  absence  of  mesquite  and  other  shrubs  of 
the  surrounding  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  Some  of  its  most  character- 
istic plants  in  the  mountain  region  are  Pinus  edulis  and  cembroides, 
Juniperus  pachyphlma,  monosperma,  and  flaccida,  Quercus  grisea  and 
emoryi,  Adolphia  infesta,  Nolina  texana,  Mimosa  biuncifera,  Cerco- 
car pus  parvifolius,  Garrya  lindheimeri,  Fallugia  paradoxa,  Yucca 
baccata,  .{(/arc  wislizeni  and  a />/>/// unfit,  while  those  on  the  plains, 
aside  from  grasses,  are  Asclepias  latifolia  and  speciosa,  Laciniaria 
punctata,  several  species  of  Psoralea  and  Astragalus,  Polygala  alba, 
Yucca  glauca,  and  Opuntia  cymochila. 

In  the  mountains  and  rough  country  Upper  Sonoran  zone  is 
•  especially  characterized  by  the  occurrence  in  the  breeding  season  of 
birds  such  as  ' Gyrtonyx  meamsi,  Cc&ligena  clemencim,  Calothorax 
lucifer,  Aphelocoma  couchi,  cyanotis,  and  ten/no.  Pipilo  mesoleucus, 
Vireo  plumbeus  and  stephensi,  and  PsaltHparus  plumbeus  and  Uoydi,' 
anil  on  the  plains  by  such  breeding  species  as  Podasocys  m,ontanus, 
Numeniu8  longirostris,  Ohordeiles  henryi,  Poc&cetes  confinis,  and 
Otocoris  leucolcema. 

3873— No.  25—05  m 3 


34 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


In  the  mountains  and  rough  country  some  of  the  most  characteristic 
mammals  of  Upper  Sonoran  zone  are  Ovis  mexicana,  Odocoileus 
couesi  and  canus,  (' '/tell us  grammurus  and  couchi,  Peromyscus 
rowleyi,  attwateri,  and  laceyi,  Neotoma  attwateri  and  albigula,  and 
on  the  plains  Antilocapra  americana,  Odocoileus  macrourus,  Cynomys 
ludovicianus,  Citellus  pallidus,  Onychomys  pallescens,  Perognathus 
paradoxus  and  copei,  Perodipus  richardsoni,  Lepus  melanotis,  Yulpes 
velo.r,  Putorius  nigripes. 

Including  both  plains  and  mountain  slopes,  the  Upper  Sonoran 
zone  in  Texas  is  characterized  by  the  following  species : 

MAMxMALS   OF    UPPER    SONORAN. 


Ovis  mexicanus. 
Antilocapra  americana. 
Odocoileus  couesi. 
Odocoileus  virginianus  maCrourus. 
Citellus  variegatus  grammurus. 
Citellus  v.  couchi. 
Citellus  tridecemlineatus  pallidus. 
citellus  spilosoma  marginatus. 
Cynomys  ludovicianus. 
Onychomys  leucogaster  pallescens. 
Peromyscus  sonoriensis. 
Peromyscus  rowleyi. 
Peromyscus  attwateri. 
Peromyscus  boylei  laceyi. 
Weotoma  attwateri. 
Neotoma  albigula. 
Thomomys  baileyi. 
Perognathus  flavescens  copei. 


Perognathus  hispidus  paradoxus. 

Perodipus  richardsoni. 

Lci>as  texianus  melanotis. 

Lepus  arizonw  minor  (mainly  Lower 
Sonoran). 

Lepus  pinetis  robust  us  (mainly  Tran- 
sition ). 

Felis  Mppolestes  astecus. 

Lynx  baileyi. 

Can  is  griseus. 

Can  is  nchracensis. 

VulpeS  relo.r. 

Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scotti   (also 

Lower  Sonoran). 
Putorius  nigripes. 
Spilogale  interrupta. 
Mephitis  rnesomelas  varians. 
Taxidea  taxus  berlandieri. 


BIRDS  OF   UPPER    SO.NOKAN. 


\  a  men  ins  loiii/irostris. 
Podasocys  montanus. 
Cyrtonyx  montesumw  mearnsi. 
Accipiter  cooperi. 
Chordeiles  virginianus  henryi. 
Calothorax  lucifer. 
Cosligena  clemenciw. 
Trochilus  alexandri. 
Phalamoptilus  nuttalli. 
A  eronautes  melanoleucus. 
7 lira  nn  its  rerticalis. 
Otocoris  alpest-ris  leucolwma. 
Aphelocoma  woodhousei. 
Aphelocoma  cyanotis. 
Aphelocoma  texana. 
Aphelocoma  sieberi  couchi. 


Cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus. 
Icterus  bullocki. 
Sturnella  manna  neglecta. 
Carpodacus  mexicanus  frontalis. 
Spizella  socialis  arizonir. 
Aimophila  ruficeps  scotti. 
Pipilo  fuscus  mesoleucus. 
Cyanospiza  amoena. 
Zamclodia  melanocephala. 
Ampelis  cedrorum. 
Vireo  solitarius  plumbeus. 
Vireo  gilvus  swainsoni. 
Troglodytes  aedon  astecus. 
Ba'olophus  i noma t us  griseus. 
Psaltriparus  plumbeus. 
Psaltriparus  melanotis  Uoydi. 


Oct.,  1005.] 


UPPER    SONORAN    AREA. 


35 


LIZARDS   AND    SNAKES   OF    UPPEB    SONORAN. 


Lizards. 


Crotaphytus  collaris. 

Crotaphytus  c.  baileyi. 

eta  ornata. 

Sceloporas  torquatus  pomsettii. 

Sceloporus  consoorinus. 


Diadophis  regalis. 
Heterodon  nasicus. 
Liopeltis  vernalis. 
Bascanion  flagellum. 
Pituophis  sayi. 


Phrynosoma  hernandesi. 
Gerrhonotus  liocephalus  inf emails. 
Eumeces  guttulatus. 
Eumeces  oosoletus. 
Eumeces  brevilineatus. 


Snakes. 


Chionactis  episcopus  isozonus. 
Eutainia  cyrtopsis. 
Crotalus  molossus. 
Crotalus  lepiilns. 
Crotalus  confluentis. 


[.sclepias  latifolia. 
Asclepias  tuberosa. 
Polygala  alba. 
Laciniaria  punctata. 
Yucca  glauca. 
Yucca  stricta. 
Opuntia  davisi. 
Opuntla  macrorhiza. 
( 'act  us  in  isso  uriensis. 
Artemisia  fiiifolia. 
I'ut ihiiJu  columnaris. 
Helianthus  annuus. 
Ih ■liantluis  petiolaris. 
Gutierrezia  sarothra. 


PLANTS   OF   UPPER   SONORAN   PLAINS. 

Mentzelia  inula . 
Astragalus  molissimus. 
Astragalus  caryocarpus. 
Psoralea  linearifolia. 
Psoralea  digitata. 
Parosela  enneandra. 
Acuan  illinoensis. 
A  morpha  canescens. 
Hoffuianseijijia  jamesi. 
Petalostemon  purpureus 
Ipomea  leptophylla. 
Merolix  intermedia. 
Li ii a m  rigidum. 
Verbena  stricta. 


PLANTS    OF    UPPER    SONORAN    MOUNTAINS    AND    FOOTHILLS. 


/'in  us  edulis. 
I'iinis  cembroides. 
Juniperus  pachyphlcea. 
Juniperus  flaccida. 
Juniperus  monosperma. 
Juniperus  sabinoides. 
Quercus  grisea. 
Quercus  emoryi. 
(Jin  reus  uniliilata. 
Quercus  texana. 
('ill is  reticulata. 
Morus  microphylla. 
Idolphia  in,  est  a. 


Mimosa  biuncifera. 
Cercocarpus  parvifolius. 
Garrya  lindlieimeri. 
Garrya  wrightii. 
Philadelphus  microphyllus. 
Xch malt -.in  trilobata. 
Arbutus  xalapensis. 
Cercis  occidentalis. 
Fallugia  paradoxa. 
Allure  wislizeni. 
A  an  re  applanata. 
Yucca  baccata. 
\ i>l inn  microcarpa. 


The  two  long  strips  of  Upper  Sonoran  zone  lying-  east  and  west  of 
the  Pecos  Valley  at  the  present  time  are  largely  devoted  to  grazing, 
lo  which  they  are  peculiarly  adapted,  but  the  time  will  come  when 
they  will  be  in  part  reclaimed  for  agriculture  or  horticulture,  and 
the  advantage  of  their  position  in  adaptation  to  crops  not  grown 
in   surrounding  Lower   Sonoran   zone   will   be   recognized.     While 


;>,<;  NORTH    AMERICAN     FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

grazing  will  long  continue  to  be  the  chief'  industry,  the  introduction 
of  successful  crops  will  be  of  the  greatest  advantage  to  the  stockmen. 
Most  of  the  region  is  semiarid,  with  only  sufficient  rainfall  for  a  good 
stand  of  native  grasses,  hut  by  intelligent  methods  of  handling  the 
soil,  deep  plowing,  dust  mulch,  and  a  system  of  cross-furrowing  to 
utilize  all  the  water  that  falls  on  sloping  areas  many  kinds  of  fruits 
and  other  crops  will  thrive  without  irrigation.  Where  irrigation  is 
possible,  however,  as  it  is  in  many  places  along  streams  or  by  means 
of  water  storage,  artesian  wells,  or  pumping,  the  returns  will,  of 
course,  lie  far  more  certain  and  abundant. 

For  lists  of  cereals,  fruits,  nuts,  and  miscellaneous  crops  adapted 
io  Upper  Sonoran  zone  see  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones,  pages  37-40. 
This  is  preeminently  the  zone  of  standard  varieties  of  apples  and  of 
many  other  fruits  and  grains.  It  is  the  only  zone  of  any  extent  in 
Texas  adapted  to  the  sugar  beet  for  the  manufacture  of  sugar. 

TRANSITION  ZONE. 

The  Transition  is  the  most  restricted  and  broken  of  any  zone  within 
the  State,  being  confined  to  the  Chisos,  Davis,  and  Guadalupe  moun- 
tains from  about  6,000  feet  on  northeast  slopes  to  the  tops  of  the 
ranges,  while  between  these  mountains  it  is  divided  by  wide  strips 
of  Upper  Sonoran  zone.  It  is  well  marked  in  each  of  these  range- 
by  its  most  characteristic  tree — the  yellow  pine  {Pinus  ponderosa)  — 
but  in  each  is  characterized  by  a  different  combination  of  plants  and 
animals.  Although  the  home  of  the  wild  potato  (Solanum  t.  boreale), 
it  is  too  rough  for  extensive  agriculture  and  is  important  mainly  for 
its  timber  and  for  the  hidden  sources  of  streams  that  break  out  at 
lower  levels. 

In  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  the  Transition  zone  mammals  are: 

Odocoileus  {hemionust).  Thomomys  fulvus. 

Eutamias  cinereicollis  canipes.  Lepus  pinetis  robustus. 

Seotoma  mexicana.  Ursus  (americanusf). 
\Iicrotus  mexicanu8  guadalupensis. 

In  the  Davis  Mountains : 

Odocoileus  sp.  —       :  Lepus  pinetis  robustus. 

Scotoma  mexicana.  Ursus  americanus  ambliceps. 

Thomomys  fulvus   texensis.  Ursus  horribilis  horriceus. 

Erethizon  sp.  .'  Vespertilio  fuscus. 

In  the  ( !hisos  Mountains  : 

Odocoileus  couesi.  Lepus  pinetis  robustus. 

Scotoma  (mexicana?).  Ursus  <i.  ambliceps. 

Sigmodon  ochrognathus.  I  espertilio  fuscus. 

The  li>ts  of  breeding  birds  of  the  Transition  zone  show  little  varia- 
tion   in    the   Guadalupe,    Davis,   and    Chisos   mountains,   and    more 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  IX. 


Views  on  Staked  Plains  near  Hereford  and  Dimmitt. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  X. 


Fig.  1.— Transition  Zone  Timber  of  Guadalupe  Mountains. 


Fig.  2.— Head  of  Dog  Canyon,  Guadalupe  Mountains. 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  XI. 


Transition  Zone  Timber  of  Chisos  Mountains  (Approximately  6,500  Feet). 


Oct.,  1905.]  TRANSITION    ZONE.  37 

thorough  collecting  high  up  in  these  ranges  would  doubtless  show 
a  still  closer  similarity  of  species. 

The  following  species  are  common  to  all  three  ranges: 
Cyrtonyx  montezumcc  mearnsi.  Pipilo  maculatus  megalonyx. 

Coin mhii  fasciata.  Vireo  solitarius  plumbeus. 

Melanerpes  formioivorus.  Piranga  hepatica. 

Trochilus  alexandri.  Sitta  carolinensis  nelsoni. 

8ela8phorus  platycercus. 

The  following  species  occur  and  probably  breed  in  the  Guadalupe 
Mountain  Transition : 

Meleagris  gallopavo  merriami.  HeVminthophila  celata  orestera. 

Senium  occidentale.  Dendroica  auduboni. 

Megascope  fiammeolus.  Dendroica  gvacice. 

Dryobates  villosus  hyloscopus.  Sitta  pygmwa. 

SelaspJiorus  rufus.  Hylocichla  guttata  auduboni? 

Aimophila  ruficeps  scotti.  Merula  migratoria  propvnqua. 
Junco  dorsalis. 

The  following  occur  in  both  the  Guadalupe  and  Davis  Mountain 
Transition : 

Colaptes  infer  collaris.  Parus  gambeli. 

Cyanocitta  stelleri  diademata.  Sialia  mexicana  bairdi. 
Piranga  ludoviciana. 

The   following  species  occur  in   both  the  Guadalupe   and   Chisos 
mountains,  but  were  not  observed  in  the  Davis  Mountains: 
Antrostomus  macromystax.  Empidonax  diflicilis. 

Nuttallornis  borealis.  Wilsonia  pusilla  pileolata. 

Contopus  richardsoni. 

The  following  were  found  in  the  Chisos  Mountains  only: 
Aphelocoma  sieberi  couchi.  Oreospisa  chlorura. 

Loxia  curvirostra  stricklandi.  Yireo  huttoni  stepJiensi. 

In  the  Davis  Mountains  a  single  Asyndesmus  torquatus  was  seen. 

Most  of  these  birds  are  Rocky  Mountain  forms,  some  of  which 
reach  their  southern  breeding  limits  in  one  of  these  groups  of  moun- 
tains; others  range  south  into  Mexico  along  this  chain  of  Transition 
zone  islands,  while  still  others  are  more  particularly  southern  and 
western  forms  that  in  one  or  more  of  the  ranges  reach  approxi- 
mately their  northeastern  limits. 

The  Transition  zone  plants  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  are: 
Pin  us  ponderosa.  /'run  us  (serotinaf). 

Pin  us   fic.rilis.  Amelanchier  alnifolia. 

Pseudotsuga  mucronata.  Bhamnus  purshiana. 

Acer  grandidentatum.  Ceanothus  greggii. 

Ostrya    baileyi.  Robinia  neomexicana. 

Quercus  acuminata.  Herberts   repens. 

Quercus  novomexicana.  Symphoricarpos   ( longiflorusf). 

Quercus  grisea  (dwarf  form).  Solanum  tuberosum  boreale. 

Quercus  fendleri.  Limnn  perenne. 

Quercus  undulata.  Oxalis  violacea  or  var. 


38 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


Of  the  Davis  Mountains: 
Pinus  ponderosa. 
Pinus  peril  is. 
Acer  grandidentatwm. 
Que n- us   leucophylla. 
Quo-en*  novomexicana. 
Quercus  grisea    (dwarf  form). 

Of  the  Chisos  Mountains 

Pin  us  ponderosa. 
Pseudotsuga  mucronata. 
Cupressus  arizonica. 
Acer  grandidentatwm. 
Quercus   grisea. 


Quercus  emoryi  (dwarf  form), 
Prunus  scroti  mi  acutifolia. 
Rhamnus  purshiana. 
Symphoricarpos   ( longiflorusf  | . 
Solanum  tuberosum   boreale. 


Quercus   emoryi.  , 

Quercus    te.iiinu. 
Prunus  s.  acutifolia. 
Rhamnus  purshiana. 
Symphoricarpos   (longiflorusf). 


The  Transition  area  is  so  restricted  in  Texas  as  to  be  of  compara- 
tively little  agricultural  importance,  especially  as  it  lies  within  the 
arid  section  of  the  zone.  Its  greatest  value,  aside  from  its  native 
timber,  will  be  found  in  its  adaptation  to  the  culture  of  northern 
fruits,  varieties  of  apples,  pears,  cherries,  plums,  grapes,  and  berries 
that  will  never  prove  successful  elsewhere  in  the  State. 

For  list  of  fruits  that  have  been  grown  successfully  in  arid 
Transition  zone  in  western  Montana,  eastern  Washington  and  Ore- 
gon, and  in  parts  of  Idaho  and  Utah,  see  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones, 
pages  25-27. 

CANADIAN    ZONE. 

In  the  Davis  Mountains  a  thicket  of  Populus  tremvloidcs  along 
the  northeast  base  of  a  high  cliff  near  Livermore  Peak  indicates  a 
mere  trace  of  Canadian  zone,  while  a  single  specimen  of  the  hoary 
bat,  shot  as  it  came  down  one  of  the  gulches  near  the  northeast  base 
of  Livermore  Peak,  July  10,  strongly  suggests  that  this  Canadian 
zone  species  was  on  its  breeding  ground.  Nuttallornis  hoi'citlix  and 
Loxia  cur'virostra  stricklandi  seen  in  the  Chisos  Mountains  in  June 
were  probably  breeding  there,  while  Nuttallornis  borealis  and  imma- 
ture Junco  dorsalis,  observed  in  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  in  August, 
may  or  may  not  have  been  migrants. 

REPORT  ON  THE  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY   COLLECTION  OF  LIZARDS 
AND  SNAKES  FROM  TEXAS. 

The  Biological  Survey  collection  of  reptiles  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum  contains  353  specimens  from  Texas,  including  102 
specimens  and  31  species  of  snakes  from  SI  localities.  252  specimens 
and  32  species  of  lizards  from  L67  localities.  No  attempt  has  been 
made  lo  identify  or  include  the  turtles  and  batrachians.  The  mate- 
rial has  been  gathered  by  the  held  assistants  of  the  Survey  as  oppor- 
tunity offered  in  connection  with  other  work,  but  none  of  the  col- 


Oct.,  1905.] 


LIZARDS.  39 


lectors  has  made  a  specialty  of  reptiles.  Until  a  systematic  field 
study  of  these  groups  is  taken  up,  we  can  not  expect  to  know  much  of 
the  distribution  and  habits  of  the  species;  but  so  much  that  is  vague, 
erroneous,  and  misleading  has  been  published,  especially  in  regard  to 
the  Texas  region,  that  it  seems  doubly  important  to  put  on  record  all 
definite  localities  from  which  specimens  have  been  positively  iden- 
tified. Every  specimen  in  the  present  collection  is  fully  labeled  with 
exact  locality,  including  altitude  in  the  case  of  most  specimens  from 
the  mountains,  date,  name  of  collector,  and  in  many  cases  notes  on 
habitat.  Only  a  knowledge  of  the  country  is  requisite  to  enable  each 
specimen  to  be  referred  to  its  proper  zone.  Of  some  species  there  are 
specimens  from  enough  localities  to  determine  with  considerable 
accuracy  their  range  and  zonal  position  in  the  State,  but  of  many 
others  the  few  records  will  be  useful  mainly  in  future  works  of 
broader  scope. 

But  few  of  the  collectors'  field  notes  on  reptiles,  when  unaccom- 
panied by  specimens,  have  been  made  use  of  owing  to  the  danger  of 
confusing  closely  related  species,  and  when  such  notes  are  used  they 
are  carefully  distinguished.  In  a  few  cases  the  records  of  speci- 
mens in  the  United  States  Xational  Museum  collection  from  locali- 
ties of  peculiar  importance  are  given  separately.  References  to  pub- 
lished records  usually  are  avoided. 

To  Dr.  Leonhard  Stejneger  I  am  greatly  indebted  for  identification 
of  the  specimens.  With  the  aid  of  his  assistant,  Mr.  Richard  G. 
Paine,  T  was  able  to  simplify  his  task  in  many  cases  by  making  pre- 
liminary determinations." 

Anolis  carolinensis  Cuvier.     Carolina  Chameleon. 

This  little  chameleon-like  lizard  is  represented  in  the  collection  by 
specimens  from  Waskom,  Joaquin,  Sour  Lake,  and  Columbia,  and  I 
have  seen  it  in  abundance  at  Jefferson  and  Timpson,  but  never  in  the 
western  half  of  Texa 

Crotaphytus  collaris  (Say).     Ring-necked  Lizard. 

Specimens  of  this  beautiful  lizard  from  Wichita  Falls,  Henrietta, 
Miami,  Gail,  Castle  Mountains,  Fort  Lancaster,  Fredericksburg,  and 
Rock  Springs,  Tex.,  and  from  Roswell  and  Santa  Rosa.  X.  Mex., 
carry  the  range  of  the  species  over  the  middle  plains  region  of  Texas, 
the  region  lying  between  the  Pecos  River  and  the  eastern  timbered 


a  Additional  specimens  identified  by  Mr.  Paine  and  myself  during  Doctor 
Stejneger's  absence  are  as  follows:  From  Sour  Lake.  Crotalus  horridus,  Cal- 
lopeltis  obsoletus,  Agkistrodon  contortrix,  Storeria  dekayi,  Sceloporus  conso- 
brinus,  Anolis  carolinensis;  from  Hempstead.  Tropidocloniwm  lineaium;  from 
Seguin,  Eutainia  elegans  marciana  and  Sceloporus  spinosus  floridanus;  from 
Washburn.  Heterodon  nasicus  and  Liopeltis  vernalis,  and  from  Cleveland, 
Elaps  fulvius. 


40  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

country.  The  above  localities  lie  near  the  junction  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Sonoran  zones,  but  this  lizard  inhabits  at  least  a  part  of  both 
zones.  Fourteen  out  of  the  15  specimens  referred  to  collar-is  have 
the  single  row  of  interorbital  plates.  One  specimen  from  Miami  has 
two  full  rows  of  interorbitals,  but  with  the  large  supraoculars  and 
blunt  nose  of  collaris. 

Crotaphytus  collaris  baileyi  Stejneger. 

Nine  specimens  of  Crotaphytus  from  eight  localities  are  referred 
by  Doctor  Stejneger  to  baileyi.  They  are  from  Comstock,  Alpine, 
Paisano,  Chisos  Mountains  (west  base),  Davis  Mountains  (east  base), 
Toy  ah,  TO  miles  north  of  Toy  ah,  Tex.,  and  one  from  the  east  base 
of  Guadalupe  Mountains,  Avest  of  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.  These  locali- 
ties are  near  the  junction  of  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones.  Five 
of  the  nine  specimens  from  Comstock,  Paisano,  and  Chisos  Mountains 
and  two  from  the  Davis  Mountains  are  typical  baileyi,  with  two  full 
rows  of  interocular  plates,  small  supraoculars,  and  relatively  narrow 
muzzle.  The  specimen  from  Alpine  has  the  interoculars  joined  in  a 
single  row,  but  otherwise  possesses  the  characters  of  baileyi.  The 
specimen  from  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  and  the  two  from  Toyah 
and  TO  miles  north  of  Toyah  have  the  interoculars  joined  in  a  single 
row  and  other  characters  intermediate  between  baileyi  and  collaris. 
Considering  the  close  relationship  and  evident  intergradation  of  the 
two  forms,  it  seems  best  to  followr  Witmer  Stone  in  placing  baileyi 
as  a  subspecies  of  collar-is.11 

Crotaphytus  reticulatus  Baird. 

Lloyd  collected  a  specimen  of  this  rare  and  apparently  very  locally 
distributed  lizard  at  Rio  Grande  City,  Tex.,  May  28,  1891. 

Crotaphytus  wislizexiii  Baird  &  Girard.     Leopard  Lizard. 

A  fine,  large  individual  of  this  big,  spotted  lizard  was  shot  near 
Boquillas,  in  the  Great  Bend  of  the  Rio  Grande,  by  McClure  Surber. 
and  Gary  and  Hollister  each  collected  a  specimen  near  Toyahvale,  in 
the  Pecos  Valley.  The  species  is  not  common  and  occurs  only  in  the 
low,  hot  valleys  of  extreme  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

Holbrookia  texana  Troschel. 

This  most  brilliantly  colored  of  the  Texas  lizards  is  represented 
by  11  specimens  from  the  following  nine  localities:  Fort  Stockton. 
Adams,  Toyahvale,  Pecos  River  (5  miles  west  of  Sheffield),  Davis 
Mountains  (east  base).  Boquillas,  McKinney  Spring  (60  miles  south 
•  if  Marathon),  Comstock,  and  Benbrook.  It  is  a  common  and  con- 
spicuous species  over  all  the  hot,  bare  Lower  Sonoran  desert  of 
western  Texas  and  as  far  up  the  Pecos  Valley  as  Santa  Rosa.  X.  Mex. 

aProc.  Acul.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1903,  30. 


Oct.,  1005.1 


LIZARDS.  41 


This  species  is  so  similar  in  both  general  appearance  and  habits  to 
Callisaurm  draconoides,  the  'gridiron-tailed  lizard'  of  the  Death 
Valley  country,  that  I  never  noticed  the  difference  between  them 
until  Doctor  Merriam  pointed  it  out  in  a  beautiful  colored  study  of 
Holbrookia  texana  made  by  Fuertes  in  western  Texas.  Few  animals 
possess  more  wonderful  protective  markings  than  these  bar-tail  vl 
lizards.  As  they  dash  away,  well  up  on  their  legs,  with  tail  curled 
over  the  back,  exposing  their  brightly  colored  sides  and  the  black 
and  white  barred  lower  surface  of  the  tail,  they  are  strikingly  con- 
spicuous, until,  stopping  suddenly,  they  flatten  themselves  on  the 
ground,  when  the  speckled  back  blends  into  the  earth  colors  and  the 
lizards  are  lost  to  view. 

Holbrookia  propinqua  B.  &  G.     Long-tailed  Holbrookia. 

There  are  15  specimens  of  this  slender-tailed  Holbrookia  from  live 
localities  in  southern  Texas:  Brownsville.  Sauz  Ranch,  Santa  Rosa 
Ranch  and  Padre  Island  in  Cameron  County,  and  King's  Ranch  in 
Nueces  County. 

Holbrookia  maculata  Girard.     Spotted-sided  Holbrookia. 

The  collection  contains  10  specimens  of  this  little,  short-tailed 
lizard  from  the  following  eight  localities  in  Texas:  Mouth  of  Devils 
River,  Fort  Stockton,  Fort  Davis.  Alpine,  Paisano,  Dimmitt  (15  miles 
south),  Henrietta,  and  Amarillo.  places  lying  some  in  Upper  and 
some  in  Lower  Sonoran  zones  of  the  arid  and  the  semiarid  regions. 
Apparently  the  species  has  not  been  taken  south  of  Devils  River  and 
San  Antonio. 

Holbrookia  maculata  lacerata  Cope.     Spotted-tailed  Holbrookia. 

One  specimen  of  the  spotted-tailed  lizard  from  Cotulla,  two  from 
15  miles  west  of  Japonica,  and  one  from  25  miles  southwest  of  Sher- 
wood considerably  extend  the  southern  and  western  range  of  the 
species.     Apparently  it  belongs  to  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

Uta  stansburiana  B.  &  G. 

Specimens  of  this  little  lizard  from  El  Paso,  Pecos  City,  and  Fort 
Stockton  carry  its  range  across  the  extremely  arid  part  of  Lower 
Sonoran  zone  in  western  Texas  and  mark  the  eastern  limit  of  a 
widely  distributed  species. 

Uta  ornata  B.  &  G. 

Twelve  specimens  of  this  little  lizard  are  from  the  following  locali- 
ties in  western  Texas:  Mouth  of  Pecos,  Langtry,  Ingram,  Chisos 
Mountains,  Altuda,  Paisano,  and  Fort  Davis.  The  Chisos  Mountain 
specimen  was  taken  at  COOO  feet,  and  the  four  Fort  Davis  specimens 
at  approximately  5,700  feet,  in  the  midst  of  Upper  Sonoran  zone. 
Altuda,  Paisano,  and  Ingram  are  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  zone,  while 


42  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Langtry  and  mouth  of  Pecos,  as  well  as  the  type  locality  of  the  spe- 
cies, Devils  River,  arc  just  below  the  edge  in  Lower  Sonoran.  How- 
ever, enough  Tipper  Sonoran  species  of  plants  cling  to  the  cold  walls 
of  side  canyons  in  the  Langtry,  Pecos,  and  Devils  River  country  to 
account  for  the  presence  of  such  rock-dwelling  species,  and  I  am 
inclined  to  consider  the  range  of  this  lizard  as  strictly  Upper  Sono- 
ran, at  least  in  Texas.  If  all  the  southern  Arizona  and  California 
records  of  the  species  are  correct,  it  is  certainly  Lower  Sonoran  in 
that  region. 

Sceloporus  torquatus  poinsettii  (B.  &  G.). 

This  splendid,  big,  scaly  rock  lizard  is  represented  in  the  collection 
by  14  specimens  from  the  following  localities  in  western  Texas: 
Japonica,  East  Painted  Cave,  Marathon  (50  miles  south),  Chisos 
Mountains  (6,000  feet),  Paisano,  Davis  Mountains  (5,700  feet),  Fort 
Stockton,  Castle  Mountains,  near  Toyah,  and  Guadalupe  Mountains 
(south  end  of  Dog  Canyon,  at  about  6,700  feet).  The  species  ranges 
throughout  the  width  of  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  but  in  many  places 
conies  well  into  Lower  Sonoran,  as  at  Toyah  and  Fort  Stockton. 

Sceloporus  clarkii  B.  &  G. 

The  collection  contains  but  4  Texas  specimens  of  this  big  scaly 
lizard — 3  from  Boquillas  and  1  from  Langtry.  Both  localities  are 
on  the  Rio  Grande,  in  extremely  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

Sceloporus  spinosus  floridanus  (Baird). 

Eighteen  specimens  of  this  medium-sized  Sceloporus  from  southern 
Texas  come  from  the  following  localities:  Seguin,  Ingram,  Browns- 
ville, Rio  Grande  City,  Lomita  Ranch  (6  miles  north  of  Hidalgo), 
Devils  River,  Langtry,  and  Pecos  River  (50  miles  from  mouth), 
which  carry  its  range  across  the  State  in  Lowe.r  Sonoran  zone. 

Sceloporus  consobrinus  B.  &  G. 

Six  localities  in  Texas  are  represented  by  the  8  specimens  of  this 
medium-sized  Sceloporus :  Joaquin,  Sour  Lake,  Kerrville  (Lacey's 
Ranch),  Santa  Rosa  (Cameron  County),  Langtry,  and  Fort  Davis. 
The  range  of  the  species  apparently  covers  nearly  the  whole  State 
where  there  are  trees,  in  both  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones. 

Sceloporus  dispar  B.  &  G. 

Lloyd  collected  5  specimens  of  this  little  slender  Sceloporus  at 
Lomita  Ranch, .6  miles  north  of  Hidalgo,  in  June.  1891. 

Sceloporus  merriami  Stejneger. 

This  beautiful  little  Sceloporus,  which  Doctor  Stejneger  has  just 
described  as  new."  is  represented  by  5  specimens,  2  from  the  East 

a  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XVIII,  p.  17.  Feb.  5,  1904. 


Oct..  1905.] 


LIZARDS.  43 


Painted  Cave,  near  the  Rio  Grande,  a  mile  below  the  mouth  of  the 

Pecos;  1  from  Comstock;  1  from  the  Pecos  River  Canyon,  55  miles 
northwest  of  Comstock,  and  1  from  Boquillas,  in  the  Great  Bend  of 
the  Rio  Grande.  Apparently  the  species  is  confined  to  the  rocky 
walls  of  the  canyons  of  the  Rio  Grande  and  Pecos  rivers. 

Phrynosoma  cornutum  (Harlan).     Horned  Toad. 

This  commonest  and  longest-horned  species  of  the  Texas  horned 
toads  is  represented  by  specimens  from  El  Paso,  Grand  Canyon  of 
Rio  Grande.  Alpine.  Altuda,  Valentine,  Davis  Mountains  (east  base), 
Toyahvale  ('20  miles  southeast).  Fort  Stockton,  Fort  Lancaster, 
Painted  Caves,  Carrizo,  Roma,  Rio  Grande  City,  Sauz  Ranch  (Cam- 
eron County),  King's  Ranch  (Nueces  County),  Corpus  Christi,  ('en- 
ter Point,  Llano,  Dimmitt,  Henrietta,  and  Tascosa,  and  from  Antioch 
and  Virginia  Point  in  eastern  Texas,  a  series  of  localities  covering  at 
least  the  whole  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  the  State  and  extending 
irregularly  into  the  humid  eastern  division.  Considerable  variation 
however,  appears  within  this  range.  The  three  specimens  from  Vir- 
ginia Point  and  one  from  Antioch  are  much  darker  than  any  of  the 
others,  with  sharply  marked  face  bars  and  gray,  thickly  spotted  bel- 
lies, while  those  of  the  upper  Rio  Grande  Valley,  El  Paso,  and  Rio 
Grande  Canyon  are  the  lightest  and  brightest  colored  of  all,  with 
narrow  face  bars  and  white  bellies.  The  transition  from  these  ex- 
tremes is  gradual  across  the  State,  but  the  dark  individuals  from  the 
eastern  localities,  the  gray  ones  from  the  grassy  plains,  the  strongly 
marked  ones  from  the  Pecos  Valley,  and  the  paler  specimens  from  the 
Rio  Grande  Valley,  indicate  color  forms  comparable  with  the  sub- 
species of  horned  larks  found  breeding  in  regions  of  corresponding 
differentiation. 

Phrynosoma  hernandesi  (Girard). 

This  rusty-brown  horned  toad  with  short,  stubby  horns  is  repre- 
sented in  the  collection  by  a  single  specimen  from  Texas,  collected  at 
about  7,000  feet  altitude  in  the  southern  end  of  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains.  Farther  north  it  is  abundant  in  Upper  Sonoran  and 
Transition  zones. 

Phrynosoma  modestum  Girard. 

Anota  modesta  of  Cope  and  ethers. 

Specimens  of  this  little  gray,  short-horned  horned  toad  from  the 
west  base  of  the  Davis  Mountains,  40  miles  south  of  Alpine,  20  miles 
northwest  of  Toyah,  Salt  Valley,  at  west  base  of  Guadalupe  Moun- 
tains, and  Big  Springs  carry  the  range  of  the  species  well  over  the 
arid  region  of  western  Texas  in  a  series  of  localities  where  Upper 
and  Lower  Sonoran  species  are  more  or  less  mixed.  Apparently  the 
species  belongs  to  Lower  Sonoran  zone  and  extends  to  its  extreme 
upper  limit. 


44  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

A  specimen  from  the  west  base  of  the  Davis  Mountains  is  rusty 
brown  instead  of  ashy  gray,  like  those  from  other  localities,  a 
peculiarity  of  coloration  agreeing  with  the  brown  Crotalus  lepidus 
from  this  lava  soil  region. 

Coleonyx  brevis  Stejneger.     Gecko. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  odd  little  brown  and  yellow  lizard  was 
collected  by  Merritt  Gary  at  Sheffield,  August  1),  1902. 

Ophisaurus  ventralis  Linn.     Glass  Snake. 

The  glass  snake  is  represented  by  two  specimens  from  Texas,  one 
collected  by  Lloyd  near  Santa  Rosa,  Cameron  County,  and  the  other 
by  H.  P.  Attwater  and  W.  H.  Raw  son,  3  miles  north  of  Kerrville. 
These  localities  help  to  fix  a  western  limit  for  this  legless  lizard  of 
the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  the  Southeastern  States. 

Gerrhonotus  liocephalu°  infernalis  (Baird). 

A  single  specimen  of  this  glassy  smooth  lizard  was  collected  in  the 
Chisos  Mountains  at  approximately  f>,000  feet  altitude  in  Upper 
Sonoran  zone.  It  was  nosing  about  in  the  dry  leaves  under  scrub 
oaks  on  the  mountain  side  in  the  manner  peculiar  to  the  individuals 
of  the  genus. 

Cnemidophorus  tessellatus  (Say).     Whip-tailed  Lizard. 

This  species  is  represented  by  specimens  from  Boquillas,  Langtry, 
Fort  Stockton  (35  and  45  miles  west),  Castle  Mountains,  Monahans, 
and  Van  Horn,  all  of  which  localities  lie  in  the  extremely  arid  Lower 
Sonoran  zone  of  western  Texas.  They  mark  the  eastern  limit  of  the 
known  range  of  the  species. 

Cnemidophorus  perplexus  B.  &  G. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species  were  collected  by  Cary,  one  at  Pecos 
and  one  4  miles  west  of  Adams,  in  Pecos  County.  Both  localities  are 
in  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

Cnemidophorus  sexlineatus  (Linn). 

The  collection  contains  specimens  of  this  eastern  species  of  the 
whip-tailed  lizard  from  Waskom,  Long  Lake,  Nacogdoches,  Henri- 
etta, Canadian,  and  Padre  Island. 

Cnemidophorus  gularis  B.  &  ( i. 

This  seems  to  be  the  commonest  and  most  widely  distributed  of  the 
whip-tailed  lizards  in  Texas.  There  are  specimens  from  Brownsville, 
Lomita  Ranch  (Hidalgo  County),  Rio  Grande  City,  Roma,  Carrizo, 
Cotulla,  San  Diego,  near  Alice,  Corpus  Christi,  Cuero,  Kerrville, 
Fort  Lancaster,  Fort  Stockton,  Devils  River  (  near  mouth),  Comstock, 
Painted  Caves.  Paisano,  and  Marfa,  and  up  the  Pecos  Valley  in  New 
Mexico  to  Santa  Rosa  and  Ribera.  Among  these  localities  Ribera  is 
the  only  one  fairly  out  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 


Oct.,  1905.]  LIZARDS;    SNAKES.  45 

Leiolopisma  laterale  (Say). 

Specimens  of  this  little  slender  Eumeces-like  lizard  from  Waskom, 
in  northeastern  Texas,  and  from  Yelasco,  near  Columbia  and  near  the 
month  of  Navidad  River  in  southeastern  Texas,  do  not  extend  the 
range  of  the  species,  which  apparently  covers  all  the  eastern  part  of 
the  State. 

Eumeces  quinquelineatus  (Linn). 

Hollister  obtained  a  specimen  of  this  species  at  Joaquin,  near  the 
eastern  boundary  of  Texas. 

Eumeces  guttulatus  (Hallowell).     Skink. 

Cary  collected  a  specimen  of  this  little  skink  at  the  east  base  of  the 
Davis  Mountains,  20  miles  southwest  of  Toyahvale,  at  about  5,000 
feet,  and  I  took  one  at  6,800  feet  in  the  south  end  of  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains,  well  toward  the  upper  edge  of  Upper  Sonoran  zone. 

Eumeces  obsoletus  (B.  &  G.).     Skink. 

A  specimen  of  this  larger  skink  was  collected  in  the  southern  end 
of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  at  G,800  feet,  in  the  same  locality  with 
the  little  guttulatus. 

Eumeces  brevilineatus  Cope. 

Lloyd  collected  a  single  specimen  at  Paisano  "  in  a  damp  fernery 
at  5.300  feet."  Cope  records  it  from  Helotes  Creek  (the  type  locality), 
on  the  front  line  of  hills  20  miles  northwest  of  San  Antonio,  and  from 
near  Fort  Concho  (across  the  river  from  San  Angelo)."  While  these 
localities  lie  at  the  upper  edge  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone  the  species,  if 
an  inhabitant  of  damp  gulches,  may  well  belong  to  Upper  Sonoran. 

Diadophis  regalis  B.  &  G.     Ring  Snake. 

A  specimen  of  this  little  spotted-bellied  snake  was  collected  in  the 
Chisos  Mountains  at  5,000  feet,  June  3,  1901.  The  two  previously 
recorded  localities  for  Texas — Fort  Davis  and  Eagle  Springs'' — are 
both  close  to  5.000  feet  and,  like  the  Chisos  Mountain  locality,  at  the 
edge  of  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones. 

Heterodon  nasicus  B.  &  G.     Hog-nosed  Snake. 

Specimens  of  the  hog-nosed  snake  from  Cameron  County  (El 
Haboncillo),  Sycamore  Creek,  North  Llano  River,  Washburn,  and 
Amarillo  carry  its  range  over  the  whole  north  and  south  length  of 
the  State  through  Lower  and  Upper  Sonoran  zones  in  the  semiarid 
region.  It  is  not  a  common  or  conspicuous  species,  and  with  the 
exception  of  the  specimens  collected.  I  have  not  seen  it  in  Texas. 

"Ann.  Rep.  TT.  S.  Nat.  Mas.  for  1808  (1900),  p.  GG5. 
&  Ibid.,  p.  745. 


40  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Heterodon  platirhinos  Latreille.     Blow  Snake. 

A  single  immature  specimen  collected  by  Lloyd,  at  Matagorda, 
does  not  add  much  to  our  knowledge  of  the  range  of  the  species, 
which  apparently  covers  eastern  Texas  and  reaches  west  to  the  Pecos 
and  Devils  rivers.  All  the  Texas  records  are  from  Lower  Sonoran 
/.one,  but  farther  east  the  species  also  ranges  across  at  least  Upper 
Sonoran. 

Opheodrys  aestivus  (Linn.).     Rough  Green  Snake, 

The  little  green  snake  is  represented  by  3  specimens  from  Corpus 
Christi,  Kerrville,  and  Rock  Springs.  From  a  range  over  the  whole 
eastern  or  humid  division  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone  the  species  appar- 
ently reaches  in  Texas  its  western  limit.  It  does  not  enter  the  plains 
region  nor  the  arid  region  except  where  brushy  gulches  enable  it  to 
cross  the  rough  country  south  of  the  lower  arm  of  the  Staked  Plains. 
The  specimens  from  near  Kerrville  and  Rock  Springs  were  taken  in 
gulches  with  such  vegetation  as  pecan,  sycamore,  elm,  black  cherry, 
oak,  and  abundant  underbrush. 

Liopeltis  vernalis  De  Kay.     Smooth  Green  Snake. 

A  specimen  of  the  little  smooth  green  snake  was  collected  at  Wash1 
burn  by  Gaut  in  July,  1904. 

Bascanion  flagellum  Shaw.     Whip  Snake. 

The  coach  whip  or  whip  snake  is  represented  in  the  collection  by 
specimens  from  Matagorda,  Matagorda  Peninsula,  Padre  Island,  and 
the  Chisos  Mountains,  and  by  a  flat  skin  from  Devils  River.  While 
apparently  distributed  over  the  whole  State,  the  species  is  most 
abundant,  or  at  least  most  frequently  seen,  in  the  half  brushy,  half 
open  arid  region,  where  it  is  one  of  the  commonest  snakes. 

Bascanion  ornatum  B.  &  G. 

Two  specimens  of  this  rare  species  were  collected  in  Texas,  one  at 
the  head  of  Devils  River,  by  Cary,  the  other  on  the  Rio  Grande,  8 
miles  south  of  Comstock,  by  Hollister,  both  in  July,  1902.  llollister 
wrote  on  the  back  of  the  label  of  his  specimen,  "  Up  in  bushes." 

Cope  records  the  species  from  two  localities  only.  "  Western  Texas  "* 
and  "  Howard  Springs,  Texas."  " 

Drymobius  margaritiferus  ( Schlegel ) . 

Lloyd  collected  a  single  specimen  of  this  species  at  Brownsville  on 
July  17,  1891. 

Callopeltis  obsoletus   (Say).     Pilot  Snake:  Mountain   Black  Snake. 

A  specimen  was  collected  by  Lloyd,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Nueces. 
November  21,  1891,  and  another  by  Gaut,  near  Sour  Lake.  April  1. 
1905. 

a  Ann.  Rep.  U.  8.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1898  (  L900),  p.  814. 


Oct.,  1905,] 


SNAKES.  47 


Drymarchon  corais  melanurus  Duni.  &  Bibr. 

Lloyd  collected  a  specimen  of  this  Mexican  black  snake  at  Browns- 
ville, July  6,  1801. 

Pituophis  sayi  (Schlegel).     Prairie  Bull  Snake. 

The  prairie  bull  snake  is  represented  in  the  collection  by  3  speci- 
mens from  Gail,  Comstock  (20  miles  north),  and  Paisano,  and  by  a 
flat  skin  from  the  head  of  Dog  Canyon,  in  the  southern  Guada- 
lupe Mountains.  It  is  common  over  at  least  middle  and  northern 
Texas  in  Lower  and  Upper  Sonoran  zones.  In  a  prairie-dog  town 
near  Gail  I  killed  an  unusually  large  individual,  measuring  7  feet  8 
inches  in  length.  It  wTas  about  3  inches  in  diameter — large  enough 
to  have  readily  swallowed  a  full-grown  prairie  dog.  Near  Rock 
Springs  a  smaller  individual  was  found  in  the  act  of  swallowing  a 
freshly  killed  squirrel  {Citellus  m.  parvidens). 

Lampropeltis  getula  holbrooki  Stejneger.     King  Snake. 

Lloyd  collected  two  specimens  at  Matagorda  in  January  and  Feb- 
ruary, 1802,  and  I  collected  one  at  Arthur  in  June  of  the  same  year. 

Rhinocheilus  lecontei  B.  &  G. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  beautiful  yellow  and  black  ringed  snake 
was  collected  about  30  miles  west  of  Rock  Springs,  where  a  tongue  of 
Lower  Sonoran  runs  up  into  the  Upper  Sonoran  plains.  If  the 
published  records  can  be  trusted,  the  species  ranges  over  the  whole 
arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  Texas. 

Chionactis  episcopus  isozonus  Cope. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  little,  bright-colored,  pink  and  black 
ringed  snake  was  collected  in  the  Chisos  Mountains  at  about  0,000 
feet  altitude,  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone. 

Natrix  fasciata  transversa  (Ilallowell).     Water  Snake. 

Specimens  from  Lipscomb,  the  Nueces  River  (near  mouth),  mouth 
of  Devils  River,  the  Pecos  River  (55  miles  northwest  of  Comstock), 
and  from  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.,  together  with  previously  published  rec- 
ords, indicate  for  the  species  a  range  in  most  of  the  rivers  of  the 
western  half  of  Texas,  excepting  the  Rio  Grande.  Lipscomb  is 
apparently  the  only  locality  where  the  species  has  been  found  outside 
of  pure  Lower  Sonoran,  and  this  is  just  at  the  edge  of  the  zone. 

Natrix  clarkii  (B.  &  G.).     Striped  Water  Snake. 

A  specimen  of  the  striped  water  snake  was  collected  by  J.  D. 
Mitchel  at  Carancahua  Bay,  Calhoun  County,  Tex.,  in  January, 
1892,  and  the  National  Museum  collection  contains  5  specimens  from 
Indianola,  including  the  type,  and  one  specimen   from  Galveston. 


48  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

The  following  letter  from  Mr.  Mitchel  accompanied  the  specimen 
and  8  of  the  well-developed  embryos: 

This  snake  was  captured  with  '.'>  others  in  a  salt  marsh  on  Carrancahua  Bay, 
Calhoun  County.  It  took  to  the  salt  water  freely.  One  had  4  small  mullets  in 
its  stomach,  another  some  tiddler  crabs.  The  other  inclosnre  is  part  of  the 
womb  of  one  of  the  snakes,  showing  embryos.  She  had  4  on  one  side  and  10  on 
the  other,  14  in  all. 

Storeria  dekayi  Holbrook. 

Lloyd  collected  a  specimen  of  this  little  brown  snake  at  Barnard 
Creek,  west  of  Columbia,  March  4,  181)2,  and  Gaut  collected  one  at 
Hour  Lake,  March  14,  1905. 

Eutainia  elegans  marciana  (B.  &  (}.).     Garter  Snake. 

There  are  specimens  of  this  plain  little  striped  snake  from  Browns- 
ville, Santa  Rosa  Ranch  (Cameron  County),  Corpus  Christi,  Vic- 
toria, Seguin,  Sycamore  Creek,  Devils  River,  Paisano,  and  Boquillas. 
It  is  the  common  garter  snake  of  the  whole  arid  LowTer  Sonoran  zone 
of  western  Texas,  apparently  reaching  its  eastern  limit  at  Victoria. 

Eutainia  proxima  (Say).     Spotted  Garter  Snake. 

The  collection  contains  12  specimens  of  this  garter  snake  from 
Brownsville,  Lomita  Ranch  (Hidalgo  County),  Sycamore  Creek, 
Corpus  Christi,  and  San  Antonio  River,  near  San  Antonio.  The 
species  apparently  has  a  wide  range,  including  most  of  Texas. 

Eutainia  cyrtopsis  Kennicott. 

One  specimen  of  this  beautiful  garter  snake  with  black  nuchal 
spots  was  taken  in  the  Davis  Mountains,  July  12,  1901,  at  about  5,700 
feet,  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone. 

Tropidoclonium  lineatum  Hallowell. 

Gaut  collected  a  specimen  of  this  little  striped  snake  at  Hemp- 
stead, February  28,  1905. 

Tantilla  gracilis  B.  &  G. 

I  collected  a  specimen  of  this  tiny  brown  snake  at  Lacey's  Ranch, 
near  Kerrville,  May  5,  1899.  The  species  has  been  recorded  from  va- 
rious localities  in  eastern  and  southern  Texas  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

Elaps  fulvius  (Linn.).     Coral  Snake. 

Four  specimens  of  the  coral  snake  from  Brownsville,  Corpus 
Christi,  Cleveland,  and  Kerrville  nearly  double  the  list  of  definite 
localities  for  the  State.  Cope  records  the  species  from  India'nola. 
San  Diego,  Fort  (Mark,  and  Hempstead,  but  his  records  for  Cameron 
County,  Rio  Grande,  and  Rio  Pecos  are  too  indefinite  for  practical 
purposes  in  outlining  distribution.  A  live  specimen  sent  to  Doctor 
Stejneger  from  Beaumont,  December  4,  1903,  carries  the  range  of  the 


Oct.,  1905.]  SNAKES.  49 

species  nearly  across  the  State  in  both  humid  and  arid  Lower  Sono- 
ran  zones,  but  the  Cleveland  and  Beaumont  specimens  are  much 
darker  and  richer  in  coloration  than  those  from  farther  west. 

Fortunately  this  is  not  a  common  species  in  Texas.  I  have  found 
it  but  once  in  the  State.  From  its  beautiful  colors  and  harmless  ap- 
pearance it  is  likely  to  be  handled  carelessly,  and  its  bite  is  dangerous. 

Agkistrodon  piscivorus  (Lacepede).  Cottonmouth ;  Water  Moccasin. 
A  single  specimen  of  the  water  moccasin,  collected  by  William 
Lloyd  at  the  mouth  of  Devils  River,  September  2-f,  1890,  slightly 
extends  the  known  range  of  the  species.  (Indianola  and  Eagle  Pass 
are  the  westernmost  records  given  by  Cope.")  A  specimen  collected 
in  the  Big  Thicket  of  Liberty  County  was  lost,  but  I  could  not  have 
been  mistaken  in  its  identity. 

Agkistrodon  contortrix  (Linn.)     Copperhead. 

A  specimen  of  the  copperhead  collected  by  H.  P.  Attwater  near 
San  Antonio  and  three  others  collected  near  Kerrville,  Arthur,  and 
Sour  Lake  help  to  fill  out  the  range  of  the  species  in  the  State.  Cope 
records  it  from  Cook  County,  Sabinal,  and  between  Indianola  and 
San  Antonio.''     All  of  these  localities  are  in  Lower  Austral  zone. 

Sistrurus  catenatus  consors  (B.  &  G.).     Massasauga. 

There  is  a  single  specimen  of  the  massasauga  in  the  Biological  Sur- 
vey collection,  from  Santa  Rosa,  Cameron  County,  Tex.,  collected  by 
Lloyd  in  1891. 

Crotalus  horridus  Linn.     Eastern  Rattlesnake. 

Gaut  collected  a  specimen  of  thfs  rattlesnake  in  the  Big  Thicket,  8 
miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  April  1,  1905. 

Crotalus  atrox  B.  &  G.     Western  Diamond  Rattler. 

This,  the  largest  of  the  Texas  rattlesnakes,  ranges  throughout  at 
least  the  arid  part  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  Texas.  In  the  collec- 
tion there  are  specimens  from  Corpus  Christi,  Japonica,  Devils  River, 
Comstock,  Sycamore  Creek,  Eagle  Pass,  Langtry,  and  Boquillas,  and 
from  as  far  up  the  Pecos  Valley  as  Santa  Rosa,  N.  Mex.  Mr.  Gary 
also  saved  a  flat  skin  from  Pecos,  Tex.,  and  Doctor  Fisher  one  from 
Colorado,  Tex.  Specimens  recorded  by  Cope  c  from  Indianola,  San 
Antonio,  and  Brazos  River  apparently  mark  the  eastern  border  of 
the  known  range  of  the  species.  I  have  never  found  it  in  eastern 
Texas. 

Throughout   its  Texas   range   this   is  the   commonest   rattlesnake. 


a  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1898  (1UU0),  p.  1135. 
6  Ibid.,  pp.  1137  and  1138. 
c  Ibid.,  p.  1166. 


3ST3— No.  25—05  m- 


50  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

While  it  is  often  reported  as  excessively  abundant,  I  have  never  found 
more  than  a  dozen  individuals  in  a  season's  field  work  of  four  or  five 
months  in  its  favorite  haunts.  Over  most  of  the  range  we  do  not  see 
more  than  an  average  of  one  or  two  in  a  month's  field  work.  On  an 
18-days'  camping  and  collecting  trip — April  24  to  May  11,  1000 — 
from  Corpus  Christi  to  Brownsville  and  return,  we  saw  only  five 
rattlesnakes,  where  Ave  had  been  led  to  expect  hundreds ;  and  in  this 
region  of  dense  cactus  beds  and  thorny  thickets  they  find  perfect  pro- 
tection and  probably  reach  their  maximum  abundance.  Specimens 
from  extreme  southern  Texas  are  reported  by  the  residents  as  reach- 
ing a  length  of  11  to  13  feet;  but  the  largest  specimen  I  have  seen 
alive  measured  only  50  inches  in  length. 

Crotalus  confluentus  Say.     Plains  Rattlesnake. 

This  small,  dull-colored  rattlesnake  is  represented  in  the  Biological 
Survey  collection  from  Texas  by  one  specimen  from  Amarillo,  on  the 
Staked  Plains,  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone.  I  am  familiar  with  the 
species  on  Upper  Sonoran  plains  of  New  Mexico  and  Nebraska,  but 
have  not  found  it  elsewhere  in  Texas.  The  specimen  collected  by 
Captain  Pope  (No.  4962,  U.  S.  N.  M.),  and  labeled  "Pecos  River, 
Texas,"  has  not  even  a  date  by  which  to  locate  the  place  where 
obtained ;  but  as  it  is  Avell  known  that  Captain  Pope's  specimens  from 
the  top  of  the  Staked  Plains  on  the  east  and  from  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains  on  the  west  were  labeled  "  Pecos  River,''  this  record  can 
have  no  zonal  significance.  The  specimen  recorded  by  Cope  a  from 
San  Antonio,  Tex.,  is  entered  in  the  Museum  catalogue  as  collected 
"  between  San  Antonio  and  El  Pa*o,"  and  the  one  recorded  from  Rio 
San  Pedro  (Devils  River)  is  catalogued  from  "between  Ash  Creek 
and  Rio  San  Pedro."  Mr.  Brown's  record  for  Pecos,6  based  on  a 
specimen  collected  by  Meyenberg,  can  not,  as  Mr.  Brown  admits,  be 
used  for  "  minute  zone  work,"  as  Meyenberg's  specimens,  while  said 
to  have  been  collected  somewhere  "  within  a  day's  journey  by  team  of 
Pecos,"  may  have  come  from  much  farther  away.  In  1902,  at  a  place 
75  miles  northwest  of  Pecos,  I  met  one  of  his  men  bringing  in  a 
wagonload  of  live  animals,  among  them  numerous  snakes  and  lizards 
which  had  been  collected  along  the  base  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains, 
mainly  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  but  probably  also  in  Transition.  As 
these  specimens  apparently  were  sent  out  as  collected  at  Pecos,  in 
Lower  Sonoran  zone,  the  difficulty  of  using  Meyenberg's  material  for 
zonal  work  is  apparent. 

Crotalus  molossus  B.  &  G. 

This  is  the  common  rattlesnake  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  in 
Upper  Sonoran  zone  on  both  sides  of  the  Texas  and  New  Mexico  line. 

a  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1898  (1900).  p.  1172. 
&Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1903,  p.  551. 


Nn.th  Am—ican  Fjuji    No    25 


Oct.,  1905.]  SNAKES;    MAMMALS.  51 

Specimens  were  collected  near  the  edge  of  Transition  zone  on  the  east 
and  west  slopes  of  the  mountains  at  6,300  and  0,800  feet,  but  I  assume 
that  the  species  belongs  to  Upper  Sonoran.  A  flat  skin  collected  by 
Cary  at  a  point  25  miles  west  of  Sheffield  is  apparently  this  species. 

We  found  this  snake  in  August,  11)01,  in  the  gulches  high  up  on 
the  range.  It  is  pugnacious,  quick  to  sound  its  rattle  and  throw 
itself  on  the  defensive.  Because  of  its  prevailing  color  of  olive  green, 
we  always  referred  to  it  in  the  field  as  the  "  green  rattlesnake." 

Crotalus  lepidus  Kennicott. 

Five  specimens  of  this  little  rattlesnake  from  western  Texas,  the 
mouth  of  the  Pecos,  Paisano,  Chisos  Mountains,  and  Davis  Moun- 
tains, indicate  a  range  confined  to  the  most  arid  and  rocky  part  of  the 
State  in  both  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones.  The  specimen  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Pecos  was  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone  on  the  gray  lime- 
stone ledges  at  the  east  end  of  the  High  Bridge.  In  color  it  is  pale 
ashen  gray,  with  the  pattern  faintly  indicated  in  dusky  lines.  The 
color  has  not  changed  materially  in  the  alcoholic  specimen  from  that 
of  the  live  animal  collected  May  20,  1900,  when  I  called  it  the  '  white 
rattlesnake  '  to  distinguish  it  from  anything  previously  known  to  me." 
Mr.  Cary  reports  several  seen  on  limestone  ledges  along  the  Pecos 
Canyon  at  Howard  Creek  and  Sheffield,  all  of  which  were  whitish  in 
color  like  the  lime  rock  on  which  they  were  found.  One  specimen 
from  the  Chisos  Mountains  at  about  6,000  feet,  one  from  Paisano, 
and  two  from  5.700  feet  in  the  Davis  Mountains,  were  all  taken  in 
Upper  Sonoran  zone.  Others  were  seen  in  both  the  Chisos  and  Davis 
mountains  at  similar  altitudes,  but  none  lower.  All  of  these  speci- 
mens in  life  or  when  freshly  killed,  and  the  others  seen  but  not  col- 
lected, were  dark  rusty  brown  with  a  pinkish  tinge,  heavily  marked 
with  velvety  black  crossbars.  The  brown  has  faded  considerably  in 
the  alcoholic  specimens,  as  shown  by  comparison  with  a  careful  color 
study  of  the  fresh  snake  made  in  the  field  by  L.  A.  Fuertes. 

These  little  brown  rattlers  were  fairly  common  about  our  camp 
near  the  head  of  Limpia  Creek,  in  the  Davis  Mountains.  On  the 
dark  brown  lava  soil  they  were  very  inconspicuous,  and  they  had  a 
way  of  suddenly  springing  up  between  our  feet  that  made  us  slightly 
nervous. 

REPORT  ON  THE  MAMMALS  OF  TEXAS. 

The  following  report  on  the  mammals  of  Texas  is  based  mainly 
on  my  own  field  notes  and  those  of  the  other  members  of  the  Biolog- 
ical Survey  who  have  worked  in  the  State,  supplemented  by  records 
from  local  naturalists  and  ranchmen. 


52 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No. 


Tatu  novemcinctum  texanum  subsp.  nov.     Texas  Armadillo. 

Type  from  Brownsville.  Tex..  No.  fffff  $    ad.,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Biological 
Survey  Coll.     Collected  by  F.  B.  Armstrong.  June  10,  VMY1;  original  No.  4. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  mexicanum  from  Colima,  but  with 
relatively  heavier  dentition,  larger  and  more  acutely  triangular 
lachrymal  hone,  and  with  larger  epidermal  plates  on  forehead  and 
wrists. 

Measurements  of  type. — Total  length,  800;  tail,  370;  hind  foot, 
100.  Skull  of  type:  Basal  length,  81;  occipito-nasal  length,  100: 
nasals,  30;  greatest  zygomatic  breadth,  43;  mastoid  breadth,  l".>: 
alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  27;  of  lower  molar  series,  27. 


Fig. 


-Skull  of  armadillo   (Tutu  novemcinctum  texanum)   from  Brownsville,  Texas. 
(Natural  size.) 


Specimens  examined. — Brownsville,  12;  El  Blanco,  near  Hidalgo. 
1 ;  Corpus  Christi,  2 ;  Nueces  Bay,  1  skull ;  Kerrville,  2  skulls." 

Armadillos  are  common  in  southern  Texas  from  the  Lower  Rio 
Grande  to  Matagorda  Bay,  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos,  and  north  to 
Llano.  A  few  are  reported  farther  up  the  Pecos  Valley,  at  old  Fort 
Lancaster,  Grand  Falls,  and  Loving  County,  and  one  from  22  miles 
north  of  Stanton,  while  a  specimen  in  the  National  Museum  is  labeled 
'"  Breckenridge.'"  They  have  been  taken  in  Burnet  County  and  at 
Austin  and  Elgin,  and  reported  from  Inez,  Seguin,  Columbus,  Xava- 
sota,  and  as  far  east  as  Antioch  on  Nevils  Prairie.     The  belief  is 


"A  series  of  9  specimens,  collected  at  Colima,  Mex..  by  Nelson  and  Goldman. 
agrees  in  respect  to  the  small  quadrate  lachrymal  and  light  dentition  with  the 
excellent  figure  of  a  skull  of  Tatusia  merit-ami  (PI.  II.  tig.  :!)  in  Cray's  Hand 
List  of  the  Edentate.  Thick-Skinned,  and  Ruminant  Mammals  in  the  British 
.Museum.  As  no  locality  more  definite  than  Mexico  is  assigned  to  either  the 
type  of  Dasypus  novemdnctus  var.  mexicanus  Peters  or  the  specimen  figured  by 
Gray,  the  type  locality  may  he  fixed  by  considering  the  Colima  specimens 
typical.  The  exact  relationship  hetween  mexican tun  and  novemcinctum,  of  Bra- 
zil, remains  to  he  worked  out. 


Oct..  1905.] 


MAMMALS. 


53 


general  that  they  are  spreading  eastward  and  northward,  but  whether 
this  belief  is  founded  on  a  real  extension  of  range  or  on  an  increase 
in  numbers  throughout  an  established  range  is  not  entirely  settled 
by  the  data  at  hand. 

In  1890  Streator  reported  armadillos  as  rare  on  Raglans  Ranch,  32 
miles  southeast  of  Eagle  Pass,  where  two  had  been  taken  within  ten 
years.  In  1891  Lloyd  reported  them  as  common  north  of  Browns- 
ville and  "  much  sought  after  for  eating  purposes."  One  taken  at 
La  Hacienda,  10  miles  southeast  of  Hidalgo,  he  says,  "  was  very  ten- 
der, without  any  gamy  smell,'1  and  he  adds,  "  they  eat  small  coleop- 
tera  and  ants,  greater  quantities  of  the  latter.'1  He  says  that  a  cow- 
boy saw  an  armadillo  near  the  center  of  Padre  Island,  and  at  Nueces 
Bay  he  reported  finding  the  remains  of  one  and  traces  where  others 
had  been  digging. 


6. — Skull   of  armadillo    (Tata  novemcinctam   mexicanum)    from  Colinia.   Mexico. 
(Natural  size.) 

In  1900  Oberholser  reported  them  at  Port  Lavaca  as  not  common, 
though  occurring  on  the  rivers  at  the  head  of  Matagorda  Bay  and  in 
the  timber  along  small  creeks  west  of  there;  at  O'Connorport  as  not 
found  except  several  miles  back  in  the  country,  where  quite  rare ;  at 
Beeville  as  common  at  a  little  distance  from  town  and  frequently 
brought  in  by  the  Mexicans;  at  San  Diego  as  common,  living  chiefly 
in  timber  along  creeks  and  in  chaparral  about  ponds;  at  Laredo  as 
rare  immediately  south  of  town,  but  said  to  be  common  in  places 
toward  the  north;  at  Cotulla  as  abundant,  inhabiting  principally 
the  timber  along  the  Nueces;  at  Uvalde  as  occasionally  found  along 
the  Nueces;  at  Rock  Springs  as  tolerably  common  in  places.  In  1901 
he  reported  them  at  Fort  Lancaster  as  said  on  good  authority  to 
occur  on  Independence  Creek,  25  miles  down  the  Pecos;  at  Langtry 
and  the  Pecos  High  Bridge  as  rare,  but  said  to  be  occasionally  found 
along  the  river;  at  Del  Rio  as  reported  to  be  common  along  the  Rio 
Grande;  at  Comstock  as  rare.     In  1902  he  reported  armadillos  of 


54  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

occasional  occurrence  at  Austin,  where  one  was  taken  a  few  years  ago, 
and  as  rare  at  Elgin,  where  there  are  well-authenticated  instances  of 
their  capture  along  some  of  the  creeks. 

Near  Antioch,  Houston  County,  in  1002,  Hollister  obtained  two 
records  of  the  capture  of  armadillos  on  Nevils  Prairie,  the  last  about 
1800,  where  one  wandered  into  a  smokehouse  and  was  caught  and 
kept  alive  for  some  time.  Cary  in  his  reports  for  1002  records  the 
capture  of  an  armadillo  by  John  Hutto,  a  sheep  man  living  22  miles 
north  of  Stanton,  in  1802.  Mr.  Finnegan,  the  hotel  proprietor  at 
Stanton,  saw  the  animal  at  the  time.  At  Monahans  Can'  was  told 
by  Landlord  Holman  that  armadillo  shells  were  rarely  found  in  the 
sandhills,  but  that  he  had  seen  a  specimen  killed  at  Grand  Falls  in 
1800.  In  February,  1002,  Mr.  Royal  H.  Wright,  of  Carlsbad.  X. 
Mex.,  wrote  me  that  he  had  picked  up  an  old  armadillo  shell  in 
Loving  County,  Tex.,  close  to  the  New  Mexico  line.  At  Llano,  in 
1800,  I  was  told  that  armadillos  were  frequently  killed  around  there 
or  brought  into  town  alive.  In  1004  a  few  armadillos  were  reported 
at  Seguin,  and  Mr.  Samuel  Neel  told  me  that  a  few  years  ago  he  had 
found  one  in  the  garden  under  the  vines  of  his  cowpeas.  At  Colum- 
bus Mr.  Henry  Ma  thee  told  me  of  two  armadillos  killed  there  during 
the  fall  of  1004,  and  Mr.  J.  F.  Leyendeker  wrote  me  that  one  was 
taken  near  Frelsburg.  At  Navasota  Mr.  Charles  Hardesty  told  me 
of  one  caught  near  there  during  the  summer  of  1004.  In  a  letter  of 
June  4,  1004,  Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  furnishes  the  following  note: 

When  in  Port  Lavaca  last  week  I  obtained  some  notes  in  regard  to  armadillos 
which  may  be  of  interest.  Mr.  J.  M.  Boquet,  a  very  intelligent  and  reliable 
ranchman,  says  that  these  animals  were  first  noticed  in  Calhoun  County  in  1886 
or  about  that  year ;  that  they  are  now  very  common,  and  that  he  has  no  doubt 
there  are  hundreds  of  them  in  the  county  to-day.  He  say's  their  favorite  resort 
on  the  prairie  ranches  is  in  the  long  Cherokee-rose  hedges,  which  have  been 
grown  in  many  parts  of  that  and  adjoining  counties  as  a  wind-break  in  winter 
for  cattle.  During  the  last  few  years  since  armadillos  have  become  so  common 
in  the  southwest  and  south  central  Texas  I  see  baskets  made  of  armadillo  skins 
or  shells  in  the  curio  stores  at  San  Antonio  and  other  places.  The  legs  are  cut 
off  and  the  tail  fastened  to  the  mouth,  forming  the  handle  of  the  basket.  At  a 
curio  shop  in  San  Antonio  two  or  three  days  ago  I  was  informed  that  they  sold 
for  about  $1.50  to  #2  each. 

The  armadillos  are  strictly  Lower  Sonoran,  but  in  the  rough  coun- 
try between  Rock  Springs  and  Kerrville  they  range  fairly  into  the 
edge  of  Upper  Sonoran  Zone.  As  a  rule  they  do  not  extend  east  of 
the  semiarid  or  mesquite  region,  nor  to  any  extent  into  the  extremely 
arid  region  west  of  the  Pecos,  but  occupy  approximately  the  semiarid 
Lower  Sonoran  region  of  Texas,  north  to  near  latitude  38°.  They 
are  partial  to  low,  dense  cover  of  coarse  grass,  thorny  thickets,  cactus 
patches,  and  scrub  oaks,  under  which  they  make  numerous  burrows 
and  trails,  or  root  about  in  the  leaves  and  mold,  where  the}'  enjoy 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS. 


55 


comparative  safety  under  the  double  protection  of  leafy  screen  and 
armor  plate.  But  they  thrive  best  in  a  rocky  country,  especially 
where  limestone  ledges  offer  numerous  caves  and  crevices  of  various 
sizes,  from  which  they  can  select  strongholds  that  will  admit  no 
larger  animal.  Almost  every  rock-walled  gulch  along  the  head- 
waters of  Guadalupe  Eiver  has  one  or  more  dens  with  smoothly  worn 
doorways  from  which  much  traveled  trails  lead  away  through  the 
bushes  or  to  little  muddy  springs,  where  tiny  hoof-like  tracks  and  the 
corrugated  washboard  prints  of  ridged  armor  suggest  that  the  arma- 


Fig.   7. — Distribution   area   of  armadillo    ( Tatu   novemcinctum    tcxanum). 

dillos  not  only  dig  and  nose  about  in  the  soft  ooze  for  their  insect 
food,  but.  pig-like,  enjoy  also  a  cooling  mud  bath.  Other  trails  lead 
along  rocky  shelves,  up  the  sides  of  gulches,  and  away  from  thicket 
to  thicket,  and  are  easily  followed  sometimes  for  half  a  mile  till  they 
branch  and  scatter  or  connect  with  cattle  trails,  where  the  rope-like 
prints  of  dragging,  horny  tails  are  visible  among  the  dusty  cow 
tracks.  Late  in  the  afternoon  one  occasionally  meets  an  armadillo 
trotting  vigorously  along  a  trail  on  his  stumpy  little  feet,  his  tail 


56  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

dragging  after  him  in  a  useless  sort  of  way  as  he  hurries  nervously 
across  the  open  spaces  and  stops  in  the  thickets  to  nose  about  under 
the  leaves  in  search  of  dainties  from  the  fragrant  soil.  At  such  times 
the  long,  pointed  nose  seems  to  be  the  keenest  organ  of  sense.  The 
little  eyes,  half  the  time  buried  in  rustling  leaves,  rarely  detect  an 
object  not  close  by  and  in  motion.  I  have  followed  one  of  these 
preoccupied  little  animals  for  half  an  hour,  often  within  20  or  30 
feejt,  moving  only  when  it  was  rustling  in  the  leaves,  and  Avatching  its 
motions  without  being  discovered  or  creating  alarm.  Hunters  say 
that  if  you  stand  still  the  armadillos  will  sometimes  bump  against 
your  feet  without  discovering  you,  so  short  sighted  are  they  and  so 
intent  on  their  own  business.  But  when  alarmed,  they  get  over  the 
ground  with  a  rush  that  is  surprisingly  rapid  considering  their 
turtle-like  build.  If  the  first  rush  does  not  carry  them  to  cover  and 
an  enemy  overtakes  them,  they  curl  up  in  an  ironclad  ball  that  is  not 
easily  uncurled.  In  autumn,  during  the  deer  hunting  months,  when 
the  young  of  the  year  are  full  grown,  they  are  especially  numerous 
and  particularly  obnoxious  to  the  still  hunters,  who  repeatedly  mis- 
take their  rustling  in  the  leaves  for  the  noise  of  feet  of  bigger  game. 
Where  a  dozen  or  twenty  armadillos  are  met  in  a  day's  hunting,  as 
sometimes  happens,  and  possibly  no  deer  are  seen,  the  nervous  strain 
and  disappointment  on  the  part  of  the  hunter  sometimes  result  in 
serious  consequences  to  the  innocent  armadillo. 

The  excrement  of  the  armadillos  found  scattered  along  the  trails 
in  the  form  of  clay  marbles  and  with  the  texture  of  baked  mud  gives 
some  clue  to  the  food  habits  of  the  animals.  Careful  examination 
shows  only  the  remains  of  insects,  mainly  ants  and  a  few  small 
beetles,  embedded  in  a  heavy  matrix  of  earthy  matter. 

Didelphis  virginiana  Kerr.     Virginia  Opossum. 

Specimens  of  opossums  examined  from  northern  and  middle  Texas, 
Gainesville,  Vernon,  Brazos,  Mason,  and  Kerrville,  have  the  light- 
gray  coat,  white  ear  tips,  and  comparatively  short  tail  of  virgin- 
iana. To  the  west  the  species  does  not  extend  much  beyond  the 
one  hundredth  meridian,  except  along  some  of  the  stream  valleys, 
up  which  it  reaches  as  far  as  San  Angelo,  Colorado,  and  Tascosa. 
I  have  seen  no  specimens  from  extreme  eastern  Texas,  except  from 
near  the  coast,  where  they  are  referable  to  pigra. 

The  Virginia  opossums  are  more  or  less  abundant  throughout  their 
range,  and  live  mainly  in  the  woods  and  brush  along  streams.  In 
the  daytime  they  sleep  in  hollow  trees  or  logs,  in  holes  in  the  ground, 
oi-  merely  curled  up  in  the  brush  or  weeds  or  sometimes  on  a  large 
branch  of  a  tree,  and  if  disturbed  appear  stupid  and  dazed.  At 
night  they  prowl  about  in  search  of  food,  and.  not  being  epicureans, 
usually  find  it  in  abundance.     They  are  especially  fond  of  chickens 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  57 


and  eggs  and  do  considerable  mischief  in  the  henhouse.  They  will 
eat  any  kind  of  meat,  even  when  it  is  old  and  stale,  and  often  per- 
sist in  getting  into  traps  baited  for  more  desirable  game.  Through 
the  summer  they  feed  extensively  on  fruit,  and  are  usually  lean  and 
rangy.  In  the  fall  they  become  very  fat  and  by  many  are  then 
considered  a  great  delicacy.  Their  importance  as  food  and  game 
animals  and  the  value  of  their  fur  make  up  for  the  inconsiderable 
losses  they  now  and  then  occasion  poultry  raisers.  Winter  skins  in 
prime  fur  are  quoted  at  55  to  60  cents,  and  they  usually  constitute 
a  large  share  of  the  fur  harvest  of  local  trappers. 

Didelphis  v.  pigra  Bangs.     Florida  Opossum. 

Specimens  of  the  opossum  from  the  coast  region  of  Texas  east  of 
Matagorda  Bay  are  generally  a  little  darker  than  typical  virginiana, 
with  more  dusky  about  the  face.  While  not  typical,  they  are  nearer 
to  pigra  than  to  virginiana?  from  which  there  is  no  sharp  line  of 
separation.  They  are  merely  the  darker  southern  form  inhabiting 
Florida  and  the  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coast  region,  with  habits 
modified  by  local  conditions  and  environment.  On  the  coast  prairies 
of  southeastern  Texas  they  live  much  in  the  open,  wandering  along 
the  margins  of  ponds  and  bayous,  sleeping  under  fallen  grass  or 
low  bushes  and  feeding  extensively  on  crawfish  and  other  small 
crustaceans.  In  the  stomach  of  one  taken  near  Galveston  I  found 
a  horned  toad  and  bird's  feathers,  besides  the  meat  used  for  trap  bait. 

Gaut  found  them  abundant  in  the  Big  Thicket  northeast  of  Sour 
Lake,  where  he  caught  them  in  a  line  of  traps  set  along  Black  Creek 
in  the  timber.  He  reports  two  females,  caught  March  18,  carrying 
in  the  pouches  young  apparently  four  or  five  days  old,  one  with  five 
young,  the  other  with  six.  He  found  the  stomachs  of  two  individ- 
uals filled  with  crawfish,  one  full  of  carrion  of  a  dead  hog,  and  in 
another  traces  of  maggots  and  carrion. 

Didelphis  marsupialis  texensis  Allen.     Texas  Opossum. 

This  subspecies  of  a  widely  distributed  Mexican  form  is  easily  dis- 
tinguished from  both  virginiana  and  pigra  by  its  longer  and  blacker 
tail,  the  wholly  black  ears  of  adults,  and  by  its  dichromatism,  about 
half  of  the  individuals  being  entirely  black  instead  of  light  gray.  It 
inhabits  the  southern  part  of  Texas,  from  Brownsville  to  Nueces 
Bay  and  San  Antonio,  and  up  the  Rio  Grande  to  Del  Rio  and  the 
mouth  of  the  Pecos.  Doctor  Allen,  in  his  monograph  of  the  genus 
Didelphis,  considers  the  species  distinct  from  virginiana  and  records 
specimens  of  both  from  San  Antonio.6 


"  Doctor  Allen  refers  these  coast  specimens  rather  doubtfully  to  virginiana 
(Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  XIV.  166,  1001),  but  all.  with  possibly  one  exception, 
seem  to  me  nearer  to  pigra. 

&  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  XIV.  140-188,  June  15,  1901. 


58  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

The  habits  of  this  opossum  are  peculiar  only  in  so  far  as  they  have 
been  modified  to  adapt  it  to  the  country  in  which  it  lives,  a  more  or 
less  open  region  of  mesquite,  brush,  and  cactus,  with  few  hollow  logs 
or  stumps.  For  home  and  shelter  the  animals  depend  largely  on  bur- 
rows, which  apparently  they  dig  for  themselves.  In  setting  traps 
where  fresh  earth  was  being  brought  out  of  the  burrow  or  out  of  sev- 
eral of  a  group  of  burrows  each  night,  hoping  to  get  a  badger  or 
armadillo,  I  have  on  several  occasions  been  disappointed  to  find  in 
my  trap  next  morning  only  an  old  black  opossum. 

A  female  caught  at  Del  Rio  January  30,  1890,  had  nine  tiny  young 
in  her  pouch,  each  clinging  to  one  of  the  slender  teats  and  grasping 
the  moist,  crinkled,  brown  hair  of  the  pouch  lining  with  all  four  of 
its  little  hands.  If  forcibly  pulled  loose  they  would  immediate^ 
regain  their  hold,  the  only  instinct  of  their  embryonic  life  being  to 
hold  on  tight  and  get  nourishment.  They  were  too  small  to  notice- 
ably distend  the  pouch,  and  I  discovered  them  only  in  preparing  the 
specimen  on  the  following  day.  I  then  noticed  that  the  nine  teats, 
arranged  in  two  semicircular  rows  with  one  in  the  center,  were  not 
the  full  set.  The  anterior  pair  were  functionless,  but  as  the  mother 
was  not  fully  grown  these  probably  would  have  developed  with  the 
next  and  larger  litter  of  young.  While  in  the  trap  this  female 
showed  no  disposition  to  fight  or  defend  herself,  but  an  old  male 
caught  a  day  or  two  later  fought  viciously,  growling  and  biting  any- 
thing that  came  within  reach,  actually  cutting  deep  gashes  in  the 
hard-wood  stock  of  my  gun.  Another  female,  caught  by  James  H. 
Gaut  at  the  mouth  of  Sycamore  Creek,  12  miles  east  of  Del  Rio,  June 
1 ,  1903,  was  carrying  six  very  small  young  in  the  pouch. 

Tayassu  angulatum  (Cope).     Texas  Peccary;  Javeline;  Musk  Hog. 

Peccaries  are  still  more  or  less  common  in  southern  Texas  and  along 
the  Rio  Grande  to  above  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos,  thence  up  the 
east  side  of  the  Pecos  Valley  into  the  unsettled  sandhill  region  of 
southeastern  New  Mexico,  and  east  along  the  broken  edge  of  the 
plains  to  San  Angelo  and  Kerrville,  and  along  the  coast  to  Corpus 
Christi.  A  few  may  remain  here  and  there  still  farther  cast  and 
north,  where  they  once  ranged,  but  they  have  been  pretty  thoroughly 
driven  out  by  the  settlement  of  the,  country,  and  arc  now  merely 
clinging  to  existence  in  regions  of  deep  rocky  canyons  or  dense  thorny 
cactus  and  chaparral  and  in  an  uninhabited  waste  of  sand  dunes. 
They  are  extremely  wary,  depending  for  protection  mainly  on  caves 
in  the  rocks  and  impenetrable  cover,  and  so  may  be  able  to  hold  their 
own  for  a  few  years  longer.  They  are  usually  hunted  with  dogs  and 
horses,  as  it  is  almost  impossible  to  discover  or  get  near  them  in  any 
other  way.  The  cowboys  occasionally  rope  one.  but  claim  that  many 
good  horses  are  ruined  by  being  ridden  over  boars,  which  never  fail 
to  cut  and  gash  the  horses1  leers  in  a  dangerous  manner. 


Oct.,  1005.1 


MAMMALS. 


59 


In  October,  1904,  I  was  told  that  a  half-grown  peccary  in  the  San 
Pedro  Park,  at  San  Antonio,  had  been  captured  in  Nueces  County 
within  a  month. 

The  following  reports  by  Merritt  Cary  were  made  in  September, 
1D02 : 

The  peccary  is  common  in  Castle  Mountains  and  on  sand  ridges  northwest 
of  there.     Along  Castle  Gap  I  went  into  several  caves  beneath  the  rim  rock 


Fig.  8. — Distribution  area  of  peccary   {Tayassu  angulatum). 

and  found  the  ground  all  tramped  up  hy  them,  where  they  had  evidently  made 
their  dens. 

A  peccary  was  killed  2  miles  northeast  of  Odessa  about  September  1,  1002, 
but  was  very  thin  and  evidently  a  wanderer.  The  animals  are  said  to  be  com- 
mon in  the  western  portion  of  Gaines  County. 

Peccaries  range  throughout  the  sand  along  the  Texas  Pacific  Railroad  west 
to  about  Quito  station  and  east  rarely  as  far  as  Odessa.  North  they  follow 
the  sand  belt  well  up  into  New  Mexico,  according  to  report,  while  to  the  south 
their  range  is  continuous  through  the  Castle  Mountains  and  down  the  valley 
of  the  Pecos.  From  what  I  could  learn,  their  center  of  abundance  in  the  sand 
belt  is  some  10  to  15  miles  north  of  Monahans.  where  the  '  shinrick  '  is  densest, 
and  their  principal   food,   the  acorns,   most  plentiful.     They   are   said  to   hide 


60  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

in  the  'oats-claw '  (Acacia)  during  the  day  and  range  out  into  the  sand  hills 
for  acorns  at  night  or  in  cloudy  weather.  One  was  killed  while  we  were  at 
Hawkins's  ranch,  but  the  hide  and  skull  were  spoiled  before  we  could  secure 
them.     Several  peccaries  have  been  killed  at  San  Angelo  in  years  past. 

Cervus  merriami  Nelson.     Merriam  Elk. 

There  are  no  wild  elk  to-day  in  the  State  of  Texas,  but  years  ago, 
as  several  old  ranchmen  have  told  me,  they  ranged  south  to  the 
southern  part  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  across  the  Texas  line. 
I  could  not  get  an  actual  record  of  one  killed  in  Texas,  or  nearer 
than  6  or  8  miles  north  of  the  line,  but  as  they  were  common  to 
within  a  few  years  in  the  Sacramento  Mountains,  only  75  miles  far- 
ther north,  I  am  inclined  to  credit  the  rather  indefinite  reports  of 
their  former  occurrence  in  this  part  of  Texas.  Specimens  of  horns 
and  a  part  of  a  skull  from  the  Sacramento  Mountains  indicate  that 
the  species  was  very  similar  to  and  probably  identical  with  the 
Arizona  elk  described  by  E.  W.  Nelson  who  has  aided  me  in  making 
the  comparisons. 

In  his  field  report  for  May,  1904,  from  the  Wichita  Mountains, 
Oklahoma,  Gaut  says: 

Mr.  A.  T.  Hopkins,  of  Lawton,  killed  an  elk  in  1881  on  Rainy  Mountain,  about 
40  miles  west  of  Lawton.  This  apparently  is  the  last  specimen  recorded  from 
that  region.  Several  antlers  have  been  picked  up  within  the  last  few  years 
on  Rainy  Mountain,  a  high  ridge  about  12  miles  west  of  Mount  Scott,  and  Mr. 
O.  F.  Morrisey,  the  forest  ranger,  informed  me  that  he  frequently  runs  across  elk 
antlers  while  on  his  rides  through  the  reserve. 

In  1852  elk  were  reported "  by  Captain  Marcy  from  the  Wichita 
Mountains,  Indian  Territory,  and  if  they  ever  were  common  there 
they  would  naturally  at  times  have  strayed  across  the  interval  of 
less  than  50  miles  to  the  border  of  northern  Texas.  This  report  may 
have  led  to  the  inclusion  of  '  moose  '  with  the  game  of  Texas  in  Mary 
Austin  Holley's  History  of  Texas,  1836,  but  it  is  by  no  means  certain. 
The  particular  form  of  elk  which  inhabited  the  Wichita  Mountains 
will  probably  never  be  known,  although  it  may  have  been  referable 
to  ('.  canadensis. 

That  northern  Texas  is  well  adapted  to  elk  is  shown  by  the  perfect 
condition  in  li)0'2  of  a  herd  of  nine  owned  by  Mr.  Charles  Goodnight. 
of  Goodnight,  Tex. 

Odocoileus  virginianus  texanus  Mearns.     Texas  White-tailed  Deer. 

Specimens  of  the  white-tailed  -deer  from  Corpus  Christi,  Kerr 
County,  Rock  Springs,  and  Langtry  agree  with  the  type  and  topo- 
types  of  texanus  from  Fort  (Mark,  and  indicate  for  this  form  a  wide 
range  over  the  semiarid  part  of  southern  and  middle  Texas,  but  do 
not  in  any  way  define  the  limits  of  its  range.     In  the  open  and  arid 

"  Explorations  of  Red  River  (if  Louisiana,  p.  ISC.  1S.*>4. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  61 

region  west  of  the  Pecos  white-tailed  deer  are  rare.  The  skull  of  an 
old  buck  from  San  Elizario,  on  the  Rio  Grande,  just  below  El  Paso, 
has  abnormally  large  molars  and  large  audital  bullae,  and  can  only 
provisionally  be  referred  to  temanus.  The  few  once  inhabiting  the 
Davis  and  Guadalupe  Mountains  have  been  almost  exterminated,  and 
they  may  have  been  the  little  couesi  instead  of  texanus.  Excepting 
a  part  of  the  trans-Pecos  region  and,  possibly,  the  open  top  of  the 
Staked  Plains,  the  whole  of  Texas  is  or  has  been  occupied  by  some 
form  of  the  white-tailed  deer." 

A  few  imperfect  specimens  from  Liberty,  Hardin,  and  Jasper  coun- 
ties in  extreme  eastern  Texas  are  apparently  texanus,  but  more  and  bet- 
ter specimens  from  this  region  may  show  that  they  are  nearer  to  vir- 
ginianus.  They  certainly  are  not  the  large,  dark  louisianw,  which, 
from  geographical  considerations  alone,  they  might  be  supposed  to  be. 
In  the  Big  Thicket  region  of  Liberty  and  Hardin  counties  deer  are 
still  common,  owing  to  the  dense  forest  and  the  tangle  of  vines, 
briers,  palmettoes,  and  canes  which  afford  them  almost  impenetrable 
cover.  They  are  now  hunted  mainly  with  hounds,  but  formerly 
when  more  abundant  night  hunting  with  a  headlight  was  the  favorite 
method,  and  deer  were  wantonly  slaughtered  in  great  numbers.  One 
hunter  told  me  that  he  had  no  idea  how  many  deer  he  had  killed  for 
their  skins,  but  that  in  the  fall  of  1880  he  remembered  selling  69  skins 
of  deer,  the  carcasses  of  which  were  left  in  the  woods.  Even  at  the 
present  time  the  law  in  this  region  is  rarely  enforced,  and  deer  are 
killed  without  regard  to  season.  With  the  natural  advantages  offered 
by  extensive  tracts  of  unoccupied  forest  and  swamp  land,  dense  cover, 
and  abundance  of  acorns  and  other  food,  deer  with  some  slight  pro- 
tection would  soon  become  abundant  again. 

A  collection  of  about  350  pairs  of  deer  horns  at  Rock  Springs  is 
especially  interesting,  as  all  the  horns  came  from  deer  killed  in  the 
vicinity,  wdiich  is  near  the  type  locality  of  texanus.  and  consequently 
show  the  local  variation.  As  usual  in  a  large  collection,  there  are 
some  abnormal  sets,  and  a  number  of  very  small  sets  which  seem  to 
be  of  either  young  or  imperfectly  developed  individuals  and  not  of 
the  little  Sonora  deer.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Fleischer  I 
obtained  photographs  of  a  large  number  of  the  horns.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  collection  will  eventually  find  its  way  to  some  museum, 
where  it  would  be  of  considerable  scientific  interest. 

At  the  edge  of  the  little  town  of  Rock  Springs  Doctor  Richardson 
had  six  tame  deer  in  a  small  inclosure — a  3-year-old  buck,  a  2-year-old 
doe,  and  four  yearling  does.     They  were  all  in  the  red  coat  when 


«  The  group  of  white-tailed  deer  is  sadly  in  need  of  revision,  but  the  material 
at  hand  is  too  scanty  for  final  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  several  described 
forms. 


62  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

examined  July  15,  1902,  and  the  nearly  grown  horns  of  the  buck 
were  in  full  soft  velvet.  All  these  deer  were  perfectly  tame,  and 
would  push  and  crowd  the  Doctor  as  he  fed  them  bran  from  a  basin. 
Bran  and  hay  constituted  their  main  food.  Though  in  good  health 
and  spirits  they  were  thin,  and  I  urged  the  Doctor  to  give  them  some 
of  their  natural  food — the  leaves  of  live-oak  brush,  acorns,  mesquite 
and  other  bean  pods. 

On  many  of  the  large  ranches  between  Corpus  Christi  and  Browns- 
ville, where  the  oak  and  mesquite  thickets  are  interspersed  with  prai- 
rie and  grassy  openings,  deer  find  ideal  conditions,  with  abundant 
food  and  cover.  The  nature  of  the  ground  is  such  as  to  protect  them 
from  wolves  and  other  natural  enemies;  but  it  is  well  suited  to 
either  hunting  on  horseback  or  still  hunting,  which,  if  freely  allowed, 
would  soon  exterminate  them.  With  protection,  however,  they  in- 
crease rapidly,  and  in  many  places  are  abundant.  Fresh  tracks  were 
common  in  the  trails  and  even  along  the  stage  road  in  places,  and 
the  ranchmen  usually  know  where  to  find  a*  deer  when  needed. 
Similar  conditions  are  reported  over  most  of  southern  Texas,  al- 
though varying  greatly  on  the  different  ranches.  From  Kerrville 
west  to  Devils  River  and  the  Rio  Grande  deer  are  more  or  less 
abundant,  both  in  the  half-open  mesquite  valleys  and  over  the  rough 
juniper  and  oak-covered  ridges.  On  certain  large  ranches  they  are 
still  numerous,  while  on  others  they  have  become  extremely  scarce 
and  would  be  entirely  exterminated  but  for  the  recruits  from  sur- 
rounding and  better  protected  ranches.  Some  of  the  ranchmen  do 
not  consider  it  worth  while  to  protect  the  deer,  while  others  leave  the 
matter  to  indifferent  foremen  or  else  allow  so  much  hunting  by  their 
friends  that  few  of  the  animals  escape.  But  such  indifference  is 
unusual.  Almost  every  ranch  gate  we  passed  through  bore  the  sign 
"  Posted;' 

In  spite  of  the  protection  of  State  laws  and  ranch  owners  there  are 
still  remote  sections  of  rough,  uncontrolled  range  where  every  year 
hunters  kill  wagonloads  of  deer  for  the  market,  or  worse,  kill  the 
deer  for  the  hides  only,  leaving  the  carcasses  to  rot.  I  was  told  that 
in  the  winter  of  1901-2  hundreds  of  deer  skins  were  brought  out  of 
the  country  west  of  Kerrville. 

No  part  of  the  United  States  affords  more  perfect  conditions  for 
deer  than  southern  Texas,  and  all  that  is  required  for  their  mainte- 
nance and  rapid  increase  is  efficient  protection.  In  the  past  this  has 
not  been  provided  by  the  game  laws;  and  the  fact  that  the  deer  have 
not  been  wantonly  destroyed  over  the  entire  region  is  due  to  the 
practical,  business-like  methods  of  the  large  ranch  owners,  who  con- 
trol the  hunting  on  their  ranges,  and  would  as  soon  think  of  depleting 
their  herds  of  cattle  as  the  game  under  their  control.     On  some  of 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  63 


the  larger  ranches  mounted  rangers  are  regularly  employed  to  ride 
over  the  country  and  protect  both  stock  and  game,  and  to  see  that 
fences  are  kept  up  and  that  there  is  no  hunting.  But  usually  this  is 
an  important  part  of  the  business  of  the  regular  cowboys.  As  a 
practical  business  proposition  the  protection  of  deer  can  not  be  urged 
too  strongly.  Their  presence  on  the  range  does  not  interfere  with 
the  cattle  and  horses.  The  deer  rarely,  if  ever,  eat  grass  or  any 
forage  plant  eaten  by  horses  and  cattle,  but  live  on  the  leaves  and 
twigs  of  bushes,  seeds,  pods,  and  flowers  of  a  great  variety  of  plants, 
including  acorns  and  the  pods  of  the  numerous  kinds  of  bean  bushes. 
Opposition  to  private  control  of  game  was  never  more  groundless 
than  in  this  open  country  where  without  such  control  the  deer  would 
long  ago  have  been  exterminated  over  extensive  areas  where  they  are 
now  common. 

Odocoileus    macrourus?    (virginianus)    (Rafinesque).     Plains    White- 
tailed  Deer. 

Two  specimens  of  white-tailed  deer  from  the  sandhills  20  miles 
north  of  Monahans,  and  3  from  Beaver  Creek  where  it  crosses  the 
Texas  and  Oklahoma  line  at  the  north  edge  of  the  Panhandle,  can  not 
be  referred  to  texanus  or  virginianus.  On  geographic  grounds  they 
should  be  macrourus,  described  from  the  "  plains  of  the  Kansas 
River,"  so  provisionally,  at  least,  I  refer  them  to  this  form." 

The  two  specimens  from  north  of  Monahans  are  fully  adult.  A  doe, 
collected  September  18,  is  in  the  pale  yellow  summer  coat  with  traces 
of  the  fall  '  blue  coat '  showing  through,  and  a  large  buck  taken 
November  12  is  in  full,  fresh  winter  pelage.  These  specimens  are 
larger  than  corresponding  sexes  of  typical  texanus,  with  relatively 
heavier,  wider  skulls.  The  doe  is  apparently  lighter  and  brighter 
colored,  with  no  trace  of  black  on  the  tips  of  the  ears,  and  the  buck  is 
much  lighter  colored  around  the  face  and  ears  than  strictly  com- 
parable specimens  of  texanus.  The  three  specimens  in  the  United 
States  National  Museum  collection  from  Beaver  Creek,  collected  by 
Hornaday  in  1889,  are  in  faded,  late  winter  pelage,  very  pale  and 
yellowish.  The  three  imperfect  skulls  without  horns  from  the  same 
locality  agree  in  a  general  way  with  the  Monahans  skulls. 

In  September.  1902.  Merritt  Gary  reported  the  white-tailed  deer  as 
common  in  the  sandhill  region  south  and  north  of  Monahans,  and  as 
feeding  principally  on  the  acorns  of  the  little  shin  oak  which  covers 
this  region.  At  Canadian,  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  Panhandle, 
in  July,  1903,  A.  H.  Howell  reported  white-tailed  deer  as  occurring 

"At  present  I  do  not  know  of  a  specimen  of  the  white-tail  doer  from  the 
Plains  near  enough  to  the  type  locality  of  macrourus  to  he  safely  assumed  to  be 
typical  of  that  form,  and  until  typical  specimens  are  obtained  the  status  of 
the  form  must  remain  somewhat  in  doubt. 


64  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

in  small  numbers  in  the  brushy  bottoms;  and  in  July,  1904.  Gaut 
reported  them  as  common  in  the  region  about  Mobeetie. 

Odocoileus  couesi  Cones  and  Yarrow.     Sonora  Deer. 

This  little  deer  is  the  smallest  of  the  white-tailed  group  found  in 
the  United  States,  an  old  buck  rarely  being  estimated  at  over  100 
pounds,  while  the  does  are  variously  estimated  at  from  50  to  75 
pounds.  The  horns  are  small  and  closely  curved  in,  with  usually 
three  or  four  points  to  a  beam;  the  ears  are  considerably  larger 
than  in  specimens  of  texanus  weighing  nearly  twice  as  much.  The 
young,  after  losing  the  spots,  are  light  yellowish  brown  until  after 
the  change  to  the  gray  coat,  which  apparently  takes  place  with  the 
fall  molt  of  the  third  year.  The  adults,  after  about  two  and  a  half 
years  old,  are  light  gray  at  all  seasons,  without  black  on  ears  or  tail. 

The  species  is  widely  distributed  through  the  desert  mountains 
of  southern  Arizona  and  northern  Mexico  and  probably  reaches  its 
eastern  limit  in  the  Chisos  Mountains  of  western  Texas.  Here 
these  little  deer  range  from  5,000  feet  at  the  upper  edge  of  Lower 
Sonoran  zone  through  Upper  Sonoran  and  Transition  to  the  top 
of  the  mountains  at  9,000  feet.  They  are  closely  associated  with  the 
oaks,  junipers,  and  nut  pines,  and  depend  much  on  the  cover  of 
brush  and  timber.  During  the  day  they  are  usually  found  lying 
under  a  low,  branching  juniper  tree  or  in  a  thicket  of  oak  brush, 
and  when  started  are  more  often  heard  bounding  over  the  rocks 
than  seen  in  the  open.  They  are  most  numerous  on  the  plateau  top 
of  the  mountains,  at  8,500  feet,  where  a  steep  3,000-foot  slope  pro- 
tects them  from  most  hunters  and  where  the  sweet  acorns  of  the  little 
gray  oak  are  abundant.  Between  rains  the  only  water  on  this 
plateau  is  held  in  the  rock  basins,  but  it  is  usually  ample  for  the 
needs  of  the  deer.  A  few  springs  around  the  base  of  the  mountains 
are  permanent  and  alwTays  accessible  in  case  of  drought.  The  deer 
on  the  plateau  are  so  little  disturbed  that  they  are  often  seen  feed- 
ing or  wandering  about  during  the  day.  While  sweeping  the  slopes 
with  a  field  glass  I  often  located  deer  and  watched  them  without 
arousing  their  suspicion.  At  11  o'clock  one  warm  day  I  watched 
three  does  come  down  from  an  open  sunny  hillside  and  select  cool 
beds  in  the  shade  of  bushes  along  a  deep  gulch.  At  another  time  I 
watched  a  doe  and  two  yearling  fawns  feed  until  they  were  satis- 
fied and  then  scatter  to  make  their  beds  under  different  trees  on  an 
open  grassy  slope.  On  several  occasions,  by  moonlight,  the  flash  of 
their  white  tails  at  close  quarters  was  seen  with  startling  effect,  the 
gray  bodies  being  quite  invisible. 

The  food  of  the  deer  in  June  consisted  mainly  of  leaves,  flowers, 
green  seeds,  and  capsules  or  pods  of  a  great  variety  of  shrubs  and 
plants,  including  the  leaves  of  the  little  gray  oak   (Quercus  grisea)^ 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS. 


65 


leaves  and  wide,  flat  pods  of  several  bean  bushes  (Acacia  roemeriana 
and  others),  leaves  and  berries  of  sumac  (Schmaltsia  micro phylla), 
leaves  and  capsules  of  a  large  Pentstemon,  and  flowers  and  stems  of 
bear  grass  (Nolina  lindheimeriana) .  The  prints  of  the  deer's  teeth 
were  often  found  on  the  half-eaten  green  stalks  of  the  century  plant 
(Agave  wisliseni).  Much-used  trails  and  abundance  of  winter 
'  sign  '  among  the  oaks  showed  that  acorns  were  the  great  attraction 
during  fall  and  winter.  No  trace  of  grass  could  be  found  in  any  of 
the  three  stomachs  examined. 

Odocoileus  hemionus  canus  Merriam.     Gray  Mule-deer. 

Two  skins  (with  skulls)  of  mule-deer  and  8  skulls  (or  horns  with 
parts  of  skulls)   from  the  region  about  Samuels.  Langtry,  and  the 


Fig.  9. — Yearling  buck  of  gray  mule-deer,  Langtry,  Texas. 

mouth  of  the  Pecos  River,  a  head  and  horns  from  Alpine,  and  a  few 
old  horns  from  the  Chisos  Mountains  agree  in  a  general  way  with 
the  type  and  topotypes  of  canus.  The  skins  show  the  same  light 
gray  color,  and  the  skulls  are  small,  the  forehead  flat,  and  the  horns 
usually  low  and  widespreading.  I  have  seen  no  specimens  from 
the  northern  end  of  the  Staked  Plains,  but  should  expect  the  deer 
in  this  region  to  be  hemionus.  A  skull  of  an  old  buck  from  the 
Guadalupe  Mountains  north  of  the  Texas  line  in  the  collection  of 
Royal  H.  Wright  is  not  of  the  canus  type ;  and  a  very  large  buck  that 
I  saw  at  8,500  feet  on  the  side  of  Guadalupe  Peak  was  of  the  full 
size  of  hemionus.  In  the  outlying  desert  ridges  west  and  south  of 
these  mountains,  where  the  deer  are  most  abundant,  the  country  is 
typical  of  the  Lower  Sonoran  desert  region  inhabited  by  canus. 

3873— No.  25—05  M 5 


66  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

The  mule-deer  is  still  more  or  less  common  in  many  parts  of  west- 
ern Texas,  in  the  Guadalupe,  Diablo,  Franklin,  Davis,  Santiago,  and 
Chisos  mountains,  and  eastward  to  Devils  River  and  the  rough  coun- 
try along  the  east  side  of  the  Pecos  River  as  far  as  Fort  Lancaster 
and  the  Castle  Mountains.  A  few  are  found  in  the  deep  canyons  and 
gulches  cutting  into  the  edges  of  the  northern  part  of  the  Staked 
Plains  as  far  east  as  Washburn  and  Mobeetie,  but  it  is  much  more 
probable  that  these  range  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  through  the 
extremely  rough  country  along  the  south  side  of  the  Canadian  River 
than  that  they  have  a  continuous  range  southward  to  meet  those  of 
the  lower  Pecos  country.  Still,  it  is  not  improbable  that  they  range, 
or  have  ranged  in  the  past,  all  along  the  east  escarpment  of  the 
Staked  Plains.  None  were  found  in  the  timbered  part  of  the  Chisos 
Mountains,  but  they  were  common  in  the  barren  foothills  and  out- 
lying desert  ranges  at  long  distances  from  any  known  water.  In 
the  Guadalupe  Mountains  the  same  distribution  was  conspicuous, 
the  mule-deer  being  far  more  numerous  in  the  barren  foothills  on  the 
west  side  of  the  range  where  no  water  has  been  found  than  in  the 
high  central  timbered  part.  The  deer  apparently  can  go  for  a  long 
time  without  water,  getting  an  occasional  supply  from  the  rock 
basins  after  each  rain,  or,  in  cases  of  long  drought,  possibly  making 
journeys  of  20  or  30  miles  to  permanent  springs.  It  is  commonly 
believed  by  ranchmen  and  hunters,  and  on  good  grounds,  that  these 
deer  can  live  indefinitely  without  water,  getting  all  the  moisture 
required  from  juicy  plants.  They  eat  the  green  stalks  of  the  big 
century  plants  (Agave  wislizeni  and  applanata)  and  paw  open  the 
cabbage-like  caudex  of  the  sotol  (Dasylirion  texanum)  for  its 
starchy  and  juicy  center.  Sheep  are  often  herded  on  green  feed  for 
from  three  days  to  a  month  without  water,  and  where  there  is  snow, 
dew,  or  rain,  for  a  much  longer  time.  It  is  not  strange  that  in  a 
country  where  most  of  the  springs  are  utilized  for  ranch  use  the 
deer  should  adapt  themselves  to  desert  conditions,  especially  as  they 
offer  them  the  greatest  possible  protection.  In  this  open  country, 
however,  they  are  entirely  at  the  mercy  of  hunters  and  unless  pro- 
tected by  laws  strictly  enforced  will  be  exterminated  as  soon  as  the 
country  is  settled. 

At  Langtry,  in  March  and  April,  1903,  Gaut  reported  deer  as 
"very  plentiful  a  few  years  ago."  and  said: 

I  visited  the  localities  where  old  hunters  claimed  to  have  seen  large  numbers 
a  few  years  back,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  the  large  numbers  are  not  there  now. 
A  young  buck  and  a  very  large  doe  were  seen.  The  heads  of  small  rough 
canyons  seem  to  be  their  favorite  feeding  grounds,  and  at  this  time  of  year 
they  seem  to  feed  to  a  great  extent  on  the  blossoms  of  Yucca  macrocarpa  and 
Dasylirion  texanum. 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  67 


At  Mobeetie  in  1904  Gaut  was  told  by  Mr.  Long,  a  thirty-two-year 
resident  of  the  locality,  that  the  only  mule-deer  he  could  remember 
having  seen  in  that  country  was  killed  in  1896.  In  the  Franklin 
Mountains  in  February,  1903,  Gaut  reported  a  few  mule-deer,  but 
said  they  were  scarce  and  very  wild.  On  February  12  he  saw  the 
track  of  a  small  buck  at  4,500  feet  altitude  on  the  east  slope  of  the 
mountains  about  10  miles  north  of  El  Paso. 

Antilocapra  americana  (Ord).     Antelope. 

In  traveling  by  wagon  from  Ringgold  Barracks  to  Corpus  Christi 
in  December,  1852,  Bartlett  found  abundance  of  antelope  on  the 
plains  of  southern  Texas.     On  January  1,  1853,  he  says  of  the  prairie : 

Thousands  of  deer  and  antelope  were  scattered  over  it.  Never  before  had 
we  seen  such  numbers.  Droves  of  mustangs  also  appeared.  The  deer  and 
antelope  were  usually  grazing  in  herds  of  from  ten  to  fifty,  and  as  we 
approached  they  leisurely  trotted  off  to  a  short  distance  and  again  stopped. 
We  shot  none,  for  I  was  desirous  of  reaching  Corpus  Christi  before  night." 

A  few  antelope  still  remain,  scattered  over  the  plains  of  western 
Texas,  mainly  west  of  the  one  hundredth  meridian. 

In  1899  they  were  frequently  seen  along  the  stage  road  30  miles 
south  of  Colorado  City  and  10  miles  north  of  Sterling,  and  were  said 
to  be  common  near  Gail.  Thirty  miles  north  of  Gail  I  saw  three 
antelope  and  the  tracks  of  others,  and  along  the  road  to  Lubbock  the 
next  day  saw  several  more  small  bunches  and  many  tracks.  A  few 
were  reported  near  Tascosa,  while  from  the  train  I  counted  32,  singly 
or  in  little  bunches,  scattered  over  the  prairie  from  Canyon,  Tex.,  to 
Portales,  X.  Mex. 

In  1900  ranchmen  told  me  that  a  few  still  remained  on  the  prairies 
west  of  Alice,  where  they  were  once  numerous;  a  few  were  reported 
to  Oberholser  40  miles  northwest  of  San  Diego,  a  few  20  miles  west 
and  a  few  25  miles  southwest  of  Cotulla,  a  small  herd  30  to  40  miles 
northwest  of  Rock  Springs,  and  another  small  herd  35  miles  north- 
west and  another  50  miles  southwest  of  Henrietta ;  while  they  were 
said  to  have  entirely  disappeared  within  a  few  years  from  the  country 
about  Laredo  and  from  the  big  valley  in  which  Alpine  is  located. 

In  1901  a  bunch  of  about  a  dozen  antelope  was  reported  near  Bone 
Spring,  50  miles  south  of  Marathon.  Oberholser  reported  them  as 
fairly  common  in  bunches  of  3  to  0  between  Sherwood  and  Fort 
Lancaster,  as  occasionally  seen  in  the  open  country  a  little  north  of 
Comstock  and  Langtry,  and  as  common  on  the  plains  about  Hereford 
and  Mobeetie.  In  1890  they  were  common  about  Sierra  Blanca  and 
Marfa  and  the  base  of  the  Davis  Mountains,  but  in  1901  these  bands 
mainly  had  disappeared,  as  they  had  also  from  most  of  the  open, 
uncontrolled  stock  range  in  that  section. 


a  Bartlett's  Personal  Narrative.  Vol.  II,  52G,  1854. 


68  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

In  1002  a  few  were  said  to  be  still  found  on  the  open  plains  north 
of  Rock  Springs,  and  a  few  on  the  plains  between  Valentine  and 
the  Davis  Mountains,  where  Mr.  John  Finley  reported  3  in  his 
pasture.  At  Van  Horn  within  a  few  years  they  had  disappeared 
from  the  valley  near  the  station,  but  a  few  were  still  found  in  the 
region  farther  back  from  the  railroad.  At  Sierra  Blanca,  August 
8.  I  saw  3  young  antelope  which  had  just  been  brought  in  and  pick- 
eted near  the  station.  Late  in  August,  Hollister  and  I  saw  a  fine 
old  buck  and  tracks  of  a  few  others  on  the  high  plateau  at  the  south 
end  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  and  on  October  2,  Hollister  saw 
two  small  bunches  near  the  railroad  between  Dalhart  and  Texline. 
In  crossing  the  Staked  Plains  in  September  I  saw  from  the  train  5 
antelope  near  Hereford  and  9  near  Canyon  City,  and  Mr.  Goodnight 
told  me  that  about  30,  which  until  the  previous  year  had  been  pro- 
tected in  his  pasture,  had  escaped  to  neighboring  ranches.  Cary 
obtained  reports  from  resident  ranchmen  of  a  few  on  the  mesas  15 
miles  east  of  Sheffield,  of  others  a  short  distance  to  the  northeast  of 
Ozona,  of  a  few  to  the  west  of  Fort  Stockton  and  in  the  vicinity  of 
Grand  Falls,  and  of  others  on  the  east  and  west  sides  of  the  Castle 
Mountains.  He  reported  them  as  occasionally  seen  in  the  vicinity 
of  Odessa,  as  common  25  to  50  miles  north  of  Stanton  and  in 
smaller  numbers  10  or  20  miles  south  of  that  place,  and  as  occurring 
15  miles  north  of  Abilene,  in  Jones  County.  He  reported  also  a 
bunch  of  10  or  12  on  the  plains  10  miles  northwest  of  Clyde,  and  a 
number  in  the  vicinity  of  Pecos  City,  but  mainly  in  fenced  pastures, 
■where  the  stockmen  protected  them  and  strictly  prohibited  hunting. 

In  August,  1003,  Howell  saw  a  bunch  of  8  or  9  antelope  on  the 
prairie  15  miles  west  of  Texline.  In  February  of  the  same  year 
Gaut  reported  a  few  in  the  valley  east  of  the  Franklin  Mountains 
and  was  informed  by  Mr.  Thomas  Robinson,  foreman  of  a  large  cat- 
tle ranch,  that  these  antelope  were  being  protected  in  one  of  the 
ranch  pastures. 

In  1904  Gaut  reported  antelope  as  still  common  on  the  plains  near 
Washburn. 

It  is  greatly  to  be  hoped  that  the  Texas  State  law  prohibiting  the 
killing  of  antelope  for  a  period  of  five  years  will  be  extended  indefi- 
nitely, as  without  it  both  the  antelope  in  the  open  range  and  those 
on  the  big  fenced  ranches  will  soon  be  exterminated.  In  no  other 
part  of  America,  with  the  exception  of  the  Yellowstone  and  a  few 
private  parks,  can  antelope  be  expected  to  last  many  years,  and  it  is 
to  be  hoped  for  the  credit  of  the  State  and  nation  that  Texas  will 
protect  them  for  all  time. 

Bison  bison  (Linn.).     Buffalo;  American  Bison. 

Buffalo  once  ranged  over  almost  the  whole  of  the  present  State  of 
Texas,  and  were  exceedingly  numerous  from  the  coast  prairies  north 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  69 

over  the  prairies  and  plains  of  the  middle  part  of  the  State.  They 
were  slowly  driven  back  until  in  1870  their  range,  as  defined  by 
Doctor  Allen."  was  limited  to  the  plains  of  the  northwestern  part  of 
the  State.  In  the  next  five  years  they  were  mostly  killed  or  driven 
back  to  the  top  of  the  Llano  Estacado,  where  a  few  remained  in  the 
northwest  corner  of  the  Pan  Handle  until  1889,  when  W.  T.  Horna- 
day  estimated  their  number  at  25. b  In  1901  Oberholser  was  informed 
by  local  ranchmen  that  the  last  buffalo  were  seen  in  1889  in  the  Devils 
River  country,  and  that  a  few  were  seen  20  miles  north  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Pecos  the  same  year.  In  1903  Gaut  found  well-preserved 
skulls  and  skeletons  of  two  bulls  and  a  cow  in  a  shallow  cave  about  10 
miles  east  of  Langtry,  and  saved  the  skulls  for  specimens. 

In  1894  numerous  reports  were  published  in  the  local  Texas  papers 
and  copied  in  Forest  and  Stream  and  other  journals,  describing  a 
herd  of  buffalo  variously  estimated  at  from  30  to  00  head  in  Val- 
verde  County,  near  the  Rio  Grande.  Later  this  herd  was  supposed  to 
have  crossed  the  river  and  disappeared  in  Mexico.  These  reports 
were  shown  by  Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  to  be  wholly  fictitious/  Again, 
in  1897,  a  herd  of  about  80  was  reported  from  Presidio  County  and 
the  Great  Bend  of  the  Rio  Grande.  In  1901  I  could  find  no  one  in  the 
Great  Bend  country  who  had  ever  heard  of  buffalo  in  that  region,  nor 
could  I  find  any  evidence  to  indicate  that  they  ever  inhabited  the 
extremelv  rough  and  arid  country  along  that  part  of  the  Rio  Grande 
Valley.   ' 

In  1902  Cary  made  the  following  report  from  Monahans,  in  the 
sand-hill  region  east  of  Pecos: 

Landlord  Holman,  of  the  Monahan  Hotel,  who  is  an  old-timer  here,  informs 
me  that  the  last  buffalo  in  the  sand-hill  region  was  killed  in  the  winter  of  1885 
by  a  professional  hunter,  George  Cansey,  who  is  credited  with  having  killed  more 
buffalo  than  any  other  man  in  Texas.  In  the  fall  and  summer  of  1884  Cansey 
killed  several  near  the  southeast  corner  of  New  Mexico,  and  finally,  in  January, 
INS."..  while  riding  to  Midland,  came  up  with  the  last  two  remaining  animals,  a 
cow  and  calf,  near  the  Water  Holes.  Cansey  shot  the  cow  and  roped  the  calf, 
which  he  finally  turned  over  to  Mr.  C.  C.  Slaughter,  of  Fort  Worth,  who  eventu- 
ally had  it  killed  for  a  large  barbecue.  From  the  same  source  I  learned  that 
the  last  bull  buffalo  in  the  San  Angelo  region  was  killed  in  the  fall  of  1883,  in 
the  southern  part  of  Green  County,  by  a  Mr.  Mertz,  of  San  Angelo. 

At  Stanton,  Cary  says : 

I  heard  from  a  number  of  reliable  sources  that  Will  Work,  who  lived  at 
Marienfeld  (now  Stanton)  in  the  early  eighties,  killed  several  buffalo  near  the 
New  Mexico  line,  in  the  western  part  of  Gaines  County,  Tex.,  in  the  winter  of 
1885. 


a  The  American  Bison.  Living  and  Extinct;  J.  A.  Allen.  Geol.  Survey  of 
Kentucky.  Vol.  I,  pt  2,  1876. 

6  Extermination  of  the  American  Bison.  W.  T.  Hornadav.  Rept.  U.  S.  Nat. 
If  us.  1889. 

cDr.  J.  A.  Allen  in  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII.  p.  53,  April  22.  1896. 


70  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

In  1899,  while  crossing  the  top  of  the  Staked  Plains  from  Gail  to 
Amarillo  and  Tascosa,  I  found  a  few  old,  much-weathered  buffalo 
horns,  hut  the  bones  had  mostly  disappeared.  In  places  the  old 
deeply  worn  trails  leading  to  water  holes  were  a  conspicuous  feature 
of  the  plains,  hut  where  not  kept  open  by  range  cattle  they  were 
heavily  sodded  over.  Farthei  west  on  the  slope,  toward  the  Pecos 
River,  the  outcropping  layers  of  soft  limestone  are  deeply  furrowed 
by  hundreds  of  parallel  trails  trending  toward  the  river  valley. 
These  are  the  last  traces  of  the  wild  buffalo  in  Texas.  The  well- 
known  herd  of  Mr.  Charles  Goodnight,  at  Goodnight,  Tex.,  numbered 
in  September,  19G2,  about  50  full-blooded  buffalo  and  TO  crosses  of 
various  grades  with  polled  angus  cattle.  The  buffalo  are  in  good 
condition,  quiet  and  contented,  breed  freely,  and  are  very  hardy. 
The  cows  bear  only  full-blooded  calves,  and  the  crosses  are  made  from 
buffalo  bulls  to  polled  angus  cows,  and  then  from  these  half-bloods 
to  three-quarters  and  seven-eighths  buffalo  and  to  three-quarter 
polled  angus,  which  last  cross  Mr.  Goodnight  believes  gives  promise 
of  establishing  a  very  superior  grade  of  cattle. 

Ovis  mexicanus  Merriam.     Mexican  Bighorn;  Mountain  Sheep. 

Two  5-year-old  rams  and  one  4-year-old  from  the  southern  end  of 
the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  Texas,  and  one  7-year-old  ram  from  the 
mountains  north  of  Van  Horn  agree  in  almost  every  detail  of  char- 
acter with  the  type  and  topotypes  of  Oris  mexicanus"  from  Santa 
Maria,  Chihuahua.  They  are  older  and  a  little  larger  than  the  type, 
and  serve  to  accentuate  some  of  the  characters  of  the  species. 

Mountain  sheep  inhabit  the  Upper  Sonoran  and  Transition  zones 
of  the  desert  ranges  of  extreme  western  Texas.  They  are  found  in 
the  Guadalupe  Mountains.  A  few  have  been  killed  in  the  Eagle  and 
Corozones  mountains  and  on  the  northwest  side  of  the  Chisos  Moun- 
tains. They  come  into  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Rio  Grande  mainly 
from  the  Mexican  side.  Mr.  R.  T.  Hill  reports  specimens  killed  in 
the  Diablo  Mountains,  '25  miles  north  of  Van  Horn.  The  sheep  are 
by  no  means  confined  to  isolated  mountain  ranges.  In  several  valleys 
I  saw  tracks  where  they  had  crossed  from  one  range  to  another 
through  open  Lower  Sonoran  country.  In  this  way  they  easily  wan- 
der from  range  to  range  over  a  wide  expanse  of  country  in  western 
Texas,  and  might  be  considered  to  have  an  almost  or  quite  continuous 
distribution  between  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  and  the  desert  ranges 
of  Chihuahua.  Most  of  the  ranges  are  steep,  extremely  rugged,  and 
barren,  with  deep  canyons  and  high  cliffs.  Here  the  sheep  find  ideal 
homes  on  the  open  slopes  of  terraced  lime  rock  or  jagged  crests  of  old 
lava  dikes,  and,  thanks  to  the  arid  and  inaccessible  nature  of  the 
country,  they   have  held   their  own   against   the  few  hunters  of  the 

aQvis  mexicanus  Merriam,  Proc.  Biol.  Sue.  Wash..  XI v.  •_".».  Apr.  •""«.  1901. 


Oct.,  1005.]  MAMMALS.  71 

region.  An  old  resident  of  one  of  the  canyons,  who  has  supplied  his 
table  with  wild  mutton  for  many  years,  considers  them  fully  as 
numerous  now  as  fifteen  years  ago.  He  has  seen  as  many  as  30  in  a 
herd,  but  says  they  usually  go  in  small  bunches  of  3  to  10,  sometimes 
all  rams  and  sometimes  all  ewes  and  lambs,  but  usually  in  mixed 
bunches.  They  come  down  the  sides  of  the  canyon  in  sight  of  the 
ranch,  and  are  shot  only  when  needed. 

"While  sweeping  the  slopes  with  the  glass  one  evening  near  our 
camp  in  one  of  the  big  canyons  opening  into  the  Guadalupe  Moun- 
tains, I  located  three  sheep  halfway  up  the  face  of  the  rocky  slope, 
1,000  feet  above  me.  To  the  unaided  eye  they  were  invisible  among 
the  ledges  and  broken  rocks,  whose  colors  they  matched  to  perfection, 
but  through  the  glass  they  were  conspicuous  as  they  moved  about 
feeding  and  climbing  over  the  rocks.  There  were  an  old  ram,  a 
young  ram,  and  a  ewe.  It  was  too  near  dark  to  make  the  long  round- 
about climb  necessary  to  reach  them,  so  I  returned  to  camp  and  early 
the  following  morning  started  my  camp  man  up  the  slope  to  the  spot, 
while  I  went  back  up  the  canyon  to  get  beyond  them  if  they  should 
run  up  the  ridge.  As  I  swept  the  slopes  with  the  glass  I  heard  a 
shot  up  where  the  sheep  had  been  the  evening  before,  and  soon  locat- 
ing the  hunter,  watched  him  shoot  two  of  them,  while  three  others 
which  were  above  climbed  the  cliff  and  finally  disappeared  over  the 
crest  of  the  canyon  wall.  The  three  that  escaped  were  not  much 
alarmed  by  the  shooting.  They  jumped  from  rock  to  rock,  pausing 
to  look  and  listen,  and  turned  back  in  one  place  to  find  a  better  way 
of  retreat.  They  made  some  long  leaps  to  reach  the  ledges  above, 
but  made  no  mistakes  in  their  footing.  Their  motions  were  deliber- 
ate, and  there  was  a  moment's  pause  before  each  bound.  I  was 
amazed  at  the  strength  of  the  old  ram,  as,  slowly  lifting  his  massive 
horns,  he  flung  himself  with  apparent  ease  to  the  rock  above.  The 
two  lighter  animals  followed  more  nimbly,  but  with  less  show  of 
power  and  without  the  splendid  bearing  of  their  leader,  who  often 
paused  with  head  high  in  the  air  to  watch  the  hunter  below  or  to  plan 
his  way  up  the  next  cliff.  While  from  below  they  seemed  to  be 
mounting  the  face  of  a  steep  cliff,  I  found  later  that  it  was  not  difficult 
to  follow  where  they  had  gone. 

It  was  interesting  to  note  that  these  sheep  had  remained  almost 
exactly  where  they  were  seen  the  night  before.  The  two  others  may 
have  joined  them  during  the  night,  but  more  likely  were  all  the  time 
somewhere  near,  either  lying  down  or  hidden  by  the  rocks. 

The  stomachs  of  the  two  sheep  killed  were  full  of  freshly  eaten  and 
half-chewed  vegetation,  and  most  of  the  plants  composing  the  con- 
tents were  easily  recognized  by  the  stems,  leaves,  and  fruit.  The 
leaves,  twigs,  and  carpels  of  Gercocarpus  parvifolius  formed  a  large 
[tart  of  the  contents,  while  the  leaves,  twigs,  and  seed  pods  of  Phila- 


72  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

delphus  microphyllus  were  present  in  less  abundance.  The  seeds, 
stems,  and  leaves  of  the  common  wild  onion  of  the  mountain  slopes 
were  abundant  and  conspicuous  in  the  mass,  giving  it  a  strong  odor, 
while  the  black  onion  seeds,  still  unbroken  and  often  in  the  capsules, 
were  especially  noticeable.  A  few  bits  of  stems  and  leaves  of  grass 
were  found  in  each  of  the  stomachs,  but  they  formed  probably  not 
over  2  per  cent  of  the  total  mass. 

Both  of  these  sheep  were  in  good  condition,  and  the  meat  was 
tender,  juicy,  and  delicious,  with  no  strong  or  unpleasant  taste. 
While  it  lacked  the  peculiar  gamy  flavor  of  venison,  it  came  as  near 
equaling  it  in  quality  as  the  meat  of  any  game  I  know. 

On  August  22,  in  another  range  in  which  the  bighorns  were 
reported,  I  left  the  ranch  accompanied  by  an  old  resident  hunter. 
Riding  hard  up  one  gulch  and  down  another  we  were  soon  10  miles 
back  in  the  mountains  in  a  canyon  with  steep  terraced  walls  rising 
from  1,000  to  2,000  feet  above  the  open  bottom.  As  we  crossed  the 
bottom  a  band  of  12  or  15  mountain  sheep  bounded  from  the  farther 
edge  and  started  up  the  rocky  slope  in  a  long  line  of  conspicuous 
bobbing  white  rumps  led  by  three  magnificent  old  rams.  They  had  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  start,  but  in  a  very  short  time  our  hard-hoofed 
little  horses  had  covered  the  stony  gulch  bottom  and  landed  us  at 
the  base  of  the  rocky  slope  within  250  yards  of  the  sheep,  which, 
having  gained  a  point  of  sharp  rocks  above  and  feeling  more  secure, 
stopped  to  look  down.  As  the  king  of  the  bunch  suddenly  paused 
on  a  sharp  point  and  with  a  ponderous  swing  of  his  heavy  horns 
turned  to  face  us,  my  little  32-20  sounded  weak  and  ineffective  and 
only  served  to  make  him  seek  a  higher  ledge.  But  at  the  more 
spirited  crack  of  the  old  ranchman's  30-30  the  next  in  line,  a  buck 
with  almost  as  heavy  horns,  rolled  off  the  cliff  with  a  broken  neck 
and  came  sliding  and  tumbling  to  the  base  of  the  rocks  a  hundred 
feet  below.  The  rest  had  scampered  around  the  point  of  rocks,  and 
as  they  came  out  again  farther  up  and  climbed  cliff  after  cliff  that 
from  our  base  level  seemed  smooth  and  sheer  a  few  more  shots  were 
wasted  at  long  range.  The  herd  divided  and  passed  around  both 
sides  of  the  high  peak.  Following  both  trails  for  a  mile  or  so  to 
see  if  any  of  the  sheep  had  been  wounded,  I  found  that  I  could  go 
wherever  they  had  gone.  The  cliffs  were  not  so  steep  or  so  smooth 
as  they  had  looked  from  below.  In  one  place  the  animals  had  fol- 
lowed a  narrow  shelf  above  a  sheer  drop  of  300  feet.  Although  they 
had  jumped  from  point  to  point,  striking  their  feet  within  an  inch 
of  the  edge,  I  could  not  resist  the  impulse  to  lean  close  to  the  wall 
and  keep  my  feet  as  far  from  the  edge  as  the  narrow  shelf,  which  in 
places  was  not  a  foot  wide,  would  allow.  Bui  some  of  the  rocks 
crossed  sloped  at  a  steep  angle,  and  the  sheep  had  made  daring  jumps 
from  rocky  point  to  sloping  surface,  where  their  lives  depended  on 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  73 

their  sure-footedness.  The  farther  I  followed  the  more  I  admired 
their  skill  and  nerve.  I  asked  my  companion  if  he  had  ever  known 
sheep  to  go  where  a  man  could  not.  He  said  he  thought  that  they 
would  sometimes  make  longer  leaps  down  a  sheer  ledge  than  a  man 
could  attempt  with  safety,  but  that  otherwise  a  man  could  go  where 
they  could. 

I  wras  especially  interested  in  examining  the  feet  of  the  old  ram 
we  had  secured,  and  was  struck  first  of  all  by  the  difference  between 
the  front  and  the  hind  feet — the  front  being  fully  twice  as  large  as 
the  hind,  much  squarer  in  form,  with  deeper,  heavier  cushioned  heels, 
and  lighter  and  less  worn  dewclaws.  As  the  hind  quarters  of  the 
sheep  are  light  and  fully  two-thirds  of  the  animal's  weight  comes 
over  the  front  feet,  this  difference  in  size  is  not  surprising.  The 
greater  wear  of  the  hind  dewclaws  is  easily  accounted  for  by  their 
constant  use  in  holding  back  as  the  sheep  goes  down  hill.  While  the 
points  and  edges  of  the  hoofs  are  of  the  hardest  horn,  the  deep, 
rounded  heels  are  soft  and  elastic — veritable  rubber  heels — with  a 
semihorny  covering  over  a  copious  mass  of  tough,  elastic,  almost 
bloodless  and  nerveless  tissue.  AVhile  fresh,  before  the  specimen  is 
dried,  these  cushioned  heels  may  be  indented  slightly  with  the  thumb. 
It  is  easy  to  see  how  they  would  fit  and  cling  to  the  smooth  surface 
of  a  sloping  rock  where  wholly  hard  hoofs  like  those  of  a  horse  would 
slip,  just  as  you  can  turn  your  back  to  a  steep  slope  of  glacier- 
polished  granite  and  walk  up  it  on  the  palms  of  your  hands  where 
you  can  not  take  one  step  with  the  roughest  hobnailed  shoes.  The 
dewclaws  are  also  heavily  cushioned  beneath,  but  have  fairly  hard, 
horny  points — mere  movable,  boneless  knots.  Among  other  peculiar- 
ities noticed  in  the  fresh  specimen  were  the  pads  of  the  breast  and  the 
knee,  where  the  skin  had  developed  to  an  almost  cartilaginous  shield 
over  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick  and  so  hard  that  it  was  not  easily 
cut  through  with  a  sharp  knife.  The  whole  sternum  and  front  of 
the  knees  were  thus  protected,  and  for  very  evident  reasons.  The 
beds  where  the  sheep  had  been  lying  were  found  on  rocky  or  stony 
shelves,  usually  above  a  sharp  cliff  and  below  a  high  wall  of  rocks, 
sometimes  on  a  bare  surface  of  rock  and  almost  always  with  at 
least  a  foundation  of  rough  stones.  If  possible  the  sheep  paw  out  a 
slight  hollow,  but  they  do  this  apparently  more  to  make  an  approxi- 
mately level  bed  than  for  the  sake  of  the  softness  of  the  little  loose 
dust  they  can  scrape  up  among  the  stones.  The  hair  is  worn  short 
over  the  knee  and  the  breast  pads,  but  the  skin  is  unscratched  either 
by  rocks  or  thorns. 

The  legs  of  the  sheep  secured  were  filled,  especially  below  the 
knee,  with  cactus  and  agave  thorns  that  had  gone  through  the  skin 
and  broken  off  in  spikes  half  an  inch  to  an  inch  long  and  lodged 
against  the  bone  or  the  inner  surface  of  the  skin.     A  large  share  of 


74  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

these  thorns  were  the  terminal  spikes  from  the  leaf  blades  of  Agave 
lecheguilla,  which  grows  in  great  abundance  over  the  hot  slopes  of  the 
mountains,  and  which  the  horses  avoid  with  even  greater  care  than 
they  do  the  numerous  species  of  cactus. 

The  glandular  disks  under  the  eyes  of  this  ram  were  more  conspicu- 
ous than  in  any  other  specimen  I  have  ever  examined,  probably  on 
account  of  his  mature  age,  which  his  horns  showed  to  be  6  or  7  year-. 
The  gland  is  an  elevated  rim  of  thickened,  black,  scantily  haired  skin, 
with  a  depressed  center,  and  measures  about  an  inch  across.  It 
stands  out  prominently  on  the  surface,  and  appears  from  the  flesh 
side  of  the  skin  as  well  as  from  the  front  as  a  round  thick  pad.  It 
has  an  oily  or  waxy  secretion  and  a  rank,  sheepy  odor. 

In  color  the  old  rams  were  decidedly  darker  than  the  ewes  and 
younger  members  of  the  herd,  but  all  blended  with  astonishing  har- 
mony into  the  browned,  rusty,  old,  weathered  limestone  of  their  chosen 
hillsides.  Even  the  soiled  white  rump  patches  were  just  the  color  of 
freshly  broken  faces  on  the  rocks  seen  here  and  there  over  the  slopes. 
As  the  band  of  sheep  sprang  away  up  the  slope  the  white  rump  patches 
were  so  conspicuous  that  I  could  not  believe  at  first  that  the  animals 
were  not  antelope;  but  higher  up,  as  they  stopped  among  the  rocks 
to  face  us,  they  could  easily  have  been  mistaken  for  a  group  of  rocks. 
As  they  appeared  again  farther  away  on  the  ridge  beyond  the  gulch, 
the  bobbing,  white  rump  patches  were  conspicuous  signal  marks  so 
long  as  the  animals  were  running  away  from  us,  but  when  they  turned 
their  forms  were  completely  lost  in  the  background. 

These  sheep  did  not  appear  to  run  very  fast,  but  probably  few  ani- 
mals save  the  panther  can  catch  them  in  a  race  over  the  rocks.  A  few 
days  later,  while  hunting  panther  in  these  same  hills,  it  was  demon- 
strated that  deerhounds  can  not  catch  nor  tire  out  the  sheep  over 
their  own  trails,  although  my  companion  claimed  that  they  were  not 
very  swift  runners  on  open  ground. 

The  meat  of  our  7-year-old  ram  was  rather  tough  and  dry.  but 
without  any  bad  flavor.  The  people  at  the  ranch  where  I  was  stay- 
ing, who  had  eaten  young  sheep,  considered  the  meat  superior  to 
venison.  Although  shot  at  I  p.  m.,  our  sheep  had  a  full  stomach  and 
must  have  been  feeding  for  an  hour  or  two.  His  teeth  were  imper- 
fect. One  or  two  molars  were  missing  in  the  lower  jaw,  and.  as  a 
result,  the  contents  of  his  stomach  were  rather  coarse,  and  many  of 
the  plants  were  easily  recognized.  Over  half  of  the  contents  was 
composed  of  the  green  stems  of  Ephedra  trifurcata,  which  1  at  first 
mistook  for  grass,  but  which  could  not  be  mistaken  on  careful  exam- 
ination. The  steins,  leaves,  and  flowers  of  Tecoma  stans,  a  beautiful 
yellow-flowered  bush,  were  conspicuous,  as  also  were  the  leaves,  stems, 
and  berries  of  Garrya  wrighti.     A  few  twigs  with  leaves  and  fruit 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  75 

pods  of  Pentstemon  were  found,  and  a  quantity  of  ripe  fruit  of 
Opuntia  engelmanni,  including  the  chewed-up  pulp  and  seeds  of  at 

least  half  a  dozen  of  the  large  pear-shaped  berries.  Some  other 
Leaves  and  stems  were  found  that  I  could  not  recognize,  but  a  careful 
search  failed  to  reveal  a  trace  of  grass  in  the  stomach.  Part  of  these 
plants  are  Lower  and  part  Upper  Sonoran  species,  and  the  sheep 
seem  to  inhabit  the  two  zones  freely.  The  cold  slopes  and  upper 
benches  of  the  mountains  are  Upper  Sonoran,  however,  and  probably 
are  to  be  considered  the  animals'  real  home.  Transition  zone  does 
not  occur  in  this  range. 

It  is  with  some  hesitation  that  I  make  public  these  facts  as  to  the 
abundance,  distribution,  and  habits  of  mountain  sheep  in  western 
Texas,  and  only  in  the  hope  that  a  full  knowledge  of  the  conditions 
and  the  importance  of  protective  measures  may  result  in  the  salvation 
instead  of  extermination  of  the  species.  It  would  not  be  difficult  for 
a  single  persistent  hunter  to  kill  every  mountain  sheep  in  western 
Texas  if  unrestrained.  Not  only  should  the  animals  be  protected  by 
law,  but  the  law  should  be  made  effective  by  an  appreciation  on  the 
part  of  residents  of  the  country  of  the  importance  of  preserving  for 
all  time  these  splendid  animals. 

Sciurus  ludovicianus  "  Custis.     Western  Fox  Squirrel:  Louisiana  Fox 
Squirrel. 

In  eastern  Texas  the  fox  squirrels  are  large  and  richly  colored  like 
those  of  Louisiana, and  a  small  proportion  of  their  numbers  are  melan- 
istic.  Of  7  specimens  taken  at  Arthur  one  was  almost  black,  and  the 
hunter  with  me  said  that  among  1-f  squirrels  killed  on  a  previous 
hunt  -t  were  black  or  very  dark.  Hollister  saw  a  black  squirrel  at 
Antioch  and  reported  many  at  Rockland.  A  few  black  individuals 
among  many  of  the  others  were  reported  at  Tarkington.  To  the  west 
the  animals  grade  without  any  abrupt  change  into  the  smaller,  paler 
colored  limitis.  Specimens  from  Gainesville  and  Matagorda  county, 
while  intermediate,  are  in  size  and  color  nearer  to  ludovicianus  than 
to  typical  limitis. 

Fox  squirrels  are  reported  by  Loring,  Oberholser,  and  Hollister  as 
more  or  less  common  at  Texarkana,  Waskom,  Joaquin,  Antioch,  Long 
Lake,  Troup,  Milano,  Brenham,  Rockland,  Conroe.  Jasper,  near  Beau- 
mont and  Sour  Lake;  and  I  have  found  them  at  Tarkington,  Lib- 

«  If  a  type  locality  can  be  established  for  Sciurus  rufiventer  E.  Geoffroy 
(Cat.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat,  1803,  p.  174)  within  the  range  of  the  form  known  since 
1806  as  Sciurus  ludovicianus  Custis,  or  if  the  type  specimen  sent  to  Geoffroy 
by  Miehaux  from  America  can  be  identified  as  the  Louisiana  form,  it  will 
become  necessary  to  revert  to  the  name  rufiventer.  Meanwhile  I  prefer  to  use 
a  long-established  name  in  preference  to  one  three  years  older,  the  application 
of  which  is  still  open  to  question. 


76 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


erty,  Richmond,  Cuero,  Jefferson,  Gainesville,  and  Arthur.  Others 
reported  from  Elgin,  Austin,  Decatur,  Brazos,  and  Wichita  Falls  are 
probably  intermediate  between  ludovicianus  and  Ihnitis. 

At  Arthur  in  northeastern  Texas,  and  in  the  Big  Thicket  region 
of  southeastern  Texas,  they  inhabit  the  hickory  and  oak  covered 
ridges,  and  leave  the  dense  river  bottoms  and  swamps  entirely  to  the 
gray  squirrels;  but  farther  west  in  the  more  open  country  they  inhabit 
both   the   timbered    river  bottoms   and   the   oak   ridges.      They   live 


Fig.  10. — Distribution  areas  of  fox  squirrels   (Sciurus  ludovicianus  and  S.  I.  limitis). 

mainly  in  hollow  trees,  but  also  make  bulky  nests  of  leaves  and 
twigs  out  on  the  branches.  When  alarmed  these  squirrels  run  to  the 
nearest  hollow  tree  or  up  the  first  tree  with  branches  leading  to 
one,  and  are  soon  safely  hidden  inside,  but  if  they  do  not  reach  some 
safe  retreat  they  are  so  skillful  at  hiding  that  they  often  escape  the 
hunter  by  keeping  on  the  farther  side  of  trunk  and  branch.  Their 
food  consists  mainly  of  nuts  and  acorns,  but  fruit,  berries,  and  lichens 
also  are  eaten.  When  feeding  on  nuts  their  flesh  has  a  delicious 
nuttv  flavor. 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  77 


Sciurus  ludovicianus  limitis  Baird.     Texas  Fox  Squirrel. 

Sciurus  texianus  Allen.  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  XVI.  p.  166,  1002.     (Not 
of  Bachman,  1838.)  « 

The  Texas  fox  squirrel  differs  from  the  Louisiana  animal  in 
smaller  size  and  paler  coloration.  So  far  as  I  can  learn,  it  is  never 
black.  It  inhabits  the  semiarid  part  of  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone, 
on  the  west  reaching;  the  canyon  of  the  Pecos,  the  Rio  Grande  at 
the  mouth  of  Devils  River  and  at  Del  Rio,  and  farther  south,  extend- 
ing- across  into  Coahuila  and  Nuevo  Leon,  Mexico.  To  the  east  it 
grades  into  ludovicianus,  but  specimens  from  the  mouth  of  the  Nueces 
River.  San  Antonio,  Seguin,  Brownwood,  and  Henrietta  are  referable 
to  limitis.  There  are  specimens  from  Devils  River,  Del  Rio,  Rock 
Springs,  Japonica.  Ingram,  Kerr  County,  San  Antonio,  San  Antonio 
River  in  Victoria  County,  near  the  mouth  of  Nueces  River,  Cotulla, 
Mason,  San  Angelo,  Brownwood,  Henrietta,  and  Vernon;  and  Ober- 
holser  reports  a  few  12  miles  north  of  San  Diego  and  in  the  Pecos 
Valley  near  Fort  Lancaster. 

In  this  half- forested  mesquite  region  the  little  fox  squirrels  inhabit 
the  timber  along  the  streams,  where  the  pecan,  hickory,  oak,  and 
little  walnut  trees  furnish  their  favorite  food  and  a  few  hollow  trees 
afford  protection,  but  nowhere  within  their  range  do  they  get  the 
deep  shade  of  the  forests  farther  east.  Wherever  the  pecan  tree  is 
found  along  the  streams  from  Kerrville  to  the  Rio  Grande  they  are 
abundant.  Specimens  were  collected  on  the  Guadalupe  at  Ingram 
and  Japonica,  on  the  Hackberry  near  Rock  Springs,  and  on  Devils 
River.  A  few  were  seen  on  ridges  between  rivers,  but  they  keep 
mainly  to  the  bottoms.  They  are  closely  associated  with  the  pecan 
tree,  in  the  branches  or  hollow  trunks  of  which  they  build  their  nests, 
living  mainly  on  its  nuts,  and  rarely  wandering  away  from  its  shade. 
Along  the  Devils  River,  where  these  magnificent  old  trees  reach  their 
greatest  perfection  and  form  a  miniature  forest  overarching  the 
river  with  their  spreading  branches  and  shading  its  cool  banks  for 
miles,  the  little  fox  squirrels  abound.  Their  leafy  stick  nests  are 
common  among  the  branches,  but  their  safe  retreats  are  the  numerous 
hollows  in  the  gnarled  old  trunks,  the  openings  of  which  have  been 

o  In  using  the  name  texianus  in  place  of  limitis  for  the  little  pale  west  Texas 
fox  squirrel  Doctor  Allen  seems  to  ignore  Bachman's  excellent  description 
(P.  Z.  S..  1838.  87)  and  to  base  his  decision  on  the  fact  that  one  of  the  specimens 
mentioned  by  Bachman  was  said  to  have  come  from  Mexico,  one  from  Texas, 
and  one  from  southwestern  Louisiana.  It  is  necessary  only  to  read  Bachman's 
description,  with  specimens  of  both  species  in  hand,  to  be  convinced  that  it 
applies  strictly  to  the  large  dark -colored  ludovicianus  and  not  to  the  little  pale 
limitis.  His  measurements  are  the  maximum  for  ludovicianus.  I  find  nothing 
to  indicate  that  Bachman  had  ever  seen  limitis,  unless  it  be  his  statement  that 
a  specimen  of  an  apparently  undescribed  species  seen  in  the  Museum  at  Paris 
was  said  to  have  been  received  from  Mexico. 


78 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


worn  smooth  by  ages  of  use  as  doorways.  Usually,  however,  no  pro- 
tection is  needed  beyond  their  quick  ear  for  detecting  an  approaching 
footstep,  their  natural  skill  at  hiding  on  the  farther  side  of  a  trunk 
or  branch,  and  their  rapid  retreat  among  the  branches  from  tree  to 
tree. 

Late  in  July  we  found  the  squirrels  beginning  to  cut  off  many  of 
the  green  pecan  nuts,  apparently  just  to  test  if  they  were  nearly  ripe. 
The  last  year's  crop  of  nuts  was  probably  exhausted,  as  the  squirrels 


Fig.  11. — Distribution  area  <>f  gray  squirrel   (Sciurus  cnrolinensis). 

were  feeding  on  various  other  things.  Along  the  Guadalupe  River, 
July  4  to  7,  they  were  eating  seeds  of  the  cypress  cones,  and  had  their 
hands  and  lips  covered  with  pitch,  while  the  ground  was  strewn  with 
half-eaten  cones.  It  was  then  too  early  for  them  to  begin  barking 
much,  but  a  few  soft  barks  of  warning  were  heard  near  our  camp  on 
Devils  River  late  in  July. 

Sciurus  carolinensis  (Jmelin.     Gray  Squirrel. 

Gray  squirrels  inhabit  the  timbered  region  of  eastern  Texas  as  far 
west  as  the  mouth  of  the   Colorado,   Cuero.   Austin,   and   Brazos. 


Oct..  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  7\) 


Specimens  examined  from  the  month  of  the  Colorado,  Sour  Lake, 
Liberty,  Long  Lake,  Jasper,  Troup,  Arthur,  and  Joaquin  are  almost 
typical  carolinensis,  which  seems  to  have  a  continuous  range  from 
the  Atlantic  coast  west  through  Lower  Sonoran  zone  to  its  extreme 
western  limit  in  central  Texas.  Gray  squirrels  are  reported  from 
Texarkana,  Jefferson,  Waskom,  Antioch,  Long  Lake,  Jasper,  Con- 
roe,  Rockland,  Tarkington,  Saratoga,  near  Beaumont,  Brenham, 
Aledo,  and  Benbrook,  and  except  along  the  western  edge  of  their 
range  are  usually  said  to  be  common  or  abundant. 

They  seem  to  prefer  the  tall  timber  of  the  river  bottoms  and  not  to 
extend  west  into  the  lower  and  more  open  woods.  At  Arthur  I 
found  them  abundant  on  the  flats  of  the  Red  River,  but  found  none 
on  the  upland  ridges,  where  the  fox  squirrels  were  common.  The  two 
species  seemed  to  keep  entirely  apart,  and  old  hunters  claim  that 
the  gray  squirrels  choose  their  ground  and  keep  the  fox  squirrels 
away  from  it.  In  the  Big  Thicket  of  Hardin  and  Liberty  counties, 
in  November  and  December  of  1904,  the  grays  were  numerous 
throughout  the  heavy  timber  and  dense  swamps  of  the  bottoms,  while 
the  few  fox  squirrels  were  found  in  scattered  groves  along  the  edge 
of  Tarkington  and  Liberty  prairies.  Acorns  and  nuts  furnish  abun- 
dance of  food  and  countless  hollow  trees  offer  safe  retreats.  The 
squirrels  also  build  numerous  branch  nests  of  twigs  or  Spanish  moss 
or  a  mixture  of  the  two.  The  perfect  blending  of  the  pelage  of  a 
gray  squirrel  with  the  gray  moss  which  loads  the  branches  of  the 
trees  saves  many  a  squirrel  from  the  hunter. 

Sciurus  fremonti  lychnuchus  Stone  &  Rehn.     Pine  Squirrel. 

Several  people  in  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  claimed  to  have  seen 
a  small,  dark-colored  tree  squirrel,  which  they  said  was  very  rare.  I 
failed  to  find  any  traces  of  it,  however,  although  the  timber  and  coun- 
try are  well  adapted  to  squirrels.  Pine  squirrels  are  common  in  the 
Sacramento  Mountains,  a  little  farther  north,  and  it  is  not  improba- 
ble that  a  few  may  find  their  way  south  along  the  crest  of  the  range 
and  across  the  Texas  line. 

Sciuropterus  volans  querceti  Bangs.     Florida  Flying  Squirrel. 

Texas  specimens  from  Texarkana,  Gainesville,  Troup,  and  Tark- 
ington agree  perfectly  with  the  Florida  subspecies  and  differ  from 
typical  volans  in  slightly  darker  coloration,  dusky  instead  of  whit- 
ish toes  of  the  hind  feet,  and  in  slenderer  nasals  and  muzzle  and 
larger  audital  bulla?. 

Flying  squirrels  are  reported  from  numerous  localities  over  east- 
ern Texas,  where  they  seem  to  be  fairly  common  and  to  have  a  con- 
tinuous distribution  throughout  the  forested  region.  The  Avestern- 
most  records  are  from  Elgin,  where  Oberholser  reported  the  species 


80 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


as  tolerably  common;  and  from  Aledo  and  Benbrook  (just  west  of 
Fort  Worth),  where  Cary  saw  a  stuffed  specimen  which  came  from 
that  place,  and  was  told  of  a  family  of  8  taken  in  1901  from  a  hole 
in  an  elm  a  mile  west  of  Aledo.  They  have  been  reported  from  Gua- 
dalupe River,  Richmond,  Brenham,  Long  Lake,  Antioch,  Rock- 
land, Saratoga,  Sour  Lake,  Conroe,  Jasper,  Waskom,  Jefferson,  and 
Texarkana. 

Flying  squirrels  are  among  the  most  strictly  nocturnal  of  mam- 
mals and  are  rarely  noted  except  by  timber  cutters,  who  see  them 


Fig.  12. — Distribution  area  of  flying  squirrel   (Sciuroptcrus  vohicella  querceti). 

flying  from  their  nests  in  falling  trees.  While  every  wood  chopper 
in  the  east  Texas  region  is  familiar  with  them,  it  is  difficult  to  get 
specimens.  They  are  not  easily  trapped  and  often  live  in  hollows  in 
the  large  trees,  where  pounding  with  an  ax  does  not  start  them  from 
their  nests.  While  hunting  in  the  Big  Thicket  of  Liberty  and  Har- 
din counties  I  often  heard  their  fine,  whistling  squeak  from  the 
branches  over  my  head  at  night,  and  occasionally  the  rustle  of  their 
feet  on  the  bark  of  a  tree  close  to  the  trail  T  was  following. 
At  Mike  Griffin's  place,  8  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  Gaut  was 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  81 

shown  a  dead  pine  out  in  the  field  where  flying  squirrels  were  said  to 
live  in  a  deserted  woodpecker's  hole.  By  pounding  on  the  base  of  the 
tree  two  flying  squirrels  were  driven  out  and  secured.  A  few  days 
later  two  more  were  driven  out  of  the  same  tree  and  secured,  and 
again  a  few  days  later  two  more,  making  in  all  six  specimens  from 
one  woodpecker's  nest. 

Eutamias  cinereicollis  canipes  Bailey.     Gray-footed  Chipmunk. 

The  gray-footed  chipmunks  are  common  in  Transition  zone 
throughout  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  from  7.000  feet  in  Dog  Canyon 
and  6,000  feet  in  Timber  Canyon  up  to  at  least  8,500  feet  and  prob- 
ably to  the  top  of  the  peaks  at  9,500  feet,  at  which  altitude  they  are 
common  in  the  Sacramento  Mountains  a  little  farther  north.  While 
none  were  found  in  the  lower  part  of  the  range,  between  the  Guada- 
lupes  and  the  Sacramentos,  they  seem  to  be  identical  in  the  two  ranges 
and  may  easily  have  a  continuous  distribution  between.  In  the 
Sacramento  Mountains  they  occupy  the  whole  width  of  both  the 
Transition  and  Canadian  zones.  In  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  they 
range  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  Transition  zone  upward  with  the 
yellow  pine  and  Douglas  spruce,  but  in  September  they  are  more 
closely  associated  with  the  shrubby  oaks,  several  species  of  which  are 
abundant  over  the  upper  slopes  of  the  mountains.  They  were  occa- 
sionally seen  in  the  densest  timber,  but  more  often  in  the  open  oak 
scrub,  gathering  the  little  sweet  acorns  in  the  tops  of  the  bushes,  or 
sitting  on  logs  or  rocks  eating  them.  Both  logs  and  rocks  were 
covered  with  acorn  shells.  Occasionally  these  chipmunks  were  seen 
in  the  lower  branches  of  a  tree,  but  when  alarmed  they  always  ran  to 
the  ground  and  disappeared  among  rocks,  logs,  or  brush.  They  were 
very  shy,  and  in  the  thick  cover  it  was  difficult  to  get  specimens. 
Their  light  k  chipper  '  was  often  heard  from  the  bushes,  and  on  a 
few  occasions  I  heard  their  low  '  chuck-chuck-chuck,'  repeated  slowly 
from  a  log  or  rock  or  the  low  branch  of  a  tree,  but  it  always  ceased  as 
soon  as  danger  was  suspected. 

Ammospermophilus  interpres  (Merriam).     Texas  Antelope  Squirrel. 

The  Texas  antelope  squirrel  is  common  along  the  Rio  Grande  from 
El  Paso  to  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos,  but  less  common  up  the  Pecos 
Valley  to  the  Castle  Mountains  and  in  the  country  between  the  Rio 
Grande  and  Pecos  valleys  in  Texas.  Specimens  collected  at  El  Paso, 
Boquillas,  Pecos  High  Bridge.  Fort  Lancaster,  Castle  Mountains, 
south  end  of  Guadalupe  Mountains,  and  Sierra  Blanca  carry  the 
range  of  the  species  over  the  extremely  rough  and  arid  Lower 
Sonoran  region  of  western  Texas,  but  indicate  a  very  irregular  range 
along  the  course  of  canyons  and  the  foothills  of  barren,  desert  moun- 

3873— No.  25—05  m 6 


82 


XOHTII     AMERICAN     FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


tains.  In  fact  the  presence  of  canyons,  hare  cliffs,  and  rocks,  with 
which  the  species  is  closely  associated,  seems  to  be  the  determining 
factor  of  its  range  within  its  zone. 

Near  El  Paso  and  in  the  Great  Bend  of  the  Rio  Grande,  near 
Boquillas,  these  little  squirrels  live  along  the  steep  banks  of  the  river 
or  in  the  narrow  side  gnlches  that  cut  hack  into  the  barren  mesas. 
Along  the  Pecos  Canyon  they  are  found  on  the  rock  shelves  of  the 
canyon  walls;  and  around  the  Castle  and  Guadalupe  mountains,  and 


Fig.  13. — Distribution  area  of  Texas  antelope  squirrel    (Ammospermophilua  interpres). 


at  Sierra  Blanca  they  occur  in  rocky  gulches  or  along  low  cliffs. 
They  burrow  under  the  edge  of  a  bowlder  or  around  the  base  of  a 
bunch  of  bushes  or  cactus,  and  are  usually  seen  either  running  from 
bush  to  bush,  sitting  on  a  point  of  rock,  or  running  over  the  rocks  with 
their  short,  bushy  tails  curled  tight  over  their  rumps.  Sometimes 
they  climb  to  the  top  of  a  cactus  or  low  bush,  apparently  in  search  of 
food,  but  at  the  first  alarm  they  rush  for  a  burrow  or  the  nearest 
rocks. 

Near   Boquillas  in  May  the  half-grown  young  were  out   with   the 
others  getting  their  own  food  from  the  various  seeds  and  fruits,  and 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  83 

climbing  the  acacia  and  mesquite  bushes  to  secure  the  ripening  bean 
pods,  which  were  found  scattered  in  abundance  about  their  burrrows. 
The  stomach  of  one  shot  in  September  in  the  Castle  Mountains  by 
Gordon  Donald  was  full  of  the  fruit  of  Opuntia  engrelmanni,  which 
Gary,  who  examined  the  specimen,  thinks  must  have  been  the  squir- 
rel's steady  diet  for  some  time,  as  its  flesh  was  tinted  throughout 
with  the  purple  color  of  the  fruit. 

In  autumn  these  little  fellows  become  very  fat  and  probably  hiber- 
nate during  the  coldest  weather.  At  El  Paso  in  December,  1889,  I 
found  them  out  on  warm  days,  although  very  Lazy  and  sluggish. 
They  were  then  feeding  on  various  seeds,  including  those  of  the  creo- 
sote bush.  They  were  in  the  beautiful  long  silky  winter  fur,  very 
different  from  the  short,  harsh  summer  coat.  Along  the  east  base  of 
the  Franklin  Mountains,  in  February,  1903,  Gaut  found  them  run- 
ning about  in  a  drizzling  rain  when  the  temperature  was  close  to 
freezing. 

Citellus  variegatus  couchi  (Baird).     Couch  Rock  Squirrel. 

These  black-headed,  or  often  entirely  black,  rock  squirrels  are  com- 
mon throughout  the  Chisos  and  Davis  mountains  and  along  the 
canyons  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Pecos,  and  Devils  rivers.  While  varying 
in  color  in  the  gray  phase  from  entirely  dark  gray  to  the  usual  gray 
back  and  black  head  or  crown,  no  specimens  I  have  seen  show  the 
combination  of  black  back  and  gray  rump  of  buckleyi,  nor  the  light 
gray  head  and  shoulders  of  grammurus.  A  specimen  collected  at 
Boquillas  and  one  on  the  Rio  Grande  near  Comstock  are  entirely 
black,  exactly  like  Baird's  type  of  couchi.  Several  other  entirely 
black  individuals  have  been  seen  along  the  Rio  Grande  and  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Pecos  in  company  with  the  gray  ones,  while  seven 
entirely  black  specimens  collected  at  Santa  Catarina,  Mexico,  the 
type  locality  of  <-<m<-lii.  by  Nelson  and  Goldman,  seem  to  prove  com- 
plete dichromatism  for  the  species. 

In  the  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains  the  rock  squirrels  range  with 
the  oaks  and  junipers  in  canyons  and  over  rocky  slopes  throughout 
the  Upper  Sonoran  zone;  while  along  the  river  canyons  they  are 
confined  to  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  with  the  modifying  influence  of 
canyon  walls  and  narrow  gulches.  Along  the  canyons  they  are 
usually  found  sitting  on  the  prominent  points  of  rocks,  and  their 
loud  whistle  often  reverberates  from  side  to  side.  When  alarmed 
they  disappear  among  the  rocks  or  climb  to  the  tops  of  the  tallest 
cliffs.  In  the  mountains  they  live  mainly  among  the  rocks,  cliffs, 
and  ledges,  but  range  out  among  the  oaks  and  junipers  for  food. 
They  climb  the  trees  for  acorns  and  berries,  but  when  surprised  in 
the  branches  they  always  rush  to  the  ground  and  scamper  away  to 
the  nearest  rock  pile  or  burrow.     During  early  summer  thev  feed  ex- 


84  NOKTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

tensively  on  the  old  juniper  berries  and  acorns  of  the  previous  year, 
digging  for  them  under  the  trees  and  in  many  places  keeping  the 
ground  well  stirred.  By  the  middle  of  July  they  begin  on  the  nearly 
matured  acorns  of  one  of  the  black  oaks  (Quercus  emoryi)  and  also 
on  the  new  crop  of  juniper  berries  (Juniperus  pachyphlc&a ).  Some 
of  those  shot  were  feeding-  largely  on  green  foliage,  the  leaves  of 
clover  and  various  plants,  and  along  the  Rio  Grande  mainly  on  the 
juicy  fruit  of  Opuntia  engelmanni.  None  of  those  taken  in  summer 
were  very  fat,  but  in  January,  L890,  in  the  Davis  Mountains,  I  found 
them  excessively  so.  They  were  then  keeping  very  quiet  and  came 
out  of  their  rocky  dens  only  on  warm  days. 

Citellus  variegatus  buckleyi  (Slack).     Black-backed  Rock  Squirrel. 

This,  the  handsomest  of' the  rock  squirrels,  with  glossy  black  head 
and  shoulders,  inhabits  a  restricted  area  in  the  rough  and  semiarid 
mesquite  country  along  the  eastern  slope  of  the  southern  arm  of  the 
Staked  Plains,  from  Mason  and  Llano  to  a  little  west  of  Austin  and 
San  Antonio,  and  again  west  to  Kerrville  and  the  head  of  the  Nueces 
River.  Specimens  examined  from  Mason,  Llano,  near  Austin,  near 
Kerrville,  Japonica,  and  Rock  Springs  (39  in  all)  do  not  vary  to 
any  great  extent,  except  that  in  a  few  the  black  extends  over  the 
back  to  base  of  tail. 

Along  the  upper  branches  of  the  Guadalupe  and  Nueces  rivers  these 
squirrels  are  common  in  rocky  places.  I  saw  them  near  Ingram  ajid 
collected  specimens  near  Japonica  and  on  Hackberry  Creek  near 
Rock  Springs,  while  the  ranchmen  reported  them  as  common  in  all 
rocky  gulches  throughout  Ihis  strip  of  rough  country.  West  of  Rock 
Springs  we  did  not  find  any  trace  of  rock  squirrels,  there  being  no 
suitable  country,  until  couchi  was  found  in  the  lower  part  of  Devils 
River  Canyon.  Apparently  the  open  divide  between  the  headwaters 
of  the  Nueces  and  the  headwaters  of  the  streams  flowing  into  the 
Rio  Grande  separates  the  ranges  of  buckleyi  and  couchi  with  a  neutral 
strip  in  which  neither  occurs.  Near  Camp  Verde,  in  Kerr  County. 
Cary  found  them  common  in  the  rocky  cliifs,  where  he  secured  speci- 
mens, and  was  told  by  the  ranchmen  that  the  squirrels  had  a  habit 
of  appearing  in  considerable  numbers  on  the  cliff  just  before  a  storm. 
They  did  this  with  such  regularity  that  the  ranchmen  depended  on  it 
as  a  sure  sign  of  rain. 

Mr.  J.  II.  Tallichet,  of  Austin,  sent  a  specimen  from  Hull  Creek. 
Travis  County,  and  wrote,  under  date  of  September  L8,  L893: 

I  send  te  you  by  this  mail  a  specimen  of  the  spermophile  which  occurs  in 
this  part  of  the  State.  *  *  *  The  specimen  is  an  immature  male  which  I 
killed  while  camping  last  year.  His  cheek  pouches  were  tilled  with  corn  and 
melon  seeds.  These  rock  squirrels  live  in  the  dehris  at  the  fool  of  the  canyon 
walls  and  are  very  wary.  Pull-grown  specimens  are  nearly  as  large  as  tree 
squirrels  and  are  eaten  by  the  country  people. 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  85 


111  habits  buckleyi  is  a  true  rock  squirrel,  and  is  never  seen  at  any 
great  distance  from  cliffs  or  broken  ledges.  At  Llano  I  found  one 
pair  near  a  cliff  living  in  a  hollow  oak  tree  which  they  entered  by  holes 
in  the  branches  15  or  20  feet  from  the  ground.  They  climbed  the 
tree  and  disappeared — as  quickly  as  any  tree  squirrel  could  have 
done — and  did  not  show  themselves  at  the  openings  for  half  an  hour. 
Generally,  however,  the  squirrels  are  found  sitting  on  the  rocks  doing 
picket  duty,  ready  at  the  slightest  alarm  to  slide  noiselessly  over  the 
edge  of  a  rock  into  a  burrow,  under  a  bowlder,  or  into  a  break  in  the 
cliff.  They  are  exceedingly  shy  and  have  to  be  stalked  as  carefully 
as  an  antelope.  By  the  middle  of  May  the  half-grown  young  are  out 
caring  for  themselves  and  feeding  in  the  same  manner  as  the  adults. 

Piles  of  acorn  shells  near  the  burrows  indicate  that  acorns,  when 
obtainable,  are  the  principal  food  of  the  squirrels,  which  in  summer, 
however,  feed  mainly  on  flowers,  fruit,  and  green  vegetation.  The 
stomach  of  one  examined  contained  mostly  pulp  of  green  cactus 
fruit  (Opuntia  engelmanni) ,  together  with  parts  of  the  big  yellow 
cactus  flower,  while  several  of  these  flowers  with  the  green  berry 
attached  were  found  on  the  rocks  where  the  squirrels  were  in  the 
habit  of  sitting.  The  stomach  of  another  was  tilled  with  the  white 
starchy  pulp  from  the  base  of  young  leaves  of  Yucca  stricta.  Most 
of  the  yucca  plants  near  the  dens  of  the  squirrels  had  part  of  their 
leaves  cut  out,  and  on  examination  I  found  the  base  of  these  leaves 
tender,  sweet,  and  starchy,  with  a  rather  pleasant  flavor.  Another 
individual  had  the  steins  and  leaves  of  a  little  stonecrop  in  its 
pouches.  Flowers  seemed  to  be  a  rather  common  food,  and  the  con- 
tents of  the  stomachs  often  showed  spots  of  red,  yellow,  and  blue 
from  the  various  species  eaten.  A  squirrel  shot  on  Hackberry  Creek 
at  the  edge  of  a  little  corn  field  July  14  had  its  cheeks  stuffed  full  of 
green  corn,  and  the  field  showed  many  ragged  ears. 

Most  of  the  squirrels  collected  in  May  were  lean  and  muscular,  but 
one  that  happened  to  be  in  good  condition  proved  as  good  eating  as 
any  tree  squirrel,  while  the  young  of  the  year  were  always  tender  and 
delicious. 

Citellus  variegatus  grammurus  (Say).     Rock  Squirrel. 

The  rock  squirrels  of  the  southern  Guadalupe  Mountains  and  the 
Franklin  Mountains  near  El  Paso,  Tex.,  are  typical  grammurus,  with 
light  gray  head  and  shoulders.  In  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  they 
are  common,  together  with  the  junipers  and  oaks,  from  4,000  to  7,000 
feet  throughout  the  LTpper  Sonoran  zone.  They  usually  live  along 
the  rocky  canyons,  but  are  sometimes  seen  in  the  open  woods,  where 
they  climb  the  trees  for  the  sweet  berries  of  Juniperus  pachyphlcea 
and  the  little  acorns  of  the  gray  oak,  or  dig  acorns  of  the  previous 
year  from  the  ground  under  the  trees.     Down  in  the  foothill  canyons 


86  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

we  found  them  feeding  on  cactus  fruit  (Opuntia  engel/manni  and 
Cereus  stramineus)  and  walnuts  {Juglans  rupestris).  One  specimen 
shot  in  Dark  Canyon  had  thirteen  of  these  little  walnuts  of  the  size 
of  small  cherries  in  its  cheeks  and  a  lot  of  cactus  fruit  in  its  stomach. 
They  are  shy  and  usually  silent,  but  when  danger  threatens,  their 
loud,  vibrant  Avhistle  rings  back  and  forth  from  the  canyon  walls. 

Citellus  mexicanus  parvidens  (Mearns).  Rio  Grande  Ground  Squirrel, 
The  Rio  Grande  ground  squirrels  show  no  important  geographic 
variation  over  a  wide  range  in  western  Texas.  Specimens  from 
Brownsville  are  a  little  larger  than  typical  individuals,  and  those 
from  Altuda  are  of  minimum  size.  They  inhabit  approximately  the 
whole  mesquite  region  or  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone,  of  Texas;  are 
common  at  Brownsville,  Rockport,  Mason,  Colorado,  and  Gail,  in 
the  Pecos  Valley  north  to  Roswell,  and  westward  to  the  Rio  Grande 
and  beyond.  Wherever  the  scrubby  mesquite  tree  grows  their  bur- 
rows arc  sure  to  be  found  under  its  shade,  or,  if  in  the  open,  near 
enough  to  it  for  them  to  feed  on  the  sweet  pods,  pieces  of  which  are 
often  seen  scattered  around  their  holes.  They  are  strictly  '  ground 
squirrels,'  and  climb  only  into  low  bushes  for  seeds  and  fruit,  and 
depend  entirely  on  their  burrows  for  protection.  Like  most  of  the 
smaller  ground  squirrels  of  the  arid  regions,  they  usually  burrowT 
under  the  edge  of  a  cactus  or  some  low,  thorny  bush,  where  they 
obtain  shade  and  the  protection  of  thorny  cover.  They  apparently 
do  not  hibernate,  but  during  the  cold  weather  have  the  unsquirrel-like 
habit  of  closing  their  burrows  and  remaining  inside.  I  have  caught 
them  in  these  closed  burrows  at  Del  Rio  in  January  and  at  Dryden 
on  the  9th  of  May,  when  my  traps  were  set,  as  I  supposed,  for  pocket 
gophers  or  moles.  Also  near  Rock  Springs  in  July  I  found  closed 
burrows  that  I  attributed  to  this  species.  The  habit  of  closing  the 
entrance  of  the  burrow  is  unusual  in  the  squirrel  family,  but  may 
probably  be  accounted  for  as  a  protection  against  enemies,  and  espe- 
cially snakes.  Near  Rock  Springs  I  took  a  half-grown  squirrel  from 
a  bull  snake  which  had  killed  and  just  begun  to  swallow  it. 

Like  other  members  of  the  genus,  these  ground  squirrels  feed  on 
seeds,  grain,  fruit,  green  foliage,  lizards,  and  numerous  insects,  and 
often  gather  around  gardens  and  grain  fields,  where  they  do  con- 
siderable damage  in  spring  by  digging  up  corn,  melons,  beans,  and 
various  sprouting  seeds,  and,  in  summer  and  fall,  by  feeding  on  the 
ripening  grain.  Specimens  examined  at  Roswell.  N.  Mex.,  in  June 
were1  feeding  on  about  equal  proportions  of  seeds  and  insects. 

Citellus  tridecemlineatus  texensis  (Merriam).     Texas  Ground  Squirrel. 

This  southernmost  form  of  the  13-striped  ground  squirrel  occupies 

a  narrow  strip  of  half  prairie  country  through  the  middle  part  of 


North  American  Feuna.  No    25 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  87 

Texas,  where  the  timber  and  plains  intermingle — from  Gainesville 
and  Vernon  on  the  north  to  Richmond  and  Port  Lavaca  on  the  south. 
Apparently  its  range  is  more  or  less  broken  and  scattered,  although 
the  animal  is  common  in  places.  A  little  colony  was  found  at  Rich- 
mond, and  Oberholser  saw  a  mounted  specimen  at  Port  Lavaca,  said 
to  have  been  killed  near  the  town,  where  they  were  reported  as 
occurring." 

In  habits,  voice,  and  general  appearance  they  do  not  differ  much 
from  tridecemlineatus.  They  live  in  the  open  grassy  prairies  or 
around  fields  and  depend  on  their  burrows  for  shelter  and  their 
striped  brown  coats  for  protection.  They  feed  largely  on  grass- 
hoppers and  other  insects,  together  with  seeds,  grain,  fruit,  green 
herbage,  and  flowers. 

Citellus  tridecemlineatus  pallidus  (Allen).     Pale  Ground  Squirrel. 

The  little,  pale  striped  ground  squirrel  is  common  in  Upper 
Sonoran  zone  over  the  top  of  the  Staked  Plains,  where  it  is  often  seen 
running  through  the  short  grass  or  standing  erect  and  stake-like  at 
the  edge  of  its  burrow.  A  number  of  specimens  collected  in  August 
at  Washburn  had  been  feeding  mainly  on  grasshoppers,  which  were 
abundant  over  the  plains.  A  few  other  insects  were  noted  in  the 
stomachs  examined,  and  one  of  the  spermophiles  had  been  eating  the 
fruit  of  the  small  prickly  pear  (Opuntia  macrorhiza?) ,  the  seeds  of 
which  were  stored  away  in  his  pouches. 

Citellus  spilosoma  major  (Merriam).     Large  Spotted  Ground  Squirrel. 

The  spotted  spermophiles  from  Lipscomb,  Canadian,  Miami,  Mo 
beetie,  Colorado,  Pecos  City,  and  Monahans.  Tex.,  and  Carlsbad, 
Roswell,  and  Santa  Rosa,  N.  Mex.,  agree  in  their  large  size  and 
coarse,  indistinct  spotting  with  major  from  Albuquerque,  X.  Mex., 
but  show  slight  variation  with  almost  every  change  of  soil  and  sur- 
roundings. The  foregoing  localities,  which  completely  surround  the 
Staked  Plains,  lie  near  the  junction  of  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran 
zones,  but  as  the  species  ranges  north  to  Las  Animas  and  Greeley, 
Colo.,  it  apparently  belongs  to  Upper  Sonoran. 

These  quiet,  shy,  inconspicuous  little  ground  squirrels  live  in  bur- 
rows under  the  edge  of  clumps  of  bushes  or  on  open,  grassy  plains. 
Their  fine,  trilling  whistle  is  often  heard  from  behind  a  bush  or  weed 
patch.  I  have  found  their  stomachs  full  of  grasshoppers  and  beetles 
and  their  pouches  full  of  seeds  of  sand  bur  (Cenchrus  tribuloides) , 
and  have  seen  little  heaps  of  the  empty  bur  shells  scattered  about 


a  Two  specimens  recorded  by  Doctor  Allen  from  Bee  County.  Tex.  (Bui.  Am. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  III,  p.  223,  1890),  as  Spermophilus  tridecemlineatus,  eight  years 
before  tewensis  was  described,  I  assume  to  be  referable  to  this  form. 


88  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

their  burrows.     Usually  they  are  not  sufficiently  numerous  in  agri- 
cultural regions  to  do  serious  damage  in  the  grain  fields. 

Citellus  spilosoma  marginatus  (Bailey).     Brown  Ground  Squirrel. 

This  little  brown,  sharply  spotted  ground  squirrel  is  apparently 
an  Upper  Sonoran  form,  living  on  the  dark  lava  soil  of  the  Davis 
Mountain  plateau.  The  type  was  caught  in  the  open  valley  near 
Alpine,  and  others  were  seen  on  the  mesa  at  Fort  Davis  and  along 
the  east  base  of  the  mountains.  Specimens  from  Valentine,  Presidio 
County,  Van  Horn,  and  Toyahvale  are  referred  to  the  species,  though 
not  all  are  typical.  The  Toyahvale  specimens  show  some  of  the 
characters  of  major. 

In  no  part  of  their  range  have  we  found  these  spermophiles  com- 
mon, but  like  other  members  of  the  group  they  are  inconspicuous, 
shy  little  fellows,  rarely  heard  or  seen.  They  burrow  in  the  open 
or  under  the  edge  of  a  bush  or  cactus  and  usually  keep  close  to  their 
homes.  They  often  live  under  the  dense,  spinescent  bushes  of 
Microrhamnus,  which  is' common  in  this  region. 

Citellus  spilosoma  arens  (Bailey).     Spotted  Sand  Squirrel. 

These  little  sand-colored  ground  squirrels  are  common  in  the  open 
part  of  the  valley  bottom  below  the  town  of  El  Paso,  where  they 
make  their  burrows  in  the  sand  banks  among  scattered  bushes  of 
Atriplex,  Suaeda,  and  mesquite,  with  little  protection  from  the 
glaring  light  and  scorching  heat  of  summer.  Their  coloration  is 
wonderfully  protective,  and  being  shy  little  animals  and  not  very 
abundant  they  are  rarely  seen  unless  located  by  their  fine  bird-like 
whistle.  They  seem  sensitive  to  a  slight  degree  of  cold  and  appar- 
ently hibernate  early  in  winter,  for  I  could  find  no  trace  of  them  in 
December  about  the  same  holes  where  I  had  caught  them  the  previous 
July.  Doctor  Fisher  found  them  common  in  May,  but  says  that  a 
windy  day  kept  them  in  their  burrows. 

Citellus  spilosoma  annectens  (Merriam).     Padre  Island  Ground  Squir- 
rel. 

A  number  of  specimens,  including  the  type  of  annectens,  were  taken 
by  William  Lloyd  near  the  two  ends  of  Padre  Island,  and  others  by 
H.  P.  Attwater  on  Mustang  Island."  In  August,  L891,  Lloyd  says  thej 
were  abundant,  but  in  November,  when  the  island  was  again  visited, 
only  one  was  seen.  Apparently  they  were  keeping  mainly  in  their 
burrows.  He  reported  them  also  from  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande 
and  at  Rio  Grande  City,  but  secured  only  one  specimen  on  the  main- 
land— on  the  sandy  beach  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande.  He  says 
that  they  seem  to  live  in  the  crab  burrows  and  are  very  shy.  but  their 
call  note,  similar  to  that  of  a  grass  finch.  i>  occasionally  heard. 

a  Bui.  Am.  Mus.   Nat.   Hist..   VI,  1'.    182,   1894. 


Oct.,  1005.] 


MAMMALS. 


89 


Cynomys  ludovicianus  (Ord).     Prairie  Dog. 

The  prairie  dogs  inhabit  an  area  comprising  more  than  one-third 
of  the  State  of  Texas.  Their  range  extends  from  Henrietta,  Fort 
Belknap,  Baird,  and  Mason  west  almost  to  the  Rio  Grande,  north 
over  the  Staked  Plains  and  the  Pan  Handle  region,  and  sonth  to  the 
head  draws  of  Devils  River,  to  10  miles  south  of  Marathon  and  25 
miles  south  of  Marfa.  While  to  the  northward  inhabiting  mainly 
Upper  Sonoran  zone,  in  Texas  they  extend  well  into  the  upper  edge 


rznr^ 


Fig.  14. — Distribution  area  of  prairie  clog   {Cynomys  ludovicianus). 

of  Lower  Sonoran.  So  far  as  I  can  learn,  they  are  not  found  in  the 
immediate  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande  or  nearer  to  the  river  than 
Sierra  Blanca,  except  one  little  colony  2  miles  east  of  Fort  Bliss,  nor 
do  they  occur  elsewhere  in  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  much  beyond  the 
scattered  traces  of  Upper  Sonoran  species  of  plants.  Normally  they 
belong  to  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  but  their  strong  tendency  to  expan- 
sion carries  them  slightly  beyond  its  bounds.  In  the  Davis  Mountains 
they  range  up  to  5,800  feet  in  an  open  valley  on  Limpia  Creek  at  a 
point  where  the  first  yellow  pines  appear,  while  on  the  main  ridge 


90  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  I  No.  25. 

of. the  Guadalupe  Mountains  and  in  Dog  Canyon,  which  is  named 
for  them,  they  straggle  up  to  6,900  feet,  or  to  the  very  upper  limit 
of  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone.  Usually  they  are  found  in  scattered 
colonies  or  '  dog  towns,'  varying  in  extent  from  a  few  acres  to  a  few 
square  miles,  but  over  an  extensive  area  lying  just  east  of  the  Staked 
Plains  they  cover  the  whole  country  in  an  almost  continuous  and 
thickly  inhabited  dog  town,  extending  from  San  Angelo  north  to 
Clarendon  in  a  strip  approximately  100  miles  wide  by  250  miles  long. 
Adding  to  this  area  of  about  25,000  square  miles  the  other  areas  occu- 
pied by  them,  they  cover  approximately  00,000  square  miles  of  the 
State,  wholly  within  the  grazing  district.  It  has  been  roughly  esti- 
mated that  the  25,000  square  mile  colony  contains  400,000,000 
prairie  dogs."  If  the  remaining  65,000  square  miles  of  their  scattered 
range  in  the  State  contains,  as  seems  probable,  an  equal  number,  the 
State  of  Texas  supports  800,000,000  prairie  dogs.  According  to  the 
formula  for  determining  the  relative  amount  of  food  consumed  by 
animals  of  different  sizes  (Yearbook  Department  of  Agriculture, 
1901,  p.  258),  this  number  of  prairie  dogs  would  require  as  much 
grass  as  3,125,000  cattle. 

In  many  places  the  prairie  dogs  are  increasing  and  spreading  over 
new  territory,  but  on  most  of  the  ranches  they  are  kept  down  by  the 
use  of  poison  or  bisulphid  of  carbon,  or,  better,  by  a  combination  of 
the  two.  As  a  Texas  cattle  ranch  usually  covers  from  10,000  to 
100,000  acres,  the  expense  of  destroying  the  prairie  dogs  in  the  most 
economical  manner  often  means  an  outlay  of  several  thousand  dollars 
to  begin  with  and  a  considerable  sum  each  year  to  keep  them  down.'' 

The  increase  of  prairie  dogs  is  plainly  due  to  the  destruction  of 
their  natural  enemies,  badgers,  coyotes,  foxes,  ferrets,  hawks,  eagles, 
owls,  and  snakes,  many  of  which  are  destroyed  wantonly. 

The  prairie  dog  is  a  plump,  short-eared,  short-legged,  short-tailed 
little  animal  of  the  squirrel  family,  cleanly  in  habits,  good-natured, 
and  eminently  social  in  disposition.  If  there  are  only  a  dozen  in  a 
big  valley  they  will  be  located  on  an  acre  of  ground  where  they  can 
visit  back  and  forth  among  the  burrows,  play  or  fight,  and  take  turns 
in  standing  guard.  If  there  are  thousands  of  them  their  burrows  will 
be  found  close  together  over  the  plain  to  the  edge  of  the  '  dog  town." 
beyond  which  none  will  be  seen  for  perhaps  10  or  20  miles.  On  a 
trip  from  San  Angelo  north  over  the  Staked  Plains  we  were  with  them 
for  weeks,  both  in  the  region  of  their  continuous  range  and  among 

"  yearbook  TT.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  1901,  p.  258. 

&  For  methods  of  destroying  prairie  dogs  see  'The  Prairie  Dog  of  the  Great- 
Plains;  by  C.  Hart  Merriam  (Yearbook  1'.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  1901, 
Pit.  2.")7-27( 1 1 ,  and  'Destroying  Prairie  I >ui:s  and  Pocket  Gophers,'  by  D.  E. 
Lantz  (Bui.  lie.  Experiment  Station,  Kansas  state  Agricultural  College,  Man- 
hattan, Kans.). 


Oct.,  1905.1  MAMMALS.  91 

scattered  colonies.  In  places  they  were  comparatively  tame,  and 
would  sometimes  let  us  drive  within  20  feet,  and  even  then  they  would 
not  go  entirely  down  their  burrows.  From  a  distance  they  could  be 
seen  watching  us.  A  few  were  always  sitting  on  top  of  their  mounds 
barking  an  alarm,  but  on  our  nearer  approach  all  scampered  for  the 
nearest  burrows,  while  those  farther  ahead  took  up  the  alarm.  "When 
once  half  within  the  funnel-shaped  entrance  of  the  burrow  the  cour- 
age of  the  prairie  dog  revives,  and  with  hands  braced  across  the  door- 
way, and  with  erect,  flipping  tail,  the  animal  keeps  up  a  steady  bark- 
ing at  the  intruder,  sinking  lower  and  lower,  until  finally  with  a 
quick  dive,  a  shrill  chatter,  and  a  farewell  twinkle  of  the  tail,  it 
vanishes  down  the  hole.  Frequently  when  you  reach  the  burrow  the 
animal  can  still  be  heard  sputtering  and  chuckling  deep  down  in  the 
earth,  and  when  once  driven  into  its  hole  it  does  not  soon  reappear. 
It  takes  no  little  patience  to  await  an  hour  or  more  the  reappearance 
of  the  little  black  eye  that  cautiously  peeps  over  the  rim  to  see  if  the 
coast  is  clear. 

Promptly  with  the  rising  sun  the  prairie  dogs  come  out  for  their 
breakfasts,  at  which  time  a  'dog  town 'is  as  animated  as  any  metrop- 
olis, but  with  the  setting  sun  they  retire  to  their  burrows.  Break- 
fast lasts  for  a  good  share  of  the  day.  with  intermissions  for  work 
and  play  and  a  good  long  midday  nap.  There  are  always  burrows 
to  be  dug  deeper  or  new  ones  to  be  started,  rims  to  be  built  higher, 
and  in  clamp  weather  the  crater-like  mounds  to  be  molded.  Imme- 
diately after  a  shower,  often  before  the  last  drops  have  fallen,  the 
prairie  dogs  are  out  scraping  up  damp  earth  on  the  rim  around  the 
burrow  and  pressing  the  funnel-shaped  inside  into  proper  form  with 
their  stubby  noses.  In  this  way  an  effectual  dike,  sometimes  a  foot  or 
two  in  height,  is  formed  around  the  entrance  of  the  burrow.  But 
during  a  cloud-burst  I  have  stood  in  a  dog  town  and  seen  all  of  the 
burrows  with  rims  not  over  6  inches  high  fill  with  water;  and  in  the 
track  of  an  unusually  violent  downpour  have  seen  the  bodies  of  dozens 
of  drowned  prairie  dogs  scattered  along  the  gulches. 

The  food  of  the  prairie  dog  is  mainly  grass.  Not  only  are  the 
leaves  and  stems  eaten,  but  the  roots  are  dug  up  until  the  circles  of 
bare  ground  around  the  burrows  become  wider  and  wider.  Many 
other  plants,  some  seeds,  and  a  few  insects  are  eaten,  but  to  a  less 
extent  than  grass.  After  a  long  season  of  drought  or  a  succession  of 
dry  years  it  often  happens  that  every  green  thing  is  exterminated  in 
a  prairie-dog  town  and  the  animals  are  forced  to  move  on  to  new 
pastures.  In  a  dry  season  I  have  ridden  over  long  stretches  of  barren 
and  deserted  dog  towns;  and,  again,  after  a  year  of  abundant  rain, 
have  found  this  same  ground  growing  up  to  worthless  weeds,  or,  if 
to  grass,  only  to  the  equally  worthless  foxtail. 


92  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

In  autumn  the  prairie  dogs  become  fat,  but  in  Texas  they  do  not 

regularly  hibernate  as  they  do  to  some  extent  in  the  North.  If 
their  fur  should  become  fashionable,  or  roast  prairie  dog  an  epi- 
curean dish,  the  problem  of  keeping  them  in  check  would  be  settled, 
and  there  is  no  reason,  save  their  name,  for  not  counting  them. 
properly  prepared  and  cooked,  a  delicacy.  While  owing  their  name 
to  a  chirping  or  l  barking  '  note  of  warning,  they  are  in  reality  a 
big,  plump,  burrowing  squirrel  of  irreproachable  habits  as  regards 
food  and  cleanliness.  An  old  stage  driver  expressed  the  idea  in 
graphic  words  one  day:  ""If  them  things  was  called  by  their  right 
name  there  would  not  be  one  left  in  this  country.  They  are  just  as 
good  as  squirrel  and  I  don't  believe  they  are  any  relation  to  dogs." 

Mus  musculus  Linn.     House  Mouse. 

Common  house  mice  are  found  practically  over  all  the  settled  part 
of  Texas,  even  at  most  of  the  isolated  ranches  at  a  distance  from  rail- 
roads and  towns.  They  were  caught  at  deserted  adobe  cabins  in  the 
Great  Bend  of  the  Rio  Grande,  100  miles  south  of  the  Southern 
Pacific  Railroad.  They  are  by  no  means  confined  to  houses  and  out- 
buildings, but  over  much  of  the  country  have  become  established  in 
the  fields,  meadows,  hedgerows,  and  weed  patches,  from  which  they 
collect  in  the  stacks  of  hay  and  grain,  and  are  ready  to  attack  each 
crop  as  it  matures. 

Mus  norvegicus  Erxl.     Wharf  Rat."     Brown  Rat. 

Wharf  rats  are  common  in  most  of  the  towns  of  Texas  and  on  some 
of  the  ranches,  but  they  are  not  so  generally  distributed  in  thinly 
settled  regions  as  the  house  mouse,  nor  do  they  take  so  readily  to  the 
fields  and  country.  In  the  years  1880  and  1890  there1  were  reports 
of  swarms  of  rats  overrunning  parts  of  the  State,  but  the  species 
are  uncertain,  nor  is  it  known  whether  the  wharf  rat  was  one  of  them. 
At  Seguin,  Guadalupe  County,  in  November,  1904,  I  found  wharf 
rats  in  great  abundance  around  farm  buildings  and  along  fences 
and  weedy  borders  of  fields,  wherever  sufficient  cover  was  offered. 
Their  runways  and  burrows  resembled  those  of  the  cotton  rats,  but 
were  larger  and  did  not  extend  so  far  out  from  cover.  Along  the 
edi^o  of  a  cornfield  numerous  cobs  were  scattered  under  the  fence. 
where  the  corn  had  been  eaten  off.  In  Mr.  Neel's  tomato  patch  the 
ripe  tomatoes  were  being  rapidly  devoured,  and  I  caught  a  rat  in 
the  midst  of  the  patch  by  using  a  ripe  tomato  for  bait. 


"  Mus  rattus  Linn.  Black  Hat.  A  black  rat  collected  by  Lloyd  at  Browns- 
ville proves  to  be  a  melanistic  Mus  norvegicus,  closely  resembling  l/.  rattus  in 
color.  I  find  no  specimens  or  records  of  the  latter  species  from  Texas,  but  as  it 
is  found  farther  east  and  west  it  undoubtedly  will  he  taken  in  the  State. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  93 

Mus  alexandrinus  Geoffroy.     Roof  Rat. 

Two  specimens  of  the  roof  rat,  caught  in  July,  100:2,  on  the  Guada- 
lupe River,  at  Ingram,  Kerr  County,  constitute,  so  far  as  I  can  learn, 
the  second  record  of  the  species  for  the  State.  It  seemed  strange  to 
find  this  exotic  mammal,  which  is  usually  found  near  the  coast, 
so  far  in  the  interior  of  a  thinly  settled  country,  but  the  explana- 
tion is  simple.  The  Guadalupe  River  is  subject  to  violent  floods, 
sometimes  rising  suddenly  to  50  feet  above  low  water.  The  enormous 
heaps  of  drift  rubbish  deposited  along  the  bottoms  and  in  the 
branches  of  trees  have  evidently  furnished  a  highway  for  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  rats  from  the  coast  up  the  river.  The  two  individ- 
uals secured  were  living  in  these  drift  heaps  and  were  caught  in 
traps  set  for  Neotoma  attwateri.  ( )ne  was  caught  on  the  ground  at  the 
edge  of  a  drift  heap ;  the  other  on  a  pole  reaching  across  from  one  heap 
to  another.  A  specimen  reported  by  H.  P.  Attwater  in  1894  was 
caught  on  a  boat  that  made  trips  between  St.  Charles  Peninsula  and 
Rockport,  and  was  said  to  have  been  on  the  boat  about  a  year.0 

Onychomys  longipes  Merriam.     Texas  Grasshopper  Mouse. 

This  large  dull-colored  form  of  the  grasshopper  mouse  occupies 
the  semiarid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  southern  Texas,  and,  so  far  as 
known  at  present,  reaches  its  eastern  limit  at  Rockport,  its  northern 
limit  at  San  Angelo,  and  its  western  limit  at  Comstock  and  Sycamore 
Creek,  and  extends  south  of  Brownsville  into  Mexico.  As  it  occupies 
so  much  of  the  brushy,  half-open  cactus  and  mesquite  country,  its 
apparent  absence  from  the  region  of  San  Antonio  and  Austin  and 
north  to  the  Red  River  on  the  east  side  of  the  Staked  Plains  is  prob- 
ably due  to  the  fact  that  this  strip  of  country  has  not  been  thoroughly 
worked.  Unlike  most  species  of  Onychomys,  longipes  inhabits  weedy, 
grassy,  brushy  land,  and  specimens  are  found  in  the  woods  as  well  as 
the  open.  It  is  strictly  nocturnal,  and  its  shrill  little  whistle  is  often 
heard  not  far  from  our  camp  fires  in  the  evening. 

Onychomys  leucogaster  pallescens  Merriam.     Pale  Grasshopper  Mouse. 

Throughout  most  of  its  range  this  pale,  plains  form  of  the  grass- 
hopper mouse  is  found  in  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone  and  crowding  into 
the  edge  of  both  Transition  and  Lower  Sonoran.  In  Texas  it  extends 
over  the  Staked  Plains,  meeting  or  overlapping  the  range  of  torridus 
in  the  Pecos  Valley  at  Monahans  and  Fort  Lancaster,  Tex.,  and  Carls- 
bad. X.  Mex.  Specimens  examined  from  Lipscomb,  Texline,  Miami, 
Mobeetie,  Washburn,  Amarillo,  and  Hereford  are  fairly  typical  pal- 
lescens,  and  one  specimen  from  Fort  Lancaster,  not  fully  adult,  is 
referable  to  pallescens  rather  than  longipes. 

At  Texline,  Howell  caught  a  series  of  12  specimens  in  the  valley 
of  a  small  dry  creek,  where  he  found  that  they  preferred  sandy  soil 

a  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nut.  Hist.,  VI,  p.  174,  1894. 


94  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

with  a  good  growth  of  sagebrush  {Artemisia  fllfolia).  They  make 
few  holes,  though  two  were  taken  at  the  mouths  of  small  burrows. 
A  turtle  ate  the  head  of  one  specimen  and  a  rattlesnake  tried  to 
swallow  another,  but  was  prevented  by  the  trap. 

Throughout  a  wide  range  these  little  animals  live  on  the  short- 
grass  plains  or  in  the  sagebrush  country,  and  are  caught  at  all  sorts 
of  burrows,  an  old  badger,  prairie-dog,  or  spermophile  hole  being  a 
favorite  resort,  probably  on  account  of  the  insects  to  be  found  within. 
They  are  strictly  nocturnal,  and  while  never  seen  by  daylight,  their 
long-drawn,  Hue  whistle  is  often  heard  in  the  grass  between  dusk  and 
early  dawn.  The  morning  round  of  a  line  of  traps  usually  reveals 
one  or  more  specimens  that  have  been  attracted  by  the  oatmeal  bait, 
and  just  as  often  shows  some  half-eaten  Perognathus,  Peromyscus. 
kangaroo  rat,  or  other  small  rodent  that  happened  to  be  in  the  trap 
when  this  forager  came  along.  The  Onychomys  stomachs  usually 
contain,  besides  finely  chewed  seeds  and  grain,  an  interesting  assort- 
ment of  grasshoppers,  crickets,  beetles,  scorpions,  and  small  insects, 
and  occasionally  parts  of  a  lizard  or  mouse. 

Onychomys  torridus   (Coues).     Arizona  Grasshopper  Mouse. 

Onychomys  torridus  arenicola  Mearns.    Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XIX,  Advance 

Sheet,  May  2.1.  1896,  i>.  :'..     Type  from  El  Paso." 

These  little  long-tailed  grasshopper  mice  occupy  the  arid  Lower 
Sonoran  zone  of  western  Texas  from  El  Paso  to  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Pecos,  and  up  the  Pecos  Valley  to  old  Fort  Lancaster  and  Mona- 
hans,  and  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.  They  are  found  on  the  open,  barren 
mesas  among  stones  and  cactus  and  the  characteristic  desert  vegetation. 
or  in  the  sandy  mesquite  bottoms  of  the  Rio  Grande  and  Pecos  rivers. 
Like  all  the  genus  they  are  strictly  nocturnal,  and  while  prowling 
about  at  night  get  into  traps  set  at  the  burrows  of  various  other 
mammals.  About  all  that  we  know  of  their  habits  is  gained  from 
examination  of  their  stomachs,  which  usually  contain,  besides  a  small 
portion  of  seeds  or  grain,  a  larger  share  of  scorpions,  grasshoppers, 
crickets,  beetles,  and  various  other  insects. 

Peromyscus  leucopus  (Rarinesque).     White-footed  Mouse. 

The  dark-colored  Peromyscus  from  the  coast  region  of  south- 
eastern Texas,  while  not  quite  typical  leucopus,  seems  to  be  nearer  to 
it  than  to  mearnsi.  There  are  specimens  from  near  Alvin,  near  Gal- 
veston, Velasco,  Elliott,  Arcadia,  Matagorda.  Deming  Station,  and 
east    Carancahua    Creek.      To   the    west    apparently    it    grades    into 


«  Specimens  in  the  Biological  Survey  collection  from  El  Paso,  Sierra  Blanca. 
Marfa.  and  Alpine  do  not  differ  so  far  as  I  can  sec  from  the  type  of  torridus 
and  from  specimens  taken  around  the  type  locality,  when  corresponding  pelages 
are  compared.  It  is  a  little,  dark,  richly  colored  species,  becoming  pale  in  late 
winter  and  spring.  Neither  in  the  dimensions  nor  in  the  skulls  can  1  find  any 
character  by  which  to  recognize  the  subspecies  arenicola. 


Oct..  1905. 1 


MAMMALS.  (.)f) 


mearnsi,  while  immature  specimens  from  Gainesville,  Decatur,  and 
Benbrook  suggest  intergradation  with  the  same  form. 

Lloyd  reports  these  mice  at  Deming  Bridge,  Matagorda  County. 
"  as  found  only  where  a  quantity  of  brush  had  been  cut  down  to  fill 
a  gap  in  the  road."  Near  Matagorda  he  saw-  "they  live  in  trees, 
both  in  nests  in  the  moss  and  in  hollows  in  the  roots/'  At  Velasco 
he  records  one  from  "  edge  of  creek  "  and  another  from  "  edge  of  old 
field."  At  Austin  Bayou,  near  Alvin,  he  collected  an  old  female 
containing  -1  fully  grown  embryos,  March  17,  1892.  Beyond  these 
fragmentary  notes  by  Lloyd  nothing  is  known  of  the  habits  of  the 
species  in  this  region,  where  apparently  it  inhabits  the  timbered 
and  brushy  bottoms  with  the  palmetto  and  Spanish  moss. 

Peromyscus    leucopus    texanus     (Woodhouse).     Texas    White-footed 
Mouse. 
Peromyscus  tornillo  Mearns.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  XVIII,  Advance 
Sheet.    March    25,    1S9»;,    i>.    3.     Type    from    Rio    Grande    6   miles    above 
El  Paso.  Tex. 

This  is  a  common  species  over  the  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of 
western  Texas  from  El  Paso  to  Del  Bio,  Rock  Springs,  and  Fort 
Lancaster.  To  the  south  it  grades  into  mearnsi.  Specimens  from 
Del  Rio,  Rock  Springs,  and  San  Antonio  are  not  typical  of  either 
animal,  but  combine  enough  of  the  characters  of  both  to  be  con- 
sidered fairly  intermediate.  A  series  of  11  specimens  from  Lips- 
comb, 4  from  Canadian,  -2  from  Miami,  and  3  from  Mobeetie,  on  the 
plains  of  the  northern  Panhandle,  and  one  from  Henrietta,  while 
not  typical  texanus,  can  be  referred  to  it  better  than  to  leucopus. 

In  this  arid  region  these  mice  take  the  place  of  leucopus  and  other 
members  of  the  leucopus  group,  to  which  they  belong.  They  have 
the  general  habits  of  the  group  and  in  places  live  among  rocks,  but 
more  often  on  the  weedy  and  brushy  bottoms  under  rubbish  or  dense 
vegetation,  where  they  are  often  the  most  abundant  mammal.  At  El 
Paso  and  Juarez,  Loring  says :  "  Common  on  both  sides  of  the  river. 
They  wrere  caught  in  traps  set  at  holes  and  in  the  brush  along  irriga- 
tion ditches  and  baited  with  oatmeal  and  small  pieces  of  meat.1"'  At 
Sierra  Blanca  I  found  them  only  in  an  old  Neotoma  house  in  a 
bunch  of  yuccas  in  the  open  valley,  while  eremicus  occupied  the  near- 
est cliffs  and  the  little  blandus  lived  out  on  the  open  plain.  At  Fort 
Lancaster  Oberholser  reported  them  as  u  abundant  in  the  chaparral," 
and  at  Langtry  as  "  not  common."  The  two  specimens  taken  at 
Langtry  were  caught  under  logs  and  among  dead  leaves  and  rubbish 
near  water  in  a  deep  side  canyon.  At  Del  Rio  I  found  them  com- 
mon in  holes  in  the  creek  bank,  under  thick  brush,  and  in  old  houses; 
and  Gaut  collected  two  specimens  "  in  high  grass  along  the  main  irri- 
gation ditch  west  of  town." 

At  Lipscomb  Howell  took  specimens  only  "  in  brushy  places  along 


96  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  creek  bottoms."  At  Canadian  he  caught  one  kk  in  the  grass  along 
an  irrigation  ditch"  and  another  "in  a  deserted  cabin."  At  Miami 
he  caught  two  "  in  the  rocky  bluffs  near  town  and  one  on  the  sandy 
bottoms,"  and  at  Mobeetie  others  kk  along  the  sandy  creek  bottoms  in 
traps  set  for  Perognathus  and  Perodipus." 

Like  other  members  of  the  genus,  they  are  strictly  nocturnal,  and 
during  the  day  keep  safely  within  their  burrows  in  the  ground  or  in 
some  other  dark  retreat.  As  a  result  they  are  almost  never  seen  alive 
except  when  they  get  their  tails  instead  of  their  necks  in  our  traps. 
Very  little  is  known  of  the  habits  of  this  species. 

Peromyscus  leucopus  mearnsi  (Allen).     Mearns  White-footed  Mouse. 
Peromyscus  renins  Mearns.     Proc.   U.    S.   Nat.   Mus.,   Vol.   XVIII,  Advance 
Sheet,  March  25,  189G,  p.  3.     Type  from  Fort  Clark,  Tex. 

The  Mearns  white- footed  mouse  ranges  over  southern  Texas  from 
Brownsville  north  to  Eagle  Pass,  Fort  Clark,  and  San  Antonio,  and 
east  to  Rockport,  grading  into  leucopus  on  the  east  and  texanus 
along  its  northern  boundary.  There  is  certainly  not  room  for  an 
intermediate  form  between  texanus  and  mparnsi,  which  canus  proves 
to  be. 

The  region  inhabited  by  mearnsi  is  semiarid  chaparral  and  cactus 
plains  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  At  Brownsville,  the  type  locality 
of  the  species.  Lloyd  collected  a  large  series  of  specimens  and 
reported  the  species  as  "  very  common  out  to  the  sand  belt.''  He 
also  caught  a  few  on  Padre  Island  and  around  Nueces  Bay.  Another 
series  was  collected  at  Brownsville  by  Loring,  who  says  of  the  mice : 
"  Quite  common.  Found  in  the  willows  along  the  river  bank  and 
under  logs  and  brush  near  the  overflows.  Several  were  caught  in 
traps  baited  with  meat."  At  Hidalgo,  Loring  says:  "They  were 
taken  in  traps  baited  with  oatmeal  and  set  by  hedge  fences,  cactus 
beds,  and  underbrush."  In  writing  ()f  specimens  obtained  at  San 
Lorenzo  Creek  and  Santa  Tomas,  Lloyd  says :  "  They  prefer  an 
arid  region  where  grass  is  scant  among  the  cactus."  At  Corpus 
Christi  the  mice  were  very  scarce,  and  I  caught  but  one  in  a  long 
line  of  traps.  It  was  at  a  hole  in  the  bank  just  back  of  the  beach. 
At  Beeville  Oberholser  reports  them  as  "  evidently  not  very  common. 
as  all  my  trapping  failed  to  reveal  more  than  a  single  individual." 
At  San  Diego  he  says:  "This  animal  does  not  appear  to  be  more 
than  tolerably  common.  It  lives  only  in  the  damp  thickets  border- 
ing the  ponds  and  water  holes  in  the  chaparral:  at  least  my  trapping 
in  all  kinds  of  situations  failed  to  reveal  its  presence  anywhere  else." 

Peromyscus  michiganensis  pallescens  Allen.     Little  Pale  Peromyscus. 
This  pale  little  mouse  is  represented  in  the  collection  by  0  speci- 
mens collected  at   San  Antonio  and  one  from  near  Alice.     The  one 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  97 


from  Alice  was  collected  by  Lloyd  12  miles  southwest  of  the  town 
on  open  prairie.  San  Antonio  specimens  were  caught  by  H.  P. 
Attwater  in  traps  set  for  harvest  mice  around  brush  piles."  . 

Peromyscus  sonoriensis  (Le  Conte).     Sonoran  Peromyscus. 
A  few  specimens  of  this  little  Peromyscus  from  Washburn,  Tex., 

seem  to  be  nearer  to  typical  sonoriensis  than  to  any  of  the  subspecies 
in  the  group.  One  specimen  was  caught  at  a  tiny  burrow  on  the 
short-grass  plains,  miles  from  any  cover  that  would  conceal  even  a 
mouse,  and  others  were  caught  on  the  prairie  at  the  edges  of  fields. 

Peromyscus  sonoriensis  blandus  Osgood.     Frosted  Peromyscus. 

This  pale,  silky-haired  little  mouse  is  common  in  western  Texas 
over  the  rough  and  arid  region  between  the  Pecos  and  Rio  Grande 
valleys.  There  are  specimens  from  the  Franklin  Mountains  (15  miles 
north  of  El  Paso),  Sierra  Blanca,  Valentine,  Onion  Creek  (Presidio 
County),  and  Bone  Spring  (53  miles  south  of  Marathon).  All  the 
above  localities  are  in  rough  country  near  the  junction  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Sonoran  zones,  where  more  or  less  mixture  of  the  two  occurs, 
so  that  the  zonal  range  of  the  species  is  not  perfectly  determined  by 
them. 

Although  in  a  rough  country,  broadly  speaking,  these  white-footed 
mice  inhabit  the  smooth  spots  in  the  bottoms  of  open  valleys.  At 
Sierra  Blanca  they  were  on  the  broad  flats  southeast  of  the  station, 
where  the  principal  vegetation  was  low,  scattered,  composite  shrubs 
{Gutierrezia  microcephald?  and  Crassina  grandiflord) ,  among  which 
they  burrowed  in  the  mellow  soil,  and  the  seeds  of  which  furnished  in 
winter  a  large  share  of  their  food.  So  far  as  their  own  genus  was 
concerned,  they  held  this  ground  by  themselves,  the  larger  P.  texaniis 
being  caught  in  an  old  woodrat's  nest  under  a  yucca  and  the  long- 
tailed  P.  eremicus  in  the  nearest  cliff  of  tilted  rocks.  At  Onion 
Creek  they  were  found  living  in  holes  in  the  soft,  level  ground  of  the 
creek  valley,  where  none  of  the  other  species  of  Peromyscus  were 
taken.  At  Valentine,  out  in  the  middle  of  a  big  open  valley,  I  caught 
one  of  these  little  fellows  under  the  doorstep  of  the  house  where  I 
boarded,  on  the  edge  of  town,  and  near  Bone  Spring,  50  miles 
south  of  Marathon,  I  caught  another  under  a  mesquite  out  in  the  open 
valley. 

Peromyscus  gossypinus  (Le  Conte).     Pine  Woods  Peromyscus. 

Specimens  of  this  large,  dark-colored  Peromys'cus  from  Texarkana, 
Jefferson,  Long  Lake,  Joaquin,  Jasper,  and  Sour  Lake,  indicate  an 

a  Bui.  Am.  Mns.  Nat.  Hist,  VIII,,  p.  64,  1896. 
3873— No.  25—05  m 7 


98  NOKTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No. 


extensive  range  for  the  species  over  the  timbered  region  of  eastern 
Texas. 

Apparently  it  is  not  an  abundant  species  anywhere  in  this  region, 
and  much  trapping  is  necessary  to  procure  a  few  specimens.  At 
Jefferson  Hollister  caught  two  in  the  woods  near  Big  Cypress  Creek, 
and  at  Joaquin  one  under  a  log  on  heavily  timbered  creek  bottoms. 
Oberholser  caught  one  in  a  canebrake  along  the  Red  River  at  Texar- 
kana,  one  in  heavy  woods  on  the  edge  of  McCracken  Lake,  near  Long 
Lake,  in  Anderson  County,  and  several  in  a  cabin  and  one  along  a 
stream  in  the  woods  north  of  Jasper.  In  the  heart  of  the  Big  Thicket, 
7  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  I  caught  several  in  and  around  old 
tumbledown  buildings,  and  Gaut  caught  them  around  old  logs  and 
stumps  in  the  woods. 

Peromyscus  boylei  rowleyi  (Allen).     Rowley  Peromyscus. 

Peromyscus  boi/lii  penicillatus  Mearns.    Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  XIX, 
Advance  Sheet,  May  25,  1896,  p.  2.     Type  from  El  Paso. 

A  large  series  of  this  big,  long-tailed  Peromyscus  from  the  Frank- 
lin and  Organ  mountains  is  typical  rowleyi,  as  apparently  are  also 
six  other  specimens  taken  in  Dog  and  McKittrick  canyons  in  the 
Guadalupe  Mountains.  In  this  region  and  farther  north  they  range 
throughout  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  being  closely  associated  with  juni- 
pers and  nut  pines,  as  well  as  with  rocks  and  cliffs.  In  places  they 
follow  the  cliffs  slightly  below  the  junipers,  but  only  where  canyon 
walls  offer  especially  favorable  haunts.  In  the  Guadalupe  Moun- 
tains they  range  to  the  upper  limits  of  junipers,  where  the  yellow 
pines  begin  on  dry,  hot  slopes  at  7,800  feet,  and  down  in  the  north- 
east gulches  near  Carlsbad  at  the  east  base  of  the  mountain  slope  at 
3,100  feet.  While  usually  found  along  cliffs  or  among  rocks,  they 
are  often  common  among  junipers,  nut  pines,  and  oaks  at  considerable 
distance  from  any  rocks.  In  such  places  they  live  in  hollow  trees  or 
logs  or  take  advantage  of  any  convenient  cover.  I  have  occasionally 
found  them  curled  up  in  a  soft  nest  in  a  hollow  tree,  and  have  often 
found  a  nest  that  I  attributed  to  this  species  in  a  knothole  or  under 
a  loose  layer  of  bark.  At  one  of  our  camps  on  top  of  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains,  in  a  beautiful  orchard-like  park  of  junipers,  one  took 
possession  of  the  camp  wagon  and  made  its  nest  among  boxes  and 
sacks. 

The  food  of  these  mice  consists  largely  of  juniper  berries,  or  at 
least  the  seeds  of  juniper  berries,  of  which  there  is  usually  an  abun- 
dant supply  at  all  times  of  the  year,  but  acorns  and  pine  nuts  are 
eaten  while  they  last.  The  empty  shells  of  seeds  and  nuts  and  acorns 
show  the  favorite  feeding  grounds  to  be  under  the  hollow  base  or  low 
spreading  branches  of  a  j  uniper. 


Oct..  L905.]  MAMMALS.  99 

Peromyscus  boylei  laceyi "  subsp.  nov.     Lacey  Peromyscus. 

Type  from  Turtle  Creek,  Kerr  County,  Tex.  Adult  male,  No.  !)L,74*;,  U.  S. 
National  Museum.  Biological  Survey  Coll.  Collected  by  II.  P.  Attwater, 
Dec.  4,  1897.     No.  1372,  N  Catalogue. 

(lateral  characters. — Size  and  proportions  about  as  in  rowleyi,  to 
which  it  is  most  nearly  related.  Color  decidedly  darker;  under  sur- 
face of  tail  more  grayish. 

Color. — Adults  in  winter  pelage  dull,  dark  ochraceous,  brightening 
on  sides;  ankle  and  upper  surface  of  long  hairy  tail  blackish;  lower 
surface  of  tail,  dusky  gray;  belly  and  feet,  pure  white.  Summer 
pelage,  brighter  in  the  rufescent  phase;  paler  in  the  gray  phase; 
lower  surface  of  tail  less  grayish. 

81  all  with  interpterygoid  fossa  generally  narrower  than  in  either 
boylei  or  rowleyi. 

Measurements. — Type  not  measured  in  the  flesh,  but  the  hind  foot 
measures  24  when  dry.  Average  of  four  topotypes:  Total  length, 
188 ;  tail  vertebra?,  97 ;  hind  foot,  23.2. 

Skull  of  type. — Total  length,  28;  basioccipital  length,  23.3;  nasals, 
10;  zygomatic  breadth,  14;  width  of  braincase,  13;  mastoid  breadth, 
12 ;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  4. 

This  big  rufescent  species  of  the  group  of  long-tailed  Peromyscus 
inhabits  the  Upper  Sonoran,  rocky,  juniper-covered  hills  of  Kerr 
and  Edwards  counties,  the  Davis  Mountains,  and  the  Chinati  Moun- 
tains. Specimens  from  Turtle  Creek  and  Ingram,  Rock  Springs, 
the  Davis  Mountains,  Paisano,  and  the  Chinati  Mountains  show 
some  variation,  but  may  all  be  included  under  one  name.  Three 
specimens  from  Ozona  and  one  from  Big  Springs,  at  the  edge  of  the 
plains,  are  very  pale.  From  attwateri,  the  only  similar  species  with 
which  they  are  associated,  laceyi  may  be  easily  distinguished  by 
larger  size,  darker  color,  black  ankle  and  heel,  and  gray  underside 
of  tail,  as  also  by  good  cranial  characters. 

At  Lacey's  ranch,  near  Kerrville.  I  caught  them  in  cliffs  and 
gulches  with  attwateri,  without  noting  any  difference  in  habits  or 
habitat  of  the  two  species.  At  Rock  Springs  and  in  the  Davis 
Mountains  also  they  occur  with  attwateri,  and  apparently  have  very 
similar  habits.  They  are  largely  cliff  dwellers,  but  live  also  in  open 
woods,  on  oak  and  juniper  covered  ridges,  and  in  brushy  gulches.  In 
the  central  part  of  the  Davis  Mountains  they  were  the  only  species 
of  Peromyscus  that  we  found  at  5,500  to  6,500  feet  in  the  basalt  cliffs 
and  over  the  timbered  slopes,  but  down  near  the  east  base  of  the 
mountains  Cary  caught  one  specimen  in  the  same  cliff  with  an  att- 
wateri.    Lloyd  caught  them  among  the  rocks  at  Paisano  and  in  the 


o  Named  for  Mr.  Howard  Lacey,  at  whose  ranch  the  specimens  were  taken. 


100  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Chinati  Mountains,  35  miles  south  of  Marfa.     At  Ozona  and   Big 
Springs  they  were  taken  in  cliffs  in  the  comparatively  open  country. 

Peromyscus  attwateri  Allen.     Attwater  Peromyscus. 

The  Attwater  peromyscus  inhabits  the  cliffs  around  the  edges  of 
the  lower  arm  of  the  Staked  Plains  from  Big  Springs,  Llano, 
Austin,  and  Kerrville,  west  to  Comstock  and  Langtry,  and  up  the 
Pecos  Valley  to  Fort  Lancaster  and  Sheffield,  the  cliff  and  canyon 
country  along  the  Rio  Grande,  and  at  least  the  lower  slopes  of  the 
Davis  and  Chisos  mountains,  and  extends  westward  into  Mexico. 
Most  of  these  localities  are  so  near  the  edge  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Sonoran  zones  that  the  species  might  belong  to  either,  except  that 
among  the  cliffs  and  canyons  it  probably  gets  the  cooler  temperature 
of  the  higher  zone. 

At  Howard  Lacey's  ranch,  near  Kerrville,  where  the  type  of  the 
species  was  collected  in  1895  by  H.  P.  Attwater,  I  found  these  ani- 
mals abundant  in  1899,  and  caught  them  in  crevices  along  the  cliffs, 
under  logs  in  the  woods,  and  under  fallen  grass  and  weeds  on  the 
creek  bank  in  the  bottom  of  the  gulch.  At  Ingram,  also  near  Kerr- 
ville, Cary  and  I  caught  them  in  the  rocks  along  the  bluffs  and 
under  the  heaps  of  flood  drift  on  the  river  bottoms.  At  Camp 
Verde  Cary  caught  a  few  under  rocks  and  logs.  One  was  taken  on 
the  crest  of  a  juniper  ridge  near  Rock  Springs;  Gordon  Donald 
took  one  in  the  cliffs  near  Devils  River  Station,  and  N,  Hollisler 
caught  a  series  in  a  little  canyon  near  Comstock  and  one  in  the  cliffs 
of  the  Rio  Grande  Canyon  8  miles  south  of  Comstock.  •  Lloyd  caught 
one  at  the  Painted  Caves  and  Gaut  collected  12  specimens  in  the 
canyons  around  Langtry.  Oberholser  caught  5  among  the  rocks  at 
Fort  Lancaster.  Cary  and  Hollister  found  them  in  the  cliffs  along 
the  Pecos  Canyon  as  far  up  as  Sheffield,  and  Cary  took  one  indi- 
vidual of  this  species,  together  with  laceyi,  in  a  canyon  at  the  east 
base  of  the  Davis  Mountains.  In  the  Chisos  Mountains  a  few  Avere 
taken  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone  from  0,000  to  7,000  feet.  A  small 
series  taken  among  the  rocks  at  Llano  is  typical  attivateri,  but  a 
series  of  13  specimens  collected  in  the  cliffs  near  Austin,  where  Ober- 
holser reported  them  as  the  commonest  small  mammal  of  the  locality. 
is  not  typical. 

Peromyscus  eremicus  (Laird).     Desert  Peromyscus. 

Peromyscus   eremicus    arenarius    Mearns.     Proc.    U.    S.    Nat.    Mas.,    XIX. 
Advance  Sheet.   May  -J."..  1896,  ]>.  2.     Type  from   El  Paso.  Tex. 

This  wide-ranging  desert  species  inhabits  the  arid  Lower  Sonoran 
zone  of  western  Texas  from  the  Pecos  Valley  to  Fl  Paso.  Specimens 
from  Comstock  and  vicinity  and  from  Carlsbad  (Eddy),  X.  Mex., 
mark  the  eastern  limit  of  its  known  range.     There  are  specimens  in 


Oct..  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  101 


the  Biological  Survey  collection  also  from  El  Paso,  Franklin  Moun- 
tains, Sierra  Blanca,  Presidio  County,  Boquillas.  Terlingua,  20  miles 
south  of  Marathon,  Langtry,  Painted  Caves,  and  65  miles  northwest 
of  Tovah.  The  slight  variation  in  specimens  from  Texas  localities 
does  not  warrant  separation  from  typical  eremicus  of  Fort  Yuma, 

Cal. 

At  El  Paso  the  species  is  common  in  the  cliffs  just  back  of  town,  and 
at  Sierra  Blanca  two  were  caught  in  a  cliff  near  the  station.  At 
Lloyd's  ranch,  in  Presidio  County,  30  miles  south  of  Ma  fa,  it  was 
common  in  the  cliffs,  and  a  few  were  taken  in  cliffs  at  Terlingua, 
Boquillas,  20  miles  south  of  Marathon,  at  Comstock,  and  along  the 
canyons  of  the  Rio  Grande  at  Langtry  and  Painted  Caves.  At  Carls- 
bad, X.  Mew.  it  occupied  a  limestone  cliff  near  the  river  with 
rowleyi,  which  belongs  to  the  zone  above,  and  in  this  same  cliff  I 
caught  both  Neotoma  micropus  and  albigula,  belonging,  respectively, 
to  Lower  and  Upper  Sonoran  zones.  Of  the  habits  of  the  desert 
peromyscus  little  is  known  save  what  our  traps  reveal  of  its  choice 
of  homes  on  the  dusty  rock  shelves  of  cliffs  and  caverns,  where  lines 
of  tiny  footprints  lead  to  and  from  cracks  and  small  openings  in  the 
rocks.  I  have  never  known  o'f  its  being  found  away  from  rocks. 
and  this  peculiar  habitat  may  have  some  connection  wTith  the  wholly 
naked  sole  of  the  foot. 

Peromyscus  taylori  (Thomas).     Taylor  Baiomys. 

Specimens  of  this  tiny,  short-tailed  Peromyscus  from  Brownsville. 
Beeville,  and  San  Antonio  do  not  show  any  appreciable  variation, 
and  are  assumed  to  be  typical  taylori,  as  they  come  from  both  north 
and  south  of  San  Diego,  the  type  locality  of  the  species. 

At  Brownsville  Loring  reported  them  as  "  common  in  weeds  and 
brush  and  along  fences  in  meadows  and  a  few  in  small  willows  near 
the  river;  "  but  Lloyd  found  them  "  only  in  open  fields  and  meadows, 
where  they  have  very  small,  round  holes.''  At  Beeville  Oberholser 
caught  one  "  at  the  edge  of.  a  clump  of  O  pant  hi  engelmanni  in 
the  chaparral."  H.  P.  Attwater  collected  a  series  of  specimens  at 
Watson's  ranch.  15  miles  south  of  San  Antonio,  and  furnished  the 
following  interesting  notes  on  their  habits: 

The  specimens  sent  were  taken  under  a  pile  of  dry  weeds  and  rubbish  in  an 
orchard,  where  the  two  nests  sent  were  also  found.  There  were  several  others 
with  then]  which  escaped.  The  two  specimens  taken  in  March  were  kept  alive 
till  May  129.  They  were  fed  on  sugar-cane  seed.  oats.  corn,  and  bran.  They 
used  to  drink  water  when  I  put  it  in  the  cage,  hut  appeared  to  do  just  as  well 
without  it.     *     *     * 

One  of  the  nests  sent  was  found  by  Mr.  Watson  while  digging  up  a  small 
pecan  tree  in  the  river  bottom  near  his  ranch.  The  nest  was  ahout  a  foot  below 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  among  the  roots  of  the  tree,  and  several  passages  led 


102 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


down  into  the  ground  below  the  nest.     In  one  of  these  holes  a  number  of  pecan 
nuts  were  found.    The  nest  contained  an  old  female  and  three  half-grown  young.0 

Peromyscus  taylori  subater  subsp.  no  v.     Dusky  Baiomys. 

Type  from  Bernard  Creek  near  Columbia,  Brazoria  County,  Tex.  No. 
|ff$!  9  ad.,  TT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Biological  Survey  Coll.  Collected  by  Win. 
Lloyd  Feb.  25,  1892.     Original  No.  1  lliJ. 

Characters. — Size  and  proportions  of  P.  taylori,  but  much  darker 
colored.     Upper  pa  its  blackish  or  sooty  gray,  belly  buff  v. 

Measurements  of  type. — Total  length,  91;  tail,  37;  hind  foot,  15. 
Average  of  7  topotypes:  Total  length,  95;  tail,  39;  hind  foot,  14.8. 

Skull  of  type. — Basal  length,  14.8;  nasals,  6.3;  zygomatic  breadth, 
10;  mastoid  breadth,  8.4;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  3. 


Fig.    15. — Distribution    areas   of   the   two    forms   of   the   subgenus   Baiomys    (Peromyscus 

taylori  and  subater). 

This  dusky  form  of  the  little  Baiomys  inhabits  the  coast  prairies  of 
Texas  east  of  Matagorda  Bay.  Specimens  from  Matagorda.  .Matagorda 
Peninsula,  Bernard  Creek   (12  miles  west  of  Columbia).  Richmond, 

"Allen.  Mammals  of  Bexar  County.  Tex.  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII. 
p.  66,  1896. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  103 

Virginia  Point,  Alvin,  and  Sour  Lake  are  referred  to  it,  although  the 
Matagorda  specimens  are  a  little  grayer  and  evidently  tend  toward 
taylori. 

At  Virginia  Point  on  the  mainland  opposite  Galveston.  I  caught 
two  of  these  little  mice  in  a  grassy  orchard  at  a  ranch  on  the  broad 
prairie.  They  were  trapped  in  the  grass-covered  runways  of  sig- 
niodons.  At  Richmond  these  mice  were  fairly  common  under  the  rich 
carpet  of  grass  on  the  open  prairie.  Their  tiny  runways,  leading 
from  one  little  burrow  to  another,  wound  about  over  the  surface  of 
the  ground  among  the  plant  stems  and  indicated  habits  so  similar  to 
those  of  Microtus  that  at  first  I  thought  I  had  discovered  traces  of  a 
diminutive  species  of  that  genus.  At  Sour  Lake  Hollister  collected 
one  specimen  "  on  the  open  prairie.'1  On  Matagorda  Peninsula 
Lloyd  found  these  mice  living  under  logs  near  the  Gulf  shore  where 
he  collected  both  old  and  young.  One  young,  about  two  weeks  old, 
was  found  in  a  nest  under  a  log  February  11.  In  another  nest  two 
young  were  found,  and  an  old  female  taken  the  same  day  contained 
two  fully  developed  embryos.  On  the  mainland  near  Matagorda 
Lloyd  "  caught  them  in  the  long  grass  skirting  the  edges  of  fields," 
and  a  nest  containing  three  young  was  plowed  up  in  the  field  Feb- 
ruary 2. 

Oryzomys  palustris  (Harlan).     Rice  Rat. 

Oryzomys  palustris  texensis  Allen,  Bui.  Am.   Mus.  Nat.   Hist..  VI.  p.  177, 
May  31,  1894.     Type  from  Rockport.  Aransas  County,  Texas. 

The  rice  rats  inhabit  the  coast  marshes  of  Texas  as  far  south  as 
Corpus  Christi  and  a  little  reef  near  the  north  end  of  Padre  Island. 
Apparently  they  have  not  been  found  farther  from  the  coast  than 
Wharton  County,  some  40  miles  up  the  Colorado  River,  and  they  seem 
to  be  common  only  in  the  salt  marshes.  At  Port  Lavaca,  Ober- 
holser  says,  "  they  are  common  inthe  tall  grass  bordering  the  bayous 
and  are  apparently  confined  to  such  places.  The  ground  where  they 
live  is  quite  wet,  but  still  out  of  reach  of  ordinary  tides,  though  the 
whole  area  was  flooded  during  part  of  my  stay.  The  runways  are 
not  covered  and  not  plain,  though  there  are  usually  fresh  signs  at 
intervals."  On  Matagorda  Island  he  says  the  rice  rats  are  "  toler- 
ably common  in  the  tufts  of  coarse  grass  bordering  bayous,  making 
conspicuous  covered  runways  where  the  grass  is  thickly  matted,  but 
are  not  found  more  than  a  short  distance  back  from  the  bayous." 
At  Matagorda  Bay,  Lloyd  says,  ,k  they  occur  along  the  shore  of  the 
bay  and  also  on  Selkirk  Island  and  Peninsula,  where  they  were  found 
in  the  high,  rank  grass  near  the  shore ;"  and  at  Nueces  Bay,  he  says, 
>-  they  are  common  out  in  the  low  grass  on  the  marshes,  where  they 
take  to  water  readily.  Several  were  found  drowned  while  held  down 
by  my  traps.     On  a  small  island  reef  about  100  yards  off  the  north 


104  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

end  of  Padre  Island  they  were  found  in  patches  of  marsh  '  cranberry.' 
Two  of  their  round  cup-shaped  nests,  composed  of  fine  rootlets,  were 
found  under  old  hoards."  At  Virginia  Point,  opposite  Galveston,  I 
caught  them  in  runways  under  the  grass  and  rushes  along  the  edge 
of  the  salt  marsh.  At  that  time,  in  April,  they  were  rather  scarce, 
but  the  people  say  that  occasionally  they  become  very  numerous, 
especially  in  and  around  the  rice  fields. 

Oryzomys  aquaticus  Allen.     Rio  Grande  Rice  Rat. 

This  species  is  known  only  from  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville,  near 
the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande. 

Loring  reported  it  as  common  in  grassy  spots  in  the  mesquite  brush. 

Reithrodontomys  intermedius  Allen.     Rio  Grande  Harvest  Mouse. 

Reithrodontomys  laceyia  Allen,  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  p.  235,  Nov. 
21,  1896.  Type  from  Watson's  ranch,  15  miles  south  of  San  Antonio, 
Tex. 

This  long-tailed  harvest  mouse  inhabits  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone 
of  southern  Texas  from  Brownsville  to  Corpus  Christi,  San  Antonio, 
Kerr  County,  and  Del  Rio,  and  extends  south  into  Mexico. 

At  Brownsville  Loring  reported  that  he  caught  several  specimens 
of  this  species  in  traps  baited  with  meat  and  set  among  small  willows, 
weeds,  and  high  grass  near  the  river.  At  Del  Rio  I  caught  them  at 
little  burrows  on  the  brushy  flats,  and  near  Kerrville  found  them 
common  around  fields  and  in  weedy  places  generally  and  caught 
them  at  burrows  and  runways  under  the  fallen  grass.  Lloyd  reported 
one  found  on  Padre  Island  in  an  old  cow's  horn,  and  two  dead  ones  in 
an  old  barrel.  Between  Laredo  and  Rio  Grande  City  he  reported 
two  as  living  in  old  nests  of  the  cactus  wren,  and  near  Corpus 
Christi  he  found  one  in  a  nest  in  a  catsclaw  bush.  In  April,  11)00, 
I  found  what  looked  like  an  old  verdin's  nest  in  a  bush  of  Momesia 
pallida  near  Corpus  Christi.  The  nest  was  about  4  feet  from  the 
ground,  a  globular  structure  of  grass,  lichen,  and  short  gray  moss 
(Tillandsia  recurvata),  with  a  small  opening  at  one  side.  As  I 
touched  the  side,  two  black  eyes  appeared  at  the  doorway,  but  after 
watching  me  for  a  moment  were  withdrawn.     At  a  slight  shake  of  the 

a  Specimens  of  Reithrodontomys  Uiceyi  from  San  Antonio  and  Kerr  County 
agree  perfectly  with  specimens  of  comparable  age  and  pelage  from  Brownsville, 
Matamoras,  and  Santa  Tomas,  and  I  see  no  way  hut  to  consider  them  typical 
intermedius.  The  slightly  smaller  and  grayer  specimens  arc  evidently  young 
of  the  year.  The  difference  in  size  indicated  by  Mr.  Attwater's  measurements 
does  not  appear  in  comparison  of  skulls  or  hind  feet  and  may  he  due  to  a 
slight  difference  in  the  methods  of  measurement.  .My  own  measurements  of 
Kerrville  specimens  and  Goldman's  of  his  Matamoras  specimens  agree  almost  to 
a  millimeter.  While  all  of  the  small  series  of  topotypos  of  laceyi  can  he  matched 
from  the  large  series  of  intermedius  from  Brownsville,  there  are  none  in  as 
bright  summer  pelage  as  some  specimens  in  the  Brownsville  series. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  105 

hush,  out  popped  a  trim  little  long-tailed  harvest  mouse,  which  sat 
undecided  on  the  branch  for  a  moment  and  then  nm  gracefully  along 
branches  and  stems  from  one  hush  to  another  and  finally  down  to 
the  ground,  where  it  disappeared  in  the  tall  grass.  On  examining 
the  nest  I  found  a  firm  base,  evidently  an  old  bird's  nest  that  had 
been  arched  over  with  a  substantial  roof  which  left  an  opening-  at  the 
side  only  large  enough  for  my  finger.  It  was  neither  a  verdin's 
nor  a  cactus  wren's  nest,  and  evidently  had  been  built  or  remodeled 
by  the  present  tenant.  When  I  returned  the  next  day,  the  mouse  was 
at  home,  but  so  sleepy  that  I  merely  disturbed  him  enough  to  make 
him  come  out  and  sit  for  a  moment  on  the  branch,  after  which  I 
withdrew  and  let  him  go  back  to  finish  his  nap.  Further  search 
revealed  two  more  similar  but  old  and  unoccupied  nests  in  the 
bushes  near  by,  but  no  trace  of  runway,  burrow,  or  other  signs  of 
the  mice  on  the  damp  sticky  soil  beneath.  A  good  line  of  traps  set 
among  the  bushes  and  under  the  adjoining  prairie  grass  remained 
untouched  until  the  bait  grew  moldy.  Even  at  the  base  of  the  bush 
under  the  occupied  nest  nothing  was  caught  in  several  days'  trapping, 
and  after  a  trip  of  two  weeks  I  returned  to  find  the  little  fellow  still 
occupying  his  nest. 

Along  the  Medina  River  15  miles  south  of  San  Antonio,  Mr.  H.  P. 
Attwater  says  he  occasionally  came  across  these  mice  in  1889  and  1890 
while  hunting  for  birds1  nests.  He  says  they  were  found  singly  in  the 
daytime  in  little  round  nests  made  of  grass  and  placed  in  the  lower 
branches  of  small  trees.0 

Reithrodontomys  aurantius  Allen.     Louisiana  Harvest  Mouse. 

This  largest  and  richest  colored  of  the  Texas  harvest  mice  inhabits 
eastern  Texas,  and  extends  along  the  coast  region  as  far  west  as 
Matagorda  Bay,  and  in  the  interior  north  to  Hempstead,  Nacogdo- 
ches, Joaquin,  and  Texarkana.  There  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that 
it  inhabits  the  whole  of  eastern  humid  Texas,  as  usually  it  is  not  an 
abundant  or  easily  captured  species  and  is  often  overlooked  by 
collectors.  At  Texarkana  Oberholser  caught  one  and  reported  the 
species  as  rare  about  thickets  on  the  edge  of  cleared  ground.  Hol- 
lister  caught  several  at  Joaquin  on  grassy  ground  along  the  railroad 
and  at  the  edge  of  a  cotton  field,  and  at  Sour  Lake  a  few  in  tall  grass 
at  the  edge  of  the  woods.  At  Hempstead  Gaut  caught  them  in 
brushy  woods  between  cultivated  fields.  In  southern  Louisiana  I 
found  them  in  runways  among  weeds  and  tall  grass  on  low  ground 
at  Iowa  Station,  and  caught  one  in  a  trap  where  an  Oryzomys  was 
caught  the  preceding  night.     In  Matagorda  County,  Lloyd  reported 


o  Mammals  of  Bexar  County,  Tex.,  J.  A.  Allen,  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist, 
VII 1.  pp.  66-67,  189(3.  For  further  interesting  notes  on  habits  of  this  harvest 
mouse  in  Bexar  County  by  H.  P.  Attwater,  see  also  page  236,  same  volume. 


106  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

them  under  old  logs  and  in  low  brush,  where  numerous  nests  were 
seen  with  holes  leading  into  the  ground  beside  them.  He  called  this 
species  the  "  tree  mouse,"  but  does  not  speak  of  any  nests  in  bushes 
or  anywhere  except  on  the  ground.  At  Hempstead,  Gaut  caught  a 
few  in  traps  set  at  the  bases  of  trees  in  a  brier  thicket  between  two 
cultivated  fields,  and  in  the  Big  Thicket,  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  he 
reports  it  as  the  most  abundant  mouse,  living  under  the  dead  grass 
wherever  there  was  dry  ground. 

Reithrodontomys  megalotis    (Baird).     Big-eared  Harvest  Mouse. 

This  pale,  desert  harvest  mouse  comes  into  western  Texas  between 
the  Rio  Grande  and  the  Pecos,  as  shown  by  specimens  from  Fort 
Stockton,  Pecos  City,  Alpine,  and  the  southern  parts  of  the  Guada- 
lupe and  the  Franklin  mountains. 

Gary  secured  a  single  specimen  on  the  grassy  plain  25  miles  west 
of  Fort  Stockton,  and  another  under  matted  grass  near  a  flowing  well 
at  Pecos  City,  but  was  unable  to  catch  any  more  in  either  locality. 
Gaut  caught  one  in  a  patch  of  high  grass  about  two  miles  north  of 
Alpine,  and  another  on  a  grassy  flat  in  the  foothills  of  the  Franklin 
Mountains,  15  miles  north  of  El  Paso,  at  4,400  feet.  One  was  caught 
in  a  Microtus  runway  at  8,400  feet  altitude  on  top  of  the  ridge  at 
the  head  of  Dog  Canyon  in  the  Guadalupe  Mountains.  It  was  among 
grass,  shin  oak,  and  other  low  brush,  and  in  a  most  unexpected 
locality  for  a  Reithrodontomys.  No  other  specimens  were  secured, 
although  considerable  trapping  was  done  in  the  vicinity. 

Reithrodontomys  merriami  Allen.     Merriam  Harvest  Mouse. 

This  little  dusky  harvest  mouse,  the  smallest  species  in  the  State, 
inhabits  the  coast  prairies  of  southeastern  Texas  west  to  Richmond, 
but  apparently  is  nowhere  common.  Near  Richmond  I  caught  two 
under  the  grass  on  the  open  prairie  in  the  same  runways  where 
Peromyscus  taylori  subater  was  caught.  Both  of  these  specimens 
while  in  the  traps  were  eaten  by  some  other  mouse,  so  that  only  the 
skull  of  one  and  the  ragged  skin  of  the  other  could  be  saved.  At 
Austin  Bayou,  Lloyd  caught  the  species  in  "  rank  grass  on  the 
prairie,'1  and  at  Lafayette,  La.,  R.  J.  Thompson  caught  one  in  "  tall 
meadow  grass  on  the  prairie." 

Reithrodontomys  griseus  sp.  nov.     Little  Gray  Harvest  Mouse. 

Type  from  San  Antonio,  Tex.,  No.  87S">2,  $  ad.,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas..  Biological 
Survey  Coll.  Collected  March  4,  1897,  by  II.  1'.  Attwater.  Collector's 
number  iocs  (X  Catalogue  No.  371). 

General  characters. — Size  small,  tail  short  and  sharply  bicolor; 
color  butty  gray  with  indistinct  dorsal  streak  of  dusky:  brain  case 
short  and  wide. 

Color. — Upper  parts  dark  buffy  gray,  darkened  especially  along  the 


Oct.,  1905.1  MAMMALS.  107 

dorsal  lino  with  black  tipped  hairs;  ear  with  a  large  black  spot  on 
upper  outer  surface  and  another  on  lower  inner;  feet  and  whole  lower 
parts  white;  tail  white  with  a  narrow  blackish  line  above. 

Cranial  characters. — Compared  with  that  of  merriami,  the  geo- 
graphically nearest  neighbor  in  the  group,  the  skull  is  larger  with 
relatively  lower,  shorter,  wider  brain  case,  and  flattened  instead  of 
circular  foramen  magnum,  smaller  bullae,  and  wider  basioccipital. 
From  albescens  it  differs  as  from  me  rein  mi  in  relatively 'shorter,  wider 
brain  case. 

Measurements. — Type:  Total  length,  120;  tail  vertebrae,  56;  hind 
foot,  11.5  (15  measured  dry).  Average  of  six  adult  males  from  type 
locality  measured  by  H.  P.  Attwater:  Total  length,  111;  tail  verte- 
bra1, 55 ;  hind  foot,  11.0. 

Skull  of  type. — Occipitonasal  length,  19.2;  basal  length,  10;  nasals, 
7;  zygomatic  breadth,  10.4;  mastoid  breadth,  9;  greatest  breadth  of 
brain  case,  9.8;  interorbital  constriction.  3. 

Distribution. — Specimens  examined  from  San  Antonio,  Mason,  San 
Angelo,  Clyde,  and  Gainesville,  Tex.,  indicate  a  rather  unusual  distri- 
bution along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  plains.  At  San  Angelo,  Ober- 
holser  caught  one  at  a  hole  in  the  grassy  margin  of  a  cultivated  field ; 
at  Clyde,  Cary  caught  one  in  a  patch  of  sand  burs  in  the  corner  of  a 
sandy  cotton  field.  Another  specimen  was  taken  at  Gainesville  on 
open  prairie,  but  in  all  of  these  localities  they  seemed  to  be  extremely 
scarce. 

Remarks. — The  present  species  holds  its  characters  with  surpris- 
ingly little  variation  over  an  extensive  area  from  San  Antonio  north  to 
southeastern  Nebraska,  where,  if  it  grades  into  albescens  as  seems 
probable,  it  must  do  so  entirely  between  London  and  Xeligh  in  that 
State.  The  smaller,  darker  merriami  show7s  no  variation  throughout 
a  wide  range  over  the  coast  prairies  of  Texas  and  Louisiana,  and  if  it 
grades  into  g rise  us  the  complete  transition  must  occur  between  Rich- 
mond and  San  Antonio. 

Neotoma  floridana  rubida  Bangs.     Swamp  Wood  Rat. 

The  common  wood  rats  throughout  the  Big  Thicket  of  eastern 
Texas  are  typical  rubida  of  southern  Louisiana,  while  a  specimen 
from  Texarkana  possibly  indicates  a  shading  toward  baileyi.  The 
Big  Thicket  is  a  continuation  of  southern  Louisiana  swamp  country, 
extending  into  Texas  from  the  lower  Sabine  west  to  the  San  Jacinto 
and  marking  the  western  limit  of  range  of  many  species.  Wood 
rats  are  well  known  to  settlers  throughout  its  extent.  They  are 
reported  from  near  Cleveland  and  Tarkington  in  Liberty  County, 
and  at  Bragg  and  Saratoga  in  Hardin  County,  and  I  found  them 
common  in  the  thickest  woods  and  around  old  deserted  buildings 
near  Dan  Griffin's  place,  7  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake.     The  first 


108  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

one  secured  was  in  a  house  of  its  own  building  at  the  base  of  an  old 
dead  pine.  It  had  piled  up  pine  hark  and  pieces  of  rotten  wood 
around  die  base  of  the  tree  to  a  height  of  '1  feet,  and  in  the  cavities 
in  this  mound  had  made  several  soft  nests  of  grass  and  hark  fiber. 
There  was  a  nest  also  in  an  old  hollow  log  close  by  and  several  holes 
under  a  rotten  stump  not  far  away.  As  I  tore  the  house  to  pieces 
in  search  of  its  builder  a  gray  squirrel  ran  out  of  the  first  nest  of 
grass  and  bark  near  the  top  and  rushed  up  the  old  dead  pine.  A.S  I 
uncovered  deeper  chambers  one  was  found  well  filled  with  white-oak 
acorns  and  berries  of  the  cat  brier,  and  a  cache  of  green  leaves  was 
safely  stored  away  under  a  shelf  of  pine  bark.  The  rat  was  found 
in  a  chamber  deeper  down  near  the  bottom  of  the  house.  When 
finally  uncovered  it  ran  to  the  hollow  log  near  by,  then  to  the  holes 
under  the  stum}),  then  back  to  the  house  before  I  got  a  shot  at  it. 
It  proved  to  be  an  old  female,  as  were  two  others  caught  the  next 
night  under  an  old  log  in  an  equally  dense  part  of  the  thicket.  No 
trace  of  the  rats  was  found  except  under  the  protecting  cover  of 
dense  timber,  brush,  or  vine  tangle,  or  in  hollow  logs,  trees,  or  old 
buildings.  An  old  log  house  where  hay  was  stored  was  apparently 
well  stocked  with  them,  judging  from  the  stick  piles  under  the  floor, 
tracks  in  the  ashes  of  the  old  fireplace,  piles  of  characteristic  pellets 
in  the  corners,  and  a  familiar  wood-rat  odor  pervading  the  air. 
More  or  less  evidence  of  their  presence  was  noticed  in  other  old 
buildings. 

In  the  thicket  near  Saratoga  the  Flower  boys  told  me  that  a  wild 
cat  {Lynx)  killed  a  short  time  before  had  been  opened  and  its  stomach 
found  to  be  full  of  wood  rats.  The  abundance  of  wild  cats  and 
barred  owls  throughout  the  Big  Thicket  probably  accounts  for  the 
habit  of  the  wood  rats  of  choosing  the  most  impenetrable  cover. 

At  Houma,  La.,  near  the  type  locality  of  the  species,  I  found  these 
wood  rats  common  in  the  woods  and  swamps.  Some  of  the  houses 
were  built  at  the  bases  of  hollow  trees,  over  old  logs,  or  under  thick 
brush  mats,  but  just  as  commonly  they  were  placed  in  the  lower 
branches  of  trees  or  in  vines  10  to  30  feet  from  the  ground.  Those 
in  the  branches  were  usually  in  a  fork  or  on  a  large  limb  close  to 
the  body  of  a  tree,  or  in  a  thick  tangle  of  branchlets  and  connected 
with  the  ground  by  numerous  vines,  while  those  suspended  in  the 
vines  were  globular  stick  masses  from  I  to  4  feet  in  diameter,  worked 
in  among  a  lot  of  ascending  vine  stems  or  into  a  snarl  of  vine 
branches  and  resembling  magpies'  nests.  Slender  Micks,  twigs,  and 
pieces  of  bark  and  gray  moss  formed  the  main  body  of  these  ele- 
vated houses,  while  a  hole  at  one  side  afforded  entrance  to  the  sofi 
nest  of  bark  fiber  and  moss  within.  By  shaking  and  jerking  the 
vines  I  drove  the  rat  out  of  one  of  these  houses  and  watched  him 
climb  up  the  vines  and  branches  to  near  the  top  of  the  medium-sized 


OCT.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  109 

tree,  probably  00  feet  from  the  ground.  He  climbed  readily,  but 
not  with  squirrel-like  freedom  and  speed,  and  avoided  the  trunk  of 
the  tree.  Another  that  I  shook  out  of  a  house  at  the  base  of  a  small 
tree  climbed  up  the  vines  to  the  top  of  the  tree,  some  ^0  feet  from  the 
ground,  but  I  have  never  seen  one  climb  the  trunk  of  a  large  tree. 
No  doubt,  however,  they  could  climb  a  rough-barked  trunk.  Several 
of  the  houses  located  on  the  ground  were  examined  and  in  each  was 
found  at  least  one  nest  of  hue  bark  or  moss  in  a  chamber  near  the 
ground.  No  holes  could  be  found  entering  the  ground  below  the 
houses,  probably  owing  to  the  dampness  of  the  soil,  which  may  also 
account  for  the  elevated  houses  in  this  region.  Some  stick  piles  and 
nests  were  found  in  hollow  logs,  and  on  the  ground  inside  the  shell 
of  an  old  hollow  sycamore  stub,  that  measured  1G4  feet  across,  the 
rats  had  built  a  good-sized  house  against  the  wall.  Several  holes 
entered  the  sides  of  this  house,  and  superficial  examination  located 
one  snug  nest  in  a  back  corner.  Well-marked  trails  sometimes  were 
found  leading  through  grass  and  weeds  from  one  house  to  another  or 
from  a  house  to  the  nearest  log,  tree,  or  brush  heap. 

Neotoma  floridana  baileyi  Merriam.     Nebraska  Wood  Rat. 

This  northernmost  form  of  the  floridana  group  of  wood  rats  barety 
gets  into  northern  Texas.  Two  specimens  in  the  Merriam  collection 
from  Gainesville.  Cook  County,  are  best  referred  to  it,  although  they 
are  a  shade  darker  in  color  and  in  this  respect  intermediate  between 
baileyi  and  rubida.  As  a  larger  series  of  specimens  from  across  the 
line  in  the  Wichita  Mountains,  Oklahoma,  is  more  nearly  typical 
baileyi,  it  seems  necessary  to  refer  the  Gainesville  specimens  also  to 
this  species. 

Neotoma  baileyi  is  a  large,  pale,  bicolor-tailed  form  of  the  floridana 
group,  extending  up  the  wooded  river  valleys  across  the  plains 
country  from  Texas  to  northern  Nebraska.  At  Gainesville  Mr.  G.  H. 
Ragsdale  secured  a  few  of  the  wood  rats  in  wooded  ravines,  but  said 
they  were  very  scarce.  In  the  Wichita  Mountains  Gaut  found  them 
common  from  the  bases  to  the  tops  of  the  ridges.  In  the  timber  along 
Medicine  Creek  he  occasionally  found  them  in  hollow  logs  or  about 
the  overhanging  roots  of  a  tree  at  the  edge  of  a  steep  creek  bank,  in 
houses  made  of  sticks,  leaves,  bones,  and  cow  chips.  Up  the  steeper 
slopes  of  the  ridges  they  were  more  numerous  among  the  rocks  and  in 
crevices  of  the  bluffs.  At  Valentine,  Nebr.,  where  the  timber  is 
restricted  to  the  canyons,  these  rats  inhabit  the  cliffs  and  caves  along 
the  canyon  walls,  and  forage  in  the  brush  and  timber  along  the  sides 
and  bottoms  of  the  canyons.  In  fact,  over  most  of  the  range  of  the 
species  cliff's,  caves,  and  cut  banks  furnish  the  favorite  homes.  At 
Marble  Cave,  Stone  County,  Mo.,  I  found  their  tracks  in  the  deepest 
recesses  of  the  great  cave,  but  found  the  animals  and  their  stick 


110  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  I  No.  25. 

houses  more  common  under  the  shelving  limestone  ledges  along-  the 
sides  of  the  ravines.  Three  or  four  of  those  collected  were  cooked  at 
the  ranch  where  I  was  staying,  and  we  all  pronounced  them  better 
than  gray  squirrels.  The  meat  was  very  tender  and  of  good  flavor, 
with  no  trace  of  the  external  musky  odor  peculiar  to  wood  rats. 

Neotoma  floridana  attwateri  Mearns.     Att water  Wood* Rat. 

On  the  juniper  ridges  of  the  southern  arm  of  the  Staked  Plains 
this  big  buffy-brown  wood  rat,  which  appears  to  be  an  Upper 
Sonoran  form  of  the  f!<>i'i<l<unt  group,  lives  in  a  rocky,  half- forested 
region.  It  makes  its  house  sometimes  among  the  rocks,  piling  up  it- 
rubbish  in  a  broken  cliff,  rock  pile,  or  old  stone  wall,  and  sometimes 
in  the  woods  at  the  base  of  a  tree,  under  a  brush  pile,  in  some  old 
cabin,  or  along  the  river  in  heaps  of  flood  drift. 

In  company  with  Mr.  Howard  Lacey,  on  his  ranch  in  Kerr  County. 
I  uncovered  one  of  the  houses  in  the  corner  of  an  old  log  cabin  where 
the  rats  had  built  up  a  pile  of  rubbish  among  the  fallen  logs  and 
boards.  As  the  material  was  removed  the  rat  ran  out  of  the  nest 
into  a  hollow  log,  where  he  was  easily  caught.  The  nest  on  the 
ground  under  the  rubbish  pile  was  a  bulky  mass  of  soft  juniper  bark, 
with  an  opening  at  the  side.  AboVe  it  the  spaces  between  logs  and 
boards  were  hi  led  with  several  bushels  of  rubbish,  including  a  large 
number  of  cactus  thorns.  A  quantity  of  green  leaves  of  walnut  and 
some  pieces  of  green  cactus  stems  were  found  near  the  nest,  while 
scattered  acorn  and  walnut  shells,  juniper  berries,  and  cactus  cap- 
sules showed  part  of  the  menu  of  the  occupant. 

Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater,  who  first  collected  this  species,  tore  down 
numbers  of  the  houses  and  found  nests  in  underground  burrows  as 
well  as  in  the  rubbish  piles.     He  says: 

In  one  of  the  underground  passages  at  the  nest  on  the  oak  ridge  were  found 
stored  away  about  three  dozen  hunches  of  wild  grapes;  also  many  acorns  and 
black  haws.  In  another  nest  in  the  cedar  brake  were  about  two  dozen  small 
mushrooms,  partly  dry  and  shriveled.  All  the  heaps  in  the  cedar  brakes  con- 
tained large  stores  of  cedar  berries,  most  of  them  with  the  outside  pulp  eaten 
off  and  the  seeds  eaten  out.  When  the  very  small  size  of  the  seed  is  taken  into 
consideration,  it  is  surprising  what  an  immense  amount  of  work  is  necessary 
before  enough  can  be  obtained  for  a  meal,  as  probably  a  thousand  would  lie 
required.  One  nest  contained  shells  of  nuts  of  the  Mexican  buckeye  (Vngnadia 
speciosa),  although  these  nuts  are  reputed  to  be  poisonous." 

Near   Ingram,  in   the   valley  of  the  Guadalupe    River,  a   few  of 

these  wood  rats  were  caught  in  the  cliff's  and  rocks  bordering  the 
river  valley,  but  they  were  more  common  under  the  great  heaps  of 
driftwood  and  rubbish  along  the  river  bottoms.  The  Guadalupe,  like 
many  of  the  Texas  rivers,  is  subject  to  floods,  and  in  a  sudden  rise  of 
sometimes  .r>0  feet  great  quantities  of  driftwood  are  washed  into  the 

"Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  1896,  pp.  61-62. 


Oct.,  1905.  I  MAMMALS.  Ill 

bottoms  and  left  wherever  the  trees  are  close  enough  to  hold  it.  In 
places  among-  the  old  cypress  trees  tons  of  this  driftwood  lie  in  heaps 
like  haystacks,  and  in  and  under  these  the  wood  rats  find  ideal  homes. 
They  make  holes  and  runways  through  the  heaps,  and  hollow  out 
cavities  for  their  nests  inside.  Often  instead  of  making  runways 
they  traverse  the  logs  from  one  heap  to  another.  A  favorite  place  for 
a  nest  is  in  the  drift  lodged  in  vines  and  branches  of  trees  and  reached 
by  means  of  the  vines  or  rough  bark.  The  presence  of  the  rats  in 
these  drift  piles  is  easily  detected  by  their  peculiar  musky  odor.  In 
spite  of  the  odor,  which  apparently  comes  from  the  large  gland  along 
the  skin  of  the  belly,  the  flesh  of  the  animals  is  delicious,  of  good 
flaATor,  white,  tender,  and  more  delicate  than  that  of  the  squirrel. 

Neotoma  micropus  Baird.     Baird  Wood  Rat.0 

This  large,  light  slaty-gray  Neotoma  inhabits  the  arid  mesquite 
country  of  the  western  half  of  Texas  and  the  adjoining  parts  of 
Mexico,  and  extends  north  up  the  Pecos  Valley  in  New  Mexico  to 
at  least  Santa  Rosa,  and  from  central  Texas  northward  across  west- 
ern Oklahoma.  Specimens  examined  from  Rockport,  San  Antonio, 
Brazos,  Seymour,  Henrietta,  Mobeetie,  and  Lipscomb  mark  approx- 
imate^ the  eastern  limit  of  the  species  in  the  State,  as  at  present 
known.  Judging  by  the  characteristic  houses  which  I  found  abun- 
dant near  Wichita  Falls,  the  species  ranges  east  to  the  western  edge 
of  the  Upper  Cross  Timbers,  while  a  few  old  houses  at  Tascosa  and 
Logan  indicate  a  continuous  range  with  the  low  mesquite  up  the 
Canadian  River  and  across  to  Santa  Rosa  on  the  Pecos,  thus  com- 
pletely encircling  the  Staked  Plains.  It  is  the  most  abundant  and 
widely  distributed  of  the  Texas  wood  rats.  It  lives  mainly  in  the 
half  open  country  and  builds  houses  under  mesquites,  acacias,  zizy- 
phus,  allthorn,  yuccas,  cactus,  or  anything  else  sufficiently  thorny  to 
prove  an  effectual  protection  against  its  enemies.  Rarely  it  lives 
among  rocks.  The  favorite  building  site,  however,  is  in  and  around 
a  bunch  of  the  big  flat  blades  of  the  prickly  pear  (Opuntia  engel- 
manni),  where  the  stack  of  rubbish — cow  chips,  sticks,  bark,  leaves, 
stones,  bones,  pieces  of  metal,  dishes,  leather,  rags,  or  any  other 
available  material,  well  salted  with  bits  of  cactus  and  other  thorny 
things— is  often  built  into  a  dome  4  or  5  feet  high.  An  allthorn 
bush  is  another  choice  building  site,  and  when  the  house  is  largely 
composed  of  its  rigid  angular  thorns,  well  mixed  with  cactus,  a  more 


a  The  name  of  black  wood  rat  applied  to  this  species  by  Professor  Baird  is 
as  much  of  a  misnomer  as  its  specific  name  micropus.  As  the  species  is  one  of 
the  palest  of  the  genus,  I  have  thought  best  to  change  its  name  to  Baird  wood 
rat.  The  name  '  rat '  leads  many  people  to  associate  with  the  wharf  rats- 
filthy  animals  introduced  from  the  Old  World  and  naturalized  around  our 
stables  and  cellars— the  wood  rats,  which  belong  to  a  different  genus,  are 
natives  of  America,  and  animals  of  exemplary  and  extremely  interesting  habits. 


112  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

bristling-  and  formidable1  combination  can  hardly  be  imagined..  Most 
of  the  houses,  wherever  located,  are  so  well  protected  with  thorns 
that  they  are  rarely  molested  by  the  larger  mammals,  not  even  by 
the  tough-hided  badger.  But  how  the  rats  can  run  over  these 
houses  and  along  the  trails  strewn  with  cactus  spines  and  never  show 
a  scratch  on  the  bare,  pink  and  white  soles  of  their  feet  is  a  mystery. 
( )ne  or  more  nests  placed  in  cavities  of  the  house  or  in  the  ground 
beneath,  and  entered  by  openings  through  the  sides  or  under  the 
edges  of  the  mass  of  rubbish,  are  well  protected  not  only  from  outside1 
enemies,  but  from  occasional  violent  storms  and  the  glaring  heat  of 
the  sun.  Usually  these  nests  are  slight  structures  of  leaves  and 
grass,  always  kept  neat  and  clean  when  in  use,  and  quite  free  from 
scattered  remains  of  food  and  excrement.  Well-worn  trails  lead 
under  the  brush  from  one  house  to  another,  or  away  to  feeding 
grounds,  or  to  neighboring  rock  piles,  for  the  rats  seem  to  be  of  a 
social  disposition,  several  usually  living  together  and  apparently 
doing  much  visiting. 

Their  food  consists  of  a  great  variety  of  green  vegetation,  espe- 
cially the  juicy  flesh  of  cactus,  but  mainly  of  seeds,  nuts,  and  fruit. 
Cactus  fruit  and  the  sweet  pods  of  the  mesquite  bean  are  extensively 
eaten  ;   also  acorns,  nuts,  and  any  kind  of  grain  within  their  reach. 

At  times  the  wood  rats  become  exceedingly  numerous,  and  their 
houses  appear  in  every  nook  and  corner  of  brush,  thicket,  and  cactus 
patch,  while  the  animals  crowd  into  fields  and  about  ranch  buildings, 
and  do  some  mischief  even  in  a  thinly  settled  stock  country.  But 
at  such  times  they  attract  great  numbers  of  hawks,  owls,  and  other 
enemies,  and  after  a  year  or  two  of  unusual  abundance  they  decrease 
to,  and  sometimes  below,  their  normal  numbers.  I  have  seen  a 
Pardbuteo  >/.  harrisi  come  out  from  under  the  mesquite  with  one  of 
this  species  in  its  claws,  and  have  found  the  skulls  of  large  numbers 
of  the  rats  in  and  around  the  nest  of  this  hawk,  as  well  as  their  flesh 
and  fur  in  the  crop  of  the  bird.  The  skulls  are  among  the  commonest 
bones  recognized  in  pellets  under  the  cliffs  where  the  great  horned 
owls  roost.  Being  both  diurnal  and  nocturnal,  these  rats  are  sub- 
ject to  the  attacks  of  both  hawks  and  owls.  Coyotes,  foxes,  and 
wild  cats  catch  them  whenever  opportunity  offers,  and  especially 
when  they  are  numerous  enough  to  be  frequently  encountered  away 
from  their  houses.  Snakes  are  apparently  still  more  deadly  enemies, 
as  they  enter  the  holes  and  houses  of  the  rats  and  swallow  the  occu- 
pants. Rattlesnakes,  bullsnakes,  blacksnakes,  and  whipsnakes  are 
often  found  in  and  around  the  rat  houses,  and  at  Comstock,  Lloyd 
opened  a  rattlesnake  and  found  a  wood  rat  in  its  stomach.  Under 
ordinary  conditions  these  wood  rats  are  of  little  economic  importance, 
and  will  never  prove  to  be  a  serious  pest  unless  as  a  result  of  the 
destruction  of  their  natural  enemies. 


North  American  fauna    Nn    ?5 


WTJ^t~ 


' 


rx^m^ 


m 


V. 


^J^'-^sru  .......     l    „ 


-+^c  - 


.  ■...    '  .;•;■   ,  .    ■. 

■  i.       pj  | 


^t,. 


N 


MAC    OF 

T  E  X  A  S 

ADJOINING    TERRITORI  E  S 

Distribution  of  Baird  and  Mexican  Woodrats. 

NEOTOMA    MICROPUS 
NEOTOMA     MEXICANA 


vC 


...;.j,.i^^ 


• 


Oct.,  1905.  ] 


MAMMALS. 


113 


Gary  found  this  species  abundant  at  Monahans,  and  says: 

They  usually  have  their  nests  in  mesquite  or  zizyphus  thickets,  but  frequently 
take  up  their  abode  in  the  abandoned  .burrows  of  Dipodomys  spectabilis,  where 
thorny  branches  in  the  mouth  of  the  burrow  give  notice  of  their  presence. 
Their  stores  usually  consist  of  mesquite  beans.  They  proved  a  veritable 
nuisance  by  continually  getting  jnto  our  small  traps  and  running  off  with  them. 
They  took  a  number  also  of  our  traps  home.  So  commonly  was  this  done  that 
on  missing  n  trap  Donald  and  I  woidd  go  to  the  nearest  rat  house,  where  we 
were  almost  certain  to  find  it.  The  people  at  Monahans,  and  in  fact  throughout 
the  region,  call  them  chicken  rats  on  account  of  their  supposed  fondness  for 
young  chickens. 

Neotoma  albigula  Hartley.     White-throated  Wood  Rat. 

This  wood  rat  extends  into  Texas  from  the  west,  reaching  its  east- 
ern limit  along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Staked  Plains  at  Llano,  near 


Fig.  16. — Distribution  area  of  white-throated  wood  rat  {Neotoma  albigula). 


Colorado,  and  in  a  canyon  near  Washburn.  It  apparently  belongs 
to  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  but  along  cliffs  and  rocky  gulches  extends 
into  the   upper  edge  of  Lower  Sonoran,  and  so  slightly  overlaps 

3873— No.  25—05  m 8 


114  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25 


the  range  of  the  larger  and  grayer  micropus.  Both  species  occur 
side  by  side  at  El  Paso,  Sierra  Blanca,  Kent,  Stanton,  and 
Colorado,  and  in  Presidio  County,  Tex.,  and  at  Carlsbad,  X.  Mex., 
but  each  retains  its  distinctive  characters  and  habits,  micropus  living 
mainly  in  its  stick  houses  in  the  brush,  and  albigula  always  keeping 
among  the  rocks  along  cliffs  and  gulches.  In  a  few  cases  I  have 
caught  micropus  in  the  rocks,  but  have  never  found  albigula  away 
from  them.  Being  a  cliff  dweller,  its  houses  are  largely  provided  by 
nature,  and  a  few  sticks,  chips,  and  stones  piled  among  the  rocks 
in  addition  are  often  all  that  seems  to  be  required,  but  sometimes 
these  accumulations  of  rubbish  in  a  favorite  and  long-inhabited  den 
amount  to  20  or  30  bushels.  The  doorways  are  usually  plainly 
indicated  by  scattered  remains  of  food  and  various  unmistakable 
signs.  A  strong  musky  odor  characteristic  of  the  genus  is  the  usual 
indication  that  the  dens  are  inhabited. 

I  have  never  known  this  species  to  become  very  abundant  or  very 
troublesome.  It  sometimes  enters  houses  and  barns  located  near  the 
rocks  and  does  a  little  mischief,  but  is  easily  caught  in  traps.  Along 
its  native  cliffs  and  canyon  walls  it  is  the  especial  prey  of  Lynx, 
Urocyon,  and  Bassariscus,  which,  with  the  owls,  keep  its  ranks 
thinned  until  in  many  places  few  are  left. 

The  remains  of  food  scattered  about  the  dens  show  a  varied  taste 
for  fruit,  seeds,  and  green  things,  and  usually  include  pieces  of 
cactus  steins  and  fruit,  mesquite,  acacia,  and  other  leguminous  pods, 
juniper  berries,  acorns,  and  various  seeds,  green  foliage,  and  flowers. 

Neotoma  mexicana  Baird.     Mexican  Wood  Rat. 

This  little  dark-colored  wood  rat  is  the  smallest  of  the  species 
occurring  in  Texas,  and,  being  mainly  a  Transition  zone  animal. 
has  but  a  limited  distribution  in  the  State.  It  is  common  in  the 
upper  parts  of  the  Davis  and  Guadalupe  mountains,  and  probably 
occurs  also  high  up  in  the  Chisos  Mountains,  where  we  found  old 
signs  but  failed  to  get  specimens.  In  the  Davis  and  Guadalupe 
mountains  it  lives  in  the  rocks  and  cliffs  where  the  junipers  and  yel- 
low pines  are  mixed,  and  also  ranges  to  the  very  tops  of  the  moun- 
tains, where  Transition  species  predominate.  In  habits  it  does  not 
differ  materially  from  albigula,  or  any  of  the  rock-dwelling  species. 
Its  food  seems  to  be  largely  acorns  and  the  sweet  berries  of  Juniperus 
pachyphlosa. 

Sigmodon  hispidus  texianus  (Aud.  &  Bach.).     Texas  Cotton  Eat. 

The  cotton  rats  of  the  eastern  half  of  Texas,  while  lacking  the 
rich  brown  color  of  true  hispidus  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  are  distinctly 
darker  and  more  brownish  gray  than  those  of  western  Texas.  Speci- 
mens from  Gainesville,  Vernon,  Richmond  (on  the  west  bank  of  the 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS. 


115 


Brazos),  Sour  Lake,  Port  Lavaca,  Seguin,  and  San  Antonio  are 
fairly  typical,  although  they  become  slightly  paler  at  San  Antonio. 
Along  the  Gulf  coast  and  lower  Eio  Grande  they  become  still  paler 
without  reaching  the  extreme  of  the  light  gray  berlandieri. 

Although  not  often  seen  the  cotton  rats  are  usually  common,  and 
at  times  they  become  excessively  numerous,  living  under  cover  of  tall 
grass  and  weeds,  in  meadows,  around  the  edges  of  fields,  and  along 
the  banks  of  streams  and  ditches.     They  live  in  bulky  nests  of  grass 


RSxXxfl   Sigmodon  hisp/dus  tex/onus. 
V///A  u  •»     berfand/eri 

llilillilil  »  ochrognafhus 


Fig.  17. — Distribution  areas  of  cotton  rats   (genus  Sigmodon). 

on  the  surface  or  in  underground  burrows,  and  make  numerous  long 
runways  under  cover  of  fallen  grass  and  dense  vegetation.  Appar- 
ently they  breed  rapidly.  Gaut  records  a  female  containing  8  em- 
bryos. For  food  they  cut  the  green  stems  of  grass  and  various  plants 
along  their  runways — eating  stems,  leaves,  and  seeds — and  along  the 
edges  of  grain  fields  they  gather  to  feed  on  both  green  and  ripening 
grain.  The  amount  of  damage  they  do  depends  on  their  abundance 
and  the  kind  of  crop  attacked. 
Near  Seguin,  in  November,  1904,  I  found  the  cotton  rats  numerous 


116  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

around  fields,  in  grass  patches,  under  brush  heaps  and  fallen  wee'ds, 
in  the  mesquite  woods,  and  in  fact  everywhere  that  any  cover  or 
concealment  could  be  found.  Thickets  of  thorny  chaparral  and 
bunches  of  cactus  offered  the  most  perfect  protection,  and  even  at 
midday  the  animals  often  were  seen  running  about  under  the  prickly 
pear.  A  network  of  their  runways  covers  the  surface  of  the  ground 
and  connects  the  numerous  burrows  wherever  protecting  cover  is 
offered.  Along  the  edges  of  cotton  fields  they  are  especially  nu- 
merous, and  the  runways  opening  into  the  fields  are  often  fairly  lined 
with  cotton  that  has  been  pulled  from  the  bolls  and  dragged  under 
cover  where  the  seeds  can  be  eaten  in  safety.  Some  cotton  minus  its 
seeds  is  also  found  scattered  over  the  ground  near  the  edges  of  fields 
where  the  animals  are  abundant,  and  a  smaller  amount  is  carried 
away  for  nests.  The  loss  of  cotton  is  not  great  in  any  one  field,  but 
considered  over  the  entire  range  of  this  group  of  cotton  rats,  which 
coincides  in  a  general  way  with  the  cotton-producing  area  of  the 
United  States  and  Mexico,  it  is  considerable. 

A  simple  and  effective  remedy  would  be  to  clean  out  the  borders 
of  fields  by  burning  the  weeds,  grass,  and  rubbish  accumulating  along 
the  fences  year  after  year  as  a  harbor  for  various  rodent  and  insect 
pests  and  a  perennial  source  of  supply  of  weed  seeds.  If  these  bor- 
ders were  burned  yearly,  mowed  and  raked,  treated  with  oil  or  chemi- 
cals to  prevent  weed  growth,  closely  pastured,  or  thoroughly  culti- 
vated, the  hawks  and  owls  would  quickly  dispose  of  the  rodents, 
which  would  then  have  no  protecting  cover.  Marsh  hawks  are 
abundant  and  constantly  skim  over  the  fields,  frequently  diving 
into  the  grass.  Harris  hawks  sit  on  the  mesquite  trees  and  telegraph 
poles  watching  the  ground  below ;  sparrow  hawks  sit  on  the  fence 
posts,  and  barred  owls  are  heard  hooting  every  evening  from  the 
'  moss '  laden  live  oaks.  There  is  no  lack  of  enemies  eager  to  prey 
on  the  rodents,  and  no  simpler  way  of  reducing  the  number  of  such 
pests  than  by  the  aid  of  their  natural  enemies. 

As  is  the  case  with  rabbits,  and  many  other  species  of  rodents, 
the  abundance  of  the  cotton  rats  varies  greatly  with  the  different 
localities  during  the  same  year,  and  with  different  years  in  the  same 
locality.  At  times  they  are  extremely  scarce  over  extensive  areas, 
and  again  so  numerous  as  to  suggest  the  plagues  of  voles  that  from 
time  to  time  have  overrun  parts  of  Europe.  Mr.  H.  P.  Att  water 
describes  one  of  their  invasions,  and  the  enemies  that  attacked  them, 
as  follows: 

In  the  year  1889,  Sigmodons  appeared  suddenly  in  this  [Bexar]  county  in 
great  numbers,  and  were  known  as  "tramp  rats."  Where  they  came  from,  or 
from  which  direction.  I  have  been  unable  to  find  out.  Thousands  first  appeared 
about  the  1st  of  May,  and  were  beard  from  in  all  the  region  for  many  miles 
around  San  Antonio.     They  were  most  numerous  in  the  high,  dry  parts  of  the 


©ct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  117 

country.  .Hid  were  not  noticed  in  the  lowlands  along  the  rivers.  They  were 
very  numerous  all  through  the  "chaparrai,"  and  made  their  nests  with  the 
wood  rats  (Neotoma)  in  the  hunches  of  Opuntidi  with  a  network  of  runways 
lending  in  every  direction,  through  which  they  were  often  seen  running  in  the 
daytime.  They  seemed  to  agree  with  the  wood  rats,  but  in  the  oat  stacks 
and  around  the  ranch  buildings  the  common  brown  rats  fought,  killed,  and  ate 
them.  Mr.  Watson's  boys  killed  over  100  in  one  afternoon  in  a  brush  fence. 
and  for  several  months  their  cat  used  to  bring  in  from  6  to  12  every  night. 
He  says  that  on  one  occasion,  when  the  rats  were  thickest,  they  counted  38 
which  this  cat  in  one  night  had  piled  up  in  the  wood  box  for  the  amusement 
of  her  kittens. 

The  "tramp  rats"  played  particular  havoc  with  all  kinds  of  grain  crops, 
and  corn  in  particular,  but  they  were  not  good  climbers,  and  consequently  the 
cars  on  leaning  stalks  suffered  most.  Some  fanners  lost  half  their  corn  crop, 
and  in  some  instances  small  patches  were  entirely  destroyed. 

During  the  winter  of  1880  and  1890  marsh  hawks  were  very  numerous,  no 
doubt  attracted  by  the  rats.  The  hawks  were  seen  skimming  over  the  fields 
in  the  daytime  chasing  the  "tramps."  In  1890  and  1891  short-eared  owls,  on 
their  way  north  in  the  month  of  March,  stopped  over  to  attend  to  the  Sig- 
modons;  in  other  years  I  have  not  noticed  these  owls  during  migration. 
Weasels  and  little  striped  skunks  were  much  more  common  than  usual  in  1890 
and  1891,  which  I  attribute  to  the  same  cause.  Rattlesnakes  and  other  snakes 
were  seldom  seen  abroad,  and  when  disturbed  in  their  retreats  were  found 
gorged  with  cotton  rats.  The  large  skunks  and  coyotes  hunted  them,  and  dogs, 
generally  in  the  habit  of  killing  rats  and  mice  and  shaking  them,  also  ate  them. 

The  bulk  of  these  rats  stayed  for  about  eighteen  months.  After  the  crops 
were  gathered  in  1890  they  began  to  get  scarce,  and  gradually  disappeared  dur- 
ing 1891.  Whether  they  died  out  or  "  tramped  "  out  I  am  unable  to  say,  but  I 
am  inclined  to  think  many  of  them  migrated.  Old  settlers  say  they  remember 
a  similar  invasion  about  the  year  1854.a 

Sigmodon  hispidus  berlandieri  Baird.     Berlanclier  Cotton  Rat. 

Sigmodon  hispidus  pallidas  Mearns,  Proc.  r.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XX.  Advance 
Sheet.  March  15,  1897,  p.  4.     Type  from  6  miles  above  EI  Pas...  Tex. 

This  pale-gray  form  of  the  cotton  rat  inhabits  the  desert  region  of 
eastern  Mexico  and  western  Texas  along  the  Rio  Grande  and  Pecos 
valleys.  East  of  the  Pecos  Valley  it  grades  into  texianus  so  gradu- 
ally that  no  dividing  line  can  be  drawn. 

The  habits  of  this  species  do  not  differ  from  those  of  texianus, 
except  in  so  far  as  modified  by  the  character  of  the  arid  desert  conn- 
try  in  which  it  lives.  The  rats  find  suitable  food  and  cover  mainly 
along  the  more  fertile  stream  valleys  or  in  the  irrigated  sections, 
where  they  usually  live  under  the  fallen  grass,  canes,  weeds,  or  brush, 
and  they  eagerly  gather  in  fields  of  growing  grain  or  alfalfa.  Their 
burrows  often  perforate  the  banks  of  creeks  and  irrigation  ditches, 
but  their  nests  are  found  also  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  scattered 
through  the  fields  and  over  the  level  bottoms.. 

"Quoted  by  J.  A.  Allen.   Mammals  of  Bexar  Countv,  Tex.:  Bui.  Am    Mus 
Xat.  Hist,  Vol.  VIII,  pp.  G2-G4,  1896. 


118 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


An  old  female,  taken  at  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.,  September  9,  1001, 
contained  11  nearly  matured  embryos,  which  is  probably  an  unusual 
number,  as  the  old  one  had  but  10  mammas — inguinal  |,  abdominal  §, 
pectoral  -§-.  The  front  pair  were  between  the  arms,  almost  on  the 
throat.     Another  specimen  had  8  mammae. 


Fig.  18. — Cotton  rat  (dead)  and  nest  in  Johnson  grass,  Tecos  Valley. 

Besides  grass,  grain,  and  alfalfa,  a  few  grasshoppers  were  found 
in  the  stomachs  of  the  specimens  examined  at  Carlsbad. 

Sigmodon  ochrognathus  Bailey.     Chisos  Mountain  Cotton  Rat. 

These  little  yellow-nosed  sigmodons  are  abundant  in  grassy  parks 
among  the  oaks,  nut  pines,  and  junipers  over  the  top  of  the  Chisos 
Mountain  plateau  at  8,000  feet  altitude.  They  live  in  numerous 
burrows  and  runways  under  short  grass  and  feed  on  the  steins  of 
grass  and  various  small  plants.  They  are  mainly  diurnal,  and  we 
often  saw  them  running  along  their  little  roadways  in  the  daytime, 
while  our  traps  were  rarely  disturbed  at  night.  On  June  13,  1001. 
besides  young  of  several  ages,  two  females  were  caught,  one  of  which 
contained  four  small  and  the  other  four  large  embryos.  Some  old 
grass  nests  were  found  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  but  these 
apparently  were  winter  nests.  The  runways  all  led  to  fresh  burrows 
in  the  ground,  which  were  at  least  the  summer  homes  of  the 
sigmodons. 

As  the  country  around  the  Chisos  Mountains  is  a  hot,  Lower  Sono- 
ran  desert,  the  species  seems  to  be  entirely  isolated  on  top  of  the  moun- 
tains.    Its  nearest  relatives  are  on  similar  isolated  ranges  in  Mexico. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  119 

Microtus  mexicanus  guadalupensis  Bailey.     Guadalupe  Vole. 

These  little,  short-tailed,  snuff-brown  voles  are  common  over  the 
brushy  or  grassy  slopes  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  from  7,800  to 
8,500-  feet  in  Transition  zone.  Unlike  most  species  of  Microtus. 
neither  the  presence  of  water  nor  moist  nor  grassy  ground  is  required 
for  their  homes.  In  the  head  of  McKittrick  Canyon  they  live  in  the 
dry  grassy  parks  and  open  places  in  the  woods,  where  their  runways, 
burrows,  and  old  winter  nests  are  abundant  under  the  tall  grass  and 
weeds.  Higher  up  on  open  ridges  their  runways  wind  about  among 
stones  and  leaves  under  the  shin  oak  and  other  low  bushes  of  the 
driest  mountain  slopes,  and  sometimes  well  into  the  edge  of  the  woods. 
The  runways  are  distinct,  well-worn  little  roads  leading  from  bur- 
rows to  feeding  grounds  or  to  other  burrows.  The  summer  homes 
seem  to  be  entirely  under  ground,  but  unused  grass  nests  found  here 
and  there  on  the  surface  appear  to  have  been  built  for  winter  use 
under  the  snow.  Green  vegetation  seems  to  be  the  principal  food 
of  this  vole,  and  little,  clean-cut  sections  of  grass  and  various  plant 
steins  are  found  scattered  along  the  runways  on  the  feeding  grounds. 

Several  old  females,  caught  late  in  August,  contained  embryos, 
and  at  the  same  time  young  of  various  ages  were  caught  in  the  traps. 

Microtus  ludovicianus  Bailey.     Louisiana  Vole. 

At  Sour  Lake,  in  southeastern  Texas,  Hollister  secured  a  single 
specimen  of  this  little  vole,  previously  known  only  from  Calcasieu 
Parish,  La.  It  was  caught  in  a  brush  patch  at  the  edge  of  the  prairie 
in  company  with  the  cotton  rat.  The  prairie  about  Sour  Lake  is 
very  similar  to  that  just  east  of  Lake  Charles,  La.,  where  I  found 
these  little  voles  fairly  numerous,  living  in  the  peculiar,  flat  mounds 
that  are  scattered  over  the  low,  damp  prairie,  and  making  their  run- 
ways through  the  grass  from  one  to  another.  Some  of  the  mounds 
were  perforated  with  a  dozen  or  more  of  the  little  round  holes,  from 
each  of  which  a  smooth  trail  led  away.  A  colony  of  a  dozen  or  less 
of  the  voles,  in  some  cases  all  adults,  in  others  both  adults  and  half- 
grown  young,  was  usually  occupying  a  mound.  One  female  taken 
April  8  contained  three  well-developed  embryos,  and  several  others 
taken  on  the  same  elate  were  giving  milk.  As  usual  in  the  females 
of  this  subgenus  (Pedomys)  the  mamma?  were  uniformly  inguinal  f, 
pectoral  \.  A  few  winter  nests  of  grass  were  found  on  the  surface  of 
the  ground  where  the  standing  grass  had  burned  off,  but  the  breeding 
nests  apparently  were  all  in  the  burrows  below  the  surface. 

Fire  had  recently  run  over  most  of  the  prairie  and  left  the  bur- 
rows exposed  and  the  trails  sharply  defined  over  the  blackened 
ground,  but  as  the  animals  were  caught  as  readily  over  the  burned 
area  as  in  the  standing  grass,  the  burrows  are  evidently  a  safe 
retreat  in  case  of  fire. 


120  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

The  stomachs  of  those  caught  contained  only  green  vegetation,  and 
along  the  runways  grass  and  various  small  plants  had  been  cut  for 
food.  As  rice  is  the  principal  crop  over  these  low  prairies  and  as  the 
ground  is  flooded  while  the  rice  is  growing,  this  little  vole  is  not  likely 
to  do  serious  damage. 
Microtus  pinetorum  auricularis  Bailey.     Bluegrass  Vole. 

Two  specimens  from  Jefferson,  in  northeastern  Texas,  prove  to  be 
nearest  to  this  form  of  the  subgenus  Pitymys,  although  differing 
slightly  in  the  more  elongated  skull  and  larger  bullae.  They  were 
caught  about  a  mile  south  of  town  at  the  edge  of  a  swampy  run  under 
a  tangle  of  old  grass  and  blackberry  bushes.  Most  of  their  numerous 
runways,  nests,  and  burrows  were  unused  at  the  time  the  specimens 
were  taken  (June  12,  1902),  which  would  indicate  that  previously  the 
occupants  had  been  much  more  numerous.  -  There  were  none  of  the 
surface  ridges  which  are  usually  found  marking  the  tunnels  of  pine- 
torum and  allied  species,  probably  owing  to  the  ample  cover  of  vege- 
tation which  hid  their  runways.  Neat  little  grass  nests  were  found 
here  and  there  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  under  the  leaves  along 
the  trails,  and  burrows  entered  the  ground  at  frequent  intervals.  A 
few  bits  of  grass  and  tender  plant  stems  were  the  only  traces  of 
food  noticed  along  the  runways. 

A  flat  skin  and  smashed  skull,  apparently  of  this  subspecies,  sent 
in  1805  to  the  Department  from  Baron  Springs,  near  Fredericksburg, 
Tex.,  by  Fritz  Grosse,  formed  the  only  previous  record  of  the  sub- 
genus from  Texas,  although  it  ranges  over  the  southeastern  United 
States  and  reappears  in  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico. 

Fiber  zibethicus  (Linn.).     Muskrat. 

Nine  specimens  of  the  muskrat  from  Lipscomb  and  three  from 
Canadian  fail  to  show  any  cranial  characters  that  will  separate 
them  from  typical  zibethicus,  assuming  that  New  York,  Massachu- 
setts, and  Minnesota  specimens  are  typical;  but  size  and  cranial  char- 
acters separate  them  widely  from  their  near  neighbors,  ripensis, 
of  the  Pecos  Valley.  The  pelage  of  these  12  specimens,  which  were 
collected  June  25  to  July  16,  is  worn,  faded,  and  very  pale,  while  the 
more  northern  specimens,  collected  in  fall,  winter,  and  spring,  are 
comparatively  fresh  and  dark.  I  have  seen,  however,  equally  pale 
summer  specimens  at  Elk  River,  Minnesota. 

Lipscomb  and  Canadian  are  practically  at  the  junction  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Sonoran  zones,  and  apparently  mark  the  extreme  southern 
limit  of  range  of  zibethicus.  At  Canadian,  Howell  reports  muskrats 
as  "  numerous  at  Clear  ("reck,  living  in  the  fish  ponds  and  irrigation 
ditches,  where  they  cause  considerable  trouble  by  tunneling  into  the 
banks  and  thus  releasing  the  water."     At  Lipscomb  he  says: 

They  are  found  in  small  numbers  in  nearly  all  the  small  grassy  creeks 
throughout  this  region.     I  secured  two  on  Cottonwood  Creek.  5  miles  cast  of 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  l2l 

here,  and  a  man  who  went  fishing  there  a  few  days  later  saw  three  more.  lie 
approached  near  enough  to  one,  which  was  feeding  on  the  hank,  to  hit- it 
with  his  fishing  pole,  and  after  it  had  retreated  into  a  hole  in  the  hank  he 
prodded  it  until  it  came  out  and  swam  away.  I  set  traps  at  this  place  later, 
but  caught  nothing.  In  a  creek  known  as  First  Creek,  flowing  into  Wolf 
Creek  from  the  north  15  miles  west  of  Lipscomb,  I  found  the  muskrats  really 
abundant,  the  local  conditions  being  peculiarly  favorable  for  them.  This 
stream  consists  of  a  series  of  wide  and  deep  holes,  with  abundance  of  marsh 
grass  growing  on  their  borders,  and  partially  filled  with  a  flowering  water 
plant  (Batrachium  divarication)  upon  which  the  muskrats  feed.  Their  trails 
could  be  seen  leading  in  every  direction  through  this  mass  of  floating  vegeta- 
tion, and  one  could  hardly  walk  a  half  mile  along  the  creek  at  any  time  of 
day  without  seeing  one  or  more  of  the  rats.  Their  favorite  feeding  times  are 
about  sundown  and  sunrise,  and  at  these  times  I  sometimes  saw  eight  or  ten 
in  a  short  distance.  They  swim  out  from  the  bank  into  the  water  plant, 
and  rest  quietly  on  the  surface  while  they  feed.  Several  which  I  shot  had 
the  flowers  of  this  plant  in  their  mouths.  These  rats  do  not  build  nests,  as 
their  eastern  cousins  do,  but  live  entirely  in  holes  in  the  banks,  entering  either 
below  or  just  at  the  surface  of  the  water.  When  alarmed  they  dive  and  take 
refuge  in  one  of  these  hidden  retreats.  When  I  first  began  to  hunt  them  they 
were  much  less  wary  than  after  several  had  been  killed,  and  if  one  were  to 
sit  quietly  on  the  bank  they  would  feed  and  move  about  unconcernedly.  I 
secured  seven  in  two  evenings'  hunting,  besides  wounding  several  which  got 
away.  I  failed  to  catch  any  in  traps,  except  one.  which  got  away  with  the  trap. 
I  was  told  that  they  are  common  for  miles  up  this  stream,  and,  if  so,  there  must 
be  hundreds  of  them.     (June  19  to  July  10.  1903.) 

Fiber  zibethicus  ripensis  Bailey.     Pecos  River  Muskrat. 

This  small,  dull-colored  muskrat  lives  apparently  in  suitable  places 
along  the  whole  length  of  the  Pecos  River  and  on  some  of  its  tribu- 
taries, and  along  the  Rio  Grande  near  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos.  In 
1890  I  found  a  few  unmistakable  muskrat  tracks  and  signs  on  the 
banks  of  the  Rio  Grande  near  Del  Rio,  and  ten  years  later  again 
found  their  signs  in  the  Pecos  Canyon  above  the  High  Bridge.  In 
1902  Gary  and  Hollister  collected  a  series  of  specimens  at  Fort  Stock- 
ton, where  they  were  common  in  the  rushes  along  the  banks  of 
Comanche  Creek,  and  Gaut  collected  a  few  higher  up  on  the  Pecos  at 
Santa  Rosa,  N.  Mex.  They  are  common  near  Carlsbad  (Eddy), 
N.  Mex.,  in  the  river  and  irrigation  canals,  where  their  burrows  enter 
the  banks  below7  the  surface  of  the  water  and  are  high  enough  up 
for  a  dry  nest  chamber,  often  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the 
brink.  Grassy  or  tule-fringed  banks  are  chosen,  if  possible,  with  the 
double  advantage  of  cover  and  a  supply  of  food  close  at  hand.  The 
muskrats  are  largely  nocturnal,  but  usually  come  out  of  their  bur- 
rows before  dark  and  are  sometimes  seen  swimming  at  midday. 
They  bring  up  roots  and  stems  of  grass,  sedges,  and  various  aquatic 
plants,  and  after  eating  them  on  little  shelves  or  niches  in  the  bank, 
leave  rejected  and  scattered  parts  behind  that  show  the  nature  of 
the  food.     At  the  slightest  alarm  they  dive  with  a  splash  and  are  seen 


122  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

]}o  more,  either  coming  up  at  some  distant  point  or  hiding  under  the 
banks  or  in  their  nests. 

Tn  several  places  their  burrows  were  found  in  the  banks  of  the 
large  irrigation  canals,  where  no  doubt  the^  cause  some  of  the  myste- 
rious breaks  that  occur  in  the  ditches. 

Castor  canadensis  texensis  subsp.  nov.     Texas  Beaver. 

Type  from  Cummings  Creek,  Colorado  County.  Tex.,  No.  135744,  U.  S.  Nat 
Mus.,  Biological  Survey  Coll.  Original  number,  5139,  X  Catalogue.  Made 
over  from  a  mounted  specimen  purchased  of  A.  Hambold,  New  Ulm,  Tex. 
Caught  in  Cummings  Creek  by  Florence  Brune,  Dec.  25,  1900,  aud  kept 
alive  until  Jan.  10,  1901.     Sex  not  indicated.    Old  and  large. 

Characters. — Coloration  pale,  as  in  frondator,  possibly  due  in  part 
to  fading. 

Skull. — Sagittal  crest  short  and  lateral  ridges  lyrate  or  spreading 
even  in  extreme  old  age;  supraoccipital  crest  doubly  curved,  nasals 
long,  spatulate,  and  tapering  to  narrow7  point  posteriorly. 

Measurements. — Type:  Hind  foot,  measured  dry,  174;  naked  por- 
tion of  tail,  measured  dry,  265  long,  113  wide. 

Skull  of  type. — Basal  length,  136;  nasals,  57;  breadth  of  nasals, 
30;  zygomatic  breadth,  107;  interorbital  breadth,  29;  mastoid  breadth, 
67 ;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  32. 

Specimens  examined. — Type,  skin,  and  skull,  and  two  skulls  from 
Cypress  Mills,  Blanco  County,  farther  up  the  Colorado  River. 

Remarks. — The  characters  shown  by  these  three  specimens  are  so 
w^ell  marked  and  uniform  as  to  justify  describing  the  subspecies,  even 
on  so  scanty  material.  Whether  the  beaver  of  other  streams  north 
and  south  of  the  Colorado  Valley  of  eastern  Texas  are  the  same  can  be 
settled  only  by  specimens;  but  I  have  grouped  the  scattered  notes 
and  records  for  all  but  the  Rio  Grande  and  Pecos  valleys  of  Texas 
under  this  form. 

Beaver  are  still  found  in  many  of  the  streams  of  eastern  Texas, 
especially  in  the  larger  rivers,  where  deep  water  and  steep  banks 
afford  protection  against  relentless  trapping;  In  1892,  at  Arthur, 
in  northeastern  Texas,  I  was  informed  that  they  were  fairly  common 
along  the  Red  River  and  that  trappers  caught  a  few  each  year.  In 
L902,  at  Texarkana,  Oberholser  was  told  that  a  few  were  still  found 
in  the  Red  River,  and  in  1901,  at  Mobeetie,  was  informed  that  they 
were  common  in  Sweetwater  Creek,  a  branch  of  the  North  Fork  of 
the  Red  River.  In  1903  Howell  reported  them  as  still  common  in 
the  Sweetwater  and  Gage  creeks  not  far  from  Mobeetie:  also  in  the 
Wichita  and  Canadian  rivers  not  far  from  Canadian.  In  the  Colo- 
rado River  a  few  were  reported  in  1892,  by  B.  H.  Dutcher,  about  10 
miles  below  Colorado  City;  again,  in  1902,  they  were  reported  by 
Oberholser  as  rare  near  Austin  and  Elgin,  while  in  1892  Lloyd  found 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  123 

trees  girdled  by  them  along  the  Colorado  in  Matagorda  County.  In 
1901  Oberholser  saw  a  skin  that  was  brought  into  San  Angelo,  and 
was  probably  taken  near  there  on  the  Concho,  a  branch  of  the 
Colorado.  In  1902  he  reported  beaver  in  the  Brazos  as  rare  in  the 
region  of  Brenham;  in  the  Trinity  River  as  occurring  at  Long  Lake; 
in  the  Neches  as  occurring  rarely  in  the  river  and  bayous  in  the 
region  of  Beaumont,  and  as  occurring  in  sonic  of  the  larger  streams 
about  Jasper  (probably  branches  of  the  Neches  or  Sabine).  In  1899, 
at  Lake  Charles,  La.,  I  was  told  that  trappers  came  down  the  Sabine 
River  every  winter,  and  among  other  furs  brought  some  beaver.  In 
the  Big  Thicket,  in  1901,  Dan  Griffin  told  me  that  beaver  were  abun- 
dant a  few  years  before  in  Village  Creek,  Polk  County.  In  1900 
Oberholser  was  told  of  a  colony  of  beaver  10  or  45  miles  northwest 
of  Uvalde,  which  would  place  them  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Nueces. 
In  1902  Mr.  Gething,  of  Rock  Springs,  told  me  of  a  fine  beaver  skin 
that  he  bought  the  previous  winter,  which  was  obtained  on  the  head- 
waters of  the  Rio  Frio. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Attwater,  I  am  able  to  give  the  fol- 
lowing interesting  notes  from  his  correspondence  with  Mr.  J.  F. 
Leyendeker,  who  writes  from  Frelsburg,  Tex.,  under  date  of  June 
6,  1904 : 

I  have  your  favor  of. the  3d  instant  and  will  cheerfully  give  you  all  the  infor- 
mation at  my  command  in  regard  to  beavers  in  this  section  of  Texas.  I  have 
heard  of  heavers  ami  seen  them  in  the  Colorado  River  and  Cummings  Creek,  a 
tributary  of  the  Colorado  River,  which  has  its  source  near  Giddings.  in  Lee 
County,  and  empties  into  the  Colorado  River  in  the  big  bend  about  2  miles 
nearly  north  of  the  town  of  Columbus.  It  is  quite  a  large  stream,  with  many 
deep-water  holes  or  pools,  sometimes  over  half  a  mile  long  and  from  a  few  to 
10  or  12  feet  deep. 

The  first  beaver  I  ever  saw  was  a  very  large  male,  weighing  over  40  pounds, 
killed  by  my  brother  in  said  creek,  in  February  or  March.  1806.  But  few  were 
noticed  until  after  the  big  overflow  of  the  Colorado  River  in  1809  and  1870, 
after  which  they  were  more  numerous,  especially  where  the  creek  passed 
through  Mr.  F.  A.  Rrune's  plantation,  about  7  miles  nearly  north  of  Columbus. 
In  this  place  there  was  quite  a  colony  of  the  beavers,  in  fact  so  many  that 
they  did  considerable  damage  to  Mr.  Brune's  growing  corn  crop  by  cutting  off 
the  stalks,  and  I  suppose  using  the  ears  as  food.  About  six  or  seven  years  ago 
they  constructed  a  dam  across  the  creek,  40  or  50  feet  long,  in  Mr.  Brune's 
field,  using  blood  weeds  mostly  and  seme  other  material  for  that  purpose. 
This  dam  was  perhaps  a  foot  to  15  inches  high,  and  strong  and  compact,  but 
of  course  the  first  rise  in  the  creek  washed  it  away. 

Mr.  Emil  Brune,  a  son  of  F.  A.  Brune,  was  here  yesterday,  and,  after  ques- 
tioning him  in  regard  to  beavers,  he  said  that  he  trapped  six  or  seven,  among 
these  the  one  sent  to  San  Antonio  in  January  or  February  two  years  ago — he 
did  not  recollect  the  exact  date.  He  also  stated  that  while  fishing  he  broke 
through  into  a  beaver  cave  and  there  found  four  young  beavers,  which  he 
carried  home,  but  they  soon  died.  I  have  been  informed  that  there  are  still 
some  beavers  in  Cummings  Creek,  near  Mr.  Justin  Stein's  place,  a  few  miles 
nearly  west  of  Frelsburg.     It  is  also  said  that  there  are  still  some  beavers  in 


124  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  Colorado  River,  near  Mr.  William  Schulenburg's  place,  about  4  miles  above 
the  town  of  Columbus. 

In  1872,  while  surveying  land  18  miles  above  Fredericksburg,  I  found  the 
beaver  quite  abundant  in  the  Perdinales  and  White  Oak  creeks,  and  I  have  no 
doubt  that  some  may  be  found  there  yet. 

Castor  canadensis  frondator  Mearns.     Broad-tailecl  Beaver. 

Beaver  are  still  found  in  many  places  along  the  Rio  Grande,  Pecos, 
and  Devils  rivers.  In  1891  Lloyd  reported  them  as  common  on  the 
Mexican  side  of  the  Rio  Grande  12  miles  below  Matamoras^and  in 
1900  at  Brownsville  I  was  told  that  a  good  many  heaver  wer^-xaught 
in  the  river  above  there  every  winter.  In  1902  a  fine  specimen  was 
taken  by  Goldman  at  Camargo,  on  the  Mexican  side  of  the  river,  and 
Mr.  F.  B.  Armstrong  told  Mr.  Nelson  that  the  live  beaver  sent  to  the 
New  York  Zoological  Gardens  were  caught  in  the  Lower  Rio  Grande 
within  8  miles  of  the  mouth.  In  the  summer  of  1901  wTe  found  fresh 
beaver  '  sign  '  near  Boquillas,  in  the  Great  Bend,  and  in  the  fol- 
lowing winter  trappers  reported  a  good  many  beaver  caught  in  the 
Rio  Grande,  Pecos,  and  Devils  rivers,  but  stated  that  their  numbers 
were  rapidly  decreasing.  Still,  one  of  these  trappers  assured  me 
that  he  expected  to  make  $500  on  a  trapping  trip  down  the  Rio 
Grande  from  Langtry  to  Brownsville  the  next  winter,  and  was  count- 
ing on  getting  $5  for  each  of  his  beaver  skins. 

In  the  winter  of  1902-3  one  trapper  was  reported  to  have  caught  200 
beaver  on  the  Rio  Grande  between  the  Grand  Canyon  and  Del  Rio. 

In  the  summer  of  1902  I  visited  a  beaver  pond  in  the  Pecos  River 
Canyon,  where  apparently  a  good-sized  family  of  beavers  was  living. 
This  pond  was  a  natural  reservoir  in  a  deep,  sheer,  Availed  side  can- 
yon, and  was  filled  from  the  river  in  times  of  flood  until  it  formed  a 
deep  lake  a  hundred  yards  wide  and  half  a  mile  long,  held  in  at  the 
narrow  outlet  by  a  dam  not  over  30  feet  long  and  at  the  time  of  my 
visit  only  2  or  3  feet  high.  This  pond — or  lake,  as  it  is  called — with 
steep  earth  banks  on  one  side,  overhung  by  willow  trees,  with  deep 
holes,  big  bowlders,  and  little  islands,  is  an  ideal  spot  for  a  beaver 
home.  The  willows  furnish  the  principal  food  of  the  beaver,  and 
have  for  ages,  as  shown  by  the  old  stumps  and  fallen  timber  along  the 
shore,  together  with  the  freshly  cut  trees  and  gnawed  bark  and 
branches.  The  beaver  often  cut  a  tree  so  that  it  falls  into  the  water, 
leaving  the  base  anchored  to  the  stump,  and  then  at  their  leisure 
gnaw  off  the  bark  and  cut  the  branches.  Many  trees  fall  inland, 
however,  and  in  that  case  are  abandoned,  or  else  are  well  trimmed  of 
branches  and  bark  or  cut  into  sections  and  carried  away.  The  banks 
offer  such  good  retreats  that  apparently  no  houses  have  been  built 
around  the  lake,  and  at  the  time  of  my  visit  the  river  was  high  and 
the  top  of  the  dam  was  2  feet  under  water.     The  photographs  taken 


Oct..  1005.1  MAMMALS.  125 

of  the  pond  and  its  surroundings  showed  some  of  the  cut  trees,  though 
little  else  of  the  beaver's  work. 

A  beaver  house  near  the  head  of  Devils  River  was  built  on  the  bank 
of  a  deep  rock-bottomed  pond,  where  the  clear,  blue  water  spread 
out  into  a  quiet  little  lake  full  of  fish  and  margined  in  places  with 
lily  pads  and  willows.  The  house  was  placed  on  a  rocky  bank  just 
above  deep  wTater  and  was  mainly  composed  of  old  beaver  cuttings — 
willow  stems  and  branches  cut  to  a  convenient  length  for  transporta- 
tion. These  were  simply  piled  up  in  a  mound  some  8  or  10  feet  wide 
and  3  or  4  feet  high  without  mud  or  other  filling,  but  when  I  tried 
to  open  a  doorway  to  the  nest  I  found  them  interlaced  in  a  snarl 
that  was  not  easily  broken  through.  The  house  had  the  appearance 
of  a  big  brush  heap  or  a  pile  of  driftwood  on  the  bank,  and  might 
have  been  passed  unnoticed  save  for  its  position  and  the  gnawed  ends 
of  the  sticks.  Apparently  it  was  either  new  or  merely  the  summer 
house  of  one  old  beaver,  and  consequently  was  small  and  not  sub- 
stantially built.  Its  walls  were  so  thin  that  as  my  shoes  touched  the 
rocky  ledge  at  the  back  I  distinctly  heard  the  beaver  get  up  and 
slide  out  of  his  nest  into  the  water.  As  he  left  the  house  I  caught  a 
glimpse  of  him  deep  under  the  water,  and  for  some  time  followed  his 
course  of  travel  by  the  line  of  bubbles  that  came  to  the  surface  as  he 
swam  up  and  down  the  lake  or  came  back  near  the  house  to  watch 
for  a  chance  to  return  and  finish  his  nap.  At  no  time  did  he  show 
himself  at  the  surface,  and  the  glimpses  I  had  of  him  were  at  a  depth 
of  (>  or  8  feet,  where  he  looked  like  a  great  fish  dashing  along  with 
the  speed  of  a  racing  boat.  Quietly  withdrawing,  I  returned  at  sun- 
doAvn  to  watch  for  his  appearance.  Just  before  reaching  the  house 
I  saw  a  big  head  with  short  stubby  ears  rise  quietly  from  the  water 
near  the  middle  of  the  lake  and  lie  motionless  for  a  few  minutes  and 
then  move  toward  the  bank  a  few  rods  below  the  house  and  disappear 
just  before  reaching  it.  A  moment's  stealthy  creeping  put  me  in  the 
bushes  close  to  the  house,  where  I  could  watch  the  water,  and  after  a 
few  minutes  the  beaver  again  came  to  the  surface  with  a  stick  in  his 
mouth,  apparently  a  willow7  root  from  under  the  bank.  He  swam 
leisurely  around  a  big  bowlder  and  then  came  directly  toward  me. 
When  about  a  rod  from  shore  his  head  went  down  and  his  round  back 
rolled  up  as  he  dived  to  his  submarine  doorway.  A  moment  later  I 
heard  him  enter  the  house  beside  me.  For  fifteen  minutes  I  could 
hear  his  big  chisel  teeth  crunch,  crunch  through  the  wood  and  bark 
as  he  munched  his  evening  meal.  AVhen  the  munching  stopped 
there  was  another  stir  inside,  followed  by  a  gurgling  of  water  from 
below.  Then  a  line  of  bubbles  spread  out  along  the  surface  of  the 
water  for  several  rods  from  shore,  and  soon  the  familiar  head  rose  to 
the  surface.  After  remaining  quiet  for  about  a  minute  the  beaver 
started  back  to  the  same  feeding  spot  at  the  bank  and  again  dived  at 


126  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  base  of  the  willow  tree.  For  about  three  minutes  he  remained 
below,  and  then  came  up  again  with  food  and  started  for  the  return 
trip  to  the  house.  As  dusk  was  now  deepening  and  as  I  fully  realized 
the  importance  of  securing  a  specimen  from  a  river  where  no  beaver 
had  ever  been  collected,  I  dared  not  wait  longer,  but  decided  to 
shoot  him  with  buckshot,  as  the  light  was  far  too  dim  for  rifle  sight-;. 
For  fear  of  injuring  his  skull  I  aimed  for  his  neck,  which  was  deeper 
under  water  than  I  counted  on.  At  the  report  a  thundering  splash 
told  that  he  was  not  dead.  A  second  later  he  leaped  from  the  water 
close  to  my  feet  and  at  a  single  dash  crossed  a  narrow  point  of  land 
at  the  edge  of  his  house  and  disappeared  in  the  deep  water,  followed 
by  a  line  of  bubbles  that  shot  up  the  pond.  Such  strength,  such 
powerful  bounds,  and  racehorse  speed  I  had  never  dreamed  of  in  the 
clumsy  looking  beaver.  I  had  emptied  my  pockets  of  notebook 
and  cash,  to  be  ready  to  dive  for  the  prize  in  case  he  sank,  but  I 
would  as  soon  have  jumped  on  a  grizzly  bear  in  his  native  gulch  as 
this  live  beaver  in  the  water.  A  little  later  a  loud  slap  of  his  tail  on 
the  water  far  up  the  pond  sounded  like  a  "  come  on,"  and  the  old  trap- 
pers tell  me  that  this  is  really  a  fighting  challenge.  I  waited  until 
after  dark  without  further  developments,  and  then  picked  my  way 
over  the  rocks  for  the  long  2  miles  back  to  camp.  In  the  morning 
the  old  moon  was  still  shining,  and  I  was  at  the  beaver  house  before 
day  began  to  break,  but  there  was  no  beaver  either  in  the  house  or 
outside.  He  had  moved,  and  probably  had  not  returned  to  that  part 
of  the  river  since  his  fright.  All  that  was  left  for  me  to  do  was  to 
examine  and  photograph  his  house.  With  a  good  deal  of  difficulty 
I  forced  an  opening  through  the  stick  wall  so  that  I  could  put  my 
arm  in  and  feel  the  damp  walls  of  the  chamber,  the  big  round  hole 
where  the  water  came  just  to  the  edge  of  his  bed,  and  the  bed  of  grass 
and  weeds  scattered  over  with  peeled  branchlets  and  roots  of  willow. 
No  trace  of  other  food  was  found.  It  was  evident  from  the  size  of 
the  house  and  the  nest  chamber  that  this  was  the  bachelor  quarters 
of  an  old  beaver.  Carefully  closing  the  opening,  I  left  the  house  as 
nearly  as  possible  as  I  found  it. 

In  talking  with  John  Seawel,  an  old  beaver  trapper,  I  asked  him 
why  it  would  not  pay  to  protect  the  beaver  in  a  pond  like  that  above 
the  Pecos  Bridge  and  let  them  multiply.  The  idea  was  not  new  to 
him,  for  he  had  talked  it  over  with  other  trappers  and  all  agreed  that 
it  was  not  worth  trying,  because  they  considered  the  heaver  naturally 
ferocious,  to  a  great  extent  solitary,  and  a  slow  breeder.  Seawel  says 
that  two  old  beavers  rarely  live  together  in  one  house  or  even  in  one 
small  pond;  that  they  light  and  chase  away  any  newcomers;  that  if  a 
family  grows  up  and  is  undisturbed  in  a  pond  or  a  deep  bend  of  the 
river,  its  members  keep  all  others  of  the  species  away,  and  that  they 
attack  and  kill  any  one  of  their  number  that  is  found  in  a  trap  or  is 


Oct.,  1005.] 


MAMMALS.  127 


sick  or  crippled.  While  he  thinks  that  systematic  breeding  for  fur  is 
out  of  the  question,  he  admits  that  the  beaver  should  be  protected  all 
over  the  country,  until  the  few  that  remain  increase  and  restock  the 
rivers.  There  are  probably  more  beaver  in  the  Rio  Grande  and  Col- 
orado rivers  than  in  any  other  southern  streams,  and  it  is  important 
that  Mexico  should  cooperate  with  the  United  States  in  protection 
of  the  mammal  that  has  played  so  important  a  part  in  the  history  of 
the  development  of  the  country. 

Liomys  texensis  Merriam.     Spiny  Pocket  Rat. 

Hcteromi/s  alleni  Allen,  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  III,  1891,  p.  268  (in  part, 
specimens  from  Brownsville). 

A  large  series  of  these  little  spiny  pocket  rats  has  been  collected 
in  the  region  about  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande,  at  Brownsville, 
Matamoras,  and  Lomita. 

Loring  reports  them  at  Brownsville  as  "  common  in  the  timber 
under  logs  and  the  roots  of  trees;  "  and  Lloyd  says  the}^  are  "  found 
at  Lomita  in  the  densest  brush  on  the  ridges  forming  the  old  banks 
of  the  river,  and  around  old  corrals."     He  adds : 

Their  habit  of  throwing  out  a  white  clayey  mound  like  the  gophers  attracts 
attention,  and.  although  the  mound  may  he  a  month  old,  by  cleaning  out  a  hole 
and  putting  a  trap  in  it  you  will  in  time  capture  the  occupant.  The  ordinary 
outlets  are  generally  covered  up  by  fallen  leaves,  which  in  some  instances  seem 
to  have  been  placed  there  by  the  occupants.  They  are  strictly  nocturnal  in 
their  habits,  and  feed  on  the  seeds  of  hackberry.  mesquite,  and  various  other 
shrubs.     Young  and  old  inhabit  the  burrows  together. 

Geomys  breviceps  Baird.     Louisiana  Gopher. 

These  little,  dark-colored  pocket  gophers,  usually  known  through- 
out their  range  as  *  salamanders,'  extend  from  Louisiana  into  eastern 
Texas,  and,  with  considerable  variation,  westward  to  Navasota, 
Brenham,  Milano,  Peoria,  Decatur,  and  Gainesville,  or  a  little  beyond 
the  ninety-seventh  meridian,  thus  inhabiting  most  of  the  eastern 
humid  area  of  Texas,  to  the  edge  of  the  semiarid  mesquite  country, 
where  they  grade  into  a  larger,  paler  form. 

Their  range  is  broken  and  irregular.  Across  sandy  ridges  their 
hills  abound  for  miles,  and  then  across  miles  of  occasionally  flooded 
bottom  lands  or  wide  stretches  of  black  wax-land  prairie  they  are 
entirely  wanting.  They  live  impartially  in  timber  and  open  country, 
and  are  rarely  found  on  clay  or  hard  soil,  but  are  most  abundant  on 
the  sandiest  and  mellowest  land.  At  the  edge  of  flood  lands  they 
burrow  mainly  in  the  large  flat  mounds  so  characteristic  of  the  region, 
and  if  not  responsible  for  the  construction  of  a  certain  class  of  these 
mounds,  at  least  constantly  add  to  them  the  earth  brought  up  from 
below.  Owing  to  the  small  size  of  these  gophers,  their  scattered 
distribution  and  choice  of  poor,  sandy  soil  for  their  most  active 


128  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

work,  there  is  comparatively  little  complaint  of  their  mischief.  In 
the  heavier,  better  soil  of  cultivated  fields  they  are  not  so  common, 
and  they  throw  out  fewer  and  smaller  mounds,  but  in  pastures,  potato 
fields,  gardens,  and  orchards  they  sometimes  do  serious  damage, 
besides  leaving  unsightly  mounds  over  lawns  and  parks.  They  are 
easily  trapped  and  there  is  no  excuse  for  allowing  them  to  injure 
crops  or  trees.  A  field  once  cleaned  out  will  not  be  repopulated  to 
any  extent  for  several  years,  as  the  animals  rarely  travel  except  by 
extending  their  underground  tunnels. 

Like  all  species  of  the  genus,  they  are  strictly  vegetarian  in  diet 
and  cleanly  in  habits.  Their  flesh  is  sweeter,  better  flavored,  and 
more  delicate  than  that  of  squirrel  or  rabbit,  and  their  small  size  is 
the  only  objection  to  their  use  as  a  table  delicacy. 

Geomys  breviceps  sagittalis  Merriam.     White-throated  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  white-throated  form  of  the  breviceps  group  seems  to  have  a 
very  local  distribution  on  the  coast  prairie  west  of  Galveston  Bay. 
There  are  specimens  from  Clear  Creek,  Arcadia,  and  Virginia  Point. 
1  failed  to  find  any  trace  of  this  gopher  on  Galveston  Island  or  the 
point  east  of  the  bay  at  Bolivar.  Along  the  Santa  Fe  Railroad  from 
Virginia  Point  to  Houston  they  are  common  most  of  the  way  over  the 
prairie,  where  low7  mounds  furnish  favorite  burrowing  places.  In 
certain  localities  they  are  numerous,  and  there  are  many  complaints 
of  the  mischief  they  do,  especialty  to  orchards. 

On  the  ranch  of  Mr.  Lee  Dick,  at  Virginia  Point,  they  had  entirely 
destroyed  an  orchard  of  200  six-year  old  fig  trees  in  bearing.  Most 
of  the  dead  trees  had  been  piled  up  over  the  fence,  where  I  examinee 
them  and  found  that  all  the  small  roots  had  been  cut  off,  and  in  man) 
cases  the  tap  root  where  it  was  2  or  3  inches  in  diameter.  A  fe> 
dead  trees  that  were  still  standing  were  tipped  over  and  the  roots 
found  in  the  same  condition — all  bearing  the  unmistakable  marl 
of  the  teeth  of  the  gopher.  Five  hundred  dollars  would  be  a  small 
cash  value  to  place  on  this  lot  of  trees,  and  probably  a  dozen  gophei 
had  done  the  mischief.  Mr.  Dick  had  wasted  a  good  deal  of  time 
trying  to  shoot  them,  but  he  had  given  up  and  said  the  people  might 
as  well  move  out  and  let  the  gophers  have  the  country.  I  set  nine 
No.  0  steel  traps  in  this  orchard  patch,  and  a  few  hours  later  took  out 
of  them  seven  gophers.  Not  more  than  two  or  three  remained  in  the 
field.  The  owner  then  acknowledged  that  with  half  a  dozen  traps 
a  few  hours'  work  might  have  freed  his  orchard  of  gophers,  and  that 
the  loss  of  his  trees  was  wholly  unnecessary.  His  claim,  moreover, 
that  other  gophers  would  soon  come  in  from  the  surrounding  prairie 
is  true  only  to  a  very  limited  extent,  and  the  immigration  could 
entirely  prevented  by  trapping  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  field. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  129 

Geomys  breviceps  attwateri  Merriam.     Attwater  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  pocket  gopher  inhabits  the  islands  and  coast  prairie  between 
the  month  of  the  Colorado  River  and  Nueces  Bay  and  extends 
inland  nearly  to  San  Antonio.  It  is  larger  and  lighter  colored  than 
typical  breviceps  and  inhabits  a  decidedly  more  arid  region. 

Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  has  furnished  the  following  interesting  notes 
on  their  habits  at  Rockport : " 

The  animals  are  very  abundant  all  over  the  peninsula  in  Aransas  County 
\vherever  the  soil  is  sandy.  There  is  hardly  a  foot  of  land  that  has  not  been 
'plowed'  several  times  over  by  gophers,  and  I  believe  the  fertility  of  some 
sections  has  been  greatly  improved  by  them,  by  bringing  the  poorer  soil  up 
to  the  top.  I  have  noticed  that  the  richer  the  land  the  richer  the  gophers. 
Of  course  they  do  considerable  damage  to  vegetable  crops,  especially  to  young 
fruit  trees  and  cuttings  just  rooting.  The  samples  sent  you  of  mulberry  trees 
cut  by  gophers  were  from  the  Faulkners'  ranch,  on  St.  Charles  peninsula,  in 
the  eastern  part  of  the  county.  Mr.  Samuel  Walker,  the  manager  of  the 
ranch,  told  me  that  he  killed  over  2.10  gophers  in  his  young  pear  orchard 
between  the  1st  of  March  and  April  15,  ISO:;.  This  orchard  was  set  out  where 
sweet  potatoes  had  grown  the  year  before,  and  they  came  up  again  and  covered 
the  ground,  and  I  think  the  potatoes  attracted  the  gophers  in  the  first  place 
more  than  the  pear  trees. 

Geomys  breviceps  llanensis  snbsp.  nov.     Mesquite  Plains  Gopher. 

Type  from  Llano.  Tex..  No.  97080,  $   ad..  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  Biological  Survey 
Coll..  May  15,  1899.     Vernon  Bailey.     Original  No.  6912. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  breviceps,  but  larger  and  lighter 
colored  with  more  arched  skull. 

Color.— Upper  parts  light  liver  brown,  in  three  of  the  females 
much  darker,  with  dusky  over  the  back;  lower  parts  creamy  or  bufl'y 
white. 

Skull. — Long  and  slender,  with  very  narrow  braincase  and  ros- 
trum and  small  bulla?  as  in  breviceps,  but  with  narrower  and  arched 
instead  of  convex  interorbital  region,  nasals  not  sharply  emarginate 
or  abruptly  constricted  posteriorly;  occiput  sloping  instead  of 
abruptly  truncate. 

Measurements.— Type:  Total  length,  270;  tail,  88;  hind  foot,  32. 
Adult  male  topotype :  Total  length,  270;  tail.  82;  hind  foot,  32. 
Adult  female:  Total  length,  230;  tail,  74;  hind  foot,  30. 

Skull  of  type.— Basal  length,  44.3;  zygomatic  breadth,  2<).C>;  mas- 
toid breadth,  25;  interorbital  breadth,  0.3;  breadth  of  muzzle  at  root 
of  zygoma,  9;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  8.5. 

Remarks. — While  closely  resembling  texensis  externally  and  while 
the  ranges  of  the  two  almost  or  quite  meet  it  needs  but  a  cursory 
examination  of  the  skulls  to  show  that  this  form  has  no  connection 
with  that  species.     It  is  a  large,  light-colored  plains  form  of  brevi- 

"  Merriam.  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  8.  p.  130,  1895. 
3873— No.  25—05  m 9 


130  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

ceps  which  follows  up  the  river  valleys  from  eastern  Texas  and 
becomes  differentiated  as  it  enters  the  open  country.  Specimens 
from  Colorado,  Stanton,  Brazos.  Childress,  Vernon.  Newlin,  Cana- 
dian, Lipscomb,  and  Tascosa,  Tex.,  are  referable  to  it.  Two  females 
from  Brazos  are  clearly  intermediate  between  the  present  form  and 
hreviceps.  In  general  contour  of  skull  and  especially  in  slender  ros- 
trum it  resembles  phalax,  but  in  the  slender  audital  bullae  and  small 
mastoids  and  consequent  narrow  base  of  skull  it  differs  widely  from 
that  species. 

So  far  as  known  at  present  the  range  of  the  form  in  Texas  extends 
mainly  along  strips  of  sandy  soil  in  the  Llano,  Colorado,  Brazos,  Red. 
and  Canadian  river  valleys,  in  a  region  of  scattered  mesquite  bushes, 
but  does  not  reach  the  Staked  Plains  and  rarely  extends  over  the  hard- 
soiled  ridges  between  stream  valleys.  Gaut  caught  one  gopher  two 
miles  south  of  Washburn,  but  could  find  no  other  trace  of  them  in 
the  country  around  there.  At  Lipscomb  Howell  says  "  they  are 
plentiful  both  on  the  prairie  and  in  the  sandy  bottoms.  Their  bur- 
rows are  very  difficult  to  open,  as  they  are  usually  closed  for  a  distance 
of  about  18  inches  below  the  surface,  at  which  depth  they  take  a 
horizontal  direction." 

Owing  to  their  scattered  distribution  over  a  sparsely  settled  stock 
country,  these  gophers  are  at  present  of  little  economic  importance, 
but  as  irrigation  reclaims  the  mellow  soil  of  these  semiarid  bottom 
lands  they  will  constitute  one  of  the  problems  to  be  dealt  with  by 
the  farmers. 

Geomys  texensis  Merriam.     Texas  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  little,  brown-backed,  white-bellied  gopher  inhabits  a  few 
spots  in  central  and  western  Texas.  A  series  of  '28  specimens  in  the 
Merriam  collection  from  Mason,  the  type  locality,  indicates  its  abun- 
dance there,  while  a  single  specimen  from  each  of  two  sandy  patches 
along  the  Rio  Grande,  at  Del  Rio  and  at  the  mouth  of  Sycamore 
Creek,  suggests  a  scattered  distribution  along  this  part  of  the  Rio 
Grande  Valley  and  a  probable  former  extension  of  range  up  the 
Devils  River  and  across  to  the  head  of  the  Llano  as  far  as  Mason. 
The  country  immediately  north  and  south  of  its  range  has  been 
pretty  thoroughly  worked  without  disclosing  any  species  of  Geomys. 
We  succeeded  in  catching  only  Cratogeomys  and  Thomomys  along 
Devils  River,  so  at  the  present  time  the  Mason  and  Rio  Grande  col- 
onies seem  to  be  widely  isolated. 

Geomys  arenarius  Merriam.     Desert  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  gopher  is  common  on  both  sides  of  the  river  at  El  Paso. 
Specimens  have  been  taken  at  Las  Cruces  and  Deming,  X.  Mex.,  and 
in  100-2  Cary  caught  one  that  is  almost  typical  arenarius  in  the  sand 
hills  near  Monahans,  Tex.,  at  the  east  edge  of  the  Pecos  Valley. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  131 

This  last  locality  can  hardly  be  considered  a  part  of  the  general  range 
of  the  species,  but  probably  marks  a  long  isolated  colony. 

At  El  Paso  gophers  are  common  on  the  sandy  river  bottoms  just 
below  the  town,  where  they  throw  up  numerous  and  very  large 
mounds  of  the  mellow  sand.  I  have  never  been  able  to  find  one  in 
the  irrigated  orchards  and  fields,  for  there  the  water  fills  their  bur- 
rows and  drowns  or  drives  them  out.  Loring  reports  them  as  espe- 
cially abundant  in  railroad  grades  and  banks  of  irrigation  ditches  at 
El  Paso,  and  he  caught  seven  in  one  day  in  the  railroad  grade  a  few 
miles  north  of  Las  Cruces,  N.  Mex.  He  says :  "  When  pulled  from 
their  holes  they  hissed  violently  and  when  two  were  placed  together 
they  fought  like  bulldogs." 

Geomys  personatus  True.     Padre  Island  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  large,  light-colored  pocket  gopher  inhabits  the  central  and 
northern  part  of  Padre  Island,  a  sandy  belt  along  the  mainland  in 
Cameron  County,  and  a  sandy  area  near  Carrizo,  on  the  Rio  Grande. 
Apparently  it  does  not  inhabit  the  lower  Rio  Grande  Valley,  as 
Lloyd  did  not  find  any  trace  of  it  between  Carrizo  and  Brownsville 
nor  between  Brownsville  and  Sauz.  On  a  trip  from  Corpus  Christi 
to  Brownsville  I  found  its  hills  abundant  across  the  sandy  country 
between  Olmos  Creek  and  Sauz  Ranch,  but  entirely  wanting  in  the 
baked  clay  soil  outside  of  these  limits.  At  Carrizo  Lloyd  found 
I  hem  in  only  one  patch  of  sandy  soil,  and  there  is  nothing  to  show 
that  they  have  a  continuous  range  across  from  this  point  to  Cameron 
County.  On  the  light  sandy  soil  and  drifting  dunes  where  these 
gophers  abound  there  are  no  crops  to  be  injured. 

On  Padre  Island,  Lloyd  says : 

Their  habits  are  in  some  respects  peculiar,  owing,  perhaps,  to  the  soft  sand, 
that  caves  in  on  them,  for  they  fill  up  their  tunnels  after  throwing  out  the 
earth  to  a  distance  of  1  and  sometimes  2  yards.  They  can  not  go  very  deep  in 
the  flats  or  they  would  reach  water ;  in  fact,  the  water  filled  some  of  the  tun- 
nels for  about  a  foot  until  they  curved  upward. 

Geomys  personatus  fallax  Merriam.     Nueces  Pocket  Gopher. 

Since  this  relatively  small  and  dark  subspecies  of  personatus  was 
described  I  have  been  over  its  range  pretty  thoroughly  and  am  con- 
vinced that  it  is  an  isolated  and  very  local  form,  inhabiting  the  sandy 
strips  near  the  coast  between  Nueces  Bay  and  the  Salt  Lagoon  at 
the  mouth  of  San  Fernando  Creek  and  extending  a  short  distance  up 
the  south  side  of  the  Nueces  River.  Except  for  very  limited  sandy 
strips  along  the  coast  and  some  of  the  stream  shores  the  country  is 
characterized  by  a  tenacious  black  clay  soil  so  sticky  when  wet  and  so 
hard  when  dry  that  no  burrowing  rodents  inhabit  it.  From  Corpus 
Christi  west  to  San  Fernando  Creek  we  did  not  see  any  signs  of 
gophers  nor  any  soil  that  they  could  live  in.  Nueces  Bay  and  the 
Nueces  River,  with  its  flood  bottoms,  cut  off  this  range  entirely  from 


132  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

that  of  attwateri  on  the  north,  while  the  Laguna  Madre,  Salt  Lagoon, 
and  streams  radiating  from  them  separate  as  effectually  the  range 
from  that  of  personatus  on  the  south.  Two  females  from  Laredo 
agree  more  nearly  with  fallax  than  with  any  other  form,  but  probably 
the  range  of  this  colony  has  no  connection  with  that  of  fallax  of  the 
Nueces  Bay  region. 

In  the  region  of  Corpus  Christi  the  sandy  soil  is  especially  desir- 
able for  growing  early  vegetables,  and  the  presence  of  the  gophers  is  a 
source  of  much  annoyance  and  considerable  loss  to  the  farmers. 

Geomys  lutescens  Merriam.     Yellow  Pocket  Gopher. 

Two  specimens  of  barely  adult  females  from  near  Texline  agree 
with  lutescens  in  external  characters,  but  possess  cranial  characters 
that  suggest  the  possibility  of  a  local  subspecies.  Howell  reported 
numerous  burrows  in  a  range  of  sand  hills  15  miles  east  of  Texline, 
where  the  two  specimens  were  caught,  but  elsewhere  in  the  region 
none  were  seen. 

Cratogeomys  castanops  (Baird).     Chestnut-faced  Pocket  Gopher. 

This,  the  largest  of  the  Texas  pocket  gophers,  with  the  single- 
grooved  upper  incisor,  is  common  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone  and  the 
edge  of  Upper  Sonoran  of  western  Texas  from  Eagle  Pass,  the  head- 
waters of  Devils  River,  Fort  Lancaster,  Big  Springs,  Hail  Center. 
and  Tascosa  westward.  A  few  are  scattered  here  and  there  over  the 
Staked  Plains,  but  generally  they  inhabit  valleys  with  fertile  and 
mellow  soil  lower  down,  becoming  very  numerous  and  troublesome 
in  some  of  the  cultivated  land.  Their  concentration  on  the  best  soil, 
together  with  the  large  size  of  their  burrows  and  mounds,  makes  them 
one  of  the  most  injurious  of  the  gopher  family. 

In  habits  they  do  not  differ  materially  from  the  various  species  of 
Geomys,  except  in  being  more  alert  and  possibly  more  diurnal.  Dur- 
ing the  day  they  are  often  seen  at  the  mouths  of  their  burrows  push- 
ing out  earth,  at  which  times  their  comparatively  large  eyes  are 
conspicuous,  bright,  and  alert.  They  see  a  person  much  more  quickly 
and  at  a  greater  distance  than  do  most  species  of  Geomys  or  Tkomo- 
mys,  and  hence  move  about  somewhat  more  freely  at  the  entrance  of  the 
burrow.  Still  no  protective  measures  are  neglected,  and  the  burrows 
are  always  promptly  closed  and  packed  witJi  earth,  sometimes  for  a 
distance  of  "2  or  3  feet  back  from  the  main  tunnel.  The  mounds  of 
these  gophers  often  contain  a  bushel  or  more  of  earth,  and  when 
located  in  a  meadow  or  alfalfa  field  they  cover  and  destroy  much  of 
the  crop,  besides  interfering  with  machinery  in  harvesting.  The 
greatest  damage  caused  by  the  gophers,  however,  is  in  cutting  off 
roots,  especially  in  such  crops  as  alfalfa  and  garden  vegetables,  but 
most  of  all  in  the  case  of  fruit  trees.  In  many  instances  small 
orchards  have  been  almost   destroyed  by  a  few  gophers  that  could 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  133 

have  been  trapped  with  little  trouble.  They  are  so  easily  caught  in 
steel  traps  that  it  would  hardly  pay  to  poison  them  except  on  a  large 
ranch,  though  undoubtedly  they  could  be  poisoned  in  the  same  way  as 
other  gophers  by  dropping  raisins,  prunes,  soaked  corn,  or  small 
potatoes  containing  strychnine  into  the  burrow  and  then  closing  the 
opening  from  above.  On  a  cattle  ranch  in  the  foothills  of  the  Davis 
Mountains  I  found  where  a  couple  of  the  gophers  were  working  in 
dangerous  proximity  to  the  roots  of  a  half  dozen  flourishing  and 
fruit-laden  peach  trees  growing  near  the  windmill  reservoir,  while 
in  the  3-acre  patch  of  alfalfa  just  below,  the  hills  of  the  animals  were 
numerous.  Under  a  neighboring  cliff  where  a  pair  of  horned  owls 
had  raised  their  young  the  same  year  I  counted  20  skulls  of  Crato- 
geomys  among  bones  of  other  rodents,  but  for  fear  these  owls  would 
catch  the  chickens  one  had  been  killed  by  the  ranchmen  and  the 
others  driven  away. 

Thomomys  fulvus  (Woodhouse).     Fulvous  Pocket  Gopher. 

The  pocket  gophers  from  the  Transition  zone  summit  of  the 
Guadalupe  Mountains,  while  differing  slightly  from  typical  fidvus, 
do  not  seem  to  require  separation  from  that  wide  ranging  species. 
They  are  abundant  over  the  timbered  slopes  of  these  mountains  in 
Transition  zone  and  often  in  places  where  the  yellow  pines  are  mixed 
with  nut  pines  and  junipers.  They  were  common  in  the  head  of 
Dog  Canyon,  at  7,000  feet,  the  head  of  McKittrick  Canyon,  at  8,000 
feet,  and  on  top  of  the  ridges,  from  7,000  to  9,000  feet,  and  probably  to 
the  highest  peaks,  at  9,500  feet.  There,  as  elsewhere,  they  inhabit 
partly  forested  slopes  covered  with  abundant  vegetation.  They 
make  endless  tunnels  and  throw  up  numerous  hills,  often  working 
among  the  rocks  and  constantly  bringing  to  the  surface  the  rich, 
mellow  soil.  In  walking  over  the  mountain  slopes  one's  feet  break 
into  the  burrows  that  honeycomb  the  soil  beneath.  The  long,  rope- 
like ridges  of  dry  earth  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  show  where 
the  gophers  have  worked  in  winter  under  the  snow  and  filled  snow 
tunnels  with  the  earth  brought  up  from  below. 

In  mountain  districts  the  gophers  can  do  no  possible  harm,  and 
besides  their  beneficial  effect  on  the  soil  their  underground  tunnels 
catch  and  carry  into  the  ground  much  of  the  water  that  would  other- 
wise run  off  the  surface  and  be  lost. 

Thomomys  fulvus  texensis  Bailey.     Davis  Mountain  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  little,  dark-brown  gopher  inhabits  the  timbered  part  of  the 
Davis  Mountains  in  Transition  zone  and  in  at  least  the  upper  edge 
of  Upper  Sonoran,  ranging  from  about  5,000  feet  up  through  the 
juniper  and  yellow-pine  belts  to  the  highest  part  of  the  mountains. 
The  highest  point  where  their  mounds  were  seen  was  on  the  main 


134  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

ridge  of  Mount  Livermore,  at  about  8,200  feet.  In  the  gulches  they 
come  down  nearly  to  Fort  Davis.  In  habits  as  well  as  general  ap- 
pearance and  zonal  position  they  are  much  like  fulvus,  living  in  a 
region  of  abundant  vegetation  and  considerable  rainfall  and  burrow- 
ing in  the  rich  mold  on  stony  mountain  slopes  or  in  open  grassy  parks. 
For  a  part  of  each  year  they  live  under  the  snow.  The  sides  of  the 
mountains  are  plowed  over  by  them,  and  the  mellow  earth  that  is 
brought  up  from  between  the  stones  is  washed  down  by  the  rains  and 
deposited  in  the  gulches  below,  where  other  gophers,  with  their  end- 
less underground  tunnels,  are  mixing  and  stirring  the  soil  and 
steadily  improving  it  for  cultivation.  The  service  to  man  thus  per- 
formed by  these  little  animals  is  not  to  be  lightly  estimated. 

In  this  region  of  extensive  stock  ranges  and  very  limited  agri- 
culture the  gopher  will  never  prove  a  serious  pest.  The  few  that  get 
into  gardens  and  orchards  are  easily  caught  in  traps,  while  those 
outside  go  on  cultivating  the  soil  without  harming  anything.  With 
the  larger  Cratogeomys  of  the  lower  country,  before  mentioned,  the 
case  is  different. 

Thomomys  baileyi  Merriam.     Sierra  Blanca  Pocket  Gopher. 

This  unique  little  gopher  is  known  only  from  the  specimens  col- 
lected at  Sierra  Blanca  on  the  open  arid  plain  at  the  junction  of 
Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones.  It  is  probably  an  Upper  Sonoran 
species  of  the  open  country,  as  no  trace  of  any  Thomomys  has  been 
found  in  the  big  valley  to  the  south  and  east,  while  its  hills  are  com- 
mon over  the  mesas  and  low  mountains  northeast  of  Sierra  Blanca 
and  north  of  Van  Horn.  Its  characters  do  not  suggest  relationship 
with  its  nearest  neighbor  lachuguilla  from  the  Lower  Sonoran.  Rio 
Grande  Valley,  or  with  any  other  of  the  surrounding  species.  It 
probably  represents  a  long-isolated  colony  of  very  limited  distri- 
bution. 

Thomomys  aureus  lachuguilla  Bailey.     Lachuguilla  Gopher. 

This  little  gopher  inhabits  the  hottest  and  most  arid  part  of  west- 
ern Texas.  It  lives  on  the  barren  mesas  along  the  east  side  of  the  Rio 
Grande  Valley,  from  El  Paso  to  the  Great  Bend  country,  where  the 
principal  vegetation  consists  of  scattered  desert  shrubs,  cactus,  yuccas. 
and  agaves.  Its  little  mounds  are  distributed  over  the  baked  and 
stony  mesas,  sometimes  in  long  lines  across  barren  strips,  but  usually 
grouped  around  the  base  of  a  bunch  of  cactus  or  a  group  of  yuccas  or 
agaves,  the  roots  of  which  furnish  it  with  both  food  and  drink.  The 
roots,  stems,  and  leaves  of  apparently  every  plant  encountered  are 
eaten,  but  the  favorite  and  principal  food  of  the  species  is  the  tender, 
starchy  caudex  of  the  little  Agave  lecheguilla,  a  plant  protected  by 
sharp  hooks  and  rigid  spines  from  every  outside  attack,  but  wholly 
unprotected  from  below.     The  gophers  burrow  under  and  eat  out  the 


Oct.,  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  13i 


whole  pineapple-like  heart  of  the  stem  until  the  leaves  and  flower 
stalk  dry  up  and  topple  over,  while  they  burrow  along  to  the  next 
plant  in  their  way,  often  leaving  a  long  trail  of  dead  agaves  to  mark 
their  course.  As  the  agave  is  extremely  abundant  and  generally  is 
considered  a  nuisance,  the  gophers  are  given  credit  for  good  work 
in  destroying  it,  but  if  its  fiber  proves  of  value,  as  seems  probable, 
the  verdict  in  favor  of  the  gopher  must  be  reversed. 

Thomomys  perditus  Merriam.     Little  Gray  Pocket  Gopher. 

These  little  gray  gophers  are  scattered  sparingly  over  the  high, 
stony  mesa  from  Comstock  to  the  Pecos  High  Bridge  and  Langtry, 
and  still  more  sparingly  to  the  head  of  Devils  River.  Farther  east 
they  do  not  seem  to  have  a  continuous  range,  but  their  hills  were  seen 
at  points  east  and  west  of  Roek  Springs,  and  a  specimen  was  taken 
on  the  high  plain  35  miles  east  of  Rock  Springs,  and  another  in  the 
Castle  Mountains  in  Crockett  County. 

The  animals  are  not  only  scarce,  but  difficult  to  catch,  as  they  live 
in  scanty,  stony  soil  where  their  little  mounds  are  often  mainly  com- 
posed of  stones  instead  of  earth,  while  their  tunnels  become  blocked 
by  stones  and  are  soon  abandoned.  Sometimes  the  doorways  are 
left  open  apparently  for  lack  of  soil  to  close  them,  or  because  the 
gopher  has  abandoned  the  burrow  in  the  hope  of  finding  more  favor- 
able conditions  elsewhere ;  sometimes  they  are  merely  blocked  by  two 
or  three  stones,  but  usually  they  are  closed  to  a  slight  depth.  The 
burrows  do  not  extend  far  and  the  hills  thrown  up  are  fewT  and  small. 
Sometimes  the  old  ones  are  almost  obliterated  before  a  fresh  one  is 
thrown  up,  and  I  have  caught  the  gophers  where  the  nearest  hill 
appeared  to  be  a  month  old. 

Most  of  the  food  of  the  gopher  is  procured  under  ground  from  vari- 
ous roots,  largely  of  yucca  and  sotol,  or  from  the  inside  fleshy  parts 
of  cactus,  Cereus,  Echinocactus,  and  Cactus,  which  they  burrow  into 
and  eat  out  from  below.  The  roots  and  starchy  base  of  a  yucca  or 
sotol  will  furnish  food  for  an  individual  apparently  for  a  week  or 
more. 

Perognathus  hispidus  Baird.     Hispid  Pocket  Mouse. 

This  big  pocket  mouse  is  common  in  the  more  or  less  brushy  part 
of  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  over  southern  Texas  and  the  adjoin- 
ing part  of  Mexico.  In  Texas  it  ranges  from  Brownsville  north 
to  O'Connorport,  Cuero,  Seguin,  Llano,  and  probably,  judging  by 
immature  specimens,  to  Brazos  and  Henrietta  on  the  east,  and  to  Del 
Rio  on  the  west.  It  is  less  partial  to  open  ground  than  most  species 
of  the  genus,  and  is  often  caught  in  brushy  or  grassy  places  among 
the  mesquite,  at  the  edge  of  a  thicket,  along  the  fence  at  the  edge  of  a 
field,  on  a  weedy  sand  flat,  or  even  in  the  midst  of  a  corn  or  cotton 
field. 


136 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


Some  of  the  burrows  suggest  inch  auger  holes  bored  straight  down 
into  the  ground,  with  no  trace  of  earth  that  has  been  brought  out; 
others  are  closed  flush  with  the  surface  of  the  ground  so  as  to  be  almost 
invisible,  while  others  are  closed  2  or  ?>  inches  below  the  surface.  At 
almost  every  den,  however,  there  is  a  mound  of  earth  that  has  been 
brought  out  of  the  burrows  and  heaped  up,  sometimes  to  the  size  of  a 
gopher  or  mole  hill,  over  the  closed  main  entrance.  This  fact  prob- 
ably accounts  for  the  absence  of  earth  at  other  burrows  that  have 
been  opened  out  from  the  main  tunnel. 


Fig.  19. — Pockel  mi( 


ognathus  hispidus)  caught  in  traps  at  Seguin,  Texas. 


At  Seguin,  in  Guadalupe  County,  in  November,  1004,  I  found  these 
big  pocket  mice  unusually  abundant.  Their  characteristic  inch  auger 
holes  and  gopher-like  mounds  were  found  mainly  along  the  edges  of 
sandy  fields,  but  also  frequently  in  the  middle  of  corn  and  cotton 
fields  that  had  been  thoroughly  cultivated.  Some  of  the  mounds 
were  6  inches  high  and  contained  6  or  8  quarts  of  earth,  and  were 
distinguished  from  gopher  hills  only  by  being  solitary  instead  of  in 
a  series.  By  opening  the  burrow  under  these  mounds  I  could  catch 
the  occupant  at  any  time  of  day,  but  most  of  my  specimens  were 
caught  at  night  in  traps  set  at  the  open  doorways  or  in  artificial  run- 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  137 

ways  scraped  with  my  foot  along  the  ground  near  by.  Sorghum 
seed  proved  the  most  attractive  of  the  several  kinds  of  bait  tried. 

Mr.  Neel,  the  market  gardener  with  whom  I  stayed,  complained  of 
great  trouble  in  raising  cantaloupes  and  green  peas,  because  some- 
thing dug  up  the  seeds  as  fast  as  he  could  plant  them.  In  the  midst 
of  his  cantaloupe  patch,  where  only  four  or  five  plants  had  survived, 
I  found  traces  of  these  mice  and  caught  two  of  the  animals.  A  few 
others  lived  around  the  edge  of  the  field,  but  a  few  nights'  trapping 
would  have  cleared  them  all  out  and  no  doubt  would  have  prevented 
further  trouble. 

Like  others  of  the  genus,  these  mice  are  mainly  nocturnal  and  are 
rarely  seen  alive.  The  little  that  is  known  of  their  habits  has  been 
gathered  by  trapping  them  for  specimens.  At  times  they  are  read- 
ily caught  in  traps  baited  with  rolled  oats  or  various  grains,  and 
again  they  obstinately  refuse  to  touch  any  kind  of  bait  or  to  come 
near  the  traps.  When  caught  they  often  have  their  cheek  pockets 
stuffed  full  of  the  trap  bait  or  of  wild  seeds. 

They  are  active  all  winter  and  apparently  never  become  very  fat 
or  show  signs  of  hibernating. 

Perognathus  hispidus  paradoxus  Merriam.     Kansas  Pocket  Mouse. 

This  large,  pale  subspecies  of  the  Perognathus  ]iixj>i<lus  group 
ranges  over  the  open  plains  and  desert  country  from  South  Dakota 
to  Arizona,  including  northern  and  western  Texas,  south  to  Presidio 
County  and  Comstock  and  east  to  Rock  Springs,  Colorado,  Mobeetie, 
and  Lipscomb,  mainly  in  Upper  Sonoran  zone.  From  the  smaller 
and  darker-colored  hispidus  on  the  south  and  from  spilotiix  on  the  east 
the  shading  off  is  so  gradual  that  no  sharp  line  can  be  drawn  between 
the  ranges.  Immature  specimens  from  Brazos,  Henrietta,  and  Tebo 
can  not  be  positively  referred  to  one  rather  than  another  of  the  three 
forms,  and  the  Lipscomb  specimens  shade  toward  spilotus. 

The  habits  of  paradoxus  do  not  differ  from  those  of  other  forms  of 
the  group  except  as  they  have  been  modified  to  meet  the  conditions 
of  plains  and  desert.  In  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  I  caught  one  in 
the  head  of  Dog  Canyon  at  6,800  feet  altitude,  just  below  the  edge 
of  Transition  zone,  and  at  Amarillo,  on  the  top  of  the  Staked  Plains, 
I  caught  one  and  found  part  of  the  skin  of  another  at  the  entrance 
of  a  burrowing  owl's  nest  in  a  prairie  dog  hole.  The  subspecies  is 
common  in  the  Pecos  Valley,  but  apparently  does  not  occur  along  the 
Rio  Grande.  Loring  took  one  at  Henrietta  by  the  stone  foundation 
of  a  bridge,  and  Oberholser  another  under  a  mesquite  tree.  At 
Mobeetie  Oberholser  caught  one  in  the  stone  foundation  of  an  old 
house.  At  Brazos  Cary  caught  one  in  a  cane  field  and  another  with 
corn  in  its  pockets  in  a  field  of  Johnson  grass.  One  taken  in  January 
in  Presidio  County  had  its  pockets  full  of  Convolvulus  seeds,  and 


138  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

another  at  Smithville,  S.  Dak.,  in  June  had  its  pockets  full  of 
Cymopterus  seeds.  In  the  Castle  Mountains  Gary  took  one  from  the 
stomach  of  a  rattlesnake,  and  near  Texline  Howell  also  found  one  in 
one  of  these  snakes. 

Perognathus  hispidus  spilotus  Merriam.     Black-eared  Pocket  Mouse. 

A  specimen  collected  by  Hollister  at  Jefferson  not  only  extends 
the  range  of  this  group  of  pocket  mice  eastward  almost  across  the 
State,  but  exhibits  in  an  accentuated  degree  the  characters  of  spilotus, 
described  from  Gainesville  specimens.  This  record,  with  a  few 
others,  gives  an  extensive  and  logical  range  to  what  seems  to  be  a 
fairly  well-marked  subspecies,  which  differs  from  typical  hispidus  in 
slightly  darker  and  richer  coloration,  with  more  of  a  tendency  to 
suffusion  of  yellow  over  the  belly  and  along  the  top  of  the  foot 
and  the  under  surface  of  the  tail,  in  larger  and  blacker  spot  on  upper 
edge  of  ear,  and  in  the  extension  of  the  nasals  back  to  or  beyond  the 
posterior  tips  of  premaxillse.  Besides  the  Gainesville  and  Jefferson 
specimens,  I  should  refer  to  the  subspecies  a  richly  colored  flat  skin 
from  Long  Point  in  the  National  Museum  collection,  a  good  skull 
from  Saginaw,  a  few  specimens  from  Ponca  and  Orlando,  Okla., 
Red  Fork,  Ind.  T.,  and  an  immature  specimen  from  Garden  Plain, 
Kans. 

At  Gainesville  I  caught  two  specimens  on  the  edge  of  a  pasture 
in  rather  tall  prairie  grass,  but  they,  as  well  as  all  other  rodents, 
were  scarce  on  the  black,  hard  soil  of  that  region.  At  Jefferson 
they  were  fairly  common,  and  Mr.  Richard  Grain  told  me  that  he 
often  plowed  them  out,  and  that  his  cat  frequently  brought  them 
to  the  house.  I  found  a  number  of  their  characteristic  burrows  with 
fresh  tracks  around  them,  but  could  not  coax  the  animals  into  my 
traps  with  any  kind  of  bait.  Hollister  caught  one  in  a  trap  set  in  a 
path  running  between  a  cotton  field  and  the  woods,  but  at  Antioch 
he  could  not  catch  them,  although  the  farmers  there  described  the 
species  accurately  and  said  that  at  times  they  were  common.  One 
of  the  Gainesville  specimens  had  seeds  of  a  little  Mimosa  in  its  pock- 
ets, and  another  at  Ponca  had  its  pockets  full  of  Petalostemon  seeds. 

Perognathus     penicillatus     eremicus     Mearns.     Desert     Brush-tailed 

Pocket  Mouse. 

This  desert  pocket  mouse  inhabits  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of 
extreme  western  Texas,  ranging  from  El  Paso  east  to  Monahans. 
south  to  Boquillas,  and  westward  into  Mexico.  There  are  Texas 
specimens  from  El  Paso.  Boquillas,  east  base  of  Chisos  Mountains.  :'.."> 
miles  south  of  Marathon,  Toyahvale,  Pecos  City,  and  Monahans. 

At  El  Paso,  in  1889,  I  caught  this  soft-haired  species  in  the  sandy 
bottoms  below  town  and  supposed  that  it  had  a  different  range  from ' 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  139 

the  spiny-rumped  intermedins  caught  at  the  same  time  in  the  rocks 
above  town;  but  later  Doctor  Fisher  caught  one  on  the  gravelly  mesa 
near  El  Paso.  Carv  caught  one  among  the  niesquites  at  Pecos  City, 
.and  a  number  among  the  mesquites  on  a  hard,  limy  ridge  at  Mona- 
hans.  In  the  Boquillas  and  Great  Bend  region  Oberholser  and  I 
found  the  species  associated  with  nelson'/  on  sandy  bottoms  and  among 
rocks  of  the  cliffs  bordering  the  Rio  Grande,  and  around  old  stone 
cabins.  While  they  are  evidently  partial  to  valley  bottoms,  the  one 
essential  for  their  burrows  is  a  bit  of  mellow  soil  which  may  be  found 
among  broken  bowlders  or  between  thin  strata  of  limestone,  as  well 
as  on  the  sandy  flats,  or  in  the  soft  mesa  soil  that  collects  around  the 
base  of  desert  bushes.  The  little  mounds  that  usually  cover  the 
entrances  of  their  closed  burrows  are  easily  distinguishable  from  the 
work  of  any  other  species  of  the  region  except  intermedins  or  nelson i. 
They  are  often  elongated  or  fan  shaped,  and  stretch  away  to  a  distance 
of  a  foot  or  so  from  the  point  where  the  earth  was  brought  up.  as  if 
pushed  or  kicked  out,  much  like  the  mound  or  strip  of  dirt  thrown 
out  in  front  of  the  burrows  of  the  smaller  species  of  Dipodomys.  The 
entrance  of  the  burrow  is  usually  but  lightly  closed  and  can  be  easily 
broken  into  with  the  finger.  By  breaking  the  crust  above  it  the'  bur- 
row may  be  followed  for  a  considerable  distance  where  it  runs  near 
the  surface.  As  usual  with  pocket  mice  and  kangaroo  rats,  there  are 
several  openings  and  radiating  tunnels  from  the  central  cavities  of 
the  subterranean  den,  and  while  part  of  these  are  closed,  there  are 
generally  concealed  openings  or  some  means  of  ready  escape. 

These  mice,  like  the  whole  family,  are  mainly  nocturnal,  but  can 
be  caught  in  the  daytime  by  opening  a  closed  burrow  and  setting  a 
trap  inside,  sometimes  in  a  very  short  time  after  placing  the  trap. 
Usually  they  take  rolled  oats  readily,  and  are  easily  caught  in  traps 
set  around  their  burrows  or  in  long  furrows  drawn  in  the  sand,  which 
they  almost  invariably  follow  till  a  trap  is  reached.  When  caught 
their  cheek  pockets  are  often  full  of  rolled  oats  from  the  trap  bait,  or 
partly  filled  with  seeds  of  various  plants. 

Perognathus  intermedins  Merriam.     Intermediate  Pocket  Mouse. 

A  large  series  of  specimens  from  the  El  Paso  region  are  almost  typi- 
cal intermedins.  From  eremicus,  with  which  these  pocket  mice  are  as- 
sociated, they  are  easily  distinguished  by  the  spinescent  hairs  of  the 
rump  and  apparently  by  a  difference  of  habitat.  At  El  Paso,  in  1881), 
I  caught  them  only  in  the  rocks  in  the  foothills  of  the  Franklin 
Mountains,  and  eremicus  only  on  the  sandy  flats  below  town.  In 
1903  Gaut  collected  them  in  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Franklin 
Mountains  up  to  4,800  feet,  and  reported  them  as  living  around  the 
rock  slides  and  cliffs.  While  in  other  localities  ere/// /ens  also  has 
been  taken  among  rocks,  intermedins  throughout  its  range  is  closely 


140  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

associated  with  cliffs,  canyons,  rocky  gulches,  stone  walls,  or  the  edges 
of  bowlders. 

Perognathus  nelsoni  Merriam.     Nelson  Pocket  Mouse. 

Specimens  of  this  dark-colored  form  of  brush-tailed  pocket  mouse 
from  Boquillas,  east  base  of  Chisos  Mountains,  Alpine,  and  east  base 
of  Davis  Mountains,  carry  the  range  of  nelsoni  from  Mexico  weli 
into  western  Texas,  where  it  overlaps  the  range  of  the  superficially 
similar  but  quite  distinct  eremicus.  At  Boquillas  and  the  east  base 
of  the  Chisos  Mountains,  Oberholser  and  I  caught  the  two  species 
together  along  the  cliffs,  on  sandy  flats,  and  about  old  stone  cabins. 
While  the  freshly  caught  animals  were  readily  distinguished  by  the 
spinescent  rump  and  dusky  soles  of  nelsoni,  no  constant  difference  was 
found  in  habits  or  habitat  of  the  two  species.  Near  Alpine  Lloyd 
caught  one  specimen  at  the  base  of  a  cliff;  and  at  the  east  base  of  the 
Davis  Mountains,  at  approximately  5,000  feet,  Cary  caught  one 
under  a  pile  of  rocks. 

Perognathus  nelsoni  canescens  Merriam.     Gray  Brush-tailed  Pocket 

Mouse. 

The  gray  pocket  mouse  is  represented  from  Texas  by  5  specimens 
from  Comstock,  4  from  Langtry,  and  1  from  Sheffield.  Except  for 
the- slightly  larger  and  more  angular  interparietal,  they  seem  to  be 
typical  canescens,  which  was  previously  known  only  from  the  type 
locality,  Jaral,  Coahuila?  Mexico. 

Hollister  caught  one  among  the  rocks  in  a  small  canyon  near  Com- 
stock, several  others  along  the  edge  of  the  Rio  Grande  Canyon  a  few 
miles  south  of  there,  and  still  another  on  a  steep  rocky  slope  near 
Sheffield;  Gaut  caught  four  in  the  vicinity  of  Langtry  in  small  caves 
among  the  rocks  of  the  river  canyons. 

Nothing  is  known  of  the  habits  of  this  pocket  mouse  save  what  can 
be  gathered  from  the  character  of  its  habitat,  an  extremely  hot  and 
barren  region  with  light-colored  soil  and  gray  limestone  cliffs. 

Perognathus  flavus  Baird.     Baird  Pocket  Mouse. 

In  Texas  the  Baird  pocket  mouse  is  common  at  El  Paso,  Sierra 
Blanca,  Valentine,  Alpine;  and  probably  in  the  Pecos  Valley,  and  in 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  Panhandle,  since  it  occurs  just  beyond  the 
Texas  line  at  Carlsbad  (Eddy),  N.  Mex.,  and  at  Beaver  River,  Okla. 

At  El  Paso  these  little  yellow  pocket  mice  were  common  in  Decem- 
ber, 1889,  along  the  edges  of  the  sandy  valley  bottom  2  miles  below 
town,  where  little  sand  drifts  were  heaped  up  around  the  base  of 
Atriplex  and  Suaeda  bushes.  Their  burrows  were  usually  in  groups 
of  three  or  four,  under  the  edges  of  the  bushes.  The  occupied  ones 
were  closed,  and  were  discovered  only  by  following  the  lines  of  tiny 
footprints  across  the  bare  patches  of  sand  from  bush  to  bush  till 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  141 

they  disappeared  at  little  mounds  of  fresh  earth  that  served  as  doors 
and  blinds  to  the  underground  houses.  By  scraping  away  the  earth 
a  burrow  big  enough  to  admit  my  little  finger  was  disclosed  under 
each  tiny  mound.  Traps  baited  with  rolled  oats  set  near  the  bur- 
rows and  along  the  lines  of  tracks  soon  yielded  a  series  of  8  speci- 
mens in  the  rich  satiny  winter  coats — the  daintiest,  most  exquisite 
of  the  rodents  commonly  classed  as  '  mice.1  On  chilly  nights  they 
did  not  move  about  much,  but  on  mornings  following  a  warm  night 
their  lines  of  tracks  were  abundant,  and  radiated  from  the  burrows 
to  the  nearest  patches  of  wild  sunflower  and  pigweed,  whose  seeds 
seemed  to  furnish  their  favorite  food.  One  specimen  caught  Decem- 
ber 15  was  apparently  nursing  young,  or  lately  had  been,  as  the  teats 
contained  milk. 

At  Valentine  in  August,  1002,  I  turned  over  a  flat  stone  in  the 
hotel  yard  and  caught  one  of  these  little  pocket  mice  as  he  jumped  out 
of  his  burrow,  and  at  Sierra  Blanca  in  December,  1880,  caught  one 
at  a  hole  in  the  mellow  soil  of  the  railroad  bank.  At  Alpine  Gaut 
caught  one  in  an  old  gopher  mound  about  3  miles  east  of  town. 

Perognathus  merriami  Allen.     Merriam  Pocket  Mouse. 

This  little  dusky  and  yellow  pocket  mouse  ranges  over  southern 
Texas  from  Padre  Island  and  Brownsville  north  to  Devils  River, 
Austin,  Mason,  and  southward  into  Mexico.  Specimens  from  Devils 
River  and  Comstock  are  fairly  intermediate  between  merriami  and 
gilvus,  as  apparently  are  two  specimens  from  AVashburn,  which  would 
indicate  that  merriami  ranges  well  up  along  the  east  side  of  the 
Staked  Plains. 

The  species  is  common  on  sandy  or  mellow  soil,  more  often  among 
weeds  and  brush  than  in  the  open.  Their  little  mounds  of  earth 
thrown  out  on  two  or  three  sides  of  a  cactus,  bunch  of  bushes,  or 
flat  rock  mark  the  main  entrances  to  their  dens.  These  doorways 
are  always  closed  during  the  day  if  the  den  is  occupied,  and  when 
opened  from  without  are  usually  promptly  closed  again  from  within. 
A  careful  search  near  the  mounds  will  generally  disclose  several  little 
round  holes  standing  open,  with  no  trace  of  earth  thrown  out,  but 
with  the  openings  often  concealed  under  bushes  or  leaves.  If  you  dig 
into  the  main  burrow  or  stamp  on  the  ground,  a  Perognathus  will 
often  dart  Out  of  one  of  these  openings,  or  more  often  break  through 
a  thin  crust  of  earth  that  covered  a  concealed  exit  and  after  a  leap 
or  two  will  sit  trembling  and  blinking  in  the  dazzling  light  of  day. 
It  is  then  so  easily  caught  in  the  hands  that  many  of  our  specimens 
are  secured  in  this  way.  Most  of  these  are  young  of  the  year,  how- 
ever, as  apparently  the  adults  are  not  so  readily  driven  from  their 
dens.  When  caught  they  do  not  offer  to  bite,  but  sometimes  utter 
a  fine  squeak,  and  if  held  gently  for  a  while  soon  cease  struggling 


142  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

and  seem  to  lose  all  fear.  The  light  evidently  hurts  their  eyes,  and 
after  blinking  for  a  while  they  soon  elose  them  if  held  quietly  in 
the  hands  or  placed  in  an  undisturbed  position  on  the  ground.  While 
often  abundant,  these  little  mice  are  not  easily  caught  in  traps,  and 
usually  seem  indifferent  to  any  bait  we  use,  frequently  pushing  the 
traps  out  of  the  way  or  turning  them  over  when  set  near  their  bur- 
rows or  in  places  where  they  run.  Sometimes  they  can  be  caught  In- 
placing  the  trap  where  they  have  to  step  in  it  in  going  out  of  or 
into  their  burrows.  Near  Kerrville  a  number  were  caught  in  this 
way,  while  only  one  out  of  five  had  filled  his  pockets  with  the  rolled 
oats  used  for  trap  bait.  A  couple  were  caught  in  traps  baited  with 
juniper  berries,  which  seemed  to  be  a  favorite  food.  In  a  number 
of  burrows  I  found  juniper  seeds  or  the  empty  shells  from  which  the 
kernel  had  been  eaten  out  through  a  little  hole  in  one  end.  In  some 
cases  these  berries  must  have  been  brought  from  a  distance  of  10  or 
20  rods.  In  one  den  under  a  flat  rock,  Avhere  three  tunnels,  a  foot  to 
a  foot  and  a  half  long,  met  in  a  nest  chamber  the  size  of  my  fist, 
there  was  a  handful  of  fresh  juniper  seeds  carefully  cleaned  of  the 
outer  pull).  As  this  was  in  May,  and  the  occupant  of  the  burrow 
was  not  a  full-grown  animal,  this  store  was  probably  laid  up  for 
a  rainy  day  rather  than  for  a  winter  supply.  At  another  burrow  a 
lot  of  old  moldy  corn  and  bits  of  rubbish  mixed  with  fresh  earth 
were  brought  out,  a  little  each  night,  as  if  in  a  general  house  clean- 
ing, indicating  that  various  seeds  and  grains  are  stored  up  in  times  of 
abundance.  As  the  mice  do  not  hibernate  and  as  seeds  of  one  kind  or 
another  are  usually  abundant,  there  is  no  need  of  laying  up  large 
stores  of  food. 
Perognathus  merriami  gilvus  Osgood.     Dutcher  Pocket  Mouse. 

The  Dutcher  pocket  mouse  inhabits  the  Pecos  Valley  from  Carls- 
bad (Eddy),  N.  Mex.,  south  to  Langtry  and  the  Painted  Caves,  east- 
ward to  Big  Springs,  and  20  miles  east  of  Rock  Springs,  and  west- 
ward to  Van  Horn  and  Presidio  County;  in  other  words  its  range 
coincides  approximately  with  that  of  the  creosote  bush 'in  all  but  the 
western  corner  of  the  extremely  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  western 
Texas.  It  overlaps  the  range  of  f<irus,  occurring  with  it  at  Carlsbad, 
and  apparently  overlaps  also  the  range  of  copei  in  the  country  north 
of  Monahans,  from  both  of  which  it  is  quite  distinct  and  easily  dis- 
tinguished. From  merriami,  of  which  it  is  a  larger,  lighter  yellow 
subspecies,  it  shades  off  along  the  southern  {h]<j^o  of  the  open  and  ex- 
tremely arid  region.  Specimens  from  near  Pock  Springs,  along 
Devils  River,  and  near  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos  are  more  or  less  inter- 
mediate between  the  two  forms. 

In  habits  these  pocket  mice  do  not  differ  from  merriami  except  in 
so  far  as  they  have  become  adapted  to  a  more  open  and  arid  region. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  143 

At  Langtry  Oberholser  found  them  common  on  the  stony  mesa,  and 
at  Fort  Lancaster  in  the  chaparral  of  the  bottom  of  the  Pecos  Valley. 
At  Monahans,  Cary  reported  them  as  abundant  in  September 
throughout  the  sand  dunes  and  as  feeding  extensively  on  the  seeds 
of  a  low,  shrubby  Baccharis.  In  the  dry  and  barren  valley  6  miles 
south  of  Marathon  I  caught  them  in  the  baked  soil  among  the 
scattered  mesquite  bushes  and  cactus,  and  10  miles  farther  south 
found  them  fairly  common  in  the  still  more  arid  and  stony  valley 
of  Maravillas  Creek.  Their  characteristic  little  burrows  were  found 
around  the  edges  of  stones,  under  bushes  and  cactus,  and  occasionally 
in  open  spots  of  bare  ground,  but  the  occupants  refused  to  enter  my 
traps  or  touch  any  bait.  A  few  were  dug  out  of  their  burrows  and 
caught  in  our  hands,  and  from  these  Mr.  Fuertes  was  able  to  make 
some  extremely  lifelike  studies.  When  first  caught  the  little  fellows 
were  greatly  frightened  and  struggled  to  escape,  but  never  offered  to 
use  their  teeth.  After  being  held  gently  for  a  few  minutes  they 
seemed  to  forget  their  fear  and  would  sit  quietly  on  the  open  hand 
for  a  minute  at  a  time,  blinking  sleepily  in  the  unfamiliar  glare  of 
daylight.  At  a  sudden  motion  they  would  bound  away  in  long  leaps, 
but  soon  stop,  under  a  weed  or  bush.  While  sitting  motionless  with 
panting  sides  they  could  be  easily  recaptured  by  approaching 
cautiously  and  covering  them  quickly  with  the  open  hand. 

Perognathus  flavescens  copei  Rhoads.     Cope  Pocket  Mouse. 

Three  specimens  taken  by  Gaut  in  July,  1904,  at  Mobeetie,  the 
type  locality  of  copei,  possess  characters  which  enable  this  form  to 
be  recognized  as  a  bright-colored  subspecies  of  flavescens.  Two 
others  taken  by  Cary  in  the  sand  hills  20  miles  north  of  Monahans 
show  slightly  accentuated  characters  and,  so  far  as  known,  mark  the 
limit  of  its  southern  range.  They  suggest  also  that  its  range  near 
the  southeastern  corner  of  New  Mexico  probably  overlaps  that  of 
both  gilvus  and  far  us. 

The  3  Mobeetie  specimens,  1  adult  female  and  2  young  of  the 
year,  were  caught  at  a  den  on  the  edge  of  a  millet  field  in  traps  set 
by  the  closed  entrances  of  two  burrows  on  opposite  sides  of  a  sun- 
baked furrow.  The  millet  in  the  field  was  about  ready  for  harvest- 
ing and  each  of  the  animals  had  millet  seed  in  its  cheek  pouches. 
A  long  line  of  traps  yielded  no  more  specimens,  and  as  no  other 
traces  of  the  animal  were  found  it  is  evident  that  the  species  is  very 
scarce  in  this  locality.  The  failure  of  several  other  collectors  to 
procure  topotypes  of  the  species  is  a  further  compliment  to  the 
prowess  of  the  rattlesnake  from  the  stomach  of  which  the  type  was 
taken  by  Professor  Cope.  (Cf.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila..  1893, 
405.) 


144  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Perodipus  ordi  ( Woodhouse) .     Ord  Kangaroo  Rat. 

This  little  five-toed  kangaroo  rat  is  common  in  the  Rio  Grande 
Valley  at  El  Paso  and  Fort  Hancock,  and  a  few  specimens  have 
been  taken  in  a  tributary  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande  at  points  6  to  20 
miles  south  of  Marathon.  A  specimen  from  Kent,  one  from  Toyah- 
vale,  and  an  imperfect  one  from  Pecos  seem  to  be  almost  typical 
ordi,  while  the  larger,  brighter-colored  richardsoni  is  almost  typical 
at  Monahans,  only  2>7  miles  east  of  Pecos.  The  specimens  at  hand 
do  not  clearly  prove  intergradation  in  this  region  and  the  two  forms 
have  well-defined  ranges  which  conform  closely  to  Upper  and  Lower 
Sonoran  zone  limits. 

Perodipus  ordi  is  one  of  the  few  Lower  Sonoran  species  of  this 
mainly  Upper  Sonoran  genus.  In  the  extremely  hot  and  arid  val- 
leys of  western  Texas  it  ranges  over  much  of  the  same  ground  as 
Dipodomys  ambiguus,  which  it  closely  resembles  in  habits  as  well  as 
appearance.  At  El  Paso  I  caught  specimens  on  the  sandy  flats 
below  the  town  under  brush  and  cactus  on  the  same  ground  and  even 
at  the  same  holes  with  Dipodomys  ambiguus.  At  Deming,  N.  Mex., 
they  were  common  in  the  sandy  strips  along  the  dry  valley  of  the 
Rio  Mimbres,  where,  in  patches  of  scattered  brush  and  weeds,  they 
were  feeding  on  seeds  of  wild  sunflowers,  Parosela,  and  other  wild 
beans.  Of  ten  adult  females  caught  November  29  to  December  6, 
four  were  giving  milk.  At  the  same  time  numbers  of  nearly  full- 
grown  young  were  caught,  which  would  indicate  either  that  twTo 
litters  of  young  are  raised  in  a  season  or  that  the  breeding  season  is 
very  irregular. 

Perodipus  montanus  richardsoni  (Allen).     Richardson  Kangaroo  Rat. 

This  largest  and  brightest  colored  of  the  four  species  of  five-toed 
kangaroo  rats  inhabiting  Texas  comes  into  the  State  from  the  Upper 
Sonoran  plains  to  the  north,  but  instead  of  keeping  to  the  hard- 
soiled,  Upper  Sonoran  part  of  the  Staked  Plains  it  completely  encir- 
cles them.  It  lives  in  the  sandy  stream  valleys  in  the  upper  edge  of 
the  Lower  Sonoran  /one,  but  nowhere  extends  far  enough  down  to  be 
out  of  reach  of  Upper  Sonoran  plants.  There  are  specimens  in  the 
Biological  Survey  collection  from  Texline,  Lipscomb,  Tascosa,  Cana- 
dian, Mobeetie,  Newlin,  Vernon,  Colorado,  Stanton,  and  Monahans  in 
Texas,  and  from  Carlsbad,  Roswell,  Fort  Sumner,  and  Santa  Rosa, 
in  the  Pecos  Valley,  New  Mexico.  At  Carlsbad  and  Monahans  it 
meets  the  range  of  and  occupies  the  same  ground  with  Dipodomys 
merriami. 

Throughout  its  range  this  species  shows  a  marked  partiality  for 
sand,  and  from  Nebraska  to  Texas  fairly  revels  in  the  mellow  soil  of 
the  yellow,  shifting,  naked  drifts  and  dunes  that  the  wind  piles  up 
along  the  edges  of  most  of  the  river  valleys.     It  digs  an  apparently 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  145 

unnecessary  number  of  burrows,  which  it  abandons  to  other  less  ener- 
getic rodents  or  uses  only  as  convenienl  resorts  in  case  of  sudden 
danger.  It  scampers  over  the  smooth  surface  with  the  apparent 
enjoyment  of  rabbits  on  a  crusted  snow  or  boys  on  a  skating  pond, 
and  paired  tracks  of  the  long  hind  feet  are  found  in  the  morning  in 
zigzag:  lines  over  the  drifts,  sometimes  registering  hops  of  a  few 
inches,  again  flying  leaps  of  4  to  (>  feet,  only  to  be  wiped  out  each 
dav  by  the  drifting  sand  and  re-registered  each  night  in  varying  form. 
Through  the  weeds  and  grass  of  a  sandy  prairie  or  the  standing  grain 
or  scattered  stubble  of  a  wheat  field  the  kangaroo  rats  make  little 
roads,  either  from  burrow  to  burrow  or  radiating  from  burrows  to  the 
feeding  grounds,  and  always  keep  a  clear  track  for  retreat  to  doors 
that  usually  are  left  wide  open  day  and  night.  Many  of  the  burrows 
are  single,  but  generally  the  home  den  has  several  openings,  with 
trails  leading  away  from  each.  For  the  size  of  the  animal  the  bur- 
rows are  large,  and  in  a  mound  or  slope  they  go  back  horizontally, 
so  that  in  case  of  a  hard  rain  the  water  runs  out  of  instead  of  into 
them.  Even  on  level  ground  the  holes  enter  as  nearly  horizontally 
as  possible,  and  sometimes  run  along  for  10  or  15  feet  without  going 
down  a  foot  below  the  surface.  If  no  sand  bank  offers  the  proper 
angle,  the  burrow  is  usually  placed  under  a  bunch  of  cactus,  a  clump 
of  mesquite  bushes,  or  under  some  shrub  that  affords  protection  as 
well  as  a  slight  eminence  to  burrow  into. 

The  food  of  this,  as  of  other  species  of  the  genus,  is  almost  entirely 
seeds,  including  those  of  many  grasses,  various  native  plants,  and 
any  of  the  small  grains.  These  seeds  are  neatly  shelled  out  and  eaten 
on  the  spot  or  carried  in  the  ample  cheek  pouches  to  the  dens  to  be 
eaten  at  leisure.  No  matter  how  small  the  seed  the  shell  is  always 
removed,  and  the  contents  of  the  very  small  stomach  of  the  little 
animal  are  always  clean  and  free  from  indigestible  particles.  Often 
the  bottom  of  the  burrow  is  covered  with  the  shells  of  seeds,  but 
in  the  several  dens  examined  I  never  found  stores  of  seeds  or  grain. 
Occasionally  a  little  ripe  grain  is  eaten,  and  a  small  amount  of  seed 
wheat  or  other  grain  is  dug  up;  but  unless  the  animals  become  far 
more  numerous  than  usual  the  loss  from  their  depredations  is  too 
insignificant  for  serious  consideration. 

Perodipus  sennetti  (Allen).     Sennett  Kangaroo  Rat. 

The  type  of  Perodipus  sennetti  was  labeled  "near" Brownsville," 
Cameron  County,  Tex.,  but  the  efforts  of  several  collectors  to  pro- 
cure topotypes  have  not  resulted  in  specimens  from  nearer  than 
the  Rio  Coloral,  35  miles  north  of  Brownsville.  In  reply  to  a  letter 
asking  just  where  he  collected  the  type  of  Perodipus  sennetti,  Mr. 
Pnour  writes  under  date  of  February  22,  1903,  that  it  was  taken  at 

3873— No.  25—05  m 10 


146  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Santa  Rosa  stage  station,  85  miles  southwest  of  Corpus  Christi.  This 
is  on  the  Alice  and  Brownsville  stage  road,  near  the  northwest  corner 
of  Cameron  County,  115  miles  from  Brownsville.  From  this  point 
north  to  Santa  Rosa,  across  60  miles  of  mainly  sandy  prairie,  the 
species  is  abundant,  and  a  series  of  specimens  from  Sauz  Ranch  and 
Santa  Rosa  shows  no  variation  in  characters.  A  specimen  recorded 
by  Mr.  Oldfield  Thomas "  from  San  Diego  is  shown  by  the  skull 
measurements  to  be  of  this  species,  but  whether  collected  by  Mr. 
Taylor  at  San  Diego  or  from  the  sandy  country  farther  south  is  not 
stated.  Oberholser  found  no  trace  of  any  kangaroo  rat  at  San  Diego. 
Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  collected  5  specimens  18  miles  south  of  San 
Antonio.  Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen  1  have  examined 
two  of  these  specimens,  now  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, and  agree  with  him  that  they  are  typical  sennetti.  Mr.  Att- 
water reported  a  female  taken  August  23,  containing  "  two  small 
embryos,"  and  says:  "These  beautiful  little  animals  appear  to  be 
quite  common  in  the  sandy  black-oak  region  south  of  the  Medina 
River  in  Bexar  County.  Their  burrows  seem  to  be  most  numerous 
in  the  poorest,  sandy  soil."  h 

Along  the  Alice  and  Brownsville  stage  road  the  burrows  of  the 
Sennett  kangaroo  rat  are  common  in  the  yellow  sand,  sometimes  re- 
maining open  during  the  day  and  sometimes  being  securely  closed 
with  earth.     William  Lloyd,  who  camped  in  this  region,  says: 

In  the  deep  sand  around  tbe  stage  stations  they  soon  learn  what  corn  and 
oats  are  and  become  great  robbers.  They  seem  to  enjoy  the  moonlight  nights. 
skipping  about,  and  on  several  occasions  coming  close  up  to  my  bed.  A  motion 
and  they  are  ton  stops  away,  crouched  against  the  sand;  then,  if  not  noticed, 
they  rise  and  continue  their  rambles.  A  lighted  lantern  seems  to  puzzle  them, 
and  leaving  one  on  the  ground  to  attract  them  I  have  caught  two  of  the  animals 
in  my  hands.  At  Santa  Rosa,  while  out  with  the  lantern,  I  saw  one  starting 
a  burrow.  It  tried  two  or  three  places,  presumably  to  find  one  sufficiently  soft, 
and  at  last,  apparently  suited,  pushed  its  nose  in,  and  drawing  its  hind  feet  up 
close  to  its  jaws,  scratched  vigorously  and  soon  had  made  a  good  beginning  to 
a  burrow,  when  1  caught  it  in  my  hands. 

Perodipus  compactus  (True)-     Padre  Island  Kangaroo  Rat. 

While  closely  resembling  sennetti  in  cranial  character-,  compactu*, 
even  in  its  darkest  color  phase,  differs  from  all  the  mainland  tonus 
of  Texas  in  its  light  coloration,  white-margined  ears,  usually  white 
soles  of  feet,  and  mainly  white  under  surface  of  tail.  In  the  light 
phase  it  is  unique  in  having  the  upper  parts  a  pale  ashy  gray.  In  a 
series  of  23  specimens  there  are  (.)  of  the  dark  phase  and  11  of  the 
light,  caught  on  the  same  ground  by  'William  Lloyd,  who  said  that 

"  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London.  1888.  p   446. 

*>  Allen,  Mammals  of  Bexar  County.  Tex..  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  57, 

1890. 


OCT.,1905.]  MAMMALS.  147 

while  he  found  no  difference  in  their  habits  he  could  tell  them  apart 
even  by  moonlight. 

These  kangaroo  rats  are  probably  common  over  the  whole  length 
of  the  100-mile  sand  reef  known  as  Padre  Island,  as  Lloyd  found 
them  at  both  the  north  and  south  ends.  He  reported  them  as  some- 
times found  in  the  level  soil,  but  usually  living  in  the  sand  dunes  and 
always  on  the  side  away  from  the  prevailing  wind.     He  says: 

At  the  north  end  of  the  island,  where  most  abundant,  they  close  their 
burrows  before  daylight,  throwing  out  several  quarts  of  sand  in  a  little  mound 
like  a  small  gopher  hill  and  opening  them  again  after  dark.  Their  object  in 
thus  closing  their  doors  is  not  very  evident,  as  snakes  and  crabs  are  too  few  to 
bother  them.  I  believe  it  must  he  to  keep  out  the  black  carrion  beetles  that 
occupy  every  disused  hole,  and  a  species  of  pale  sand  grasshopper  that  lives  in 
similar  situations.  Traps  set  in  their  burrows  were  usually  covered  up  with 
sand,  and  most  of  the  specimens  were  caught  in  the  runways,  where  the  prints 
of  their  two  hind  feet  and  the  swish  of  their  tails  made  unmistakable  signs. 
They  feed  on  the  seed  of  a  small  sand  plant  like  purslane,  and  take  oatmeal 
readily  as  trap  bait.  After  a  violent  storm  their  bodies  are  common  objects 
among  the  wreckage  along  the  shore,  attracting  the  attention  of  the  boatineu, 
who  call  them  white  rats. 

Dipodomys  spectabilis  Merriam.     Large  Kangaroo  Rat.'1 

This  beautiful,  big  kangaroo  rat  is  common  in  the  upper  edge  of 
the  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  extreme  western  Texas,  east  to  the 
eastern  (h\<xc  of  the  Pecos  Valley  at  Monahans  and  Odessa,  and  north 
and  south  along  the  Pecos  Valley  from  Adams,  Tex.,  to  Santa  Rosa, 
X.  Mex.  It  apparently  does  not  inhabit  the  lower  half  of  the  zone, 
as  it  extends  neither  into  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  of  Texas  nor  the 
Gila  Valley  of  Arizona.  I  have  not  found  it  nearer  to  El  Paso  or  the 
Rio  Grande  than  Sierra  Blanca-,  Tex.,  and  Jarilla.  X.  Alex.,  on  the 
east,  and  Deming,  X.  Mex..  on  the  west.  While  ranging  to  the 
extreme  upper  e(]^  of  the  zone,  it  does  not  enter  Upper  Sonoran  to 
any  extent.  In  Texas  it  is  common  at  Sierra  Blanca,  Van  Horn, 
Valentine,  Kent,  Toyah,  Toyahvale.  Adams,  Pecos.  Grand  Falls. 
Castle  Mountains  (west  base),  Monahans.  and  Odessa;  and  Gaut 
collected  one  specimen  at  the  east  base  of  the  Franklin  Mountains. 
10  miles  north  of  El  Paso. 

Although  strictly  nocturnal  animals  and  rarely  seen  alive,  these 
kangaroo  rats  usually  make  their  presence  evident  by  conspicuous 
mounds  scattered  here  and  there  over  the  barest  and  hardest  of 
gravelly  mesas,  mounds  as  characteristic  and  unmistakable  as  musk- 
rat  houses  or  beaver  dams,  and  as  carefully  planned  and  built  for  as 
definite  a  purpose— home  and  shelter.  An  old  mound  that  has  been 
inhabited  for  years  is  often  3  or  4  feet  high  and  10  or  12  feet  wide,  a 

a  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  name  'kangaroo  rat'  has  become  firmly  fixed 
to  this  group  of  beautiful  .Terboadike  rodents,  which  are  as  unratlike  as  they 
nre  widely  removed  from  the  .Marsupials. 


148  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

dome-shaped  pile  of  earth  entered  from  the  top  and  sides  by  a  half 
dozen,  or  sometimes  a  dozen,  big  burrows  that  would  easily  accommo- 
date a  cottontail  rabbit.  Well-beaten  paths  lead  away  from  each  of 
these  doorways  to  others  or  to  neighboring  mounds.  Usually  one  or 
more  of  the  doorways  are  closed  each  morning  with  earth  behind  the 
retiring  inmates,  probably  to  keep  out  rattlesnakes  and  other  unwel- 
come guests.  At  night  these  earth  doors  are  opened  for  use,  and  the 
best  place  to  set  a  trap  for  the  animal  is  in  front  of  a  closed,  rather 
than  an  open,  door.  While  all  of  the  holes  are  used  more  or  less  at 
night,  apparently  only  the  closed  ones  are  occupied  in  the  daytime. 
All  the  fresh  earth  brought  out  of  the  burrows  and  much  that  is  dug 
up  outside  is  scraped  back  on  to  the  mound,  so  that  its  size  slowly 
increases  with  age.  Inside,  the  burrows  widen  out  into  roomy  cham- 
bers, some  of  which  are  close  to  the  surface,  while  others  are  deep 
and  at  the  ends  or  sides  of  winding  burrows.  In  trying  to  walk 
over  these  mounds  one  is  almost  sure  to  break  through  knee  deep 
into  the  chamber  below. 

While  the  kangaroo  rats  do  not  hibernate  or  store  up  great  quan- 
tities of  food,  they  carry  considerable  food  into  the  burrows  to  be 
eaten  probably  during  the  day,  as  shown  by  deposits  in  their  cham- 
bers, by  the  shells  of  seeds  and  grain  brought  outside  during  house 
cleaning  or  found  scattered  over  their  chamber  floors,  and  by  the 
presence  of  seeds  in  the  fur-lined  cheek  pouches  of  individuals  caught 
in  traps.  That  the  inmates  of  these  mounds  are  not  always  asleep 
during  the  daytime  can  be  proved  by  tapping  or  scratching  at  the 
entrance  of  the  burrow  and  then  listening  for  a  response.  A  low 
drumming  sound  can  usually  be  heard  from  deep  underground,  some- 
times from  two  or  three  points.  Apparently  it  is  made  as  the  similar 
drumming  of  the  wood  rats  is  known  to  be,  by  beating  the  soles  of 
the  hind  feet  rapidly  on  the  ground,  which  produces  a  tiny,  vibrating 
roar,  and  is  used  as  a  signal  of  alarm,  call  note,  or  challenge.  The 
animals  are  social.  Often  three  or  four  are  caught  in  a  mound,  and 
the  trails  lead  from  one  mound  to  another.  The  paired  prints  of  the 
two  long  hind  feet  are  fresh  every  morning  in  the  trails  and  dusty 
roads,  but  I  have  never  seen  a  print  of  the  tiny  hands  which  appar- 
ently are  never  used  in  locomotion.  When  caught  in  traps  or  in  the 
hands,  the  animals  struggle  violently,  but  never  make  a  sound  or 
offer  to  bite.  Like  rabbits,  they  are  gentle  and  timid  and  depend  on 
flight  and  14)011  their  burrows  for  protection. 

Dipodomys  elator  Merriam.     Loring  Kangaroo  Rat. 

Specimens  of  these  kangaroo  rats  are  known  only  from  near  Hen- 
rietta and  a  point  10  miles  to  the  southwest,  and  from  Chattanooga, 
( )kla.     Oberholser  says  : 

They  are  not  common  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Henrietta,  but  seem  to  bfj 
df  frequenl  occurrence  from  20  to  .".n  miles  to  the  southwesl   and  most  alum- 


Oer.,1905.]  MAMMALS.  149 

dant  between  2  and  13  miles  in  this  direction.  The  approximate  limits  of  their 
range  are  from  Henrietta  about  4  miles  north.  5  miles  oast.  22  miles  south.  S 
miles  west,  and  about  4.">  miles  southwest.  They  live,  so  far  as  determined, 
almost  exclusively  among  the" mesquites  and  make  their  holes  around  the  roots 
Of  the  mesquites  and  hunches  of  Opuntia.  One  of  the  specimens  caught  was 
found  in  the  throat  of  a  large  rattlesnake  that  had  swallowed  it  as  far  as  the 
trap  would  permit. 

Loring,  who  first  caught  these  kangaroo  rats  at  Henrietta,  says: 

At  one  set  of  holes  the  main  entrance  was  closed  every  morning  with  dirt 
from  the  inside,  and  my  traps  were  not  touched.  The  hole  was  so  small  that 
I  thought  it  might  be  a  Perognathus,  so  got  a  pick  and  shovel  ;uid  dug  it  out. 
The  burrow  branched  from  below  and  opened  out  at  four  different  points.  One 
of  the  rats  was  caught  in  a  muddy  pocket  the  size  of  my  fist  at  the  end  of  the 
main  burrow,  the  other  was  covered  with  dirt  in  a  sharp  bend  of  the  burrow, 
but  escaped  into  another  hole  near  by.  The  deepest  and  longest  burrow  ran 
about  3  feet  underground.  I  did  not  find  any  grass  or  seeds  in  any  of  the 
burrows.  Taking  the  rat  that  I  had  caught  to  a  large  field,  I  turned  it  loose. 
It  sat  for  a  minute,  dazed  by  the  sun,  but  when  I  poked  it  scampered  off  at  such 
a  lively  rate  that  I  could  hardly  keep  up  and  could  not  see  whether  it  used  its 
fore  feet  or  not.  It  was  very  quick  and  graceful.  While  .lumping  its  tail  was 
slightly  curved  up  and  was  not  used  in  any  way  to  aid  in  its  progress. 

Near  Chattanooga,  Okla.,  some  50  miles  northwest  of  Henrietta, 
Tex.,  Prof.  D.  E.  Lantz  collected  a  specimen  and  reported  on  the 
species  as  follows: 

While  not  numerous,  they  seem  to  be  well  distributed  in  the  vicinity  of  Chat- 
tanooga. Nearly  all  of  the  settlers  with  whom  I  talked  were  acquainted  with 
them  and  informed  me  that  they  lived  about  the  premises  of  their  homes. 
Several  were  confident  that  they  could  capture  one  or  more  specimens  for  me, 
but  only  one  was  secured.  This  was  killed  by  a  farmer  as  he  was  walking 
across  the  prairie  on  a  dark  night  with  a  lantern.  It  had  been  foraging  in  a 
Kafir  corn  field,  and  I  found  its  pouches  widely  distended  with  grain.  They 
contained  loo  seeds  of  Kafir  corn  and  G5  seeds  of  Solanum  rostratum.  In  the 
vicinity  of  Chattanooga  the  animals  are  found  on  hard  clay  soils,  and  they 
seem  to  prefer  the  vicinity  of  houses,  living  under  houses  and  outbuildings  and 
in  caves  made  for  storing  vegetables  and  other  household  supplies.  They  seem 
to  be  attracted  by  lanterns  or  other  lights  carried  on  dark  nights. 

Mr.  Laurie,  living  in  Chattanooga,  has  a  cave  back  of  his  hardware  store  in 
which  a  pair  of  kangaroo  rats  had  taken  up  their  winter  quarters.  He  purchased 
a  couple  of  bushels  of  wheat  to  feed  to  his  poultry  and  placed  it  in  the  cave. 
Some  time  later,  when  he  wished  to  begin  to  use  it,  he  found  that  it  had  all 
disappeared.  Last  spring  he  removed  some  boards  which  lined  the  lower  part 
of  the  cave  on  the  inside  and  found  all  of  the  wheat  carefully  stored  away 
behind  the  boards  by  the  kangaroo  rats. 

Dipodomys  merriami  Mearns.     Merriam  Kangaroo  Rat. 

This  little  dull-colored  kangaroo  rat  of  the  four-toed  group  ranges 
over  most  of  the  extremely  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  western 
Texas,  except  where  it  gives  place  to  ambiguus  in  the  immediate  val- 
ley of  the  Rio  Grande.  Specimens  from  near  Langtry  and  6  miles 
south   of  Marathon,   Fort   Stockton,   Toyahvale,   Pecos,   Monahans, 


150  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Kent,  and  Sierra  Blanca,  Tex.,  and  from  Carlsbad  and  Tularosa, 
N.  Mex.,  are  almost  typical  merriami,  differing  slightly  in  duller  and 
darker  coloration,  the  opposite  extreme  from  ambiguus.  The  cranial 
characters  throughout  the  group  are  extremely  uniform. 

The  habitat  of  this  species  is  mainly  dry,  half-barren  mesas  or 
open  desert  valleys,  where  the  animals  make  their  homes  in  baked 
and  stony  soil  or  less  frequently  in  sandy  patches.  At  Monahans 
Cary  found  them  only  on  the  hard  soil  of  the  valley  and  never  among 
the  sand  dunes  with  Perodipus  richardsoni,  though  at  Marathon, 
Kent,  Stockton,  and  Sierra  Blanca  they  were  caught  in  the  same 
ground  with  Perodipus  ordi.  Except  in  choice  of  higher,  rougher- 
ground  they  seem  not  to  differ  in  habits  from  ambiguus. 

Dipodomys  merriami  ambiguus  Merriam.     El  Paso  Kangaroo  Rat. 

This  little  four-toed  kangaroo  rat,  differing  from  merriami  in  its 
brighter,  more  golden  color,  seems  to  be  of  very  local  distribution 
along  the  sandy  bottom  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  from  El  Paso  and 
Juarez  south  to  Boquillas  in  the  Great  Bend  country.  A  series  of 
specimens  from  Sierra  Blanca  is  intermediate  and  can  be  referred 
in  part  to  this  and  in  part  to  merrio/mi. 

In  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  it  does  not  differ  much  in  range  or 
habits  from  Perodipus  ordi,  which  it  resembles  so  closely  externally 
that  specimens  can  not  be  safely  named  without  reference  to  the 
toes  on  the  hind  feet.  In  the  flesh  the  two  can  be  distinguished  at  a 
glance  by  the  much  slenderer  feet  and  tail  of  the  Dipodomys.  On  the 
sandy  river  bottoms  just  below  El  Paso,  where  I  caught  many  speci- 
mens of  the  two  genera  on  the  same  ground  and  sometimes  at  the 
same  burrow,  I  could  find  no  difference'  in  habits  or  local  habitat. 

Their  little  burrows  usually  are  under  a  bunch  of  mesquite.  acacia, 
or  creosote  bushes  or  cactus,  evidently  for  the  sake  of  protection 
from  enemies,  or  in  order  to  get  a  little  shade  from  the  fierce  heat 
of  the  sun's  rays.  Often  their  burrows  enter  from  several  sides  of 
the  bunch  of  bushes  or  cactus,  and  converge  toward  a  common  cen- 
ter, where  they  apparently  meet  below.  Some  of  their  doorways  are 
usually  closed  during  the  day,  while  others  are  left  open.  Like  all 
the  genus,  they  are  strictly  nocturnal  and  at  night  feed  on  the  ripe 
seeds  of  various  plants  or  carry  them  into  the  burrows  to  be  eaten  at 
leisure.  Often  when  caught  in  traps  their  cheek  pouches  are  stuffed 
with  seeds  or  with  the  rolled  oats  \\<^\  for  trap  bait.  Occasionally 
a  bit  of  green  leaf  is  found  in  the  pockets,  but  I  have  seen  only 
the  line  white  pulp  of  ripe  seeds  in  their  stomachs — no  green  foliage 
or  anything  that  would  seem  to  furnish  moisture. 

Erethizon  ( epixanthum  ? )    Brandt.     Yellow-haired  Porcupine. 

The  only  specimen  of  porcupine  1  have  seen  from  Texas  was  a 
badly  stuffed  skin  and  a  fragment  of  skull  brought  me  at  Tascosa  in 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  151 

1899  by  a  ranchman  who  had  killed  the  animal  there  the  previous 
year.  At  Alpine  in  1900  the  ranchmen  told  me  that  porcupines 
were  occasionally  found  there,  and  in  the  Davis  Mountains  in  1901 
I  found  a  bushel  of  their  unmistakable  signs  in  a  cavity  under  the 
rocks,  where  a  porcupine  had  evidently  lived  for  a  good  part  of  the 
previous  winter.  As  the  Finleys,  who  have  lived  for  many  years 
in  the  Davis  Mountains,  had  never  seen  nor  heard  of  these  animals, 
they  are  evidently  not  common  there. 

Lepus  merriami  Mearns.     Black-naped  Jack  Rabbit. 

The  black-naped  jack  rabbits  are  common  over  southern  Texas, 
from  Brownsville  north  to  the  mouth  of  the  Devils  River,  Fort 
Clark,  and  San  Antonio,  and  east  to  Cuero,  Port  Lavaca,  and  Mata- 
gorda. They  occur  with  texianus  in  the  eastern  part  of  their  range 
and  meet  or  overlap  its  range  in  the  Devils  River  country. 

In  April,  1900,  I  found  them  common  all  the  way  from  Corpus 
Christi  to  Brownsville,  both  on  the  prairies  and  in  the  mesquite  and 
chaparral;  and  in  April  of  the  previous  year,  between  Victoria  and 
Port  Lavaca,  I  counted  from  the  train  six  that  were  so  close  that  the 
black  necks  showed  conspicuously  and  served  to  distinguish  them  from 
texianus,  which  also  was  seen  along  the  road.  In  February,  1894, 
Loring  reported  them  as  common  from  Alice  to  Brownsville,  as  many 
as  ten  being  seen  in  a  bunch.  In  March,  1900,  Oberholser  reported 
them  as  numerous  on  the  Thomas  ranch,  near  Port  Lavaca,  inhabiting 
chiefly  the  open  prairie,  where  they  found  cover  under  tall  bunches  of 
grass.  In  April  and  May  of  the  same  year  he  reported  them  at 
O'Connorport  as  only  fairly  common  and  very  wild;  at  Beeville  as 
common,  living  principally  on  the  prairie  and  in  the  more  open 
areas  in  the  chaparral ;  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  town  as  very 
wild,  but  farther  away,  where  not  often  hunted,  as  much  less  so;  at 
San  Diego  as  abundant  in  the  more  open  portions  of  the  chaparral ; 
at  Laredo  as  abundant  all  through  the  chaparral ;  at  Cotulla  as 
abundant  in  the  chaparral  and  very  tame,  apparently  living 
in  the  thick  brush,  although  late  in  the  afternoon  frequenting 
the  more  open,  grassy  plaees,  where  sometimes  as  many  as  six  or 
eight  were  seen  together:  at  Uvalde  as  abundant  and  very  tame, 
inhabiting  the  more  open  parts  of  the  chaparral,  particularly  the 
area  between  town  and  the  base  of  the  hills  to  the  northward ;  and  at 
Rock  Springs  as  common  on  some  of  the  more  open  areas.  On  May 
29  and  30,  1903,  Gaut  collected  an  old  male  and  a  2- weeks-old 
young  one  near  Del  Rio,  where  he  found  jack  rabbits  scarce,  although 
they  were  said  to  have  been  very  numerous  a  short  time  previous. 
Only  one  other  individual  was  seen  in  three  weeks,  although  consid- 
erable  time   was   devoted   to   hunting    for    them.      Lloyd     reported 


liVJ  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

them,  in  1891,  as  common  on  Padre  Island  and  as  generally  found 
crouched  in  the  short  grass  on  the  open  sand. 

Over  most  of  their  range  the  black-naped  jack  rabbits  are  suffi- 
ciently numerous  to  do  considerable  damage  on  farms  and  truck 
gardens,  as  they  are  fond  of  many  cultivated  plants.  At  Laredo, 
in  April,  Oberholser  reported  that  a  field  of  cantaloupes  with  vines 
6  inches  high  was  entirely  ruined  by  them,  and  a  similar  field  of 
watermelons  was  extensively  damaged.  As  raising  early  vegetables 
and  fruits  has  become  an  important  industry  in  southern  Texas,  the 
abundance  of  the  rabbits  is  a  serious  matter.  Their  consumption 
of  range  grasses  in  a  region  that  is  mainly  devoted  to  stock  raising 
is  also  a  matter  of  considerable  importance. 

In  general  characters  this  species  does  not  differ  much  from  texi- 
anus, but  in  life  the  difference  appears  much  greater  than  when 
specimens  are  compared.  As  the  rabbit  sits  up  at  a  distance  or,  with 
ears  erect,  runs  across  the  prairie,  the  black  nape  contrasts  sharply 
with  the  snowy  white  backs  of  the  ears,  and  the  black  tail- and  rump 
stripe  with  the  almost  white  hams  and  flanks.  Near  Cuero  one 
jumped  from  beneath  a  low  mesquite  bush  close  to  me  and,  after  a 
few  long  leaps  that  were  like  flashlights  of  black  and  white,  suddenly 
stopped  and  crouched,  lowering  the  dull  gray  ears  until  their  white 
surface  rested  on  and  wholly  concealed  the  black  neck;-  the  tail  was 
curled  up  till  its  black  upper  surface  concealed  the  black  rump  stripe 
and  left  only  the  gray  lower  sides  exposed,  while  at  the  same  time  the 
white  hams  and  flanks  close  to  the  ground  served  to  cut  out  shadow 
and  obliterate  form,  so  that  the  whole  animal  was  transformed  into 
a  part  of  the  great  prairie. 

This  same  rabbit,  now  made  into  a  specimen,  does  not  seem  very 
different  from  texianus,  except  when  the  ears  are  raised  to  show  the 
black  neck;  but  alive  and  running,  its  specific  characters  might  have 
been  recognized  at  a  distance  of  40  rods. 
Lepus  texianus  YVaterhouse."     Texas  Jack  Rabbit. 

l<ei>nx  texianus  (/risen*  Mearns,  Proc.  TT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XVIII,  p.  562,  1896. 
Type  from  Fort  Hancock.  Tex. 

The  jack  rabbits,  except  from  extreme  northern  and  southern 
Texas,  can  be  referred  to  this  form  with  gray  or  whitish  nape  and 


«I  find  no  grounds  whatever  for  following  Doctor  Mearns  (Bui.  Am.  Mas. 
Xat.  Hist.,  II.  ]).  296,  1890)  and  Doctor  Allen  (Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Xat.  Hist.  VI.  p. 
347,  1894)  in  restricting  the  name  texianus  to  the  Arizona  jack  rabbit.  In  Water- 
house's  original  description  (Natural  History  of  the  Mammalia.  11.  p.  136,  1S4S) 
(he  only  real  characters  mentioned  which  distinguish  the  Texas  and  the  Arizona 
forms  are  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  of  (lie  description  on  page  136,  "throat 
and  abdomen  white;  haunches  and  outer  surface  of  legs  gray;  tarsus  nearly 
white"  all  of  which  applies  to  the  Texas  animal  rather  than  to  the  Arizona 
form.  The  measurements,  while  evidently  from  a  moulded  specimen  and  of  no 
real  value,  indicate1  the  slightly  smaller  size  of  the  Texas  form. 


Oct..  t  !><>.-..  i  mammals.  153 

light-gray  flanks.  They  are  common  over  the  arid  plains  country  of 
central  and  western  Texas,  south  to  Rock  Springs  and  San  Antonio, 
and  from  Austin  and  Brazos  westward  to  Langtry  and  El  Paso;  and 
less  common  in  the  strips  or  islands  of  prairie  country  eastward 
nearly  or  quite  across  the  State.  A  specimen  collected  by  Hollister  at 
Antioch,  Houston  County,  is  nearly  typical  tessianus.  A  few  jack 
rabbits,  probably  of  the  same  species,  are  reported  by  Oberholser  from 
the  prairie  near  Boston,  in  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  State,  and 
a  few  from  the  coast  prairie  west  of  Beaumont.  From  residents  of 
the  country  I  have  obtained  reports  of  a  few  from  Calcasieu  Parish, 
in  the  southwest  corner  of  Louisiana,  and  from  the  Texas  prairies 
near  Virginia  Point  and  Richmond;  and  on  the  prairie  near  Houston. 
Cuero,  and  Port  Lavaca  have  myself  seen  the  rabbits  close  enough  to 
be  sure  that  they  were  not  merriami.  Specimens  from  San  Antonio, 
Rockport,  and  Colorado  City  show  a  tendency  toward  melanotic, 
while  others  from  Vernon  and  Henrietta  can  be  referred  to  that  sub- 
species, as  can  also  those  of  the  Panhandle  country.  In  the  Davis 
Mountains  the  jack  rabbits  ascend  to  the  edge  of  the  yellow  pines,  or 
completely  through  Upper  Sonoran  zone,  where  I  have  found  them 
common  in  both  July  and  January.  In  the  Guadalupe  Mountains 
they  were  common  in  August  up  to  7,000  feet  on  the  open  ridges,  but 
the  main  part  of  their  range  in  Texas  lies  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone,  in 
the  arid  part  of  which  they  are  most  abundant. 

The  abundance  of  the  jack  rabbits  varies  with  different  seasons  and 
localities,  but  seems  to  have  a  wave-like  sequence.  After  increasing 
for  a  few  years  until  extremely  numerous,  they  disappear  rather  sud- 
denly, are  unusually  scarce  for  a  few  years,  and  then  gradually  in- 
crease again.  This  periodic  change  does  not  affect  the  whole  country 
simultaneously,  however,  for  at  the  same  season  the  rabbits  may 
fairly  swarm  in  one  valley  and  be  scarce  in  another.  In  January, 
1890,  on  a  80-mile  trip  from  Marfa  south  to  a  ranch  on  Onion  Creek, 
there  was  hardly  a  moment  when  jack  rabbits  were  not  in  sight — 
sitting  by  the  road  or  scurrying  through  the  scattered  brush  of  the 
desert.  In  places  as  many  as  20  could  be  counted,  and  during  De- 
cember and  February  of  the  same  winter  they  were  almost  as  numer- 
ous about  El  Paso  and  Del  Rio.  I  did  not  visit  the  Rio  Grande  Val- 
ley again  for  ten  years,  and  then  could  not  find  one  in  the  region 
about  El  Paso. 

At  Llano  in  May,  1899,  they  were  numerous  in  spite  of  the  5-cent 
bounty  that  had  been  paid  on  5,G00  of  them  that  year  in  the  county. 
I  often  saw  a  dozen  as  I  made  the  morning  round  to  my  traps,  and 
many  of  these  were  limping  about  with  great  lumps  on  their  backs 
and  sides  where  the  tapeworm  larvae  had  developed  under  the  skin. 
Along  the  wagon  road  from  San  Angelo  to  Colorado  City,  thence 
northwest  to  Gail  and  the  eastern  escarpment  of  the  Staked  Plains, 


154  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

they  were  numerous,  and  in  places  where  no  rain  had  fallen  that 
year  and  the  vegetation  was  scant  and  dried  up  the  jack  rabbits  had 
seconded  the  prairie  dogs  in  eating  the  bark  from  the  small  mes- 
quite  bushes,  from  Opuntia  arborescens,  and  a  large  part  of  the 
fleshy  pads  of  Op  nut  in  engelmanni. 

The  food  of  the  jack  rabbit  consists  mainly  of  grass  and  green 
vegetation,  of  which  growing  grain  of  all  kinds,  clover,  and  alfalfa 
are  especial  favorites.  It  has  been  estimated  that  five  jack  rabbits 
eat  as  much  grass  as  one  sheep."  Allowing  one  rabbit  to  the  acre, 
which  surely  would  not  be  overestimating  their  maximum  abundance, 
the  rabbits  on  a  1,000-acre  ranch  would  consume  as  much  grass  as 
200  sheep.  That  the  rabbits  are  a  serious  drain  on  the  grass  supply 
of  the  stock  range,  especially  in  the  more  arid  parts  of  the  State,  can 
not  be  denied.  It  is  a  question  if  they  are  not  even  more  inju- 
rious than  the  prairie  dog.  as  they  cover  about  twice  the  area  in 
the  State  that  the  prairie  dog  does,  and  instead  of  being  in  colonies 
and  keeping  to  a  definite  locality  they  travel  about  freely,  seeking  cul- 
tivated fields,  meadows,  gardens,  orchards,  and  the  best  pastures. 
They  are  as  independent  of  water  supply  as  any  of  the  desert  mam- 
mals, and  in  many  of  the  valleys  must  go  for  months  without  water 
save  what  is  obtained  from  their  food. 

For  protection  from  their  enemies  the  jack  rabbits  depend  on  pro- 
tective coloration,  the  keenness  of  their  ears  and  eyes,  and  the  length 
of  their  legs,  and  all  they  ask  of  a  coyote  is  a  fair  start  and  an  open 
field.  A  greyhound  will  pick  up  one  on  a  straight  run,  however,  and 
foxhounds  will  often  tire  them  out  if  there  is  moisture  enough  for 
good  tracking.  Coyotes,  foxes,  and  wild  cats  catch  them  apparently 
with  a  quick  bound  in  brushy  places,  leaving  only  patches  of  scat- 
tered fui-  and  a  few  tracks  to  mark  the  spot  next  morning.  Hawks, 
owls,  and  eagles  prey  extensively  upon  them.  Their  bones  were 
among  the  commonest  of  those  scattered  over  the  ground  under  a 
great  horned  owl's  nest  on  a  cliff  at  the  cd^  of  the  Davis  Mountains 
and  under  a  golden  eagle's  nest  on  a  cliff  near  Marathon. 

During  the  morning  and  evening  hours  jack  rabbits  may  be  seen 
loping  along  the  trails  to  their  feeding  grounds,  nibbling  grass  on  the 
green  patches,  standing  with  ears  erect,  on  the  qui  vive,  or  scurrying 
in  alarm  from  real  or  fancied  enemies.  In  the  twilight  they  become 
almost  invisible,  and  their  highly  protective  coloration  probably 
serves  them  better  by  night  than  by  day.  as  they  are  then  most  active. 
During  most  of  the  day  they  sit  in  their  forms,  or  merely  crouch  close 
to  the  ground  under  the  edge  of  a  bush  or  weed,  or  even  in  the  open 
without  other  protection  than  the  blending  of  their  gray  coats  with 

a' Jack    Rabbits   of   I  be    United    States."   by   T.    S.    Palmer.    Biological    Survey. 

Bui.  No.  s.  p.  30,  is!»7. 


Oct..  1005.1  MAMMALS.  155 

the  gray  desert  vegetation.  When  they  bound  away  from  the  bare 
ground  or  short  grass  close  to  your  feet,  the  surprise  is  greater  than 
when  they  start  from  under  a  fuzzy-topped  weed,  though  in  both 
cases  they  may  have  been  in  plain  view  all  the  time.  The  only  home 
they  can  claim  for  themselves  and  their  young  is  the  form,  a  slight 
depression  scratched  in  the  ground,  usually  under  the  shady  side  of 
a  bush  or  weed.  They  can  not  endure  the  heat  of  the  midday  sun, 
and  in  hot  weather  always  seek  some  shade.  I  have  never  known  one 
to  enter  a  burrow,  though  they  could  easily  go  down  badger  holes. 
The  young  are  hidden  in  grass  and  weeds  until  large  enough  to 
escape  their  enemies  by  running,  and  they  are  such  experts  at  hiding 
that  they  are  rarely  discovered. 

Extermination  of  jack  rabbits,  even  if  practicable,  is  not  desira- 
ble, as  they  have  considerable  value  for  game  and  food  purposes,  aside 
from  the  interest  and  pleasure  of  maintaining  a  reasonable  number  of 
our  native  animals.  When  in  good  condition  their  flesh  is  excellent, 
though  usually  not  so  tender  as  that  of  the  cottontail  or  Belgian  hare. 
The  common  prejudice  against  using  them  as  food  has  been  shown  by 
Dr.  T.  8.  Palmer  to  be  entirely  without  foundation." 

Lepus  texianus  melanotis  Mearns.     Kansas  Jack  Rabbit. 

Jack  rabbits  from  Texline,  Lipscomb,  Canadian,  Washburn,  Hen- 
rietta, and  Vernon,  and  apparently  also  an  immature  specimen  from 
Saginaw,  are  almost  typical  melanotis.  They  are  scarce  over  the 
northern  part  of  the  Staked  Plains,  and  I  have  seen  but  a  single 
specimen  from  that  region  and  only  a  few  individuals  in  life.  One 
seen  close  to  the  train  near  Washburn  September  22,  1902,  had  every 
appearance  of  being  the  brown-backed  melanotis  instead  of  the  paler 
gray  texianus.  A  few  others  reported  from  Tascosa,  Hereford,  Wash- 
burn, and  Gainesville  are  probably  melanotis.  More  specimens 
from  eastern  Texas  may  show  closer  affinities  with  melanotis  than 
with  t<>.ri<iniis,  as  the  few  examined  are  to  some  extent  intermediate 
between  the  two  forms. 

The  habits,  of  melanotis  do  not  differ  much  from  those  of  texianus, 
of  which  it  is  the  plains  and  prairie  representative.  Instead  of 
depending  on  low  desert  bushes  for  shade  and  concealment,  the  for- 
mer usually  hide  in  tall  prairie  grass,  which  habit  may  in  some  way 
account  for  their  slightly  shorter  ears  and  smaller  audital  bullae  and 
the  browner  coloration  that  constitute  their  principal  subspecific 
characters. 

They  are  generally  less  numerous  than  texianus  or  merriami,  and 
consequently  of  less  serious  economic  importance.  They  are  also 
freer  from  parasites,  and  therefore  more  acceptable  as  game. 

"Set-  '.Tack  Rabbits  as  Game,'  in  Jack  Rabbits  of  the  United  States,  by  T.  S. 
Palmer,  Biol.  Surv.,  Bui.  8,  ]>.  71.  1897. 


156  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Lepus  floridanus  alacer  Bangs.     Bangs  Cottontail. 

The  cottontails  of  eastern  Texas  as  far  west  as  Port  Lavaca  and 
Gainesville  are  readily  distinguished  from  floridanus  by  the  small 
audita!  bullae,  and  from  chapmani  by  the  darker  colors,  in  both  of 
which  characters  they  agree  with  alacer  described  by  Outran)  Bangs, 
from  Stilwell,  Ind.  T.  The  darkest  specimens  are  from  extreme 
eastern  Texas,  but  to  the  westward  the  transition  into  the  lighter, 
grayer  chapmani  takes  place  mainly  along  the  line  where  timber  and 
thick  grass  prairie  change  to  mesquite  plains. 

The  cottontails  are  common  over  practically  all  of  eastern  Texas, 
living  in  the  densest  timber  and  brush  patches,  in  the  open  woods,  in 
the  rich  prairie  grass,  or  about  fields  and  buildings.  Where  there 
are  no  dogs  to  chase  them,  their  favorite  home  is  under  a  house  or 
other  building.  In  the  woods  an  old  log,  tree  top,  or  brush  heap  usu- 
ally protects  them,  though  they  are  often  found  crouched  in  their 
forms  under  a  bunch  of  briers,  weeds,  or  bushes.  On  the  prairie  they 
often  jump  from  under  a  tuft  of  overhanging  grass  and  run  to  the 
nearest  brush  or  weed  patch  for  cover.  They  rarely  find  burrows  to 
make  use  of  and  apparently  never  dig  them. 

Nowhere  have  I  found  them  more  than  moderately  common  or  in 
any  way  a  serious  pest.  Their  value  as  a  food  and  game  animal 
probably  compensates  for  what  little  mischief  they  do  in  cutting  off 
young  fruit  and  forest  trees,  and  for  the  small  amount  of  grain  and 
vegetables  they  injure  in  fields  and  gardens.  If  in  places  they  become 
troublesome,  it  is  easy  to  thin  them  out  by  hunting  them  with  dogs. 
but  usually  the  hawks  and  owls  keep  their  numbers  sufficiently 
reduced. 

Lepus  floridanus  chapmani  Allen.     Chapman  Cottontail. 

Lepus  floridanus  caniclunis   Miller.   Proc.   Acad.   Nat.    svi.    Phila.,   p.   388, 
Oct.  5,  1899.     From  Fort  Clark,  Tex. 
Lepus    simplicicanus    Miller,    Proc.    Biol.    Soc.    Wash.,    XV,    ]>.    81,    Apr.    25, 
1!>()2.     From  Brownsville,  Tex. 

This  small-eared  cottontail  ranges  from  Rockport,  Brazos.  Henri- 
etta, Mobeetie,  Canadian,  and  Lipscomb,  westward  to  Stanton  and 
Comstock,  south  to  Brownsville  in  Texas,  and  across  into  Mexico. 
It  is  a  small,  pale-gray  form  of  the  -floridanus  group,  amply  covered 
by  the  name  chapmani^  given  by  Doctor  Allen  to  Corpus  Christ i 
specimens.  It  is  quite  distinct  from  the  long-eared  cottontail  (  Lepus 
arizonce  minor),  with  which  it  occurs  at  Stanton,  Comstock.  Del  Rio, 
Fort  Clark,  and  along  a  wide  strip  of  country  where  the  ranges  of 
the  two  overlap.  It  inhabits  the  semiarid  mesquite  country  of  Lower 
Sonoran  /one  and  usually  is  abundant  throughout  its  range. 

At  Corpus  Christi,  and  thence  to  Brownsville  and  Del  Rio,  these 
little  rabbits  live  among  the  big  bunches  of  prickly  pear  and  in  the 


Oct.,  1905.]  "  MAMMALS.  157 

thickets  of  mesquite  and  catsclaw,  finding  in  the  thorny  cover  the 
same  protection  that  the  wood  rats  and  many  other  mammals  do, 
;ii)d  seeming  to  ignore  the  presence  of  thorns  in  and  along  their  trails. 
One  of  their  favorite  resorts  for  a  midday  nap  is  in  or  among  the  big 
flat  pads  of  a  prickly  pear,  where  they  will  stick  to  their  form  until 
fairly  forced  out.  In  the  still  more  dense  and  thorny  thickets  of 
Zizyphus  and  Momesia  pallida  it  is  impossible  to  force  them  out.  In 
the  evening  and  morning  hours  they  may  be  seen  hopping  around  the 
edges  of  these  thickets,  where  they  are  often  comparatively  tame,  so 
confident  are  they  of  being  able  to  dodge  quickly  into  a  safe  retreat. 
In  the  country  about  Kerrville,  and  westward  to  Devils  River,  they 
are  less  common,  and  usually  are  found  in  the  oak  thickets  or  among 
junipers  and  scrub  oaks,  but  the  country  does  not  seem  to  suit  them  as 
well  as  the  more  open  mesquite  region  farther  north  at  Llano,  where 
they  are  abundant  in  the  thickets  of  mesquite  and  Zizyphus.  At 
Mobeetie,  Miami,  and  Lipscomb,  Howell  found  them  inhabiting  the 
brushy  creek  bottoms,  and  at  Canadian  both  the  brushy  bottoms  and 
the  plum  thickets  over  the  sand  hills.  He  says  they  were  very  wild, 
and  that  none  were  seen  on  the  open  country  where  the  long-eared 
in '/nor  ranged. 

I  have  never  found  these  rabbits  making  use  of  burrows  or  of  open- 
ings in  the  rocks. 

Like  all  the  cottontails,  they  are  excellent  food,  and  are  usually 
free  from  grubs  and  other  parasites.  The  young  are  especially  deli- 
cious, and  as  white  and  tender  as  quail.  Complaints  are  rarely  made 
of  the  harm  they  occasionally  do  in  orchards  and  gardens,  as  this 
seems  to  be  compensated  by  their  value  as  game. 

Lepus  arizonae  minor  Mearns.     Desert  Cottontail. 

The  long-eared  desert  cottontail  can  be  distinguished  from  the 
short-eared  chapmani  by  its  much  larger  audital  bullae  with  even 
more  certainty  than  by  its  longer  ears,  and,  as  the  two  occur  together 
over  a  wide  stretch  of  country,  this  distinction  is  important.  It  is 
the  common  cottontail  of  western  Texas,  and  extends  from  El  Paso 
and  along  the  Rio  Grande  east  to  Wichita  Falls,  Tebo,  Colorado, 
San  Angelo,  Fort  Clark,  Cotulla,  and  San  Diego,  south  to  Rio  Grande 
City,  and  north  to  Tascosa  and  Lipscomb.  The  eastern  edge  of  its 
range  overlaps  the  western  edge  of  the  range  of  chapmani  in  places 
for  a  distance  of  a  hundred  miles  or  more,  where  the  two  occur 
commonly  together.  "While  distributed  mainly  over  the  arid  Lower 
Sonoran  zone,  it  ranges  into  Upper  Sonoran  in  the  Davis  and  Guada- 
lupe Mountains  and  on  the  Staked  Plains,  but  perhaps  not  farther 
than  a  rabbit  would  wander  in  a  few  warm  months. 

Unlike  Lepus  chapmani,  these  cottontails  are  largely  inhabitants 
of  the  plains  and  open  country,  caring  little  for  cover  when  they  can 


158 


NORTH    AMERICAN     FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


find  prairie  dog  or  badger  holes  for  safe  retreats.  They  arc  often 
most  conspicuous  and  abundant  in  a  half-deserted  prairie-dog  town 
in  a  barren  valley,  where  they  sit  under  a  hush  or  weed  until  alarmed, 
when  they  rush  to  the  nearest  burrow  and  disappear,  or  stop,  per- 
haps, at  the  edge  to  see  if  they  are  pursued."  Where  there  are  no 
prairie-dog  holes,  badger  holes  are  usually  common  throughout  the 
range  of  this  rabbit,  and  a  large  kangaroo  rat  burrow  is  often  made 
use  of  in  an  emergency.  Openings  in  and  under  rocks  also  are 
favorite  retreats,  and  rabbits  are  usually  common  along  the  base 
of  cliffs  and  in  canyons  and  gulches  where,  besides  the  natural  cavities 
among  the  rocks,  they  make  use  of  burrows  where  skunks  and  badgers 


wm 


'■StO*  <Ai'^- 


-Long-eared  cottontail  (Lepus  a.  mint 
Pecos  Valley. 


■)   at  badger  hole  under  mesquit* 


have  dug  out  smaller  rodents  or  made  dens  under  big  bowlders. 
Dense  tangles  of  brush  and  impenetrable  cactus  patches  also  are 
resorted  to  for  cover,  but  nowhere  within  the  range  of  the  species  is 
there  anything  more  nearly  approaching  real  woods  than  scattered 
mesquite  and  junipers,  with  the  exception  of  willows  and  eottonwoods 
on  some  of  the  river  bottoms,  which  the  cottontails  seem  to  avoid. 
Like  jack  rabbits,  they  seem  to  feel  more  secure  in  the  open  country, 
where  safety  depends  on  keenness  of  sight  and  hearing  and  speed  of 
foot, 


<*At  Lipscomb  and  Canadian.  Howell  found  them  inhabiting  old  prairie-dog 
holes  to  SUCh  an  extent  that  they  were  called  by  the  ranchmen  "prairie-dog 
rabbits"  or  "dog  rabbits." 


o  -I..  190E 


MAMMALS.  159 


Over  much  of  their  range  they  are  usually  very  abundant.  "While 
on  the  train  going  from  Wichita  Falls  to  Seymour,  a  distance  of 
about  50  miles,  I  counted  16  of  these  rabbits,  and  from  "Wichita 
Falls  to  Childress,  a  distance  of  about  100  miles,  I  noted  over  30. 
At  Sycamore  Creek  in  half  an  hour  Lloyd  counted  18,  and  in  many 
places  we  found  them  equally  numerous.  Around  ranches  they  are 
generally  shot  for  food  or  chased  away  by  dogs,  so  that  there  is  little 
complaint  of  injury  to  crops.  The  amount  of  range  grass  consumed 
by  them  under  ordinary  circumstances  can  not  be  very  great,  but 
without  natural  enemies  they  would  soon  become  so  numerous  as  to 
be  a  serious  pest. 

They  breed  rapidly,  but  are  preyed  upon  constantly  by  coyotes, 
foxes,  wildcats,  hawks,  eagles,  and  owls.  Under  the  nesting  cliff  of 
a  great  horned  owl  at  the  west  base  of  the  Davis  Mountains  parts  of 
fully  100  skulls  of  this  cottontail  were  found  among  other  bones  in 
the  owl  pellets. 

As  food  these  cottontails  are  equal  to  any  rabbit  and  when  young 
they  are  especially  delicious.  In  camp  they  are  often  the  only  avail- 
able fresh  meat.  As  other  game  becomes  scarce  their  importance  as 
food  and  game  will  be  greatly  increased. 

Lepus  arizonae  baileyi  Merriam.     Plains  Cottontail. 

Two  specimens  of  cottontail  from  Texline  and  one  from  Buffalo 
Springs,  20  miles  to  the  northeast  of  Texline.  can  be  referred  to 
baileyi  better  than  to  minor  or  arisonce,  although  not  typical  of  either 
form.  It  is  a  question  if  the  Lipscomb  and  Tascosa  specimens 
referred  to  minor  do  not  shade  also  toward  baileyi,  which  appears  to 
be  an  Upper  Sonoran  plains  form  of  the  arizonce  group. 

At  Texline  Howell  says  that  these  rabbits  are  numerous  in  the 
sagebrush  draws  near  town.  When  started  from  the  sagebrush 
{Artemisia  filifolia),  they  usually  make  for  the  nearest  rocks,  or 
else  run  into  a  burrow.  They  are  very  wild,  and  if  no  cover  offers 
quickly  run  out  of  sight. 

Lepus  pinetis  robustus  subsp.  now     Mountain  Cottontail. 

Type  from  Davis  Mountains,  Texas,  6,000  feet  altitude.  No.  Hrst  9  a<^" 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Biological  Survey  Coll.  Collected  Jan.  G,  1S0O.  by 
Vernon  Bailey.     Original  No.  873. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  Lepus  pinetis  hohneri,  but  larger, 
with  relatively  narrower  braincase  and  conspicuously  wider,  more 
prominent  postorbital  processes. 

Color. — Winter  pelage:  Crown  and  rump  brownish  gray,  sides 
and  rump  light  ashy  gray,  nape  and  exposed  part  of  legs  bright  fawn 
color,  lower  parts  white  with  buffy  gray  throat  patch.  The  short 
summer  pelage  is  not  known. 


lf>()  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  larger  than  in  pinetis  or  holzneri,  with 
relatively  narrower  braincase,  slightly  larger  bullae,  and  conspicu- 
ously wider,  more  prominent  postorbital  processes. 

Measurements. — Type  specimen  ?  ad.:  Total  length,  4G0 ;  tail  ver- 
tebra1, 55;  hind  foot.  104;  ear  from  notch  (measured  dry).  <*>7. 
Average  of  5  adults  from  western  Texas:  Total  length,  45<S :  tail  ver- 
tebrae, 5!) ;  hind  foot,  103.6 ;  ear  from  notch,  G8. 

Skull  of  type. — Basal  length.  60;  nasals,  32:  zygomatic  breadth, 
F>4;  greatest  breadth  of  braincase,  26.5;  mastoid  breadth,  '25.5;  inter- 
orbital  breadth,  19. 

Remarks. — This  large  brush  rabbit  needs  comparison  only  with 
pinetis  and  holzneri,  from  both  of  which  it  differs  enough  to  form 
a  good  subspecies,  and  from  the  range  of  which  it  is  apparently 
entirely  cut  off  by  intervening  valley  country.  From  arizonce  and  its 
subspecies  it  is  entirely  distinct,  differing  widely  in  size  and  cranial 
characters  and  occupying  the  same  ground  in  the  lower  part  of  its 
range.  It  is  a  Transition  zone  species,  ranging  from  6,000  to  8.000 
feet  in  the  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains,  rarely  coming  down  the 
brushy  slopes  into  Upper  Sonoran  zone.  A  specimen  collected  in 
midwinter  in  Presidio  County  was  in  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone  near 
the  edge  of  the  Chinati  Mountains,  at  about  4.200  feet,  where  it  ma\ 
have  wandered  down  along  the  brushy  creek  from  a  higher  level. 

It  lives  in  brushy  and  timbered  country  and  makes  runways 
through  the  thickets,  which,  when  started,  it  follows  at  a  lively  speed 
and  with  much  noise.  It  is  almost  as  large  and  heavy  as  the  varying 
hare,  and  needs  only  to  be  seen  or  heard  running  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  light,  slender  minor.  While  many  were  seen  or  heard  in 
the  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains,  but  few  specimens  were  collected, 
owing  to  the  difficulty  of  getting  shots  at  them  in  the  thickets.  They 
seem  to  be  entirely  free  from  grubs  and  other  parasites  and  are  fine 
eating. 

Lepus  aquaticus  Bachman.     Swamp  Rabbit. 

The  swamp  rabbits  from  near  the  coast  of  southeastern  Texas  agree 
in  general  appearance  with  aquaticus,  in  referring  them  to  which 
species  I  followT  Doctor  Allen,  although  more  specimens  from  this 
region,  as  well  as  more  of  typical  aquaticus,  are  necessary  to  a  final 
decision.  Specimens  examined  :  Selkirk  Island.  Matagorda  County, 
1;  Bernard  Creek  (12  miles  west  of  Columbia),  2;  Austin  Bayou 
(near  Alvin),  1.  Oberholser  reported  them  as  common  in  the  moisi 
woods  near  Beaumont,  and  Ilollister  found  them  •'exceedingly  numer- 
ous at  Sour  Lake,  especially  about  the  wooded  islands."  Lloyd  re- 
ported them  from  Selkirk  Island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Colorado 
River  and  in  the  salt  marshes  near  Matagorda.     My  own  acquaint- 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  161 

ance  with  the  species  has  been  in  the  Big  Thicket  of  Hardin  County, 
Tex.,  and  in  southern  Louisiana,  where  they  live  in  swamps,  marshes, 
and  low  brushy  woods  near  the  bayous,  making  trails  that  often 
lead  through  shallow  water.  They  usually  jump  from  under  old 
logs  or  tangles  of  briers  and  underbrush  and  go  dashing  oil'  with  a 
heavy  thumping  run,  but  usually  with  speed  enough  to  escape  the 
dogs.  Fires  are  said  sometimes  to  drive  them  out  of  the  swamps 
and  marshes  by  hundreds.  In  the  Big  Thicket  in  December,  190-1, 
they  were  especially  abundant  under  the  dense  growth  of  palmettoes 
and  tangle  of  vines.  At  this  season  the  ground  was  dry.  but  the 
quantity  of  large  flattened  pellets  covering  the  tops  of  old  logs  sug- 
gested that  during  wet  weather  the  rabbits  spent  much  of  their  time 
on  the  logs. 

Late  in  the  following  March  Gaut  found  them  abundant  in  this 
region  during  high  water,  and  was  informed  by  Mike  Griffin,  a 
hunter  living  on  Black  Creek,  that  they  were  great  swimmers,  and 
when  chased  by  the  dogs  would  invariably  swim  back  and  forth 
across  the  creeks.  One  female  examined  contained  five  embryos  and 
two  others  were  nursing  young. 

Lepus  aquaticus  attwateri  Allen.     Attwater  Swamp  Rabbit. 

Swamp  rabbits  are  common  along  the  streams  of  eastern  Texas 
as  far  west  as  Port  Lavaca,  San  Antonio,  Austin,  and  Gamesville. 
Specimens  from  Richmond,  Antioch.  Joaquin,  Troup,  and  Gaines- 
ville are  large  and  gray  like  typical  attwateri,  and  can  be  referred  to 
nothing  else.  They  are  reported  as  common  in  the  swamps  or  bottom 
lands  at  Arthur,  Texarkana,  Jefferson,  Waskom,  Rockland,  Bren- 
ham,  and  near  Elgin.  Those  reported  from  Conroe  and  Jasper  are 
probably  nearer  to  aquaticus. 

In  habits  these  rabbits  are  similar  to  aquaticus,  living  in  the  tim- 
bered bottom  lands  along  the  rivers,  often  among  the  palmettoes,  or 
in  wet,  half-swampy  places  in  the  woods.  On  the  Brazos  bottoms, 
near  Richmond,  I  found  them  under  old  logs  and  brush  in  the  densest 
woods,  and  at  Troup,  Loring  reported  them  as  hiding  in  fallen  tree 
tops  or  under  roots  of  trees  and  brush  piles  in  low,  swampy  places. 
H.  P.  Attwater  says: 

When  frightened  from  their  hiding  places  and  chased  by  dogs  they  take  refuge 
in  hollow  trees  and  in  holes  in  the  river  bluffs.  The  dogs  seem  to  have  more 
difficulty  in  trailing  them  than  they  do  the  cottontails  and  jack  rabbits,  the 
swamp  rabbits  often  eluding  the  bounds  by  taking  to  water.  I  have  seen  them 
on  several  occasions  swimming  across  the  river  while  the  dogs  were  hunting  for 
them  on  the  other  side." 

a  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  328,  1893. 
3873— No.  25—05  m 11 


162  NORTH    AMERICAN     FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Felis  hippolestes  aztecus  Merriam.     Mexican  Cougar;  Mountain  Lion; 

Panther. 

The  specimens  of  mountain  lion  from  Texas  available  for  deter- 
mination of  the  species  are  few,  and  their  status  is  unsatisfactory;  hut 
they  indicate  that  at  least  the  western  part  of  the  State  is  inhabited 
by  aztecus.  Two  skulls  of  females  from  the  Davis  Mountains  and 
one  from  Brownsville  do  not  possess  important  specific  characters, 
but  they  and  a  flat  skin  from  the  Davis  Mountains  and  one  from  near 
Boquillas  agree  with  aztecus  more  nearly  than  with  any  other  spe- 
cies. A  fine  male  seen  in  the  San  Pedro  Park,  at  San  Antonio, 
October  30,  1904,  said  to  have  come  from  Langtry,  was  in  the  light- 
gray  coat  of  aztecus,  and  a  nearly  perfect  skull  of  an  old  male  from 
20  miles  north  of  Comstock  shows  the  best-marked  characters  of  that 
species. 

In  the  rough  and  sparsely  settled  western  part  of  the  State  moun- 
tain lions  are  still  fairly  common  in  certain  sections,  where  they  often 
lay  a  heavy  tribute  on  colts,  calves,  and  sheep.  At  Langtry  Gaul 
reported  them  in  1903  as  "quite  common  a  few  years  ago,  but  now 
scarce,"  and  adds:  "  One  was  shot  in  a  pasture  about  half  a  mile  from 
the  station  last  winter,  and  an  old  hunter  (Mr.  E.  B.  Billings)  at 
Samuels  informs  me  that  the  stomach  of  one  that  he  killed  near 
Langtry  a  few  years  ago  contained  part  of  the  foot  of  a  raccoon  and 
also  some  of  the  remains  of  a  gray  fox.'1  Gaut  reported  a  few  pan- 
thers in  the  Franklin  Mountains  the  same  year,  and  said  that  he  was 
shown  a  mule  killed  by  one.  The  mule's  neck  showed  deep  gashes 
which  had  been  cut  by  teeth  and  claws.  Large  numbers  of  colts  were 
said  to  be  killed  every  year  in  these  mountains  by  panthers.  Near 
Oakville,  Live  Oak  County,  Mi-.  F.  A.  Lockhart  reported  that  a  horse 
and  two  colts  had  been  killed  by  a  panther  July  25,  1895,  and  that  a 
hound  was  killed  the  next  day  by  the  same  animal. 

The  rough  desert  ranges,  full  of  canyons,  cliffs,  and  caves,  are  the 
favorite  haunts  of  the  panthers,  and  will  be  their  last  strongholds, 
not  only  because  of  the  advantages  they  offer  for  foraging  but  because 
of  the  protection  they  afford  from  hounds  and  hunters.  In  the  desert 
mountains  just  north  of  Van  Horn  in  August.  L902,  a  panther  and  I 
were  mutually  surprised  at  meeting  in  a  narrow  gulch,  he  evidently 
expecting  a  venison  supper,  and  I,  in  my  search  for  rock  squirrels, 
discovering  his  big,  round,  yellow  face  between  the  rocks  above 
me.  I  drew  my  sight  a  little  too  fine  and  caught  the  rock  just  under 
his  chin  with  no  more  damage  than  to  fill  his  eyes  with  rock  dust 
and  cause  a  quick  retreat  behind  the  crest  of  the  ridge.  I  was  scarcely 
more  disappointed  than  was  the  ranchman  in  the  next  valley  whose 
colts  had  been  disappearing  at  frequent  intervals.  In  the  Davis 
Mountains  these  cougars  have  been  hunted  with  hounds  until  scarce. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  163 

but  iii  the  Santiago  range,  in  the  Chisos  Mountains,  and  along  the 
canyons  of  the  Rio  Grande  and  Pecos  they  are  still  common.  A 
few  are  found  even  on  the  edges  of  the  Staked  Plains.  On  a  ranch 
22  miles  north  of  Monahans  Cary  saw  the  skin  of  one  that  had  been 
roped  by  a  cowboy  in  July,  11)02.  It  was  a  very  large  female,  and  was 
said  to  have  measured  11  feet  in  total  length.  The  size  strongly 
suggests  hippolestes,  which  it  ought  to  be  from  geographic  consid- 
erations. 

The  form  inhabiting  the  timber  and  swamps  of  eastern  Texas 
undoubtedly  is  different  from  either  aztecus  or  hippolestes,  but 
whether  it  is  the  Florida  panther  (coryi),  the  Adirondack  panther 
(couguar),  or  something  else,  will  remain  doubtful  until  specimens 
are  procured  from  the  region.  Baird  speaks  of  the  redness  of  a  skin 
collected  by  Captain  Marcy  on  the  Brazos  River  (Pac.  II.  R.  Rep., 
VIII,  84',  1857),  but  the  skin  can  not  now  be  found.  An  old  female 
panther,  which  died  in  the  National  Zoological  Park  January  1*.),  11)00, 
was  caught  August  12,  1892,  when  about  two  or  three  weeks  old,  near 
Memphis,  Tex.,  in  the  Red  River  Valley,  east  of  the  Staked  Plains. 
The  skin  of  this  animal,  now  in  the  National  Museum  collection, 
agrees  fairly  well  with  skins  of  hippolestes,  but  the  skull  does  not 
agree  with  any  of  the  skulls  in  the  National  Museum  and  shows 
peculiarities  probably  due  to  life-long  confinement. 

In  most  of  eastern  Texas  panthers  are  reported  as  formerly  com- 
mon, but  now  as  very  rare  or  entirely  extinct.  Individuals  have 
been  killed,  however,  within  a  few  years  in  the  swamps  not  far  from 
Jefferson  in  the  northeastern  part  and  Sour  Lake  in  the  southeastern 
part  of  the  State.  At  Tarkington  Prairie  Mr.  A.  W.  Carter  says 
there  were  a  few  panthers  when  he  was  a  boy  in  1860,  but  he  has  not- 
seen  one  since.  In  the  Big  Thicket  of  Hardin  County  a  few  panthers 
have  been  killed  in  past  years,  and  Dan  Griffin,  who  lives  7  miles 
northeast,  of  Sour  Lake,  says  a  very  large  one  occasionally  passes  his 
place.     He  saw  its  tracks  in  the  winter  of  11)03— 1. 

Felis  onca  hernandezi "  (Gray).     Jaguar. 

Felis  onca  Baird,  Mainm.  N.  Am.,  p.  86,  1857  (in  parti. 
The  jaguar,  the  largest  of  North  American  cats,  once  reported  as 
common  over  southern  Texas  and  as  occupying  nearly  the  whole  of 

a  An  adult  male  jaguar  killed  near  Center  City,  Mills  County,  Tex.,  Septem- 
ber  3,  1903,  agrees  very  closely  in  color  and  markings  with  a  skin  of  Felis 
hernandezi  from  near  Mazatlan,  Mexico.  The  ground  color  in  the  Texas  skin 
is  a  shade  yellower,  and  the  spotting  slightly  coarser,  hut  the  difference  is  too 
Blight  for  any  important  significance.  Unfortunately  there  is  no  skull  with  the 
Mazatlan  skin,  hut  the  Texas  skull  is  scarcely  distinguishahle  from  comparahle 
skulls  of  typical   onca  from   Brazil. 

Baird's  detailed  description  of  a  skin  from  the  Brazos  River  also  agrees  in  a 
general  way  with  this  topotype  skin  from  Mazatlan. 


1()4  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  caster!)  part  of  the  State  to  Louisiana  and  north  to  the  Red  River, 
is  now  extremely  rare.  Occasionally  there  is  a  report  that  one  has 
been  killed,  but  in  very  few  cases  have  the  reports  been  substantiated 
by  specimens.  A  skin  from  the  Brazos  River,  Texas,  without  a  date, 
but  entered  in  the  National  Museum  Catalogue  in  1853  and  described 
in  detail  by  Professor  Baird  in  the  Mexican  Boundary  Survey  (  Vol. 
II,  part  2,  p.  (>),  seems  to  have  disappeared.  This  specimen  was 
obtained  from  J.  M.  Stanley,  but  no  more  definite  locality  was  given 
than  '  Brazos  River.1  The  following  note  from  H.  P.  Attwater  was 
published  by  Doctor  Allen  in  his  list  of  mammals  of  Aransas  County, 
Tex.'1  "  Captain  Bailey  says  he  formerly  owned  a  fine  skin  of  a 
jaguar  killed  on  the  point  of  Live  Oak  Peninsula  by  J.  J.  Wealder 
and  A.  Reeves  in  1858,  but  has  not  heard  of  any  in  this  neighborhood 
since." 

In  reply  to  a  request  for  detailed  information  relating  to  a  mounted 
specimen  of  a  jaguar  mentioned  in  a  previous  letter,  Mr.  II.  P. 
Attwater  writes  under  date  of  June  4,  1904,  as  follows: 

Since  writing  I  have  been  in  San  Antonio,  and  while  there  hunted  up  my 
friend  Mr.  Frank  Toudouze,  and  from  him  obtained  some  information  about 
the  jaguar  referred  to  in  previous  communication.  Mr.  Frank  Toudouze,  who  is 
now  living  in  San  Antonio,  remembers  the  circumstances  very  well,  and  tells  me 
that  the  jaguar  was  killed  by  his  brother,  Henry  Toudouze,  and  party  of  hunters, 
in  1ST!),  about  10  miles  south  of  Carrizo  Springs,  in  Dimmit  County,  Tex.  He 
tells  me  that  it  was  a  male,  and  even  at  that  time  considered  a  rare  animal  in 
that  part  of  Texas.  Mr.  Henry  Toudouze  died  a  few  years  ago,  but  I  have  beard 
him  tell  about  the  killing  of  tins  particular  animal  many  times,  as  well  as 
hearing  his  father  and  brothers  speak  of  it.  When  I  came  to  Texas  it  was  in 
Mr.  (Justave  Toudouze's  (the  old  gentleman)  collection,  and  be  and  I  took  it 
with  other  specimens  to  the  New  Orleans  Exposition  in  1884,  as  a  part  of  the 
Texas  Natural  History  Exhibit  of  which  we  bad  charge.  At  the  close  of  the 
New  Orleans  Exposition  it  was  brought  with  our  collection  back  to  San  Antonio, 
and  subsequently  taken  to  Mexico  by  .Mr.  Frank  Toudouze,  who  tells  me  that  he 
sold  it  with  the  rest  of  the  collection  to  the  officials  of  the  State  Museum  at 
Saltillo,  State  of  Coahuila,  and  he  says  he  has  no  doubt  that  the  specimen  is 
still  there. 

In  1902  Oberholser  heard  of  a  jaguar  that  was  killed  south  of 
Jasper  a  few  years  before,  and  also  obtained  reports  of  the  former 
occurrence  of  the  species  along  the  Neches  River  near  Beaumont  ami 
in  the  timber  south  of  Conroe.  There  have  been  several  reports  from 
different  sources  of  one  killed  near  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos  in  1889,  or 
near  that  date,  and  in  1001  Oberholser  got  a  record  of  one  killed 
south  of  Comstock  "  some  years  ago,""  but  without  a  definite  date. 
A;  Camp  Verde,  Cary  was  told  by  a  Mr.  Bonnell  of  a  jaguar  killed 
in  1880  at  the  head  springs  of  the  Nueces  River,  but  this  may  have 
been  the  Toudouze  specimen  from  Carrizo  Springs. 

a  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  VI,  198.  1S'.)4. 


Oct.,  loon.  1  MAMMALS.  165 

The  skin  and  skull  of  a  fine  old  male  jaguar  killed  near  Center 
City,  Mills  County,  Tex.,  September  3,  1008,  through  the  efforts  of 
Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater,  the  enthusiastic  naturalist  of  Houston,  Tex.,  have 
been  secured  and  safely  lodged  in  the  National  Museum.  Through 
the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr.,  assistant  curator  of  mammals 
in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  the  correspondence  relating  to  the 
capture  of  the  animal  and  the  securing  of  the  skin  and  skull  for  the 
museum  has  been  placed  at  my  disposal.  The  following  extracts 
from  this  correspondence  are  of  special  interest. 

In  a  letter  of  March  21,  1004,  Mr.  Attwater  wrote  to  Mr.  Miller: 

Last  fall  I  heard  that  a  jaguar  had  heen  killed  near  Goldthwaite.  in  Mills 
Comity,  north  of  the  Colorado  River,  in  west  central  Texas,  and  wrote  to  par- 
ties in  that  section  for  particulars,  but  with  poor  satisfaction,  so  made  up  my 
mind  to  go  there  the  first  opportunity  for  the  purpose  of  getting  at  the  facts.  I 
was  so  much  engaged  with  my  work  that  I  was  unable  to  spare  time  to  do  this 
until  several  weeks  ago,  hut  I  am  glad  to  say  that  I  am  now  able  to  report  very 
satisfactory  results,  and  that  I  found  the  skull  and  hide  still  there,  also  ordered 
photographs  (from  the  negative  taken  at  the  time),  which  have  just  come  to 
hand.  I  take  pleasure  in  sending  you  one  with  this  letter,  and  later  on  will 
send  you  full  particulars,  with  date  of  killing,  etc.,  the  most  important  of  which 
I  already  have. 

In  regard  to  the  killing  of  the  jaguar,  I  understood  from  Mr.  Hudson,  who 
skinned  him,  and  from  others,  that  they  found  it  accidentally,  and  that  they 
were  hunting  wildcats  at  the  time  they  ran  across  him.  I  was  told  while  I 
was  there  that  another  jaguar  had  been  reported  in  the  same  locality  after  this 
one  was  killed,  and  it  was  supposed  that  there  was  a  pair  of  them,  but  as  far  as 
I  could  find  out  nothing  had  heen  heard  or  seen  of  the  other  one  for  some  time 
past.  *  *  *  In  regard  to  how  the  jaguar  came  there,  my  idea  is  that  it 
strayed  there  probably  with  its  mate  from  the  Rio  Grande  region,  which  it  could 
easily  have  done  by  the  route  indicated  on  the  inclosed  map.  The  character  of 
the  country  all  along  this  route  from  the  Rio  Grande  to  Mills  County  is  similar 
and  not  thickly  inhabited,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  the  animal  made  its  way 
up  the  San  Saba  River  and  across  the  Colorado  into  Mills  County.  I  took  par- 
ticular not*'  of  the  country  around  Goldthwaite  and  in  that  part  where  the 
animal  was  killed  it  is  rough  with  rocky  ridges  which  they  call  '  mountains,' 
running  parallel  with  the  creeks  and  rivers,  with  uneven  valley  lands  between 
the  streams  and  the  mountains.  There  is  no  tall  timber,  but  the  entire  country 
is  covered  with  a  thick  brush  or  chaparral,  consisting  chiefly  of  shin  oak  thickets 
known  as  the  '  shinnery,'  also  sumac  thickets  and  Spanish  oak  clumps  with  live 
oak  trees  scattered  among  them.  On  the  lower  flats  there  are  considerable 
mesquite  trees. 

Later  Mr.  Attwater  wrote  as  follows: 

I  send  yon  by  express  box  containing  the  skin  and  skull  of  jaguar.  *  *  * 
.Miss  Julia  Kemp,  the  photographer  in  Goldthwaite,  very  kindly  promised  to 
write  to  the  parties  who  killed  the  animal  to  get  the  data  and  other  particu- 
lars for  me.  I  herewith  inclose  you  the  correspondence,  together  with  a  letter 
she  sent,  received  from  Homer  Brown,  one  of  the  parties  in  the  "  fight." 


lf>6  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

The  following  letter  from  Homer  Brown  was  addressed  to  Miss 
Julia  Kemp,  March  20,  1004: 

Yours  of  15th  at  hand.  In  regard  to  the  jaguar,  we  killed  him  Thursday 
night,  September  ."..  I  will  give  some  of  the  particulars.  Henry  Morris  came  to 
go  hunting  with  me  that  night.  I  had  a  hoy  staying  with  me  by  the  name  of 
Johnnie  Walton.  We  three  took  supper  at  my  home  and  then  started  for  the 
mountains,  3  miles  southwest  of  Center  City,  where  we  started  the  jaguar  just 
at  dark.  We  ran  him  about  .">  miles  and  treed  him  in  a  small  Spanish  oak. 
I  shot  him  in  the  body  with  a  Colt  .45.  He  fell  out  of  the  tree  and  the  hounds 
ran  him  about  half  a  mile  and  hayed  him.  I  stayed  with  him  while  Morris  went 
to  Center  City  after  guns  and  ammunition.  In  about  an  hour  and  a  half  he 
came  back  and  brought  several  men  with  him.  so  then  the  fight  commenced. 
We  had  to  ride  into  the  shinnery  and  drive  him  out,  and  we  got  him  killed  just 
at  1_!  o'clock  that  night.  We  commenced  the  fight  with  ten  hounds,  hut  when 
we  got  him  killed  there  were  three  dogs  with  him.  and  one  of  them  wounded. 
He  killed  one  dog  and  very  nearly  killed  several  others.  He  got  hold  of  Rill 
Morris's  horse  and  hit  it  so  had  it  died  from  the  wounds.  *  *  *  The  men 
in  the  chase  were  three  of  the  house  boys,  Al  and  Joe  Tangford,  George  Morris. 
Bill  .Morris.  Thad  Carter,  Claud  Scott,  Henry  Morris.  Johnnie  Walton,  and 
myself.  The  jaguar  measured  (U  feet  from  tip  to  tip.  ."><;  inches  around  chest, 
26  inches  around  head,  21  inches  around  forearm,  9  inches  across  the  hottom 
of  foot:    weight,  140  pounds. 

Felis  pardalis  limitis  Mearns.  Ocelot;  Leopard  Cat. 
Felis  pardalis  Baird,  Mamni.  N.  Am.,  ST.  1857  (in  part). 
Felis  limitis  Mearns.  Proc.  Biol.  Soe.  Washington.  XIV,  p.  140,  1001. 

The  ocelots  are  still  found  in  brushy  or  timbered  country  over  south- 
ern Texas,  as  far  north  as  Rock  Springs  and  Kerrville,  and  np  the 
Pecos  Valley  to  the  region  of  Fort  Lancaster.  One  killed  near  the 
Alamo  de  Cesarae  Ranch,  in  Brewster  County,  between  Marfa  and 
Terlingua,  in  1903,  was  reported  by  Mr.  G.  K.  Gilbert,  and  later  its 
beautiful  light -gray  skin  was  purchased  from  Mrs.  M.  A.  Bishop,  of 
Valentine.  This  seems  to  be  the  westernmost  record  for  the  State. 
Farther  east  ocelots  are  still  reported  as  very  rare  about  Beaumont 
and  Jasper,  near  the  eastern  line  of  the  State,  and  farther  north,  near 
Waskom  and  Long  Lake.  Early  records  carried  their  range  across 
into  Louisiana  and  Arkansas,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  at  the  present  time 
they  are  to  be  found  in  the  United  States  beyond  the  limits  of  Texas. 
Most  of  the  records  are  from  hunters,  ranchmen,  or  residents  of  the 
country,  who  know  the  animal  by  the  name  of  ocelot  or  leopard  cat. 
or  describe  it  as  a  long-tailed,  spotted  cat  the  size  of  the  lynx.  In 
L902  at  Sour  Lake  llollister  reported  "several  so-called  leopard  cats 
killed  near  there,"  and  says:  "They  are  described  as  about  the  size 
of  the  wildcat  but  of  a  different  build,  spotted  and  with  a  long  tail." 
Near  Beaumont  Oberholser  reported  them  as  occasionally  killed  in 
the  woods  along  the  Neches  River.  Tn  Kerr  County  Mr.  Moore,  the 
sheriff,  told  me  that  he  saw  a  beautiful  skin  of  a  large,  long-tailed, 
spotted  cat  that  was  killed  10  miles  south  of  Kerrville  the  latter  part 


Oct.,  1005.]  MAMMALS.  167 

of  June,  11)0-2.  At  Rock  Springs  in  July  of  the  same  year  Mr. 
Gething  told  me  that  each  year  a  few  ocelot  skins  were  brought  into 
the  store  for  sale.  In  his  report  from  Sheffield  Cary  says:  "I  am 
informed  that  leopard  cats  are  fairly  common  in  the  cedar  brakes 
along  the  Pecos  southeast  of  here/''  In  1890  Mr.  Howard  Lacey,  the 
well-known  naturalist  of  Kerr  County,  told  me  that  he  occasionally 
caught  an  ocelot  while  hunting  with  dogs  for  other  game,  and  in 
January,  1903,  he  wrote  of  the  species  as  follows : 

The  few  that  I  have  seen  have  all  been  found  by  the  hounds,  usually  when  we 
were  hunting  bear,  and  always  in  just  the  kind  of  country  a  hear  would  choose — ■ 
the  roughest,  rockiest  part  of  a  dense  cedar  brake.  Once  on  the  head  of  the 
Frio  River  in  November  the  hounds  struck  a  hot  trail  and  were  just  beginning  to 
get  off  well  together  on  it  when  a  splendid  male  ocelot  sprang  into  a  large  cedar 
close  to  us.  Thinking  the  hounds  might  be  on  a  bear  trail  I  shot  the  cat  at 
once,  put  him  behind  me  on  the  saddle,  and  made  after  the  hounds,  that  were 
getting  off  at  a  good  pace.  They  ran  about  2  miles  and  then  treed  a  female 
ocelot  in  the  bottom  of  a  steep  canyon.  This  we  also  shot  and  I  think  the  two 
were  together  when  we  started  them,  and  that  they  often  go  in  pairs.  They 
are  not  common  here,  but  I  fancy  that  they  often  rest  in  the  trees  and  so  escape 
the  dogs. 

They  are  heavier  and  more  muscular  than  the  bobcat,  and  our  hounds,  that 
always  make  short  work  of  a  bobcat,  find  the  leopard  cat  'a  tough  proposition.' 
Unlike  the  bobcat,  they  have  the  strong  odor  peculiar  to  the  larger  felines,  and 
I  never  killed  one  without  being  reminded  of  the  lion  house  at  the  London  Zoo. 

I  have  never  had  the  luck  to  find  any  kittens,  but  a  friend  of  mine  ran  a 
female  into  a  cave  with  his  hounds  and  killed  her ;  then  the  dogs  went  into  the 
cave  and  killed  and  brought  out  two  kittens  a  few  weeks  old.  This  was  in 
November.  On  another  occasion  he  killed  a  female  that  in  the  course  of  a  few 
days  would  have  brought  forth  two  kittens.  Another  of  my  neighbors  killed  a 
female  and  two  kittens  in  a  cave  near  here.  This  was  also  in  November,  and 
the  kittens  had  not  yet  got  their  eyes  open. 

These  cats  do  much  damage  to  the  stockmen,  being  especially  fond  of  young 
pigs,  kids,  and  lambs.  They  probably  also  kill  fawns  and  turkeys,  and,  like 
many  other  cats,  often  hide  what  they  can  not  eat  under  a  heap  of  leaves. 

Felis  cacomitli  Baird  (Berlandier  MS.).     Tied  and  Gray  Cat. 

1857.  Felis  yaguarundi  Baird,  Mamm.  N.  Am.,  88,  1857.  From  Lower  Rio 
Grande  region;  not  Felis  yagouaroundi  Geoffroy,  1803.  from  Guiana. 
Gray  phase. 

1857.  Felis  eyra  Baird,  Mamm.  N.  Am.,  88,  1857.  From  Lower  Rio  Grande 
region;  not  Felis  eyra  Fisch.,  1815,  from  Paraguay.     Red  phase. 

1859.  Fciis  cacomitli  Baird  (Berlandier  MS.),  Report  Mex.  Boundary  Sur- 
vey. II,  12,  1850.     From  Matamoras,  Mexico.     Gray  phase. 

1901.  Felis  apache  Mearns,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc,  Washington,  XIV,  150,  1901. 

From  Matamoras,  Mexico.     Red  phase.  ■ 

1902.  Felis  cacomitU  Mearns,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  XXIV,  207,  1902. 

Gray  phase. 

A  study  of  the  specimens  in  the  Biological  Survey  and  U.  S. 
National  Museum  collections,  including  five  skins  and  skulls  of  the 
red  cats  and  six  of  the  gray  from  southern  Texas  and  eastern  Mexico, 


168  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

reveals  no  constant  difference  in  cranial  or  external  characters  other 
than  color.  The  striking  coincidence  of  range  and  similarity  of 
habits,  as  well  as  structure,  of  the  red  and  gray  cats  strengthen  the 
evidence  tending  to  show  that  these  supposedly  distinct  species  pre- 
sent only  another  case  of  dichromatisni,  comparable  to  the  black  and 
cinnamon  bear  and  the  red  and  gray  phases  of  the  screech  owl.  A 
wide  range  of  individual  variation  in  size,  shades  of  color,  and  in 
cranial  characters  is  shown  in  the  series  of  specimens  examined.  The 
type  skull  of  apache  shows  the  widest  departure  in  characters,  and 
especially  in  dwarfed  size;  but  as  the  animal  was  captured  when  very 
young  and  kept  in  confinement  throughout  the  rest  of  its  life  with- 
out becoming  wholly  domesticated,  this  may  account  for  abnormal 
development. 

Owing  to  lack  of  enough  Central  and  South  American  specimens 
to  show  the  relationship  of  cacomitli,  through  the  several  intervening 
forms,  with  typical  yagouaroundi  and  eyra,  it  seems  best  for  the  pres- 
ent to  treat  this  northernmost  and  relatively  light-colored  form  as  a 
species.  When  the  relationships  of  the  group  are  fully  worked  out  it 
will  doubtless  stand  as  a  subspecies  of  yagouaroundi. 

The  Biological  Survey  collection  contains  four  specimens  of  the 
gray  and  one  of  the  red  cat  from  Brownsville,  collected  by  F.  B. 
Armstrong  in  1891  and  1892,  and  a  young  one  of  the  gray  form  col- 
lected by  Lloyd,  August  9,  1891.  This  quarter-grown  young  was 
reported  as  one  of  a  litter  of  four  caught  by  a  boy  and  a  dog  in  a 
'  resaca  '  near  Brownsville.  Lloyd  also  reported  seeing  one  fresh  and 
several  dry  hides  of  the  gray  cat  in  Brownsville,  and  mentioned  two 
"  ancient  mounted  specimens  "  of  the  red  cat  in  Armstrong's  collection 
there,  but  did  not  say  where  they  originally  came  from.  Since  then 
Armstrong  has  sent  to  the  National  Zoological  Park  at  Washington 
four  of  the  red  and  two  of  the  gray  cats  alive  from  the  Lower  Rio 
Grande  region. 

In  a  letter  from  Brownsville  to  Dr.  Frank  Baker,  superintendent 
of  the  National  Zoological  Park,  Armstrong  writes: 

Eyra  and  yaguarundi  cats  inhabit  the  densest  thickets  where  the  timber 
(mesquite)  is  not  very  high,  but  the  underbrush — eatsclaw  and  granjeno — is 
very  thick  and  impenetrable  for  any  large-sized  animal.  Their  food  is  mice, 
rats,  birds,  and  rabbits.  Their  slender  bodies  and  agile  movements  enable  them 
to  capture  their  prey  in  the  thickest  of  places.  They  climb  trees,  as  I  have  shot 
them  out  of  trees  at  night  by  'shining  their  eyes'  while  deer  hunting.  I  cap- 
ture them  by  burying  traps  at  intervals  along  the  trails  that  run  through  these 
thick  places.  1  don't  think  they  have  any  regular  time  for  breeding,  as  I  have 
seen  young  in  both  summer  and  winter,  horn  probably  in  August  and  March. 
They  move  around  a  good  deal  in  daytime,  as  1  have  often  seen  them  come  down 
to  a  pond  to  drink  at  midday,  and  often  see  them  dart  through  the  brush  in 
daytime.  They  are  exceedingly  hard  to  tame.  Their  habitat  is  from  the  Kio 
Grande,  40  miles  north  of  here,  as  far  as  Tampico,  Mexico.  Beyond  that  1  don't 
know. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  169 

A  '  long-tailed  yellow  lynx  '  reported  by  John  M.  Priour  from  west 
of  Corpus  Christi  in  December,  1902,  may  have  been  this  species. 
Mr.  Priour  thought  it  might  be  a  partially  albino  ocelot.  Appar- 
ently the  same  animal  was  seen  there  two  years  before  by  Dr.  Adolph 
Huff,  of  San  Antonio,  who  thought  it  might  be  a  young  panther. 

Lynx  rufus  texensis  Allen.     Texan  Lynx. 

The  large,  dark,  and  usually  much  spotted  and  lined  lynx  of 
southern  and  eastern  Texas  ranges  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone  north  to 
at  least  Montague  and  Cooke  counties  and  west  to  Kinney  County. 
An  immature  specimen  from  Antioch  and  three  skulls  and  six  skins 
from  Hardin  and  Liberty  counties  carry  its  range  to  near  the  eastern 
part  of  the  State.  More  material  may  show  that  the  form  inhabits 
the  whole  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  Texas,  including  the  Pecos  and 
Rio  Grande  valleys,  and  grades  into  baileyi  or  overlaps  it  in  range 
in  the  Davis  Mountains  country.  It  is  common  over  southern  and 
eastern  Texas  and  especially  abundant  in  the  dense  chaparral  of  cac- 
tus and  mesquite  along  brushy  stream  bottoms  and  in  the  timbered 
gulches  where  the  lower  arm  of  the  Staked  Plains  breaks  down  into 
the  low  country,  and  in  the  swamp  country  farther  east.  At  Port 
Lavaca  Oberholser  reports:  "The  wildcats  are  common  in  places 
away  from  town  where  there  is  sufficient  cover,  such  as  live-oak 
thickets  and  the  great  rose  hedges.  In  the  thickets  they  are  not  so 
difficult  to  hunt,  but  in  the  hedges  they  have  almost  impenetrable 
cover,  and  it  is  well-nigh  impossible  to  reach  them  except  by  trap- 
ping." lie  says  that  at  O'Connorport  "  a  good  many  wildcats  inhabit 
the  thicker  part  of  the  oak  brush,  where  they  can  be  hunted  only  with 
dogs;  "  on  Matagorda  Island  "  they  occur  in  the  little  chaparral  that 
grows  on  the  island ;  "  and  at  Beeville  "  they  are  common  in  the 
denser  portions  of  the  chaparral,  where  specimens  are  frequently 
secured  not  far  from  town."  From  Corpus  Christi  to  Brownsville 
in  1000  wildcats  were  common  along  streams  and  in  the  chaparral, 
where  their  tracks  were  abundant  in  the  dusty  trails  and  on  tin1 
muddy  margins  of  streams  and  pools,  but  where  the  cover  Avas  gen- 
erally too  dense  and  thorny  to  admit  dogs  or  to  allow  any  method  of 
hunting  save  by  traps  or  poison.  Lloyd  states  in  his  report  that 
along  the  lower  Rio  Grande  and  in  Cameron  County  "  most  of  the 
ranchmen  will  not  allow  the  wildcats  to  be  killed  for  fear  their 
ranches  will  be  overrun  with  wood  rats,  mice,  and  rabbits."  Not  only 
in  this  region,  but  farther  north  and  east  this  fear  has  been  realized 
many  times  in  swarms  of  wood  rats,  cotton  rats,  and  rabbits,  but  the 
services  of  such  predatory  mammals  as  wildcats,  foxes,  and  coyotes 
are  not  always  recognized  by  the  ranchmen.  I  have  found  this  lynx 
common  at  Uvalde,  Devils  "River,  Kerr  County,  and  farther  east  at 
Seguin,  but  in  no  other  locality  so  abundant  as  in  the  Big  Thicket  of 


170  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  2.",. 

Liberty  and  Hardin  counties.  Here  its  tracks  wore  seen  in  every 
muddy  spot  in  roads  and  trails,  and  on  damp  mornings  the  dogs 
started  one  about  as  soon  as  they  got  into  the  thicket.  The  cat  would 
rarely  tree,  but  usually,  rabbitlike,  would  run  round  and  round  in  a 
limited  circle  in  the  thickest  part  of  the  swamp,  depending  on  out- 
running or  dodging  the  dogs.  Cat  hunting  is  a  favorite  sport  in 
this  region,  and  the  hunters  usually  take  stands  in  open  spots  and 
wait  for  the  dogs  to  drive  the  game  within  shot.  In  one  case  I  shot 
the  cat  in  front  of  the  hounds  as  it  passed  me  for  the  third  time.  It 
did  not  seem  tired  or  much  alarmed,  but  easily  kept  out  of  sight  of 
the  dogs. 

The  stomach  of  this  individual  was  full  of  venison  that  had  not 
been  perfectly  fresh  when  eaten,  probably  from  a  deer  that  had  been 
wounded  by  some  hunters  a  week  before.  The  hunter  with  me  said 
he  had  examined  the  stomach  of  one  not  long  before  that  was  full  of 
wood  rats,  and  Gaut  found  wood  rats  in  the  stomach  of  one  examined 
at  Sour  Lake.  The  food  of  this,  like  other  species  of  lynx,  consists 
mainly  of  rodents,  rabbits,  wood  rats,  ground  squirrels,  gophers,  and 
mice,  with  a  few  birds,  and  occasionally  some  poultry.  There  are  a 
few  complaints  of  their  killing  sheep,  young  goats,  and  pigs. 

Lynx  baileyi  Merriam.     Plateau  Wildcat. 

The  lynx  of  the  mountains  and  Staked  Plains  regions  of  western 
Texas,  as  shown  by  specimens  from  the  Davis  Mountains,  and  from 
near  Alpine  and  Van  Horn,  and  Hat  skins  from  Stanton  and  Odessa, 
is  indistinguishable  from  baileyi,  which  seems  to  occupy  at  least  th<> 
Upper  Sonoran  zone  of  Texas.  An  immature  specimen  from  Pre- 
sidio County,  a  flat  skin  from  the  east  base  of  the  Chisos  Mountains, 
and  a  flat  skin  labeled  El  Paso  [?],  are  referred  somewhat  doubt- 
fully to  this  species,  but  good  material  from  the  Rio  Grande  Valley 
may  change  this  decision. 

The  country  occupied  by  this  plateau  wildcat  is  mainly  open,  arid, 
and  rocky.  Canyons,  gulches,  and  cliffs  are  its  favorite  haunts  and 
hunting  grounds,  while  eaves  and  clefts  in  the  rocks  furnish  dens 
and  safe  retreats  from  which  hunting  excursions  are  made  into  the 
valleys  and  even  to  the  edge  of  the  plains.  Fresh  tracks  are  fre- 
quently seen  where  the  cats  have  followed  the  lines  of  the  cliffs,  crept 
along  narrow  shelves  of  rock  from  one  wood  rat's  den  to  another,  or 
walked  noiselessly  in  the  dust  under  and  around  the  great  bowlders 
and  broken  talus  at  the  base  of  a  cliff  where  the  cottontails  hide. 
Most  of  the  wildcat's  hunting  is  done  at  night,  but  occasionally  one  is 
surprised  at  midday  crossing  a  valley  to  another  cliff  or  found  toward 
evening  getting  an  early  supper.  One  shot  among  the  rocks  near 
Alpine  just  before  sundown  had  already  caught  and  eaten  a  wood  rat, 
which  made  a  good  beginning  for  a  meal.     On  the  head  of  Onion 


North  Ameiican  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  XV. 


Head  of  Plateau  Wild-cat  (Lynx  baileyi) 


Oct.,  1005.]  MAMMALS.  171 

Creek,  Presidio  County,  in  January,  1890,  while  watching  the  hawks 
come  into  the  cottonwoods  to  roost  one  evening  at  sundown,  I  saw 
a  pair  of  bright  eyes  among  the  branches  overhead  and  slowly  traced 
out  the  almost  in  visit  tie  form  of  a  wildcat  flattened  along  a  rough 
gray  branch.  I  needed  the  specimen,  so  did  not  wait  to  see  if  hawks 
were  the  object  of  his  hunt,  but  an  empty  stomach  showed  that  he 
had  met  with  no  suet-ess. 

Here  and  there  in  some  rocky  corners  of  the  cliffs  one  finds  elon- 
gated pellets  of  bones  and  fur,  some  freshly  deposited,  others  old 
and  bleached,  and  these  throw  important  light  on  the  food  habits 
of  the  animal.  Bits  of  fur,  teeth,  and  jaws  serve  to  identify  many 
of  the  mammals  that  have  been  eaten,  and  usually  disclose  a  great 
preponderance  of  rabbits  and  wood  rats.  Traces  of  many  smaller 
rodents  and  a  few  bird  feathers  and  bones  are  found,  but  no  remains 
of  food  other  than  animal.  The  ranchmen  complain  of  some  poul- 
try's being  killed,  and,  still  worse,  a  few  sheep.  This,  with  a  few 
quail  and  other  birds,  is  about  all  that  stands  against  the  account  of 
the  wildcat,  with  a  much  larger  amount  on  the  credit  side. 

Wildcats  are  not  readily  trapped,  as  they  rarely  follow  the  same 
trail  twice  or  touch  any  kind  of  bait.  A  few  are  shot,  and  the  cow- 
boys occasionally  rope  one  in  the  open,  but  they  are  most  successfully 
hunted  with  dogs  at  night  or  early  in  the  morning.  When  started, 
they  quickly  take  to  a  tree  or  to  the  rocks,  and  are  shot  or  driven  out 
of  the  tree,  or  sometimes  smoked  out  of  the  rocks. 

Canis  griseus  Sabine.     Gray  Wolf;  Loafer;  Lobo. 

The  big,  light-gray  wolf.  '  loafer/  or  k  lobo  '  is  still  common  over 
most  of  the  plains  and  mountain  country  of  western  Texas,  mainly 
west  of  the  one  hundredth  meridian.  As  its  range  seems  to  extend 
into  Lower  Sonoran  zone  no  farther  than  a  wolf  would  naturally 
wander  in  a  few  nights,  the  animal  seems  to  be  restricted  approxi- 
mately to  the  Upper  Sonoran  and  Transition  zones  in  the  State.  The 
only  Texas  specimens  which  I  have  for  comparison  are  a  skull  from 
the  top  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  just  south  of  the  New  Mexico 
line,  and  one  from  Monahans,  east  of  the  Pecos  Valley,  both  of 
which  agree  with  skulls  of  the  Colorado  and  Wyoming  animals,  the 
skins  examined  by  Merritt  Cary  from  Monahans  and  50  miles  north 
of  Stanton,  on  the  southern  end  of  the  Staked  Plains,  and  by  my- 
self from  the  Pecos  Valley,  and  a  live  animal  seen  at  Portales, 
X.  Mex.,  all  agree  essentially  with  the  Hue  series  of  Colorado,  Wyo- 
ming, and  Montana  skins  in  the  Biological  Survey  collection.  More- 
over, descriptions  by  the  ranchmen  over  this  region  apply  in  every 
instance  to  the  large,  light-gray  wolf,  while  along  the  southern  edge 
of  the  plains  almost  all  of  the  ranchmen  distinguish  between  the  red 
wolf  or  big  coyote  of  the  rough  country  and  the  larger,  lighter- 


172  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

colored  'loafer'  of  the  plains  to  the  north.  At  Comstock,  where 
special  bounties  are  paid  by  sheep  owners  for  the  coyote  and  the  com- 
mon red  wolf,  the  t  loafer  '  is  unknown.  A  specimen  killed  20  miles 
north  of  there  on  the  higher  plains  in  11)01  excited  especial  comment 
and  raised  the  question  whether  or  not  the  range  of  the  gray  wolf  is 
being  extended  southward. 

These  wolves  are  most  abundant  in  and  about  the  Davis  and 
Guadalupe  mountains  and  over  the  Staked  Plains  and  open  country 
east  of  the  Pecos  River.  Whether  they  are  residents  in  the  Pecos 
Valley  or  merely  wanderers  between  the  plains  and  the  mountains 
is  not  easily  determined,  but  I  have  no  record  of  their  breeding  in 
the  low  part  of  the  valley,  Avhile  they  are  known  to  breed  commonly 
in  the  high  country  on  both  sides.  The  present  abundance  of  the 
species  in  any  given  place  is  not  easily  determined,  as  inferences  are 
mainly  drawn  from  the  numbers  killed,  rather  than  the  numbers  left 
alive.  Personally  I  have  known  of  six  or  eight  that  were  killed  in 
1!)()1  and  1002  in  the  Davis  Mountains,  and  a  few  in  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains  and  on  the  Staked  Plains  that  were  poisoned  or  dug  out 
of  their  burrows.  While  my  own  observations  have  been  limited, 
they  aid  in  determining  the  accuracy  of  numerous  other  reports 
from  resident  hunters  and  ranchmen.  These  reports  indicate  that 
the  wolves  are  not  decreasing  in  numbers  rapidly,  if  at  all,  in  spite 
of  those  killed  by  ranchmen  and  by  professional  w7olf  hunters.  On 
many  of  the  large  ranches  a  special  bounty  of  $10,  $20,  or  sometimes 
$50,  is  paid  for  every  wolf  killed.  Several  smaller  ranches  often 
combine  to  offer  a  large  bounty  in  addition  to  that  paid  by  the 
county,  so  that  wolf  hunting  becomes  a  profitable  business.  In  such 
cases  there  is  a  strong  temptation  for  the  hunters  to  save  the  breeding 
females  and  dig  out  the  young  each  year  for  the  bounty,  thus  making 
their  business  not  only  profitable  but  permanent.  The  hunters  als( 
bring  wolves  from  a  distance  to  the  ranch  paying  the  highest  bounty 
The  bounty  system  offers  dangerous  temptations  and  has  nevei 
proved  effectual  or  even  highly  beneficial  over  any  large  area." 

To  protect  themselves  from  fraud  and  their  stock  from  wolves- 
many  of  the  large  ranch  owners  employ  wolf  hunters  by  the  month 
and  pay  them  well  to  keep  the  wolves  and  other  noxious  animals 
from  their  range.  On  the  whole,  when  skilled  hunters  can  be  pro- 
cured, this  seems  by  far  the  most  economical  and  satisfactory  method. 

When  opportunity  offers,  the  w  loafer  '  not  only  kills  sheep  but  often 
kills  a  large  number,  apparently  for  the  pleasure  of  killing.  I  lis 
regular  and  most  serious  depredations,  however,  are  on  the  scattered 

"  Extermination  of  Noxious  Animals  by  Bounties,  T.  S.  Palmer,  Yearbooij 
U.  s.  Department  of  Agriculture,  1896,  p.  55. 


Oct.,1905.]  MAMMALS.  173 

and  unguarded  cattle  of  the  range.  Two  or  three  wolves  usually 
hunt  together  and  sometimes  pull  down  a  steer,  but  most  of  their 
meat  is  procured  from  yearlings  or  cows.  Occasionally  a  colt  is 
killed,  but  not  often.  Where  two  or  three  wolves  take  up  their  resi- 
dence on  a  ranch  and  kill  one  or  more  head  of  cattle  almost  every  day, 
the  ranchmen  become  so  seriously  alarmed  that  they  frequently  offer 
a  reward  of  $50  or  $100  apiece  for  the  scalps.  In  his  report  from 
Monahans,  Merritt  Cary  writes: 

I  secured  a  skull  of  a  very  large  female  lobo  wolf,  which  was  killed  on  Haw- 
kins's ranch  in  March,  1902,  by  Hugh  Campbell.  The  skin  when  stretched  on 
the  side  of  the  house  is  said  to  have  measured  8  feet  4  inches  from  nose  to  end 
of  tail,  and  was  turned  in  to  the  Stockmen's  Association,  which  paid  Campbell 
$50  bounty  on  the  animal.  This  female  wolf  was  the  mate  to  '  Big  Foot.'  a 
famous  wolf  throughout  the  region,  whose  track  is  always  recognized  by  an 
extremely  large  right  forefoot.  On  the  second  day  of  my  stay  at  Hawkins's 
ranch  Campbell  and  I  got  on  the  trail  of  'Big  Foot'  and  another  wolf,  which 
had  crossed  our  own  trail  within  two  hours.  Although  on  the  trail  for  four 
hours  we  got  no  sight  of  them,  nor  did  we  find  where  they  had  killed  any  calves. 
There  is  a  standing  reward  of  $75  for  '  Big  Foot '  by  the  Stockmen's  Association ; 
but  although  persistently  hunted  and  trapped  for  a  half  dozen  years,  and  thor- 
oughly known  to  every  cowboy  in  the  region,  the  wily  old  wolf  still  retains  his 
freedom,  spurning  poisoned  baits,  even  disdaining  to  touch  any  meat  not  freshly 
killed  by  himself. 

From  Lipscomb,  July.  1903,  Howell  reports :  "  Gray  wolves  occur 
in  small  numbers  in  this  county,  and  a  few  cattle  have  recently  been 
killed  by  them." 

In  disposition  the  '  loafer '  is  quite  different  from  the  coyote,  lack- 
ing its  cunning  and  assurance  in  the  vicinity  of  man,  and  showing 
greater  intelligence  in  the  wild  state  and  a  better  disposition  when 
tamed.  A  half-grown  '  loafer  '  that  I  found  playing  about  the  hotel  at 
Portales,  a  little  town  on  the  edge  of  the  Staked  Plains,  was  like  a 
big,  good-natured  puppy,  full  of  fun  and  play,  but  soon  became  fight- 
mg  angry  if  roughly  handled.  Although  running  at  liberty  over  the 
town,  he  had  never  tried  his  puppy  teeth  on  the  chickens  and  pigs 
around  him.  He  was  the  only  survivor  of  a  litter  of  seven,  dug  out  of  a 
burrow  before  their  eyes  were  open.  The  others  died,  but  *  Sampson  ' 
was  nursed  on  a  bottle  for  seventeen  days — until  his  eyes  opened. 
When  I  saw  him  in  June  he  already  gave  promise  of  becoming  a 
good-sized  '  loafer.'  He  had  a  powerful  voice  and  always  responded 
to  music  with  a  doleful  howl. 

Canis  (ater?)  Richardson.     Black  Wolf. 

The  black  wolf  is  reported  from  a  few  localities  in  the  timbered 
legion  of  eastern  Texas,  but  in  most  cases  as  "  common  years  ago,  now 
very  rare  or  quite  extinct. "  The  more  numerous  reports  of  a  "  large 
gray  wolf  "  or  "  timber  wolf  "  in  the  same  region  merely  indicate 


174  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

variation  in  color,  and  show  that  only  a  minority  of  the  individuals 
are  entirely  black.  Presumably  they  all  are  of  the  same  species. 
Apparently  there  is  not  extant  a  Texas  skin  or  skull  of  this  wolf  to 
show  whether  or  not  it  is  the  same  species  as  the  one  in  Florida,  and  it 
is  greatly  to  be  hoped  that  specimens  will  find  their  way  to  the 
National  Museum  before  the  species  becomes  entirely  extinct. 

Audubon,  who  had  more  experience  with  these  wolves  in  their  wild 
state  and  original  abundance  than  any  naturalist  will  ever  have  again, 
considered  the  black  wolf  of  eastern  Texas,  Louisiana,  southern  Mis- 
souri, Kentucky,  North  Carolina,  and  Florida  as  one  species,  and 
carefully  distinguished  it  from  the  "  red  wolf  "  of  southern  Texas 
and  the  white  or  gray  wolf  of  the  plains." 

Canis  ruius  Aud.  and  Bach.     Texan  Red  Wolf. 

Since  his  work  on  the  coyotes  in  181)7,  Doctor  Merriam  has  made 
special  effort  to  procure  specimens  of  the  large  coyote  or  small  wolf 
of  southern  Texas.  As  a  result  there  are  at  the  present  time  fourteen 
skulls  and  four  skins  of  this  wolf  in  the  Survey  collection  from 
Columbus,  Corpus  Christi,  O'Connorport,  Port  Lavaca,  Kerr  County, 
Edwards  County,  and  Laredo,  in  addition  to  two  skulls  in  the 
National  Museum,  one  from  Fort  Richardson,  Jack  County,  Tex., 
and  one  from  Matamoras,  Mexico.  Based  on  these  specimens  and  the 
field  reports  of  the  Biological  Survey  a  definite  range  can  be  as- 
signed the  species,  covering  the  whole  of  southern  Texas  north  to  the 
mouth  of  the  Pecos  and  the  mouth  of  the  Colorado,  and  still  farther 
north  along  the  strip  of  mesquite  country  east  of  the  plains,  approxi- 
mately covering  the  semiarid  part  of  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  As 
yet  there  are  no  specimens  to  show  whether  these  wolves  extend  into 
the  more  arid  region  west  of  the  Pecos.  While  apparently  nowhere 
overlapping  the  range  of  the  larger,  lighter-colored  '  lobo '  or 
'loafer'  of  the  plains,  they  take  its  place  to  the  south  and  east  as 
soon  as  the  plains  break  down  and  the  scrub  oak  and  mesquite 
country  begins,  but  their  whole  range  is  shared  with  the  coyote.  The 
ranchmen  invariably  distinguish  between  them  and  coyotes,  and 
with  good  reason,  for  the  wolves  kill  young  cattle,  goats,  and  colts 
with  as  much  regularity  as  the  coyotes  kill  sheep.  While  paying  a 
bounty  of  $1  or  $2  for  coyotes,  the  ranchmen  usually  pay  $10  or  $20 
for  red  wolves. 

Canis  nebracensis  Merriam.     Plains  Coyote. 

Five  coyote  skulls  from  Canadian  and  three  from  Sherwood.  Tex., 
and  three  from  Clayton  and  two  from  30  miles  southeast  of  Carls- 
bad. N.  Mex.,  agree  with  typical  nebracensis  skulls  from  Johnstown, 
Nebr. ;  while  a   flat   skin   from   Monahans  is  ns  pale  as  the  type  of 

"And.  and  Bach.,  Quad.  X.  Am..  II,  pp.  130-131  and  •_>)::.  1851. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  175 

tiebracensis.  This  gives  to  the  species  a  perfectly  logical  range  over 
the  Panhandle  and  Llano  Estaeado,  or  the  open  Upper  Sonoran 
plains  of  Texas,  but  specimens  from  many  more  localities  are  needed 
before  its  full  range  can  be  accurately  outlined.  At  Lipscomb,  in  the 
northeast  corner  of  the  Panhandle,  Howell  reported  coyotes  July  10. 
1U03,  as  "  common  at  some  seasons."  At  Canadian,  where  five  old 
skulls  were  secured  at  Simpson's  ranch  on  Clear  Creek,  he  reported 
them  as  "killed  here  in  winter  in  some  numbers;"  and  at  Texline 
he  stated  that  they  were  "  fairly  common  in  this  region,"  and  added 
that  "  two  were  seen  during  my  stay  (August  1-8),  and  another  was 
killed  at  Buffalo  Springs." 

In  crossing  the  summit  of  the  Staked  Plains  I  have  often  seen  the 
coyotes,  both  from  the  train  and  from  our  camp  wagon,  and  night 
after  night  from  our  camp  fires  have  heard  their  long  quavering 
howls.  But  when  seen  they  were  always  just  out  of  rifle  range. 
They  were  not  afraid,  and  in  this  open,  level  country  have  little 
reason  for  fear. 

Canis  nebracensis  texensis "  subsp.  nov.     Texas  Coyote. 

Type  from  45  miles  southwest  of  Corpus  Christi,  Tex.,  $  young  adult.  No. 
116277,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Biological  Survey  Coll.  Collected  by  J.  M. 
Priour,  Dec.  14,  1901.     Original  No.  3478,  X  catalogue. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  C.  nebracensis,  but  darker  and 
brighter  colored  and  with  lighter  dentition.  Smaller,  brighter,  and 
more  fulvous  than  latrans;  almost  as  richly  colored  as  ochropus,  but 
without  the  large  ears  of  that  species.  Not  in  the  same  group  as 
irdcrodon,  mearnsi,  and  estor. 

Color. — Fresh  winter  pelage  buffy  gray,  heavily  clouded  with 
black,  becoming  clear,  bright,  fulvous  on  legs,  ears,  and  nose,  and 
whitish  on  throat  and  belly;  a  strong  line  of  black  down  front  of 
foreleg.     Summer  pelage  duller  and  darker. 

Skull. — Slightly  slenderer  than  in  nebracensis,  with  conspicuously 
lighter  dentition,  narrower  molars  and  carnassials. 

Measurements  of  type. — Total  length,  1,143;  tail  vertebrae,  355 
(measured  by  collector)  ;  hind  foot,  180  (measured  from  dry  skin). 
Skull  of  type:  Basal  length,  100;  greatest  length  of  nasals,  67; 
zygomatic  breadth,  (.)4;  mastoid  breadth,  61;  interorbital  breadth, 
30;  length  of  crown  of  upper  carnassial  tooth,  19.8. 

The  Texas  coyote  is  more  or  less  common  over  at  least  middle  and 

a  In  his  Revision  of  the  Coyotes,  published  in  the  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash..  XI. 
26,  1897.  Doctor  Merriam  referred  this  coyote  provisionally  to  frustror,  of 
which  the  half-grown  type  was  then  the  only  available  specimen.  A  series 
of  topotypes  of  frustror  secured  since  at  Red  Fork.  Ind.  T.,  shows  it  to 
I"'  a  widely  different  species,  more  nearly  related  to  Canis  riifus.  The 
coyote  of  southern  Texas  is  thus  left  without  a  name,  and  its  nearest  relative 
proves  to  he  the  pale  nebracensis  of  the  more  northern  plains. 


176  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

southern  Texas  and  apparently  eastward  on  strips  of  prairie  as  far 
as  Gainesville  and  Richmond.  There  are  vague  reports  of  a  small 
wolf  occurring  farther  east  on  the  coast  prairie  even  to  the  border  of 
Louisiana,  but  specimens  are  needed  before  these  reports  can  be  asso- 
ciated with  definite  species.  East  of  the  semiarid  mesquite  region 
coyotes  are  rare  and  probably  mere  stragglers.  True  to  their  name 
of  prairie  wolf,  they  do  not  enter  the  timbered  country  to  any  extent, 
although  at  home  in  the  scrub  oak,  juniper,  mesquite,  and  chaparral, 
as  well  as  over  the  open  prairies  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 
In  the  extreme  southern  part  of  the  State  their  range  is  slightly  over- 
lapped by  that  of  the  little  microdot,  and  in  the  extreme  western  part 
by  that  of  mearnsi,  while  specimens  from  the  northern  Pan  Handle 
country  and  Staked  Plains  are  nearer  to  nebracensis. 

In  spite  of  the  enmity  of  man,  in  spite  of  traps,  poison,  gun,  and 
dogs,  the  coyote  over  most  of  his  old  range  fairly  holds  his  own. 
Combining  with  the  cunning  and  suspicion  of  the  fox  a  speed  and 
endurance  that  almost  insures  his  safety  from  ordinary  hounds,  he 
lias  little  to  fear  except  an  occasional  long-range  shot  or  the  traps 
and  poison  of  the  professional  coyote  hunter. 

On  many  of  the  large  ranches  men  are  employed  by  the  month  to 
kill  the  coyotes,  lobos,  and  panthers,  and  some  of  these  men  have 
attained  such  skill  as  to  be  able  almost  to  extirpate  the  coyotes  over 
a  considerable  area.  But  the  coyotes  are  wanderers,  and  while  they 
soon  gather  where  food  is  abundant  and  easily  procured,  they  quickly 
leave  an  inhospitable  region  for  better  hunting  grounds.  Civiliza- 
tion has  little  terror  for  them.  I  have  heard  them  howling  near 
many  of  the  little  towns  and  ranches,  where  they  were  attracted  by 
the  smell  of  freshly  killed  beef  or  by  carcasses  that  were  far 
from  fresh,  and  near  a  ranch  corral  have  found  many  dead  coyotes 
poisoned  at  the  carcass  of  a  cow.  After  dark  they  show  little  fear 
of  the  ranch  dogs,  and  sometimes  seem  even  to  invite  a  chase.  In 
fact  they  not  infrequently  cross  with  the  ranch  dogs  and  produce 
hybrids  with  erect  ears  and  wolfish  appearance.  I  have  seen  several 
of  these  hybrids  with  characters  that  substantiated  the  statement 
that  they  were  half  coyote.  At  San  Pedro  Park,  San  Antonio,  I  was 
shown  a  6-months-old  cross  between  a  coyote  and  shepherd  dog.  bred 
and  born  in  the  zoo.  Except  for  being  nearly  black  it  had  the  gen- 
eral appearance  of  a  coyote.  It  was  kept  chained  in  the  open  and 
was  on  friendly  terms  with  the  keeper. 

About  our  camps  the  coyotes  on  rare  occasions  are  surprisingly 
familiar,  coming  close  to  the  camp  wagon,  especially  if  there  is  fresh 
meat  in  it,  though  usually  paying  their  visits  after  dark.  Sometimes 
the  first  man  up  in  the  morning  gets  a  glimpse  of  one  sneaking  away 
or  on  rare  occasions  gets  a  good  shot  within  easy  range.     Except 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  177 

during  the  breeding  season,  when  they  are  very  quiet,  their  frequent 
serenades  are  our  regular  camp  music. 

"Within  certain  limits  the  credit  and  debit  sheets  of  the  coyote  are 
well  balanced.  On  the  one  hand,  he  kills  many  sheep  and  a  few 
goats,  some  poultry,  and  considerable  game.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  bulk  of  his  food  the  year  round  consists  of  rabbits,  prairie  dogs, 
ground  squirrels,  gophers,  wood  rats,  mice,  and  all  the  small  rodents 
that  come  in  his  way.  An  unusual  increase  of  jack  rabbits  in  any 
region  is  always  followed  by  a  corresponding  influx  of  coyotes, 
which  probably  accounts  in  part  for  the  often  observed  fact  that 
in  the  years  following  their  maximum  abundance  jack  rabbits  are 
unusually  scarce. 

At  times  the  food  of  the  coyote  consists  largely  of  fruit,  including 
that  of  several  species  of  cactus,  juniper  and  forestiera  berries,  per- 
simmons, and  the. sugary  pods  of  mesquite;  but  in  times  of  scarcity 
a  piece  of  rawhide  garnished  with  a  few  horned  toads,  lizards,  and 
some  horse  manure  suffices  for  a  meal. 

Canis  mearnsi  Merriam.     Mearns  Coyote. 

Four  good  specimens,  skins  and  skulls,  of  coyotes  collected  near 
El  Paso  late  in  February,  1903,  by  James  H.  Gaut  are  mearnsi  in 
slightly  worn  and  faded  pelage.  One  skull  from  near  the  Texas  and 
New  Mexico  line,  in  Salt  Valley,  at  the  west  base  of  the  Guadalupe 
Mountains,  a  good  skin  and  skull  from  the  same  valley  a  little  far- 
ther north,  several  specimens  from  the  edge  of  Tularosa  Valley, 
three  old  skulls  from  Sanderson,  and  two  from  Samuels,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Pecos,  a  skull  from  Grand  Falls,  in  the  Pecos  Valley? 
and  one  from  30  miles  southeast  of  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.,  all  belong  to 
this  slender,  bright-colored  desert  form  of  the  small-toothed  coyotes. 
From  the  locality  30  miles  southeast  of  Carlsbad,  with  the  skull  of  an 
old  male  that  is  unmistakably  mearmi,  were  collected  two  skulls  of 
nebracensis,  while  from  Sanderson  and  Salt  Valley  there  are  skulls 
that  I  can  refer  only  to  texensis. 

There  is  not  yet  material  enough  to  show  whether  mearnsi  grades 
into  mierodon  farther  south  or  into  est  or  farther  north,  but  it  evi- 
dently overlaps  the  range  of  both  nebracensis  and  texensis.  Nor  are 
there  any  specimens  from  the  Davis  Mountain  plateau  to  show  what 
form  or  forms  occur  there.  Canis  mearnsi,  so  far  as  known,  is  Lower 
Sonoran  in  range. 

Coyotes  are  common  throughout  the  extremely  arid  valleys  of 
western  Texas,  including  the  Pecos  and  Rio  Grande  valleys  south  to 
their  junction.     Distance  from  water  seems  to  have  no  effect  on  their 

3873— No.  25—05  m 12 


178  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

abundance,  although  in  this  region  they  can  hardly  find  a  spot 
more  than  an  easy  night's  journey,  20  or  30  miles,  from  open  water. 
We  find  their  tracks  along  every  road  and  trail,  and  often  see  one  of 
the  animals  loping  across  the  valley  or  watching  us  from  a  ridge, 
and  frequently  hear  them  from  our  evening  camp  fires.  At  El  Paso 
in  1889  I  jumped  one  from  under  a  creosote  bush,  where  it  was 
sleeping  at  midday,  within  rifle  shot  of  the  town,  and  at  another  time 
saw  four  together  on  the  mesa  half  a  mile  out  from  the  railroad 
station.  At  Fort  Hancock  Gordon  Donald  reported  them  in  1902 
as  very  abundant,  and  said :  "  I  heard  them  calling  in  the  evenings, 
and  the  Mexicans  had  several  young  ones  that  they  had  caught  in 
the  vicinity.  A  ranchman  told  me  that  in  the  low  foothills  where 
his  ranch  was  situated  he  saw  twTo  or  three  coyotes  every  day." 

Canis  microdon  Merriam.     Small-toothed  Coyote. 

This  little  dark-colored  coyote  of  the  lower  Rio  Grande  Valley 
overlaps  the  range  of  texensis  in  southern  Texas.  Specimens  from 
Brownsville,  Roma,  and  Alice  show  all  that  we  know  of  its  range  in 
the  State.  These  localities  indicate  that  it  is  a  chaparral  rather  than 
a  prairie  species,  but  there  is  nothing  to  prove  that  its  habits  are  dif- 
ferent from  those  of  texensis. 

Vulpes  fulvus  (Desm.).     Red  Fox. 

Apparently  the  red  foxes  are  not  natives  of  Texas,"  but  since 
their  introduction  they  are  becoming  locally  common,  especially  over 
the  eastern  half  of  the  State.  Oberholser  obtained  reports  of  their 
occurrence  at  Texarkana,  Jasper,  and  Austin;  Hollister,  at  Antioch, 
Rockland,  and  Sour  Lake;  and  Cary,  from  Kerr  County  and  along 
Howard  Creek  and  the  Pecos  River.  The  following  extract  from  a 
letter  from  Mr.  T.  H.  Brown  to  Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater  is,  as  Doctor 
Allen  says,  a  document  of  historic  interest : 6 

I  was  the  first  to  introduce  '  red  foxes  '  into  this  part  of  the  State.  We  had 
exchanged  our  old-time  native  hounds,  or,  as  they  are  usually  called,  'pot 
lickers,'  for  the  Walker  dogs  from  Kentucky,  and  the  gray  foxes  proved  them- 
selves no  match  for  these  dogs,  only  being  able  to  run  from  twenty  to  forty-five 
minutes  ahead  of  them.  Having  the  dogs,  it  became  necessary  to  get  game  that 
would  give  them  a  respectable  race.  Accordingly,  in  1891,  I  imported  from 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee  10  red  foxes  and  placed  them  among  the  Bosque 
brakes,  about  4  miles  above  where  it  empties  into  the  Brazos  River.  They 
gradually  scattered  over  a  large  area  of  country.  The  next  spring  (1892)  I 
again  brought  in  23  more  reds  from  the  older  States,  planting  13  of  them 
again  among  the  Bosque  brakes  and  10  of  them  on  White  Rock  Creek,  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Brazos  River.    These  foxes  afforded  us  some  fine  sport ;  but  they,  too, 

"See  Aud.  &  Bach.,  Quad.  X.  Am..  II,  271,  1851. 

»  Extract  of  letter  from  T.  II.  Brown,  Waco,  Tex.,  in  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist, 
VIII,  p.  77,  1890. 


Oct..  1005.]  MAMMALS.  179 

gradually  scattered,  only  a  few  remaining  in  the  neighborhood  of  their  adopted 
home,  some  wandering  off  through  Bosque  and  Erath  counties.  The  next 
spring  1  only  succeeded  in  getting  2  reds  from  the  East  and  planted  these 
on  the  Bosque,  and  they  remained  and  are  still  affording  fine  races. 
In  the  spring  of  1895  1  again  planted  5  reds  on  the  river  near  Lover's  Leap, 
where  the  waters  of  all  the  Bosques  mingle  with  the  waters  of  the  Brazos. 
Some  of  the  hlnffs  here  are  300  feet  high  and  have  a  great  many  caves  in 
them,  and  these  last  foxes  seem  well  satisfied  with  their  new  home.  Occa- 
sionally I  hear  of  a  red  fox  in  various  parts  of  this  (McLennan)  county,  and 
I  am  satisfied  that  within  a  few  years  they  will  be  as  numerous  here  as  in  the 
old  States. 

I  understand  that  Messrs.  Eli  and  James  Rosborough  and  Capt.  T.  II.  Craig, 
all  of  Marshall.  Harrison  County,  some  ten  or  fifteen  years  since  planted  quite 
a  number  of  reds  in  that,  the  eastern,  part  of  the  State,  and  occasionally  they 
find  them  where  they  have  located  off  some  20  or  30  miles  from  where  origi- 
nally turned  loose. 

Dr.  John  D.  Rogers  has,  I  think,  during  the  spring  of  1895,  planted  some  0 
or  8  on  his  Brazos  bottom  farms  in  Brazos  and  Washington  counties.  I  should 
suppose  that  in  all  there  have  been  at  least  100  red  foxes  imported  and  planted 
in  the  State. 

Vulpes  velox  (Say).     Swift;  Kit  Fox. 

So  far  as  known  the  swift  in  Texas  ranges  only  over  the  Upper 
Sonoran  Staked'  Plains.  It  is  reported  at  Tascosa  and  Washburn 
on  the  northern  end  of  the  plains  and  near  Stanton  and  Midland  at 
the  southern  end.  In  1902  Gary  secured  five  flat  skins  at  Stanton, 
but  says  the  ranchmen  reported  the  swifts  as  scarce  there  in  com- 
parison with  their  numbers  in  former  years.  Most  of  these  skins 
were  secured  by  poison  put  out  in  winter,  when  the  swifts  were 
said  to  come  to  the  poisoned  bait  generally  the  first  night  after  it  was 
put  out,  while  the  coyotes  usually  waited  until  later. 

Vulpes  macrotis  neomexicanus  Merriam.     New  Mexico  Desert  Fox. 

The  little  desert  fox  has  been  taken  in  the  Rio  Grande,  Tularosa. 
and  Pecos  valleys  just  north  of  the  Texas  line,  and  one  specimen  was 
taken  by  James  H.  Gaut  in  Texas  10  miles  north  of  Fl  Paso.  It  is 
reported  from  as  far  south  as  the  mouth  of  the  Pecos.  A  fiat  skin 
brought  in  to  the  store  -at  Sierra  Blanca  in  December,  1889,  had  the 
characteristic  large  ear  of  the  group,  the  ear  measuring  78  mm. 
from  crown.  Apparently  the  range  of  the  species  corresponds  in  this 
region  to  that  of  Dipodomys  spectdbilis  in  the  open  desert  valleys 
of  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  It  is  by  no  means  common  in  the  region, 
and  many  of  the  ranchmen  have  never  seen  it,  or  else  have  never  dis- 
tinguished it  from  the  common  and  much  larger  and  darker-colored 
gray  fox  of  the  genus  Urocyon. 


180 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  25. 


Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scotti  Mearns.     Gray  Fox. 

Urocyon   cinereoargenteus  texensis   Mearns,"  Proc.  U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,  XX, 
Advance  Sheet,  January  12,  1897,  p.  2. 

The  gray  fox  is  common  over  all  the  western  half  of  Texas,  except 
on  the  open  plains.  It  is  mainly  an  inhabitant  of  the  timbered  or 
brushy  country,  living  in  hollow  trees  or  logs,  but  preferably  in 
dens  among  the  rocks.  It  lacks  the  cunning  and  swiftness  of  the  red 
fox,  is  easily  caught  in  traps,  and  quickly  overtaken  by  the  hounds, 
except  wdiere  it  can  keep  in  dense  cover.  Often  after  a  short  run, 
and  sometimes  at  the  very  start,  it  trees  or  takes  to  its  rock  den, 
where  it  is  safe  from  the  dogs;   but  if  no  such  protection  offers  there 


Fig.  -1. — Gray  fox  {Urocyon  c.  scotti)  in  trap,  Langtry,  Texas. 
(Photographed  by  Oberholser.) 

is  little  hope  for  the  fox.     Even  over  rocks  and  in  the  brush  I  have 
seen  the  hounds  catch  one  in  a  •200-yard  dash.     With  a  good  start. 

a  The  original  label  on  the  type  of  Urocyon  c.  texensis  reads:  "Rio  Bravo  and 
Nan  Pedro.  1851.  A.  Schott."  As  is  well  known,.  Rio  Bravo  is  synonymous 
with  Rio  Grande,  and  at  that  time  the  Devils  River  was  commonly  known  as 
the  San  Pedro.  (See  Baird's  Mammals  of  N.  Am.,  p.  713,  and  Pacific  It.  R. 
Rent.,  Vol.  I,  p.  110.  Also  see  query  after  Eagle  Pass  in  Mammals,  Mex.  Boun- 
dary Survey,  Vol.  Ik,  pt.  2,  p.  17.)  This  seems  to  necessitate  changing  the  type 
locality  of  texensis  from  'near  Eagle  Pass'  to  the  junction  of  the  Devils  River 
with  the  Rio  Grande,  which,  however,  has  no  important  hearing  on  the  validity 
of  the  species.  In  comparing  the  type  of  texensis  and  other  specimens  from 
near  the  month  of  Devils  River,  Painted  Caves,  Langtry,  San  Diego,  and  the 
Davis  Mountains,  in  western  Texas,  with  the  type  of  scuta  and  with  specimens 
from  all  around  the  type  locality  -near  Tucson.  Fort  Ilnachnca,  Fort  Bowie, 
Chiricahua  Mountains,  and  Fort  Verde — I  am  unahle  to  find  any  constant  differ- 
ence, either  cranial  or  external,  on  which  to  recognize  texensis. 


Oct..  1905.] 


MAMMALS.  181 


however,  one  will  lead  the  hounds  a  long  chase  over  the  roughest 
ground  it  can  find,  and  if  it  does  not  make  the  mistake  of  climbing 
a  tree,  instead  of  taking  to  the  rocks,  it  is  pretty  safe.  Strange  as  it 
may  seem,  these  foxes  go  up  the  trunk  of  a  tree  with  almost  cat-like 
ease.  I  have  found  them  looking  down  at  the  dogs  from  20  to  40  feet 
up  in  the  branches  of  nut  pines  and  live  oaks,  and  have  known  of  their 
climbing  a  yellow  pine  {Pinus  ponderosa)  where  20  feet  of  straight 
trunk  over  a  foot  in  diameter  intervened  between  the  ground  and 
the  first  branch.  More  often  they  take  to  a  live  oak  or  juniper, 
where  the  lower  branches  can  be  reached  at  a  bound,  and  then, 
squirrel-like,  hide  in  the  swaying  topmost  branches.  On  the  approach 
of  the  hunter  they  become  anxious  and  seem  to  doubt  the  security 
of  their  position,  sometimes  making  a  flying  leap  to  the  ground. 
Stones  and  clubs  will  usually  dislodge  them  from  the  tree  top,  but  as 
they  still  have  a  good  chance  to  escape  the  dogs  and  take  to  the  rocks, 
it  is  a  common  and  heartless  practice  to  shoot  them  so  as  to  break  a 
leg  and  make  escape  impossible. 

With  his  smaller  but  laterally  flattened  tail  the  gray  fox  certainly 
equals,  if  he  does  not  surpass,  the  red  fox  in  quickness  of  motion  and 
skill  at  dodging  the  dogs.  If  uninjured,  he  will  often  strike  the 
ground  in  the  midst  of  the  hounds  and  escape  by  a  few  quick  bounds 
to  right  and  left.  Apparently  it  is  only  his  small  size  that  puts  him 
at  a  disadvantage  in  a  test  of  speed  with  the  hounds  or  with  his 
larger  cousin,  the  red  fox. 

In  choice  of  food  the  gray  foxes  are  almost  as  omnivorous  as  the 
coon.  Various  fruits  form  the  bulk  of  their  food  in  summer  and 
part  of  it  in  winter,  while  a  great  variety  of  small  game,  beetles, 
grasshoppers,  maggots,  mammals,  birds,  and  some  poultry  fall  a 
prey  to  them  during  the  year.  In  June  they  were  feeding  extensively 
on  berries  of  Zizyphus  obtusifolia  and  Adelia  angustifolia  along  the 
Rio  Grande  near  Boquillas,  while  around  the  Davis  Mountains  in 
earty  August  they  were  feeding  mainly  on  the  ripe  fruit  of  Opuntia 
engelmanni  In  December  in  the  Davis  Mountains  and  in  September 
in  the  Guadalupe  Mountains  they  were  eating  the  sweet  pulpy  berries 
of  Juniperus  pachyphlcea,  which  grow  in  great  abundance  in  these 
ranges  and  in  the  Chisos  Mountains.  Mice,  wood  rats,  ground 
squirrels,  rabbits,  and  various  other  small  rodents  are  eaten  when 
obtainable,  and,  much  to  our  annoyance,  are  often  taken  from  our 
traps  or  carried  away,  trap  and  all.  At  Langtry,  Gaut  examined  several 
stomachs,  and  in  one  found  part  of  a  mocking  bird  and  in  another  a 
Perognathus.  At  most  of  the  ranches  there  are  enough  dogs  to  keep 
the  foxes  at  a  respectful  distance  from  the  poultry;  but  they  have  a 
keen  relish  for  chickens,  and  are  often  complained  of  in  vigorous 
terms.     Without  data  for  positive  statements  it  seems  probable  that 


182  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  good   done   in   destroying  small   rodents  equals,   if  it   does  not 
exceed,  the  mischief  done  among  poultry. 

As  a  game  animal  this  fox  is  holding  its  ground  better  than  many 
more  important  species,  and  even  from  the  sportsman's  point  of  view 
needs  little  protection.  The  skin  is  of  so  little  value  for  fur  that  it  is 
rarely  saved  when  the  fox  is  killed. 

Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  fioridanus  Rhoads.     Florida  Gray  Fox. 

A  nearly  adult  male  gray  fox  from  the  Big  Thicket,  near  Sour 
Lake,  Tex.,  agrees  with  the  Florida  specimens  in  dark  color,  dusky 
legs,  feet,  and  face,  and  in  most  of  the  cranial  characters.  The 
shorter,  heavier  muzzle  is  evidently  due  to  slight  immaturity.  A 
flat  skin  from  Tarkington  Prairie  is  less  dusky,  and  while  probably 
shading  toward  scotti,  more  nearly  resembles  ocythous.  A  skull  in 
the  National  Museum  from  Washington  County,  a  little  farther  west, 
also  shows  some  of  the  characters  of  ocythous,  hut  is  not  typical  of 
any  form.  While  I  have  no  hesitation  in  referring  the  Big  Thicket 
Uroc;/on  to  -fioridanus,  it  is  probable  that  this  is  not  the  only  form 
inhabiting  the  eastern  part  of  the  State.  Before  final  conclusions 
can  be  reached  more  specimens  are  needed,  especially  from  farther 
north. 

To  show  how  generally  the  gray  fox  is  distributed  over  eastern 
Texas  the  following  localities  are  given  from  which  it  is  reported  as 
more  or  less  common:  Henrietta,  Gainesville,  Arthur,  Texarkana, 
Waskom,  Rockland,  Jasper,  Sour  Lake,  Tarkington  Prairie,  Ever- 
green, Hempstead,  Matagorda,  Washington,  Antioch,  and  Long  Lake. 
Those  from  Rockport  and  Brazos  are  likely  to  be  nearer  to  scotti 
My  information  in  regard  to  the  habits  of  the  animal  in  this  region 
has  been  received  mainly  from  residents,  who  say  that  the  foxes  keep 
in  the  brush  and  timber,  especially  along  the  river  bottoms,  where  the 
thickest  growth  is  found.  They  are  said  to  climb  trees,  and  com- 
plaints of  their  killing  poultry  are  more  frequent  than  in  the  more 
open  country  farther  west. 

Near  Sour  Lake  Gaut  reports  them  as  found  mainly  in  the  pine 
woods  at  the  edge  of -the  thicket,  but  as  occasionally  straying  down 
into  the  densest  part  of  the  thicket,  where  he  caught  one  on  Black 
Creek,  near  Mike  Griffin's  place.  The  stomach  of  this  individual 
contained  a  mass  of  crayfish. 

Bassariscus  astutus  flavus  Rhoads.     Civet  Cat:  Cacomistle. 

The  civet  cat  is  common  all  over  Texas  except  the  open  plains 
country  of  the  western  half  from  Brownsville,  Corpus  Christi,  Seguin, 
Austin,  Brownwood,  and  Grady  westward.  It  has  been  reported  east 
to  Matagorda  County,  near  the  coast,  and  a  specimen  in  the  IT.  S. 
National  Museum  is  labeled  "  Red  River."     One  from  Gradv.  Fisher 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  25. 


Plate  XVI. 


Civet  Cat;  Bassariscus  (Bassariscus  astutus  flavus). 


Oct..  1905.]  MAMMALS. 


183 


County,  seems  to  be  the  northernmost  authentic  record  for  the  State 
but  the  species  undoubtedly  continues  along-  the  canyons  and  cliffs  of 
the  eastern  edge  of  the  Staked  Plains  to  the  Red  and  Canadian  rivers." 

Although  preeminently  inhabitants  of  rocks,  cliffs,  and  canyon 
walls,  civet  cats  are  common  over  the  chaparral,  mesquite,  and  cactus 
plains  of  southern  Texas  down  to  the  very  coast,  a  peculiarity  of 
distribution  shared  by  a  number  of  other  mammals  which  find  in  the 
thorny  cover  of  dense  patches  of  cactus  and  tangled  thickets  of 
chaparral  ample  protection  and  a  greater  abundance  of  small  game 
than  in  the  rocky  haunts  of  the  higher  country.  In  habits  they  are 
catlike,  mainly  nocturnal  and  carnivorous.  At  night  they  prowl 
along  the  ledges  of  cliffs  from  cave  to  cave,  leaving  the  prints  of  their 
little,  round,  catlike  feet  in  the  dry  dust  of  the  darkest  corners,  and 
helping  themselves  to  a  liberal  share  of  the  Peromyscus  and  Neotoma 
found  in  the  traps  of  careless  collectors.  Usually,  however,  the  small 
rodents  are  extremely  scarce  where  the  civet  cats  are  at  all  common, 
and  the  wise  collector  scatters  his  small  traps  out  over  the  valley  until 
his  steel  traps  have  cleaned  the  cliffs  of  carnivorous  species. 

Owing  to  their  nocturnal  habits  and  the  fastness  of  their  rock  dens, 
the  civet  cats  are  rarely  seen  in  the  wild  state,  but  when  tamed  the 
ranchmen  say  they  make  affectionate  pets  and  are  better  mousers  than 
the  domestic  cat.  A  pair  was  caught  in  traps  in  one  of  the  canyons  of 
the  Rio  Grande  and  the  male  fought  and  screamed  viciously  as  we 
approached,  but  the  female  was  quiet  and  gentle.  Even  in  the  traps 
the  animation  and  brightness  of  their  faces  were  wonderful.  The 
large  ears,  when  directed  forward,  were  in  constant  motion.  The 
long,  -black,  vibrating  moustache,  the  striking  black  and  light  face 
markings,  and.  most  of  all,  the  big,  soft,  expressive  eyes  give  a  facial 
expression  of  unusual  beauty  and  intelligence.  L.  A.  Fuertes,  who 
was  with  me  when  these  two  were  caught,  made  a  careful  color  study 
of  the  head  of  the  male,  which  loses  but  little  of  its  excellence  in  the 
black  and  white  reproduction. 

An  old  female  caught  near  Boquillas  May  27  contained  three  nearly 

a  The  range  of  Bassariscus  has  been  supposed  to  extend  eastward  to  Arkansas 
(see  Baird,  Mammals  of  North  America,  p.  147).  and  a  skin  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum  is  labeled  "Red  River,  Ark."  On  the  remaining  fragment  of 
the  original  label  of  this  specimen  is  only  "  Red  River,  Capt.  Marcy."  There  is 
no  date  on  the  label,  but  the  skin  was  entered  in  the  Museum  catalogue  March  31, 
1853.  In  1852  Captain  Marcy  explored  the  headwaters  of  the  Red  River  and  in 
his  report  records  Bassariscus  from  the  "Cross  Timbers."  probably  this  same 
specimen.  (See  Exploration  of  the  Red  River  of  Louisiana,  p.  180,  1854,  by 
Capt.  Randolph  R.  Marcy.  Also,  for  route  of  Captain  Marcy.  see  map  opposite 
p.  36  of  Annual  Report  of  Wheeler  Survey,  Rept.  Chief  of  Engineers  for  187<i, 
App.  JJ.) 


184  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  2.",. 

developed   fetuses,  which,  with  a  litter  of  four  young  recorded  by 
Mr.  Clark  from  San  Pedro  River,  would  indicate  small  families." 

Most  of  the  stomachs  of  BassaHscus  examined  have  been  found  to 
contain  the  bones  and  hair  of  small  rodents,  which  make  up  also  most 
of  the  excrement  found  along  ledges  and  in  caves  where  the  animals 
live.  Fragments  of  a  large  centipede  were  found  in  the  stomach  of 
one  caught  by  Gordon  Donald  on  Devils  River;  and  in  other  localities 
they  have  been  reported  as  eating  fruit.  At  Langtry,  Gaut  caught 
several  in  traps  baited  with  meat. 

Taxidea  taxus  berlandieri  Baird.     Mexican  Badger. 

The  badger  is  generally  distributed  over  the  western  half  of  Texas, 
but  apparently  is  unknown  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State.  Its 
eastern  limit  corresponds,  in  a  general  way,  with  the  eastern  edge  of 
the  mesquite  country.  Specimens  have  been  taken  as  far  east  as 
Corpus  Christi,  San  Antonio,  and  Mason,  and  there  are  records  from 
Clyde,  Henrietta,  and  Mobeetie.  A  significant  fact  is  that  the  badg- 
er's eastern  limit  of  range  agrees  closely  with  the  eastern  limits  of 
the  prairie  dog  and  the  Mexican  ground  squirrel.  Its  abundance 
depends  mainly  on  food  supply,  reaching  a  maximum  on  the  open 
plains  in  the  prairie-dog  country  and  decreasing  slightly  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  State  and  in  the  mountains  and  rocky  country  of  the 
extreme  western  part.  But  in  speaking  of  badgers,  abundance  may 
mean  one  to  a  square  mile,  while  with  prairie  dogs  it  may  mean  10,000 
to  a  square  mile. 

When  food  is  scarce  the  badgers  become  great  wanderers.  Their 
short  legs  are  fully  compensated  by  their  unusual  strength  and  by 
their  capacity  for  digging  and  fighting,  that  enable  them  to  escape 
from  most  enemies.  But  with  such  abundance  of  food  as  is  found  in 
a  populous  prairie  dog  town,  they  waste  little  time  in  travel.  They 
become  fat  and  lazy;  but  as  food  grows  scarce  they  start  off  again 
on  their  travels,  sinking  a  house  in  the  earth  wherever  sleeping  time 
overtakes  them. 

The  badger  feeds  mainly  on  small  rodents,  varied  with  grasshop- 
pers, beetles,  scorpions,  lizards,  or  some  larger  animal  found  dead.  It 
is  accused  of  killing  poultry,  but  the  accusation  is  so  rarely  substan- 
tiated that  it  may  well  be  ignored.  Pocket  gophers,  kangaroo  rats, 
wood  rats,  and  various  kinds  of  mice  are  always  acceptable,  but  the 
badger  lives  mainly  on  prairie  dogs  and  ground  squirrels,  which  fall 
an  easy  prey,  lie  often  digs  a  dozen  holes  along  the  interminable 
tunnel  of  a  pocket  gopher  and  then  gives  up  in  disgust,  but  a  fat 
spermophile  or  prairie  dog  at  the  bottom  of  its  simple  burrow  is 
entirely  at  his  disposal,  nor  does  he  have  much  trouble  in  digging  it 

"  Baird,  Mammals  of  North  America,  i>.  147,  1857. 


Oct.,  1005.] 


MAMMALS. 


185 


out.  A  few  minutes'  work  with  his  powerful  claws  will  unearth  the 
spermophile,  while  by  merely  enlarging  the  prairie-dog  hole  about 
two  diameters  he  enters  its  deepest  chambers  and  is  sure  of  a  good 
square  meal  at  the  end.  On  a  ranch  in  the  Pecos  Valley  I  found  a 
badger  living  in  an  alfalfa  field  that  had  been  overrun  with  prairie 
dogs.  Every  morning  there  was  at  least  one  new  hole  that  he  had 
enlarged,  and  while  he  may  have  secured  two  or  three  prairie  dogs 
in  some  of  the  burrows  he  was  evidently  destroying  at  least  one  a 
day.  This  badger  was  needed  for  a  specimen,  and  at  the  earnest 
solicitation  of  the  ranch  people,  who  were  afraid  he  would  kill  their 


m&i%bmmii&i& 


Fig.  22. — Prairie-dog  burrow  enlarged  by  badger,  Pecos  Valley. 

poultry,  I  finally  shot  him  as  he  came  out  about  -1  o'clock  one  after- 
noon to  get  his  supper.  He  had  begun  on  a  Swainson  hawk  that 
had  been  shot  the  day  before.  Otherwise  his  stomach  was  empty, 
but  the  lower  part  of  his  alimentary  tract  was  full  of  wads  of  prairie- 
dog  fur  from  his  meal  of  the  previous  night.  He  was  fat  and  had 
evidently  been  working  all  summer  in  that  20-acre  field.  The  people 
had  no  reason  to  believe  that  he  had  ever  killed  any  of  their  poultry, 
but  they  were  afraid  that  he  would.  There  were  already  two  badger 
skins  hanging  in  the  tool  house  on  this  ranch,  while  a  20-acre  field 
of  alfalfa  was  rendered  almost  worthless  by  prairie  dogs.  When  I 
tried  to  convince  the  owners  that  every  badger  on  the  ranch  was 


186  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

worth  $100  to  them  they  only  laughed.  Some  of  the  ranchmen, 
however,  appreciate  the  services  of  the  animal,  but  even  then  the 
temptation  to  try  a  shot  at  one  at  long  range  or  to  let  the  dogs  catch 
one  for  a  fight  is  often  too  great  to  be  resisted.  Dead  badgers  are 
frequently  seen  by  the  roadside  with  smashed  skulls  or  bullet  holes 
through  them,  and  this  most  often  in  the  heart  of  the  prairie-dog 
country.  When  taken  to  task  for  their  folly  in  destroying  these  valu- 
able animals  the  ranchmen  have  usually  stoutly  denied  the  charge, 
saving  that  most  of  them  were  killed  by  emigrants  and  other  '  tender- 
feet,' 

The  cowboys,  however,  have  a  real  grievance  against  the  badgers, 
especially  those  who  have  been  thrown  from  running  horses  that  had 
inadvertently  stepped  in  old  and  half-concealed  holes.  Such  acci- 
dents are  by  no  means  rare,  and  sometimes  they  are  fatal  to  both  horse 
and  rider.  It  is  hardly  surprising,  therefore,  that  the  cowboys  look 
upon  the  badger  as  a  legitimate  target  for  their  six-shooters.  In  a 
prairie-dog  country,  however,  this  is  not  a  fair  excuse,  for  prairie-dog 
holes  are  just  as  dangerous,  and  each  badger  helps  to  reduce  the 
total  number  of  pitfalls. 

The  rapid  increase  in  the  abundance  of  prairie  dogs  in  certain 
parts  of  the  State  and  their  constant  extension  of  range  is  unquestion- 
ably due  in  great  measure,  if  not  mainly,  to  the  destruction  of 
badgers.  It  seems  unaccountable  that  the  intelligent  observations  of 
ranch  people  should  not  result  in  a  strong  sentiment  in  favor  of  pro- 
tecting badgers,  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  without  the  sup- 
port of  protective  laws  nothing  can  be  done  to  prevent  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  animals  by  uninterested  and  irresponsible  people. 

Ursus  americanus  Pallas.     Black  Bear;  Cinnamon  Bear.0 

Specimens  of  the  black  bears  collected  in  the  Wichita  Mountains, 
Oklahoma,  prove  to  be  americanus,  and  the  bears  reported  from  Mo- 
beetie  and  near  Washburn  were  undoubtedly  the  same.  Others 
reported  farther  south  from  west  of  Austin  and  even  to  Kerrville 
may  have  been  the  same,  also  the  bears  from,  the  Guadalupe  Moun- 
tains, but  as  no  specimens  from  these  Texas  localities  have  been  seen 
the  species  can  be  admitted  to  the  State  list  only  provisionally. 

At  Washburn  in  1892  I  was  told  that  there  were  a  few  black  bears 
south  of  there  in  the  canyon  of  the  Prairie  Dog  Fork,  and  at  Mobeetie 
in  1901  Oberholser  reported  them  as  ''formerly  common,  now  ex- 
tinct." In  YMY2  Oberholser  obtained  a  rather  indefinite  report  at 
Austin  that  "  a  few  bears  were  still  to  be  found  in  the  rough  country 
west  of  there,"  and  the  same  year  at  Kerrville  I  was  told  that  bears 

a  As  is  well  known,  the  black  and  cinnamon  hears  are  merely  dichromatic 
forms,  or  color  phases  of  the  same  species,  one  cub  of  a  litter  often  being  black 
and  another  brown. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  187 

were  becoming  very  scarce,  but  that  one  had  been  killed  the  previous 
year  only  7  miles  from  there. 

Ursus  americanus  amblyceps  Baird.     New  Mexico  Black  Bear. 

Black  bears  are  still  found  in  the  timbered  mountains  of  western 
Texas,  where  in  a  few  restricted  areas  they  are  fairly  common.  A 
few  specimens  examined  from  the  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains  can 
best  be  referred  to  amblyceps,  but  there  are  no  specimens  from  the 
Guadalupe  Mountains  or  from  middle  Texas  to  show  where  this 
form  gives  place  to  americanus  on  the  north  or  to  luteolus  of  the  east- 
ern part  of  the  State.  The  records  from  Kerrville,  west  of  Austin, 
Prairie  Dog  Fork,  (near  Washburn),  and  Mobeetie  I  am  inclined  to 
refer  provisionally  to  americanus. 

In  July  of  1902  a  young  black  bear  was  caught  by  the  section  men 
on  the  railroad  near  Comstoek,  and  a  few  were  reported  from  the 
Pecos  Canyon  and  vicinity.  Bears  were  formerly  abundant  in  this 
region,  but  apparently  no  specimen  has  been  preserved  to  show  what 
form  ranged  in  the  Pecos,  Devils  River,  and  Rio  Grande  country. 
On  Onion  Creek,  30  miles  south  of  Marfa,  in  January,  1890,  I  picked 
up  a  skull  from  one  of  three  bears  killed  near  there  in  1887.  In 
June  of  1001  black  bears  were  common  in  the  upper  canyons  of  the 
Chisos  Mountains,  where  fresh  tracks  of  old  and  young  were  fre- 
quently seen  and  where  there  was  an  abundance  of  old  'sign'  and- 
turned-over  stones.  The  old  excrement  was  made  up  largely  of 
acorns,  juniper  berries,  and  pine  nuts,  while  the  seeds  of  cactus  fruit 
were  noticed  in  the  fresher  deposits. 

In  the  Davis  Mountains  black  bears  hold  their  own  surprisingly 
well  against  unusual  odds.  In  July,  1901,  I  found  abundant  '  sign,' 
fresh  tracks,  and  turned-over  stones  along  the  crest  of  the  higher 
ridges  on  the  east  slope  of  Mount  Livermore,  and  again  in  August, 
190^,  found  '  sign  '  equally  abundant  in  the  canyons  on  the  west  slopes. 
In  following  up  a  deep  canyon  west  of  the  main  peak  on  August  13 
after  a  heavy  rain  of  the  previous  day,  I  saw  fresh  tracks  of  bears  of 
at  least  three  different  sizes — cubs,  yearlings,  and  adults — and  found 
numerous  little  diggings  in  the  black  mellow  soil  where  roots  or  beetles 
had  been  unearthed,  and  many  stones  freshly  turned  over  for  the  ants 
and  beetles  beneath  them.  In  a  side  gulch  a  large  buckthorn  bush 
{Bhamnus  purshiana)  had  been  freshly  torn  up  and  half  stripped  of 
its  ripening  berries,  while  close  by  was  a  lot  of  fresh  bear  '  sign,'  made 
up  entirely  of  the  skins  and  seeds  of  these  berries.  In  other  places 
on  the  east  slope  I  found  fresh  '  sign,'  composed  mainly  of  the  sugary 
berries  of  the  checker-barked  juniper  (/.  pachyphlcea) ,  and  some 
that  was  older,  largely  composed  of  acorn  shells. 

In  the  southern  part  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  on  the  upper 
slopes  of  almost  inaccessible  canyons,  black  and  brown  bears  were 


188  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

common  in  1901.  In  the  head  of  McKittrick  Canyon  they  had  well- 
worn  trails  leading  to  and  from  their  feeding  grounds  on  the  oak 
and  juniper  ridges  and  down  the  canyon  to  the  upper  water  holes. 
In  places  along  the  sides  of  narrow,  bowlder-strewn  gulches  the 
trails  were  series  of  big,  deep  tracks,  where  for  ages  each  bear  had 
stepped  in  the  footprints  of  his  predecessor.  On  the  open  slopes 
the  trails  spread  out  and  were  lost.  On  some  of  these  slopes  almost 
every  loose  stone  had  been  turned  over  by  bears  in  their  search  for 
insects,  but  at  the  time  of  my  visit,  in  August,  they  were  feeding 
mainly  on  the  sweet  acorns  of  several  species  of  shin  oak,  berries  of 
the  checker-barked  juniper,  and,  to  a  less  extent,  berries  of  Berberis 
fremonti.  Some  of  the  previous  year's  excrement  contained  shells  of 
pine  nuts  (P tints  edulis),  but  this  was  the  off  year,  when  the  nut 
pines  did  not  bear. 

Near  one  of  the  trails  in  the  head  of  Dog  Canyon  in  the  Gaudalupe 
Mountains  a  Douglas  spruce  a  foot  in  diameter  had  served  for  many 
years  as  a  gnawing  tree,  while  farther  up  the  gulch  a  larger  yellow 
pine  was  well  blazed  and  deeply  scarred  by  many  old  and  a  few  new 
gashes  of  powerful  teeth.  In  the  Davis  Mountains,  on  the  ridge  just 
north  of  Livermore,  a  yellow  pine  a  foot  and  a  half  through  had 
served  as  a  bear  register  for  apparently  ten  or  twenty  years.  It  was 
deeply  scored  on  all  sides  from  4  to  6  feet  from  the  ground,  but  on 
one  side  from  5  to  6  feet  up,  the  bark  had  long  been  cut  away  and 
the  dry  weathered  wood  was  splintered  and  gashed  with  deep  grooves 
of  various  ages.  Two  fresh  sets  of  tooth  prints  showed  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  tree  near  the  top  of  the  ring,  and  one  little  bear  had 
lately  tried  his  teeth  in  the  green  bark  about  4  feet  from  the  ground. 
At  the  head  of  a  gulch  on  the  east  side  of  Limpia  Creek  stood  another 
big  yellow  pine  that  had  been  similarly  treated,  and  on  it,  as  on  the 
others,  the  upper  limit  of  reach  was  about  6  feet  from  the  ground. 
Apparently  the  bear  at  each  visit  to  one  of  these  register  trees  had 
given  but  a  single  bite,  leaving  the  marks  of  an  opposing  pair  of 
canines. 

In  January  of  1890  I  learned  that  ten  or  twelve  bears  had  been 
killed  in  the  Davis  Mountains  the  fall  before,  and  the  annual  bear 
hunt  of  the  ranchmen  has  become  as  firmly  established  an  institution 
there  as  the  annual  camp  meeting.  In  November  a  large  crowd 
gathers  with  camp  wagons,  hounds,  and  saddle  horses  for  a  week's 
bear  hunting.  In  1900  ten  bears  were  killed  by  the  party,  and  in  1902 
four  were  killed.    Others  are  killed  each  year  by  local  hunters. 

At  present  the  black  bears  do  no  serious  damage  to  stock,  and  it  is 
greatly  to  be  hoped  that  their  numbers  will  not  be  materially  reduced. 

Ursus  luteolus  Griffith.     Louisiana  Bear. 

The  Louisiana  bear  formerly  ranged  over  most  of  eastern  Texas, 
and  still  is  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  more  extensive 


Oct.,  1005.] 


MAMMALS.  189 


swamps  and  thickets.  Skulls  examined  from  Kountze,0  Sour  Lake. 
Tarkington,  and  Wharton  have  the  long,  low  brain  case  and  very 
large  molars  characterizing  the  species,  while  the  skins  are  indistin- 
guishable from  those  of  americanus  in  the  black  phase. 

The  following  reports  of  field  naturalists  for  1902  from  scattered 
localities  will  give  an  idea  of  the  oresent  status  of  the  bears  over 
eastern  Texas : 

Texarkana  :  Now  very  rare ;  one  killed  a  few  years  ago. 

Waskom :  Formerly  common ;  now  very  rare. 

Jefferson:  Very  scarce;  one  killed  near  here  a  few  years  ago. 

Antioch :  Formerly  common ;  now  extinct. 

Rockland :  Now  very  rare  or  quite  extinct. 

Conroe :  A  few  still  found  in  the  w  big  thicket. '  15  miles  south  of 
here. 

Beaumont :  A  few  still  found  in  the  forest  northwest  of  here. 

Brenham :  Formerly  common  along  the  Brazos ;  now  extinct. 

Elgin :  Formerly  common ;  now  rare  or  extinct. 

Sour  Lake :  Still  common  in  the  swamps  near  here ;  a  few  killed 
every  year.    An  old  one  and  two  cubs  seen  during  July. 

At  Richmond  in  1899  I  was  informed  that  bears  were  still  fairly 
common  in  the  timbered  bottoms  along  the  Bernard  River,  18  miles 
to  the  southwest,  where  in  the  fall  one  old  trapper  made  a  business  of 
trapping  them.  At  Seguin,  in  1901,  they  were  said  to  have  been 
exterminated  years  ago,  though  formerly  common. 

The  following  reports,  made  in  1900  by  Oberholser,  probably  also 
relate  to  this  species : 

Beeville:  Bears  are  still  found  on  the  Nueces,  20  miles  west  of  here. 

San  Diego :  One  was  seen  a  few  years  ago  some  12  miles  northwest 
of  here. 

Uvalde :  A  few  are  still  found  in  the  canyon  of  the  Nueces. 

At  Wharton  in  November,  1901,  I  secured  the  skull  of  a  bear  killed 
the  previous  year  by  a  negro  who  said  there  were  still  a  good  many  in 
the  thicket  near  there.  Mr.  W.  O.  Victor  also  told  me  that  he  knew 
where  several  bears  were  living  in  the  thicket,  and  that  he  hoped  to 
kill  some  of  them  later  in  the  season  when  they  became  fat.  Mr. 
Victor  has  an  apiary  with  a  large  number  of  hives  located  at  several 
points  in  the  dense  woods  and  thickets  bordering  the  Colorado  River 
below  Wharton,  and  the  bears  have  caused  him  much  trouble  and 
considerable  loss  through  their  fondness  for  honey.  During  the  past 
ten  years  he  has  killed  eight  or  nine  bears,  mainly  for  the  protection 
of  his  bees.  Some  of  these  were  killed  with  set  guns,  some  by  trap- 
ping, and  others  in  the  hunt.     One  was  shot  at  night  by  Mr.  Victor 

"  The  Biological  Survey  is  indebted  to  Mr.  J.  B.  Hooks,  of  Kountze,  for  the 
loan  of  one  skull  of  this  species  and  the  presentation  of  another. 


190  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

and  two  companions  who  were  watching  for  it  in  the  bee  stand. 
When  the  men  approached  the  bear  after  he  was  located,  they  could 
hear  him  whining  and  sniffling  as  if  the  bees  were  making  it  hot  for 
him.  This  probably  accounts  for  his  letting  them  come  near  enough 
by  moonlight  for  a  fatal  shot.  This  bee  stand  Avas  about  3  miles  from 
town  and  back  from  any  settlement  or  ranch,  and  the  bear  had  been 
feasting  on  honey  for  several  nights  before  the  mischief  was  dis- 
covered. Mr.  Victor  says  about  fifty  swarms  were  destroyed,  the 
hives  turned  over,  part  of  the  honey  scooped  out,  and  the  bees 
scattered.  In  many  cases  the  bear  apparently  became  enraged  at  the 
stings  and  smashed  the  hives  in  retaliation.  A  photograph  of  this 
bear,  taken  the  following  morning,  shows  him  stretched  out  among 
the  overturned  hives  and  gives  some  idea  of  the  mischief  he  had  done. 

Mr.  Victor  says  the  bears  in  that  region  '  den  up  '  for  a  little  while 
during  the  coldest  part  of  winter,  or  at  least  keep  quiet  in  the  densest 
thickets.  He  says  they  are  invariably  black,  and  he  thinks  the  nose 
also  is  black. 

In  November,  190-1,  an  old  bear  hunter,  Ab  Carter,  living  on  the 
west  edge  of  Tarkington  Prairie,  in  Liberty  County,  told  me  that 
there  were  no  bears  at  that  time  in  Liberty  County  west  of  the  Trin- 
ity River,  but  the  active  part  taken  by  Mr.  Carter  in  exterminating 
the  bears  in  that  locality  makes  his  statements  of  peculiar  interest. 
Forty-nine  years  ago  he  was  born  on  the  ranch  he  now  owns,  and 
his  principal  occupation,  like  that  of  his  father,  has  been  keeping 
hogs  and  killing  bears.  To  a  man  with  several  hundred  hogs  running 
in  the  woods,  bear  killing  was  the  most  important  part  of  the  season's 
work,  but  it  was  not  until  about  1883  that  the  extermination  of  the 
bears  began  in  earnest.  At  that  time  Mr.  Carter  and  a  neighbor  each 
got  a  pack  of  good  bear  hounds  and  in  the  following  two  years  they 
killed  182  bears,  mainly  within  a  radius  of  10  miles  from  the  ranches. 
This  reduced  the  number  of  bears  so  that  later  not  more  than  ten  to 
twenty  were  killed  annually  up  to  11)00,  when  Mr.  Carter  killed  the 
last  two  of  the  vicinity.  Two  years  ago  he  killed  the  last  of  his  bear 
dogs,  and  now  keeps  only  hog  and  wolf  dogs,  while  his  hogs  cat  acorns 
in  safety  over  100  square  miles  of  magnificent  forest  and  dense  thicket. 

The  number  of  hogs  killed  in  a  year  could  be  only  approximately 
estimated,  but  Mr.  Carter  thinks  the  bears  sometimes  got  nearly  half 
of  the  pigs  and  many  of  the  hogs.  Pigs  were  their  favorite  prey, 
and  were  easily  caught,  but  the  bears  took  anything  they  could  get. 
One  large  4-year-old  boar  was  killed  and  partly  eaten  only  a  mile 
from  the  house. 

As  soon  as  acorns  began  to  fall  the  bears  would  feed  on  them  and 
let  the  hogs  alone  for  a  while,  but  during  spring  and  summer  pork- 
was  their  principal  food.  The  first  berry  to  ripen  in  summer,  Mr. 
Carter  says,  is  on  the  '  grandaddy  graybeard '  bush  (apparently  A  me- 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  191 

lanchier),  of  which  the  bears  are  very  fond.  Blackberries  and  huck- 
leberries are  abundant  summer  food  for  bears.  Later  the  sour  gum 
(Nyssa  sylvatica)  is  a  favorite,  food,  and  nearly  every  sour-gum  tree 
in  the  woods  has  its  top  branches  bent  and  twisted  and  its  bark  well 
clawed. 

Mr.  Carter  went  with  me  to  an  old  pine  'measuring  tree"  in  the 
woods  that  he  said  had  been  bitten  deep  into  the  wood  about  as  high 
up  as  he  could  reach,  but  when  we  found  the  tree  it  was  only  a 
charred  stump.  Fire  had  destroyed  all  trace  of  the  bear  marks. 
Another  small  pine  that  we  found  had  grown  well  out  around  the 
old  bites  that  still  showed  plainly  in  the  dead  wood.  Mr.  Carter 
says  cypress  trees  are  sometimes  bitten  in  the  same  way  by  bears,  but 
less  commonly  than  pines. 

In  the  Big  Thicket  of  Hardin  County  black  bears  were  common 
in  many  parts  of  the  thicket  in  December,  1904,  but  not  so  abundant 
as  they  were  a  few  years  ago.  I  had  no  trouble  in  starting  one 
almost  every  day,  but  could  not  get  a  pack  of  dogs  that  would  hold 
one  till  I  could  get  to  it.  I  had  five  good  bear  hounds,  but  each  of 
the  several  bears  that  we  started  escaped.  The  bears  in  this  region 
rarely  tree  for  dogs,  and  unless  the  dogs  keep  one  fighting  on  the 
ground  he  travels  faster  than  a  man  can  run  through  the  jungle  of 
palmettoes,  brush,  and  vines.    Horses  are  useless  in  the  thicket. 

AVhile  hunting  I  found  numerous  bear  beds  and  old  and  fresh 
'  sign,'  some  composed  of  acorns,  some  of  sour  gum  and  other  berries. 
We  also  saw  half  chewed  acorns  where  the  bears  had  been  feeding. 
During  summer  the  bears  feed  extensively  on  pigs  belonging  to  the 
settlers,  but  in  December  both  pigs  and  bears  were  rapidly  fattening 
on  the  abundant  acorn  crop. 

In  several  places  in  the  heart  of  the  Thicket  I  found  cypress  trees 
gnawed  by  the  bears  as  high  as  they  could  reach,  6  to  7  feet  from  the 
ground,  and  I  photographed  two  of  these  trees.  One,  which  was 
about  a  foot  in  diameter,  had  been  bitten  lately  and  at  different  times 
previously  for  at  least  eight  or  ten  years.  Several  large  spots  of 
wood  were  dead  and  bare  of  bark  and  full  of  old  tooth  prints.  The 
other  tree,  over  2  feet  in  diameter,  had  been  bitten  for  a  longer  time. 
probably  fifty  years,  and  the  old  dead  wood  was  sunken  4  or  5 
inches  deep  in  the  surrounding  growth.  The  fresher  bites  were  on 
new  spots  and  some  were  made  apparently  the  day  before,  as  fresh 
mud  had  been  rubbed  against  the  trunk  as  high  up  as  4  feet.  One  old- 
field  pine  about.  14  inches  in  diameter  had  been  well  bitten  at  the 
usual  height,  but  in  this  region  cypress  seems  to  be  the  favorite  biting- 
tree,  or  '  measuring  tree,'  as  called  by  the  hunters.  Several  magnolia 
trees  showed  deep  claw  marks  in  the  smooth,  gray  bark,  and  the 
rough  bark  of  the  sour  gum  is  often  clawed  extensively,  although 
the  marks  are  indistinct,     The  bears  are  said  to  feed  to  some  extent 


192  XoKTll     AMKKU'AN     FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

od  magnolia  berries  and  very  extensively  on  the  berries  of  the  sour 
gum. 

I  have  inquired  of  many  hunters  and  find  none  who  have  ever  seen 
a  brown  hoar  in  this  region.  The  nose  is  said  to  be  brown  in  some 
and  entirely  black  in  others.  The  large  old  male,  of  which  I  secured 
the  skull  and  incomplete  skin,  was  said  to  have  had  a  brown  nose, 
as  diil  the  perfect  skin  of  the  female  sent  with  it.  Dan  Griffin, 
who  killed  it.  says  it  was  the  largest  hear  he  ever  saw.  He  thinks  it 
would  have  weighed  400  pounds,  although  poor,  and  says  that  two 
men  while  skinning  it  had  hard  work  to  turn  it  over. 

TJrsus  horribilis  horriaeus  Baird.     Sonora  Grizzly. 

The  only  specimen  of  grizzly  hear  that  1  have  seen  or  heard  of 
from  Texas  was  killed  in  the  Davis  Mountains  in  October,  1890.  by 
C.  O.  Finley  and  John  Z.  Means.  The  skull,  which  Mr.  Finley  has 
kindly  sent  me  for  comparison,  proves  to  be  that  of  a  large  and  very 
old  male  of  the  Sonora  grizzly,  agreeing  in  all  essential  characters 
with  Baird's  type  of  horriaeus  from  southwestern  New  Mexico.  The 
measurements  of  the  skull  are:  Greatest  length,  370;  basal  length. 
310:  zygomatic  breadth.  :2:20:  mastoid  breadth.  157;  interorbital 
breadth.  71:  postorbital  breadth.  69.  The  claws  on  the  front  feet. 
Mr.  Finley  says,  were  about  3^  inches  long,  and  the  color  of  the  bear 
was  brown  with  gray  tips  to  the  hairs.  Its  weight  was  estimated  at 
1,100  pounds.  "  if  it  had  been  fat.'  Mr.  Finley  says  that  this  bear  had 
killed  a  cow  and  eaten  most  of  it  in  a  gulch  near  the  head  of  Limpia 
Creek,  where  the  dogs  took  the  trail.  Out  of  a  pack  of  fifty-two 
hounds  only  a  few  would  follow  the  trail,  although  most  of  them  were 
used  to  hunting  black  bear.  These  few  followed  rather  reluctantly, 
and  after  a  run  of  about  5  miles  over  rough  country  stopped  the  bear, 
which  killed  one  of  them  before  it  was  quieted  by  the  rifles  of  Finley 
and  Means.  It  took  four  men  to  put  the  skin,  with  head  and  feet 
attached,  upon  a  horse  for  the  return  to  camp. 

Nasua  narica  yucatanica"  Allen.     Nasua;  Coati. 

A  specimen  of  this  long-nosed,  long-tailed,  coon-like  animal  in  the 
National  Museum,  collected  in  ls77  at  Brownsville  by  the  late  Dr. 
.1.  C.  Merrill,  furnishes  apparently  the  only  record  for  the  State.  A- 
nasuas  occur  over  most  of  Mexico  up  to  near  the  border  of  the 
United  States,  other  records  along  the  Rio  Grande  may  be  expected. 

Procyon  lotor  (Linn.).     Raccoon;  Coon. 

The  raccoon  of  eastern  Texas,  as  represented  by  specimens  from  the 
coast  region  as  far  west  a-  Matagorda  and  in  the  interior  from  Tex- 

"  Dr.  .T.  A.  Allen,  in  Bui.  Am.  Mns.  Nat.  Hist.  XX.  53,  1904,  identifies  the 
Brownsville  specimen  as  Nasua  narica  yucatanica  Allen:  it  is  possible,  there- 
fore, that  this  specimen  may  have  been  an  imported  animal  that  escaped  fr<>m 
captivity. 


Oct.,  1 9(  >5.  J  MAMMALS.  1  93 

arkana  west  to  Kerrville  and  Mason,  differs  but  little  from  typical 
lotov  of  the  northeastern  United   States.     The  slightly  larger  size, 

wider  muzzle,  and  usually  heavier  dentition  show  a  tendency  toward 
mexicanus,  into  which  it  grades  to  the  west.  The  high  frontals  of 
specimens  from  the  coast  marshes  of  southeastern  Texas  suggest  an 
approach  to  elucus,  the  Florida  form,  but  in  the  light  of  the  present 
material  these  coast  specimens  can  best  be  referred  to  lotor. 

Coons  are  abundant  along-  the  margins  of  streams,  lakes,  and  bays, 
along  the  coast,  in  marshes,  or  around  water  holes,  adapting  their 
habits  to  almost  any  condition  save  that  of  dryness.  In  the  timbered 
country  hollow  trees,  hollow  logs,  cavities  under  old  logs,  or  upturned 
roots  provide  them  temporary  homes  in  which  to  spend  the  day.  and 
on  the  great  salt  marshes  of  the  coast  country  masses  of  fallen  grass 
and  rushes  provide  dark  cover,  or  hollow  banks  and  windrows  of 
drift  stuff  afford  safe  retreats,  while  the  broken  walls  of  rocky  can- 
yons and  gulches  toward  the  headwaters  of  the  streams  furnish  the 
favorite,  because  the  safest,  dens.  It  is  not  uncommon  for  coons  to 
leave  the  stream  where  they  have  been  hunting  and  travel  half  a 
mile  or  a  mile  to  dens  in  a  cliff,  though  otherwise  they  are  rarely 
found  so  far  from  water.  They  are  mainly  nocturnal,  and  every 
morning  their  unmistakable  plantigrade  tracks  mark  the  shores  of 
the  streams,  following  the  trails,  logs,  or  mud  flats,  now  in,  now  out 
of  the  water,  often  disappearing  where  the  animals  swam  from  point 
to  point  or  from  one  side  to  the  other  of  the  stream  in  search  of  food. 
Often  the  coons  follow  the  same  line  of  travel  again  and  again,  until 
well-worn  trails  are  formed  along  the  margins  of  the  streams  or 
through  the  marsh  grass.  Along  these  trails  scattered  remains  of 
food  tell  half  the  story  of  the  coon's  life.  In  places  along  the  Guada- 
lupe River,  in  Kerr  County,  almost  every  little  point  and  island  has 
its  pile  of  mussel  shells  from  which  the  mussels  have  been  eaten,  and 
every  morning  a  few  shells  freshly  scooped  out  are  found  on  the  piles 
until  sometimes  a  bushel  is  accumulated.  On  the  coast  marshes  the 
[shells  of  crawTfish  are  found  scattered  along  the  coon  trails,  while  the 
excrement  deposited  here  and  there  in  well-chosen  spots  is  made  up 
largely  of  the  indigestible  parts  of  crustaceans  mixed  with  a  fewT 
scales  and  bones  of  fish  and  occasional  traces  of  frogs  and  small  mam- 
mals. As  these  marshes  swarm  with  crawTfish  and  small  crabs,  the 
coons  have  a  perennial  feast  and  naturally  become  numerous.  On 
Matagorda  Peninsula  Lloyd  reported  them  feeding  on  oysters  as  well 
as  crabs  and  crawfish,  and  in  the  stomach  of  one  caught  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Colorado  River  he  reported  finding  a  meadow  lark.  In 
their  selection  of  food  coons  are  quite  as  omnivorous  as  bears,  seeming 
to  relish  almost  any  kind  of  flesh,  fruit,  grain,  nuts,  and  acorns.  At 
Brazos  they  were  reported  by  B.  H.  Dutcher  as  feeding  on  melons. 
3873—  No.  25—05  m 13 


194:  NOKTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Their  nightly  raids  on  fields  of  green  corn  are  too  well  known  to  need 
comment,  and  small  fields  of  corn  planted  in  or  near  the  woods  are 
sometimes  almost  destroyed,  the  ears  being  torn  open  and  the  corn 
eaten  from  the  cob  from  the  time  of  the  early  milk  stage  until  ripe, 
and  even  after  being  cut  and  shocked. 

In  the  Big  Thicket  coons  are  numerous  along  every  stream  and 
bayou,  as  shown  by  fresh  tracks  along  roads  and  trails  and  in  the 
muddy  margins  of  ponds  and  water  ways,  and  by  skins  drying  under 
the  sheds  of  almost  every  ranch.  Their  fur  is  the  principal  catch  of 
most  of  the  trappers  and  their  abundance  makes  trapping  fairly 
profitable  in  this  region.  During  November  and  December  they  were 
feeding  mainly  on  acorns,  but  were  still  eating  crawfish,  while  the  old 
shells  of  mussels,  including  the  enormous  pearl-bearing  species 
{Quadrula  heros)  and  the  smaller  thick-shelled  Quadrula  forsheyi, 
piled  here  and  there  along  the  banks  of  bayous,  apparently  marked 
the  remains  of  summer  feasts. 

While  watching  for  fox  squirrels  one  morning  in  the  heavily 
timbered  bottoms  I  heard  a  scratching  sound  from  an  old  cypress  in 
the  edge  of  the  swamp  near  by,  followed  by  a  loud  splash.  A  young 
coon  less  than  half  grown  had  fallen  from  the  tree  into  the  water. 
At  the  sound  the  old  coon  and  two  more  young  ones  came  out  of  a 
hollow  some  30  feet  up  in  the  trunk  and  climbed  down  to  near  the 
bottom  of  the  tree.  They  came  down  the  tree  slowly  but  steadily, 
head  first,  as  a  squirrel  would  have  done,  with  the  hind  feet  reversed 
and  slightly  divergent.  When  the  old  coon  saw  the  young  one  climb 
out  of  the  water  upon  the  tree  trunk  she  turned  about  and  ascended  the 
trunk,  followed  by  the  three  young.  The  one  that  had  fallen,  besides 
being  very  wet,  was  slightly  hurt,  and  climbed  with  difficulty.  When 
halfway  up  he  stopped  on  a  limb  to  rest  and  began  whimpering  and 
crying.  The  mother  had  already  reached  the  hole,  but  on  hearing  hi 
cries  turned  about  and  climbed  down  to  him.  Taking  a  good  hold  of 
the  back  of  his  neck  and  placing  him  between  her  fore  legs  so  that  he. 
too,  could  climb  she  marched  him  up  the  tree  and  into  the  hollow. 

Procyon  lotor  mexicanus  Baird.     Mexican  Raccoon. 

Raccoons  are  common  along  every  stream  in  Texas,  and  especially 
common  along  the  coast  and  on  the  islands.  Specimens  from  the  Rio 
Grande,  Pecos,  and  Devils  River  country  are  large  and  pale;  they 
have  a  long  tail  and  the  more  quadrate  molars  of  mexicanus,  to  which 
subspecies  they  are  referred,  although  differing  in  having  the  nar- 
rower basioccipital  and  yellow  nape  of  lotor." 

«  It  has  been  customary  to  refer  specimens  from  western  Texas  to  hernandezi, 
but  a  number  of  specimens  of  that  species  from  the  type  region  in  Mexico,  col- 
lected by  Nelson  and  Goldman,  prove  to  be  quite  different  from  the  Texas 
animal. 


> 

1 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  195 

In  the  northern  part  of  the  State  the  range  of  mexicanus  is  partly 
cut  off  from  that  of  the  smaller,  darker  coon  of  eastern  Texas  by  the 
plains ;  but  near  the  coast,  where  there  is  no  break  in  the  ranges,  only 
an  arbitrary  division  can  be  made  between  the  two  forms.  Specimens 
from  as  far  east  as  Corpus  Christi  can  safely  be  referred  to  mexica?ius 
and  others  from  as  far  west  as  Matagorda  to  lotor,  while  specimens 
between,  from  Port  Lavaca  and  Aransas  County,  can  be  referred  as 
well  to  one  as  the  other.  Assuming,  as  seems  necessary,  that  Baird's 
redescribing  and  correctly  naming  "  Procyon  lotor  variete  mexicaine  " 
of  St.  Hilairea  fixes  the  type  locality  at  Mazatlan,  Mexico,  the  name 
mexicanus  becomes-  available  for  the  coon  of  western  Texas,  which, 
though  not  typical,  is  certainly  nearer  to  this  form  in  general  char- 
acters, as  well  as  in  geographic  position,  than  to  any  other. 

In  western  Texas  coons  are  closely  restricted  to  the  streams,  and 
consequently  are  rare  over  the  wide  intervals  of  dry  desert  country 
between.  Along  the  Rio  Grande,  Pecos,  and  Devils  River  valleys 
they  are  especially  abundant,  and  their  dens  are  almost  invariably 
located  in  the  broken  Avalls^of  cliffs  and  canyons.  In  the  low  country 
toward  the  coast  of  southern  Texas,  where  dense  chaparral,  cactus 
patches,  and  the  tall  grass  of  the  salt  marshes  offer  ample  shelter  and 
streams  are  not  infrequent,  they  have  a  more  continuous  distribution. 
From  Corpus  Christi  to  Brownsville  their  tracks  were  seen  along  the 
shores  of  every  stream  and  pond  and  were  especially  numerous  near 
the  coast,  where  the  animals  apparently  lived  on  the  little  fiddler 
crabs  {Gelasimus  pugilatorf),  always  found  in  abundance  on  the 
low,  sandy  soil.  Lloyd  reported  hackberries  (probably  Momesia  pal- 
lida)  in  the  stomach  of  one  caught  at  Corpus  Christi.  In  the  Pecos 
and  Devils  River  canyons  the  heavy  shells  of  one  of  the  pearl-bearing 
mussels  (Lampsilis  berlandieri)  are  often  found  in  piles  along  the 
banks  of  the  streams,  but  the  ripe  fruits  of  the  prickly  pear  (O puntia 
engelmanni)  and  of  the  black  persimmon  (Brayodendron  texanum) 
were  their  principal  food  in  July  and  August.  The  sweet  pods  of 
mesquite  were  also  eaten,  and  apparently  some  of  the  insipid  berries 
of  Zizyphus,  Gondalia,  Adelia,  Lycium,  and  Momesia. 

Intra  (canadensis?)   (Schreber).     Otter. 

Otters  are  not  ulicommon  in  the  streams  of  eastern  Texas,  but, 
being  unable  to  procure  a  specimen  from  any  part  of  the  State,  I  can 
only  provisionally  refer  the  species  to  canadensis.  The  only  speci- 
men that  throws  any  light  on  the  question  is  a  fine  old  male  collected 
at  Tallulah,  Madison  County,  in  northeastern  Louisiana,  by  W.  E. 
Forbes  and  X.  Hollister,  which  agrees  in  most  characters  with  cana- 
densis  and  shows  no  tendency  toward  intergradation  with  the  Florida 
otter,  L.  c.  vaga. 


a  Voyage  de  la  Venus,  Zoologie,  p.  125,  1855. 


196  NOKTH    AMERICAN"    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

In  the  Big  Thicket  of  Liberty  and  Hardin  counties  otters  are  com- 
mon, and  a  few  are  caught  each  year  by  the  local  trappers.  During 
low  water  the  black  pools  of  the  half-dry  bayous,  swarming  with 
landlocked  fish,  are  their  favorite  haunts.  Oberholser  obtained  re- 
ports of  otters  at  Mobeetie  and  along  the  Red  River  at  Texarkana, 
and  along  the  Neches  and  San  Jacinto  rivers  near  Beaumont  and  Con- 
roe.  Lloyd  reported  them  from  Palacio  Creek,  Matagorda  County, 
and  John  M.  Priour  writes  that  they  are  found  on  the  Colorado 
River  in  the  region  of  Austin.  None  of  our  field  men  have  ever  heard 
of  them  along  the  Rio  Grande  or  Pecos  rivers,  however,  while  several 
old  trappers,  long  familiar  with  the  Rio  Grande,-  Pecos,  and  Devils 
rivers,  have  assured  me  that  otters  were  never  found  along  these 
streams.  In  addition  to  this  evidence,  Mr.  W.  H.  Dodd,  of  Lang- 
try,  has  told  me  that  for  many  years  in  buying  fur  of  the  local  trap- 
pers no  skins  or  even  reports  of  otters  had  come  to  his  notice  in 
that  region.  Along  Big  Cypress  Bayou,  below  Jefferson,  in  north- 
eastern Texas,  Mr.  Richard  Crane  told  me  in  1902  that  otters  were 
fairly  common,  and  in  fifteen  years'  hunting  and  fishing  along  this 
stream  he  had  killed  eight  or  ten,  most  of  which  he  shot.  One  that 
came  up  near  his  boat  and  then  dived,  leaving  its  tail  temptingly 
above  water  for  a  second,  he  caught  by  the  tail,  whereupon  it 
promptly  curled  up  and  severely  bit  his  legs  and  hands  before  he 
could  kill  it.  He  says  $50  would  not  tempt  him  to  catch  another 
otter  by  the  tail. 

Lutreola  lutreocephala  (Harlan).     Large  Brown  Mink;  Southeastern 

Mink. 

Minks  are  common  over  approximately  the  eastern  half  of  Texas, 
but  apparently  are  unknown  in  the  western  part  of  the  State."  The 
western  limit  of  their  range  is  roughly  indicated  by  specimens  from 
Gainesville,  Brazos,  and  Mason,  and  by  reports  of  occurrences  near 
Austin  and  on  the  lower  Guadalupe  River. 

I  have  examined  specimens  from  Gainesville,  Brazos,  Mason,  Nava- 
sota,  Harris  County,  Matagorda,  Tarkington  Prairie,  Rockland,  Anti- 
och,  and  Texarkana,  but  find  no  characters,  cranial  or  external,  by 
which  to  separate  them  from  typical  lutreocephala  from  Maryland 
and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Along  most  of  the  streams  and  bayous  of  the  timbered  country  of 
cistern  Texas,  minks  are  so  common  as  to  form  an  important  item  in 
the  catch  of  the  local  trappers.  In  fall  and  winter  a  few  of  their  skins 
are   usually   found   among  the  more   numerous  coon,  opossum,  and 

<*Cary  obtained  an  indefinite  report  of  'mink  '  .-it  Fort  Stockton,  in  the  Pecos 
Valley,  but  there  is  a  possibility  tli.it  the  name  may  have  been  applied  to  some 
ether  animal. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  197 

skunk  skins  at  trappers'  camps  or  cabins,  or  in  general  merchandise  or 
fur  stores  of  the  town.  While  usually  closely  associated  with  stream 
courses,  where  much  of  their  food  consists  of  fish,  frogs,  crustaceans, 
birds,  and  mice,  minks  are  perfectly  at  home  in  the  dry  parts  of 
woods  and  swamp,  and  even  on  the  open  prairie.  At  Navasota  I 
caught  one  in  woods  near  the  river  and  another  in  a  trap  set  in  a 
cut  hank  gulch  in  the  middle  of  a  wide  field.  Both  were  attracted 
by  bodies  of  birds  that  had  been  shot  for  Specimens,  and  while  in  the 
traps  had  gorged  themselves  with  the  bait.  At  Tarkington  Prairie 
minks  are  said  to  be  much  less  common  in  the  timber  than  on  the  open 
prairie,  where  myriads  of  birds  roost  at  night  in  the  long  prairie 
grass,  and  crawfish  chimneys  thickly  dot  the  margins  of  shallow 
ponds.  Along  the  coast  marshes  the  minks  follow  the  shores  of  bayous 
and  ditches,  where  their  tracks  usually  may  be  found  in  the  mud  and 
sand,  or  range  back  over  the  wide  expanse  of  marsh  and  prairie, 
where  tall  grass  and  drift  heaps  furnish  ample  cover.  Over  these 
marshes  they  feed  extensively  on  crawfish  and  minnows,  as  shown  by 
their  excrement.  One  caught  by  Lloyd  on  Matagorda  Peninsula  had 
a  freshly  eaten  cotton  rat  in  its  stomach. 

The  occasional  losses  from  the  raids  of  minks  on  the  poultry  yard 
in  most  cases  can  be  prevented  by  a  little  care  on  the  part  of  the 
farmer  in  providing  roosting  places  out  of  reach  of  the  prowling 
minks,  if  necessary,  with  tin-covered  uprights.  Minks  are  good 
climbers,  and  will  sometimes  climb  to  the  top  of  a  tall  tree  to  escape 
the  dogs,  but  they  seem  to  hunt  almost  entirely  on  the  ground.  An 
ordinary  poultry  fence  with  fine  wire  mesh  affords  perfect  protection, 
not  only  from  minks,  but  from  many  other  troublesome  l  varmints.'' 
The  value  of  the  mink's  fur  makes  the  animal  of  considerable  eco- 
nomic importance,  especially  as  it  has  proved  its  ability  to  hold  its 
own  in  thickly  settled  districts.  Its  value  as  a  destroyer  of  small 
rodents  compensates  in  part,  if  not  fully,  for  its  depredations. 

Putorius  nigripes  And.  and  Bach.     Black-footed  Ferret. 

The  black-footed  ferret  has  been  reported  from  a  number  of  locali- 
ties in  the  prairie-dog  country  of  Texas  east  and  south  of  the  Staked 
Plains.  A  very  large  weasel,  described  by  B.  H.  Dutcher  in  1893  at 
Stanton,  may  or  may  not  have  been  of  this  species.  Merritt  Cary 
learned  of  one  that  was  killed  in  1891  at  Seymour.  J.  A.  Loring 
found  an  almost  perfect  skull  of  a  fine  adult  at  Childress  on 
the  house  of  a  wood  rat.  A  flat  skin  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum, 
labeled  "  Gainesville,  Texas,"  probably  came  from  some  point  west  of 
there,  as  it  is  merely  a  rough  hunter's  skin,  evidently  not  prepared 
by  G.  H.  Ragsdale,  whose  name  is  on  the  label.  If  this  were  a  bona 
fide  record  for  Gainesville  it  would  be  the  first  from  any  point  far 
out  of  the  range  of  the  prairie  dog. 


.198  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

In  September,  1902,  Cary  writes: 

A  number  of  black-footed  ferrets  arc  said  to  have  been  caught  at  tbe  dog 
town  south  of  tbe  Stanton  stock  yard  in  past  years,  and  every  person  ques- 
tioned was  familiar  with  the  animal  and  could  give  a  good  description  of  it. 
Doctor  Vance,  living  just  north  of  town,  saw  one  about  a  week  before  I 
arrived  there  and  set  a  rude  box  trap  at  the  bole  in  an  attempt  to  capture  tbe 
animal  alive,  but  without  success.  A  Mr.  Williams,  living  at  Fort  Stockton, 
kept  for  a  year  or  more  a  black-footed  ferret  which  a  Mexican  caught  in  a 
trap  set  at  an  old  adobe  house  on  tbe  edge  of  a  dog  town  just  north  of  tbe 
Pecos  River  at  Grand  Falls.  It  was  described  to  me  as  built  like  a  mink, 
with  dark-brown  feet  and  a  bar  across  the  face. 

At  Lipscomb,  in  July,  1903,  A.  H.  Howell  "  saw  the  hide  of  one 
killed  there  the  previous  summer  and  was  told  of  a  den  of  them 
located  near  First  Creek." 

Putorius  frenatus  (Lichtenstein).     Bridled  Weasel. 

While  never  common,  the  bridled  weasel  seems  to  be  generally 
distributed  over  the  low  country  of  southern  Texas.  There  are  speci- 
mens in  the  Biological  Survey  collection  from  Brownsville  and  near 
Hidalgo.  Oberholser  examined  mounted  specimens  at  San  Diego, 
Beeville,  and  Port  Lavaca.  Lloyd  reported  the  species  from  Corpus 
Christi,  and  Attwater  from  San  Antonio. 

Putorius  frenatus  neomexicanus  Barber  and  Cockerell.     New  Mexico 

Bridled  Weasel. 

This  species,  so  far  as  I  know,  is  not  positively  known  to  occur  in 
the  State  of  Texas,  but  in  the  winter  of  1889  I  found  the  tracks  of  a 
weasel  winding  in  and  out  of  the  Dipodomys  and  Perodipus  holes  in 
the  sandy  bottoms  just  below  El  Paso.  A  record  of  a  weasel  taken 
several  years  ago  at  Langtry  (reported  to  Oberholser  by  W.  H. 
Dodd,  of  that  place)  may  have  been  of  this  species,  and  suggests  a 
continuous  range  from  the  country  of  fraud  us  up  the  Eio  Grande  to 
the  type  locality  of  neomexicanus  at  Mesilla  Valley,  X.  Mex. 
Spilogale  leucoparia  Merriam.     Rio  Grande  Spotted  Skunk. 

This   beautiful    little    spotted    skunk,    with    broad    white    stripes, 
occupies  the  rough  country  bordering  the  southern  arm  of  the  Stake< 
Plains  from  Mason  and  Waring  to  Langtry.  Comstock,  and  Eagle 
Pass  and  farther  south  into  Mexico.     It  is  probably  the  form  occupy- 
ing also  the  rough  country  east  and  west  of  the  Pecos  Valley.     Ti 
the  Davis  Mountains  the  ranchmen  report  a  spotted  skunk  as  common, 
and  say  that  it  climbs  trees  as  readily  as  a  squirrel.     It  is  often  tree< 
by  the  dogs  at  night   and   shot  from  the  branches  by  the  hunter- 
Under  the  nest  of  a  great  horned  owl  in  the  face  of  a  cliff  at  the  wesl 
base  of  the.  Davis  Mountains  I   found   several    jaws  of  these   little 
skunks  in  the  owl  pellets.     Throughout  most  of  its  known  range  it 
inhabits  rocky  gulches,  cliffs,  and   canyons,   or  the   brushy   bottom! 
usual  in  such  places. 


Oct..  1905.] 


MAMMALS. 


199 


Spilogale  intermpta  (Rafinesque).     Prairie  Spotted  Skunk. 

This  dark  form  of  the  spotted  skunk,  or  spilogale,  with  the  nar- 
row white  stripes,  comes  into  Texas  from  the  more  northern  plains, 
and  is  represented  by  specimens  from  Canadian,  Gainesville,  and 
Brazos.  Beyond  these  localities  there  are  no  specimens  to  show  the 
limits  of  its  range  in  the  State  or  to  indicate  whether  it  grades  into 
the  neighboring  forms  to  the  south.  Though  the  little  "  spotted 
skunks,"  "  hydrophobia  cats,"  or  "  phoby  cats  "  are  reported  from 


Spi/oga/e  ind/ano/a 
»       leucopar/a 
ft      interrupter 


Fig.   23. — Distribution  areas  of  spotted  skunks    (genus  Spilogale) . 


almost  every  part  of  Texas,  even  including  the  top  of  the  Staked 
Plains,  there  is  still  much  to  be  learned  of  the  range  and  relationships 
of  the  several  forms  inhabiting  the  State. 

Although,  broadly  speaking,  plains  animals,  these  spilogales,  like 
most  species  of  the  genus,  take  advantage  of  any  cover  in  the  way  of 
bushes,  tall  grass,  stream  banks,  or  old  buildings  that  the  country 
offers.  In  Kansas  I  have  caught  them  in  burrows  in  the  sandy  soil, 
but  whether  the  burrows  were  of  their  own  digging  or  borrowed 
from  spermophiles  or  other  burrowing  mammals  I  could  not  tell. 
At  Canadian,  Tex.,  one  was  caught  in  a  No.  0  steel- trap  set  in  an  old 


200  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

tumbledown  shed  in  the  corner  of  a  field  and  baited  with  the  bodies 
of  birds  that  had  been  skinned  for  specimens.  I  had  with  me  a  bottle 
of  bisulphid  of  carbon  for  experiments  on  prairie  dogs.  Thinking 
to  try  a  new  experiment,  I  scraped  a  hollow  about  8  inches  deep  in 
the  sand,  and  with  a  stick  gently  loosened  the  trap  chain  and  slowly 
drew  the  little  skunk  to  the  hole.  He  tumbled  in,  thinking  he  had 
escaped,  and  curled  up  in  the  bottom.  I  then  poured  a  couple  of 
ounces  of  bisulphid  on  a  bunch  of  grass  and  threw  it  into  the  hole, 
and  after  waiting  five  minutes  found  the  skunk  dead  and  perfectly 
free  from  unpleasant  odor.  This  method  of  killing  any  of  the 
skunks,  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  trap  them  around  buildings, 
can  safely  be  recommended. 
Spilogale  indianola  Merriam.     Gulf  Spotted  Skunk. 

This  little  spotted  skunk  inhabits  the  coast  region  of  Texas  from 
Corpus  Christ!  to  southwestern  Louisiana  and  extends  inland  as  far 
as  Beeville,  San  Antonio,  and  Navasota.  So  far  as  known,  it  is 
mainly  an  animal  of  the  cactus  and  chaparral  patches  of  the  open 
country.  In  the  Big  Thicket  region  I  could  get  no  reports  of  it  east  of 
Conroe,  but  at  Navasota  I  found  it  common  and  caught  two  in  traps 
in  brushy  places.  At  Beeville  Oberholser  caught  one  in  a  trap  set  in 
the  runway  of  a  wood  rat.  Of  two  specimens  secured  by  Lloyd  in 
Matagorda  County  one  was  taken  in  a  group  of  burrows  in  a  thicket 
on  the  prairie  and  the  other  in  an  old  cotton  gin.  In  the  stomach 
of  the  former  were  found  parts  of  a  Perognathus  hispidus  and  some 
crawfish.  Near  Corpus  Christi  I  caught  the  animals  in  bunches  of 
prickly  pear  and  in  wood-rat  houses  under  the  mesquites.  At  Vir- 
ginia Point,  on  the  prairie  near  Galveston,  I  shot  and  trapped  them 
in  the  big  bunches  of  cactus  (O  punt  la  engelmanni)  found  here  and 
there  on  the  prairie.  Such  confidence  had  they  in  the  protection  of 
these  thorny  masses  that  one  came  out  repeatedly,  thrusting  its  head 
between  the  cactus  blades  to  watch  me  with  its  keen  little  eyes, first  at 
one  window  then  at  another,  moving  about  freely  among  the  thorns  and 
refusing  to  enter  its  burrow  even  when  I  approached  to  within  a  few- 
yards.  Its  motions  were  quick  and  alert,  and  its  expression  bright 
and  weasel-like  rather  than  skunk-like,  which,  added  to  its  beautiful 
markings,  made  it  a  most  attractive  little  animal.  The  burrows 
under  the  cactus  and  thorny  huisache  bushes  were  apparently  dug 
by  skunks,  as  no  other  burrowing  animal  near  their  size  occurs 
there.  Tin1  stomach  and  intestines  of  the  specimens  taken  contained 
only  shells  and  legs  of  a  large  brown  beetle  which  swarmed  about 
the  houses  at  night.  A  few  legs  and  wings  of  grasshoppers  were 
found  in  the  lower  intestines  of  one  individual. 
Mephitis  mesomelas  Lichtenstein.     Louisiana  Skunk. 

The  Louisiana  skunk  is  common  over  the  whole  of  eastern  Texas 
and  about  as  far  west  as  Wichita  Falls  and  Matagorda  Bay.     Speci- 


Oct..  10(i.-,.  I  MAMMALS.  201 

mens  from  O'Connorport  are  clearly  intermediate  between  mesomelas 
and  var&cms,  as  are  also  specimens  from  Wichita  Falls.  There  is 
apparently  no  locality  in  Texas  where  skunks  are  not  more  or  less 
common,  and  the  transition  from  mesomelas  to  varians,  while  not 
abrupt,  seems  to  follow  approximately  the  line  of  transition  from 
humid  forest  and  prairie  country  to  semiarid  mesquite  plains. 

Skunks  are  generally  less  common  over  eastern  than  western  Texas, 
owing  probably  to  the  more  thickly  inhabited  country  to  the  east- 
ward, to  the  number  of  dogs  kept  at  every  little  farm  or  cabin,  and 
to  the  popular  superstition  that  all  skunks  convey  hydrophobia  and 
should  be  destroyed  whenever  possible.  There  are  undoubtedly 
authentic  cases  of  rabies  in  skunks,  as  well  as  in  other  animals 
that  have  been  inoculated  with  the  disease,  but  there  is  no  reason  to 
suppose  that  they  are  any  more  subject  to  it  than  dogs  or  cats  nor 
more  dangerous  to  human  beings  when  they  do  have  it.  On  the 
other  hand,  they  are  among  the  most  useful  of  the  predatory  mam- 
mals, destroying  great  numbers  of  small  rodents,  grasshoppers, 
beetles,  and  larva?,  and  should  be  protected,  except  in  rare  cases  of 
mischief.  There  are  a  few  complaints  of  their  destroying  poultry, 
but  in  most  cases  this  mischief  can  be  easily  prevented. 

At  Virginia  Point,  on  the  prairie  opposite  Galveston,  I  trapped  a 
skunk  one  morning  in  a  bunch  of  cactus  and  by  a  bungling  shot 
allowed  it  to  discharge  its  odorous  fluid.  Being  anxious  to  save  the 
skin  in  spite  of  its  odor,  I  sat  down  on  a  patch  of  dry  sand  to  skin 
it.  and  in  a  few  minutes  a  black  shadow  passed  me  on  the  ground. 
Looking  up  I  saw  not  less  than  50  turkey  buzzards  and  black  vultures 
beating  up  the  wind  in  a  long  line  straight  toward  me.  They  were 
flying  low  and  keenly  scanning  the  ground.  Many  came  within  20 
feet,  apparently,  before  seeing  me,  and  soon  I  was  the  center,  though 
not  the  object  of  attraction,  of  the  constantly  increasing  flock.  As 
my  work  ended  and  I  moved  away  they  pounced  on  the  carcass,  and 
soon  there  was  nothing  but  the  large  scent  gland  and  its  odor  to  mark 
the  spot.  Even  the  bones  had  mostly  disappeared.  This  is  but  one 
of  many  similar  instances  in  which  turkey  buzzards  and  vultures 
have  quickly  responded  to  the  smell  of  a  freshly  killed  skunk, 
although  they  usually  leave  a  cleanly  picked  skeleton  as  well  as  the 
scent  gland. 

Mephitis  mesomelas  varians  Gray.     Long-tailed  Texas  Skunk. 

The  long-tailed  skunk  ranges  over  western  Texas  from  Browns- 
ville to  El  Paso  and  east  to  Rockport,  San  Antonio,  Mason,  Brazos, 
Canadian,  and  Lipscomb,  or  approximately  over  the  mesquite  region 
and  plains  of  Texas  in  both  Upper  and  Lower  Sonoran  zones. 
Although  generally  distributed  even  over  the  top  of  the  Staked 
Plains,  these  skunks  are  most  abundant  in  the  chaparral  or  brushy 


202  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

country,  especially  along  bushy-bottomed,  rocky  walled  gulches 
and  in  canyons,  where  to  an  abundance  of  food  are  added  ample 
cover  and  the  protection  of  numerous  safe  retreats.  The  sandy  bot- 
toms and  dusty  trails  are  almost  invariably  marked  with  their  tiny, 
bear-like  tracks,  and  they  are  frequently  met  with  morning  or 
evening  racking  along  the  trail  on  their  way  home  or  abroad.  At 
night  they  often  come  into  camp,  and  leave  tracks  in  the  ashes  of 
the  campfire  or  around  the  '  grub  box,'  but  in  years  of  camp  life 
where  they  are  common  I  have  never  know  them,  when  unprovoked, 
to  be  discourteous  or  disagreeable.  One  morning  in  the  Davis  Moun- 
tains we  noticed  tracks  and  numerous  little  holes  dug  in  search  of 
beetles  around  our  beds  and  among  the  frying  pans  and  kettles.  We 
had  evidently  camped  on  the  favorite  digging  ground  of  this  par- 
ticular skunk  and  he  had  quietly  put  up  with  the  inconvenience  of 
our  presence. 

The  skunks  often  acquire  the  habit  of  coming  to  camp  for  the 
discarded  bodies  of  birds  and  mammals  that  have  been  skinned  for 
specimens,  but  if  their  favorite  foods — grasshoppers,  cicadas,  beetles, 
and  grubworms — are  abundant,  it  is  difficult  to  entice  them  into 
traps  with  any  kind  of  bait.  Any  small  game  that  they  can  catch 
for  themsehTes  is  welcome  and  they  sometimes  raid  an  unprotected 
chicken  coop.  I  have  found  their  stomachs  filled  with  berries  of 
zizyphus,  and  have  noted  the  remains  of  cactus  fruit,  black  persim- 
mons, and  small  berries  in  the  '  sign  '  along  their  favorite  trails. 
But  legs  and  shells  of  grasshoppers  and  beetles  usually  form  the 
bulk  of  their  '  sign.'  One  caught  at  Santa  Tomas  by  Lloyd  had  just 
dined  on  a  cotton  rat,  and  in  other  places  Lloyd  reported  them  as 
feeding  on  wood  rats.  Occasionally  they  find  our  traps  and  eat  the 
small  rodents  caught  in  them. 

Conepatus  mesoleucus  mearnsi  Merriam.     Mearns  Conepatus;   Hog- 
nosed  Skunk. 

The  white-backed  or  hognosed  skunk  is  common  over  most  of  west- 
ern Texas,  from  Kerrville,  Mason,  and  Llano  to  the  Rio  Grande  and 
beyond,  and  south  to  Dimmit  County.  Along  Devils  and  -Pecos 
rivers  and  the  canyon  country  of  the  Rio  Grande  and  in  the  Davis 
Mountains  it  is  evidently  the  commonest  skunk.  It  apparently  has 
not  been  taken  in  the  El  Paso  part  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley,  but  as 
it  is  found  farther  north,  it  undoubtedly  occurs  there  also.  Ober- 
holser  obtained  a  report  of  its  rare  occurrence  at  Austin,  which  is  its 
easternmost  record.  Specimens  reported  by  II.  P.  Attwater  from 
San  Antonio  are  probably  of  this  species.0 

The  scarcity  of  specimens  of  Coriepatus  in  collections  is  not  due 

"  Allen.  Mammals  of  Bexar  County,  Tex.,  in  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  VIII,  72, 
L896. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  203 

entirely  to  the  scarcity  of  the  animals.  In  several  localities  where 
they  were  common  and  their  long-clawed  tracks  and  peculiar  dig- 
gings were  abundant  and  fresh  every  morning,  I  utterly  failed  to 
trap  them,  as  they  would  not  come  near  any  kind  of  bait  that  I  could 
offer;  but  in  these  localities  their  favorite  food — a  large  brown 
beetle — was  abundant.  Near  Boquillas,  in  the  side  canyons  of  the 
Eio  Grande,  the  mellowr  sandy  bottoms  were  pitted  with  little 
funnel-shaped  holes  about  2  inches  deep  where  the  animals  had  dug 
out  the  beetles,  whose  round  holes  perforated  the  ground  on  all  sides 
like  half-inch  auger  holes.  One  of  the  skunks  shot  by  moonlight 
early  in  the  evening  on  his  digging  ground  had  already  filled  his 
stomach  with  these  crisp  juicy  beetles  to  the  number  of  several 
hundred.  In  skinning  him  the  next  morning  I  was  struck  with  the 
adaptability  of  his  long  naked  nose  to  the  work  of  probing  the  beetle 
holes.  A  sniff  would  probabty  showT  whether  the  beetle  was  at  home 
and  worth  digging  for  or  whether  the  hole  was  occupied  by  a  taran- 
tula. This  and  two  other  specimens,  which  I  failed  to  shoot  in  such 
a  way  as  to  break  their  backs  and  prevent  the  discharge  of  their 
scent  gland,  curled  up  with  their  last  gasp  and  drenched  their  bodies 
from  head  to  tail  with  the  reeking  fluid,  which  differs  neither  in 
quantity  nor  strength  from  that  of  Mephitis.  The  repetition  of  this 
act  by  the  two  individuals  indicates  a  habit  not  shared  with  the  com- 
mon skunk,  which  to  its  last  breath  tries  to  avoid  soiling  itself  in 
using  its  weapon  of  defense.  In  general  the  habits  of  Conepatus  and 
Mephitis  are  very  similar  even  to  a  choice  of  the  same  brush  patches 
and  gulch  bottoms  for  foraging  ground.  They  must  frequently 
meet,  whether  on  friendly  terms  or  otherwise. 

Along  Devils  River  in  July  Conepatus  was  common,  but  as  usual 
was  difficult  to  catch.  One  got  into  a  trap  set  in  a  trail  and  another 
was  shot  by  moonlight  as  it  trotted  through  camp.  They  were  feed 
ing  on  beetles,  grasshoppers,  crickets,  and  the  ripe  fruit  of  the  prickly 
pear  (Opwitia  engelmanni).  Near  Langtry  Gaut  caught  an  old 
female,  March  24,  which  contained  a  single  embryo  that  he  thought 
would  have  been  born  a  week  later. 

Conepatus    mesoleucus    telmalestes    subsp.    nov.     Swamp    Conepatus; 
White-backed  Skunk. 
Type  from  the  Big  Thicket,  7  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  Tex.,  $    ad., 
No.  136551,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Biological  Survey  Coll.     Collected  by  James 
II.  Gaut,  March  17,  1905.     Original  No.  34S5. 

General  characters. — Similar  in  general  appearance,  to  Conepatus 
mesolei/exs  mearnsi,  skull  usually  slenderer,  dentition  lighter. 

Color. — Whole  upper  parts  and  tail  wdiite,  the  white  extending  for- 
ward on  forehead  nearly  to  eyes;  lower  parts,  sides,  legs,  and  face 
black. 


204 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[No.  2.-,. 


Skull  of  type  elongated,  with  slender  muzzle,  narrow  interorbital 
region    and    prominent    mastoid    processes;  upper    molar    relatively 
long  and  narrow,  upper  and  lower  carnassials  strikingly  smaller  thai 
in  comparable  specimens  of  mearnsi.a 

Measurements  of  type. — Total  length,  (525 ;  tail  vertebrae,  257 ;  hind 
foot,  78.     Of  two  female  topotypes:  Total  length,  010;  tail  vertebra?, 


Conepafus  leuconotus  texensfs. 

»      meso/eucus  mearnsi. 

\  "V* 

n  »     fe/malestes. 


Fig.   24. — Distribution  areas  of  white-backed   skunks    (genus  Conrpatus). 

2G5;  hind  foot,  67;  and  total  length,  (57(5;  tail  vertebra?,  304;  hind 
foot,  74. 

Skull  of  type. — Basal  length,  05.2;  zygomatic  breadth.  44.3;  inter- 
orbital breadth,  22.3;  postorbital  constriction,  20;  mastoid  breadth. 
40.3;  alveolar  length  of  upper  molar  series,  10.3. 

Three  skins  and  four  skulls  have  been  examined  from  the  Big 
Thicket,  7  to  10  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  in  Hardin  County,  and 
one  skin  and  two  skulls  from  Tarkington  Prairie,  in  Liberty  County. 

°  The  skull  of  a  large  male  from  Tarkington  lacks  the  slender  rostrum  an< 
narrow  interorbital  region,  but  agrees  with  the  others  in  tooth  characters  and 
spreading  mastoid  processes. 


Oct.,  1005.J  MAMMALS.  205 

At  Saratoga,  Kountze,  and  Cleveland  the  white-backed  skunk  is  said 
to  be  the  commonest  species,  and  under  a  trapper's  shed  at  a  ranch 
on  Tarkington  Prairie  in  November,  11)04,  I  saw  eight  or  ten  of  their 
skins  hanging  up  to  dry  with  a  smaller  number  of  skius  of  Mephitis 
mesojnelas.  They  were  valued  at  40  cents  each,  or  less  than  half  as 
much  as  the  blacker  skins  of  Mephitis. 

Apparently  no  Conepatus  are  found  in  the  country  west  of  Liberty 
County  until  the  range  of  mearnsi  is  reached  near  Austin,  or  that  of 
the  more  widely  different  texensis  at  Rockport.  The  extension  of 
range  of  the  genus  is  less  surprising  than  that  a  local  form  of  a  group 
so  generally  associated  over  a  wide  area  with  arid  desert  regions 
should  be  found  restricted  to  the  most  humid  and  densely  timbered 
corner  of  the  State  of  Texas. 

The  residents  of  the  Big  Thicket  country  are  familiar  with  these 
animals,  which  they  call  "  white-back  skunks  "  to  distinguish  them 
from  the  black-backed  or  two-striped  Mephitis.  I  could  not  learn 
of  any  difference  in  habits  or  habitat  of  the  two  species.  Gaut  re- 
ports two  females  taken  in  April  as  nursing  young,  and  with  one  of 
these  he  found  two  small  young  about  a  week  old  in  a  hollow  stump. 
He  also  reports  that  the  stomachs  of  three  adults  were  filled  with 
ground  up  insects — mostly  beetles — with  a  few  grubworms,  large 
brown  flies,  and  grasshoppers. 

Conepatus  leuconotus  texensis  Merriam.     Texas  Conepatus. 

From  Brownsville,  on  the  lower  Rio  Grande,  this  larger  form  of  the 
white-backed  skunk  extends  up  the  coast  as  far  as  Rockport  and  up 
the  Rio  Grande  Valley  to  Laredo.  Lloyd,  who  collected  specimens 
at  Brownsville  and  Laredo,  reported  them  as  rare.  He  also  reported 
them  as  occurring  occasionally  on  Padre  Island  and  at  Nueces  Bay. 

Scalopus  aquaticus  (Linn.).     Eastern  Mole. 

One  specimen  from  Joaquin  and  fifteen  specimens  from  the  Big 
Thicket,  7  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  show  no  distinguishing 
characters  when  compared  with  a  large  series  of  typical  aquaticus 
from  Virginia,  Maryland,  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  The 
slightly  lighter  color  and  larger  molars  indicate  a  shading  toward 
texanus,  but  in  so  slight  a  degree  as  to  be  merely  a  suggestion. 

The  sandy  pine  ridges  of  eastern  Texas,  and  even  the  mellow  soil 
of  the  river  bottoms  and  the  low  mounds  above  flood  level,  are  criss- 
crossed by  innumerable  mole  ridges,  and  dotted  here  and  there  with 
little  heaps  of  yellow  sand  pushed  up  through  the  carpet  of  fallen 
leaves  and  pine  needles.  The  moles  are  abundant,  and  save  for  the 
barriers  of  rivers  have  an  almost  unobstructed  range  west  to  the 
black  wax  land  prairies.  Their  work  is  most  conspicuous  on  the 
lightest,  sandiest  soil,  which  is  kept  so  well  stirred  and  plowed  that 


206  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

in  walking  over  it  the  feet  constantly  sink  into  the  network  of  old 
burrows.  In  fields  the  freshly  raised  ridges  can  be  traced  for  long 
distances.  The  moles  are  commonly  accused  of  eating  sweet  potatoes, 
cutting  the  roots  of  fruit  trees,  and  of  doing  other  mischief,  for  most 
of  which  the  pocket  gopher  or  '  salamander  '  is  responsible.  The 
food  of  the  moles  consists  almost  entirely  of  insects,  earthworms,  and 
various  other  inhabitants  of  the  soil,  in  pursuit  of  which  the  animals 
sometimes  are  troublesome  by  disturbing  the  roots  of  young  plants 
and  by  marring  the  surface  of  lawns  and  parks  with  ridges  and  little 
mounds  of  earth.  But  all  things  considered  the  mole  is  too  valuable 
an  ally  of  the  farmer  to  be  destroyed. 

Scalopus  aquaticus  texanus  Allen.     Texas  Mole. 

So  far  as  known,  Scalopus  texanus  is  found  only  in  semiarid  Lower 
Sonoran  zone,  from  Cameron  County  north  to  Mason.  Specimens 
examined  from  Rockport,  Corpus  Christi,  Santa  Rosa  Ranch  (near 
northwest  corner  of  Cameron  County),  Padre  Island  (north  end), 
and  Mason,  as  apparently  also  two  imperfect  specimens  from  San 
Antonio  and  Long  Point,  while  showing  marked  variation  at  every 
locality  from  which  perfect  specimens  were  secured,  can  all  be  re- 
ferred to  this  form.  While  at  each  locality  the  specimens  are  sur- 
prisingly uniform  in  characters,  and  the  variation  is  sufficient  for 
recognition,  a  careful  comparison  of  specimens  indicates  that  the 
result  of  further  subdivision  would  only  be  confusing.  The  phys- 
iography of  the  middle  Gulf  region  of  Texas  tends  to  the  isolation  of 
all  burrowing  mammals.  Some  of  the  rivers  with  headwaters  in 
sandstone  and  granite  formations  cut  through  wide  plains  of  the 
most  impervious,  waxy  soil,  in  which  no  mammal  can  burrow,  and 
while  some  of  these  streams  leave  more  or  less  continuous  deposits  of 
mellow,  sandy  soil  along  their  courses,  others  carry  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  coast,  to  be  built  into  interrupted  areas  of  sand  flats, 
dunes,  and  islands,  between  which  the  rivers  with  their  wide  Hood 
bottoms  form  as  impassable  barriers  as  the  wide  stretches  of  waxy 
prairie.  In  some  cases  the  isolation  is  complete;  in  others,  partial. 
While  the  general  conditions  are  similar,  locally  they  are  more  or  less 
varied,  and  their  effect  on  the  burrowing  mammals  is  analogous  to 
that  on  mammals  found  on  a  series  of  oceanic  islands. 

In  habits  f  era  mis  does  not  differ  from  other  species  of  the  genus. 
At  Corpus  Christi  it  is  common  on  the  scattered  patches  of  sandy 
soil,  and  common  also  over  the  sandy  prairie  for  a  distance  of  65 
miles,  from  near  Santa  Rosa  to  Sauz  on  the  Alice  and  Brownsville 
stage  road.  Lloyd  reported  it  as  abundant  on  Padre  Island.  On  the 
half-naked  sands  near  the  coast  mole  ridges  are  usually  conspicuous, 
and  the  mounds,  while  less  numerous,  are  often  as  large  as  those  >\ 
the  pocket  gopher. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  207 

Scalopus  aquaticus  intermedius  Elliot.     Plains  Mole. 

Two  specimens  of  moles  from  Mobeetie  and  three  from  Lipscomb, 
while  not- typical  intermedius,  are  nearer  to  it  than  to  any  other 
species.  Externally  they  agree  with  topotypes  from  Alva,  Okla.,  but 
the  slender  skulls  indicate  a  distant  connection  with  aquaticus  farther 
east.  One  of  the  specimens  from  Mobeetie  is  tinged  all  over  with  a 
delicate  purple,  evidently  from  the  root  juice  of  a  Lithospermum. 

Howell  reports  that  these  moles  are  more  or  less  abundant  at 
Mobeetie,  Miami,  Canadian,  and  Lipscomb,  where  their  runways  are 
especially  numerous  in  cultivated  fields,  among  the  sand  hills,  or  on 
sandy  bottoms,  while  a  few  were  found  on  wet  bottoms  and  on  ground 
that  was  flooded  in  times  of  high  water.  At  Tascosa  in  1899  I  found 
mole  ridges  common  over  the  sandy  river  bottoms. 

[Sorex  personatus  Geoffroy  Saint  Hilaire.  Common  Eastern  Shrew. 
A  specimen  of  this  shrew,  recorded  by  Mr.  Oldfield  Thomas  °  as 
received  with  the  William  Taylor  collection  from  San  Diego,  Tex., 
is  apparently  the  only  record  of  a  Sore.?  for  the  State.  As  numerous 
collectors  have  failed  to  find  the  species  in  the  State,  or  anywhere 
within  the  life  zone  including  San  Diego  and  most  of  Texas,  it  seems 
probable  that  this  specimen  originally  came  from  some  other  part  of 
the  country.] 

Notiosorex  crawfordi  (Coues)  (Baird  MS.).    Crawford  Shrew.    Eared 
Shrew. 

Notiosorex  differs  from  BJarlna  in  having  28  instead  of  32  teeth. 
N.  crawfordi  is  larger  than  B.  parva  or  berlandieri,  with  more  con- 
spicuous ears,  and  with  tail  about  2^  instead  of  H  times  as  long  as 
hind  foot. 

This  shrew  was  described  from  specimens  collected  at  old  Fort 
Bliss,  2  miles  above  El  Paso,  and  additional  specimens  have  since  been 
collected  at  San  Diego,  Corpus  Christi,  and  San  Antonio.  It  has  a 
wide  range  in  the  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  Mexico,  southern 
California,  and  Arizona,  and  so  far  as  we  know  reaches  its  eastern 
limit  near  Corpus  Christi  and  at  San  Antonio. 

Blarina  brevicauda  carolinensis  (Bach.).  Carolina  Short-tailed  Shrew. 
A  specimen  of  the  Carolina  short-tailed  shrew  from  Joaquin  and 
two  from  the  Big  Thicket,  8  miles  northeast  of  Sour  Lake,  extend  the 
range  of  this  species  from  eastern  Arkansas  and  western  Mississippi 
into  eastern  Texas.  Though  these  shrews  are  never  abundant  and  are 
easily  overlooked  in  collecting,  they  may  yet  be  found  over  much  of 
eastern  Texas  where  the  conditions  are  favorable.  Hollister  caught 
the  Joaquin  specimen  in  a  runway  Under  old  grass  on  low  ground  at 

a  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1888,  p.  443. 


208  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

the  edge  of  a  cotton  field  about  a  mile  east  of  town.  It  was  half 
eaten  while  in  the  trap  by  some  other  animal,  probably  by  one  of  its 
own  species.  Gaut  caught  the  two  Big  Thicket  specimens  in  traps 
set  by  old  logs  in  the  woods  near  Mike  Griffin's  place. 

Blarina  parva  (Say).     Least  Short-tailed  Shrew. 

This  smallest  of  the  United  States  species  of  short-tailed  shrews 
has  been  taken  at  Gainesville,  Hempstead,  and  Richmond.  A.3 
throughout  a  wide  range  over  the  eastern  United  States  it  is  a  rare, 
or  at  least  a  rarely  taken  species,  it  may  well  be  as  common  over  a 
large  part  of  eastern  Texas  as  over  the  rest  of  its  range. 

The  Gainesville  specimens  in  the  Merriam  collection  were  taken 
by  G.  H.  Ragsdale,  but  on  the  same  ground  in  1802  I  was  unable  to 
find  any  trace  of  these  animals  save  a  few  old  runways  under  a 
carpet  of  fallen  prairie  grass.  At  Richmond  in  1899,  while  trapping 
for  Sigmodon  on  the  big  coast  prairie,  I  caught  one  in  its  own  little 
runway  under  the  prairie  grass.  At  Hempstead  Gaut  caught  one  in  a 
trap  set  in  the  dry  grass  near  a  rain  pool. 

Blarina  berlandieri  Baird.     Rio  Grande  Short-tailed  Shrew. 

The  Rio  Grande  Blarina  is  slightly  larger  and  paler  than  pur '-a. 
but  very  similar  in  general  appearance.  It  was  described  from  speci- 
mens collected  at  Matamoras,  Mexico,  and  other  specimens  have  been 
taken  at  Brownsville,  San  Diego,  and  Del  Rio,  Tex.  Little  is  known 
of  its  habits,  which  apparently  are  similar  to  those  of  parva. 

At  Del  Rio  in  February,  1890,  I  caught  one  in  a  Sigmodon  runway 
on  grassy  bottoms  of  San  Felipe  Creek  a  couple  of  miles  from  the 
point  where  the  creek  joins  the  Rio  Grande.** 

Myotis  velifer  (J.  A.  Allen).    Cave  Bat. 

The  four  localities  from  which  this  little  brown  bat  is  known  in 
Texas — the  mouth  of  the  Pecos,  Langtry,  New  Braunfels,  and  San 
Antonio — when  added  to  its  wider  range  from  Arizona  to  Missouri 
and  south  to  southern  Mexico,  indicate  that  the  species  covers  at  least 
the  western  half  of  Texas.  Specimens  collected  at  mouth  of  Pecos 
by  Lloyd,  August  23  and  September  4,  1S00.  and  at  Langtry  by  (rant, 
March  29,  1893,  indicate  that  it  is  a  summer  resident  along  the  Rio 
Grande.  Lloyd's  specimens  were  "  found  in  a  cave  tunnel,"  and 
Gaut's  were  taken  in  Pump  Canyon,  a  dee})  box  canyon  near  Langtry. 
I  collected  three  adult  males  of  this  bat  at  Marble  Cave,  Mo.,  on  June 
28  and  30,  1892.  One  was  caught  in  the  cave  150  feet  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  earth;  the  others  were  shot  as  they  came  out  of  the  mouth 

a  This  Del  Rio  specimen,  which  is  typical  berlandieri,  was  by  some  accident 
referred  by  Doctor  Merriam  to  parva,  although  he  had  previously  written  the 
name  berlandieri  against  it  in  the  catalogue.  (N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  10.  p.  is, 
1895 — Revision  of  Shrews.) 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  209 

of  the  cave  in  the  evening.  If  this  bat  is  habitually  a  cave  dweller, 
the  distribution  of  caves  probably  accounts  for  its  somewhat  erratic 
range. 

Myotis  californicus  (And.  and  Bach.).     Little  California  Bat. 

This  tiny  bright  brown  bat  comes  into  the  desert  country  of  western 
Texas,  but  evidently  is  not  very  common.  A  single  specimen  collected 
at  Paisano  by  Lloyd  on  July  21,  and  another  that  I  shot  at  Pena 
Coloral,  5  miles  south  of  Marathon,  May  1-1,  and  one  on  Terlingua 
('reek.  July  1,  seem  to  furnish  the  only  records  for  the  State.  The 
species  is  common  in  New  Mexico  just  north  of  the  Texas  line.  Five 
specimens — three  males  and  two  females — collected  by  James  H. 
Gaut  in  the  foothills  on  the  east  slope  of  the  San  Andreas  Mountains, 
New  Mexico,  January  19  and  20,  1903,  indicate  that  the  bats  are  not 
only  resident,  but  are  active  during  winter  months.  At  Santa  Rosa, 
X.  Mex.,  I  found  them  common  in  May,  and  a  female  shot  on  the  29th 
contained  one  small  embryo.  On  the  wing  they  are  scarcely  distin- 
guishable from  Pipistrellus  hesperus,  but  they  are  usually  found  in 
the  open  or  among  trees,  while  hesperus  keeps  mainly  to  the  canyons 
and  cliffs. 

Myotis  incautus  (J.  A.  Allen).    House  Bat. 

Apparently  the  only  known  specimens  of  this  bat  are  the  five  taken 
at  San  Antonio  by  Mr.  H.  P.  Attwater,  from  which  Doctor  Allen 
described  the  species;  seven  collected  by  M.  Cary  and  myself  15 
miles  west  of  Japonica,  Kerr  County;  one  collected  at  Langtry  by 
James  H.  Gaut,  and  eight  collected  at  Carlsbad,  N.  Mex.  The  San 
Antonio  specimens  were  collected  March  12  and  October  10,  which 
would  suggest  that  they  were  migrants.  The  Japonica  specimens 
were  taken  July  7  and  8,  and  were  on  their  breeding  ground,  as  prob- 
ably Avere  those  taken  at  Carlsbad  July  29  and  September  IT.  A 
female  collected  in  Pump  Canyon,  near  Langtry,  March  29,  may  have 
been  either  resident  or  migrant. 

Little  is  known  of  the  habits  of  this  species.  On  the  North  Fork 
of  the  Guadalupe,  west  of  Japonica,  Cary  and  I  found  them  early  in 
the  evening,  flying  up  and  down  the  rocky  bed  of  the  stream  in 
great  abundance,  dipping  to  the  water  pools  to  drink  and  then  zig- 
zagging through  the  air  in  pursuit  of  insects.  With  a  fairly  good 
light,  we  secured  seven  of  the  bats  after  a  few  minutes'  rapid  shooting- 
The  bats  apparently  came  from  the  limestone  cliffs  both  above  and 
below  the  open  space  where  we  found  them. 

At  the  water  tower  3  miles  southwest  of  Carlsbad,  where  a  large 
pool  is  formed  from  the  pure  mountain  water  pumped  up  to  sup- 
ply the  town,  these  bats  came  in  over  the  dry  plain  on  the  even- 
ing of  July  29  from  some  limestone  hills  several  miles  away. 
3873— No.  25—05  m 14 


210  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

They  were  flying  straight  for  the  water  pool  without  a  crook  or  turn, 
and  I  shot  four  without  missing,  a  rare  occurrence  in  bat  shooting. 
These  were  all  females,  but  four  taken  on  September  17  at  the 
Bolles  ranch,  6  miles  south  of  Carlsbad,  were  all  males.  Three  of 
these  were  shot  in  the  evening  as  they  flew  about  the  house,  and 
one  was  caught  in  the  daytime  in  a  corner  of  an  outhouse. 

In  the  original  description  of  the  species,  based  on  a  series  of  five 
specimens  taken  at  San  Antonio  b}r  Mr.  Attwater,  March  12  and  Oc- 
tober 10,  Doctor  Allen  says :  "  It  is  a  '  house  7  bat,  all  of  the  specimens 
having  been  taken  in  the  house  except  one,  which  was  caught  in  a 
barn."  a 

Myotis  yumanensis  (  H.  Allen).     Yuma  Bat. 

This  little  light-brown  bat  was  not  known  from  Texas  until  May 
26,  1903,  when  Gaut  found  a  breeding  colony  near  Del  Rio.  He  col- 
lected a  series  of  eight  adult  females  and  one  young,  and  says :  "  They 
were  taken  from  a  colony  of  bats,  all  the  same  species,  in  a  shallow 
cave  near  the  railroad  about  10  miles  west  of  Del  Rio.  When  dis- 
turbed they  flew  about,  the  females  each  carrying  a  young  one  cling- 
ing to  its  breast.  One  of  these  young  was  obtained  and  prepared." 
It  was  very  small,  almost  naked,  and  apparently  its  eyes  were  not  yet 
open. 

Pipistrellus  hesperus  (H.  Allen).     Little  Canyon  Bat. 

These  tiny  gray  bats  are  easily  recognized  by  their  jet-black  ears, 
tail,  and  wings.  They  come  into  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  western 
Texas  as  far  east  as  the  Pecos  Valley.  There  are  speeimens  from  El 
Paso,  Chinati  Mountains,  Grand  Canyon  of  Rio  Grande,  Terlingua 
Creek,  Boquillas.  points  15,  20,  and  80  miles  south  of  Marathon. 
Alpine,  Paisano,  Davis  Mountains  (east  base),  Sanderson.  Pecos 
River  (at  mouth),  and  farther  up  the  Pecos  Valley  from  near  Carls- 
bad and  Santa  Rosa,  N.  Mex. 

These  bats  are  usually  the  most  abundant  of  the  species  where  they 
occur,  and  they  are,  more  than  any  other  species  I  know,  strictly 
canyon  or  cliff'  dwellers.  They  often  follow  up  the  canyons  to  the 
extreme  limits  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone  on  the  warm  slopes  where  the 
surrounding  country  is  entirely  Upper  Sonoran  or  even  Transition, 
and  the  hotter,  dryer,  and  barer  the  canyon  the  thicker  these  midgets 
swarm.  They  fly  early,  sometimes  coming  out  on  the  shady  side  of 
a  canyon  before  the  last  trace  of  sunlight  has  disappeared,  but  even 
with  a  fair  amount  of  light  they  are  not  easily  shot.  Their  flight 
is  rapid  and  crooked,  and  the  collector  wastes  more  ammunition  on 
them  than  on  almost  any  other  bat. 

The  Texas  records  for  this  species  are  all  for  summer.  May  10  to 


a  Bui.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  VIII.  I'.".'.*.  1896. 


Orr.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  211 

August  20,  and  breeding  specimens  are  found  throughout  their  range. 
A  female  collected  20  miles  south  of  Marathon,  May  10,  contained  two 
half-developed  embryos,  and  two  collected  near  Boquillas,  May  23 
and  24,  each  contained  one  large  embryo.  Another  taken  at  Santa 
Rosa,  X.  Mex.,  May  27,  contained  two  small  embryos. 

In  specimens  of  this  bat  shot  only  a  few  minutes  (twenty  or  thirty 
at  most)  after  they  began  to  fly  in  the  evening,  I  have  invariably 
found  the  stomachs  stuffed  full  of  freshly  eaten  insects — a  fact  which 
speaks  well  for  their  skill  as  flycatchers. 

Pipistrellus  subflavus  (F.  Cuvier).     Georgian  Bat. 

Specimens  of  the  Georgian  bat  from  Clear  Creek,  in  Galveston 
County,  Long  Lake,  Brownsville,  Devils  River,  Comstock,  and  Del 
Rio  indicate  a  range  over  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  and  as  far  west 
as  the  timber  extends  along  streams  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  The 
species  has  a  wide  range  over  the  southeastern  United  States,  and 
finds  its  western  limits  in  Texas.  The  Brownsville  specimen  col- 
lected October  10,  1891,  may  have  been  a  migrant,  as  may  also  have 
been  those  from  Clear  Creek,  taken  on  March  28.  One  from  Devil- 
River,  collected  July  23,  and  three  from  Long  Luke,  procured  July 
19  and  20,  were  undoubtedly  on  their  breeding  grounds,  as  were  prob- 
ably those  from  Del  Rio,  collected  May  21  and  22,  and  one  from 
Comstock,  collected  May  3. 

Vespertilio  fuscus  Beauvois.    Large  Brown  Bat. 

Specimens  of  the  brown  bat  from  Jefferson,  Sour  Lake,  the  Brazos 
River,  Grady,  and  the  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains  carry  the  rang 
of  the  species  across  Texas  from  east  to  west  without  defining  any 
limits  of  range,  but  the  species  apparently  has  not  been  taken  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  State  The  specimen  collected  by  Hollister  at 
Jefferson,  June  14,  may  have  been  a  late  migrant,  as  the  species 
is  supposed  not  to  breed  in  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  One  collected  by 
Gaut  near  Sour  Lake,  March  17,  was  undoubtedly  a  migrant.  The 
Brazos  River  specimen  is  an  old  alcoholic  (No.  11217,  U.S.N.M. ), 
without  date.  The  Davis  and  Chisos  mountains  specimens  were  in 
Transition  zone,  and  probably  on  their  breeding  grounds.  Both  are 
males,  and  ii;  both  localities  the  species  seemed  to  be  common.  The 
one  from  the  Davis  Mountains  was  shot  by  L.  A.  Fuertes  on  the 
evening  of  July  12  as  it  came  down  the  gulch  over  our  camp  at  5,700 
feet  altitude.  The  Chisos  Mountain  specimen  was  shot  by  McClure 
Surber,  June  9,  at  our  camp  in  the  gulch  at  0,000  feet  altitude,  at  the 
edge  of  Transition  zone. 

At  Mr.  C.  O.  Finley's  ranch,  at  the  west  base  of  the  Davis  Moun- 
tains, I  found  two  lower  jaws  of  this  bat  among  numerous  other  bones 
in  pellets  under  the  nest  of  a  great  horned  owl. 


212  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Lasiurus  borealis  (Miiller).     lied  Bat. 

The  red  bat  is  common  over  eastern  Texas  and  westward  to  the 
lower  Rio  Grande,  Devils  River,  and  Wichita  Falls.  Specimens 
have  been  taken  at  Jefferson,  Clarksville,  Arthur,  Paris,  Waco,  Tar- 
kington  Prairie,  Wichita  Falls,  Camp  Verde,  Ingram,  Nueces  Bay, 
Corpus  Christi,  Brownsville,  Fort  Clark,  and  Devils  River.  Its  west- 
ern limit  in  the  State  apparently  corresponds  to  the  limit  of  essen- 
tially treeless  plains.  Being  a  tree  bat  and  partial  to  the  deep  shade 
of  bottom-land  forests,  it  follows  the  stream  courses  into  the  plains 
as  far  as  they  carry  timber. 

The  dates  on  Texas  specimens,  covering  a  period  from  March  19  to 
November  30,  do  not  indicate  whether  the  species  is  migratory  or 
resident,  or  whether,  if  resident,  it  hibernates  or  is  active  during  the 
winter  months,  but  there  is  abundant  proof  that  it  breeds  throughout 
its  Texas  range.  A  female  shot  at  Clarksville  June  10  contained 
two  fully  developed  fetuses,  as  also  another,  shot  the  next  evening  at 
Paris.  Two  females  shot  at  Paris  June  11,  and  3  at  Arthur  June  16, 
were  all  nursing  young.  In  a  large  series  of  specimens  collected  by 
F.  B.  Armstrong  at  Brownsville  there  are  39  young,  ranging  in  size 
from  tiny,  almost  naked  individuals  a  few  days  old  to  almost  full- 
grown  animals,  and  bearing  dates  from  May  19  to  July  25.  Most  of 
the  very  small  young  were  taken  in  May,  but  one  of  the  smallest  is 
dated  July  IS.  Adults  were  collected  at  Brownsville  by  Lloyd  as  late 
as  September  10,  at  Corpus  Christi  November  13,  and  at  San  Patricio, 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Nueces,  November  30. 

These  bats  are  among  the  least  difficult  to  collect,  as  they  come  out 
early  in  the  evening  and  their  flight  is  comparatively  slow.  In  leafy 
woods  they  often  come  out  soon  after  sundown,  while  there  is  still 
light  enough  to  distinguish  the  species  by  its  color,  form,  and  flight. 
At  Wichita  Falls  I  shot  one  as  it  was  flying  about  in  the  woods  near 
the  river  in  bright  sunlight  at  about  4  p.  m.  In  the  big  pecan  grove 
near  the  head  of  Devils  River  they  were  very  numerous  in  July. 

Lasiurus  bcrealis  seminolus  (Rhoads).     Florida  Red  Bat. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  rich  mahogany-brown  subspecies,  recorded 
by  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr.,  from  Brownsville0  is  the  only  record  for 
Texas.  It  was  killed  September  8,  1891,  and  was  probably  a  migrant 
from  its  usual  summer  range  in  the  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States 
east  of  Texas.  Upon  all  grounds  of  geographic  distribution  this  bat 
should  be  a  summer  resident  of  eastern  Texas,  and  it  will  probably 
be  found  there  when  this  most  neglected  group  of  all  our  North 
American  mammals  becomes  better  known. 

«N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  13,  p.  109,  1S!»T.  Revision  of  X.  Am.  Bats  of  the  Family 
Vespertilionida?,  by  Gerrit  s.  .Miller,  jr. 


Oct.,  1905.]  •       MAMMALS.  213 

Lasiurus  cinereus  (Beauvois).     Hoary  Bat. 

The  hoary  bat  probably  migrates  over  the  whole  of  Texas,  but  it 
is  known  in  the  State  only  from  nine  specimens  collected  at  Browns- 
ville and  one  from  the  Davis  Mountains.  The  seven  available 
Brownsville  specimens  are  dated  October  23,  November  16,  December 
20,  January,  May  7,  and  May  23,  and  probably  are  migrants.  The 
Davis  Mountain  specimen  was  shot  by  L.  A.  Fuertes,  July  10,  1891, 
at  5,700  feet  altitude,  in  a  gulch  northeast  of  Mount  Livermore.  It 
is  an  adult  male,  and  was  shot  early  in  the  evening  as  it  came  down 
the  gulch  from  the  east  side  of  the  mountain. 

Dasypterus  intermedins  H.  Allen.     Yellow  Bat. 

Specimens  of  this  large,  yellow,  short-eared  bat  from  Brownsville 
and  the  south  end  of  Padre  Island,  Texas,  and  Matamoras,  Mexico, 
furnish  all  that  is  known  of  the  range  of  the  species,  a  range  covering 
scarcely  30  miles  near  the  Gulf  coast  in  the  semiarid  cactus  and  mes- 
quite  country  of  Lower  Sonoran  zone. 

None  of  the  collectors  of  this  bat  have  written  anything  on  its 
habits,  but  a  male  collected  by  Lloyd  on  Padre  Island  August  26,  and 
a  series  of  57  males,  females,  and  young  collected  by  Armstrong  at 
Brownsville  from  May  12  to  August  4,  show  that  this  region  is  the 
breeding  ground  of  the  species.  Females  collected  May  12,  14,  and 
19  contained  each  two  large  fetuses,  and  seven  young  collected  June  7 
to  17  are  about  half  grown,  while  one  taken  July  16  is  but  little  larger. 

Nycticeius  humeralis  Rafinesque.     Evening  Bat. 

This  little,  dark  brown  bat  has  been  taken  over  eastern  and  southern 
Texas  at  Paris,  Arthur,  Texarkana,  Jefferson,  Jasper,  Hidalgo, 
Lomita  Ranch,  and  Brownsville,  at  dates  ranging  from  May  8  to 
August  19.  At  Texarkana  Oberholser  took  two  nearly  full-grown 
young,  June  23,  and  at  Jasper  three  not  fully  adult  specimens  on 
August  18  and  19.  At  Brownsville  a  series  of  fifteen  less  than  half- 
grown  young  was  collected  by  F.  B.  Armstrong,  June  1  to  12,  and 
two  about  half-grown  young  on  June  17  and  24.  Twelve  adults 
taken  May  8  to  June  17  were  all  females,  but  an  apparently  adult 
male  was  taken  by  Lloyd  on  July  23.  It  was  "  found  hanging  on 
mesquite." 

At  Texarkana  Oberholser  reports  this  species  as  "  the  common 
bat  of  the  bottoms,"  and  at  Jasper  as  abundant.  Near  Jefferson 
Hollister  shot  two  on  the  evening  of  June  13  at  our  camp  in  the  tim- 
ber by  Big  Cypress  Creek,  where  bats  apparently  of  this  species  were 
numerous. 


214  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

Corynorhinus  macrotis  pallescens  Miller.     Long-eared  Bat. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  pale  subspecies  of  the  long-eared  bat,  col- 
lected by  Lloyd  in  the  "  east  "  Painted  Cave,  September  5,  18i)0,a  ap- 
parently forms  the  only  record  for  Texas.  From  its  wide  range  over 
Mexico  and  arid  Lower  Sonoran  of  southern  California  and  Arizona, 
the  species  may  be  expected  to  inhabit  at  least  a  large  part  of  western 
Texas.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  its  place  would  naturally  be 
taken  by  the  darker  colored  macrotis,  which  has  not  yet  been  recorded 
from  Texas,  but  which  breeds  abundantly  in  southern  Louisiana. 

Antrozous  pallidus  (Le  Conte).     Pale  Bat. 

This  large,  light-colored  bat  is  common  throughout  the  summer  in 
jirid  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  western  Texas  from  Sycamore  Creek, 
Devils  River,  and  the  Pecos  Valley  westward,  and  a  single  specimen 
was  obtained  at  Tascosa,  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  Panhandle. 
The  records  cover  a  period  from  April  18  to  October  11.  but  these 
limits  are  apparently  dates  of  collectors1  entering  and  leaving  the 
legion  rather  than  of  the  migration  of  the  bats.  Still  in  the  Rio 
Grande  Valley  enough  winter  work  has  been  done  to  prove  that  the 
bats  either  migrate  or  hibernate  during  cold  weather.  That  they 
breed  in  the  region  is  amply  proved  by  their  remaining  throughout  the 
summer  months,  and  by  a  female  shot  near  Boquillas,  May  28,  and 
three  females  taken  at  Comstock  May  11,  each  containing  two  large 
fetuses.     Lloyd  collected  a  half-grown  young  at  Paisano,  July  18. 

During  the  day  they  hide  in  cracks  of  buildings,  and  probably 
also  in  cliffs,  as  they  inhabit  rocky  country  where  there  are  no  build- 
ings. At  Comstock,  May  11,  1001,  Oberholser  found  "eight  or  nine 
roosting  behind  the  signboard  of  a  store,  and  they  were  said  to  have 
been  driven  from  a  similar  place  at  the  railroad  station."  He 
secured  five  of  these,  which  proved  to  be  four  females  and  one  male. 
On  July  21  and  25  of  the  following  year  Hollister  caught  seven  more 
(four  males  and  three  females)  from  behind  the  signboard  at  the 
railroad  station  at  Comstock.  At  Van  Horn  one  came  into  my  room 
in  the  evening  of  August  23,  and  was  caught.  Near  Carlsbad.  X. 
Mex.,  these  bats  were  abundant  around  the  house  on  the  Bolles 
ranch  in  September,  coming  out  of  cracks  in  buildings  early  in  the 
evening  and  flying  softly  around  the  house  in  the  twilight  before  the 
smaller  bats  began  to  appear.  During  the  day  I  often  heard  them 
squeaking  behind  the  casings,  and  with  a  pair  of  forceps  took  live 
from  behind  a  board.  Of  six  specimens  taken,  three  were  males  and 
three  females.  In  this  species  I  have  never  found  a  striking  pre- 
ponderance of  either  sex.  probably  because  I  have  found  them  only 
in  the  breeding  season. 

"  Probably  the  third  cave,  about  a  mile  below  t lie  mouth  of  the  Pecos. 


Oct.,  1905.]  MAMMALS.  215 

Their  flight  is  soft  and  noiseless,  and,  while  rapid,  it  is  not  so 
quick  and  jerky  as  that  of  most  bats.  Their  light  color  and  large 
size  render  them  unmistakable  in  the  early  evening;  even  the  long. 
projecting  ears  can  sometimes  be  distinguished  as  the  bats  fly  over. 
An  old  female,  previously  mentioned  as  containing  two  fetuses, 
measured  315  mm.  (approximately  a  foot)  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings 
while  fresh. 

Nyctinomus  mexicanus  Saussure.     Free-tailed  Bat. 

The  free-tailed  bat  is  the  most  abundant  species  over  approxi- 
mately the  western  half  of  Texas  in  arid  Lower  Sonoran  zone.  Its 
eastern  limit  of  range,  so  far  as  known,  agrees  closely  with  the 
eastern  limits  of  mesquite.  There  is  a  specimen  in  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum  collection  labeled  Indianola.  The  species  is  abundant  at 
San  Antonio,  and  I  have  examined  specimens  from  Brazos,  San 
Angelo,  Kerrville,  Ingram,  Padre  Island,  Brownsville,  Hidalgo, 
Eagle  Pass,  Del  Rio,  Comstock,  mouth  of  Pecos,  Langtry,  Boquillas, 
Alpine,  Davis  Mountains,  Fort  Stockton,  and  up  the  Pecos  Valley  as 
far  as  Roswell,  X.  Mex.  The  abundant  bats  in  the  town  of  El  Paso 
are  probably  of  this  species. 

In  at  least  a  part  of  their  Texas  range  these  bats  are  not  only 
resident,  but  active  throughout  the  winter  months.  At  Del  Rio  I 
found  them  abundant  in  January  and  February,  1889;  Lloyd  and 
Streator  found  them  common  at  Eagle  Pass  in  November,  and  Lloyd 
collected  one  on  Padre  Island  November  11.  At  Brazos  Cary  found 
them  as  late  as  October  9,  1902,  and  says :  "  I  shot  twenty  of  these  bats 
in  a  crack  in  the  bridge  where  the  Texas  Pacific  Railroad  crosses 
the  Brazos.  The  bats  were  in  the  cracks  by  hundreds."  Most  of  his 
alcoholic  specimens  are  very  fat,  which  would  suggest  that  later 
they  might  have  hibernated.  At  San  Angelo  Oberholser  reported 
the  species  April  2  to  4,  1901 :  '"Abundant  along  the  Concho,  where 
one  was  taken.  All  the  bats  seen  were  apparently  of  this  genus/" 
At  Fort  Stockton,  in  August,  Cary  reports  them  as  the  "  most 
abundant  bat."  At  Alpine,  Jul}7  5,  they  swarmed  out  of  the  adobe 
walls  of  empty  houses  in  the  evening  until  the  town  was  full  of  them 
and  their  musky  odor.  A  few  were  shot  in  the  canyons  of  the  Davis 
Mountains  July  10,  and  their  unmistakable  odor  was  very  noticeable 
among  the  old  adobe  walls  at  Fort  Davis.  At  the  ranch  of  Mr. 
HoAvard  Lacey,  near  Kerrville,  these  bats  were  numerous  May  1  to  7, 
1899.  Some  were  shot  around  the  ranch  buildings  in  the  evening, 
and  one  of  their  roosting  places  was  found  in  a  crack  under  an 
overhanging  rock  of  a  high  cliff.  I  heard  them  squeaking  and 
apparently  fighting  in  the  crack.  A  few  shots  of  the  auxiliary 
brought  sixteen  of  them  to  the  ground,  and  examination  showed  these 


216  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [No.  25. 

to  be  males  and  females  in  about  equal  numbers.  The  embryos  in 
these  females  were  just  beginning  to  enlarge  noticeably,  but  a  female 
shot  at  Boquillas  May  28  contained  a  half-developed  embryo.  On  ;i 
hot  May  evening  in  San  Antonio  I  have  watched  a  stream  of  these 
bats  fly  from  under  the  cornice  of  the  old  adobe  hotel,  making  the 
hot  air  heavy  with  their  odor.  They  are  partial  to  towns  and  adobe 
houses.  At  Del  Rio,  in  January  and  February,  1889,  they  were 
excessively  numerous.  At  dusk  the  air  seemed  full  of  them,  and  sev- 
eral people  told  me  that  their  houses  were  so  infested  with  bats  that 
no  one  would  rent  them.  On  visiting  one  of  these  vacant  houses  in 
the  evening  I  found  bats  pouring  out  of  cracks  and  holes  in  the  boards 
that  covered  the  adobe  walls.  There  was  an  incessant  squeaking  and 
scratching  as  they  climbed  over  the  inner  surface  of  the  boards  and 
fought  and  pushed  each  other  at  the  narrow  places  of  exit.  The 
noise  could  be  heard  across  the  street.  I  stood  at  a  knothole  and 
caught  them  as  they  came  out  one  at  a  time,  until  I  had  nine  in  my 
hands,  but  by  the  time  I  had  dispatched  these  the  others  were  all 
out  and  on  the  wing.  My  specimens  were  covered  with  lice  and 
redolent  with  a  peculiar  rank,  musky  odor  that  did  not  leave  my 
hands  for  a  couple  of  days.  The  odor  is  like  that  of  the  house 
mouse,  only  much  stronger,  and  it  is  often  noticeable  as  you  walk 
along  the  sidewalk  past  some  of  the  bat-infested  houses. 

Promops  calif ornicus  (Merriam).     Bonnet  Bat. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  large  bat,  collected  at  Langtry,  Tex., 
March  8,  1903,  by  James  H.  Gaut,  adds  the  species  to  the  Texas  fauna 
and  extends  its  range  from  the  southern  parts  of  Arizona  and  Cali- 
fornia. Gaut  says  it  was  caught  in  the  pump  house  at  the  bottom  of 
Pump  Canyon,  near  Langtry. 

Mormoops  megalophylla  senicula  Rehn.     Rehn  Bat. 

The  only  specimen  of  this  Mexican  and  West  Indian  bat  recorded 
from  the  United  States  was  taken  by  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns  at  Fort 
Clark,  Tex.,  December  3,  1897.     Doctor  Mearns  says: 

A  lady  called  me  to  her  house  to  see  a  'very  remarkable  hat'  which  had 
attached  itself  to  the  inner  side  of  a  door-screen.  I  found  this  hat  very  much 
alive,  at  a  season  when  all  other  hats  of  the  locality  were  dormant  or  had 
migrated.  No  other  hats  were  seen  until  the  following  March,  when  the  com- 
mon Vyctinomus  reappeared  in  the  usual  abundance." 

oProc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XIII,  p.  1GG,  1900. 


INDEX. 


[Names  of  new  species  in  black-face  type.    Synonyms  in  italics.} 


Acacia  farnesiana,  25. 

roemeriana,  65. 
Acknowledgments,  10. 
Adelia  angustifolin,  181. 
Adolphia  infesta,  33. 
Agave  applanata,  31,38,66. 

lecheguilla,  30,  74. 

wislizeni,  31,33,65,66. 
Agkistrodon  contortrix,  39,49. 

piscivorus,  49. 
Ammospermophilus  interpres,  81-83. 
Amyris  parvifolia,  18. 
Anolis  carolinensis,  39. 
Anota  modesta,  43. 
Antelope,  67-68. 
Antelope  squirrel,  Texas,  81. 
Antilocapra  americana,  67-68. 
Antrozous  pallidus,  214-215. 
Aphelocoma  couchi,  33. 

cyanotis,  33. 

texana,  33. 
Armadillo,  14,  52. 
Armadillo,  Texas,  52. 
Artemisia  filifolia,  93,  159. 
Asclepias  latifolia,  33. 

speciosa,  33. 
Ascyrum,  20. 
Astragalus,  33. 
Atriplex,  88. 
Austroriparian  of  Eastern  Texas  18. 

birds  of,  21. 

crops  of,  22. 

lizards  of,  21. 

mammals  of,  20. 

plants  of,  22. 

snakes  of,  21. 
Badger,  Mexican,  184. 
Baiomys,  16. 

dusky,  102. 

Taylor,  101. 
Baptisia,  19. 
Bascanion  flagellum,  46. 

ornatum,  46. 
Bassariscus  astutus  flavus,  182-184. 
Bat,  bonnet,  216. 

cave,  208. 

evening,  213. 

Florida  red,  212. 

free-tailed,  215-216. 

Georgian,  211. 

hoary,  38,  213. 


Bat,  house,  209. 

large  brown,  211. 

little  California.  209. 

little  canyon,  210. 

long-eared,  214. 

pale,  214. 

red,  212. 

Rehn,  216. 

yellow,  213. 

Yuma,  210. 
Batrachium  divaricatum,  121. 
Beaches,  20. 
Bear-grass,  65. 
Bear,  black,  186. 

cinnamon,  186. 

Louisiana,  188. 

Sonora  grizzly,  192. 
Beaver,  broad-tailed,  124. 

Texas,  122. 
Berberis  fremonti,  188. 
Bighorn,  Mexican.  70. 
Birds  of  eastern  Texas  Austroriparian,  21. 

of  lower  Sonoran,  27. 

of  mainly  Tropical  range,  15. 

of  Transition,  36-37. 

of  Upper  Sonoran,  33-34. 
Bison  bison,  68-70. 
Black  prairie,  18-19. 

wolf,  173. 
Blarina  berlandieri,  208. 

brevicauda  carolinensis,  207-208. 

parva,  208. 
Brayodendron  texanum,  32,  195. 
Buffalo,  68. 
Button-bush,  25. 
Cacomistle,  182. 
Calothorax  lucifer,  33. 
Callirhoe,  19. 

C;illisaurus  draconoides.  41. 
Callopeltis  obsoletus,  39,  46. 
Canadian  zone,  38. 
Canis  ater,  173-174. 

estor,  177. 

frustror,  175. 

griseus,  171-173. 

mearnsi,  177-178. 

microdon,  178. 

nebracensis,  174-175. 

nebracensis  texensis,  11,  175,  177. 

rufus,  174. 
Castalia  elegans,  18. 

L>17 


218 


INDEX. 


Castela  nicholsonii,  18. 

Castor  canadensis  fxond&tor,  124-127. 

canadensis  texensis,  11,  122-124. 
Cat,  leopard,  166. 

red  and  gray,  14,  167. 
Cenchrus  tribuloides,  87. 
Cephalanthus  occidentalis,  25. 
Cercocarpus  parvifolius,  33,  71. 
Cereus  stramineus,  86. 
Cervus  canadensis,  00. 

merriarai,  60. 
Chameleon,  Carolina,  39. 
Chionactis  episcopus  isozonus,  47. 
Chipmunk,  gray-footed,  81. 
Chordeiles  henryi,  3:3. 
Citellua  mexicanus  parvidens,  47,  86. 

spilosoma  annectens,  88. 

spilosoma  arens,  88. 

spilosoma  major,  87-88. 

spilosoma  marginatum,  88. 

tridecemlineatus  pallidus,  87. 

tridecemlineatus  texensis,  86-87. 

variegatus  buckleyi,  84-85. 

variegatus  couch i,  83-84. 

variegatus  grammurus,  s5-86x 
Civet  cat,  182. 
Cnemidophorus  gularis,  44. 

perplexus,  44. 

sexlineatus,  44. 

tessellatus,  41. 
Coast  marshes,  20. 

prairie,  19. 
Coati,  192. 

Coeligena  clemenciae,  33, 
Coleonyx  brevis,  44. 
Condalia  obovata,  24. 
Conepatus  leuconotus  texensis,  204,  205. 

Mearns,  202. 

mesoleucus  mearnsi,  202, 204. 

mesoleucus  telmalestes,  11,203-205. 

Texas,  205. 
Coon,  192. 
Copperhead,  49. 
Coreopsis,  19. 

Corynorhinus  macrotis  pallescens,  214. 
Cottonmouth,  49. 
Cotton  rat,  Berlandier,  117. 

Chisos  Mountain,  118. 

Texas,  114. 
Cottontail,  Bangs,  156. 

Chapman,  156. 

desert,  157. 

mountain,  159. 

plains,  159. 
Cougar,  Mexican,  162. 
Covillea  tridentata,  distribution  of,  25. 
Coyote,  Mearns,  177. 

plains,  174. 

small-toothed,  17.H. 

Texas,  175. 
Crassina  grandiflora,  97. 
Cratogeomys  castanops,  132-133. 
Creosote  bush ,  25. 
Crotalus  atrox,  19. 
confluentus,  50. 
horridus,  39, 49. 


Crotalus  lepidus,  51. 

molossus,  50. 
Crotaphytus  collaris,39. 
collaris  bailey i,  40. 
reticulatus,  40. 

wislizenii,  40. 
Cynomys  ludovicianus,  89-92. 
Cyrtonyx  mearnsi,  33. 
Dasylirion  texanum,  31, 66. 
Dasypterus  intermedius,  213. 
Dasypus  novi  mcinctus  var.  mexicanus,  52. 
Daubentonia  longifolia,  17,20. 
Deer,  gray  mule,  65. 

plains  white-tailed,  68. 
Sonora.  64. 

Texas  white-tailed,  60. 

white-tailed,  61. 
Diadophis  regalis,  45. 
Didelphis  marsupialis  texensis,  57-58. 

virginiana,  56-57. 

virginiana  pigra,  19,  57. 
Diospyros  virginiana,  32. 
Dipodomys  elator,  14s-i4'.t. 

merriami,  149-150. 

merriami  ambiguus,  150. 

spectabilis,  113,  147,  148. 
Drymarchon  corais  melanurus,  47. 
Drymobius  margaritifenis,  16. 
Elaps  fulvius,  39,  48. 
Ephedra  trifurcata,  74. 
Erethizon  epixanthum,  150-151. 
Eumeees  brevilineatus,  45. 

guttulatus,  45. 

obsoletus,  45. 

quinquelineatus,  45. 
Eustoma,  19. 
Eutainia  cyrtopsis,  48. 

elegans  marciana,  39,  48. 

proxima,  48. 
Eutamias  cinepeicollis  canipes,  81. 
Fallugia  paradoxa,  33. 
Felis  apache,  167. 

cacomitli,  167-169. 

coryi,  163. 

couguar,  1  «;:^  - 

eyra,  167. 

hippolestes  aztecus,  162-163. 

onca,  163. 

onca  hernandezi,  163-166. 

pardalis,  166. 

pardalis  limitis,  166-167. 

yaguarundi,  167. 
Ferret,  black-footed,  197. 
Fiber  zibethicus,  120-121. 

zibethicus  ripensis,  121-122. 
Flying  squirrel,  Florida,  79. 
Fox,  Florida  gray,  182. 

gray,  180. 

kit,  179. 

New  Mexico  desert,  1T'.». 

red,  178. 
Fox  squirrel.  Louisiana.  75. 

western .  75. 

Texas,  77. 
Garrya  lindheimeri,  S3. 

wrighti,74. 
i  lecko,  44. 


INDEX. 


219 


Belasimus  pugilator,  195. 
Geomys  arenarius,  130-131. 

breviceps,  127-128. 

breviceps  attwateri,  129. 

breviceps  llaneiisis,  11,  129-130. 

breviceps  sagittalis,  19,  128. 

lutescens,  132. 

personalis,  20,  131. 

personatus  fallax,  131-132. 

texensis,  130. 
Gerrhonotus  Jiocephalus  infernalis,  44. 
Goniostachyum,  31. 
Gopher,  chestnut  faced,  132. 

lachuguilla,  134. 

little  gray,  135. 

Louisiana,  127. 

mesquite  plains,  129. 
Grackle,  boat-tailed,  17. 

great-tailed,  17. 
Grand  Prairie,  18-19. 
Grasshopper  mouse,  Arizona,  94. 

pale,  93. 

Texas,  93. 
Grindelia.  1'.". 
Ground  squirrel,  brown,  88. 

large  spotted,  87. 

Padre  Island,  88. 

pale,  87. 

Rio  Grande,  86. 

Texas,  86. 
Gulf  Strip,  10. 

Gutierrizia  microcephala,  97. 
Hartmannia,  19. 
Harvest  mouse,  big-eared,  106. 

little  gray,  106. 

Louisiana,  105. 

Merriam,  106. 

Rio  Grande,  104. 
Heterodon  nasicus,  39,  45. 

platirhinos,  4H. 
Heteromys  alleni,  127. 
Holbrookia,  long-tailed,  41. 

maculata,  41. 

maculata  lacerata,  41. 

propinqua,  41. 

spotted  sided,  41. 

spotted  tailed,  41. 

texana,  40,  41. 
Horned  toad,  43. 
Huisache,  17,  25. 
Hymenocallis,  19. 
Ibervillea  lindheimeri,  18. 
Iguana,  25. 
Inodes  texana,  15. 
Islands,  20. 
Jackdaws,  17. 
Jack  rabbit,  black-naped,  151. 

Kansas,  155. 

Texas,  152. 
Jaguar,  14,  163. 
Jatropha  macrorhiza,  18. 

multifica,  18. 
Javeline,  58. 
Juglans  rupestris,  86. 
Junco  dorsalis,  38. 
Juniperus  flaccida,  33. 

monosperma,  33. 

paehyphlcea,  33,  84,  85,  181,  187. 


Kangaroo  rat,  El  Paso,  150. 

large,  147. 

Loring,  148. 

Merriam,  149. 

Ord,  144. 

Padre  Island,  146. 

Richardson,  144. 

Sennet  t,  145. 
Karwinskia  humboldtiana,  18. 
Koeberlinia  spinosa,  24. 
Laciniaria  punctata,  33. 
Lampropeltis  getula  holbrooki,  47. 
Lampsilis  berlandieri,  195. 
Lantana  camara,  17. 
Lasiurus  borealis,  212. 

borealis  seminolus,  212. 

cinereus,  213. 
Lecheguilla,  30. 
Leiolopisma  laterale,  45. 
Leopard  cat,  166. 
Lepus  aquaticus,  160-161. 

aquaticus  attwateri,  161. 

arizona-  baileyi,  159. 

arizome  minor,  157-159. 

rloridanus  alacer,  156. 

ftoridantu)  camclunus,  156. 

rloridanus  chapmani,  156-157. 

merriami,  19,  151-152. 

pinetis  robustus,  11,  159-160. 

simplicicanus,  156. 

texianus,  152-155. 

texianus  griseus,  152. 

texianus  melanotis,  155. 
Life  zone,  Canadian,  11,  38. 

Lower  Austral,  11,  16. 

Transition,  11,  36. 

Upper  Austral,  11,  33. 
Life  zones  and  crop  zones,  12. 
Liomys  texensis,  127. 
Liopeltis  vernalis,  39,  46. 
Lizard,  leopard,  40. 

ring-necked,  39. 

whip-tailed,  44. 
Loafer,  171. 
Lobo,  171. 

Lower  Austral  zone,  16. 
Lower  Sonoran,  breeding  birds  of,  27. 

conspicuous  plants  of,  29. 

extreme  arid,  25. 

lizards  of,  28. 

mammals  of,  26. 

of  western  Texas,  23. 

reptiles  of,  28. 

snakes  of,  28. 
Loxia  curvirostra  stricklandi,  38. 
Lutra  canadensis,  195. 

canadensis  vaga,  195. 
Lutreola  lutreocephala,  196-197. 
Lynx,  108. 

baileyi,  170-171. 

rufus  texensis,  169-170. 

Texan,  169. 
Malpighia  glabra,  18. 
Mammals  of  eastern  Texas  Austroriparian.  20. 

of  extreme  arid  Lower  Sonoran,  26. 

of  Lower  Sonoran  of  western  Texas,  26. 

of  Texas,  report  on,  51. 

of  Upper  Sonoran,  34. 


220 


INDEX. 


Manfreda  maculosa,  18,  24. 
Massasauga,  49. 
Megaquiscalus,  17. 
Mephitis  mesomelas,  200-201. 

mesomelas  varians,  201,  202. 
Meriolix,  19. 
Merriam  elk,  60. 
Mesophytic  plant  region,  23. 
Mesquite,  31. 
Microrhamnus,  88. 
Microtus  ludovicianus,  19,119-120. 

mexieanus  guadalupensis,  119. 

pinetorum  auricularis,  120. 
Mimosa  biuncifera,  33. 
Mink,  large  brown,  196. 

southeastern,  196. 
Mole,  eastern,  205. 

plains,  207. 

Texas,  206. 
Momesia  pallida,  24,  104,  157,  195. 
Monarda,  19. 
Morella  cerifera,  20. 
Mormoops  megalophylla  senicula,  216. 
Mountain  lion,  162. 

sheep,  70-75. 
Mouse,  grasshopper,  93. 

harvest,  104, 105, 106. 

house,  92. 

pocket,  135, 137, 138, 139, 140. 141, 142, 143. 

white-footed,  94, 95,  96. 
Mus  alexandrinus,  93. 

musculus,  92. 

norvegicus,  92. 

rattus,  92. 
Musk  hog,  58. 
Muskrat,  120. 

Pecos  River,  121. 
Myotis  califomlcus,  209. 

incautus,  209-210. 

velifer,  208. 

yumanensis,  210. 
Nasuanarica  yucatanica,  14,  192. 
Natrix  clarkii,  47. 

fasciata  transversa,  47. 
Neotoma  albigula,  113-114. 

floridana  attwateri,  110-111. 

floridana  baileyi,  109-110. 

floridana  rubida,  107-109. 

mexicana,  114. 

micropus,  111-113. 
New  species  of  mammals,  10-11. 
Nolina  lindheimeriana,  65. 

texana,  33. 
Notiosorex  crawfordi,  207. 
Numenius  longirostris,  33. 
Nuttallornis  borealis,  38. 
Nycticeius  humeralis,  213. 
Nyetinomus  mexieanus,  215. 
Ocelot,  14,  166. 
Odocoileus  couesi,  61,  64-65. 

hemionus,  65. 
Odocoileus  hemionus  caniis,  65-67. 

louisianaj,  61. 

virginianus,  61-63. 

Virginian  us  macrourus,  63-64. 

virginianus  texanus,  60-63,  64. 
Onychomys  leucogaster  pallescens,  93-94. 

longipes,  98. 

torridus,  94. 

torridus  arenicola,  94. 


Opheodrys  testivus,  46. 
Ophlsaurua  ventralis,  44. 
Opossum,  Florida,  57. 
Texas,  57. 
Virginia,  56. 
Opuntia  arborescens,  154. 
cymochila,  33. 
engelmanni,  24,  26,  75,  83,  84,  85,  86,  111.  154, 

181,  195,  200,  203. 
lepticaulis,  24. 
macrorhiza,  87. 
Oryzomys  aquations,  104. 
palustris,  19,  103-104. 
palustris  texensis,  103. 
Otocoris  leucolsema,  33. 
Otter,  195. 

Ovis  mexieanus,  70-75. 
Padre  Island,  20,  24. 
Panther,  162. 

Adirondack,  163. 

Florida,  163. 
Parabuteo  u.  harrisi,  112. 
Parkinsonia  aculeata,  17,  24. 
Peccary,  Texas,  58. 
Pedomys,  119. 
Pentstemon,  65,  75. 
Perodipus  compactus,  20, 146, 147. 

montanus  richardsoni,  144-145. 

ordi,  144. 

sennetti,  145-146. 
Perognathus  flavescens  copei,  143. 

flavus,  140-141. 

hispidus,  135-137,  200. 

hispidus  paradoxus,  137-138. 

hispidus  spilotus,  138. 

intermedins,  139-140. 

merriami,  141-142. 

merriami  gilvus,  142-143. 

nelsoni,  140, 

nelsoni  canescens,  140. 

penicillatus  eremieus,  138-139. 
Peromyscus,  Attwater.  100. 

attwateri,  100. 

boylei  laceyi,  11,  99-100. 

boylii  penicillatus,  98. 

boylei  rowleyi,  98. 

caniis,  96. 

desert,  100. 

eremieus,  100-101. 

eremieus  arenarius,  100. 

frosted,  97. 

gossypinus,  97-98. 

Lacey,  99. 

leucopus,  94-95. 

leucopus  mearnsi,  96. 

leucopus  texanus.  95-96. 

little  pale,  96. 

michiganensis  pallescens,  96-9  1 

pine  woods,  97. 

Rowley,  98. 

Sonoran,  97. 

sonoriensis,  97. 

sonoriensis  blandus,  97. 

taylori,  16,  19.  101-102. 

taylori  subater,  11, 17,  19,  102-103,  106. 

hint  Mo,  95. 
Persimmon,  black,  32. 

Japanese,  31. 

Texan,  31. 

yellow,  32. 


INDEX. 


221 


Personnel,  10. 

Philadelphia  microphyllus,  71. 

Phrynosoma  cornutum,  43. 

hernandesi,  43. 

modestum,  43. 
Pine  squirrel,  79. 
Pinus  eembroides,  33. 

echinata,  18. 

edulis,  33,  188. 

flexilis,  37. 

palustris,  18. 

ponderosa,  36,  181. 

taeda,  18. 
Pipilo  mesoleucus,  33. 
Pipistrellus  hesperus,  210-211. 

subflavus,  211. 
Pistachio,  30. 
Pistaeia  mexicana,  30. 

vera,  30. 
Pituophis  sayi,  47. 
Pitymys,  120. 
Plants  characteristic  of  humid  eastern  Texas,  22. 

of  Chisos  Mountains,  38. 

of  coast  prairie,  19-20. 

of  Davis  Mountains,  38. 

of  extreme  arid  Lower  Sonoran,  26. 

of  Guadalupe  Mountains,  37. 

of  Gulf  Strip,  17-18. 

of  Lower  Sonoran,  29. 

of  semiarid  Lower  Sonoran,  24. 

of  Transition  Zone,  36, 

of  Upper  Sonoran  Mountains  and  foothills,  35. 

of  Upper  Sonoran  plains,  35. 
Pocket  gopher,  Attwater,  129. 

Davis  Mountain,  133. 

desert,  130. 

fulvous,  133. 

Nueces,  131. 

Padre  Island,  131. 

Sierra  Blanca,  134. 

Texas,  130. 

white-throated,  128. 

yellow,  132. 
Pocket  mouse,  Baird,  140. 

black-eared,  138. 

Cope,  143. 

desert,  138. 

Dutcher,  142. 

gray  brush-tailed,  140. 

hispid,  135. 

intermediate,  139. 

Kansas,  137. 

Merriam,  141. 

Nelson,  140. 
Pocket  rat,  spiny,  127. 
Podasocys  montanus,  33. 
Polygala  alba,  33. 
Pocecetes  eonfinis,  33. 
Populus  tremuloides,  38. 
Porcupine,  yellow-haired,  150. 
Prairie,  Black,  18,  19. 

Coast,  19. 

dog,  89. 

Grand,  19. 

Nevils,  19. 
Procyon  elucus,  193. 

lotor,  1S2-194. 

lotor  hernsndezi,  194. 

lotor  mexieanus,  194-195. 


Promops  californicus,  216. 
Prosopis  glandulosa,  31. 

pubescens,  31. 
Psaltriparus  lloydi,  33. 

plumbeus,  33. 
Psoralea,  33. 
Putorius  frenatus,  198. 

frenatus  neomexicanus,  198. 

nigripes,  197-198. 
Quadrula  forsheyi,  194. 

heros,  194. 
Quercus  emoryi,  33,  84. 

grisea,  33,  64. 
Rabbit,  Attwater  swamp,  161. 

black-naped  jack,  151. 

Kansas  jack,  155. 

swamp,  160. 

Texas  jack,  152. 
Raccoon,  192. 
Rat,  black,  92. 

brown,  92. 

rice,  20,  103. 

Rio  Grande  rice,  104. 

roof,  93. 

spiny  pocket,  127. 

wharf,  92. 
Ratibida,  19. 
Rattlesnake,  brown,  51. 

eastern,  49. 

green,  51. 

plains,  50. 

western  diamond,  49. 

white,  51. 
Red  wolf,  Texan,  174. 
Reithrodontoruys  aurantius,  19,  105-106. 

griseus,  11,  106-107. 

intermedins,  104-105. 

laceyi,  104. 

megalotis,  106. 

merriami,  19,  106. 
Reptiles  of  Lower  Sonoran,  28. 
Rhamnus  purshiana,  187. 
Rhinocheilus  lecontei,  47. 
Wins  mexicana,  30. 
Rice  rat,  20,  103. 

Rio  Grande,  104. 
Rock  squirrel,  85. 

black  backed,  84. 

Couch,  83. 
Sabal  mexicana,  15. 
Salix  nigra,  25. 
Sandhill  crane,  24. 
Scalopus  aquaticus,  205-206. 

aquaticus  intermedius,  207. 

aquaticus  texanus,  206. 
Sceloporus  clarkii,  42. 

consobrinus,  39,  42. 

dispar,  42. 

merriami,  42. 

spinosus  floridanus,  39,  42. 

torquatus  poinsettii,  42. 
Schmaltzia  mexicana,  30. 

microphylla,  65. 
Sciuropterus  volans  querceti,  79-81. 
Sciurus  carolinensis,  78-79. 

fremonti  lychnuchus,  79. 

ludovicianus,  75-76. 

ludovicianus  limitis,  77-78. 


222 


INDEX. 


Sciurus  ruflventer,  75. 

texianus,  77. 
Screw  bean,  31. 
Semiarid  Lower  Sonoran,  23. 
Median  cavanUlesii,  17. 
Shrew,  Carolina  short-tailed,  207. 

Crawford,  207. 

eared  shrew,  207. 

eastern,  207. 

least  short-tailed,  20X. 

Rio  Grande  short-tailed,  208. 
Sigmodon  hispidus  berlandieri,  115,117-118. 

hispidus  pallidum,  117. 

hispidus  texianus,  19,114-117. 

ochrognathus,  115,118. 
Sistrurus  catenatus  consors,  49 
Skink,  45. 
Skunk,  hog-nosed,  202. 

long-tailed  Texas,  201. 

Louisiana,  200. 

prairie  spotted,  199. 

Rio  Grande  spotted,  198. 

white-backed,  202. 
Snake,  blow,  46. 

coral,  48. 

garter,  4s. 

glass,  44. 

hog-nosed,  45. 

king,  47. 

prairie  bull,  47. 

ring,  45. 

rough  green,  46. 

smooth  green,  46. 

spotted  garter,  48. 

striped  water,  47. 

water,  47. 

whip,  46. 
Snakes,  21,28,45^51. 

lizards  and,  38. 
Solanum  triquetrum,  18. 
Sonora  deer,  64. 
Sorex  personatus,  207. 
Sotol,  31. 
Spilogale  indianola,  19,199,200. 

interrupta,  199-200. 

leucoparia,  198-199. 
Spotted  skunk,  prairie,  199. 

Rio  Grande,  198. 

gulf,  200. 
Squirrel,  gray,  78. 

Louisiana  fox,  75. 

pine,  79. 

spotted  sand,  ss. 

Texas  antelope,  81. 

western  fox,  75. 
Storeria  dekayi,  39, 48. 
Suaeda,88. 
Swamp  rabbit,  L60. 

Attwater,  161. 
Swift,  179. 

Tamaulipan  subdivision  of  Lower  Sonoran,  14. 
Tantilla  gracilis,  18, 
Tatu  novemcinctum  mexicanum,  53. 

noveincinctum  texanum,  11,52-56. 
TaiUSia  mi  .rirmia,  52. 
Taxidea  taxus  berlandieri,  lsi-180. 
Tayassu  angulatum,  68-60. 
Tecoma  stans,  74. 


Texas  palm,  15. 

Thomomys  aureus  lacliuguilla,  134-135. 

baileyi,134. 

fulvus,  133. 

fulvus  texensis  1 33-13* 

perditus,  135. 
Tillandsia  baileyi,  18. 

recurvata,24,104. 
Transition  zone,  36. 

birds,  37. 

mammals,  36. 

plants  of  the  Chisos  Mountains,  38. 

plants  of  the  Davis  Mountains,  38. 

plants  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  37. 
Tropical  elements  of  lower  Rio  Grande  region,  14. 
Tropidoclonium  lineatum,  39,  48. 
Ungnadia  speciosa,  110. 
Upper  Sonoran,  33. 

birds  of,  34. 

lizards  of,  35. 

mammals  of,  34. 

plants  of,  35. 

snakes  of,  35. 
Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  floridanus,  182. 

cinereoargenteus  ocythous,  182. 

cinereoargenteus  scotti,  180-182. 

cinereoargenteus  texensis,  180. 
Ursus  americanus,  186-187. 

americanus  amblyceps,  187-188. 

horribilis  horriaeus.  192. 

luteolus,  188-192. 
Uta  ornata,  41. 

stansburiana,  41. 
Vachellia  farnesiana,  17,  20,  24. 
Vespertilio  fuscus,  211. 
Vireo  plumbeus,  33. 

stephensi,  33. 
Vole,  bluegrass,  120. 

Guadalupe,  119. 

Louisiana,  119. 
Vulpes  fulvus,  178. 

macrotis  neomexieanus,  179. 

velox,  179. 
Water  moccasin,  49. 
Weasel,  bridled,  198. 

New  Mexico  bridled,  198. 
White-footed  mouse,  94. 

M earns,  96. 

Texas,  95. 
Wildcat,  plateau,  170. 
Whooping  crane.  24. 
Wolf,  black.  173. 

gray,  171. 

Texan  red,  174. 
Wood  ibis,  24. 
Wood  rat,  Attwater,  110. 

Baird,  ill. 

Mexican.  114. 

Nebraska.  109. 

swamp.  107. 

white-throated,  113. 
Kerophytic  plant  region,  23. 
Yucca  baccata,  33. 

glauca, ;;:;. 

macrocarpa,  66. 

strieta.  85. 

treculeana,  18. 
Zizyphus  obtusifolia,  24,  181. 


o 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

BUREAU  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 


IISTo.   2  6 


[Actual  date  of  publication,  November  24,  190G] 


REVISION  OF  THE  SKUNKS  OF  THE  GENUS  SPILOGALE 


ARTHUR    H.    HOWELL 

ASSISTANT   BIOLOGIST,    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 

Dr.    C.    HART    MERRIAM 

CHIEF    OF    BUREAU    OF    BIOLOGICAL   SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING     OFFICE 

1906 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26.    U.  S.  Dept    Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  I. 


Provisional   Map   of  the   Distribution   of  the   Genus   Spilogale. 


Prooertv  ot  the  United  States  Gov**-* 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

BUREAU  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA 


No.    2  6 


[Actual  date  of  publication,  November  24,  1906] 


REVISION  OF  THE  SKUNKS  OF  THE  GENUS  SPILOGALE 

15  V 

ARTHUR    H.    HOWELL 
ASSISTANT   BIOLOGIST,    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.    C.    HART     MERRIAM 

CHIEF    OF    BUREAU    OF    BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT     PRINTING     OFFICE 

1  9  0  6 


«*ta ' 


. 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 


U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Biological  Survey, 
Washington,  I).  C,  July  25 <  1906. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  transmit  for  publication  as  North  Ameri- 
can Fauna  No.  26,  a  Revision  of  the  Skunks  of  the  genus  Spilogab , 
by  Arthur  H.  Howell,  Assistant. 

Respectfully,  C.  Hart  Meeriam, 


Hon.  James  Wilson, 

Secretory  of  Agriculture. 


Chief  Biological  Survey. 


CONTENTS. 

Page. 

Introduction 5 

History  and  material 5 

Distribution 7 

Habits 7 

Food 8 

External  characters 9 

Nomenclature 10 

Generic  names 10 

Specific  names 11 

Genus  Spilogale 12 

Generic  characters 12 

Key  to  species  and  subspecies 12 

List  of  species  and  subspecies,  with  type  localities 13 

Descriptions  of  species  and  subspecies 14 

Table  of  cranial  measurements ^ 36 

3 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

Plate  I.  Map  of  the  distribution  of  genus  SpUogale Frontispiece. 

II.  Skins  of  SpUogale  putorius,  S.  interr>ipla,  and  S.  leueoparia 38 

III.  Skins  of  SpUogale  phenax  and  S.  p.  olympica 40 

IV.  Skins  of  SpUogale  ambarvalis,  S.  angustifrons,  and  S.  pygmsea 42 

V.  Skulls  of  SpUogale  ambarvalis,  S.  putorius,  and  S.  indianola 44 

VI.   Skulls  of  SpUogale  leueoparia,  S.  tenuis,  and  S.  gracilis 46 

VII.  Skulls  of  SpUogale  phenax  and  S.  p.  latifrons 48 

VIII.  Skulls  of  SpUogale  ambigua,  S.  arizoniv,  and  »S'.  a.  martirerms 50 

IX.  Skulls  of  SpUogale  angustifrons,  S.  a.  tropicalis,  and  S.  a.  elata 52 

X.  Skulls  of  SpUogale  lucasana,  S.  microdon,  and  S.  pygmsea 54 

4 


No.  26.  NORTH  AMEEIOAN  FAUNA.    November,  1906. 


REVISION  OF  THE  SKUNKS  OF  THE  GENUS  SPILOGALE. 

By  Arthur  H.  Howell, 

Assistant  Biologist. 


INTRODUCTION. 

HISTORY   AND    MATERIAL,. 

The  little  spotted  skunks  were  apparently  known  to  naturalists  as 
early  as  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  but  for  many  years 
they  were  confused  with  other  groups  of  ill- smelling  animals,  and  not 
until  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century — in  the  time  of  Gray 
and  Lichtenstein — did  their  characters  and  habitat  become  definitely 
known. 

Hernandez,  in  1651,  referred  to  a  variety  of  the  Mexican  "  yzquipatV 
having  many  white  stripes,  and  this  probably  is  the  first  mention  in 
literature  of  the  spotted  skunks. a 

The  first  account  of  a  United  States  species  is  that  given  by  Catesby 
in  his  'Natural  History  of  Carolina,'  published  in  1743.  His  descrip- 
tion of  the  'pol-cat'  of  Carolina  was  very  inaccurate,  but  as  I  have 
elsewhere  shown6  was  undoubtedly  drawn  from  personal  observation 
of  a  spotted  skunk.  This  description  was  made  the  chief  basis  of  the 
first  scientific  name  applied  to  any  member  of  the  group —  Viverra  puto- 
i'Ihs  Linnaeus,  1758. 

Buffon,  in  1765,  copied  Catesby's  figure,  and  attached  to  it  the 
appellation  He  Conepate?  Another  species,  which  he  called  i  le 
ZorilleJ0  was  described  from  a  specimen  in  the  cabinet  of  a  curate  in 
Paris;  this  was  doubtless  the  first  specimen  of  Spilogale  to  find  its  way 
into  the  hands  of  any  naturalist,  and  the  figure  with  the  accompanying 
description  furnishes  the  first  accurate  portrayal  of  any  species  of  the 
genus.  Buffon  wrongly  ascribed  the  animal  to  South  America,  and 
the  error  was  not  corrected  for  many  years.  Schreber,  in  1776,  copied 
Buffon's  description  and  figure,  and  latinized  the  vernacular  ' zorille'' 
into  Viverra  zorilla. 

«  Thesaurus  Rer.  Med.  Novse  Hisp.,  p.  332. 
&Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  pp.  2-4,  1902. 

CA  modification  of  'zorillo,'  the  vernacular  name  of  the  skunks  in  Mexico. 

5 


6  NOKTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

Little  advance  was  made  in  the  stud}'  of  the  spotted  skunks  for  the 
next  half  century.  The  species  described  by  Buffon  and  Schreber 
became  confused  with  the  South  African  ' iiiuiahond'' — a  four-striped 
black  and  white  animal  having  the  ill-smelling  qualities  of  a  skunk, 
but  belonging  to  a  quite  different  group — and  it  was  not  until  Lichten- 
stein  published  his  monograph  of  the  skunks  in  1838  that  the  mistake 
was  corrected.  In  this  paper  only  two  species  of  spotted  skunks — 
Mephitis  zopilla  and  M.  interrupta — were  recognized,  the  latter  having 
been  described  in  1820  by  Rafinesque.  Gray,  in  1837,  proposed 
Mephitis  hicolor  as  a  new  species,  but  in  his  revision  of  the  Mustelidae, 
published  in  1865, a  adopted  interrupta  instead,  placing  both  hicolor 
and  sorilla  under  it  as  synonyms.  As  early  as  1837  he  pointed  out 
some  of  the  characters  which  distinguish  the  spotted  skunks,  and  placed 
his  M.  hicolor  in  a  subdivision  by  itself;  but  not  until  1865,  when  he 
proposed  Spilogale,  was  the  genus  provided  with  a  name.  The  prac- 
tice of  'lumping'  all  the  forms  of  the  genus  under  one  name  was  con- 
tinued by  most  later  authors,  Baird  in  his  'Mammals  of  North 
America'  using  the  name  hicolor,  and  Coues6  in  his  monograph  of  the 
family  reviving  the  Linnsean  name  putorius  for  the  species  collectively; 
and  it  was  not  until  1800,  when  Doctor  Merriam  published  his  prelim- 
inary revision  of  the  genus/  that  an  adequate  attempt  to  define  the 
species  was  made.  The  total  number  of  specimens  available  for  stud}7 
at  that  time  was  only  39  skins  and  38  skulls,  but  in  spite  of  the  meager- 
ness  of  the  material  10  species  and  subspecies  were  recognized,  8  of 
which  were  described  as  new.  All  of  these  are  retained  in  the  present 
paper,  and  in  addition  eight  more  forms  described  since  1890  are  recog- 
nized. One  species  and  one  subspecies  (Spilogale  microdon  and  S. 
angustifrom  elata),  five  herein  described  as  new,  bringing  the  total 
number  of  known  forms  up  to  20. 

The  present  revision  is  based  on  a  study  of  about  380  skins  with 
skulls  and  75  additional  skulls.  The  bulk  of  this  material  is  in  the 
collection  of  the  Biological  Survey,  but  this  has  been  supplemented 
by  additional  specimens  from  the  collections  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  and  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  pri- 
vate collection  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam.  The  author  acknowledges 
gratefully  his  obligation  to  the  following  gentlemen  for  the  loan  of 
valuable  material  from  the  collections  under  their  charge:  To  Dr.  J, 
A.  Allen  and  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chapman,  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History;  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  jr.,  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum;  and  Dr.  D.  G.  Elliot,  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum.  To 
Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  I  am  indebted  also  for  much  valuable  criticism. 

«Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London  for  1865,  p.  150. 
''Fur-Bearing  Animals,  p.  239,  1877. 
«N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  pp.  1-16,  1890. 


Nov.,  1906.]  DISTRIBUTION    AND    HABITS.  i 

DISTRIBUTION. 

The  genus  Spilogcde  has  a  much  more  restricted  distribution  than 
the  genus  Mephitis,  and  its  affinities  are  decidedly  southern.  The 
northern  limits  of  its  range  may  be  roughly  indicated  as  follows: 
Northern  Virginia,  southern  Minnesota,  central  Wyoming,"  southern 
Idaho,  southeastern  Washington,6  and  southern  British  Columbia 
(Howe  Sound).  Most  of  the  species  are  confined  to  the  Sonoran  or 
Austral  zones,  but  a  few  (S.  phenax  and  its  subspecies,  S.  putorius  and 
S.  tenuis)  occur  in  the  Transition,  and  two  (&.  tropicalis  and  lucasana)  in 
the  Tropical. 

To  the  southward  the  genus  spreads  over  the  greater  part  of  Mexico, 
including  Lower  California,  and  reaches  Yucatan,"  Guatemala,''  and 
Costa  Rica.  In  the  latter  region,  according  to  Mr.  George  K.  Cherrie, 
it  is  very  rare. 

The  members  of  this  genus  are  much  less  uniformly  distributed 
than  the  large  skunks  {Mephitis),  and  are  absent  from  extensive  areas 
where  they  might  be  expected  to  occur.  No  species,  so  far  as  known, 
occupies  the  coastal  plain  of  eastern  Mexico,  from  Tamaulipas  to 
Yucatan.  Spotted  skunks  are  likewise  absent  or  very  rare  in  the 
coastal  region  of  Georgia  and  the  Carolinas,  although  occurring  much 
farther  north  along  the  Alleghenies. 

HABITS. 

The  little  spotted  skunks  are  more  agile  than  the  large  skunks  of 
the  genus  Mephitis,  and,  unlike  the  latter,  often  climb  bushes  and 
small  trees.  Most  of  the  species  prefer  rocky  situations,  and  when- 
ever they  are  available  make  their  homes  in  rock  piles  or  crevices  in 
cliffs.  On  the  Northwest  Coast  the}r  live  in  hollow  logs  or  stumps, 
and  on  the  prairies  of  southern  Texas  are  found  under  patches  of 
cactus  and  mesquite.  Some  species  live  in  brush}"  river  bottoms,  and 
these  occasionally  dig  burrows  for  themselves,  though  more  frequently 
they  occupy  deserted  burrows  of  other  animals.  A  den  examined  by 
the  writer  in  South  Carolina  consisted  of  a  burrow  dug  beneath  the 
roots  of  a  fallen  tree.     The  habit  of  digging  small  holes  in  the  ground 

a  Merritt  Gary,  of  the  Biological  Survey,  tells  me  that  Spilogale  is  reported  by  sheep 
herders  as  occurring  on  the  Caspar  plains  north  of  Douglas,  Wyoming.  He  also 
reports  that  several  spotted  skunks  were  killed  in  the  Black  Hills,  near  Elk  Moun- 
tain, South  Dakota,  in  1902  and  1903. 

6  I  am  informed  by  S.  E.  Piper,  of  the  Biological  Survey,  that  he  captured  two 
specimens  of  Spilogale  at  Almota,  Washington,  in  the  Snake  River  canyon,  in  1897. 
These  specimens  can  not  now  be  found,  so  that  their  identity  can  not  be  deter- 
mined, but  they  probably  are  referable  to  the  Great  Basin  form,  S.  gracilis  saxatilis. 
Although  the  genus  reaches  British  Columbia  on  the  Pacific  coast,  Almota  is  the 
most  northerly  place  in  the  interior  from  which  it  has  been  recorded. 

r  Recorded  by  Alston  in  Biologia  Centrali  Americana,  but  no  specimens  from  these 
regions  have  been  examined. 


8  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

in  search  of  insects  is  attested  by  several  observers.  Dr.  W.  L. 
Ralph  tells  me  that  in  Florida  spotted  skunks  are- often  found  occu- 
pying the  burrows  made  by  burrowing  owls  ( Speotyto  c.  floridana),  and 
the  supposition  is  that  they  had  made  way  with  the  original  occupants, 
or  at  least  with  their  eggs.  Both  the  Florida  species  and  the  Pacific 
Coast  forms  are  known  to  frequent  ocean  beaches.  The  spotted  skunks 
frequently  take  up  their  abode  under  houses  or  outbuildings,  and  have 
been  known  to  come  boldly  into  occupied  dwellings.  They  are  strictly 
nocturnal  in  habit,  and  therefore  are  rarely  seen  afield  except  on  moon- 
light nights.  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  tells  me  that  when  moving  about 
in  the  moonlight  their  markings  blend  with  the  lights  and  shadows  in 
such  a  wa}^  as  to  render  the  animals  very  inconspicuous. 

The  fluid  secreted  by  the  anal  glands  and  used  as  a  means  of  defense 
possesses  the  same  properties  as  that  of  the  allied  genera,"  and  is  of 
equally  disagreeable  odor.6 

In  many  parts  of  the  West  these  skunks  are  known  as  'hydropho- 
bia cats'  and  are  greatly  dreaded  on  account  of  the  prevalent  notion 
that  their  bite  produces  rabies.  While  there  are  a  few  authentic  cases 
of  skunk  bite  having  resulted  fatally/  there  are  also  many  instances  in 
which  it  has  produced  no  ill  effect  whatever.  The  recorded  cases  of 
skunk  rabies  are  nearly  all  from  the  plains  region  of  the  West  (Kan- 
sas, Texas,  and  Arizona)  and  relate  more  to  Mephitis  than  to  Spilogale. 
The  most  phiusible  explanation  of  these  facts  seems  to  be  that  at  cer- 
tain periods  rabies  may  become  locally  epidemic  among  dogs  and 
wolves,  and  by  them  be  communicated  to  skunks. 

FOOD. 

The  food  of  the  spotted  skunks,  judged  by  the  records  of  seventeen 
stomach  examinations  made  by  the  collectors  of  the  Biological  Sur- 
vey, consists  in  large  measure  of  insects,  chiefly  beetles  and  grass- 
hoppers. These  are  supplemented  by  mice  and  other  small  mammals, 
lizards,  salamanders,  small  birds,  and  crayfish.  One  stomach  con- 
tained persimmons  and  several  species  of  fungus. 

In  some  localities  these  skunks  are  known  to  destroy  hens'  eggs, 
and  doubtless  wild  birds'  eggs  also  are  frequently  eaten.  Most  of  the 
reports  received  b}^  the  Biological  Survey  with  reference  to  damage 
done  in  the  poultry  yard  by  the  spotted  skunks  come  from  the  Pacific 
Coast,  where  they  art'  particularly  abundant. 

S.  E.  Piper,  of  the  Biological  Survey,  examined  a  Spilogale  den  in 
the  Holston  Mountains,  Tennessee,  and  found  in  it  the  remains  of 

a  See  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  20,  pp.  12-13,  1901. 

1>I  am  informed  by  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher  that  a  solution  of  chlorinated  soda  (Labar- 
raque's  fluid)  is  a  highly  effective  agent  in  destroying  the  odor  of  the  skunk's 
secretion. 

cSee  Coues,  Fur-bearing  Animals,  pp.  223-235,  1S77. 


.nuv.,  1906.]  EXTERNAL    CHARACTERS.  9 

three  gray  squirrels  (Soiurus  earolinensis).  The  capture  of  so  large  a 
mammal  as  a  squirrel  by  these  skunks  is,  however,  unusual. 

The  spotted  skunks  doubtless  do  much  good  in  destroying-  rats. 
H.  C.  Oberholser,  of  the  Biological  Survey,  reports  that  at  Port 
Lavaca,  Texas,  they  are  known  to  capture  wood  rats  (JYeotoma),  which 
the}r  secure  by  following  them  into  their  runways.  D.  E.  Lantz,  also 
of  the  Biological  Survey,  has  recorded  an  instance  where  a  Spilogale 
proved  to  be  a  valuable  aid  in  destroying  house  rats  and  mice.  He 
says : 

At.  one  time  my  family  occupied  for  two  years  a  house  with  large  cellar  openings 
on  the  outside.  *  *  *  The  cellars,  and  in  fact  the  entire  house,  were  overrun 
with  rats  and  mice.  A  couple  of  months  after  we  had  first  occupied  the  house  I 
noticed  that  a  little  striped  skunk  was  present  in  the  cellar.  "We  could  often  hear 
the  rights  between  it  and  rats,  and  I  was  careful  not  to  disturb  it  when  I  went  to  the 
cellar  for  coal.  I  olten  saw  it  in  the  cellar,  and  it  did  not  seem  to  fear  my  presence 
there.  In  a  very  few  weeks  we  could  hear  no  more  of  the  fights  with  the  rats,  and 
all  the  rats  and  mice  were  either  killed  or  driven  from  the  place. « 

C.  J.  Maynard,  writing  of  the  Florida  species,  says: 
These  skunks  are  easily  domesticated,  and  I  have  frequently  known  of  their  being 
used  in  the  houses  for  the  purpose  of  catching  mice.  Sometimes  the  animals  are 
captured  and  the  scent  glands  removed,  but  they  are  often  simply  decoyed  about  the 
premises  by  exposing  food,  when  they  will  take  up  their  abode  beneath  the  build- 
ings and  will  soon  become  so  tame  as  to  enter  the  various  apartments  in  search  of 
their  prey. b 

Recorded  observations  on  the  food  habits  of  the  spotted  skunks  seem 
to  indicate  that  while  in  regions  where  they  are  abundant  they  destroy 
more  or  less  poultry,  the  fact  that  their  diet  consists  chiefly  of  injuri- 
ous rodents  and  insects  entitles  them  to  be  considered  valuable  allies 
of  the  farmer,  and  their  presence  about  the  farm  should  be  encouraged. 

EXTERNAL    CHARACTERS. 

The  members  of  this  genus  are,  with  one  exception,  smaller  than 
any  of  the  species  of  Mephitis.0  In  form  they  are  more  slender  and 
weasel  like.  The  pads  on  both  the  front  and  hind  feet  are  divided 
into  four  tubercles  at  the  base  of  the  toes.  The  fur  is  somewhat  finer 
and  closer  than  that  of  Mephitis,  and  the  tail  hairs  are  unicolored  to 
the  base.  In  other  respects,  aside  from  the  pattern  of  coloration, 
the  spotted  skunks  externally  are  essentially  similar  to  their  larger 
relatives. 

The  teats  vary  in  number  from  six  to  ten,  the  usual  arrange- 
ment being  as  follows:  Pectoral,  2-2;  abdominal,  1-1;  inguinal,  1-1. 

a  Bull.  129,  Kansas  State  Agric.  Coll.,  pp.  389-390,  1905. 

6 Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  IV,  p.  140,  1872. 

c  Spilogale  lucasana  almost  equals  in  bulk  the  smallest  of  the  hooded  skunks 
{Mephitis  m,  vittata),  and  exceeds  it  in  cranial  measurements;  the  feet  of  Spilogale  are 
always  smaller  than  those  of  Mephitis. 


10  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

Recorded  observations  as  to  the  number  of  young-  produced  at  a  birth 
are  very  meager.  Two  records  furnished  by  collectors  of  the  Biological 
Survey  give  the  number  of  embryos  as  four  and  rive,  respectively. 

Spilogale  exhibits  less  variation  in  markings  than  does  Mephitis. 
Most  of  the  species  are  quite  constant  in  the  pattern  of  coloration,  and 
only  one  {interrupt a)  shows  a  large  amount  of  variation.  The  usual 
color  pattern  may  be  described  as  follows:  Body  and  tail  black;  a  more 
or  less  triangular  white  spot  on  the  forehead  between  the  eyes;  four 
parallel  white  stripes  on  the  upper  parts,  commencing-  between  or 
slightly  behind  the  ears,  and  extending  to  about  the  middle  of  the  back; 
the  outer  one  on  each  side  continued  forward  under  and  in  front  of  the 
ear;  another  white  stripe  on  each  side  commencing-  just  behind  the  fore- 
leg and  running  parallel  with  the  dorsal  stripes  and  a  short  distance 
beyond  them,  where  it  curves  up  on  to  the  back  and  almost  or  quite 
meets  the  median  stripe  on  the  corresponding  side;  between  the  ends 
of  these  two  lateral  stripes  on  the  back  are  two  narrow  white  patches 
in  the  same  line  with  the  median  dorsal  stripes.  On  the  hinder  part 
of  the  body,  in  front  of  the  hips,  are  two  transverse  white  bands  reach- 
ing to  the  line  of  the  median  stripes;  a  small  white  patch  on  each  side 
of  the  rump,  sometimes  continuous  with  a  stripe  on  the  thigh;  a  nar- 
row white  patch  or  stripe  on  each  side  of  the  tail  at  its  base,  usually 
confluent  posteriorly;  end  of  the  tail  usually  white. 

NOMENCLATURE. 

GENERIC   NAMES. 

The  synonymy  of  the  genus  Spilogale  is  not  extensive,  but  since  there 
has  been  considerable  discussion  with  regard  to  the  application  of  the 
generic  name/'  and  as  it  is  now  established  on  a  firm  basis,  it  will  be 
well  to  consider  briefly  its  status  and  history.  As  stated  in  my  paper 
on  the  large  skunks,6  the  genus  Mephitis  of  Cuvier  (1800)  included 
two  species,  Vlverra  mephitis  and  T\  putorius^  the  latter  being  one  of 
the  spotted  skunks.  Lesson  in  1812  made  V.  mephitis  the  t}Tpe  of  tjie 
genus  Chincha,  thus  restricting  Mephitis  Cuvier  to  the  spotted  skunks/ 
and  it  was  on  the  basis  of  this  restriction  that  I  proposed  to  adopt  the 
name  Mephitis  in  place  of  Spilogale  Gray,  1865.  In  making  this 
change,  and  until  quite  recently,  I  was  unaware  that  the  genus  Mephitis 
was  first  proposed  by  E.  Geoffroy  and  Cuvier  in  1795/' five  years  earlier 

«See  Allen,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  325-334,  1901;  Howell,  Proc 
Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  pp.  1-9.  1002;  Allen,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  pp.  59-66, 
1902. 

&N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  20,  p.  14,  1901. 

«Nouv.  Tabl.  Regne  Anini.,  Mam.,  p.  67,  1842. 

*Mag.  Encyclop.  II  (6),  p.  1ST.  Mephitis  proposed  for  the  'Mouffettes';  Vlverra 
mephitis  the  only  species  mentioned  (p.  185).  The  correct  citation  is  given  in  Sher- 
borne's 'Index  Animaliiun,'  and  has  been  verified  for  me  in  the  Paris  Library  by 
Mr.  G.  S.  Miller,  jr. 


Nov.,  190C]  SPECIFIC    NAMES.  .11 

than  its  use  b}r  Cuvier  in  his  iLegons  <V  Anatomie  Compareef  which 
has  always  been  quoted  as  the  primary  reference.  As  originally  pro- 
posed in  1795,  the  genus  Mephitis  included  only  a  single  species, 
Viverra  mephitis  Schreber,  and  hence  has  no  bearing  on  the  spotted 
skunks,  which  remained  without  a  name  until  separated  by  Gray  in 
1865  as  the  genus  Spilogale. 

SPECIFIC    NAMES. 

Very  few  changes  in  the  currently  accepted  names  have  been  deemed 
necessary,  and  it  remains  only  to  consider  briefly  those  which  have 
been  found  to  be  unavailable  or  which  in  the  present  paper  are  used 
in  a  new  connection.     These  are  as  follows:- 

bicolor  (Mephitis)  Gray,  1837.     Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  p.  581. 

This  name  was  proposed  for  a  species  said  to  inhabit  North  America, 
but  as  there  are  no  diagnostic  characters  in  the  description  the  name 
must  be  rejected  as  unidentifiable.  It  was  used  in  a  collective  sense 
by  Baird  in  1857,  and  was  applied  to  the  Florida  species  by  Allen  in 
1871. 
mapurita  (  Viverra)  Midler,  1776.     Natursystems  Suppl.,  p.  32. 

The  species  described  under  this  name  is  based  on  the  Zorille  of 
Button,  and  the  name  is  therefore  a  synonym  of  Viverra  zorilla 
Schreber. 

putida  (Muslela)  G.  Cuvier,  1798.     Tabl.  Elem.  Hist.  Nat.  Anim.,  pp.  116,  117. 

The  description  under  this  name  is  clearly  that  of  a  spotted  skunk, 
.and  the  references  show  that  the  name  is  a  synomym  of  Viverra  puto- 
fvus  Linn.,  for  which  it  was  evidently  proposed  as  a  substitute. 

quaterlinearis  (Mephitis)  Winans,  1859  (see  Coues,  Fur-Bearing  Animals,  pp.  239- 
240,  1877) . 

This  name  was  published  by  Edgar  W.  Winans  in  a  newspaper,  and 
was  accompanied  by  an  accurate  description  of  a  specimen  taken  in 
Kansas.     It  is  a  synonym  of  Mephitis  interrvpta  Ratinesque. 

ringens  (Spilogale)  Merriam,  1890.     N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  9. 

This  name  was  given  to  the  species  occupying  the  southern  Alleghe- 
nian  region  of  the  United  States.  Later  investigations  have  shown  that 
this  should  bear  the  name  putorins  given  to  it  by  Linnams  in  1758. 
Detailed  consideration  of  this  question  will  lie  found  on  page  16. 

striata  (  Viverrd)  Shaw,  1800.     General  Zool.,  I,  p.  387.    • 

The  species  described  under  this  name  is  based  on  Viverra  putorius 
Linn.,  of  which  name  striata  is  therefore  a  synonym. 

zorilla  (  Viverra)  Schreber,  1776.     Saugthiere,  III,  p.  445  (1777),  tab.  123  (1776). 

The  species  described  under  this  name  is  clearly  based  on  the  Zorille 
of  Button,  since  Schreber's  plate  is  practically  a  copy  of  Button's,  and 


12  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA..  [no.  26. 

his  description  likewise  is  abridged  from  Daubenton,  Buffon's  collabo- 
rator. Button  states  that  his  knowledge  of  the  zorille  was  obtained 
from  a  specimen  in  the  collection  of  M.  Aubrey,  a  curate  in  Paris, 
and  his  figure  shows  evidence  of  having  been  drawn  from  an  actual 
specimen,  rather  than  from  the  descriptions  of  travelers.  Under  these 
circumstances  it  would  be  highly  desirable  to  make  use  of  the  name  if 
there  were  any  way  of  determining  to  what  species  it  applies.  But 
unfortunately  there  is  nothing  in  either  the  description  or  the  figure 
by  which  it  can  be  identified.  Buffon  erroneously  ascribed  the  animal' 
to  South  America,  where  the  genus  is  not  known  to  occur,  and  he  was 
followed  in  this,  as  in  other  details,  by  Schreber.  The  picture  resem- 
bles quite  strongly  both  the  Florida  species,  and  the  several  forms  of 
Spilogale  angustifrons  inhabiting  Mexico.  The  specimen  examined 
by  Buffon  may  have  come  from  either  locality — more  probabty,  it 
seems  to  me,  from  Mexico.  Licb  ten  stein  was  the  first  author  to  use  the 
name  in  a  restricted  sense,  and  his  application  of  it  to  the  California 
species"  might  be  accepted  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  at  the  time  of 
the  publication  of  Buffon's  description  California  was  not  inhabited  by 
civilized  peoples;  the  possibility  that  his  specimen  was  received  from 
there  is  therefore  very  remote.  In  view  of  the  uncertainty  attaching 
to  this  name,  and  since  all  the  known  species  are  now  supplied  with 
names,  it  seems  best  to  reject  it  altogether. 

Genus  SPILOGALE  Gray. 

Spilogale  Gray,   Proc.   Zool.   Soc.   London,   1865,   p.   150.     Type,  Mephitis   interrupta 
Rafinesque. 

Generic  characters. — Skull  flattened,  with  rostrum  onl}T  slightly 
depressed  below  plane  of  upper  surface;  periotic  region  and  audita! 
bulla1  greatly  inflated;  mastoid  and  paroceipital  processes  obsolete  or 
very  small;  postorbital  processes  well  developed;  'step'  in  lower 
jaw  not  pronounced  (sometimes  lacking);  tube  of  auditory  meatus 
directed  forward;  zygoma ta  highly  arched,  with  the  highest  point  at  tin' 
middle  of  the  arch;  antero-posterior  diameter  of  upper  molar  loss  than 

o_0  1      1  0_  O  "I      1 

transverse  diameter.     Dental  formula:   /.  3_;J;  c.  ^;  pm.  3_s;  ///.  .,_.>=  34. 
Key  to  Species  and  Subspecies. 

i  Based  Oil  adult  males.) 

Dorsal  stripes  not  broken  into  patches  on  hinder  parts P!f9mil " 

Dorsal  stripes  broken  into  patches  on  hinder  parts. 

Upper  molar  with  greatest  convexity  near  mi<l<llt>  of  tooth. 

Tail  without  prominent  white  tip  (usually  wholly  black  | interrupts 

Tail  with  prominent  white  tip. 

Size  larger:  mastoids  greatly  inflated putorius 

Size  smaller;  mastoids  not  greatly  inflated indianola 

"Abhand.  Akad.  Wise.  Berlin  for  1836,  p.  282,  1838.  Specimens  collected  by 
Deppe  at  Monterey. 


Nov.,  1906.]  LIST    OF    SPECIES    AND    SUBSPECIES.  13 

Upper  molar  with  greatest  convexity  behind  middle  of  tooth. 
Cranium  relatively  narrow  and  high. 

Rostrum  narrower  (interorbital  breadth  less  than  13.5  mm.) angustifrons 

Rostrum  broader  (interorbital  breadth  more  than  13.5  mm.) 
Teeth  lighter. 

Size  large  ( interorbital  breadth  more  than  15  mm.) m icrodon 

Size  small  (interorbital  breadth  less  than  15  mm. ) tropicalis 

Teeth  heavier. 

Skull  long  and  narrow elata 

Skull  short  and  wide. 

White  patches  at  base  oi  tail  small  (about  30  mm.  in  length) .  .ambigua 
White  patches  at  base  of  tail  large  (about  50  mm.  in  length ).ambarvalis 
Cranium  relatively  broad  and  flat. 

Mastoids  greatly  inflated leucoparia 

Mastoids  not  greatly  inflated. 
Black  markings  predominating. 

Rostrum  broader  (interorbital  breadth  more  than  17  mm. ) latifrons 

Rostrum  narrower  (interorbital  breadth  less  than  17 mm.) olympica 

White  markings  predominating. 
Skull  larger;  dentition  heavy. 

Size  larger  (mastoid  breadth  over  35  mm. ) lucasana 

Size  smaller  (mastoid  breadth  under  35  mm. ) phenax 

Skull  smaller;  dentition  light. 

Zygomata  broadly  expanded  and  highly  arched. 

Rostrum  narrower  (interorbital  breadth  about  12.5  mm.  )..ma rtirensis 

Rostrum  broader  (interorbital  breadth  about  15  mm.) arizonx 

Zygomata  not  broadly  expanded  nor  highly  arched. 

Skull  longer  (basilar  length  of  Hensel  51-52  mm. ) tenuis 

Skull  shorter  (basilar  length  of  Hensel  47-50  mm.) . 
Postorbital  processes  well  developed;  lateral  stripe  reduced. saxatUis 
Postorbital   processes  not  well   developed;   lateral    stripe  promi- 
nent   gracilis 

List  of  Species  and  Subspecies,   with  Type  Localities. 

Spilogale  ambarvalis  Bangs Micco,  Florida. 

jmlorius  ( Linmeus ) South  Carolina. 

interrupta  ( Rafinesque ) "  Upper  Missouri ' '  River. 

indianola  Merriam Indianola,  Texas. 

leucoparia  Merriam Mason,  Texas. 

tenuis  Howell Arkins,  Colorado. 

gracilis  Merriam Grand  Canyon,  Arizona. 

gracilis  saxatilis  Merriam Provo,  Utah. 

ambigua  Mearns Eagle  Mountain,  Chihuahua. 

angustifrons  Howell Tlalpam,  Federal  District,  Mexico. 

angustifrons  tropicalis  Howell San  Mateo  del  Mar.  Oaxaca. 

angustifrons  elata  nobis San  Bartolome,  Chiapas. 

pygmiea  Thomas Rosario,  Sinaloa. 

arizonte  Mearns Fort  Verde,  Arizona. 

arizonse  martirensis  Elliot San  Pedro  Martir  Mountains,  Lower  Cali- 
fornia. 

phenax  Merriam Nicasio,  California. 

phenax  latifrons  Merriam Roseburg,  Oregon. 

phenax  olympica  Elliot Olympic  Mountains,  AVashington. 

m icrodon  nobis Comondu,  Lower  California. 

lucasana  Merriam Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  California. 


14  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

Descriptions  of  Species  and  Subspecies. 
SPILOGALE  AMBARVALLS  Bangs.     Florida  Spotted  Skunk. 

Mephitis  bicolor  Allen,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  p.  169,  1871. 

Spilogale putorius  Coues,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Surv.  Terr.,  2d  ser.,  No.  1,  p.  12, 

1875  (part);  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  4,  p.  7,  1890.     (Not  Viverra  putorius 

Linn.) 
Mephitis  (Spilogale)   putorius  Coues,  Fur- Bearing  Animals,  p.  239,  1877  (part). 
Spilogale  ambarvalis  Bangs,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  p.  222,  1898. 

Type  locality. — Oak  Lodge, opposite  Miceo,  Brevard  County,  Florida. 

Geographic  distribution. — Eastern  portion  of  peninsular  Florida, 
from  New  Smyrna  south  to  Lake  Worth. 

General  characters. — Size  small;  tail  very  .short/  'white  markmgm 
extensive,'  skull  short  and  broad,  with  highly  arched  cranium. 

Color. — White  markings  extensive,  the  white  dorsal  stripes  about 
equaling  in  width  the  intervening  black  areas;  median  pair  of  dorsal 
stripes  little,  if  any,  narrower  than  outer  pair;  lateral  stripes "  very 
broad;  frontal  spot  large;  white  patch  in  front  of  ear  large,  and 
always  continuous  with  outer  dorsal  stripe;  tail  with  terminal  third 
above  and  terminal  half  below,  white;  a  large  white  patch,  roughly 
U-shaped,  on  upper  surface  of  tail  near  base.  White  patches  some- 
times occur  on  the  thighs,  and  others  on  the  upper  surfaces  of  the  hind 
feet,  but  these  markings  are  not  constant. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  short  and  broad;  brain  case  relatively 
high  and  narrow;  f  ronto-parietal  region  elevated  above  plane  of  upper 
surface;  postorbital  processes  well  developed;  interorbital  constric- 
tion slight;  mastoid  capsules  moderate!}'  and  audital  bullae  greatly 
inflated;  zygomata  spreading  in  an  even  curve  and  never  widely 
expanded;  upper  molar  and  sectorial  tooth  small,  the  former  with  pro- 
jection of  inner  lobe  considerably  behind  middle  of  tooth. 

Measurements. — Eight  adult  males  from  type  locality:  Total  length, 
356-407;  tail  vertebra?,  10(3-134;  hind  foot,  37-13;  average,  374;  120; 
40.  Average  of  5  adult  male  topotj'pes,  as  measured  by  Bangs,  383.8; 
143.5;  41.1.  Average  of  5  adult  females  from  type  locality,*  354.6; 
121.2;  38.8.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks. — This  species  is  confined,  so  far  as  known,  to  the 
east  side  of  the  Florida  peninsula,  where,  according  to  Bangs,  it  is 
locally  distributed/'  Its  occurrence  there  was  first  made  known  to 
science  in  1871,  when  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen  recorded  its  discover v  by 
Mr.  C.  J.  Maynard  several  years  previously/'     Up  to  that  time  the 

"The  term  'lateral  stripes,'  as  used  in  this  paper,  refers  to  the  white  stripes 
which  hegin  behind  the  foreshouldera  and  extend  along  the  sides,  parallel  to  the 
dorsal  stripes,  to  a  point  somewhat  beyond  the  middle  of  the  body,  where  they  con- 
tinue transversely  to  the  middle  of  the  back. 

''  Fide  Bangs. 

«Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist,  XXVIII,  p.  224,  1898. 

<*Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  p.  170,  1871. 


nov,  1006.]  SPILOGALE    PUTOKIUS.  .  15 

presence  of  any  species  of  Spilogale  east  of  the  Mississippi  Valle}'- 
was  unsuspected.  Maynard,  in  1872,  gave  its  probable  distribution  as 
extending  from  New  Smyrna  to  Jupiter  Inlet/'  and  later  investigations 
have  largely  confirmed  this  range. 

This  species,  as  I  am  informed  b}^  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chapman  and  Dr. 
W.  L.  Ralph,  lives  in  holes  in  the  sand,  both  in  the  scrub  palmetto 
along  the  coast  and  in  dry  pine  barrens  farther  inland. 

Doctor  Merriam,  in  his  preliminary  revision  of  the  genus,6  applied 
the  Linmean  name  p  atari  us  to  this  species  on  the  assumption  that  Cates- 
bv's  description,  on  which  the  name  was  primarily  based,  might  have 
been  drawn  from  either  the  Florida  or  the  Carolina  animal.  Bangs  has 
since  rejected  this  application  of  the  name,  chiefly  on  the  ground  that 
the  character  given  b}T  Linnaeus — licauda  longitudine  corporis''' — is  not 
applicable  to  the  Florida  animal,  which  has  a  tail  about  half  as  long  as 
the  bod}V  The  present  writer  has  examined  the  evidence  on  this 
point  with  much  care,  and  the  reasons  for  applying  the  name  jyutorius 
to  the  Carolina  rather  than  to  the  Florida  animal  will  be  found  under 
the  next  species  (p.  16). 

The  Florida  spotted  skunk  is  a  strongly  characterized  form,  easily 
recognizable  by  its  small  size  and  extensive  white  markings.  In  skull 
characters  it  most  nearly  resembles  the  group  of  species  occupying  the 
Mexican  table-land.  Its  range,  however,  is  entirely  cut  off  from  the 
range  of  the  Mexican  forms  by  that  of  S.  indianola,  which  occupies 
the  intervening  region  of  southern  Texas. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  19,  from  the  following 
localities: 

-  Florida:  Oak  Lodge,  opposite  Micco,  9;  Fort  Kissimmee,  3;  Kissimmee  Prairie, 
1;  Lake  Worth,  3;  Cape  Canaveral,  1;  Canaveral,  1;  Palm  Beach,  1. 

SPILOGALE  PUTORIUS  (Linn.).     Allegheniax  Spotted  Skunk. 

I'irrrra putorim  Linmeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  X,  p.  44,  1758.      (Not  Spilogale  putorius  Mer. 

riam. ) 
Viverra  striata  Shaw,  Gen.  Zool.,  I,  p.  387,  1800. 
Spilogale  ringens  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  9,  1890. 

Type  locality. — South  Carolina. 

Geographic  distribution. — Mississippi,  Alabama,  western  Georgia, 
western  South  Carolina,  and  northward  along  the  Alleghenies  to 
northern  Virginia;  western  limits  of  range  unknown. 

General  diameters. — Size  large;  tail  Jong /  white  markings  of  mod- 
erate extent;  skull  and  teeth  heav}T. 

Color.—  White  markings  less  extensive  than  in  S.  amharvalis;  black 
areas  broader;  median  pair  of  dorsal  stripes  narrower  than  outer  pair, 

«Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  IV,  p.  140,  1872. 

&N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  5,  1890. 

cProc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp.  223-224,  1898. 


16  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

rarely  interrupted;  white  patch  on  forehead  and  one  in  front  of  ear 
small,  often  not  continuous  with  outer  dorsal  stripe;  tail  with  a  large 
white  patch  at  tip,  occupying  one-fourth  to  one -half  of  upper  surface. 

Gran'ml  characters. — Skull  long-  and  relatively  narrow;  dentition 
heavy,'  cranium  highly  arched;  fronto-parietal  region  elevated,  but 
much  less  so  than  in  arnbarvdlis;  postorbital  constriction  marked; 
postorbital  processes  well  developed;  z}gomata  not  broadly  expanded, 
but  nearly  parallel  to  axis  of  skull;  mastoids  and  audital  bulla?  large; 
anterior  border  of  inter-ptervgoid  fossa  scarcely  reaching  plane  of  the 
posterior  border  of  molars;  upper  molar  evenly  rounded  on  inner  side, 
with  projection  near  middle  of  tooth. 

Measurements. — Seven  adult  males  from  Greensboro,  Alabama! 
Total  length,  470-563;  tail  vertebra?,  193-219;  hind  foot,  45-51; 
average:  512;  204;  47.5.  Six  adult  females  from  same  locality:  Total 
length,  437-544;  tail  vertebra?,  166-204;  hind  foot,  38-45;  average: 
482;  189;  42.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks. — This  species  was  characterized  by  Doctor  Mer- 
riam  in  1890,  under  the  name  ringe?is,  from  specimens  collected  at 
Greensboro,  Alabama.  The  present  writer  has  already  shown  in  some 
detail  that  the  Linntean  name  putorius,  based  on  the  'pol-cat'  of 
Catesby,  is  strictly  applicable  to  this  species/'  and  not  to  the  Florida 
species,  on  which  it  was  rixed  by  Doctor  Merriam.  It  is  unnecessary 
to  repeat  all  of  the  evidence  here,  but  since  additional  light  on  the 
question  has  recently  been  obtained,  a  statement  of  the  reasons  for 
applying  this  name  to  the  Carolina,  instead  of  to  the  Florida  species, 
is  deemed  advisable. 

In  October,  1905,  the  writer  visited  South  Carolina  in  order  to  deter- 
mine what  species  of  Spilogale  occurs  in  the  region  where  Catesby 
traveled.  Two  localities  in  the  coastal  plain  of  that  State  were  visited — 
Hardeeville,  Beaufort  Count}7,  and  Robertsville,  Hampton  County. 
Apparently  Spilogale  does  not  occur  in  this  region,  since  the  animal  is 
unknown  to  the  residents,  and  careful  trapping  with  the  aid  of  a  local 
hunter  failed  to  secure  a  specimen.  Proceeding  next  to  Cleora.  in  the 
rough  hill  country  of  Edgefield  Count}7,  definite  evidence  of  the  occur- 
rence of  Spilogale  there  was  obtained.  Local  hunters  reported  that 
the  small  'polecats,'  as  they  are  called,  were  frequently  chased  by 
dogs  while  hunting  at  night,  and  their  statement  that  the  skunks  take 
refuge  in  trees  makes  it  certain  that  Spilogale  is  the  animal  referred 
to.  The  writer  was  shown  a  den  dug  beneath  the  roots  of  a  fallen  tree 
in  a  wooded  hollow,  and  a  Spilogale  tail  was  picked  up  near  by.  None 
of  the  animals  were  secured  at  this  time,  but  in  January  of  the  present 
year  a  specimen  in  the  flesh  was  sent  to  the  Biological  Survey  from 
Cleora,  thus  affording  definite  data  for  the  determination  of  Catesby *s 
animal,  which  proves  to  be  the  same  as  Spilogale  ringens  of  Merriam. 

«Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  pp.  2-6,  1902. 


nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    PXJTOKIUS.  17 

The  locality  where  this  specimen  was  collected  is  well  within  the 
limits  of  Catesb}T\s  journeyings,  for  he  tells  us  that  he  remained  for 
some  time  "at  and  about  Fort  Moore,  a  small  Fortress  on  the  Banks 
of  the  River  Savanna,  which  runs  from  thence  a  Course  of  300  Miles 
down  to  the  Sea,  and  is  about  the  same  Distance  from  its  Source,  in 
the  Mountains."" 

The  reasons  for  fixing-  the  name  putorius  upon  this  species  may  be 
summarized  as  follows: 

(1)  As  shown  above,  the  only  species  of  SpUogale  known  to  occur 
in  the  region  traversed  by  Catesbv  is  the  Alleghenian  species — 8. 
ri/ngens  of  Merriam. 

(2)  The  evidence  that  Catesbv  ever  visited  peninsular  Florida  is 
based  solely  on  the  title  of  his  work  and  on  his  statement  that  he 
remained  "almost  three  years  in  Carolina  and  the  adjacent  parts 
(which  the  Spaniards  call  Florida,  particularly  that  Province  lately 
honour d  with  the  name  of  Georgia)."  It  seems  highly  probable  that 
had  he  made  a  journey  to  the  region  south  of  St.  Augustine,  the  pres- 
ent habitat  of  the  Florida  spotted  skunk,  he  would  have  given  some 
details  of  the  trip  in  his  itinerary,  as  he  did  in  the  case  of  his  expedi- 
tion to  the  Bahamas. 

(3)  In  his  description  of  the  "pol-cat,"  Catesby  says:  "The}7  hide 
themselves  in  hollow  Trees  and  Rocks  *  *  *."  This  is  exactly  in 
accord  with  the  habits  of  the  Carolina  species,  but  could  not  apply  to 
the  Florida  species,  since  there  are  no  rocks  in  the  region  where  it  lives. 

(4)  Linnaeus,  in  his  original  description  of  Viverra  putorius,  says  of 
it:  " Cauda  longitudine  corporis."  This  was  doubtless  a  rough  com- 
parison of  the  length  of  the  head  and  body  with  the  length  of  the  tail, 
including  hairs.  The  Carolina  SpUogale  agrees  very  closely  with  these 
proportions,  but  the  Florida  species  has  the  tail  much  shorter  than  the 
body. 

The  present  form  is  strikingly  distinct  from  S.  amoarvaiis,  but  is 
rather  closely  related  to  interrupta  and  indianola.  No  specimens  from 
the  Mississippi  Valley  are  available;  therefore  the  question  whether 
intergradation  occurs  between  putorius  and  interrupta  can  not  now  be 
determined.  However,  specimens  of  interrupta  from  the  Wichita 
Mountains,  Oklahoma,  present  certain  intermediate  characters,  and 
suggest  the  probability  that  the  range  of  putorius  extends  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  Mississippi  River. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  35,  from  the  following 
localities : 

West  Virginia:  White  Sulphur  Springs,  1. 
Virginia:  Winchester,  1. 
Tennessee:  Holston  Mountains,  1. 

«The  distance  from  the  sea  is  clearly  erroneous,  since  a  journey  of  300  miles  would 
have  carried  him  far  above  the  source  of  the  river. 
5639— No.  26—06 2 


18  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [wo.26. 

North.  Carolina:  Roan  Mountain,  1;  Magnetic  City  (foot  of  Roan  Mountain), 

8;  Valley  River,  Cherokee  County,  1. 
South  Carolina:  Cleora,  Edgefield  County,  1. 
Georgia:  Mimsville,  1. 
Alabama:  Greensboro,  18;  Mobile,  1. 
Mississippi:  Corinth,  1. 

'  SPILOGALE  INTERRUPTA  (Rafinesque).     Prairie  Spotted  Skunk. 

Mephitis  interrupta  Rafinesque,  Annals  of  Nature,  I,  p.  3,  1820;  Lichtenstein,  Abhand. 

Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin  for  1836,  p.  281,  Tab.  II,  fig.  1,  1838. 
Mephitis  quaterlinearis  Winans,   [Kansas?]  newspaper,  1859  (see  Coues,  Fur-Bearing 

Animals,  pp.  239-240,  1877). 
Spilogale  interrupta  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  8,  1890. 

Type  locality. — "Upper  Missouri*'  River. 

Geographic  distribution. — Iowa,  southern  Minnesota,  Nebraska, 
Kansas,  Missouri,  and  Oklahoma;  south  in  eastern  Texas  to  about 
the  middle  of  the  State. 

General  characters. — Resembling  S.  putorius,  but  with  much  more 
black;  tail  without  prominent  white  tip. 

Color. — White  markings  much  reduced;  dorsal  stripes  variable  in 
width,  but  averaging  narrower  than  inputorius,  frequently  interrupted 
(in  about  one-third  of  the  specimens  examined)  and  sometimes  reduced 
to  a  few  widety  separated  spots;  median  pair  usuall}T  narrower  than 
outer  pair;  white  patch  on  forehead  small,  often  a  mere  speck;  patch 
in  front  of  ear  much  reduced,  often  absent,  and  usually  not  continu- 
ous with  outer  dorsal  stripe;  tail  usually  wholly  black,  but  occasionally 
with  a  very  slender  tuft  of  white  hairs  at  the  tip,  entirely  surrounded 
by  the  black  hairs. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  closely  resembling  that  of  /S.  putorius, 
but  averaging  shorter,  and  relatively  broader;  rostrum  narrower,'  mas- 
toid capsules  only  slightly  inflated,  but  with  well-developed  2)rocesses; 
upper  molar  as  in  putorius. 

Measurements. — Eight  adult  males  from  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Iowa, 
and  Oklahoma:  Total  length,  490-536;  tail  vertebra-,  181-223;  hind 
foot,  41-51;  average:  515;  210;  18.5.  Average  of  two  females  from 
Cairo,  Kansas:  473;  170;  42.5.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks. — Doctor  Merriam  has  shown  the  pertinence  of  the 
name  interrupta  to  this  species, a  and  it  is  unnecessary7-  to  repeat  the 
evidence  here.  The  species  may  be  readily  recognized  by  its  black  tail. 
Specimens  from  the  Wichita  Mountains,  Oklahoma,  are  intermediate 
in  skull  characters  between  interrupta  and putorius.  Externally  they 
agree  with  interrupta.  Intergradation  with  indianola  probably  takes 
place  in  central  or  southern  Texas,  though  the  material  at  hand  is  not 
sufficient  to  show  this  clearly. 

«N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  9,  1890. 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    INDIA1STOLA.  19 

The  .southern  and  western  limits  of  the  range  of  interrupta  are  not 
accurately  known,  and  only  recently  it  has  been  ascertained  to  reach 
the  southern  portions  of  Minnesota  and  South  .Dakota.  Mr.  Ernest 
Thompson  Seton  has  kindly  furnished  the  Biological  Survey  with  the 
two  most  northerly  records,  and  has  sent  a  specimen  from  Sioux  Falls, 
South  Dakota,  where  these  skunks  are  said  to  be  common.  He  states 
that  two  were  killed  by  a  trapper  in  March,  1904,  on  the  Mississippi 
River  40  miles  southeast  of  Minneapolis.  The  animal  was  previously 
unknown  to  the  trappers  in  that  region,  so  that  this  is  doubtless  an 
instance  of  recent  extension  of  range. 

Spec! mens  examined. — Total  number,  11,  from  the  following 
localities: 

Kansas:  Onaga,  8;  Trego  County,  8;  Fort  Leavenworth,   1;  Manhattan,  2; 

Burlington,  1;  Long  Inland,  3;  Cairo,  3;  Fort  Riley,  1  (skull). 
Iowa:  Gladbrook,  1;  Marshalltown,  2. 
South  Dakota:  Sioux  Falls,  1. 
Nebraska:  London,  1;  Beemer,  1. 
Missouri:  Courtney,  1. 

Oklahoma:  Alva,  1;  Mount  Scott,  Wichita  Mountains,  4. 
Texas:  Canadian,  1;  Cooke  County,  1  (skull);  Brazos,  3. 

SPILOGALE  INDIANOLA  Merriam.     Gulf  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spiloga/e  indianola  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  10,  1890. 

Type  locality. — indianola,  Texas. 

Geographic  distribution. — Coast  region  of  Texas  and  Louisiana; 
south  to  Victoria,  Tamaulipas. 

General  characters. — Resembling  S.  interrupta,  but  with  a  pro- 
nounced white  tip  to  the  tail;  skull  relatively  narrow. 

Color. — Similar  to  interrupta;  dorsal  stripes  frequently  interrupted, 
the  median  pair  usually  narrower  than  outer  pair;  tail  with  a  white 
patch  at  tip  occupying  about  one-fourth  of  the  upper  surface. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  similar  to  that  of  putorius,  but  much 
smaller  and  relatively  narrower  across  mastoids;  cranium  highly 
arched,  as  in  the  eastern  species,  but  fronto- parietal  region  only  very 
slightly  elevated  above  plane  of  skull;  zygomata  long  (in  male  skulls) 
and  nearly  parallel  to  axis  of  skull.  Compared  with  interrupta: 
Skull  of  about  the  same  length,  but  relatively  narrower;  inflation  of 
mastoid  capsules  greater.     Teeth  as  in  putorius  and  interrupta. 

Measurements.- — Seven  adult  males  from  the  coast  region  of  Texas 
(Virginia  Point  to  Corpus  Christi):  Total  length,  110-520;  tail  verte- 
bras, 165-201;  hind  foot,  16-50;  average,  472;  183;  18.  Average  of 
two  females  from  San  Antonio,  Texas:  106;  162;  39.5.  Skull:  (See 
table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks. — When  this  species  was  described,  only  two  skulls 
(both  of  females)  were  available.  The  skin  characters  and  cranial 
characters  of  the  males  were  unknown.     Since  that  time  a  good  series  of 


20  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no. 26. 

both  skins  and  skulls  has  been  secured  by  the  collectors  of  the  Biolog- 
ical Survey,  which  shows  that  the  species  is  even  more  strongly  marked 
than  the  describer  supposed.  Externally  it  closely  resembles  the 
whiter  specimens  of  inU  rrupta,  but  may  be  distinguished  by  the  white- 
tipped  tail.  Skulls  of  males  and  females  show  greater  differences  than 
is  usual  in  this  genus,  the  former  being  longer,  broader  in  the  mastoid 
region,  and  flatter  in  the  fronto-parietal  region  than  skulls  of  females. 
Comparison  with  ambarvalis  is  hardly  necessary,  the  reduction  of  the 
white  markings  and  long  skull  with  heavy  dentition  being  sufficiently 
distinctive. 

The  relationships  of  this  species  are  wholly  with  the  forms  occupy- 
ing the  regions  to  the  northward,  and  not  with  the  Mexican  or  western 
species. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  20,  from  the  following  local- 
ities: 

Texas:  Indianola,  2  (skulls);  Virginia  Point,  2;  Elliott's,  Matagorda  County,  1; 
Edna,  1;  Rockport,  2;  Beeville,  1;  Corpus  Christi,  4;  San  Antonio,  5. 

Louisiana:  Iowa,  Calcasieu  Parish,  1. 

Tamaulipas:  Victoria,  1  (skull). 

SPILOGALE  LEUCOPARIA  Merriam.     Rio  Grande  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  leucoparia  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  4,  p.  11,  1890. 

Type  locality. — Mason,  Texas. 

Geographic  distribution. — Arid  region  of  western  Texas  and  south- 
ern New  Mexico;  south  over  the  eastern  side  of  the  Mexican  table-land 
to  Hidalgo;  west  to  central  Arizona. 

General  characters. — White  markings  extensive;  skull  with  greatly 
inflated  mastoid  capsules. 

Color. — White  markings  very  broad,  especially  the  lateral  stripes 
and  outer  pair  of  dorsal  stripes;  frontal  spot  and  patch  in  front  of  ear 
large;  no  white  on  legs;  tail  with  terminal  fourth  above  and  terminal 
two-thirds  below,  white. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  of  about  the  same  length  as  that  of 
indianola,  but  brain  case  broader  and  flatter;  mastoid  capsules  greatly 
inflated;  audital  bulla?  larger;  upper  molars  similar  in  shape,  but 
decidedl}"  smaller;  lower  carnassial  slightly  smaller. 

Measurements. — Average  of  three  adult  males  from  Rio  Grande  Val- 
ley (Eagle  Pass,  Laredo,  Samuels):  Total  length,  402;  tail  vertebrae, 
145;  hind  foot,  47.7.  Average  of  three  adult  females  from  Texas 
(Eagle  Pass,  Langtry,  Waring):  377;  147;  41.  Skull:  (See  table, 
p.  36.) 

General  remarks. — This  species,  as  would  be  expected,  is  more 
closely  related  to  the  forms  occupying  the  arid  regions  of  the  West  than 
to  those  in  the  Mississippi  Valley.  Its  peculiar  skull  serves  readily 
to  distinguish  it  from  the  other  members  of  the  genus.     Two  speci- 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    TENUIS.  21 

mens  from  Sierra  Encarnacion,  Coahuila,  have  slightly  larger  skulls 
than  the  t}rpe,  with  the  postorbital  processes  well  developed;  the  white 
body  stripes  are  also  slightly  narrower  than  in  the  typical  form.  A 
specimen  from  Tulancingo,  Hidalgo  (provisionally  referred  to  this 
species),  likewise  has  less  white  on  the  body.  A  specimen  from  Fort 
Clark,  Texas,  is  apparently  intermediate  between  leucoparia  and 
ambigua.  It  resembles  the  former  in  having  large  bulla?  and  inflated 
mastoids,  but  the  cranium  is  relatively  narrow  and  high,  as  in 
ambigua. 

A  specimen  from  Flagstaff,  Arizona  (No.  1900,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.), 
is  larger  than  typical  specimens,  and  the  rostrum  is  very  broad  and 
flat;  in  other  respects  it  agrees  perfectly  with  leucoparia,  as  does  also 
another  specimen  (No.  1890,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.),  from  Fossil  Creek, 
Arizona. 

Specimens  examined.- — Total  number,  22,  from  the  following 
localities: 

Texas:  Mason,  3;  Comstock,  1;  Waring  1;  D'Hanis,  Medina  County,  1;  Eagle 

Pass,  2;  Turtle  Creek,  Kerr  County,  2;  Laredo,  1;  Samuels,  1. 
New  Mexico:  Tularosa,  1. 

Arizona:  Flagstaff,  1;  Fossil  Creek,  Verde  Eiver,  1. 
Nuevo  Leon:  Monterey,  2  (skulls). 
Coahuila:  Sierra  Encarnacion,  3;  Saltillo,  1. 
Hidalgo:  Tulancingo,  1. 

SPILOGALE  TENUIS  Howell.     Rocky  Mountain  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  tenuis  Howell,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  p.  241,  1902. 

Type  locality. — Arkins,  Colorado. 

Geographic  distribution. — Eastern  slopes  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 

in  Colorado  and  northern  New  Mexico;  limits  of  range  unknown. 

.  .  . 

General  characters. — Size  large;  white  markings  prominent;  skull 

long  and  narrow. 

Color. — Similar  in  markings  to  S.  leucoparia,  but  lateral  stripe  nar- 
rower; frontal  patch  long  and  narrow  (in  type  specimen,  32  by  16 
mm.);  terminal  third  of  tail  white. 

Cranial  characters.  —Skull  similar  in  general  shape  to  that  of 
indianola,  but  longer  and  relatively  narrower,'  brain  case  broad  and 
very  flat;  fronto-parietal  region  not  elevated  above  plane  of  skull; 
rostrum  and  postorbital  region  narrow ,  but  without  pronounced  con- 
striction, the  narrowness  including  also  the  anterior  portion  of 
brain  case;  zygomata  not  widely  expanded,  and  nearly  parallel  to  axis 
of  skull;  palate  long,  reaching  beyond  the  plane  of  last  molars;  audital 
bullae  and  mastoid  capsules  moderately  inflated;  teeth  rathe*-  small; 
upper  molars  with  projection  of  inner  lobe  behind  middle  of  tooth. 
Compared  with  leucoparia  the  skull  of  tenuis  is  much  longer  and  rela- 
tivel}-  narrower;  brain  case  flatter  and  mastoids  much  less  inflated. 


22 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[xo.  26. 


Measurements. — Type  (adult  S  ):  Total  length,  450;  tail  vertebras, 
165;  hind  foot,  51;  37oung  female  from  near  Folsom,  New  Mexico: 
400;  160;  47.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remark*. — This  species  is  most  nearly  related  to  A'.  leucoparia\ 
which  it  resembles  in  markings  but  from  which  it  differs  widely  in 
skull  characters.  The  skull  of  a  young  female  from  the  type  locality 
is  shorter,  and  broader  interorbitally  than  that  of  the  type,  but  is 
narrower  across  the  mastoids — a  condition  due  in  part  to  immatu- 
rity. An  adult  female  skull  from  Estes  Park  agrees  with  the  type  in 
narrowness,  but  is  much  smaller.  An  adult  male  skull  from  near 
Folsom,  New  Mexico,  is  broader  than  the  type,  both  z3gomatically 
and  in  the  rostral  and  postorbital  regions,  but  is  slightly  narrower 
across  the  mastoids. 

No  specimens  are  available  from  farther  north  than  Arkins,  Colo- 
rado, but  it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  form  occupying  the  Black  Hills 
and  eastern  Wyoming  (see  antea,  p.  T)  ma}^  prove  to  be  referable  to 
this  species. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  5,  from  the  following  localities: 

Colorado:  Arkins,  2;  Estes  Park,  1. 

New  Mexico:  Oak  Canyon,  5  miles  north  of  Folsom,  2. 

SPILOGALE  GRACILIS  Merriam.     Canyon  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  gracilis  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  3,  p.  83,  1890. 

Type  locality. — Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado  (north  of  San  Fran- 
cisco Mountain),  Arizona. 

GeogrupJiic  distribution. — Northern  Arizona  and  desert  ranges  of 
southeastern  California;  south  in  the  Sierra  Madre  to  Jalisco  and 
Michoacan. 

General  character*. — Similar  in  size  and  color  to  S.  leucoparia;  skull 
with  mastoid  capsules  less  inflated. 

Color. — Markings  essentially  as  in  S.  leucoparia,'  white  in  tail  pro- 
portionally less. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  about  the  size  of  that  of  indianola, 
but  relatively  broader;  brain  case  flattened;  fronto-parietal  region 
depressed  to  general  level  of  upper  surface  of  skull;  postorbital  con- 
striction pronounced;  mastoid  capsules  moderately  inflated;  post- 
orbital processes  slightl}7  developed;  teeth  of  similar  shape,  but 
smaller.  Compared  with  leucoparia:  Postorbital  constriction  usually 
greater;  audita]  bulla?  and  mastoid  capsules  much,  less  inflated/  teeth 
similar. 

Measurements. — Five  adult  males  from  Grand  Canyon,  Arizona,  and 
Panamint  Mountains,  California:  Total  length,  334-400;  tail  verte- 
bra?, 130-160;  hind  foot,  41-46;  average:  381;  143;  44.3.  Adult 
female  from  Inyo  Mountains,  California:  330;  120;  37.  Skull:  (See 
table,  p.  36.) 


Nov.,  1900.]  SPILOGALE    GRACILIS    SAXATILIS.  23 

General  remarks.— Arizona  specimens  of  this  genus  have  proved 
extremely  puzzling,  and  the  material  in  hand  is  insufficient  to  deter- 
mine with  certainty  the  relationships  and  ranges  of  the  several  forms. 
Four  species  or  subspecies  apparently  occur  in  the  Territory — gracilis, 
ambigua,  arizonse,  and  leucoparia.  S.  gracilis  occupies  the  northern 
and  central  portions  of  the  Territory  (intergrading  at  the  north  with 
the  Great  Basin  form,  saxatilis)  and  apparently  extends  far  south 
along  the  Sierra  Mad  re  into  Mexico.  S.  ambigua  belongs  to  the  high- 
skulled  type  represented  throughout  Mexico,  the  range  of  which 
extends  northward  to  central  Arizona,  where  it  overlaps  that  of  gra- 
cilis. S.  arizonse  occurs  with  the  preceding  forms  over  most  of  cen- 
tral and  southern  Arizona.  S.  leucoparia  enters  the  region  from  New 
Mexico,  and  appears  to  be  nearly  typical  at  Flagstaff,  in  central 
Arizona.  These  four  forms  either  intergrade  or  hybridize  in  this 
region,  with  the  result  that  many  individuals  can  not  satisfactorily  be 
referred  to  one  or  the  other.  There  are  no  appreciable  color  differ- 
ences, and  in  identifying  specimens  dependence  must  be  placed  alone 
upon  skull  characters. 

S.  gracilis  is  a  small,  slender  species  with  a  moderately  flattened 
skull.  It  seems  to  maintain  its  characters  with  little  change  over  an 
extensive  area.  A  specimen  from  Patzcuaro,  Michoacan,  a  place 
widely  separated  from  the  type  region,  is  remarkably  close  to  the 
type  in  characters;  its  skull  is  a  little  smaller  and  has  a  slightly 
slenderer  rostrum.  A  specimen  from  near  Fort  Verde,  Arizona,  how- 
ever (No.  1906,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.),  shows  some  indication  of  inter- 
gradation  with  aimjbigua,  its  skull  being  somewhat  higher  than  that  of 
typical  gracilis.  A  very  old  skull  from  Prescott,  Arizona  (No.  2997, 
Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.),  has  a  more  swollen  brain  case  and  larger  post- 
orbital  processes  than  is  usual  in  skulls  of  gracilis.  Three  specimens 
from  Panamint  Mountains,  California,  have  skulls  even  smaller  and 
slenderer  than  that  of  the  type. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  13,  from  the  following  local- 
ities: 

Arizona:  Grand  Canyon,  north  of  San  Francisco  Mountain,  2;  Prescott,  1:  Rio 
Verde,  20  miles  south  of  Fort  Verde,  1. 

California:  Panamint  Mountains,  3;  Inyo  Mountains,  2. 

Chihuahua:  Colonia  Garcia,  1. 

Jalisco:  Lagos,  1;  San  Sebastian,  1. 

Michoacan:  Patzcuaro,  1. 

SPILOGALE  GRACILIS  SAXATILIS  Merriam.  Great  Basin  Spotted  Skunk. 
SpUogcUe  saxatilis  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  4,  p.  13,  1890. 

Type  locality. — Provo,  Utah. 

Geographic  distribution. — Utah,  western  Colorado,  northern  Nevada, 
southern  Idaho,  eastern  Oregon,  and  northeastern  California. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  S.  gracilis,  but  slightly  larger  and 
with  lateral  stripe  usually  absent. 


24  NOKTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

Color. — Essentially  as  in  gracilis,  but  lateral  stripe  usually  absent 
or  very  much  reduced.  In  the  type  and  three  topotypes  it  is  faintly 
indicated  by  a  narrow  band.     A  little  less  white  in  tail. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  similar  to  that  of  gracilis,  but  slightly 
larger;  brain  case  broader;  postorbital  processes  more  strongly 
developed;  ridge  on  mastoids  pronounced. 

Measurements. — Two  males  from  type  locality:  Total  length,  422- 
450;  tail  vertebra?,  163-176;  hind  foot,  45-49.  Average  of  two  females 
from  type  locality:  403;  152;  41.5.  Adult  male  from  Harney,  Oregon: 
455;  155;  50.  Average  of  three  adult  females  from  Oregon:  360; 
129;  40.     Skull:  (See  table,  p  36.) 

General  remarks. — This  form  is  closel}r  related  to  S.  gracilis,  from 
which  it  differs  chiefly  in  larger  size  and  the  reduction  of  the  white 
side  stripes.  Specimens  from  eastern  Oregon  (Harney,  Shirk,  and 
Plush)  have  the  white  markings  somewhat  reduced  in  extent,  and  the 
lateral  stripe  is  entirely  absent  in  several  of  them.  The  dorsal  stripes, 
especiall}T  the  median  pair,  are  narrower  than  in  the  typical  form. 

The  deep  emargination  of  the  nares,  shown  in  the  skull  of  the  type 
proves  to  be  an  inconstant  character,  for  the  skulls  of  the  three  topo- 
types examined  do  not  differ  from  skulls  of  gracilis  in  depth  of 
emargination.  In  a  skull  of  saxatiUs  from  Harney,  Oregon,  the 
emargination  is  about  half  as  deep  as  in  the  type  skull.  In  the  post- 
orbital  constriction  of  the  skull  saxatilis  does  not  differ  appreciably 
from  gracilis. 

A  specimen  from  St.  George,  Utah,  though  agreeing  with  gracilis 
in  markings,  is  nearer  to  saxatilis  in  skull  characters.  Its  skull  is  the 
longest  one  in  either  series  and  has  the  ridge  on  the  mastoids  pro- 
nounced, as  in  saxatilis;  the  postorbital  processes^  however,  are  very 
small. 

No  specimens  of  Spilogale  have  been  examined  from  Idaho,  but 
Doctor  Merriam  reports  this  form  common  in  the  canyons  of  Snake 
River,  and  records  a  skin  taken  by  himself  at  Marsh  Valley  [in 
Bannock  County,  southeast  of  Pocatello]/' 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  16,  from  the  following 
localities: 

Utah:  Provo,  4;  St.  George,  1. 

Colorado:  Grand  Junction,  1;  Coventry,  1. 

Nevada:  Cottonwood  Range,  1. 

Oregon:  Plush,  Lake  County,  4;  Shirk,  Harney  County,  1;  Harney,  2. 

California:  Susanville,  1. 

SPILOGALE  AMB1GUA  Mearns.     Chihuahua  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogcde  ambigua  .Mearns,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XX,  p.  460,  1S!»7. 

Type  locality. — Eagle  Mountain,  Chihuahua  (about  -1  miles  youth  of 
Monument  No.  15,  Mexican  boundary  line). 


«N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  5,  p.  84,  189L 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    AMBIGUA.  25 

Geographic  distribution. — From  central  Arizona  south  over  the 
western  edge  of  the  Mexican  table-land  to  Jalisco. 

General  diameters. — Closely  similar  in  markings  to  S.  gracilis; 
skull  with  highly  arched  cranium,  as  in  ambarvalis  and  other  eastern 
species. 

Color. — Essentially  as  in  gracilis;  lateral  stripes  very  broad;  a 
white  band  on  the  thighs. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  very  similar  to  that  of  S.  ambarvalis; 
Irani  case  highly  arched;  fronto-parietal  region  elevated ;  interorbital 
constriction  pronounced;  postorbital  processes  well  developed;  zygo- 
mata broadly  expanded;  mastoid  capsules  and  audital  bullae  not  greatly 
inflated;  sagittal  crest  slightly  developed;  palate  short,  ending  on  a 
line  with  posterior  border  of  molars;  upper  molars  of  exactly  similar 
shape  and  size  to  those  of  ambarvalis;  upper  carnassial  averaging 
larger.  Compared  with  gracilis:  Skull  shorter  and  relatively  broader; 
brain  case  higher;  rostrum  more  depressed;  zygomata  more  abruptly 
expanded;  postorbital  processes  larger. 

Measurements. — Type"  (adult  S):  Total  length,  411;  tail  vertebra?, 
liT;  hind  foot,  13.  Average  of  two  adult  males  from  Chihuahua  and 
Jalisco:  377;  121;  15.5.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks.- — As  stated  by  Doctor  Mearns,  this  species  has 
closer  relationship  with  the  forms  inhabiting  central  Mexico  than  with 
?ny  of  the  United  States  species.  It  is  in  fact  only  the  most  northerly 
ranging  member  of  a  distinct  group  of  species  occupying  the  Mexican 
table-land,  from  the  United  States  boundary  to  Guatemala.  This  fact 
makes  all  the  more  surprising  its  remarkably  close  resemblance  in 
cranial  characters  to  S.  arnbarvalis  of  Florida,  the  range  of  which  is 
entirely  cut  off  from  that  of  ambigua.  The  skull  of  the  type  of 
ambigua  can  be  very  closely  matched  by  specimens  of  ambarvalis^  the 
most  noticeable  difference  being  the  slightly  greater  zygomatic  breadth 
and  the  larger  upper  carnassial  of  ambigua.  In  external  characters, 
too,  the  differences  between  ambarvalis  and  ambigua  are  slight.  The 
latter  has  a  white  band  on  the  thigh  not  possessed  by  the  former,  and 
the  white  patches  at  the  base  of  the  tail  are  much  smaller.  The  tail 
is  usually  longer. 

The  range  of  ambigua  meets  that  of  gracilis  in  central  Arizona  and 
probably  at  many  points  in  Mexico,  the  latter  species  apparently 
occupying  the  more  mountainous  regions,  while  ambigua  occupies  the 
table-land.  A  specimen  from  Fossil  Creek,  Arizona,  is  typical,  as  is 
also  one  from  Barranca  Ibarra,  Jalisco. 

Spt  rim  ens  examined. — Total  number,  8,  from  the  following  localities: 

Chihuahua:  Eagle  Mountain.  4  miles  south  of  monument  No.  15,  Mexican 

boundary  line,  1;  Chihuahua,  1. 
Jalisco:  Barranca  Ibarra,  1;  Ocotlan,  1. 
Arizona:  Huachuca  Mountains,  3;  Fossil  Creek,  near  Verde  River,  1. 

o  Fide  Mearns. 


26  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

SPILOGALE  ANGUSTIFRONS  Howell.     Table-land  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spiloijiib:  angustifrons  Howell,  Pine.  Biol.  Sue.  Wash.,  XV,  p.  242,  1902. 

Type  locality. — Tlalpam,  Federal  District,  Mexico. 

Geographic  distribution. — Southern  portion  of  the  Mexican  table- 
land, from  Guanajuato  to  the  isthmus  of  Tehuantepec. 

General  characters. — Size  small;  coloration  as  in  8.  ambigua^  but 
usually  without  white  bands  on  thighs.  Skull  slender,  and  without 
prominent  ridges. 

Color. — Similar  to  that  of  ambigua,  but  lateral  stripes  averaging 
broader;  white  bands  on  thighs  usualty  absent. 

Cranial  character*. — Skull  similar  to  that  of  ambigua,  but  smaller 
and  narrower;  cranium  highly  arched;  rostrum  narrow;  sagittal  crest 
practically  obsolete;  postorbital  constriction  slight;  postorbital  proc- 
esses small;  audital  bullae  relatively  large;  mastoid  capsules  moderately 
inflated;  molars  smaller  than  in  ambigua,  the  upper  and  lower  car- 
nassials  decidedly  so. 

Measurements. — Type  (adult  <?):  Total  length,  345;  tail  vertebras, 
130;  hind  foot,  40.  Average  of  three  adult  males  from  the  type 
locality:  333;  121;  42.  Adult  female  from  type  locality:  325;  105;  36. 
Skull:  (See  table,  p.  36.) 

General  remarks.- — This  species  belongs  to  the  group  of  narrow- 
skulled  species  inhabiting  the  eastern  United  States  and  northern 
Mexico.  Its  nearest  relative  is  8.  ambigua,  with  which  it  may  inter- 
grade,  though  no  intermediate  specimens  are  known.  Its  slender 
skull,  without  ridges  and  with  narrow  rostrum,  distinguishes  it  from 
any  of  its  relatives.  A  specimen  from  Yautepec,  Morelos,  differs 
from  the  typical  form  in  having  thigh  bands;  its  skull,  however,  is 
entirely  typical. 

Specimen*  examined. — Total  number,  8,  from  the  following  locali- 
ties in  Mexico: 

Mexico:  Tlalpam,  5. 
Morelos:  Yautepec,  1. 
Guanajuato:  Santa  Rosa,  2. 

SPILOGALE  ANGUSTIFRONS  TROPICALIS  Howell.     Tropical  Spotted  Skink-. 
Spilogale  angustifrons  tropicalis  Howell,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XV,  p.  242,  1902. 

Type  locality. — San  Mateo  del  Mar,  Oaxaca,  Mexico. 

Geograp/iic  distribution. — Coast  region  of  southern  Oaxaca. 

Gi-m-ral  character^. — Similar  to  8.  angustifrons,  but  larger:  skull 
with  smaller  teeth  and  larger  mastoid  capsules. 

Color. — Averaging  with  more  white  than  angustifrons;  lateral 
stripes  large,  and  reaching  down  on  to  forelegs;  white  patches  at  base  of 
tail  large;  white  bands  on  thighs  usually  present,  but  variable  in  size. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  larger  and  more  angular  than   that  of 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    ANGUSTIFRONS    ELATA.  27 

ungustifrons;  rostrum  broader;  mastoid  capsules  more  inflated;  audital 
bullae  flatter;  upper  molars  and  last  lower  molars  relatively  smaller; 
upper  molars  not  evenly  rounded  on  inner  side,  but  with  a  narrow  pro- 
jecting lobe  at  the  postero-internal  corner;  palate  long,  usually  reach- 
ing beyond  the  posterior  border  of  molars.  Compared  with  ambigua, 
the  mastoid  capsules  are  more  inflated,  zygomata  less  widely  expanded, 
and  teeth  much  smaller.  Skulls  of  females  are  but  little  smaller  than 
those  of  males,  and  lack  the  sagittal  crest. 

Measurements. — Five  adult  males  from  type  locality:  Total  length, 
334-387;  tail  vertebra?,  114-145;  hind  foot,  40-46;  average,  303;  134; 
43.  Average  of  three  adult  females  from  type  locality,  339;  125;  38. 
Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks, — This  form  apparently  is  confined  to  the  tropical 
lowlands  on  the  west  side  of  the  isthmus  of  Tehuantepec.  Specimens 
from  the  city  of  Tehuantepec,  which  is  only  a  few  miles  from  the  type 
locality,  are  not  typical,  but  show  intergradation  with  the  highland 
form  (elata)  in  skull  characters. 

Although  the  habitat  of  tropicalis  is  widely  removed  from  that  of 
ambigua,  the  two  seem  to  be  closely  related.  No  intermediate  speci- 
mens have  been  examined,  however. 

The  present  form  is  remarkable  for  the  great  amount  of  variation  in 
the  size  of  the  skull.  In  the  type  series  of  eight  specimens  this 
amounts  in  the  basilar  length  to  17  per  cent  of  the  average." 

/Specimens  exam  ined. — Total  number,  12,  from  the  following  localities: 
Oaxaca:  San  Mateo  del  Mar,  8;  Tehuantepec,  3;  San  Geronimo,  1. 

SPILOGALE  ANGUSTIFRONS   ELATA   subsp.  nov.     Highland   Spotted 

Skunk. 

Type  from  San  Bartolome,  Chiapas.  Adult  $  ,  No.  133186,  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  Biological  Survey  Collection.  Collected  March  19, 
1904,  by  E.  A.  Goldman.     Original  No.  16618. 

Geographic  distribution. — Highlands  of  Chiapas  and  Costa  Rica; 
Guatemala  (?);  limits  of  range  unknown. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  S.  a.  tropicalis,  but  with  narrower 
skull  and  heavier  dentition. 

Color.- — Agrees  with  tropicalis  in  markings,  but  has  a  little  less  white 
at  base  of  tail.  The  type  specimen  has  a  small  white  patch  on  the 
thigh,  scarcely  continuous  with  the  white  spot  on  flank. 

Cranial  character's. — Skull  about  the  size  of  that  of  tropicalis,b  but 
much  narrower  across  mastoids;  rostrum  broader,  and  only  slightly 
depressed  below  level  of   upper   surface;  postorbital   processes  well 

a  See  table  of  measurements,  p.  37,  where  the  averages  of  the  two  largest  and  of  the 
three  smallest  male  skulls  are  given. 

b  Comparison  is  made  with  the  type  of  tropicalis;  the  others  in  the  series  from  the 
type  locality  are  somewhat  smaller. 


28  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

developed;  mastoids  not  inflated,  but  with  a  pronounced  ridge;  upper 
molars  larger  than  in  tropicalis  and  more  evenly  rounded  on  inner  side; 
lower  carnassial  decidedly  broader;  inter-pterygoid  fossa  broader. 

Measurements. — Type  (adult  $):  Total  length,  385;  tail  vertebras, 
123;  hind  foot,  45.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  form  is  closely  related  to  S.  tropicalis,  from 
which  it  differs  chiefly  in  cranial  characters.  It  differs  from  angusti- 
frons  in  having  a  much  larger  skull,  but  agrees  with  it  in  the  form  of 
the  upper  molars. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  3,  from  the  following  localities: 

Chiapas:  San  Bartolome,  1;  Pinabete,  1. 
Costa  Rica  (locality  not  known  «) ,  1. 

SPILOGALE  PYGMjEA  Thomas.     Pygmy  Skunk. 
Spilogale pygmsea  Thomas,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London  for  1897,  p.  898,  1898. 

Type  locality. — Rosario,  Sinaloa. 

Geographic  distribution. — Known  only  from  the  type  locality  and 
from  Acapulco,  Guerrero. 

General  characters. — Size  very  small;  dorsal  stripes  not  broken  into 
patches  on  hinder  parts;  a  transverse  band  of  white  across  face  between 
the  eyes. 

Color. b — Median  pair  of  dorsal  stripes  grayish  (caused  by  intermix- 
ture of  black  and  white  hairs),  connected  anteriorly,  each  divided  at  the 
middle  of  the  back  into  two  narrow  stripes,  the  outer  one  of  which  is 
continued  transversely  until  it  joins  the  lateral  stripe,  while  the  inner 
one  extends  across  the  rump  to  the  under  surface  of  the  body,  where 
it  nearly  joins  the  corresponding  stripe  on  the  other  side;  a  narrow 
transverse  band  on  each  thigh,  confluent  with  a  small  patch  at  base  of 
tail;  lateral  stripes  broad,  and  of  a  distinctly  yellowish  hue;  outer 
pair  of  dorsal  stripes  also  yellowish,  narrow,  except  anteriorly,  where 
they  spread  out  into  broad  patches  behind  the  ears;  frontal  patch  white, 
broader  than  long,  and  united  by  a  narrow  stripe  with  the  outer  dorsal 
stripes;  upper  surface  of  both  fore  and  hind  feet  white;  tail  all  white, 
except  for  the  basal  half -inch  below,  and  a  slight  admixture  of  black 
above  covering  the  basal  two-thirds. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  very  small;  cranium  narrow  and  highly 
arched;  fronto-parietal  region  scarcely  elevated  above  plane  of  skull; 
postorbital  constriction  slight;  postorbital  processes  minute;  no  trace 
of  a  sagittal  crest;  palate  short,  not  reaching  plane  of  posterior  border 
of  molars. 

«This  specimen  was  sent  to  the  World's  Fair  at  Chicago  by  the  Costa  Rican  Com- 
mission. Mr.  George  K.  Cherrie,  in  response  to  an  inquiry  concerning  it,  states 
that  his  recollection  is  that  the  specimen  came  from  the  neighborhood  of  Alajuela, 
at  about  3,000  feet  altitude,  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  Cordillera. 

b  Description  drawn  from  a  specimen  in  the  Biological  Survey  Collection. 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    ARIZONA.  29 

Measurements. — Adult  male  from  Acapulco,  Guerrero:  Total  length, 
240;  tail  vertebra?,  72;  hind  foot,  33.  Type  (adult  ?  ):  182;  68;  34. a 
Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  remarkable  species  may  be  easily  distin- 
guished from  all  its  relatives  by  its  exceedingly  small  size  and  pecu- 
liar pattern  of  coloration.  It  evidently  is  not  a  common  species,  for 
up  to  the  present  time  onty  two  examples  have  found  their  way  into 
museum  collections — the  type  in  the  British  Museum,  and  one  speci- 
men in  the  Biological  Survey  collection  taken  by  Nelson  and  Gold- 
man. The  latter  specimen  was  caught  in  a  trap  set  below  the  surface 
of  the  ground  in  the  burrow  of  a  pocket  gopher  (Orthogeomys).  It  is 
an  adult  male  and  is  even  smaller  than  the  t}^pe*  (a  female),  but  agrees 
in  every  other  respect  with  the  description  given  by  Mr.  Thomas. 

SPILOGALE  ARIZONA  Mearns.     Arizona  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale phenax  arizonse  Mearns,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  256,  1891. 

Type  locality. — Fort  Verde,  Arizona. 

Geographic  distribution. — Central  and  southern  Arizona,  southwest- 
ern New  Mexico,  and  adjacent  parts  of  Mexico. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  S.  gracilis,  but  with  larger  and  more 
angular  skull. 

Color. — Markings  as  in  leucoparia  and  gracilis;  lateral  stripe  very 
broad;  tail  with  terminal  fourth  above,  and  terminal  half  below, 
white. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  larger  than  that  of  gracilis;  zygomata 
widely  and  abruptly  expanded,  arched  upward  at  widest  point  so  as  to 
be  decidedly  higher  than  in  gracilis;  brain  case  broad  and  flat;  ros- 
trum and  inter-temporal  region  narrow;  postorbital  processes  much 
larger;  bulla?  slightly  larger;  upper  molars  relatively  small. 

Measurements. — Type  (adult  $\.  Total  length,  445;  tail  vertebra?, 
160;  hind  foot,  50. c  Average  of  3  adult  males  from  Fort  Huachuca, 
Arizona,  and  San  Jose  Mountain,  Sonora:  122;  151;  45.3.  Adult 
female  from  Fort  Huachuca,  Arizona:  380;  148;  40.  Skull:  (See  table, 
p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  species,  although  represented  by  only  a 
small  number  of  specimens  in  the  series  examined,  is  apparently  a 
well-marked  form.  The  material  available  at  the  present  time  shows 
that  it  is  not,  as  the  describer  supposed,  a  subspecies  of  phenax.  Com- 
pared with  the  latter  species,  arisonae  is  very  much  smaller,  with  rela- 
tively broader  brain  case  and  larger  audital  bulla?.  Although  occu- 
pying a  portion  of  the  range  of  gracilis,  no  intermediates  between 
these  two  forms  have  been  discovered.  Intergradation  with  leucoparia 
is  more  probable,  though  the  material  at  present  available  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  determine  this  question  with  certaint3T.     Two  specimens  of 

a  Fide  Thomas.        &  See  table  of  cranial  measurements,  p.  37.        c  Fide  Mearns. 


30  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

nearly  typical  leucqparia  have  been  taken  within  the  range  of  arizonse, 
but  on  the  other  hand  a  .specimen  from  Pinal  County,  Arizona  (No. 
610,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.),  is  in  some  respects  intermediate  between 
the  two  forms. 

Typical  ambigua  also  occurs  in  the  range  of  arizonse,  and  at  least  one 
specimen  (No.  1902,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  from  Whipple  Barracks) 
combining  the  characters  of  these  two  species  has  been  examined. 
By  reason  of  the  wide  differences  between  typical  specimens  of  the 
two  species,  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  they  occur  together  in  the 
typical  forms,  it  seems  preferable  to  consider  the  intermediate  speci- 
mens as  the  product  of  hybridization  rather  than  of  intergradation. 

Specimens  exam  hod. — Total  number,  8,  from  the  following  localities: 

Arizona:   Fort  Verde,  1;  Fort  Huaehuca,  3;  Pinal  County,  1   (not  typical); 

Whipple  Barracks,  1  (not  typical). 
New  Mexico:  Rio  Mimbres  (near  head),  1. 
Sonora:  San  Jose  Mountain,  1. 

SPILOGALE  ARIZONA  MARTIRENSIS  Elliot.     Peninsula  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  arizmse.  martirensis  Elliot,  Field  Columb.  Mus.,  Zool.  Series,  III,  p.  170, 1903. 

Type  locality. — Vallecitos,  San  Pedro  Martir  Mountains,  Lower 
California,  Mexico. 

Geographic  distribution. — Lower  California,  from  San  Pedro  Martir 
Mountains  south  to  Comondu.     Range  probably  not  continuous. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  S.  arizonae,  but  smaller. 

Color.— Not  appreciably  different  from  S.  arizonx. 

Cranial  characters.—  Skull  decidedly  smaller  than  that  of  aHzonm 
with  very  narrow  rostrum;  zygomata  narrower  and  less  abruptly 
expanded;  molars  smaller. 

Measurements— -Type  (adult  $):  Total  length,  395;  tail  vertebra- 
US;  hind  foot,  11;  five  adult  males  from  San  Pablo,  San  Ignacio,  and 
Muleje:  Total  length,  365-101;  tail  vertebrae,  133-155;  hind  foot,  12- 
47.5;  average:  381;  118;  15.3.  Average  of  two  adult  females  from 
San  Ignacio  and  Comondu:  375;  112;  10.2.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  subspecies  was  based  on  specimens  collected 
at  an  altitude  of  9,000  feet  in  the  San  Pedro  Martir  Mountains.  The 
collector,  Mr.  Edmund  Heller,  considers  the  animals  to  be  very  scarce 
in  that  region.  Nelson  and  Goldman  collected  at  the  type  locality  in 
1905,  but  secured  no  skunks.  Specimens  of  this  form,  however,  were 
taken  by  them  much  farther  south  on  the  Peninsula  at  an  altitude  but 
little  above  sea  level.  A  specimen  from  Muleje  agrees  very  closely 
with  the  type,  except  that  the  lower  carnassial  is  somewhat  smaller. 
The  skulls  of  two  adult  males  from  San  Ignacio  are  slightly  broader 
interorbitally  and  narrower  across  the  mastoids.  Although  the  range 
of  this  form  is  probably  cut  off  from  that  of  arisonx  by  the  Colorado 


Nov.,  1906.]  SPILOGALE    PHENAX.  31 

Desert,  the  close  resemblance  in  skull  characters  which  it  bears  to 
wrizonae,  makes  a  subspecific  designation  desirable. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  9,  from  the  following  localities: 

Lower  California:  »San  Pedro  Martir  Mountains,  2;  San  Pablo,  1;  San  Igna- 
cio,  4;  Muleje,  1;  Comondu,  1. 

SPILOGALE  PHENAX  Merriam.     California  Spotted  Skunk. 

?  Mephitis  bicolor  Gray,  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  p.  581,  1837;  Baird,  Mamni.  N.  Am.,  p.  197, 
1857  (in  part — specimen  from  California). 

Mephitis  zorr ///a  Liechtenstein,  Abh.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin  for  1836,  p.  282,  1838.  (Speci- 
mens from  Monterey  collected  by  Deppe. )  "     (Not  of  Schreber. ) 

Mephitis  zorrilla  Audubon  &  Bachman,  Quad.  N.  Am.  Ill,  p.  276,  1854.  (Not  of 
Schreber. ) 

Spilogale  phenax  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  Nix  4,  p.  13,  1890. 

Type  locality. — Nicasio,  California. 

Geographic  distribution. — Greater  portion  of  California,  excepting 
extreme  northern  part  and  southeastern  desert  regions. 

General  characters. — Similar  to  S.  putorius  in  size  and  coloration, 
but  tail  shorter;  skull  heavy  and  angular. 

Color. — White  markings  less  prominent  than  in  S.  arizonse  or  S. 
leucoparia;  coloration  practically  the  same  as  in  S.  putorius,  but  dor- 
sal stripes  extending  a  little  farther  forward,  to  a  point  between  the 
ears;  white  frontal  patch  and  patches  in  front  of  ears  larger;  white 
patch  at  base  of  tail  smaller;  lateral  stripes  broad  (rarely  absent);  tail 
with  terminal  fourth  above  and  terminal  half  below,  white. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  large  and  prominently  ridged;  resem- 
bling that  of  S.  interrupta  in  general  shape,  but  brain  case  flatter; 
postorbital  processes  usually  well  developed;  zygomata  broadly  and 
abruptly  expanded;  audital  bulla?  and  mastoid  capsules  not  greatly 
inflated,  the  latter  with  pronounced  ridges;  sagittal  and  occipital  crests 
well  developed;  teeth  relatively  rather  small;  upper  molar  with  pro- 
jection of  inner  lobe  behind  middle  of  tooth,  as  in  most  of  the  western 
species.  Females  have  much  smaller  skulls  than  males  and  the  sagit- 
tal crests  and  mastoid  ridges  are  less  developed. 

Measurements. — Four  adult  males  from  San  Francisco  Bay  region 
(Mount  St.  Helena,  Point  Ikcyes,  Fairlield,  and  Glen  Ellen):  Total 
length,  460-485;  tail  vertebra?,  150-158;  hind  foot,  51-54;  average: 
470;  154.5;  52.5.  Eight  adult  males  from  San  Luis  Obispo,  Santa 
Barbara,  and  Ventura  counties:  Total  length,  4-24-480;  tail  vertebrae, 
142-195;  hind  foot,  47-51;  average:  455;  173;  50.  Average  of  four 
adult  females  from  same  localities:  408;  158;  45.  Average  of  two 
adult  females  from  Glen  Ellen  and  Auburn:  390;  140;  45.  Skull:  (See 
table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  species  is  one  of  the  largest  of  the  genus, 
being  exceeded  in  size  by  S.  lucasana  only.  It  exhibits  very  little 
variation  in  markings,  but  the  difference  in  size  between  adult  males 
from  the  same  locality  is  remarkable.     This  is  well  shown  by  a  com- 

«The  source  of  Deppe's  specimens  is  given  by  Lichtenstein  in  a  later  paper  (Abh. 
Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin  for  1838,  p.  422,  1839) . 


32  NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA.  [so.  26. 

parison  of  the  external  measurements,  and  more  especially  those  of 
the  skull.  Thus,  for  example,  two  specimens  from  Ventura  River 
show  a  variation  of  33  mm.  in  length  of  tail  vertebra1,  4.S  mm.  in 
basilar  length  of  skull,  and  5.7  mm.  in  occipito-nasal  length.  Speci- 
mens from  Los  Angeles  and  San  Diego  counties  apparently  have 
smaller  hind  feet  than  the  typical  form,  but  do  not  differ  appreciably 
in  other  respects.  Specimens  from  Three  Rivers  and  San  Emigdio 
have  skulls  averaging  longer  and  narrower  inter-temporally  than  those 
of  the  typical  form.  The  skull  of  an  adult  male  specimen  from  Alila, 
Tulare  County  (in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley),  differs  from  typical  skulls 
in  being  smaller  and  relatively  broader  zygomatically,  the  z3'gomata 
spreading  abruptly  at  the  posterior  end  and  curving  strongly  upward. 
In  these  characters  it  resembles  the  skull  of  8.  arizonse^  but  it  differs 
widely  from  that  species  in  other  respects. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  05,  from  the  following  locali- 
ties: 

California:  Baird,  Shasta  County,  1;  Stillwater,  Shasta  County,  1;  Dyer- 
ville,  1;  Rio  Dell,  Humboldt  County,  5;  Auburn,  1;  Mount  St.  Helena,  1; 
(ilea  Ellen,  2;  Nicasio,  3;  Point  Reyes,  5;  Berkeley,  1;  Fairfield,  1;  Sausa- 
lito,  1;  Carbondale,  1;  Tracy,  1;  Santa  Clara,  2;  Boulder  Creek,  1;  Motto, 
1;  Pozo,  1;  San  Luis  Obispo,  5;  Santa  Ynez  Mission,  2;  Ventura  River,  2; 
Santa  Paula,  2;  Wawona,  1  (skull);  Three  Rivers,  6;  Kaweah,  Tulare  County, 
1;  Milo,  3;  Kern  River  Lakes,  2;  Alila,  5;  Delano,  1;  Portersville,  1;  San 
Emigdio,  5;  Box  Spring,  Riverside  County,  2;  San  Bernardino,  4;  San  Ber- 
nardino Peak,  1;  Alhambra,  4;  Los  Angeles,  1;  San  Jacinto  Mountains,  1; 
Twin  Oaks,  1;  Santa  Ysabel,  3;  Witch  Creek,  1;  Dulzura,  6;  La  Puerta.  San 
Diego  County,  1;  San  Diego,  2;  Valley  Center,  San  Diegc  County,  1;  Santa 
Cruz  Island,  1. 

SPILOGALE  PIIENAX  LATIFRONS  Merriam.     Oregon  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  phenax  latifrons  Merriam,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  4,  p.  15,  1890. 

Type  locality. — Roseburg,  Oregon. 

(r,  ographic  distribution. — Coast  region  of  Oregon  and  northern 
California. 

General  characters. — Smaller  than  &  phenax;  black  markings 
more  prominent;  rostrum  broader. 

Color. —  Slack  markings  'prominent;  outer  pair  of  dorsal  stripes 
averaging  narrower  than  in  phenax;  median  pair  usually  very  narrow. 
though  sometimes  of  same  width  as  outer  pair;  lateral  stripe  fre- 
quently absent  or  much  reduced;  white  patches  and  transverse  bands 
on  hinder  part  of  bod}T  small. 

( 'run inl  characters. — Skull  shorter  and  relatively  broader  than  that 
of  S.  phenax;  rostrum  actually  as  well  as  relatively  much  l>ro<i<l<  r. 

Measurements. — Six  adult  males  from  Oregon  (Gardiner,  Goldbeach, 
Beaverton,  and  Marshfield):  Total  length,  382-435;  tail  vertebrae, 
117-146;  hind  foot,  45-50;  average:  408;  127;  47.7.  Eleven  adult 
females  from  Oregon:  Total  length,  335-408;  tail  vertebra1,  105-140; 
hind  foot,  3t>-4<;;  average:  373;  122;  42.8.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 


Nov.,  190(5.]  SPILOGALE    PHENAX    OLYMPICA.  38 

General  remarks. — This  subspecies,  originally  described  from  a  single 
female  specimen,  proves  to  be  a  well-marked  form.  It  has  somewhat 
more  black  than  8.  phenax  and  a  shorter  tail.  The  broad  rostrum 
proves  to  be  a  constant  and  distinctive  character.  Intergradation 
with  phenax  apparently  takes  place  in  Shasta  County,  California,  but 
strangely  enough  a  specimen  from  Point  Reyes,  California,  where 
typical  phenax  occurs,  is  clearly  referable  to  latifrons. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  39,  from  the  following  locali- 
ties: 

Oregon:    Roseburg,   2;   Eugene,  2;  Yaquina,   2;   Beaverton,   3;    Gardiner,  5; 
Goldbeach,  3;  Hermann,  Lane  County,  10  (skulls);  Marshfield,  4;  Marmot, 
Clackamas  County,  2  (skulls);  Mount  Hood,  1. 
California:  Hornbrook,  3;  Point  Reyes,  1;  Siskiyou  Mountains,  1. 

SPILOGALE  PHENAX  OLYMPICA  Elliot.     Puget  Sound  Shotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  olympica  Elliot,  Field  Columbian  Museum,  Zool.  Ser.,  I,  p.  270,  1899. 

Type  locality. — Lake  Sutherland,  Olympic  Mountains,  Washington. 

Geographic  distribution. — The  Olympic  Peninsula  and  shores  of 
Puget  Sound;  north  (probably)  to  Howe  Sound,  British  Columbia. 

General  character*. — Similar  to  S.  j>.  latifrons;  tail  slightly  shorter; 
rostrum  narrower. 

Color. — Markings  as  in  8.  p.  latifrons,  but  white  spot  on  forehead 
apparently  averaging  longer,  and  narrower  anteriorly. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  slightly  smaller  than  that  of  8.  p.  lati- 
frons, with  narrower  rostrum.  Compared  with  8.  phenax,  it  is 
decidedly  smaller,  and  brain  case  relatively  narrow  and  high;  upper 
molar  more  nearly  square. 

Measurements. — Type  (immature  $):  Total  length,  320;  tail  ver- 
tebra?, 104;  hind  foot,  41 a.  Average  of  8  adult  males  from  eastern  side 
of  Puget  Sound  (Mount  Vernon,  Washington;  Sumas,  Port  Moody, 
and  Hastings,  British  Columbia):  411;  112;  17.5.  Average  of  7  adult 
females  from  same  localities:  381;  101;  43.7.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  form  is  apparently  a  slightly  differentiated 
subspecies,  differing  from  8.  p.  latifrons  chiefly  in  cranial  characters. 
Compared  with  latifrons  the  skull  of  olympica  has  a  decidedly  nar- 
rower rostrum,  the  narrowing  being  chiefly  toward  the  anterior  por- 
tion. The  average  width  of  the  rostrum  in  three  male  specimens  of 
latifrons,  measured  across  the  alveoli  of  the  canines,  is  14.2  mm.;  the 
average  of  five  male  specimens  of  olympica  measured  in  the  same  way 
is  12.8  mm. 

Specimens  from  the  eastern  side  of  Puget  Sound  (Mount  Vernon, 
Washington,  and  Port  Moody,  British  Columbia)  average  a  little 
smaller  than  the  series  from  the  Olympics,  and  the  narrowing  of  the 
rostrum  is  more  pronounced.  On  the  other  hand,  some  of  the  indi- 
viduals in  the  series  from  Tenino,  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Sound, 


«  Fide  Elliot. 
5639— No.  26—06 3 


34  NORTH  AMERICAN  FAUNA.  [no.  26. 

approach  very  closely  to  latifrons  in  skull  characters,  showing-  that 
intergradation  takes  place  in  that  region. 

The  upper  molar  in  this  subspecies  is  more  nearly  square  than  in  S. 
phenax,  and  the  projection  of  the  inner  lobe  is  less  pronounced.  In 
some  specimens  the  inner  lobe  is  evenly  rounded,  almost  as  in  .V.  inter- 
rupta,  but  the  point  of  greatest  convexity  is  farther  back  than  in  the 
latter  species. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  90,  from  the  following  locali- 
ties: 

"Washington:  Lake  Sutherland,  Olympic  Mountains,  1;  Port  Angeles,  2;  Lake 
Cushman,  Olympic  Mountains,  9  (skulls);  Tenino,  8;  Steilacoom,  1;  Quini- 
ault  Lake,  1;  Keechelus  Lake,  1;  Hamilton,  3  (skulls);  Mount  Vernon,  19 
(6  skins  with  skulls,  13  odd  skulls). 
British  Columbia:  Sumas,  3;  Hastings,  3;  Port  Moody,  39  (9  skins  with  skulls, 
30  odd  skulls. ) 

SPILOGALE  MICRODOX  sp.  nov.     Small-Toothed  Spotted  Skunk. 

Type  from  Coinondu,  Lower  California.  Adult  $ ,  No.  145887, 
U.  S.  National  Museum,  Biological  Survey  Collection.  Collected 
November  8,  1905,  by  Nelson  and  Goldman.     Original  No.  18501. 

Geographic  distribution.— Known  only  from  the  type  locality. 

General  characters.— Slightly  smaller  than  S.  phenax,  but  tail  rela- 
tively longer  and  hind  foot  shorter;  teeth  very  small. 

(\>h>r.  —Practically  identical  with  S.  phenax;  outer  pair  of  dorsal 
stripes  but  little  wider  than  median  pair;  frontal  patch  large:  tail 
rather  scantily  haired,  the  terminal  third  white. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  about  the  size  of  small  skulls  of  S.  phe- 
nax; brain  case  relatively  narrow  and  high;  rostrum  somewhat  broader 
interorbitaliy;  zygomata  less  widely  and  abruptly  expanded;  mastoid 
■  capsules  greatly  inflated;  teeth  very  small,  particularly  the  molars  and 
sectorial  teeth.  Compared  with  S.  a.  martirensis,  skull  much  larger 
and  teeth  relatively  smaller. 

Measurements.—  Type  (adult  <?  ):  Total  length,  410;  tail  vertebra". 
158;  hind  foot,  15.     Skull:  (See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  species  is  apparently  most  nearly  related  to 
S.  planar.  Out  whether  or  not  their  ranges  meet  can  not  now  be  deter- 
mined with  certainty.  No  specimens  of  phenax  are  known  from 
farther  south  than  Dulzura,  California,  and  the  intervening  region  i> 
occupied  by  another  species  ( .v.  arizonae  martirensis).  The  skull  of  an 
adultmale  topotype  differs  from  that  of  the  type  in  being  somewhat 
narrower  interorbitaliy  and  in  having  a  Hatter  brain  ease. 

Specimens  examined. — Two,  from  the  type  locality. 

SPILOGALE  l.rcASAXA   Merriain.     Cape  St.  Lucas  Spotted  Skunk. 
Spilogale  lucasana  Merriam,  X.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  -4.  p.  11.  I*'"1- 

Type  locality.— Cape  St.  Lucas.  Lower  California.  Mexico. 
Geographic  distribution. — Cape  region  of  Lower  California. 


n»v.,  1906.]  SPILOC4ALE    LUCASANA.  35 

Gem.  ral  characti rs. — Size  very  large;  resembling  8.  phenax  in  mark- 
ings, but  median  pair  of  dorsal  stripes  broader;  skull  broad  and  flat. 

Color. — Markings  similar  to  those  of  8.  phenax,  but  median  pair 
of  dorsal  stripes  broader  (nearly  equaling  outer  pair  in  breadth);  lateral 
stripes  continuous  with  median  dorsal  stripes;  throat  with  two  narrow 
white  streaks  or  patches  on  each  side  of  the  median  line.  Tail  nearly 
all  black  above,  the  white  confined  to  a  small  patch  at  tip  and  outer 
edges  of  the  terminal  half;  below,  the  white  occupies  more  than  half 
of  the  terminal  portion. 

Cranial  characters. — Skull  much  larger  than  that  of  any  other  spe- 
cies; brain  case  fiat  and  very  broad;  zygomata  nearly  parallel  to  axis 
of  skull;  postorbital  constriction  slight;  occipital  and  sagittal  crests 
highly  developed;  mastoids  not  inflated,  but  with  pronounced  ridge 
continuous  with  occipital  crest;  audital  bullae  broad  and  flattened;  par- 
occipital  processes  well  developed,  as  in  Mephitis;  lower  jaw  strongly 
convex  below,  and  with  a  suggestion  of  the  'step'  found  in  Mephitis; 
molars  as  in  8.  phenax.  Skull  of  female  of  about  the  size  of  female 
skulls  of  phenax,  but  molars  larger. 

Measurements. — Average  of  3  adult  males  from  vieinit}^  of  type 
locality:  Total  length,  531;  tail  vertebra?,  198;  hind  foot,  56.  Aver- 
age of  2  adult  females  from  type  locality:  131;  166;  46.5.  Skull: 
(See  table,  p.  37.) 

General  remarks. — This  species  is  so  much  larger  than  any  of  its 
congeners  that  detailed  comparison  is  unnecessary.  Its  large  size  is 
especially  remarkable,  since  in  this  genus  the  southern  species  are 
generally  smaller  than  the  northern  ones.  In  this  case,  however, 
S.  lucasana  is  much  larger  than  either  its  nearest  neighbors  on  the 
north  (8.  arizonse  martirensis  and  8.  microdon),  or  the  forms  occupying 
the  mainland  of  Mexico.  Females,  however,  are  much  smaller  than 
males,  and  but  little  larger  than  females  of  S.  phenax. 

In  some  of  its  characters,  notably  the  development  of  the  paroccip- 
ital  processes  and  the  'step'  in  the  lower  jaw,  this  species  shows  an 
approach  to  the  genus  Mephitis.  In  some  specimens  the  paroccipital 
processes  are  as  strongly  developed  as  is  ordinarily  the  case  in  Mephi- 
tis; in  others  these  processes  are  much  reduced.  Externally  this 
species  is  characterized  by  broad  white  stripes,  and  there  is  little  vari- 
ation in  the  extent  of  the  markings;  a  white  thigh  band  is  present  in 
most  of  the  specimens  examined.  A  specimen  from  Santa  Anita  shows 
an  unusual  amount  of  white  on  the  underparts,  the  large  transverse 
stripe  on  the  hips  curving  forward  on  the  ventral  surface  and  connect- 
ing with  the  lateral  stripe  near  the  middle  of  the  belly. 

So  far  as  known,  the  range  of  this  species  is  confined  to  the  imme- 
diate vicinity  of  Cape  St.  Lucas. 

Specimens  examined. — Total  number,  0,  from  the  following  localities: 
Lower  California:  Oape  St.  Lucas,  7;  Santa  Anita,  2. 


36 


NORTH    AMERICAN    FAUNA. 


[NO.  26. 


« 

H 

suaiuioods  jo  jaqumM 

i- 

- ' 

IC 

-? 

'~ 

O 

X 

'" 

"' 

~ 

CI 

CI 

rt 

rt 

Ci 

CO 

" 

'"H 

C) 

CI 

CI 

?l 

:-- 

r-« 

(/•rmuuTSiO  jo  iqSiajj 

- 

to 

1^ 

1  - 

/ 

- 

to 

o> 

CM 

CM 

to 

tc 

iC 

C-l 

lO 

CI 

lit 

irt 

X 
EC 

■■: 

i-O 

■-Z 

X 

.c 

Cl 

X 

•  -. 

'SJBiom  jstq  joan^id 
oj  mnuSiiiu  xierniuo.j 

X 

1~ 

CI 

to 

Cl 

CO 

ci 

CO 

-1 
en 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CM 

en 

CM 

CO 

= 
CO 

CO 
CM 

CO 

X 
CI 

en 

CI 

CO 

ci 

CM 

CO 

CM 
CO 

CM 

X 
CI 

X 
l> 

CM 

to 
n 

a> 

CI 

CI 

I- 

CI 

i-0 

1~ 

CI 

IC 

Cl 

■qiiftiai  iBnqrad-jsoj 

00 
C-l 

CO 

IT. 
CM 

CM 

CO 

CO 

en 
°? 

CN 

to 
o 

CO 

CO 
Ol 

CM 

CI 

CI 

iC 

X 
CI 

to 

C-l 

CO 

o 

CO 

1^ 

to 

CI 

CM 

CM 
CI 

r- 

i.C 
CI 

0! 

ci 

CI 
CN 

l~ 

CI 

CI 

c'i 

— 

«'q}Suo[  jt»iiJf  P'd 

1~ 

0") 

Cl 

CO 

o 

-r 
o 

Cl 

CO 

- 

en 

CO 

00 

OS 
00 

C-l 

= 

CM 

r  - 

i-O 

- 

C-l 

71 

X 

31 

f 

CO 

c-l 

o 

CI 

I~ 

X 

CI 

- 

1~ 

to 

•qipuaiq 

I  \niq.io  joiui    ;sB3q 

00 
-r 

00 

CO 

to 

00 
IT. 

CI 

C5 

— 

to 

— 

CO 

1C 

— 

— 

Ifi 

-r 

CO 

— 

>". 

CO 

CI 

CI 

- 

to 

:-. 

id 

— 

CO 

X 

ci 

qip^aaq 

piojsiuu    js.ijuoj;) 

00 

CM 

CM 

CO 

cm 

CO 

CM 

CO 

en 

CM 

CM 

CO 

OS 

00 
CM 

I> 

en 

Cl 

to 

CM 

CO 

CM 

CO 

to 
o> 

CI 

CM 

CO 

to 
Tc 

CM 

00 
CI 

CO 

/ 

CI 

en 

CI 

'c'i 

CI 

i- 

- 

- 

CI 

o; 
to 

Cl 

Cl 

iH     Oa     :a 
ci    as    uo* 


so    co    t.t     oi    -r 


X    co    so 
00     —     —     rl*    t-     0)     N     "1     as     ifi 


CO     71     DO      DO     W     M     CO     CO     CO     CO     CO     CO     CO     CO     CC      CO      :t      C 1      CO      K      CO      00 


•q;Suoi  [BS'Bu-o^tdiooo 


Oi    h     N     ^     (N     u:     COHMOlOJHN^ 

co    co    o    i-H    co    as    no"    as    i-"i    -f    ci    ci    '-c    a. 


l-0      OS      CO* 


)>-qiSti9t  jBiTsiig 

w    co    r,c    as    co    as    t— i    i— i    as    i  o    i  -    l0           -r    o  i           x           -r    i  -    i-o    i  -    i  -    x 

id    ci    fh    ci    x    o    x*    d    i  c    d "    x    co    c  i    — •"    iri    i  ~    id    c  i    x    c  i    •  o    ic    c  i    — " 
rr^T'iOLO-ri-':     -T'ljo-r-r^^TiC'.o-T-T-fT-r'-r'T'T'rf 

'oOt'b^oVjOt'riOt'b'bo'b'DOt't) 


-~  s .   \   t,  o* 


5  *!  H 


«g  & 


:    S    c    S   =    ^ 

a  £  .2  5  A  w 


-_  w 


S  -g  SP I  s  1 


W     O     g     <U     <B      g 

S  S  fei  C!J  O  M 


-^   —   _^    '   _ 


=       —      " 


tj    S.    !Sd    ft,    fe 


>.      "     —     — 


--_;-     'Sob 

t     :    *     -"   i     -    —     = 


a     —     ^      -Z 

Z     t-     h    ~      - 
fn    <    o    S    M 


M      i       ~ 


NOV.,  1901).] 


CRANIAL    MEASUREMENTS. 


37 


30     N     l>     H     H     >C      Tl 


C^l     *H  ut      CO  lO     lH 

GO      tO      CO      CO      —      lO      CD     Ifl     lO     CD     1- 


7-1     » 


"-2      1-      *0      I~      ".O      X. 


en 

OS 

lO 

CM 

X 

CO 

lO 

in 

lO 

CI 

CI 

1- 

co 

CR 

CI 

IO 

in 

X- 

cm 

Cl 

X 

CM 

ci 

o 

CO 

ci 

CI 

X 

CM 

CI 

ci 

CO 

CI 

CO 

CO 
CI 

CO 

CM 

o 

CO 

Cn 
CI 

o 

CO 

CO 

O 

X 

00 

co 

iC 

t~ 

C] 

tC 

CO 

Cn 

I> 

CO 

lO 

X 

CI 

,-, 

^ 

l- 

s 

cm 

IM 

ci 

oa 

to 

1~ 

CM 

CM 

to 
cm 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

■X 
CM 

CO 

1^ 

CM 

X 

CM 

CM 

o 

CO 

CO 

en 
CM 

iC 

lit 

in 

X 

t^ 

to 

rH 

^ 

,H 

00 

X 

H 

,-, 

X 

1  - 

X 

IC 

o 

!- 

- 

CO 

CO 

Cl 

ci 

O 
Cl 

CM 

s 

o 

CM 

O 

- 

CO 
CM 

o 

Cl 

m 

CO 

<M 

X 

to 

en 

»C 

m 

rt 

t- 

in 

CM 

Cl 

CO 

in 

IO 

X 

to 

CO 

M 

-r 

-^, 

CI 

— 

CO 

CI 

-«* 

CO 

3 

1- 

■O 

tc 

in 

CC 

■oi 

X 

,- 

in 

X 

CO 

m 

-* 

IO 

CM 

CO 

t- 

-T 

IQ 

i-H 

cn 

m 

r- 

m 

rt 

or 
<N 

SO 

X 

•n 

X 

c 

CI 

IM 

Cl 

CO 

co 

Cl 

o 

CO 

M 

en 

CM 

CO 

CO 

CO 

o 

CO 

Cl 

CO 

cn 

CM 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 
CO 

CO 

CO 

X 

CI 

i^ 

i-- 

to 

CO 

lO 

CI 

CO 

i-H 

in 

Cl 

r- 

■* 

X 

■* 

■v 

Cl 

IM 

CO 

c-. 

CI 

o 

CO 

CO 

CI 

to 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 
CO 

Cl 
CO 

CO 

X 

CO 

X 

CO 

CO' 

:-. 

CO 
CO 

CO 

CO 

in 

CO 

51 

to 

CO 

CO 

^ 

lO 

in 

in 

X 

to 

Cl 

OS 

-r 

rH 

rH 

X 

X 

cn 

to 

CN 

en 

X 

CO 

Tf 

s 

to 

00 
Ti- 

X 

TJI 

CO 
in 

-3" 
IO 

TP 

CO 

X 

CM 

cn 

-3* 

CO 

m 

00 

in 

uC 

co 

CO 

00 

iC 

t- 

to 

CM 

m 

V 

X 

to 

CO 

CO 

m 

i~ 

CM 

Cl 

iC 

■* 

CN 

iC 

co 

to 

CO 

OS 

-r 

CO 

to 

— 

to 

T»" 

Cl 

CM 

X 

m 

^r 

cn 

3 

o 
in 

to 

cn 

"b 

*o 

o- 

*b 

«D 

CM" 

"o 

o 

•b 

^D 

CH- 

*b 

*0 

Cm- 

•b 

o 

«D 

o+ 

■b 

"D 

Cm- 

—     1-    ^ 


c  ,j 


«  c     ss  >: 


O     _-   CO     Z     s 


2"  =  S  -2" 


J     C    O    73 


•S     O     cj 


rt    m     to    ^    S 


p       ^ 


5 


-<^<!fecococcZct         ZO  Ph   w   O  O 


3   M 


/.    x  x 


a  -5 


s 


PLATE  II. 

(Greatly  reduced,  and  relative  sizes  not  accurately  shown,  owing  to  differences  in  preparation  of 

skins. ) 

Fig.  1.  Spilogale putorius  (Linn.).     Roan  Mountain,  North  Carolina  (No.  66304,  U.S. 
Nat.  Mus.). 

2.  Spilogale  inlerrupta  (Rafin. ).     Onaga,  Kansas  (No.  25270,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

3.  Spilogale  leucoparia  Merr.      Type;  Mason,  Texas  (NO.  1701,  Merriam  Collec- 

tion). 

38 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  II. 


Skins  of  Spilogale. 
1,  Spilogale  putorius;  J,  Spilogale  interrupta;  3,  Spilogale  leucoparia. 


PLATE  III. 

(Greatly  reduced,  and  relative  sizes  not  accurately  shown,  owing  to  differences  in  preparation  of 

skins.) 

Fk;.  1.  Spilogale pheriax  Merr.     San  Emigdio,  California  (No.  31249,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. ). 

2.  Spilogale  phenax  Merr.     Side  view  of  same  specimen  shown  in  fig.  1. 

3.  Spilogale  phenax  olympica  Elliot.     Quiniault  Lake,  Washington  (No.   89551 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.)! 

40 


North  American  Fauna,  No    26,  U.  S-  Dept.  Agr.,  Biological  Survey, 


Plate  III 


Skins  of  Spilogale. 
1,  2,  Spilogale  phenax;  3,  Spilogale  phenax  olympica. 


PLATE  IV. 

(Greatly  reduced,  and  relative  sizes  not  accurately  shown,  owing  to  differences  in  preparation  of 

skins. ) 

Fig.  1.  SpilogaU  ambarvalis  Bangs.     Micco,  Florida  (No.  101988,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.) . 

2.  Spilogale    angustifrons    Howell.     Tlalpam,    Federal    District,   Mexico    (No. 

50823,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

3.  Spilogale  pygmsea  Thomas.      Acapulco,  Guerrero,  Mexico  (No.  70581,  V.  S. 

Nat.  Mus.). 

4.  Spilogale  pygmiva  Thomas.     Side  view  of  same  specimen  shown  in  fig.  3. 

42 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr..  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  IV. 


Skins  of  Spilogale. 
1,  Spilogale  ambafvalis;  2,  Spilogale  angustifrons;  3,  4,  Spilogale  pygmsea. 


PLATE  V. 

(Natural  size.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  SpUogale  ambarvalis  Bangs.      $,  Micco,  Florida  (No.  70304,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.). 
4,  5,  fi.  SpUogale putorius  (Linn.).     $  ,  Greensboro,  Alabama  (No.  33846,  V.  S. 

Nat.  Mus. ) . 
7,  8,  9.  Spilogmle  indianola  Merr.     $ ,  Elliot's,  Matagorda  County,  Texas  (No* 
44244,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

44 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Depi.  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  V. 


~4 

O 


*44**Vi 


-  dHM 


0P 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 
1,  2,  3,  Spilogale  ambarvalis;  4,  5,  6,  Spilogale  putorius;  7,  8,  9,  Spilogale  indianola. 


PLATE  VI. 

(Natural  size.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  Spilogale  leucoparia  Merr.     $ ,  type;  Mason,  Texas  (No.  2270,  Merriam 
collection). 
4,  ">,  (i.  Spilogale  tern/is  Howell.      $ ,  type;  Arkins,  Colorado  (No.  99365,  I".  S. 

Nat.  Mua.). 
7,  8,  9.  Spilogale  gracilis  Merr.     <£ ,  type;  Grand  Canyon,  Arizona  (No.  24S!^7, 
U.S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

46 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U,  S.  Dept  Agr.,  Biological  Sur 


Plate  VI 


'Ull 


9  c>   )■> 


^x 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 

1,  2,  3,  Spilogale  leucoparia;  4,  5,  6,  Spilogale  tenuis;  7,  8,  9,  Spilogale  gracilis. 


PLATE  VII. 

(Natural  size.) 

Figs.  1,  2,8.  Spilogale  phenax  Merr.      $,  Fairfield,  California  (No.  44381,  F.  S.  Nat. 
Mns.). 
4,  5,  6.  Spilogale  phenax  Merr.      9  >  Glen  Ellen,  California  (No.  44151,  F.  S. 

Nat.  Mus.). 
7,  S,  9.   Spilogale  phenax  latifrons  Merr.      $ ,  Hermann,  Lane  County,  <  )regon 
(No.  146291,  F.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

48 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  VII. 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 
1-6,  spilogale  phenux;  7.  8,  9,  Spilogale  phenax  latifrons 


5639— No.  26—06 4 


PLATE  VIII. 

(Natural  s:ze.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  Spilogale    ambigua   Mearns.      $ ,  type;    Eagle    Mountain,    Chihuahua 
(No.  35606,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 
4,  5,  6.  Spilogale  arizonse  Mearns.      $  ;   Fort   Huachuca,  Arizona   (No.  46325, 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 
7,  8,  9.  Spilogale    arizonse    martirensis    Elliot.      $ ,    type;   San     Pedro     Martir 
Mountains,  Lower  California  (No.  10752,  Field  Museum  Nat.  Hist. ). 

50 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  VI 


r-K 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 

1,  2,  3,  Spilogale  ambigua;  4,  5,  6,  Spilogale  arizoiue;  7,  8,  9,  Spilogale  a.  martirensis 


PLATE  IX. 

(Natural  size.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  Spilogale  angustifrom  Howell.  $ ,  type;  Tlalpam,  Federal  District. 
Mexico  (No.  50825,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

4,  5,  6.  Spilogale  angustifrom  tropicalis  Howell.  $ ,  type;  San  Mateo  del  Mar. 
Oaxaca  (No.  73523,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

7,8,9.  Spilogale  angiistifroim  elata  Howell.  $ ,  type;  San  Bartolonit',  Chi- 
apas (No.  133i86,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

52 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  IX. 


■A 


4 


JV-  t     *. 


6  " 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 

1,  2,  3,  Spilogale  angustifrons;  4,  5,  0,  Spilogale  a.  tropicalis;  7,  8,  9,  Spilogale  a.  elata. 


PLATE  X. 

(Natural  size.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  Spilogale  lucasana  Merr.     $ ,  type;  Cape  St.  Lucas,  Lower  California 

(No.  4219,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 
4,  5,  6.  Spilogale microdon  Howell.      $ ,  type;  Comondu,  Lower  California  (No. 

145887,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 
7,  8,  i>.  Spilogale  pygmsea  Thomas.     $ ;  Acapulco,  Guerrero  (No.  70581,  U.  S. 

Nat.  Mus.). 

54 


North  American  Fauna,  No.  26,  U.  S.  Dept  Agr.,  Biological  Survey. 


Plate  X. 


Skulls  of  Spilogale. 
1,  2,  3,  Spilogale  lucasana;  4,  5,  6,  Spilogale  microdon,  7,  8,  9,  Spilogale  pygmaea. 


NDEX 


[Names  of  new  species  in  black  face  type.    Synonyms  in  italic/!.] 


Mephitis  bicolor,  6,  11,  14,  31. 

interrupta,  6,  18. 

putorius,  14. 

quaterlinearis,  11,  18. 

sorilla,  31. 
Mustela  putidn,  11. 
Skunk,  spotted,  Alleghen-ian,  15-18. 

Arizona,  29-30. 

California,  31-32. 

canyon,  22-23. 

Cape  St.  Lucas,  34-35 

Chihuahua,  24-25. 

Florida,  14-15. 

Great  Basin,  23-24. 

Gulf,  19-20. 

highland,  27. 

Oregon,  32-33. 

Peninsula,  30-31. 

pigmy,  28-29. 

prairie,  18-19. 

Puget  Sound,  33-34. 

Rio  Grande,  20-21. 

Rocky  Mountain,  21-22. 

small-toothed,  34. 

table-land,  26. 

tropical,  2G-27. 
Spilogale,  characters,  external,  9-10. 
characters,  generic,  12. 
cranial  measurements,  36-37. 
distribution,  7. 
food,  8-9. 
habits,  7-8. 
history,  5-7. 
hydrophobia,  8. 
genus,  12. 


Spilogale,  key  to  species,  12-13.. 
list  of  species,  13. 
material  examined,  5-7. 
new  species,  34-35. 

descriptions  of,  27,  34. 
nomenclature,  10-11. 
generic  names,  10. 
specific  names,  11-12. 
type  localities,  13. 
Spilogale  ambarvalis,  13. 14-15. 
ambigua,  13,24-25. 
angustif  rons,  13, 26. 
arizonie,  13, 29-30. 
elata,  6,13,27-28. 
gracilis.  13, 22-23. 
indianola,  13, 19-20. 
interrupta,  13, 18-19. 
latifrons,  13,  32-33. 
leucoparia,  13,  20-21. 
lucasana,  7, 13,  34-35. 
martirensis,  13,  30-31. 
microdon,  6,  13,  34. 
olympiea,  13,  33-34. 
phenax,  7,  13,  31-32. 
putorius,  13,  15-18. 
pygmeea,  13,  28-29. 
ringens,  11,  15. 
saxatilis,  13,  23-24. 
tenuis,  7,  13,  21-22. 
tropicalis,  7,  13,  26-27. 
Viverra  mapurita,  11. 

iiu  phitis,  10,  11. 
putorius,  5,  10, 15. 
striata,  11,  15. 
gorilla,  5, 11-12. 


55 


o 


<w 


£  {^   F>    « 


\        r\  4 


>  J 


*V<~' 


'■■11^